diff options
| author | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2005-12-29 00:33:52 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2005-12-29 00:33:52 +0000 |
| commit | 2293d6885b754133151c14be7e01ad81baf0afbf (patch) | |
| tree | 6e5db0ac3c71be8cc1ff2747482684a7d14c3ec6 /Master/texmf-doc | |
| parent | a9d59a2d83b345581f2eb0c6b7f08c091f5622f0 (diff) | |
doc/english/co-h
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@20 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-doc')
155 files changed, 47186 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/README b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/README new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a8f5653b4da --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/README @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +This is the report + + The Components of TeX + +It describes the components and files users of TeX get in contact +with. + + +To LaTeX the article five files are needed: + + etexkomp.tex the real article + figkomp.tex a graphics with the relation of the components + figtotal.tex a graphics with all components and file types + texrep.sty the main style option, made for this article + names.sty is used by texrep.sty, definition of logos + +Please note that texrep.sty redefines ^. If you incorporate this +report in an other document you should either typeset it in a group +or you should have a look at texrep.sty and change the macros/the +article. + +Happy hours. + + Joachim + +--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +Detig Schrod TeXsys Email: xitijsch@ddathd21.bitnet +Joachim Schrod +Alexanderstr. 10 +D-6100 Darmstadt +FR Germany diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/etexkomp.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/etexkomp.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2406ac98a87 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/etexkomp.tex @@ -0,0 +1,478 @@ +% etexkomp.tex 25 Mar 91 +%------------------------------------------------------------ +% (c) 1990 by J.Schrod (TeXsys). + +% +% originally published in Die TeXnische Komoedie (DANTE e.V.) as: +% Die Komponenten von TeX +% +% ILaTeX with standard styles and +% style for reports about TeX + +% Changes made by Adrian Clark for publication in `Baskerville' +% and editorial remarks by Malcolm Clark +% incorporated. + + +\documentstyle[texrep]{article} + + +% terms `output' and `driver' in english, used in picture `figtotal'. +\def\OutputInFigtotal{output} +\def\DriverInFigtotal{\DVI{} driver} + + + +\begin{document} + + +\title{The Components of \TeX{}} +\author{ + Joachim Schrod\\ + Detig$\,\cdot\,$Schrod \TeX{}sys + } + \date{March 1991} + +\titlenote{ + \copyright{} Copyright 1990, 1991 by Joachim Schrod. + All rights reserved. + Republication and Distribution is allowed under conditions analog + to the GNU General Public License. + Previous revisions of this paper appeared in ``Die \TeX{}nische + Kom\"odie'' and in ``Baskerville.'' + } +\titlenote{ + {\sl Actual address\/}: + Joachim Schrod, Detig$\,\cdot\,$Schrod \TeX{}sys, + Kranichweg 1, D-6074 R\"odermark, FR~Germany, + Email: {\tt xitijsch@ddathd21.bitnet} + } + +\maketitle + + + + \begin{abstract} + \TeX{} needs a great amount of supplementary components (files and +programs) of which the meaning and interaction often is unknown. This +paper explains the components of the kernel system \TeX{} that are +visible for the \TeX{} user and their relations. + \end{abstract} + + + + +\section{About this Report} + +\TeX{} is a typesetting system which offers authors easy usage of +powerful typesetting features to produce printed matter which is the +state of the art of computer typesetting. This is, however, not done by the +\TeX{} program alone: A significant number of supplementary +programs and files together form the complete typesetting and +authoring system. Along with the programs that belong to \TeX{} +directly, there exist two other major programs which were built by {\sc +Donald Knuth} in connection with \TeX{} and must be included in an +explanation of the full system: \MF{}, for the generation of fonts, +and \WEB{}, a documentation and developing `language' for programming. +\TeX{} and \MF{} are written in \WEB{}. + +This text describes this `kernel' \TeX{} from a user's viewpoint: at +the end you should have an overview of the ingredients of the \TeX{} +system, and about the files and support programs that are essential +for you as a user. This will not, however, be an introduction to the +capabilities of \TeX{} or how you may run \TeX{} on your computer. + +I will use marginal notes to identify the places where terms are +explained for the first time. Abbrevations for file types -- usually +identified by common suffixes or extensions -- are set in a monospace +type (``{\tt typewriter\/}'') and those abbrevations are put into the +margin, too. Please note that these abbreviations are sometimes not +identical with the file extensions (see also +Table~\ref{tab:filetypes}). + +This report is the start of a series that describes the subsystems +mentioned above and their respective components. In that series each +report will focus on one subsystem in a special point of view; it +should not result in gigantic descriptions which tell everything (and +then nothing). In my opinion the following reports will be of +interest: + % + \begin{itemize} + +\item the structure of a standard installation of \TeX{} +\item \DVI{} drivers and fonts +\item possibilities of graphics inclusion in \TeX{} documents +\item the components of \MF{} +\item the structure of a standard installation of \MF{} +\item \WEB{} systems --- the concept of Literate Programming +\item other (though not yet planned) themes of interest are perhaps +\begin{itemize} +\item differences between \TeX{} and DTP systems +\item the way how \TeX{} works (there exists some good books on this topic!) +\item the limits of \TeX{} +\item \TeX{} as a programming language +\end{itemize} + + \end{itemize} + % + The reports will be published in this sequence. + + + + +\section{What is \TeX{}?} + + \TeX{} is a typesetting system with great power for the typesetting +of formulae. Its basic principle is that structures in the document +are marked and transformed into typeset output. Providing such +information about the structure of a document is known as {\it +^|markup|}. If the marks describe the look of the document, it is +called {\it ^|optical markup|}, while, if document structures are +marked, it is called {\it ^|logical markup|}. \TeX{} provides both +forms of markup, \ie{}, exact control of the layout of parts of the +document and their positioning as well as the markup of the structure +of formulae or document components. The logical markup is mapped to +the optical one by \TeX{} so that layout may serve for the +identification of structures by the reader.% + \footnote{ + Layout -- and book design in general -- do not represent useless +beauty. A good book design must first support the understanding of +the content to produce readable text. So it is {\it +\ae{}sthetic\/} in its best sense, since it connects form and contents +and builts a new quality. + } + + The kernel of the \TeX{} typesetting system is the formatting program +\TeX82^^|typesetting machine \TeX82|, which is often simply called +\TeX{}. This usage shall be adopted here whenever the difference +between the complete system and the formatter is unimportant or +obvious. \TeX82 is a big monolithic program which is published in the +book {\it \TeX{}: The Program\/} by {\sc Donald Knuth}. Its features +may be separated into two levels: + % + \begin{enumerate} + +\item \TeX82 formats text, \ie{}, it breaks it into paragraphs +(including automatic hyphenation) and produces page breaks. + +\item It provides the programming language \TeX{} which incorporates a macro +mechanism. This allows new commands to be built to support markup +at a higher level. {\sc Donald Knuth} presents an example in the +\TeX{}book: \Plain{}. A collection of macros which supports a special +task and has (hopefully) a common philosophy of usage is called a +{\it ^|macro package|}. + +\end{enumerate} + % + High level features for optical markup, as represented by \Plain{}, +allow one to build additional levels leading to full logical markup. +At the moment, two macro packages for logical markup are widespread: +\AmSTeX{} and \LaTeX{}. Both systems are built on top of \Plain{} to +greater or lesser extents and the user can use the optical markup of +\Plain{} in addition to logical markup if desired. This results in +the effect that the author can use a mixture of structural +information and explicit layout information -- a situation with a +high potency of features that nevertheless can (and does) lead to a +lot of typographic nonsense! + +As \TeX82 was built only for typesetting texts and to allow the +realization of new markup structures, many features are lacking which are +required by authors. To provide features like the production of +an index or a bibliography or the inclusion of graphics, additional +programs^^|supplementary programs| have been written, which use +information from a \TeX82 formatting run, process them, and provide +them for the next \TeX82 run. Two supplementary programs are +in widespread use and available for many computer/operating system +combinations: \BibTeX{}, for the production of a bibliography from a +reference collection, and \MakeIndex{}, for the production of an index. + +A special case of the processing of information provided by a \TeX{} +run is the production of a table of contents or the usage of cross +references in a text. For this only informations about page numbers, +section numbers, etc., are needed. These are +provided by \TeX82 and can be processed by \TeX82 itself, so \TeX82 is +used as its own post processor in this situation. + +We have now seen that the \TeX{} typesetting system is +a collection of tools that consists of the typesetting `engine' \TeX82, +macro packages (maybe several that are based on others) and +supplementary programs, used together with these macro packages. +This relation is illustrated by Figure~\ref{fig:components}. + +\begin{figure} +\begin{center} +\input figkomp +\caption{The Components of \TeX{}} +\label{fig:components} +\end{center} +\end{figure} + + + +\section{Formatting} + +The formatting process of \TeX{} needs information about the +dimensions of characters used for the paragraph breaking. A set +of characters is grouped in {\it ^|font|s}. (But this is a +simplification as the notion ``font'' should be used for the +realization of a type in a fixed size for a specific output device.) +The dimensions of the characters of a font are called {\it font +metrics}. + + +The format in which the font metrics are used by \TeX{} was +defined by {\sc Donald Knuth} and is called \ftype{tfm} format +(``{\sl \TeX{} font metrics\/}''). In this format, every character is +descibed as a {\it box\/} with a height, a depth, and a width. +\TeX{} only needs these measurements, it is not interested in the shape +of the character. It is even possible that the character may extend +outside +the box, which may result in an overlap with other characters. +The character measures are specified in a device independent +dimension because \TeX{} processes its breaking algorithm +independent of any output device. + +During paragraph breaking, \TeX{} hyphenates automatically, which +can be done in an almost language-independent way. For the adaption to +different languages, {\it ^|hyphenation patterns|\/} are needed to +parametrize the hyphenation algorithm. + +The result of a \TeX{} formatting run is a \ftype{DVI} document, in which +the type and position on the page are specified for each character to +be output. The resolution that is used is so small that +every possible output device will have a coarser raster, so that the +positioning is effectively device independent. The \DVI{} document +specifies only types, not the fonts themselves, so that the name \DVI{}% + \footnote{ + This name is a problem because ``DVI'' is a trademark of + Intel Corp.\ now, but the name \DVI{} for \TeX{} output files + pre-dates this. + } + (``{\sl device independent\/}'') is accurate. To make the result of +the formatting run available, the \DVI{} file must be output by a +so-called ^|\DVI{} driver| on the desired output device. + +If problems occur during the formatting, error messages or warnings +are output on the terminal. {\it Every\/} message that appears on the +terminal will also be written into a protocol file named \ftype{log} +file. In this \LOG{} file additional information may be placed that +would have been too verbose for the output to the terminal. If this +is the case, \TeX{} will tell the user so at the end of the +formatting run. The messages of \TeX{} are not built in the program, +they are stored in a (string) \ftype{pool} file. These messages must +be read in at the beginning of a run. + + + +\section{Macro Packages} +The basic macro package is ^|\Plain|, developed by {\sc Donald Knuth} +together with \TeX82. It parametrizes the \TeX82 typesetting machine +so that it can typeset English texts with the Computer Modern type +family. Additionally, \Plain{} provides optical markup features. +\Plain{} is available as one source file, {\tt plain.tex}. + +All other macro packages known to the author are based on \Plain{}, +\ie{}, they contain the source file {\tt plain.tex\/} either +originally or with modifications of less important parts. Next to +\Plain{}, the most important (free) available macro packages are +^|\AmSTeX{}| by {\sc Michael Spivak} and ^|\LaTeX{}| by {\sc Leslie +Lamport}. Other free macro packages are often of only local +importance (\eg{} Blue\TeX{}, TEXT1, or \TeX{}sis) or are used in +very special environments only (\eg{} {\tt texinfo\/} in the +GNU~project or {\tt webmac\/} for \WEB{}). Important commercial macro +packages are ^|Macro\TeX{}| by {\sc Amy Hendrickson} and +^|\LAMSTeX{}|, also written by {\sc Michael Spivak}. + +These macro packages usually consist of a kernel that +provides additional markup primitives. With such primitives, +{\it document styles\/}^^|styles| can be built which realize logical +markups by a corresponding layout. This layout can often be varied by +{\it sub-styles\/} or {\it style options\/} which may also provide +additional markups. + +The macro packages produce {\it ^|supplementary files|\/} which contain +information about the page breaks or the document markup. This +information may be used by support programs -- \eg{}, the +specification of a reference from a bibliography database or the +specification of an index entry with corresponding page number for the +construction of an index. A special case is the information about +cross references and headings for the building of a table of contents, +as this information can be gathered and reused by \TeX{} directly. + +^|\SliTeX{}| is a special component of \LaTeX{} for the preparation +of slides with overlays. In TUGBoat volume~10, no.~3 (1989) +^|\LAMSTeX{}| was announced, which will provide the functionality of +\LaTeX{} within \AmSTeX{}. ^|Macro\TeX{}| is a toolbox of macro +``modules'' which may be used to realize new markups but, as it +became available only short time ago, it is not yet widespread. + +For the usage of these (and other) macro packages, one must check +whether they need ^|additional fonts| which do not belong to the Computer +Modern type family. For \LaTeX{}, \eg{}, fonts with additional symbols +and with invisible characters (for the slide overlays) are needed, +while \AmSTeX{} needs several additional font sets with mathematical and +Cyrillic characters. + + + +\section{Support Programs} + +Only two support programs will be discussed here: ^|\BibTeX{}| by +{\sc Oren Patashnik} for the preparation of bibliographies and +^|\MakeIndex{}| by {\sc Pehong Chen} and {\sc Michael Harrison} for +the preparation of a sorted index. For both tasks exist other, +funcionally equivalent, support programs. But the abovementioned are +available on many operating systems, and have an ``official'' state +as they are {\sc Leslie Lamport} encourages their usage with +\LaTeX{} in his documentation, and the TUG supports them for general use. + +There is no totally portable mechanism for the inclusion of general +graphics in \TeX{} documents, so that there are no machine independent +support programs available. + +\BibTeX{} is used to handle references collected in \ftype{bib} +files. \TeX{} produces supplementary files which contain information +about the required references, and \BibTeX{} generates from them a +sorted bibliography in a \ftype{bbl} file which may be subsequently +used by \TeX{}. The kind of sorting and the type of ^|cite keys| are +defined by {\it ^|bibliography styles|\/}, specified in \ftype{bst} +files. The messages of a \BibTeX{} run are written to a \ftype{blg} +logfile. + +\MakeIndex{} reads an \ftype{idx} support file that contains the index +entries and the according page numbers, sorts these items, unifies +them and writes them as \TeX{} input in an \ftype{ind} file. The +formatting style may be specified by an {\it ^|index style|}. The +messages of a \MakeIndex{} run are written to a \ftype{ilg} file. + + + +\section{Performance Improvements} + +Much of the work that \TeX82 has to do is the same for every +document: +% + \begin{enumerate} + +\item \label{enum:hyphen} + All text has to be broken into lines. Text pieces in the same +language are hyphenated with the same hyphenation patterns. + +\item \label{enum:markup} + The basic markups of the corresponding macro packages must be +available. + +\item The required font metrics are much alike for many documents, as the +font set used usually doesn't differ that much. + +\end{enumerate} +% + To improve \TeX{}'s performance, hyphenation, markup, and font +metrics descriptions are converted from an external, for +(\ref{enum:hyphen}) and~(\ref{enum:markup}) textual, representation +into an internal representation which can easily be used by \TeX82. +It is sensible to do this transformation only once, not for every +document. The internal representation is stored in a \ftype{fmt} file. +The storing is done with the \TeX{} command {\tt \bs{}dump}, so that +\FMT{} files often are called ``{\it dumped formats}.'' A \FMT{} file +can be read at the beginning of a \TeX82 run and is thus available +for the processing of the actual text. + +As the creation of a \FMT{} file is done infrequently -- usually for +the update of a macro package -- the formatting of texts can be done +with a reduced version of the \TeX82 program that doesn't contain the +storage and the program parts for the transformation of the +hyphenation patterns and for the dumping. The complete version of +\TeX82 is needed in an initialization phase only and therefore called +^|\INITeX{}|. Additional improvements of the performance can be +reached by the usage of ^|production version|s of \TeX82 from which +parts for statistical analysis and for debugging are stripped. + +\TeX{} versions that have no dumped formats preloaded, have the +ability to load a dumped format (\ie{} a \FMT{} file), and have no +ability to dump a \FMT{} file (\ie{}, they are not \INITeX{}) are +often called ^|Vir\TeX{}|, which stands for {\it virgin \TeX{}}. + + + +\section{Connections Between File Types and Components} + +In the above sections, the components of the \TeX{} authoring system +were described, and the files that are read or written by these +components mentioned. The connections between them all is +demonstrated graphically in Figure~\ref{fig:total}. In this graphic, +file types are represented by rectangles, and programs by ovals. The +arrows mean ``is read by'' or ``is produced by.'' The abbreviations +of the file types are explained in Table~\ref{tab:filetypes}, which +also lists the file identifications (suffixes or extensions) that +these files usually have (but note that other file identifications +are also in use). + +\begin{figure} +\begin{center} +\input figtotal +\caption{The Connection of Components and File Types} +\label{fig:total} +\end{center} +\end{figure} + +\begin{table} +\begin{center} + +\noindent +\vbox\bgroup % halign, LaTeX is too inflexible!! +% +\tabskip=1em +\catcode`\,=\active % Roman Komma, also in typewriter text! +\def,{{\rm \char`\,\relax \space}\ignorespaces} + +\let\par=\cr \obeylines% +\halign{\tt \hfil #\unskip\hfil & #\unskip\hfil & \tt #\unskip\hfil +% +\sc File Type & \hfil \sc Explanation & \sc File Identification + & & \sc (suffix, extension, etc.) +\noalign{\vskip 3pt}% +% +TEX & Text input & tex, ltx +DVI & \TeX82 output, formatted text & dvi +LOG & \TeX82 log file & log, lis, list +HYP & Hyphenation patterns & tex +TFM & Font metrics & tfm +POOL & String pool & pool, poo, pol +FMT & Format file & fmt +MAC & \TeX{} macro file & tex, doc +STY & \TeX{} style file & sty, tex, st, doc +AUX & Support files & aux, toc, lot, lof,\unskip + & & glo, tmp, tex +BIB & Reference collections & bib +BBL & References or bibliographies & bbl +BLG & \BibTeX{} log file & blg +BST & \BibTeX{} style file & bst +IDX & Unsorted index & idx +IND & Sorted index & ind +IST & Index markup specification +ILG & \MakeIndex{} log file & ilg +}% +% +\egroup + +\caption{File Types} +\label{tab:filetypes} +\end{center} +\end{table} + + + +\subsubsection*{Acknowledgements} + +I would like to thank {\sc Christine Detig} who was so kind to +provide the English translation. {\sc Nelson Beebe} suggested +performing the translation. {\sc Klaus Guntermann} made valuable +comments on the first (German) version. +{\sc Nico Poppelier} contributed a new version of figure +\ref{fig:total}, better than my original one. + + + +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/figkomp.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/figkomp.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f0d0140d5db --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/figkomp.tex @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +% figkomp.tex 01 Oct 90 +%------------------------------------------------------------ +% (c) 1990 by J.Schrod (TeXsys). + +% +% picture of the components of TeX (logical connection) +% + +% NOTE: BibTeX was made available for Plain TeX recently. So the +% graphic will be changed soon... + + +\begin{picture}(23,14)(3,0) + + +% TeX82 +\put( 3, 0){ \rule{\w}{3\k} } +\put( 3, 3){ \rule{24\k}{\w} } +\put(27, 0){ \rule{\w}{3\k} } +\put( 3, 0){ \makebox(24,3){\TeX82} } + +% Plain TeX +\put( 4, 3){ \framebox(22,3){\Plain} } + +% AmS-TeX +\put( 5, 6){ \rule{\w}{5\k} } +\put( 5,11){ \rule{5\k}{\w} } +\put(10, 6){ \rule{\w}{5\k} } +\put( 5, 6){ \makebox(5,3){\AmSTeX} } + +% LAmS-TeX +\put( 6, 9){ \dashbox{.5}(4,2){\LAMSTeX} } + +% LaTeX +\put(11, 6){ \framebox(8,5){\LaTeX} } + +% SliTeX +\put(11,11){ \framebox(4,3){\SliTeX} } + +% BibTeX +\put(15,11){ \framebox(4,3){\BibTeX} } + +% MakeIndex +\put(20, 6){ \framebox(5,8){\MakeIndex} } + +\end{picture} + + + +\endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/figtotal.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/figtotal.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1cd47b1e9da --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/figtotal.tex @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +% figtotal.tex 25 Mar 91 +%------------------------------------------------------------ +% (c) 1991 by J.Schrod (TeXsys). + +% +% Picture of the components and used file types of TeX (data flow) +% (thanks to Nico Poppelier who contributed this better structured version) +% +% LaTeX picture + + +% check if \OutputInFigtotal and \DriverInFigtotal is defined + +\ifx \OutputInFigtotal\undefined + \errhelp{It should be defined as the term `output' in the used language} + \errmessage{You must define \string\OutputInFigtotal} + \def\OutputInFigtotal{output} +\fi +\ifx \DriverInFigtotal\undefined + \errhelp{It should be defined as the term `driver' in the used language} + \errmessage{You must define \string\DriverInFigtotal} + \def\DriverInFigtotal{\DVI{} driver} +\fi + + + +\def\file#1{\framebox(3,2){\tt \uppercase{#1}}} +\def\prog(#1)#2{% + \oval(#1,2)% + \makebox(0,0){#2}% + } + + +% X and Y variables + +\newcount\X \newcount\Y % needed for \Program + +% macros for objects + +\def\File(#1,#2)#3{% + \put(#1,#2){\framebox(20,10){\tt\uppercase{#3}}}} +\def\CopyFile(#1,#2)#3{% + \put(#1,#2){\dashbox{2}(20,10){#3}}} +\def\Program(#1,#2)#3{% + \X=#1 \Y=#2 \advance\X by 15 \advance\Y by 5 + \put(\X,\Y){\oval(30,10)}% + \put(#1,#2){\makebox(30,10){#3}}} +\def\Device(#1,#2)#3{% + \put(#1,#2){\line(1,2){5}} \put(#1,#2){\line(1,0){25}} + \X=#1 \Y=#2 \advance\X by 30 \advance\Y by 10 + \put(\the\X,\the\Y){\line(-1,-2){5}} \put(\the\X,\the\Y){\line(-1,0){25}} + \put(#1,#2){\makebox(30,10){#3}}} + + +% don't ask me why it's 0.7mm, that's from Nico! -js + +\unitlength=0.7mm + + +\begin{picture}(260,160)(80,0) + +% this code provides a dotted grid that makes modification easier + +%\multiput( 70, 0)(10,0){20}{% +% \vbox to 160\unitlength{% +% \leaders +% \vbox to 2.5\unitlength{% +% \vfill +% \hbox{\fivrm .}% +% \vfill +% }% +% \vfill +% }% +% } +%\multiput( 70, 0)(0,10){17}{% +% \hbox to 190\unitlength{% +% \leaders +% \hbox to 2.5\unitlength{% +% \hfill +% \hbox{\fivrm .}% +% \hfill +% }% +% \hfill +% }% +% } + + +% +% IniTeX block +% + \File( 75,145){tfm} \File(105,145){hyp} \File(135,145){mac} + \File(165,145){pool} +\multiput( 85,145)(30,0){4}{\line(0,-1){5}} + \put( 85,140){\line(1,0){90}} + \put(115,140){\vector(0,-1){5}} + \Program(100,125){\INITeX} + \put(115,125){\line(0,-1){5}} + \put(100,120){\line(1,0){30}} +\multiput(100,120)(30,0){2}{\vector(0,-1){5}} + \File( 90,105){log} + \File(120,105){fmt} \File(150,105){tex} + \File(180,105){sty} \File(210,105){mac} \File(240,105){tfm} + +% +% TeX block +% +\multiput(130,105)(30,0){5}{\line(0,-1){5}} + \put(130,100){\line(1,0){120}} + \put(175,100){\vector(0,-1){5}} + \Program(160, 85){\TeX82} + \put(175, 85){\line(0,-1){5}} + \put(130, 80){\line(1,0){90}} +\multiput(130, 80)(30,0){4}{\vector(0,-1){5}} + \File(120, 65){dvi} \File(150, 65){log} + \File(180, 65){idx} \File(210, 65){aux} +% loop back to TeX + \put(230, 70){\line(1,0){10}} + \put(240, 70){\vector(0,1){10}} + \put(240, 80){\line(0,1){10}} + +% +% BibTeX block +% + \File(195, 45){bib} \File(225, 45){bst} +\multiput(205, 45)(30,0){2}{\line(0,-1){5}} + \put(205, 40){\line(1,0){30}} + \put(220, 65){\vector(0,-1){30}} + \Program(205, 25){\BibTeX} + \put(220, 25){\line(0,-1){5}} + \put(205, 20){\line(1,0){30}} +\multiput(205, 20)(30,0){2}{\vector(0,-1){5}} + \File(195, 5){blg} \File(225, 5){bbl} +% loop back to TeX + \put(245, 10){\line(1,0){10}} + \put(255, 10){\vector(0,1){10}} + \put(255, 20){\line(0,1){70}} + +% +% MakeIndex block +% + \File(150, 45){ist} + \put(190, 65){\line(0,-1){20}} +\multiput(160, 45)(30,0){2}{\line(0,-1){5}} + \put(160, 40){\line(1,0){30}} + \put(175, 40){\vector(0,-1){5}} + \Program(160, 25){\MakeIndex} + \put(175, 25){\line(0,-1){5}} + \put(145, 20){\line(1,0){30}} +\multiput(145, 20)(30,0){2}{\vector(0,-1){5}} + \File(135, 5){ilg} \File(165, 5){ind} +% loop back to TeX + \put(175, 5){\line(0,-1){5}} + \put(175, 0){\line(1,0){85}} + \put(260, 0){\vector(0,1){10}} + \put(260, 10){\line(0,1){80}} + \put(260, 90){\vector(-1,0){70}} + +% +% device driver block +% + \File( 90, 65){fnt} +\multiput(100, 65)(30,0){2}{\line(0,-1){25}} + \put(100, 40){\line(1,0){30}} + \put(115, 40){\vector(0,-1){5}} + \Program(100, 25){\DriverInFigtotal} + \put(115, 25){\vector(0,-1){10}} + \Device(100, 5){\OutputInFigtotal} + + +\end{picture} + + +\endinput + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/names.sty b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/names.sty new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6ca02c31286 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/names.sty @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +% names.sty 01 Oct 90 +%------------------------------------------------------------ + +% +% abbrevations/logos in LaTeX and Format!, usable for base size 10pt +% +% should be compared with tugboat.com and should be documented... +% should be enhanced for LaTeX (to Format! standards) [NFSS ?!] +% +% all logos only in Roman +% Logos: +% \TeX +% \INITeX +% \Plain Plain TeX +% \LaTeX +% \BibTeX +% \SliTeX +% \MakeIndex (italic) +% \AmSTeX AmS-TeX +% \LAMSTeX LAmS-TeX +% \MF METAFONT +% \INIMF +% \WEB +% \CWEB +% \TIE +% \stTeX +% \stMF +% file types (all monospaced): +% \LOG +% \DVI +% \FMT +% \TFM +% \GF +% \PK +% \PXL + + +\font\tenlogo=logo10 +\let\logo=\tenlogo +\ifx \mc\undefined \let\mc=\small \fi % for LaTeX, `medium caps' + + +% FIXME: should the space factor be set to 1000 afterwards? +% is it a global value? otherwise it would be a faulty design within TeX... +\def\TeX{{\rm T\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX}} +\def\INITeX{{\rm INI\TeX}} + +\def\Plain{{\rm Plain~\TeX}} + +% LaTeX definition with original TeX logo! +% Does not conform to the definition of L. Lamport, but is more consistent... +\def\LaTeX{{\rm L\kern-.36em\raise.3ex\hbox{\sc a}\kern-.15em\TeX}} +\def\BibTeX{{\rm B\kern-.05em{\sc i\kern-.025em b}\kern-.08em\TeX}} +\def\SliTeX{{\rm S\kern-.06em{\sc l\kern-.035em i}\kern-.06em\TeX}} +\def\MakeIndex{{\it MakeIndex\/}} + +\def\AmSTeX{% + $\cal A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{$\cal M$}\kern-.125em S$% + -\TeX + } +\def\LAMSTeX{% + L\raise.42ex\hbox{$\scriptstyle\kern-.3em\cal A$}\kern-.2em + \lower.376ex\hbox{$\cal M$}\kern-.125em $\cal S$% + -\TeX + } + + +\def\MF{{\logo META}\-{\logo FONT\/}} +\def\INIMF{{\mc INI}{\logo MF}} + + +\def\WEB{{\tt WEB\/}} +\def\CWEB{{\mc CWEB}} +\def\TIE{{\tt TIE\/}} + + +\def\stTeX{{\sc st\rm\kern-0.13em\TeX}} % our stTeX (TeXsys) +\def\stMF{{\sc st}{\logo MF}} % our stMF + + +\def\LOG{{\tt LOG\/}} +\def\DVI{{\tt DVI\/}} +\def\FMT{{\tt FMT\/}} +\def\TFM{{\tt TFM\/}} + +\def\GF{{\tt GF\/}} +\def\PK{{\tt PK\/}} +\def\PXL{{\tt PXL\/}} + + +\endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/texrep.sty b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/texrep.sty new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b5096c4e537 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/texrep.sty @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +% texrep.sty 14 Nov 90 +%------------------------------------------------------------ +% (c) 1990 by J.Schrod (TeXsys). + +% +% markups for my articles about TeX +% +% ILaTeX style option +% testet with: article +% +% ATTENTION: +% After loading ^ can not be used for exponents any more, use \sp ! + + +\input names.sty % Logos + + +% abbrevations + +\chardef\bs=`\\ % backslash + +\def\dh{d.\,h.\spacefactor\@m} % kerning! (Spatium) +\def\zb{z.\,B.} +\def\ZB{Z.\,B.} + +\def\eg{e.\,g.\spacefactor\@m} +\def\ie{i.\,e.\spacefactor\@m} + + +% +% consistent formatting +% + +% first time a file type is mentioned it is marked with \ftype. +\def\ftype#1{{\tt \marginpar{\uppercase{#1}}\uppercase{#1}\/}} + +% split ligatures with \| (if not in math mode) +% is already defined in local.tex but this is often not used! +\def\allowhyphens{\penalty\@M \hskip\z@skip} +\def\|{% + \relax + \ifmmode \Vert + \else \allowhyphens\-\allowhyphens + \fi + } + + +% +% pictures +% + +\unitlength=5mm % may be changed for DINA5 +\let\w=\@wholewidth % width of a rule +\let\k=\unitlength % a box (in German: Kasten) on my drawing-paper... + + +% +% title notes are footnotes on the title page without any marker +% + +\def\titlenote#1{% + \begingroup + \def\@makefntext##1{\noindent ##1}% + \footnotetext{#1}% + \endgroup + } + + +% marginal notes, for easier input +% (idea taken from manmac.tex) +% +% usage: +% ^|rem1| for remark rem1, which is also printed (loud). +% ^^|rem2| for remark rem2, which is not printed (silent). +% implementation: +% look at next char; if ^, then do not print it. +% with this char determin macro to expand +% macro is defined accordingly +% marginal note is created by \marginpar. +% attention: +% ^ can not be used for creating an exponent any more (but \sp!) + +\catcode`\^=\active +\def^{\futurelet\next \check@silent} +\def\check@silent{% + \ifx \next^% + \let\next\silent@margin + \else \let\next\print@margin + \fi + \next + } + +\def\silent@margin^|#1|{\marginpar{\rm #1}} +\def\print@margin|#1|{#1\marginpar{\rm #1}} + + +\endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/README b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/README new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5c181cdbd61 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/README @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + +--------------------------------------+ + | THE COMPREHENSIVE LATEX SYMBOL LIST | + | By Scott Pakin, scott+clsl@pakin.org | + | | + | 22 September 2005 | + +--------------------------------------+ + +The Comprehensive LaTeX Symbols List is an organized list of 3300 +symbols commonly available to LaTeX users. Some of these symbols are +guaranteed to be available in every TeX distribution. Others require +font files that come with some, but not all, TeX distributions. The +rest require font files that must be downloaded explicitly from CTAN +(http://www.ctan.org) and installed. The Comprehensive LaTeX Symbols +List currently showcases symbols from 83 separate typefaces. + +The same directory that contains this README file should also contain +SYMLIST, an ASCII list of symbols that appear in the symbols list, and +a set of prebuilt versions of the symbol list in a variety of formats +and paper sizes. However, if you'd like to build symbols.tex +yourself, the steps are as follows: + + latex symbols + latex symbols + makeindex -s gind.ist symbols + latex symbols + latex symbols + dvips symbols.dvi -o symbols.ps + +(The repeated runs are for the longtable and makeidx packages to +stabilize.) symbols.tex tries to be smart about fonts; it omits +tables of symbols that require (seemingly) unavailable fonts. The +"Document Characteristics" table at the end of the document lists the +packages that were unavailable during the build. + +The prebuilt versions of the symbol list primarily use Type 1 fonts. +Type 1 fonts are scalable and should look good at any resolution and +on any output device. However, some of the fonts used by symbols.tex +are available only in a METAFONT-generated bitmap format. The +prebuilt symbol lists utilize 1200 DPI versions of all of the +bitmapped fonts as 1200 DPI is a reasonably high printer resolution. +Unfortunately, older (pre-6.0) versions of Adobe Acrobat render +bitmapped fonts positively dreadfully on screen. Nevertheless, all +versions of Acrobat manage to *print* bitmapped fonts with no trouble. + +The bitmapped fonts used to prepare the PDF versions of the symbol +list are the following: + + ar10.mf ar9.mf ark10.mf ark10.mf + bbding10.mf bbding10.mf bbm10.mf bbm9.mf + bbmss10.mf bbmtt10.mf bbold10.mf bbold9.mf + cmph10.mf cmphi10.mf dingbat.mf dingbat.mf + fcr10.mf fcr9.mf feymr10.mf feymr10.mf + fulmr10.mf fulmr9.mf ifclk10.mf ifclk10.mf + ifgeo10.mf ifgeo10.mf ifsym10.mf ifsym10.mf + ifwea10.mf ifwea10.mf matha10.mf matha9.mf + mathb10.mf mathb9.mf mathx10.mf mathx10.mf + mbb10.mf mbb9.mf skak10.mf skakf10.mf + skakf10.mf skull.mf skull.mf trsy10.mf + trsy10.mf ulsy10.mf vnr10.mf vnr9.mf + wnr10.mf wnr9.mf wsuipa10.mf wsuipa9.mf + yhcmex10.mf + +For completeness, these are the scalable fonts used in the PDF +versions of the symbol list: + + arrow.pfb cmbsy10.pfb cmbsy10.pfb cmbx10.pfb + cmbx12.pfb cmbx7.pfb cmbx9.pfb cmcsc10.pfb + cmmi10.pfb cmmi12.pfb cmmi5.pfb cmmi6.pfb + cmmi7.pfb cmmi8.pfb cmmi9.pfb cmmib10.pfb + cmmib5.pfb cmr10.pfb cmr12.pfb cmr17.pfb + cmr5.pfb cmr6.pfb cmr7.pfb cmr8.pfb + cmr9.pfb cmsl12.pfb cmss10.pfb cmss8.pfb + cmss9.pfb cmssi10.pfb cmsy10.pfb cmsy5.pfb + cmsy6.pfb cmsy7.pfb cmsy8.pfb cmsy9.pfb + cmti10.pfb cmti7.pfb cmti9.pfb cmtt10.pfb + cmtt12.pfb cmtt8.pfb cmtt9.pfb cour.pfb + dictsym.pfb dsrom10.pfb dsss10.pfb esint10.pfb + eufm10.pfb eurm10.pfb eusm10.pfb eusm10.pfb + lcircle1.pfb lcirclew.pfb lightbulb10.pfb line10.pfb + logo10.pfb logo9.pfb logosl10.pfb manfnt.pfb + marvosym.pfb msam10.pfb msam10.pfb msam7.pfb + msbm10.pfb msbm10.pfb msym10.pfb musix13.pfb + phaistos.pfb pmhg.pfb proto10.pfb rsfs10.pfb + rtcxr.pfb sfrm0700.pfb sfrm0900.pfb sfrm0900.pfb + sfrm1000.pfb sfrm1000.pfb sfrm1200.pfb sfrm2488.pfb + sfsi1000.pfb stmary10.pfb stmary9.pfb tipa10.pfb + tipa8.pfb tipa9.pfb tipx10.pfb tipx9.pfb + txexa.pfb txmia.pfb txsy.pfb txsyc.pfb + uzcmi8a.pfb vect10.pfb vect9.pfb wasy10.pfb + wasy9.pfb yfrak.pfb ygoth.pfb yswab.pfb + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/SYMLIST b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/SYMLIST new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..21dea13bef9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/SYMLIST @@ -0,0 +1,2926 @@ +/ +( +) +[ +] +{} +* +\` +\^ +\^{} +\~ +\~{} +\_ +\- +\, +\. +\' +\" +\{ +\} +\$ +\& +\# +\% +\a +\aa +\AA +\AAaleph +\AAayin +\AAbeth +\AAcht +\AAdaleth +\AAhe +\AAhelmet +\AAheth +\AAkaph +\AAlamed +\Aaleph +\AApe +\AAqoph +\AAresh +\AAsade +\Aayin +\AAyod +\Abeth +\AC +\acarc +\acbar +\accentset +\Acht +\ACK +\AcPa +\acute +\acutus +\Adaleth +\adots +\ae +\AE +\agemO +\Agimel +\Ahe +\Ahelmet +\Aheth +\ain +\Akaph +\alad +\Alad +\Alamed +\alas +\Alas +\aleph +\Alif +\alpha +\alphaup +\amalg +\Amem +\anaclasis +\Anaclasis +\anchor +\angle +\Anglesign +\angud +\Angud +\angus +\Angus +\Ankh +\annu +\antidiple +\antidiple* +\Antidiple +\Antidiple* +\antisigma +\Antisigma +\Anun +\Ape +\APLbox +\APLcirc +\APLcomment +\APLdown +\APLdownarrowbox +\APLinput +\APLinv +\APLleftarrowbox +\APLlog +\APLminus +\APLnot +\APLrightarrowbox +\APLstar +\APLup +\APLuparrowbox +\APLvert +\apprge +\apprle +\approx +\approxeq +\Aqoph +\aquarius +\Aquarius +\AR +\arccos +\arcsin +\arctan +\Aresh +\arg +\aries +\Aries +\ArrowBoldDownRight +\ArrowBoldRightCircled +\ArrowBoldRightShort +\ArrowBoldRightStrobe +\ArrowBoldUpRight +\arrownot +\Arrownot +\arrowvert +\Arrowvert +\Asade +\Asamekh +\ascnode +\Ashin +\ast +\asteriscus +\Asteriscus +\asterisk +\Asterisk +\AsteriskBold +\AsteriskCenterOpen +\AsteriskRoundedEnds +\AsteriskThin +\AsteriskThinCenterOpen +\astrosun +\asymp +\atan +\ataribox +\Atav +\Ateth +\AtForty +\AtNinetyFive +\AtSixty +\autoleftarrow +\autoleftrightharpoons +\autorightarrow +\autorightleftharpoons +\Avav +\Ayn +\Ayod +\Azayin +\b +\B +\babygamma +\backepsilon +\backprime +\backsim +\backsimeq +\backslash +\bar +\barb +\bard +\bari +\barin +\barj +\barl +\barlambda +\barleftharpoon +\baro +\barp +\barrightharpoon +\barsci +\barscu +\baru +\barwedge +\Bat +\baucircle +\bauforms +\bauhead +\bausquare +\bautriangle +\bb +\bB +\Bb +\BB +\bba +\bbalpha +\bbar +\bbb +\bbbeta +\Bbbk +\bbdollar +\bbetter +\bbeuro +\bbfinalnun +\bbgamma +\bbm +\bBm +\Bbm +\BBm +\bbmb +\bbmx +\bbnabla +\bbpe +\bbqof +\bbslash +\bbyod +\bdecisive +\Beam +\Bearing +\because +\BEL +\bell +\beta +\betaup +\beth +\betteris +\between +\bibridge +\Bicycle +\bigast +\bigbox +\bigboxasterisk +\bigboxbackslash +\bigboxbot +\bigboxcirc +\bigboxcoasterisk +\bigboxdiv +\bigboxdot +\bigboxleft +\bigboxminus +\bigboxplus +\bigboxright +\bigboxslash +\bigboxtimes +\bigboxtop +\bigboxtriangleup +\bigboxvoid +\bigcap +\bigcirc +\BigCircle +\bigcoast +\bigcomplementop +\BigCross +\bigcup +\bigcurlyvee +\bigcurlywedge +\BigDiamondshape +\BigHBar +\biginterleave +\BigLowerDiamond +\bignplus +\bigoasterisk +\bigobackslash +\bigobot +\bigocirc +\bigocoasterisk +\bigodiv +\bigodot +\bigoleft +\bigominus +\bigoplus +\bigoright +\bigoslash +\bigotimes +\bigotop +\bigotriangleup +\bigovoid +\bigparallel +\bigplus +\BigRightDiamond +\bigsqcap +\bigsqcapplus +\bigsqcup +\bigsqcupplus +\BigSquare +\bigsquplus +\bigstar +\bigtimes +\bigtriangledown +\BigTriangleDown +\BigTriangleLeft +\BigTriangleRight +\bigtriangleup +\BigTriangleUp +\biguplus +\bigvarstar +\BigVBar +\bigvee +\bigwedge +\binampersand +\bindnasrepma +\Biohazard +\bishoppair +\blackdiamond +\blacklozenge +\blacksmiley +\blacksquare +\blacktriangle +\blacktriangledown +\blacktriangleleft +\blacktriangleright +\blacktriangleup +\Bleech +\blitza +\blitzb +\blitzc +\blitzd +\blitze +\bm +\Bm +\bmod +\boldmath +\boldsymbol +\bot +\botdoteq +\Bouquet +\bowtie +\Bowtie +\Box +\boxast +\boxasterisk +\boxbackslash +\boxbar +\boxbot +\boxbox +\boxbslash +\boxcirc +\boxcircle +\boxcoasterisk +\boxdiv +\boxdot +\boxdotleft +\boxdotLeft +\boxdotright +\boxdotRight +\boxempty +\boxleft +\boxLeft +\boxminus +\boxplus +\boxright +\boxRight +\boxslash +\boxtimes +\boxtop +\boxtriangleup +\boxvoid +\boy +\braceld +\bracerd +\bracevert +\breve +\brokenvert +\BS +\BSEfree +\bullet +\bumpedeq +\Bumpedeq +\bumpeq +\Bumpeq +\bupperhand +\c +\C +\CAN +\cancer +\Cancer +\cap +\Cap +\Capricorn +\capricornus +\carriagereturn +\catalexis +\Catalexis +\cc +\Cc +\ccby +\Ccc +\ccnc +\ccnd +\ccsa +\cdot +\cdotp +\cdots +\celsius +\Celtcross +\cent +\centerdot +\centre +\CEsign +\changenotsign +\char +\check +\checked +\Checkedbox +\CheckedBox +\checkmark +\Checkmark +\CheckmarkBold +\chemarrow +\chi +\chiup +\circ +\circeq +\Circle +\CIRCLE +\circlearrowleft +\circlearrowright +\CircledA +\circledast +\circledbar +\circledbslash +\circledcirc +\circleddash +\circleddotleft +\circleddotright +\circledgtr +\circledless +\circledR +\circledS +\circledvee +\circledwedge +\circleleft +\circleright +\CircleShadow +\CircleSolid +\Circpipe +\circplus +\Circsteel +\circumflexus +\CleaningA +\CleaningF +\CleaningFF +\CleaningP +\CleaningPP +\clickb +\clickc +\clickt +\clock +\Clocklogo +\closedniomega +\closedrevepsilon +\Cloud +\clubsuit +\coasterisk +\coAsterisk +\Coffeecup +\colon +\colonapprox +\Colonapprox +\coloneq +\Coloneq +\coloneqq +\Coloneqq +\colonsim +\Colonsim +\comment +\compensation +\complement +\ComputerMouse +\cong +\conjunction +\convolution +\coprod +\copyright +\corner +\corresponds +\Corresponds +\cos +\cosh +\cot +\coth +\counterplay +\CR +\Cross +\crossb +\CrossBoldOutline +\CrossClowerTips +\crossd +\Crossedbox +\crossh +\CrossMaltese +\crossnilambda +\CrossOpenShadow +\CrossOutline +\crtilde +\crux +\Crux +\csc +\Cube +\cup +\Cup +\curlyc +\curlyeqprec +\curlyeqsucc +\curlyesh +\curlyvee +\curlyveedownarrow +\curlyveeuparrow +\curlywedge +\curlywedgedownarrow +\curlywedgeuparrow +\curlyyogh +\curlyz +\currency +\curvearrowbotleft +\curvearrowbotleftright +\curvearrowbotright +\curvearrowleft +\curvearrowleftright +\curvearrowright +\Cutleft +\Cutline +\Cutright +\d +\D +\dag +\dagger +\daleth +\dashint +\dashleftarrow +\dashleftrightarrow +\dashrightarrow +\dashv +\Dashv +\DashV +\dashVv +\davidsstar +\DavidStar +\DavidStarSolid +\dbar +\dbend +\DCa +\DCb +\DCc +\DCd +\DD +\ddag +\ddagger +\ddashint +\ddddot +\dddot +\DDohne +\ddot +\ddots +\DeclareFontFamily +\DeclareFontShape +\DeclareMathOperator +\DeclareMathOperator* +\declareslashed +\deg +\degree +\DEL +\delta +\Delta +\deltaup +\Denarius +\dental +\descnode +\det +\devadvantage +\dfourier +\Dfourier +\dft +\DFT +\dh +\DH +\diaeresis +\diagdown +\diagonal +\diagup +\diameter +\diamond +\Diamond +\Diamondblack +\Diamonddot +\Diamonddotleft +\DiamonddotLeft +\Diamonddotright +\DiamonddotRight +\Diamondleft +\DiamondLeft +\Diamondright +\DiamondRight +\DiamondShadowA +\DiamondShadowB +\DiamondShadowC +\Diamondshape +\DiamondSolid +\diamondsuit +\diatop +\diaunder +\digamma +\dim +\ding +dingautolist +\diple +\diple* +\Diple +\Diple* +\displaystyle +\div +\divdot +\divideontimes +\divides +\dj +\DJ +\dlbari +\DLE +\dlsh +\Dohne +\Dontwash +\dot +\dotcup +\dotdiv +\doteq +\doteqdot +\dotplus +\dots +\dotsb +\dotsc +\dotseq +\dotsi +\dotsint +\dotsm +\dotso +\dottedtilde +\dottimes +\double +\doublebarwedge +\doublecap +\doublecup +\doublepawns +\doubletilde +\downarrow +\Downarrow +\DOWNarrow +\downbracketfill +\downdownarrows +\downdownharpoons +\downharpoonleft +\downharpoonright +\downp +\downparenthfill +\downt +\downtouparrow +\downuparrows +\downupharpoons +\drsh +\Ds +\DS +\dsaeronautical +\dsagricultural +\dsarchitectural +\dsbiological +\dschemical +\dscommercial +\dsheraldical +\dsjuridical +\dsliterary +\dsmathematical +\dsmedical +\dsmilitary +\dsrailways +\dstechnical +\dz +\e +\earth +\Earth +\Ecommerce +\EightAsterisk +\EightFlowerPetal +\EightFlowerPetalRemoved +\eighthnote +\EightStar +\EightStarBold +\EightStarConvex +\EightStarTaper +\ejective +\ell +\Ellipse +\EllipseShadow +\EllipseSolid +\EM +\Email +\Emailct +\emgma +\emptyset +\ending +\eng +\engma +\ENQ +\Envelope +\enya +\EOT +\epsi +\epsilon +\epsilonup +\eqbumped +\eqcirc +\eqcolon +\Eqcolon +\eqqcolon +\Eqqcolon +\eqsim +\eqslantgtr +\eqslantless +\equal +\equalsfill +\equiv +\er +\ESC +\esh +\Estatically +\eta +\etaup +\ETB +\etc +\eth +\ETX +\EUR +\EURcr +\EURdig +\EURhv +\euro +\EURtm +\exists +\exp +\Explosionsafe +\eye +\EyesDollar +\fallingdotseq +\FallingEdge +\fatbslash +\fatsemi +\fatslash +\fax +\FAX +\Faxmachine +\female +\Female +\FEMALE +\FemaleFemale +\FemaleMale +\Ferli +\Fermi +\FF +\FHBOlogo +\FHBOLOGO +\file +\FilledBigCircle +\FilledBigDiamondshape +\FilledBigSquare +\FilledBigTriangleDown +\FilledBigTriangleLeft +\FilledBigTriangleRight +\FilledBigTriangleUp +\FilledCircle +\FilledCloud +\FilledDiamondShadowA +\FilledDiamondShadowC +\FilledDiamondshape +\FilledHut +\FilledRainCloud +\FilledSectioningDiamond +\FilledSmallCircle +\FilledSmallDiamondshape +\FilledSmallSquare +\FilledSmallTriangleDown +\FilledSmallTriangleLeft +\FilledSmallTriangleRight +\FilledSmallTriangleUp +\FilledSnowCloud +\FilledSquare +\FilledSquareShadowA +\FilledSquareShadowC +\filledsquarewithdots +\FilledSunCloud +\FilledTriangleDown +\FilledTriangleLeft +\FilledTriangleRight +\FilledTriangleUp +\FilledWeakRainCloud +\finpartvoice +\finpartvoiceless +\fint +\Finv +\Fire +\FiveFlowerOpen +\FiveFlowerPetal +\FiveStar +\FiveStarCenterOpen +\FiveStarConvex +\FiveStarLines +\FiveStarOpen +\FiveStarOpenCircled +\FiveStarOpenDotted +\FiveStarOutline +\FiveStarOutlineHeavy +\FiveStarShadow +\Fixedbearing +\fixedddots +\fixedvdots +\fj +\Flag +\flap +\flapr +\flat +\Flatsteel +\Fog +\fontencoding +\Football +\forall +\Force +\Forward +\ForwardToEnd +\ForwardToIndex +\FourAsterisk +\FourClowerOpen +\FourClowerSolid +\fourier +\Fourier +\FourStar +\FourStarOpen +\fourth +\frown +\frownie +\Frowny +\FS +\FullFHBO +\fullmoon +\fullnote +\G +\Game +\gamma +\Gamma +\gammaup +\Ganz +\GaPa +\gcd +\gemini +\Gemini +\geneuro +\geneuronarrow +\geneurowide +\Gentsroom +\geq +\geqq +\geqslant +\gg +\ggcurly +\ggg +\gimel +\girl +\glotstop +\glottal +\gluon +\gnapprox +\gneq +\gneqq +\gnsim +\grave +\gravis +\GS +\gtrapprox +\gtrdot +\gtreqless +\gtreqqless +\gtrless +\gtrsim +\guillemotleft +\guillemotright +\guilsinglleft +\guilsinglright +\gvertneqq +\h +\H +\Ha +\HA +\Hail +\Halb +\HalfCircleLeft +\HalfCircleRight +\HalfFilledHut +\halflength +\halfnote +\HalfSun +\HandCuffLeft +\HandCuffLeftUp +\HandCuffRight +\HandCuffRightUp +\HandLeft +\HandLeftUp +\HandPencilLeft +\HandRight +\HandRightUp +\Handwash +\HaPa +\hash +\hat +\hausab +\hausaB +\hausad +\hausaD +\hausak +\hausaK +\Hb +\HB +\hbar +\HBar +\Hc +\HC +\HCthousand +\Hd +\HD +\Hdual +\He +\HE +\Heart +\heartsuit +\Hermaphrodite +\HERMAPHRODITE +\hexagon +\Hexasteel +\hexstar +\Hf +\HF +\Hg +\HG +\Hh +\HH +\Hhundred +\Hi +\HI +\Hibl +\Hibp +\Hibs +\Hibw +\hill +\Hj +\HJ +\Hk +\HK +\hksqrt +\Hl +\HL +\Hm +\HM +\Hman +\Hmillion +\Hms +\Hn +\HN +\Ho +\HO +\holter +\hom +\Hone +\hookb +\hookd +\hookg +\hookh +\hookheng +\hookleftarrow +\hookrevepsilon +\hookrightarrow +\Hp +\HP +\Hplural +\Hplus +\Hq +\HQ +\Hquery +\Hr +\HR +\Hs +\HS +\Hscribe +\hslash +\Hslash +\Hsv +\Ht +\HT +\Hten +\Hthousand +\Htongue +\Hu +\HU +\Hut +\hv +\Hv +\HV +\Hvbar +\Hw +\HW +\Hx +\HX +\HXthousand +\Hy +\HY +\Hz +\HZ +\i +\ibar +\IceMountain +\iddots +\idotsint +\iiiint +\iiint +\iint +\im +\Im +\imath +\in +\independent +\Industry +\inf +\Info +\infty +\inipartvoice +\inipartvoiceless +\injlim +\inplus +\int +\intercal +\interleave +\Interval +\inva +\invamp +\invdiameter +\inve +\InversTransformHoriz +\InversTransformVert +\invf +\invglotstop +\invh +\invlegr +\invm +\invneg +\invr +\invscr +\invscripta +\invv +\invw +\invy +\iota +\iotaup +\ipagamma +\IroningI +\IroningII +\IroningIII +\Irritant +\ismodeledby +\j +\JackStar +\JackStarBold +\jmath +\Joch +\Join +\joinrel +\jupiter +\Jupiter +\k +\kappa +\kappaup +\ker +\Keyboard +\Kr +\kreuz +\kside +\Kutline +\l +\L +\labdentalnas +\labvel +\Ladiesroom +\lambda +\Lambda +\lambdabar +\lambdaslash +\lambdaup +\landdownint +\landupint +\langle +\lAngle +\Langle +\laplace +\Laplace +\largepencil +\larrowfill +\Laserbeam +\latfric +\lbag +\Lbag +\lbbbrack +\lBrack +\Lbrack +\lceil +\lCeil +\lcm +\lcorners +\ldotp +\ldots +\leadsto +\left +\leftarrow +\Leftarrow +\LEFTarrow +\leftarrowtail +\leftarrowtriangle +\leftbarharpoon +\Leftcircle +\LEFTcircle +\LEFTCIRCLE +\leftharpoondown +\leftharpoonup +\leftleftarrows +\leftleftharpoons +\leftmoon +\leftp +\leftpointright +\leftrightarrow +\Leftrightarrow +\leftrightarroweq +\leftrightarrows +\leftrightarrowtriangle +\leftrightharpoon +\leftrightharpoons +\leftrightharpoonsfill +\leftrightsquigarrow +\Leftscissors +\leftslice +\leftsquigarrow +\leftt +\leftthreetimes +\leftthumbsdown +\leftthumbsup +\lefttorightarrow +\Lefttorque +\leftturn +\legm +\legr +\length +\leo +\Leo +\leq +\leqq +\leqslant +\lessapprox +\lessdot +\lesseqgtr +\lesseqqgtr +\lessgtr +\lesssim +\Letter +\LF +\lfilet +\lfloor +\lFloor +\lg +\lgroup +\lhd +\LHD +\lhdbend +\libra +\Libra +\lightbulb +\lightning +\Lightning +\lim +\liminf +\limsup +\Lineload +\lJoin +\ll +\llap +\llbracket +\llceil +\llcorner +\llcurly +\Lleftarrow +\llfloor +\lll +\llparenthesis +\lmoustache +\ln +\lnapprox +\lneq +\lneqq +\lnsim +\log +\logof +\longleftarrow +\Longleftarrow +\longleftrightarrow +\Longleftrightarrow +\longmapsfrom +\Longmapsfrom +\longmapsto +\Longmapsto +\LongPulseHigh +\LongPulseLow +\longrightarrow +\Longrightarrow +\looparrowdownleft +\looparrowdownright +\looparrowleft +\looparrowright +\Loosebearing +\LowerDiamond +\lozenge +\Lparen +\lrcorner +\lrtimes +\Lsh +\Lsteel +\ltimes +\ltriple +\lvert +\lVert +\lvertneqq +\lz +\m +\M +\ma +\macron +\makeatletter +\makeatother +\male +\Male +\MALE +\MaleMale +\maltese +\manboldkidney +\manconcentriccircles +\manconcentricdiamond +\mancone +\mancube +\manerrarrow +\manfilledquartercircle +\manhpennib +\manimpossiblecube +\mankidney +\manlhpenkidney +\manpenkidney +\manquadrifolium +\manquartercircle +\manrotatedquadrifolium +\manrotatedquartercircle +\manstar +\mantiltpennib +\mantriangledown +\mantriangleright +\mantriangleup +\manvpennib +\mappedfromchar +\Mappedfromchar +\mapsfrom +\Mapsfrom +\mapsfromchar +\Mapsfromchar +\mapsto +\Mapsto +\mapstochar +\Mapstochar +\markera +\markerb +\mars +\Mars +\MartinVogel +\mate +\mathaccent +\mathbb +\mathbbm +\mathbbmss +\mathbbmtt +\mathbf +\mathbin +\mathbold +\mathcal +\mathcent +\mathchoice +\mathclose +\mathdollar +\mathds +\mathellipsis +\mathfrak +\mathit +\mathnormal +\mathop +\mathopen +\mathord +\mathpalette +\mathparagraph +\mathpunct +\mathpzc +\mathrel +\mathring +\mathrm +\mathscr +\mathsection +\mathsterling +\mathunderscore +\max +\maya +\mb +\Mb +\mbb +\mbB +\mBb +\Mbb +\mbbx +\mbox +\measuredangle +\medbullet +\medcirc +\mercury +\Mercury +\merge +metre +\mho +\micro +\mid +\middle +\midtilde +\min +\minuso +\mmappedfromchar +\Mmappedfromchar +\mmapstochar +\Mmapstochar +\Mobilefone +\mod +\models +\moo +\Moon +\morepawns +\moreroom +\Mountain +\MoveDown +\moverlay +\MoveUp +\mp +\mu +\multimap +\multimapboth +\multimapbothvert +\multimapdot +\multimapdotboth +\multimapdotbothA +\multimapdotbothAvert +\multimapdotbothB +\multimapdotbothBvert +\multimapdotbothvert +\multimapdotinv +\multimapinv +\Mundus +\muup +\MVAt +\MVEight +\MVFive +\MVFour +\MVNine +\MVOne +\MVSeven +\MVSix +\MVThree +\MVTwo +\MVZero +\nabla +\NAK +\napprox +\napproxeq +\nasymp +\natural +\nbacksim +\nbacksimeq +\nbumpeq +\nBumpeq +\ncong +\ncurlyeqprec +\ncurlyeqsucc +\ndashv +\ndashV +\nDashv +\nDashV +\ndashVv +\nearrow +\Nearrow +\neg +\neptune +\Neptune +\neq +\neqslantgtr +\neqslantless +\nequiv +\neswarrow +\Neutral +\newmoon +\newtie +\nexists +\ng +\NG +\ngeq +\ngeqq +\ngeqslant +\ngg +\ngtr +\ngtrapprox +\ngtrless +\ngtrsim +\ni +\nialpha +\nibeta +\NibLeft +\NibRight +\NibSolidLeft +\NibSolidRight +\nichi +\niepsilon +\nigamma +\niiota +\nilambda +\niomega +\niphi +\niplus +\nisigma +\nitheta +\niupsilon +\niv +\nj +\nleftarrow +\nLeftarrow +\nleftrightarrow +\nLeftrightarrow +\nleq +\nleqq +\nleqslant +\nless +\nlessapprox +\nlessgtr +\nlesssim +\nll +\nmid +\nnearrow +\nnwarrow +\NoBleech +\NoChemicalCleaning +\NoIroning +\NoSun +\not +\notasymp +\notbackslash +\notbot +\notdivides +\notequiv +\notin +\notni +\notowner +\notperp +\notslash +\nottop +\NoTumbler +\novelty +\nparallel +\nplus +\nprec +\nprecapprox +\npreccurlyeq +\npreceq +\npreceqq +\nprecsim +\nrightarrow +\nRightarrow +\nshortmid +\nshortparallel +\nsim +\nsimeq +\nsqsubset +\nsqSubset +\nsqsubseteq +\nsqsubseteqq +\nsqsupset +\nsqSupset +\nsqsupseteq +\nsqsupseteqq +\nsubset +\nSubset +\nsubseteq +\nsubseteqq +\nsucc +\nsuccapprox +\nsucccurlyeq +\nsucceq +\nsucceqq +\nsuccsim +\nsupset +\nSupset +\nsupseteq +\nsupseteqq +\nthickapprox +\ntriangleleft +\ntrianglelefteq +\ntrianglelefteqslant +\ntriangleright +\ntrianglerighteq +\ntrianglerighteqslant +\ntwoheadleftarrow +\ntwoheadrightarrow +\nu +\nuup +\nvargeq +\nvarleq +\nvarparallel +\nvarparallelinv +\nvdash +\nvDash +\nVdash +\nVDash +\nVvash +\nwarrow +\Nwarrow +\nwsearrow +o +\o +\O +\oasterisk +\obackslash +\obar +\obelus +\obelus* +\Obelus +\Obelus* +\oblong +\obot +\obslash +\ocirc +\ocircle +\ocoasterisk +\octagon +\Octosteel +\od +\odiv +\odot +\odplus +\oe +\OE +\officialeuro +\offinterlineskip +\ogreaterthan +\ohill +\ohm +\Ohne +\ohorn +\OHORN +\oiiint +\oiiintclockwise +\oiiintctrclockwise +\oiint +\oiintclockwise +\oiintctrclockwise +\oint +\ointclockwise +\ointctrclockwise +\oldstylenums +\oleft +\olessthan +\omega +\Omega +\omegaup +\ominus +\onlymove +\oo +\open +\openJoin +\openo +\opentimes +\oplus +\opposbishops +\opposition +\oright +\OrnamentDiamondSolid +\oslash +\otimes +\otop +\otriangleup +\ovee +\overarc +\overbrace +\overbracket +\overbridge +\overgroup +\overleftarrow +\overleftrightarrow +\overline +\overparenthesis +\overrightarrow +\Overrightarrow +\overring +\ovoid +\owedge +\owns +\ownsbar +\p +\p@ +\P +\PaperLandscape +\PaperPortrait +\parallel +\ParallelPort +\partial +\partialslash +\partvoice +\partvoiceless +\passedpawn +\Peace +\PencilLeft +\PencilLeftDown +\PencilLeftUp +\PencilRight +\PencilRightDown +\PencilRightUp +\pentagon +\permil +\perp +\Perp +\perthousand +\Pfund +\PHarrow +\PHbee +\PHbeehive +\PHboomerang +\PHbow +\PHbullLeg +\PHcaptive +\PHcarpentryPlane +\PHcat +\PHchild +\PHclub +\PHcolumn +\PHcomb +\PHdolium +\PHdove +\PHeagle +\PHflute +\PHgaunlet +\PHgrater +\PHhelmet +\PHhide +\PHhorn +\phi +\Phi +\phiup +\PHlid +\PHlily +\PHmanacles +\PHmattock +\phone +\Phone +\PhoneHandset +\photon +\PHoxBack +\PHpapyrus +\PHpedestrian +\PHplaneTree +\PHplumedHead +\PHram +\PHrosette +\PHsaw +\PHshield +\PHship +\PHsling +\PHsmallAxe +\PHstrainer +\PHtattooedHead +\PHtiara +\PHtunny +\PHvine +\PHwavyBand +\PHwoman +\pi +\Pi +\Pickup +\pisces +\Pisces +\Pisymbol +\pitchfork +\piup +\planck +\Plane +\Plus +\PlusCenterOpen +\pluscirc +\PlusOutline +\PlusThinCenterOpen +\pluto +\Pluto +\pm +\pmb +\pmod +\pod +\pointer +\Pointinghand +\polishhook +\polter +\pounds +\pp +\Pp +\ppm +\ppp +\Ppp +\pppp +\Pppp +\ppppp +\Ppppp +\Pr +\prec +\precapprox +\preccurlyeq +\precdot +\preceq +\preceqq +\precnapprox +\precneq +\precneqq +\precnsim +\precsim +\prime +\Printer +\prod +\projlim +\propto +\ProvidesPackage +\ps +\psi +\Psi +\psiup +\Pu +\PulseHigh +\PulseLow +\pwedge +\pxp +\Pxp +\qside +\quadrad +\Quadrad +\quadras +\Quadras +\quarternote +\quotedblbase +\quotesinglbase +\r +\R +\Radiation +\Radioactivity +\Rain +\RainCloud +\RaisingEdge +\rangle +\rAngle +\Rangle +\rarrowfill +\rbag +\Rbag +\rbbbrack +\rBrack +\Rbrack +\rc +\rceil +\rCeil +\rcorners +\Re +\recorder +\Rectangle +\RectangleBold +\RectangleThin +\Rectpipe +\Rectsteel +\reflectbox +\relbar +\Relbar +\respondens +\Respondens +\restoresymbol +\restriction +\revD +\revddots +\reve +\reveject +\revepsilon +\reversedvideodbend +\revglotstop +\Rewind +\RewindToIndex +\RewindToStart +\rfilet +\rfloor +\rFloor +\rgroup +\rhd +\RHD +\rho +\rhoup +\right +\rightarrow +\Rightarrow +\RIGHTarrow +\rightarrowtail +\rightarrowtriangle +\rightbarharpoon +\Rightcircle +\RIGHTcircle +\RIGHTCIRCLE +\RightDiamond +\rightharpoondown +\rightharpoonup +\rightleftarrows +\rightleftharpoon +\rightleftharpoons +\rightleftharpoonsfill +\rightmoon +\rightp +\rightpointleft +\rightpointright +\rightrightarrows +\rightrightharpoons +\Rightscissors +\rightslice +\rightsquigarrow +\rightt +\rightthreetimes +\rightthumbsdown +\rightthumbsup +\righttoleftarrow +\Righttorque +\rightturn +\ring +\riota +\rip +\risingdotseq +\rJoin +\rlap +\rmoustache +\rotatebox +\rotm +\rotOmega +\rotr +\rotvara +\rotw +\roty +\RoundedLsteel +\RoundedTsteel +\RoundedTTsteel +\Rparen +\rqm +\rrbracket +\rrceil +\rrfloor +\Rrightarrow +\rrparenthesis +\RS +\Rsh +\rtimes +\rtriple +\rvert +\rVert +\S +\sagittarius +\Sagittarius +\samebishops +\satellitedish +\saturn +\Saturn +\savesymbol +\Sborder +\scd +\scg +\schwa +\sci +\ScissorHollowLeft +\ScissorHollowRight +\ScissorLeft +\ScissorLeftBrokenBottom +\ScissorLeftBrokenTop +\ScissorRight +\ScissorRightBrokenBottom +\ScissorRightBrokenTop +\scn +\scorpio +\Scorpio +\scr +\scripta +\scriptg +\scriptscriptstyle +\scriptstyle +\scriptv +\scu +\scy +\searrow +\Searrow +\sec +\Sech +\second +\secstress +\SectioningDiamond +\see +\selectfont +\SePa +\seppawns +\SerialInterface +\SerialPort +\setminus +\sharp +\Shilling +\shortdownarrow +\ShortFifty +\ShortForty +\shortleftarrow +\shortmid +\ShortNinetyFive +\shortparallel +\ShortPulseHigh +\ShortPulseLow +\shortrightarrow +\ShortSixty +\ShortThirty +\shortuparrow +\showclock +\SI +\sigma +\Sigma +\sigmaup +\sim +\simeq +\sin +\sinh +\SixFlowerAlternate +\SixFlowerAltPetal +\SixFlowerOpenCenter +\SixFlowerPetalDotted +\SixFlowerPetalRemoved +\SixFlowerRemovedOpenPetal +\SixStar +\SixteenStarLight +\skull +\slash +\slashb +\slashc +\slashd +\slashed +\slashu +\Sleet +\sliding +\SmallCircle +\SmallCross +\SmallDiamondshape +\smallfrown +\SmallHBar +\SmallLowerDiamond +\smallpencil +\SmallRightDiamond +\smallsetminus +\smallsmile +\SmallSquare +\smalltriangledown +\SmallTriangleDown +\smalltriangleleft +\SmallTriangleLeft +\smalltriangleright +\SmallTriangleRight +\smalltriangleup +\SmallTriangleUp +\SmallVBar +\smile +\smiley +\Smiley +\Snow +\SnowCloud +\Snowflake +\SnowflakeChevron +\SnowflakeChevronBold +\SO +\SOH +\spadesuit +\Sparkle +\SparkleBold +\SpecialForty +\sphericalangle +\SpinDown +\SpinUp +\splitvert +\spreadlips +\sqbullet +\sqcap +\sqcapplus +\sqcup +\sqcupplus +\sqdoublecap +\sqdoublecup +\sqiiint +\sqiint +\sqint +\sqrt +\sqsubset +\sqSubset +\sqsubseteq +\sqsubseteqq +\sqsubsetneq +\sqsubsetneqq +\sqsupset +\sqSupset +\sqsupseteq +\sqsupseteqq +\sqsupsetneq +\sqsupsetneqq +\square +\Square +\SquareCastShadowBottomRight +\SquareCastShadowTopLeft +\SquareCastShadowTopRight +\Squaredot +\Squarepipe +\SquareShadowA +\SquareShadowB +\SquareShadowBottomRight +\SquareShadowC +\SquareShadowTopLeft +\SquareShadowTopRight +\SquareSolid +\Squaresteel +\squarewithdots +\squplus +\ss +\SS +\ssearrow +\sslash +\sswarrow +\stackrel +\star +\StoneMan +\Stopsign +\StopWatchEnd +\StopWatchStart +\stress +\strictfi +\strictif +\strictiff +\StrokeFive +\StrokeFour +\StrokeOne +\StrokeThree +\StrokeTwo +\STX +\SUB +\subcorner +\subdoublebar +\subdoublevert +\sublptr +\subrptr +\subset +\Subset +\subseteq +\subseteqq +\subsetneq +\subsetneqq +\subsetplus +\subsetpluseq +\succ +\succapprox +\succcurlyeq +\succdot +\succeq +\succeqq +\succnapprox +\succneq +\succneqq +\succnsim +\succsim +\sum +\Summit +\SummitSign +\sun +\Sun +\SunCloud +\SunshineOpenCircled +\sup +\supset +\Supset +\supseteq +\supseteqq +\supsetneq +\supsetneqq +\supsetplus +\supsetpluseq +\surd +\SurveySign +\swarrow +\Swarrow +\syl +\syllabic +\SYN +\t +\T +\taild +\tailinvr +\taill +\tailn +\tailr +\tails +\tailt +\tailz +\Takt +\talloblong +\tan +\tanh +\Tape +\Taschenuhr +\tau +\taurus +\Taurus +\tauup +\tccentigrade +\tcmu +\tcohm +\tcpertenthousand +\tcperthousand +\td +\Telefon +\Telephone +\Tent +\terminus +\terminus* +\Terminus +\Terminus* +\tesh +\text +\textacutedbl +\textacutemacron +\textacutewedge +\textadvancing +\textaolig +\textasciiacute +\textasciibreve +\textasciicaron +\textasciicircum +\textasciidieresis +\textasciigrave +\textasciimacron +\textasciitilde +\textasteriskcentered +\textbabygamma +\textbackslash +\textbaht +\textbar +\textbarb +\textbarc +\textbard +\textbardbl +\textbardotlessj +\textbarg +\textbarglotstop +\textbari +\textbarl +\textbaro +\textbarrevglotstop +\textbaru +\textbeltl +\textbenttailyogh +\textbeta +\textbigcircle +\textbktailgamma +\textblank +\textborn +\textbottomtiebar +\textbraceleft +\textbraceright +\textbrevemacron +\textbrokenbar +\textbullet +\textbullseye +\textcelsius +\textceltpal +\textcent +\textcentoldstyle +\textchi +\textcircled +\textcircledP +\textcircumacute +\textcircumdot +\textcloseepsilon +\textcloseomega +\textcloserevepsilon +\textcolonmonetary +\textcommatailz +\textcopyleft +\textcopyright +\textcorner +\textcrb +\textcrd +\textcrg +\textcrh +\textcrinvglotstop +\textcrlambda +\textcrtwo +\textctc +\textctd +\textctdctzlig +\textctesh +\textctinvglotstop +\textctj +\textctjvar +\textctn +\textctstretchc +\textctstretchcvar +\textctt +\textcttctclig +\textctturnt +\textctyogh +\textctz +\textcurrency +\textdagger +\textdaggerdbl +\textdbend +\textdblhyphen +\textdblhyphenchar +\textdblig +\textdctzlig +\textdegree +\textdied +\textdiscount +\textdiv +\textdivorced +\textdollar +\textdollaroldstyle +\textdong +\textdotacute +\textdotbreve +\textdoublebaresh +\textdoublebarpipe +\textdoublebarpipevar +\textdoublebarslash +\textdoublegrave +\textdoublepipe +\textdoublepipevar +\textdoublevbaraccent +\textdoublevertline +\textdownarrow +\textdownfullarrow +\textdownstep +\textdyoghlig +\textdzlig +\texteightoldstyle +\textellipsis +\textemdash +\textendash +\textepsilon +\textesh +\textestimated +\texteuro +\textexclamdown +\textfemale +\textfishhookr +\textfiveoldstyle +\textfjlig +\textflorin +\textfouroldstyle +\textfractionsolidus +\textfrak +\textfrbarn +\textfrhookd +\textfrhookdvar +\textfrhookt +\textfrtailgamma +\textg +\textgamma +\textglobfall +\textglobrise +\textglotstop +\textglotstopvari +\textglotstopvarii +\textglotstopvariii +\textgoth +\textgravecircum +\textgravedbl +\textgravedot +\textgravemacron +\textgravemid +\textgreater +\textgrgamma +\textguarani +\texthalflength +\texthardsign +\textheng +\texthmlig +\texthooktop +\texthtb +\texthtbardotlessj +\texthtbardotlessjvar +\texthtc +\texthtd +\texthtg +\texthth +\texththeng +\texthtk +\texthtp +\texthtq +\texthtrtaild +\texthtscg +\texthtt +\texthvlig +\textifsym +\textinterrobang +\textinterrobangdown +\textinvglotstop +\textinvomega +\textinvsca +\textinvscr +\textinvscripta +\textinvsubbridge +\textiota +\textlambda +\textlangle +\textlbrackdbl +\textleaf +\textleftarrow +\textlengthmark +\textless +\textlfishhookrlig +\textlhdbend +\textlhookfour +\textlhookp +\textlhookt +\textlhti +\textlhtlongi +\textlhtlongy +\textlira +\textlnot +\textlonglegr +\textlooptoprevesh +\textlowering +\textlptr +\textlquill +\textltailm +\textltailn +\textltilde +\textlyoghlig +\textmarried +\textmho +\textmidacute +\textminus +\textmu +\textmusicalnote +\textnaira +\textnineoldstyle +\textnrleg +\textnumero +\textObardotlessj +\textObullseye +\textohm +\textOlyoghlig +\textomega +\textonehalf +\textoneoldstyle +\textonequarter +\textonesuperior +\textopenbullet +\textopencorner +\textopeno +\textordfeminine +\textordmasculine +\textovercross +\textoverw +\textpalhook +\textpalhooklong +\textpalhookvar +\textparagraph +\textperiodcentered +\textpertenthousand +\textperthousand +\textpeso +\textphi +\textpilcrow +\textpipe +\textpipevar +\textpm +\textpmhg +\textpolhook +\textprimstress +\textproto +\textqplig +\textquestiondown +\textquotedbl +\textquotedblleft +\textquotedblright +\textquoteleft +\textquoteright +\textquotesingle +\textquotestraightbase +\textquotestraightdblbase +\textraiseglotstop +\textraisevibyi +\textraising +\textramshorns +\textrangle +\textrbrackdbl +\textrecipe +\textrectangle +\textreferencemark +\textregistered +\textretracting +\textretractingvar +\textrevapostrophe +\textreve +\textrevepsilon +\textreversedvideodbend +\textrevglotstop +\textrevscl +\textrevscr +\textrevyogh +\textrhooka +\textrhooke +\textrhookepsilon +\textrhookopeno +\textrhookrevepsilon +\textrhookschwa +\textrhoticity +\textrightarrow +\textringmacron +\textroundcap +\textrptr +\textrquill +\textrtaild +\textrtailhth +\textrtaill +\textrtailn +\textrtailr +\textrtails +\textrtailt +\textrtailz +\textrthook +\textrthooklong +\textsca +\textscaolig +\textscb +\textscdelta +\textsce +\textscf +\textscg +\textsch +\textschwa +\textsci +\textscj +\textsck +\textscl +\textscm +\textscn +\textscoelig +\textscomega +\textscp +\textscq +\textscr +\textscripta +\textscriptg +\textscriptv +\textscu +\textscy +\textseagull +\textsecstress +\textsection +\textservicemark +\textsevenoldstyle +\textsixoldstyle +\textsoftsign +\textspleftarrow +\textsterling +\textstretchc +\textstretchcvar +\textstyle +\textsubacute +\textsubarch +\textsubbar +\textsubbridge +\textsubcircum +\textsubdot +\textsubdoublearrow +\textsubgrave +\textsublhalfring +\textsubplus +\textsubrhalfring +\textsubrightarrow +\textsubring +\textsubsquare +\textsubtilde +\textsubumlaut +\textsubw +\textsubwedge +\textsuperimposetilde +\textsuperscript +\textsurd +\textswab +\textsyllabic +\texttctclig +\textteshlig +\texttheta +\textthorn +\textthornvari +\textthornvarii +\textthornvariii +\textthornvariv +\textthreeoldstyle +\textthreequarters +\textthreequartersemdash +\textthreesuperior +\texttildedot +\texttildelow +\texttimes +\texttoneletterstem +\texttoptiebar +\texttrademark +\texttslig +\textturna +\textturncelig +\textturnglotstop +\textturnh +\textturnk +\textturnlonglegr +\textturnm +\textturnmrleg +\textturnr +\textturnrrtail +\textturnsck +\textturnscripta +\textturnscu +\textturnt +\textturnthree +\textturntwo +\textturnv +\textturnw +\textturny +\texttwelveudash +\texttwooldstyle +\texttwosuperior +\textuncrfemale +\textunderscore +\textuparrow +\textupfullarrow +\textupsilon +\textupstep +\textvbaraccent +\textvertline +\textvibyi +\textvibyy +\textvisiblespace +\textwon +\textwynn +\textyen +\textyogh +\textzerooldstyle +\th +\TH +\therefore +\Thermo +\theta +\Theta +\thetaup +\thickapprox +\thicksim +\thickvert +\ThinFog +\third +\thorn +\Thorn +\threesim +\tilde +\tildel +\timelimit +\times +\ToBottom +\tone +\top +\topbot +\topdoteq +\ToTop +\TransformHoriz +\TransformVert +\triangle +\triangledown +\TriangleDown +\triangleleft +\TriangleLeft +\trianglelefteq +\trianglelefteqslant +\triangleq +\triangleright +\TriangleRight +\trianglerighteq +\trianglerighteqslant +\TriangleUp +\triple +\tsbm +\tsmb +\tsmm +\Tsteel +\TTsteel +\Tumbler +\TwelweStar +\twoheadleftarrow +\twoheadrightarrow +\twonotes +\u +\U +\UB +\ubar +\udesc +\udot +\uhorn +\UHORN +\ulcorner +\Umd +\unclear +\underaccent +\underarc +\underarch +\underbrace +\underbracket +\underdots +\undergroup +\underleftarrow +\underleftrightarrow +\underline +\underparenthesis +\underrightarrow +\underring +\undertilde +\underwedge +\unitedpawns +\unlhd +\unrhd +\upalpha +\uparrow +\Uparrow +\UParrow +\upbar +\upbeta +\upbracketfill +\upchi +\updelta +\Updelta +\updownarrow +\Updownarrow +\updownarrows +\updownharpoons +\upepsilon +\upeta +\upgamma +\Upgamma +\upharpoonleft +\upharpoonright +\upiota +\upkappa +\uplambda +\Uplambda +\uplett +\uplus +\upmu +\upnu +\upomega +\Upomega +\upp +\upparenthfill +\upphi +\Upphi +\uppi +\Uppi +\uppsi +\Uppsi +\uprho +\upsigma +\Upsigma +\upsilon +\Upsilon +\upsilonup +\upt +\uptau +\uptheta +\Uptheta +\uptodownarrow +\upuparrows +\upupharpoons +\upupsilon +\Upupsilon +\upvarepsilon +\upvarphi +\upvarpi +\upvarrho +\upvarsigma +\upvartheta +\upxi +\Upxi +\upzeta +\uranus +\Uranus +\urcorner +\US +\usepackage +\ut +\utilde +\v +\vara +\varangle +\varbigcirc +\VarClock +\varclubsuit +\varcurlyvee +\varcurlywedge +\vardiamondsuit +\varEarth +\varepsilon +\varepsilonup +\VarFlag +\varg +\vargeq +\varhash +\varheartsuit +\varhexagon +\varhexstar +\vari +\VarIceMountain +\varinjlim +\varint +\various +\varkappa +\varleq +\varliminf +\varlimsup +\varmathbb +\VarMountain +\varnothing +\varnotin +\varnotowner +\varoast +\varobar +\varobslash +\varocircle +\varodot +\varogreaterthan +\varoiiintclockwise +\varoiiintctrclockwise +\varoiint +\varoiintclockwise +\varoiintctrclockwise +\varoint +\varointclockwise +\varointctrclockwise +\varolessthan +\varomega +\varominus +\varopeno +\varoplus +\varoslash +\varotimes +\varovee +\varowedge +\varparallel +\varparallelinv +\varphi +\varphiup +\varpi +\varpiup +\varprod +\varprojlim +\varpropto +\varrho +\varrhoup +\varsigma +\varsigmaup +\varspadesuit +\varsqsubsetneq +\varsqsubsetneqq +\varsqsupsetneq +\varsqsupsetneqq +\varstar +\varsubsetneq +\varsubsetneqq +\VarSummit +\varsupsetneq +\varsupsetneqq +\VarTaschenuhr +\vartheta +\varthetaup +\vartimes +\vartriangle +\vartriangleleft +\vartriangleright +\varv +\varw +\vary +\VBar +\vcenter +\vdash +\vDash +\Vdash +\VDash +\vdots +\vec +\Vectorarrow +\Vectorarrowhigh +\vee +\veebar +\veedoublebar +\venus +\Venus +\vernal +\vert +\Vert +\VHF +\Vier +\Village +\vin +\ViPa +\virgo +\Virgo +\VM +\vod +\voicedh +\vppm +\vpppm +\VT +\vv +\Vvdash +\VvDash +\vvvert +\WashCotton +\WashSynthetics +\WashWool +\wasylozenge +\wasypropto +\wasytherefore +\wbetter +\wdecisive +\weakpt +\WeakRain +\WeakRainCloud +\Wecker +\wedge +\Wheelchair +\whistle +\widearrow +\widebar +\widecheck +\widehat +\wideparen +\widering +\widetilde +\widetriangle +\wind +\with +\withattack +\withidea +\withinit +\without +\Womanface +\wp +\wr +\Writinghand +\wupperhand +\x +\XBox +\xhookleftarrow +\xhookrightarrow +\xi +\Xi +\xiup +\xleftarrow +\xLeftarrow +\xleftharpoondown +\xleftharpoonup +\xleftrightarrow +\xLeftrightarrow +\xleftrightharpoons +\xlongequal +\xlongleftarrow +\xLongleftarrow +\xlongleftrightarrow +\xLongleftrightarrow +\xlongrightarrow +\xLongrightarrow +\xmapsto +\xrightarrow +\xRightarrow +\xrightharpoondown +\xrightharpoonup +\xrightleftharpoons +\XSolid +\XSolidBold +\XSolidBrush +\Ydown +\Yinyang +\Yleft +\yogh +\Yright +\Yup +\Zborder +\zeta +\zetaup +\Zodiac +\ztransf +\Ztransf +\zugzwang +\Zwdr +\ZwPa diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/lightbulb.eps b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/lightbulb.eps new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e4496262b8d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/lightbulb.eps @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +%!PS-Adobe-3.0 EPSF-3.0 +%%BoundingBox: -1 -37 180 259 +%%Creator: MetaPost +%%CreationDate: 2004.04.14:1324 +%%Pages: 1 +%%DocumentFonts: cmr17 + /cmr17 /cmr17 def +/fshow {exch findfont exch scalefont setfont show}bind def +%%EndProlog +%%Page: 1 1 + 0.7 setgray 0 17.93271 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop + [] 0 setdash 1 setlinejoin 10 setmiterlimit +newpath 89.66356 244.33316 moveto +132.3908 244.94174 165.87755 208.3536 165.87755 164.75676 curveto +165.87755 121.15993 132.3908 84.5718 89.66356 85.18037 curveto +47.76907 85.7771 15.69113 122.03224 15.69113 164.75676 curveto +15.69113 207.48131 47.76907 243.73645 89.66356 244.33316 curveto closepath + stroke + 1 setlinecap +newpath 128.41212 95.85231 moveto +128.41212 0 lineto +116.14232 -4.44911 103.19072 -6.72478 90.13918 -6.72478 curveto +77.08765 -6.72478 64.13605 -4.44911 51.86626 0 curveto +51.86626 96.58183 lineto stroke + 0 setgray 0.4 0 dtransform exch truncate exch idtransform pop setlinewidth + 2 setlinecap +newpath 0 -35.86542 moveto +0 251.05794 lineto stroke +newpath 8.96635 -35.86542 moveto +8.96635 251.05794 lineto stroke +newpath 89.66356 -35.86542 moveto +89.66356 251.05794 lineto stroke +newpath 170.36075 -35.86542 moveto +170.36075 251.05794 lineto stroke + 0 0.4 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop +newpath 0 0 moveto +170.36075 0 lineto stroke +newpath 0 -35.86542 moveto +170.36075 -35.86542 lineto stroke +newpath 0 164.75676 moveto +170.36075 164.75676 lineto stroke +newpath 0 251.05794 moveto +170.36075 251.05794 lineto stroke +85.71588 247.33316 moveto +(1) cmr17 17.21544 fshow + 0 3 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop 1 setlinecap +newpath 89.66356 244.33316 moveto 0 0 rlineto stroke +161.92989 167.75676 moveto +(2) cmr17 17.21544 fshow +newpath 165.87755 164.75676 moveto 0 0 rlineto stroke +85.71588 88.18037 moveto +(3) cmr17 17.21544 fshow +newpath 89.66356 85.18037 moveto 0 0 rlineto stroke +11.74345 167.75676 moveto +(4) cmr17 17.21544 fshow +newpath 15.69113 164.75676 moveto 0 0 rlineto stroke +124.46445 98.85231 moveto +(5) cmr17 17.21544 fshow +newpath 128.41212 95.85231 moveto 0 0 rlineto stroke +124.46445 3 moveto +(6) cmr17 17.21544 fshow +newpath 128.41212 0 moveto 0 0 rlineto stroke +82.24385 -3.72478 moveto +(67) cmr17 17.21544 fshow +newpath 90.13918 -6.72478 moveto 0 0 rlineto stroke +47.91858 3 moveto +(7) cmr17 17.21544 fshow +newpath 51.86626 0 moveto 0 0 rlineto stroke +47.91858 99.58183 moveto +(8) cmr17 17.21544 fshow +newpath 51.86626 96.58183 moveto 0 0 rlineto stroke + 0 0.4 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop 2 setlinecap +newpath 0 0 moveto +179.3271 0 lineto stroke +newpath 0 251.05794 moveto +179.3271 251.05794 lineto stroke +newpath 0 -35.86542 moveto +179.3271 -35.86542 lineto stroke + 0.4 0 dtransform exch truncate exch idtransform pop setlinewidth +newpath 0 -35.86542 moveto +0 251.05794 lineto stroke +newpath 179.3271 -35.86542 moveto +179.3271 251.05794 lineto stroke +showpage +%%EOF diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/lightbulb.map b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/lightbulb.map new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4687118a70c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/lightbulb.map @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +lightbulb10 LightBulb10 <lightbulb10.pfb diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/lightbulb.mf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/lightbulb.mf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1c8dd47f20e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/lightbulb.mf @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% Simple \MF{} symbol example: light bulb +%% (Demonstrates simplicity, not necesarily good style) + +mode_setup; % Target a given printer. + +define_pixels(em, cap, sb); % Convert to device-specific units. +define_corrected_pixels(o); % Same, but add a device-specific fudge factor. + +%% Define a light bulb at the character position for ``A'' with width +%% 1/2 em\#, height cap\#, and depth 1pt\#. +beginchar("A", 1/2 em#, cap#, 1pt#); "A light bulb"; + pickup pencircle scaled 1/2pt; % Use a pen with a small, circular tip. + + %% Define the points we need. + top z1 = (w/2, h+o); % z1 is at the top of a circle. + rt z2 = (w+sb+o-x4, y4); % z2 is at the same height as z4 but opposite side. + bot z3 = (z1 - (0, w-sb-o)); % z3 is at the bottom of the circle. + lft z4 = (sb-o, 1/2[y1,y3]); % z4 is on the left of the circle. + path bulb; % Define a path for the bulb itself. + bulb = z1 .. z2 .. z3 .. z4 .. cycle; % The bulb is a closed path. + + z5 = point 2-1/3 of bulb; % z5 lies on the bulb, a little to the right of z3. + z6 = (x5, 0); % z6 is at the bottom, directly under z5. + z7 = (x8, 0); % z7 is at the bottom, directly under z8. + z8 = point 2+1/3 of bulb; % z8 lies on the bulb, a little to the left of z3. + bot z67 = (1/2[x6,x7], pen_bot-o-1/8pt); % z67 lies halfway between z6 and z7 but a jot lower. + + %% Draw the bulb and the base. + draw bulb; % Draw the bulb proper. + draw z5 -- z6 .. z67 .. z7 -- z8; % Draw the base of the bulb. + + %% Display key positions and points to help us debug. + makegrid (0, sb, w/2, w-sb) (0, -1pt, y2, h); % Label interesting x and y coordinates. + penlabels(1,2,3,4,5,6,67,7,8); % Label control points for debugging. +endchar; +end diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/lightbulb10.mf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/lightbulb10.mf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f932d094eab --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/lightbulb10.mf @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +%% Simple \MF{} symbol example: light bulb +%% (Demonstrates simplicity, not necesarily good style) + +font_identifier := "LightBulb10"; % Name the font. +font_size 10pt#; % Specify the design size. + +em# := 10pt#; % ``M'' width is 10 points. +cap# := 7pt#; % Capital letter height is 7 points above the baseline. +sb# := 1/4pt#; % Leave this much space on the side of each character. +o# := 1/16pt#; % Amount that curves overshoot borders. + +input lightbulb % Load the file that draws the actual glyph. + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/lightbulb10.pfb b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/lightbulb10.pfb Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..52cd7eba91e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/lightbulb10.pfb diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/symbols.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/symbols.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cdab333c78a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/symbols.tex @@ -0,0 +1,8915 @@ +%%% ==================================================================== +%%% @LaTeX-file{ +%%% author = "Scott Pakin", +%%% version = "9.0", +%%% date = "22 September 2005", +%%% time = "20:03:05 MDT", +%%% filename = "symbols.tex", +%%% checksum = "12421 8915 28164 336491", +%%% email = "scott+clsl@pakin.org (Internet)", +%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII", +%%% keywords = "symbols, LaTeX, typesetting, accents, +%%% mathematical, scientific, dingbats", +%%% supported = "yes", +%%% abstract = "This document lists thousands of symbols and +%%% the corresponding LaTeX commands that +%%% produce them. Some of these symbols are +%%% guaranteed to be available in every LaTeX2e +%%% system; others require fonts and packages +%%% that may not accompany a given distribution +%%% and that therefore need to be installed. +%%% All of the fonts and packages used to +%%% prepare this document -- as well as this +%%% document itself -- are freely available +%%% from the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network +%%% (http://www.ctan.org).", +%%% docstring = "This LaTeX document showcases thousands of +%%% symbols that are available to authors. The +%%% original version of this document was +%%% written by David Carlisle on 1994/10/02. +%%% It was subsequently changed and expanded by +%%% Scott Pakin. +%%% +%%% To build this document, run ``latex +%%% symbols'', then ``makeindex -s gind.ist +%%% symbols'', then two more ``latex symbols'' +%%% commands. This ensures the stability of +%%% all generated content (tables, references, +%%% etc.) +%%% +%%% The checksum field above contains a CRC-16 +%%% checksum as the first value, followed by +%%% the equivalent of the standard UNIX wc +%%% (word count) utility output of lines, +%%% words, and characters. This is produced by +%%% Robert Solovay's checksum utility. This file +%%% header was produced with the help of Nelson +%%% Beebe's filehdr utility. Both checksum and +%%% filehdr are available from CTAN +%%% (http://www.ctan.org)." +%%% } +%%% ==================================================================== + +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} + +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage{array} +\usepackage{longtable} +\usepackage{textcomp} +\usepackage{latexsym} +\usepackage{varioref} +\usepackage{xspace} +\usepackage{makeidx} +\usepackage{verbatim} +\usepackage{graphicx} +\usepackage{tabularx} + +\newcommand{\doctitle}{Comprehensive \LaTeX\ Symbol List} % Reusable +\title{The \doctitle} + +\author{\person{Scott}{Pakin} \texttt{<scott+clsl@pakin.org>}% + \thanks{The original version of this document was written by + \person{David}{Carlisle}, with several additional tables provided by + \person{Alexander}{Holt}. See Section~\vref{about-doc} for more + information about who did what.}} +\date{22 September 2005} + +\makeindex + +%%% +%%% TO-DO LIST +%%% * Proofread, especially looking for symbols defined by more +%%% than one symbol set or symbols that should be in a table +%%% but aren't. +%%% * Figure out how to make this file play nice with hyperref. +%%% * Add more symbol tables. (Did we miss any common, standard, or +%%% useful ones?) +%%% * Further index symbols by _description_ (e.g., "perpendicular" +%%% for "\perp"). This would be really useful, but extremely +%%% time-consuming to do. Note that Adobe's Web site has a list +%%% of the names of all the Zapf Dingbats characters. Unfortunately, +%%% these names can be rather long, like "notched upper right-shadowed +%%% white rightwards arrow" for \ding{241}. +%%% * Find some way to associate each package with a flag indicating +%%% whether the corresponding fonts are in bitmapped or vector +%%% format. +%%% * Verify that there aren't any missing symbols in the current +%%% packages (especially after font upgrades). +%%% + + +% Index "X Y" and "Y, X". The "begin" and "end" variants are for page ranges. +\newcommand{\idxboth}[2]{\mbox{}\index{#1 #2}\index{#2>#1}} +\newcommand{\idxbothbegin}[2]{\mbox{}\index{#1 #2|(}\index{#2>#1|(}} +\newcommand{\idxbothend}[2]{\mbox{}\index{#1 #2|)}\index{#2>#1|)}} + +% Index logical styles. +\newcommand{\pkgname}[1]{% + \textsf{#1}% + \index{#1=\textsf{#1} (package)}% + \index{packages>\textsf{#1}}} +\newcommand{\optname}[2]{% + \textsf{#2}% + \index{#2=\textsf{#2} (\textsf{#1} package option)}% + \index{package options>\textsf{#2} (\textsf{#1})}} +\newcommand{\filename}[1]{% + \texttt{#1}% + \index{#1=\texttt{#1} (file)}} +\newcommand{\PSfont}[1]{% + #1% + \index{#1 (PostScript font)}% + \index{fonts, PostScript>#1}% + \index{PostScript fonts}% +} +\DeclareRobustCommand{\person}[2]{#1\index{#2, #1} #2} + +% Index common words and phrases. +\newcommand{\latex}{\LaTeX\index{LaTeX=\string\LaTeX}\xspace} +\newcommand{\latexE}{\LaTeXe\index{LaTeX2e=\string\LaTeXe}\xspace} +\newcommand{\metafont}{\MF\index{Metafont=\string\MF}\xspace} +\newcommand{\tex}{\TeX\index{TeX=\string\TeX}\xspace} +\newcommand{\xypic}{% + \mbox{\kern-.1em X\kern-.3em\lower.4ex\hbox{Y\kern-.15em}-pic}% + \index{Xy-pic=\mbox{\kern-.1em X\kern-.3em\lower.4ex\hbox{Y\kern-.15em}-pic}}} +\newcommand{\TeXbook}{% + The \TeX{}book\index{TeXbook, The=\TeX{}book, The}~\cite{Knuth:ct-a}\xspace} +\newcommand{\ctt}{% + \texttt{comp.text.tex}% + \index{comp.text.tex=\texttt{comp.text.tex} (newsgroup)}\xspace} +\newcommand{\fntenc}[1][]{% + \def\firstarg{#1}% + font encoding% + \ifx\firstarg\empty% + \index{font encodings}% + \else + \index{font encodings>\firstarg}% + \fi +} +\newcommand{\selftex}{\expandafter\filename\expandafter{\jobname.tex}\xspace} +\newcommand{\fontdefdtx}{\filename{fontdef.dtx}\xspace} +\newcommand{\thanhhanthe}{Th\`anh, H\`an Th\diatop[\'|\^e]} % "|" confuses MakeIndex. + +% Index TeXbook symbols and the CTAN repository. +\newcommand{\idxTBsyms}{% + \index{symbols>TeXbook=\TeX{}book}% + \index{TeXbook, The=\TeX{}book, The>symbols from}% +} +\newcommand{\idxCTAN}{% + \index{Comprehensive TeX Archive Network=Comprehensive \string\TeX{} Archive Network}} + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% There are a number of symbols (e.g., \Square) that are defined by % +% multiple packages. In order to typeset all the variants in this % +% document, we have to give glyph a unique name. To do that, we define % +% \savesymbol{XXX}, which renames a symbol from \XXX to \origXXX, and % +% \restoresymbols{yyy}{XXX}, which renames \origXXX back to \XXX and % +% defines a new command, \yyyXXX, which corresponds to the most recently % +% loaded version of \XXX. % +% % + +% Save a symbol that we know is going to get redefined. +\def\savesymbol#1{% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\origsym\expandafter=\csname#1\endcsname + \expandafter\let\csname orig#1\endcsname=\origsym + \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname=\relax +} + +% Restore a previously saved symbol, and rename the current one. +\def\restoresymbol#1#2{% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\newsym\expandafter=\csname#2\endcsname + \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\csname#1#2\endcsname=\newsym + \expandafter\let\expandafter\origsym\expandafter=\csname orig#2\endcsname + \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\csname#2\endcsname=\origsym +} + +% % +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + +% Each of the packages used by this document is loaded conditionally. +% However, it might be nice to know if we have a complete set. So we +% define \ifcomplete which starts true, but gets set to false if any +% package is missing. +\newif\ifcomplete +\completetrue + +% \IfStyFileExists* is just like \IfFileExists, except that it appends +% ".sty" to its first argument. \IfStyFileExists is the same as +% \IfStyFileExists*, but it additionally adds its first argument to a list +% (\missingpkgs) and marks the document as incomplete (with +% \completefalse) if the .sty file doesn't exist. +\makeatletter +\newcommand{\missingpkgs}{} +\newcommand{\foundpkgs}{} +\newcommand{\if@sty@file@exists@star}[3]{\IfFileExists{#1.sty}{#2}{#3}} +\newcommand{\if@sty@file@exists}[3]{% + \IfFileExists{#1.sty}% + {#2\@cons\foundpkgs{{#1}}}% + {#3\completefalse\@cons\missingpkgs{{#1}}} +} +\newcommand{\IfStyFileExists}{% + \@ifstar{\if@sty@file@exists@star}{\if@sty@file@exists} +} +\makeatother + +% We get a few packages for free. +\makeatletter +\@cons\foundpkgs{{textcomp}} +\@cons\foundpkgs{{latexsym}} +\makeatother +\newcommand{\TC}{\pkgname{textcomp}} + +% Typeset a string in various encodings. +\newcommand{\encone}[1]{{\fontencoding{T1}\selectfont#1}} +\newcommand{\encfour}[1]{{\fontencoding{T4}\selectfont#1}} +\newcommand{\encfive}[1]{{\fontencoding{T5}\selectfont#1}} + +% Various punctuation marks confuse makeindex when used directly. +\let\magicrbrack=] +\let\magicequal=\= +\newcommand{\magicequalname}{\texttt{\string\=}} +\newcommand{\magicvertname}{\texttt{|}} +\newcommand{\magicVertname}{\texttt{\string\|}} + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +\newif\ifAMS +\newcommand\AMS{\AmS\index{AMS=\AmS}} +\makeatletter +\IfStyFileExists{amssymb} + {\AMStrue + \savesymbol{angle} \savesymbol{rightleftharpoons} + \savesymbol{lefthapoondown} \savesymbol{rightharpoonup} + \savesymbol{iint} \savesymbol{iiint} + \savesymbol{iiiint} \savesymbol{idotsint} + \let\orig@ifstar=\@ifstar + \usepackage{amsmath} + \usepackage{amssymb} + \let\@ifstar=\orig@ifstar + \let\Rightarrowfill@=\relax + \restoresymbol{AMS}{angle} \restoresymbol{AMS}{rightleftharpoons} + \restoresymbol{AMS}{lefthapoondown} \restoresymbol{AMS}{rightharpoonup} + \restoresymbol{AMS}{iint} \restoresymbol{AMS}{iiint} + \restoresymbol{AMS}{iiiint} \restoresymbol{AMS}{idotsint} + } + { + % The following was modified from amsmath.sty. + \newcommand{\AmSfont}{% + \usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}} + \providecommand{\AmS}{{\protect\AmSfont + A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}} + } +\makeatother + +\newif\ifST +\newcommand\ST{\pkgname{stmaryrd}} +\IfStyFileExists{stmaryrd} + {\STtrue + \savesymbol{lightning} + \savesymbol{bigtriangleup} \savesymbol{bigtriangledown} + \usepackage{stmaryrd} + \restoresymbol{ST}{lightning} + \restoresymbol{ST}{bigtriangleup} \restoresymbol{ST}{bigtriangledown} + } + {} + +\newif\ifEU +\IfStyFileExists{euscript} + {\EUtrue\usepackage[mathcal]{euscript} + \renewcommand{\mathcal}[1]{\mbox{\usefont{U}{eus}{m}{n}##1}} + } + {\let\CMcal\mathcal} + +\newif\ifWASY +\newcommand\WASY{\pkgname{wasysym}} +\IfStyFileExists{wasysym} + {\WASYtrue + \savesymbol{lightning} + \savesymbol{Box} + \savesymbol{Diamond} + \usepackage{wasysym} + \restoresymbol{WASY}{lightning} + \restoresymbol{WASY}{Box} + \restoresymbol{WASY}{Diamond} + } + {} + +\newif\ifPI +\newcommand\PI{\pkgname{pifont}} +\IfStyFileExists{pifont} + {\PItrue\usepackage{pifont}} + {} + +% marvosym underwent a major rewrite for the 2000/05/01 version, adding +% a large number of new symbols. If it looks like we have only the +% older version, pretend we don't have it at all. +\newif\ifMARV +\newcommand\MARV{\pkgname{marvosym}} +\makeatletter +\IfStyFileExists*{marvosym} + {\savesymbol{Rightarrow} + \usepackage{marvosym}[2000/05/01] % Major rewrite at this version. + \restoresymbol{marv}{Rightarrow} + \@ifundefined{Denarius} % \Denarius is a newer symbol. + {\global\MARVfalse} + {\global\MARVtrue} + } + {} +\makeatother + +\newif\ifMAN +\newcommand\MAN{\pkgname{manfnt}} +\IfStyFileExists{manfnt} + {\MANtrue\usepackage{manfnt}} + {} + +\newif\ifDING +\newcommand\DING{\pkgname{bbding}} +\IfStyFileExists{bbding} + {\DINGtrue + \savesymbol{Cross} \savesymbol{Square} + \usepackage{bbding} + \restoresymbol{ding}{Cross} \restoresymbol{ding}{Square} + } + {} + +\newif\ifUTILD +\newcommand\UTILD{\pkgname{undertilde}} +\IfStyFileExists{undertilde} + {\UTILDtrue\usepackage{undertilde}} + {} + +\newif\ifIFS +\newcommand\IFS{\pkgname{ifsym}} +\IfStyFileExists{ifsym} + {\IFStrue + \savesymbol{Letter} \savesymbol{Square} \savesymbol{Cross} \savesymbol{Sun} + \savesymbol{TriangleUp} \savesymbol{TriangleDown} \savesymbol{Circle} + \savesymbol{Lightning} + \usepackage[alpine,clock,electronic,geometry,misc,weather]{ifsym}[2000/04/18] + \restoresymbol{ifs}{Letter} \restoresymbol{ifs}{Square} + \restoresymbol{ifs}{Cross} \restoresymbol{ifs}{Sun} + \restoresymbol{ifs}{TriangleUp} \restoresymbol{ifs}{TriangleDown} + \restoresymbol{ifs}{Circle} \restoresymbol{ifs}{Lightning} + } + {} + +\newif\ifTIPA +\newcommand\TIPA{\pkgname{tipa}} +\IfStyFileExists{tipa} + {\TIPAtrue\usepackage[safe]{tipa}} + {} + +\newif\ifTIPX +\newcommand\TIPX{\pkgname{tipx}} +\IfStyFileExists{tipx} + {\TIPXtrue\usepackage{tipx}} + {} + +\newif\ifXIPA +\newcommand\XIPA{\pkgname{extraipa}} +\IfStyFileExists{extraipa} + {\XIPAtrue\usepackage{extraipa}} + {} + +% We use the *-form of \IfStyFileExists, because the package is named +% "wsuipa", while the .sty file is named "ipa.sty". +\makeatletter +\newif\ifWIPA +\newcommand\WIPA{\pkgname{wsuipa}} +\IfStyFileExists*{ipa} + {\@cons\foundpkgs{{wsuipa}} + \WIPAtrue + \savesymbol{baro} \savesymbol{eth} \savesymbol{openo} \savesymbol{thorn} + \usepackage{ipa} + \expandafter\xdef\csname ver@wsuipa.sty\endcsname{% + \csname ver@ipa.sty\endcsname} + \restoresymbol{WSU}{baro} \restoresymbol{WSU}{eth} + \restoresymbol{WSU}{openo} \restoresymbol{WSU}{thorn} + } + {\completefalse\@cons\missingpkgs{{wsuipa}}} +\makeatother + +\newif\ifPHON +\newcommand\PHON{\pkgname{phonetic}} +\IfStyFileExists{phonetic} + {\PHONtrue + \savesymbol{esh} \savesymbol{eth} \savesymbol{hookb} + \savesymbol{hookd} \savesymbol{hookh} \savesymbol{openo} + \savesymbol{schwa} \savesymbol{taild} \savesymbol{thorn} + \savesymbol{varg} \savesymbol{yogh} + \usepackage{phonetic} + \restoresymbol{PHON}{esh} \restoresymbol{PHON}{eth} + \restoresymbol{PHON}{hookb} \restoresymbol{PHON}{hookd} + \restoresymbol{PHON}{hookh} \restoresymbol{PHON}{openo} + \restoresymbol{PHON}{schwa} \restoresymbol{PHON}{taild} + \restoresymbol{PHON}{thorn} \restoresymbol{PHON}{varg} + \restoresymbol{PHON}{yogh} + + % A few phonetic macros are fragile but need to be made robust. + \DeclareRobustCommand{\PHONibar}{\ibar} + \DeclareRobustCommand{\PHONrbar}{\rbar} + \DeclareRobustCommand{\PHONvod}{\vod} + } + {} + +\newif\ifULSY +\newcommand\ULSY{\pkgname{ulsy}} +\IfStyFileExists{ulsy} + {\ULSYtrue\usepackage{ulsy}} + {} + +\newif\ifASP +\newcommand\ASP{\pkgname{ar}} +\IfStyFileExists{ar} + {\ASPtrue\usepackage{ar}} + {} + +\newif\ifMETRE +\newcommand\METRE{\pkgname{metre}} +\IfStyFileExists{metre} + {\METREtrue + \savesymbol{breve} + \newcommand{\breve}{PLACEHOLDER FOR RENEWCOMMAND} + \usepackage{metre} + \restoresymbol{METRE}{breve} + % + \DeclareRobustCommand{\METREantidiplestar}{\antidiple*} + \DeclareRobustCommand{\METREantidiple}{\antidiple} + \DeclareRobustCommand{\METREdiplestar}{\diple*} + \DeclareRobustCommand{\METREdiple}{\diple} + \DeclareRobustCommand{\METREobelusstar}{\obelus*} + \DeclareRobustCommand{\METREobelus}{\obelus} + \DeclareRobustCommand{\METRErespondens}{\respondens} + \DeclareRobustCommand{\METREterminusstar}{\terminus*} + \DeclareRobustCommand{\METREterminus}{\terminus} + % + \DeclareRobustCommand{\METREAntidiplestar}{\Antidiple*} + \DeclareRobustCommand{\METREAntidiple}{\Antidiple} + \DeclareRobustCommand{\METREDiplestar}{\Diple*} + \DeclareRobustCommand{\METREDiple}{\Diple} + \DeclareRobustCommand{\METREObelusstar}{\Obelus*} + \DeclareRobustCommand{\METREObelus}{\Obelus} + \DeclareRobustCommand{\METRERespondens}{\Respondens} + \DeclareRobustCommand{\METRETerminusstar}{\Terminus*} + \DeclareRobustCommand{\METRETerminus}{\Terminus} + } + {} + +% pxfonts relies on txfonts (I think), so either package can be loaded. +% Note that txfonts/pxfonts redefine every LaTeX and AMS character, +% which is not what we want. As a result, we have to rely on some +% serious trickery to prevent our old characters from getting redefined. +\newif\ifTX +\newcommand\TX{\pkgname{txfonts}} +\newcommand\PX{\pkgname{pxfonts}} +\newcommand\TXPX{\pkgname{txfonts}/\pkgname{pxfonts}} +\makeatletter +\IfStyFileExists{txfonts} + {\TXtrue + % Manually declare the new txfonts fonts. + \DeclareSymbolFont{lettersA}{U}{txmia}{m}{it} + \SetSymbolFont{lettersA}{bold}{U}{txmia}{bx}{it} + \DeclareFontSubstitution{U}{txmia}{m}{it} + \DeclareSymbolFont{symbolsC}{U}{txsyc}{m}{n} + \SetSymbolFont{symbolsC}{bold}{U}{txsyc}{bx}{n} + \DeclareFontSubstitution{U}{txsyc}{m}{n} + \DeclareSymbolFont{largesymbolsA}{U}{txexa}{m}{n} + \SetSymbolFont{largesymbolsA}{bold}{U}{txexa}{bx}{n} + \DeclareFontSubstitution{U}{txexa}{m}{n} + % Prevent txfonts from redeclaring any old fonts. + \let\origDeclareMathAlphabet=\DeclareMathAlphabet + \renewcommand{\DeclareMathAlphabet}[5]{} + \let\origDeclareSymbolFont=\DeclareSymbolFont + \renewcommand{\DeclareSymbolFont}[5]{} + \let\origSetSymbolFont=\SetSymbolFont + \renewcommand{\SetSymbolFont}[6]{} + \let\origDeclareFontSubstitution=\DeclareFontSubstitution + \renewcommand{\DeclareFontSubstitution}[4]{} + % Load txfonts. + \savesymbol{angle} \savesymbol{rightleftharpoons} + \usepackage{txfonts} + \restoresymbol{TX}{angle} \restoresymbol{TX}{rightleftharpoons} + % Restore the old font commands. + \global\let\DeclareSymbolFont=\origDeclareSymbolFont + \global\let\SetSymbolFont=\origSetSymbolFont + \global\let\DeclareFontSubstitution=\origDeclareFontSubstitution + \global\let\DeclareMathAlphabet=\origDeclareMathAlphabet + % Restore the default fonts. + \renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} + \renewcommand\sfdefault{cmss} + \renewcommand\ttdefault{cmtt} + \ifAMS + \DeclareMathAlphabet\mathfrak{U}{euf}{m}{n} + \fi + % Are \textcent, \textsterling, \mathcent, \mathsterling, \L, \l, + % and \r the only symbols that get screwed up? + \let\origtextcent=\textcent + \gdef\textcent{{\fontencoding{TS1}\selectfont\origtextcent}} + \let\origtextsterling=\textsterling + \gdef\textsterling{{\fontencoding{TS1}\selectfont\origtextsterling}} + \DeclareTextCommand{\L}{OT1} + {\leavevmode\setbox\z@\hbox{L}\hb@xt@\wd\z@{\hss\@xxxii L}} + \DeclareTextCommand{\l}{OT1} + {{\@xxxii l}} + \DeclareTextAccent{\r}{OT1}{23} + \renewcommand{\mathcent}{\mbox{\usefont{OT1}{txr}{m}{n}\char"A2}} + \renewcommand{\mathsterling}{\mbox{\usefont{OT1}{txr}{m}{n}\char"A3}} + } + {} +\makeatother + +% Here's a real problem child: mathabx, which also redefines virtually +% every symbol provided by LaTeX2e and AMS. We have to resort to our +% most devious trickery to get mathabx to load properly. +\newif\ifABX +\newcommand\ABX{\pkgname{mathabx}} +\let\origDeclareMathSymbol=\DeclareMathSymbol +\let\origDeclareMathDelimiter=\DeclareMathDelimiter +\let\origDeclareMathRadical=\DeclareMathRadical +\let\origDeclareMathAccent=\DeclareMathAccent +\makeatletter + % Redefine \DeclareMathSymbol to stick "ABX" in front of each symbol name. + \renewcommand{\DeclareMathSymbol}[4]{% + \edef\newname{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1} + \ifx\newname\@empty + \else + \edef\newname{ABX\newname} + \expandafter\origDeclareMathSymbol\expandafter{% + \csname\newname\endcsname}{#2}{#3}{#4}% + \fi + } + % Do the same for \DeclareMathDelimiter. + \def\DeclareMathDelimiter#1{% + \edef\newname{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1} + \def\eatfour##1##2##3##4{}% + \def\eatfive##1##2##3##4##5{}% + \ifx\newname\@empty + \if\relax\noexpand#1% + \def\next{\eatfive} + \else + \def\next{\eatfour} + \fi + \else + \edef\newname{ABX\newname} + \def\next{% + \expandafter\origDeclareMathDelimiter\expandafter{% + \csname\newname\endcsname}} + \fi + \next + } + % Do the same for \DeclareMathAccent. + \renewcommand{\DeclareMathAccent}[4]{% + \edef\newname{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1} + \ifx\newname\@empty + \else + \edef\newname{ABX\newname} + \expandafter\origDeclareMathAccent\expandafter{% + \csname\newname\endcsname}{#2}{#3}{#4}% + \fi + } + % Redefine \DeclareMathRadical to do nothing. + \renewcommand{\DeclareMathRadical}[5]{} +\makeatother +\let\proofmode=1 +\IfStyFileExists{mathabx} + {\ABXtrue + \savesymbol{not} \savesymbol{widering}\savesymbol{Moon} + \savesymbol{notowner} \savesymbol{iint} \savesymbol{iiint} + \savesymbol{oint} \savesymbol{oiint} \savesymbol{bigboxperp} + \savesymbol{bigoperp} \savesymbol{boxedcirc} \savesymbol{boxeddash} + \savesymbol{boxeedast} \savesymbol{boxperp} \savesymbol{boy} + \savesymbol{Cap} \savesymbol{centerdot} \savesymbol{circledast} + \savesymbol{circledcirc} \savesymbol{circleddash} \savesymbol{Cup} + \savesymbol{curvearrowtopleft} \savesymbol{curvearrowtopleftright} + \savesymbol{curvearrowtopright} \savesymbol{doteqdot} + \savesymbol{geqslant} \savesymbol{gets} \savesymbol{girl} + \savesymbol{Join} \savesymbol{land} \savesymbol{leqslant} + \savesymbol{looparrowupleft} \savesymbol{looparrowupright} + \savesymbol{lor} \savesymbol{lsemantic} + \savesymbol{mayaleftdelimiter} \savesymbol{mayarightdelimiter} + \savesymbol{ndivides} \savesymbol{nequiv} \savesymbol{ngeqslant} + \savesymbol{ni} \savesymbol{nleqslant} \savesymbol{notni} + \savesymbol{notowns} \savesymbol{notsign} \savesymbol{operp} + \savesymbol{rsemantic} \savesymbol{sqCap} \savesymbol{sqCup} + \savesymbol{to} \savesymbol{ulsh} \savesymbol{ursh} + \savesymbol{overbrace} \savesymbol{underbrace} + \savesymbol{overgroup} \savesymbol{undergroup} + + \usepackage{mathabx} + + \restoresymbol{ABX}{not} \restoresymbol{ABX}{widering} + \restoresymbol{ABX}{Moon} \restoresymbol{ABX}{notowner} + \restoresymbol{ABX}{iint} \restoresymbol{ABX}{iiint} + \restoresymbol{ABX}{oint} \restoresymbol{ABX}{oiint} + \restoresymbol{ABX}{bigboxperp} \restoresymbol{ABX}{bigoperp} + \restoresymbol{ABX}{boxedcirc} \restoresymbol{ABX}{boxeddash} + \restoresymbol{ABX}{boxeedast} \restoresymbol{ABX}{boxperp} + \restoresymbol{ABX}{boy} \restoresymbol{ABX}{Cap} + \restoresymbol{ABX}{centerdot} \restoresymbol{ABX}{circledast} + \restoresymbol{ABX}{circledcirc} \restoresymbol{ABX}{circleddash} + \restoresymbol{ABX}{Cup} \restoresymbol{ABX}{curvearrowtopleft} + \restoresymbol{ABX}{curvearrowtopleftright} + \restoresymbol{ABX}{curvearrowtopright} + \restoresymbol{ABX}{doteqdot} \restoresymbol{ABX}{geqslant} + \restoresymbol{ABX}{gets} \restoresymbol{ABX}{girl} + \restoresymbol{ABX}{Join} \restoresymbol{ABX}{land} + \restoresymbol{ABX}{leqslant} \restoresymbol{ABX}{looparrowupleft} + \restoresymbol{ABX}{looparrowupright} \restoresymbol{ABX}{lor} + \restoresymbol{ABX}{lsemantic} + \restoresymbol{ABX}{mayaleftdelimiter} + \restoresymbol{ABX}{mayarightdelimiter} + \restoresymbol{ABX}{ndivides} \restoresymbol{ABX}{nequiv} + \restoresymbol{ABX}{ngeqslant} \restoresymbol{ABX}{ni} + \restoresymbol{ABX}{nleqslant} \restoresymbol{ABX}{notni} + \restoresymbol{ABX}{notowns} \restoresymbol{ABX}{notsign} + \restoresymbol{ABX}{operp} \restoresymbol{ABX}{rsemantic} + \restoresymbol{ABX}{sqCap} \restoresymbol{ABX}{sqCup} + \restoresymbol{ABX}{to} \restoresymbol{ABX}{ulsh} + \restoresymbol{ABX}{ursh} \restoresymbol{ABX}{overbrace} + \restoresymbol{ABX}{underbrace} \restoresymbol{ABX}{overgroup} + \restoresymbol{ABX}{undergroup} + } + {} +\let\DeclareMathAccent=\origDeclareMathAccent +\let\DeclareMathRadical=\origDeclareMathRadical +\let\DeclareMathDelimiter=\origDeclareMathDelimiter +\let\DeclareMathSymbol=\origDeclareMathSymbol +\ifABX + % Define only those accents that are not defined elsewhere. + \DeclareMathAccent{\widecheck} {0}{mathx}{"71} + \DeclareMathAccent{\widebar} {0}{mathx}{"73} + \DeclareMathAccent{\widearrow} {0}{mathx}{"74} + % Redefine all let-bound symbols. + \let\ABXcenterdot=\ABXsqbullet + \let\ABXcircledast=\ABXoasterisk + \let\ABXcircledcirc=\ABXocirc + % Redefine commands that are used by other commands. + \DeclareMathSymbol{\ABXnotsign} {3}{matha}{"7F} + \DeclareMathSymbol{\ABXvarnotsign} {3}{mathb}{"7F} + \DeclareMathSymbol{\ABXnotowner} {3}{matha}{"53} + \makeatletter + \def\ABXoverbrace{\overbrace@{\bracefill\ABXbraceld\ABXbracemd\ABXbracerd\ABXbracexd}} + \def\ABXunderbrace{\underbrace@{\bracefill\ABXbracelu\ABXbracemu\ABXbraceru\ABXbracexu}} + \def\ABXovergroup{\overbrace@{\bracefill\ABXbraceld{}\ABXbracerd\ABXbracexd}} + \def\ABXundergroup{\underbrace@{\bracefill\ABXbracelu{}\ABXbraceru\ABXbracexu}} + \makeatother + % Define a command to select the mathb font. + \newcommand{\mathbfont}{\usefont{U}{mathb}{m}{n}} +\fi % ABX test + +\newif\ifFC +\newcommand\FC{\pkgname{fc}} +\IfStyFileExists{fclfont} + {\FCtrue + \let\origlbrace=\{ + \let\origrbrace=\} + \let\origbar=\| + \let\origdollar=\$ + \let\origspace=\_ + \let\origS=\S + \let\origpounds=\pounds + \input{t4enc.def} + \DeclareTextAccent{\FCbar}{T4}{'277}% single universal accent + \global\let\{=\origlbrace + \global\let\}=\origrbrace + \global\let\|=\origbar + \global\let\$=\origdollar + \global\let\_=\origspace + \global\let\S=\origS + \global\let\pounds=\origpounds + } + {} + +% skak should be loaded before ascii because their \FF macros conflict. +% (skak's \FF is not a symbol so it can simply be set to \relax.) +\newif\ifSKAK +\newcommand\SKAK{\pkgname{skak}} +\IfStyFileExists{skak} + {\SKAKtrue + \savesymbol{etc} + \savesymbol{see} + \usepackage{skak} + \restoresymbol{SKAK}{etc} + \restoresymbol{SKAK}{see} + \let\FF=\relax + } + {} + +\newif\ifASCII +\newcommand\ASCII{\pkgname{ascii}} +\IfStyFileExists{ascii} + {\ASCIItrue\usepackage{ascii}} + {} + +\newif\ifARK % ark10 and dingbat fonts +\newcommand\ARK{\pkgname{dingbat}} +\IfStyFileExists{dingbat} + {\ARKtrue + \savesymbol{checkmark} + \usepackage{dingbat} + \restoresymbol{ARK}{checkmark} + \DeclareRobustCommand{\ARKlargepencil}{\largepencil\rule{0pt}{7ex}} + } + {} + +\newif\ifSKULL +\newcommand\SKULL{\pkgname{skull}} +\IfStyFileExists{skull} + {\SKULLtrue + \let\origDeclareSymbolFont=\DeclareSymbolFont + \let\origDeclareMathSymbol=\DeclareMathSymbol + \def\DeclareSymbolFont##1##2##3##4##5{} + \def\DeclareMathSymbol##1##2##3##4{} + \usepackage{skull} + \let\DeclareSymbolFont=\origDeclareSymbolFont + \let\DeclareMathSymbol=\origDeclareMathSymbol + \newcommand{\skull}{{\usefont{U}{skulls}{m}{n}\char'101}} + } + {} + +\newif\ifEUSYM +\newcommand\EUSYM{\pkgname{eurosym}} +\IfStyFileExists{eurosym} + {\EUSYMtrue\usepackage{eurosym}} + {} + +\newif\ifESV +\newcommand\ESV{\pkgname{esvect}} +\IfStyFileExists{esvect} + {\ESVtrue + \usepackage{esvect} + \DeclareMathSymbol{\fldra}{\mathrel}{esvector}{'021} + \DeclareMathSymbol{\fldrb}{\mathrel}{esvector}{'022} + \DeclareMathSymbol{\fldrc}{\mathrel}{esvector}{'023} + \DeclareMathSymbol{\fldrd}{\mathrel}{esvector}{'024} + \DeclareMathSymbol{\fldre}{\mathrel}{esvector}{'025} + \DeclareMathSymbol{\fldrf}{\mathrel}{esvector}{'026} + \DeclareMathSymbol{\fldrg}{\mathrel}{esvector}{'027} + \DeclareMathSymbol{\fldrh}{\mathrel}{esvector}{'030} + } + {} + +% yfonts re-encodes \aa and \AA as LY, so we have to re-re-encode them +% as OT1. +\IfStyFileExists{yfonts} + {\usepackage{yfonts} + \DeclareTextCommand{\aa}{OT1}{{\accent23a}} + \DeclareTextCommand{\AA}{OT1}{{\accent23A}}} + {} + +\newif\ifYH +\newcommand\YH{\pkgname{yhmath}} +\IfStyFileExists{yhmath} + {\YHtrue + \let\origRequirePackage=\RequirePackage % We don't want amsmath loaded. + \def\RequirePackage##1{} + \usepackage{yhmath} + \let\RequirePackage=\origRequirePackage + } + {} + +% At the time of this writing we're completely out of math alphabets. +% (Knuth shortsightedly assumed that 16 would be plenty for anyone.) +% Hence, instead of loading the esint package we manually define all of +% its characters as text characters. Yuck. +\newif\ifES +\newcommand\ES{\pkgname{esint}} +\IfStyFileExists{esint} + {\EStrue + % Center an esint character against an ordinary integral. + \newsavebox{\esbox} + \newlength{\intcenterdelta} + \newcommand{\esintchar}[1]{% + \ifodd##1 + \sbox{\esbox}{$\int$}% + \else + \sbox{\esbox}{$\displaystyle\int$}% + \fi + \setlength {\intcenterdelta}{0.5\ht\esbox}% + \addtolength{\intcenterdelta}{-0.5\dp\esbox}% + \sbox{\esbox}{\usefont{U}{esint}{m}{n}\char##1\relax}% + \addtolength{\intcenterdelta}{-0.5\ht\esbox}% + \addtolength{\intcenterdelta}{0.5\dp\esbox}% + \raisebox{\intcenterdelta}{\usebox{\esbox}}% + } + % Manually define all of the characters we care about. + \newcommand{\ESintT}{\esintchar{'001}} + \newcommand{\ESintD}{\esintchar{'002}} + \newcommand{\ESiintT}{\esintchar{'003}} + \newcommand{\ESiintD}{\esintchar{'004}} + \newcommand{\ESiiintT}{\esintchar{'005}} + \newcommand{\ESiiintD}{\esintchar{'006}} + \newcommand{\ESiiiintT}{\esintchar{'007}} + \newcommand{\ESiiiintD}{\esintchar{'010}} + \newcommand{\ESdotsintT}{\esintchar{'011}} + \newcommand{\ESdotsintD}{\esintchar{'012}} + \newcommand{\ESointT}{\esintchar{'013}} + \newcommand{\ESointD}{\esintchar{'014}} + \newcommand{\ESoiintT}{\esintchar{'015}} + \newcommand{\ESoiintD}{\esintchar{'016}} + \newcommand{\ESsqintT}{\esintchar{'017}} + \newcommand{\ESsqintD}{\esintchar{'020}} + \newcommand{\ESsqiintT}{\esintchar{'021}} + \newcommand{\ESsqiintD}{\esintchar{'022}} + \newcommand{\ESointctrclockwiseT}{\esintchar{'027}} + \newcommand{\ESointctrclockwiseD}{\esintchar{'030}} + \newcommand{\ESointclockwiseT}{\esintchar{'031}} + \newcommand{\ESointclockwiseD}{\esintchar{'032}} + \newcommand{\ESvarointclockwiseT}{\esintchar{'033}} + \newcommand{\ESvarointclockwiseD}{\esintchar{'034}} + \newcommand{\ESvarointctrclockwiseT}{\esintchar{'035}} + \newcommand{\ESvarointctrclockwiseD}{\esintchar{'036}} + \newcommand{\ESfintT}{\esintchar{'037}} + \newcommand{\ESfintD}{\esintchar{'040}} + \newcommand{\ESvaroiintT}{\esintchar{'041}} + \newcommand{\ESvaroiintD}{\esintchar{'042}} + \newcommand{\ESlandupintT}{\esintchar{'043}} + \newcommand{\ESlandupintD}{\esintchar{'044}} + \newcommand{\ESlanddownintT}{\esintchar{'045}} + \newcommand{\ESlanddownintD}{\esintchar{'046}} + } + {} + +\newif\ifMDOTS +\newcommand\MDOTS{\pkgname{mathdots}} +\IfStyFileExists{mathdots} + {\MDOTStrue\usepackage{mathdots}} + {} + +\newif\ifTRSYM +\newcommand\TRSYM{\pkgname{trsym}} +\IfStyFileExists{trsym} + {% We're painfully low on math alphabets so we define trsym's symbols in + % text mode. + \TRSYMtrue + \newcommand{\transfsymbol}[1]{{\usefont{U}{trsy}{m}{n}##1}} + \let\origDeclareSymbolFont=\DeclareSymbolFont + \let\origDeclareMathSymbol=\DeclareMathSymbol + \renewcommand{\DeclareSymbolFont}[5]{} + \renewcommand{\DeclareMathSymbol}[4]{\gdef##1{\transfsymbol{\char##4}}} + \usepackage{trsym} + \let\DeclareSymbolFont=\origDeclareSymbolFont + \let\DeclareMathSymbol=\origDeclareMathSymbol + } + {} + +% We use the *-form of \IfStyFileExists, because the package is named +% "universa", while the .sty file is named "uni.sty". +\makeatletter +\newif\ifUNI +\newcommand\UNI{\pkgname{universa}} +\IfStyFileExists*{uni} + {\@cons\foundpkgs{{universa}} + \UNItrue + \usepackage{uni} + \expandafter\xdef\csname ver@universa.sty\endcsname{% + \csname ver@uni.sty\endcsname} + % Redefine all of uni's non-textual symbols to use the Universal font. + \renewcommand{\bausquare}{{\usefont{OT1}{uni}{m}{n}\char"00}} + \renewcommand{\baucircle}{{\usefont{OT1}{uni}{m}{n}\char"01}} + \renewcommand{\bautriangle}{{\usefont{OT1}{uni}{m}{n}\char"02}} + \renewcommand{\bauhead}{{\usefont{OT1}{uni}{m}{n}\char"03}} + \renewcommand{\bauforms}{{\usefont{OT1}{uni}{m}{n}\char"04}} + } + {\completefalse\@cons\missingpkgs{{universa}}} +\makeatother + + +\newif\ifUPGR +\newcommand\UPGR{\pkgname{upgreek}} +\IfStyFileExists{upgreek} + {% We're painfully low on math alphabets so we define upgreek's symbols + % in text mode. + \UPGRtrue + \let\origDeclareSymbolFont=\DeclareSymbolFont + \let\origDeclareMathSymbol=\DeclareMathSymbol + \let\origSetSymbolFont=\SetSymbolFont + \renewcommand{\DeclareSymbolFont}[5]{} + \renewcommand{\DeclareMathSymbol}[4]{% + \newcommand{##1}{{\usefont{U}{psy}{m}{n}\char##4}}% + } + \renewcommand{\SetSymbolFont}[6]{} + \usepackage[Symbol]{upgreek} + \DeclareFontFamily{U}{eur}{\skewchar\font'177} + \DeclareFontShape{U}{eur}{m}{n}{% + <-6> eurm5 <6-8> eurm7 <8-> eurm10}{} + \let\DeclareSymbolFont=\origDeclareSymbolFont + \let\DeclareMathSymbol=\origDeclareMathSymbol + \let\SetSymbolFont=\origSetSymbolFont + } + {} + +% overrightarrow depends upon various macros that are defined by AMS. +\newif\ifORA +\newcommand\ORA{\pkgname{overrightarrow}} +\ifAMS + \IfStyFileExists{overrightarrow} + {\ORAtrue\usepackage{overrightarrow}} + {} +\fi % AMS test + +\newif\ifCHEMA +\newcommand\CHEMA{\pkgname{chemarr}} +\IfStyFileExists{chemarr} + {\CHEMAtrue + \let\origRequirePackage=\RequirePackage + \renewcommand{\RequirePackage}[1]{} + \usepackage{chemarr} + \let\RequirePackage=\origRequirePackage + } + {} + +\newif\ifCHEMB +\newcommand\CHEMB{\pkgname{chemarrow}} +\IfStyFileExists{chemarrow} + {\CHEMBtrue\usepackage{chemarrow}} + {} + +% nath is another of those "problem packages" that redefine just about +% everything. To make nath work in this document we need to explicitly +% define only those symbols that we actually need. +\newif\ifNATH +\newcommand\NATH{\pkgname{nath}} +\makeatletter +\IfStyFileExists{nath} + {\NATHtrue + \def\vin{\mathrel{\hbox{\hglue .1ex + \vrule \@height .06ex \@width 1ex + \vrule \@height 1.33ex \@width .06ex + \hglue .4ex}}} + + \def\niv{\mathrel{\hbox{\hglue .2ex + \vrule \@height 1.33ex \@width .06ex + \vrule \@height .06ex \@width 1ex + \hglue .5ex}}} + + % The following was derived from nath's \extend@delim macro. + \newcommand*{\nathrep}[2]{% + \setbox0\hbox{$\displaystyle##2$}% + \count@=0 + \loop\ifnum\count@<##1 + ##2% + \hskip -.75\wd0 \hskip .25ex% + \advance\count@ by 1% + \repeat + } + \newcommand*{\nathdouble}[1]{\nathrep{2}{##1}} + \newcommand*{\nathtriple}[1]{\nathrep{3}{##1}} + } + {} +\makeatother + +\newif\ifTRF +\newcommand\TRF{\pkgname{trfsigns}} +\IfStyFileExists{trfsigns} + {\TRFtrue\usepackage{trfsigns}} + {} + +\newif\ifEEQ +\newcommand\EEQ{\pkgname{empheq}} +\IfStyFileExists{empheq} + {\EEQtrue + \savesymbol{overbracket} + \savesymbol{underbracket} + \savesymbol{xrightleftharpoons} + \usepackage{empheq} + \restoresymbol{EEQ}{overbracket} + \restoresymbol{EEQ}{underbracket} + \restoresymbol{EEQ}{xrightleftharpoons} + } + {} + +% We don't actually load the following as their symbols are all +% implemented in terms of existing symbols and we need to save math +% alphabets. +\newcommand\MC{\pkgname{mathcomp}} +\newcommand\GSYMB{\pkgname{gensymb}} + +\newif\ifPHAI +\newcommand\PHAI{\pkgname{phaistos}} +\IfStyFileExists{phaistos} + {\PHAItrue\usepackage{phaistos}} + {} + +\newif\ifARCS +\newcommand\ARCS{\pkgname{arcs}} +\IfStyFileExists{arcs} + {\ARCStrue\usepackage{arcs}} + {} + +% If we have t5enc.def, use it and its prerequisite definitions directly +% instead of loading t5.sty or dblaccent.sty, as these affect other +% things in the document. +\newif\ifVIET +\newcommand\VIET{\pkgname{vntex}} +\makeatletter +\def\DeclareTextDoubleCompositeCommand#1#2#3#4#5{ + \expandafter\def\csname\expandafter\string\csname + #2\endcsname\string#1-\string#3-\string#4\endcsname{#5} +} +\catcode\z@=11\relax +\def\DeclareTextDoubleComposite#1#2#3#4#5{ + \def\reserved@a{\DeclareTextDoubleCompositeCommand#1{#2}{#3}{#4}} + \bgroup + \lccode\z@#5 + \lowercase{ + \egroup + \reserved@a ^^@} +} +\catcode\z@=15\relax +\makeatother +\IfStyFileExists{t5} + {\VIETtrue\input{t5enc.def}} + {} + +\newif\ifPHONFC +\newcommand\PHONFC{\pkgname{t4phonet}} +\makeatletter +\IfStyFileExists{t4phonet} + {\PHONFCtrue + \let\origDeclareTextSymbol=\DeclareTextSymbol + \let\origDeclareTextAccent=\DeclareTextAccent + \renewcommand{\DeclareTextSymbol}[3]{% + \edef\PHONFCsym{\expandafter\@gobble\string##1}% + \expandafter\origDeclareTextSymbol\expandafter{% + \csname PHONFC\PHONFCsym\endcsname}{##2}{##3}% + } + \renewcommand{\DeclareTextAccent}[3]{% + \edef\PHONFCsym{\expandafter\@gobble\string##1}% + \expandafter\origDeclareTextAccent\expandafter{% + \csname PHONFC\PHONFCsym\endcsname}{##2}{##3}% + } + \usepackage{t4phonet} + \let\DeclareTextSymbol=\origDeclareTextSymbol + \let\DeclareTextAccent=\origDeclareTextAccent + } + {} +\makeatother + +\newif\ifHOPO +\newcommand\HOPO{\pkgname{holtpolt}} +\IfStyFileExists{holtpolt} + {\HOPOtrue\usepackage{holtpolt}} + {} + +\newif\ifSMTR +\newcommand\SMTR{\pkgname{semtrans}} +\IfStyFileExists{semtrans} + {\SMTRtrue + \savesymbol{U} + \savesymbol{D} + \savesymbol{T} + \usepackage{semtrans} + \restoresymbol{smtr}{U} + \restoresymbol{smtr}{D} + \restoresymbol{smtr}{T} + } + {} + +\newif\ifDICT +\newcommand\DICT{\pkgname{dictsym}} +\IfStyFileExists{dictsym} + {\DICTtrue\usepackage{dictsym}} + {} + +\newif\ifEXTAR +\newcommand\EXTAR{\pkgname{extarrows}} +\IfStyFileExists{extarrows} + {\EXTARtrue + \savesymbol{xLeftrightarrow} + \savesymbol{xleftrightarrow} + \usepackage{extarrows} + \restoresymbol{EXTAR}{xLeftrightarrow} + \restoresymbol{EXTAR}{xleftrightarrow} + } + {} + +\newif\ifPROTO +\newcommand\PROTO{\pkgname{protosem}} +\IfStyFileExists{protosem} + {\PROTOtrue\usepackage{protosem}} + {} + +\newif\ifHARM +\newcommand\HARM{\pkgname{harmony}} +\IfStyFileExists{harmony} + {\HARMtrue + \let\orignewcommand=\newcommand + \let\newcommand=\DeclareRobustCommand + \savesymbol{HH} + \usepackage{harmony} + \restoresymbol{harm}{HH} + \let\newcommand=\orignewcommand + } + {} + +\newif\ifHIER +\newcommand\HIER{\pkgname{hieroglf}} +\IfStyFileExists{hieroglf} + {\HIERtrue\usepackage{hieroglf}} + {} + +\newif\ifCCLIC +\newcommand\CCLIC{\pkgname{cclicenses}} +\IfStyFileExists{cclicenses} + {\CCLICtrue + \usepackage{cclicenses} + % cclicenses doesn't get along with textcomp's remapping of + % \textcircled to the TS1 font encoding. Mapping it back doesn't + % _seem_ to cause any problems. + \DeclareTextAccentDefault{\textcircled}{OMS} + } + {} + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +% If we have mflogo.sty, use it. Otherwise, define "\MF" the "boring" way. +\IfStyFileExists*{mflogo} + {\usepackage{mflogo}} + {\newcommand{\MF}{Metafont}} + +% If we have booktabs.sty, use it. Otherwise, define all its line types +% in terms of \hline and \cline. +\IfStyFileExists*{booktabs} + {\usepackage{booktabs}} + {\newcommand{\toprule}{\hline} + \newcommand{\midrule}{\hline} + \newcommand{\bottomrule}{\hline} + \def\cmidrule(##1)##2{\cline{##2}} + } + +% If we have url.sty, use it. Otherwise, define \url as \texttt. +\IfStyFileExists*{url} + {\usepackage{url} + \def\UrlBreaks{} + \def\UrlBigBreaks{\do/}} + {\newcommand{\url}[1]{\texttt{##1}}} + +% If we have geometry.sty, use it. Otherwise, a lot of tables are going +% to stick out into the margin. +\makeatletter +\IfStyFileExists*{geometry} + {\usepackage{geometry} + \@ifpackagelater{geometry}{2000/01/01}{\geometry{compat2}} + } + {} +\makeatother + +% If we have multicol.sty, use it. +\newif\ifhavemulticol +\IfStyFileExists*{multicol} + {\havemulticoltrue\usepackage{multicol}} + {} + +% If we have rotating.sty, use it. +\newif\ifhaverotating +\IfStyFileExists*{rotating} + {\haverotatingtrue\usepackage{rotating}} + {} + +% If we have cancel.sty, use it. +\newif\ifhavecancel +\IfStyFileExists*{cancel} + {\havecanceltrue\usepackage{cancel}} + {} + +% If we have slashed.sty, use it. +\newif\ifhaveslashed +\IfStyFileExists*{slashed} + {\haveslashedtrue\usepackage{slashed}} + {} + +% If we have the accents package, use it (for an example in the section +% on constructing new symbols). +\newif\ifACCENTS +\IfStyFileExists{accents} + {\ACCENTStrue + \savesymbol{undertilde} + \usepackage{accents} + \restoresymbol{ACCENTS}{undertilde} + } + {} + +% If we have the nicefrac package, use it (to show how to typeset fractions). +\newif\ifFRAC +\IfStyFileExists{nicefrac} + {\FRACtrue + \usepackage[nice]{nicefrac} + } + {} + +% If we have the bm package, use it (to show how to typeset bold math). +\newif\ifBM +\IfStyFileExists{bm} + {\BMtrue + \usepackage{bm} + } + {} + +% If we have ot2enc.def, use it (to show how to produce a Cyrillic "sha"). +\newif\ifOTII +\IfFileExists{ot2enc.def} + {\OTIItrue\input{ot2enc.def}} + {} + +% If we have needspace.sty, use it. Otherwise, define \needspace as a no-op. +\IfStyFileExists*{needspace} + {\usepackage{needspace}} + {\newcommand{\needspace}[1]{}} + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% Because most (La)TeX builds are limited to 16 math alphabets, we % +% define our own _text_ commands below instead of doing a \usepackage, % +% because the latter would invoke a \DeclareMathAlphabet. % +% % + +\IfStyFileExists{mathrsfs} + {\newcommand{\mathscr}[1]{\mbox{\usefont{U}{rsfs}{m}{n} ##1}}} + {} + +\IfStyFileExists{zapfchan} + {\newcommand{\mathpzc}[1]{\mbox{\usefont{OT1}{pzc}{m}{it} ##1}}} + {} + +\IfStyFileExists{bbold} + {\newcommand{\BBmathbb}[1]{\mbox{\usefont{U}{bbold}{m}{n} ##1}} + % We have to manually define all of the symbols we care about. + \newcommand{\BBsym}[1]{\ensuremath{\BBmathbb{\char##1}}} + \newcommand{\Langle}{\BBsym{`<}} + \newcommand{\Lbrack}{\BBsym{`[}} + \newcommand{\Lparen}{\BBsym{`(}} + \newcommand{\bbalpha}{\BBsym{"0B}} + \newcommand{\bbbeta}{\BBsym{"0C}} + \newcommand{\bbgamma}{\BBsym{"0D}} + \newcommand{\Rparen}{\BBsym{`)}} + \newcommand{\Rbrack}{\BBsym{`]}} + \newcommand{\Rangle}{\BBsym{"3E}} + } + {} + +\IfStyFileExists{mbboard} + {\newcommand{\MBBmathbb}[1]{\mbox{\usefont{OT1}{mbb}{m}{n} ##1}}} + {} +\ifx\MBBmathbb\undefined +\else + % Define only the symbols we actually use. + \newcommand{\bbnabla}{\MBBmathbb{\char"9A}} + \newcommand{\bbdollar}{\MBBmathbb{\char"24}} + \newcommand{\bbeuro}{\MBBmathbb{\char"FB}} + \newcommand{\bbpe}{\MBBmathbb{\char"D4}} + \newcommand{\bbqof}{\MBBmathbb{\char"D7}} + \newcommand{\bbyod}{\MBBmathbb{\char"C9}} + \newcommand{\bbfinalnun}{\MBBmathbb{\char"CF}} + + % The following was copied from mbboard.sty. + \DeclareFontFamily{OT1}{mbb}{\hyphenchar\font45} + \DeclareFontShape{OT1}{mbb}{m}{n}{ + <5> <6> <7> <8> <9> <10> gen * mbb + <10.95> mbb10 <12> <14.4> mbb12 <17.28> <20.74> <24.88> mbb17 + }{} +\fi + +\IfStyFileExists{dsfont} + {\newcommand{\mathds}[1]{\mbox{\usefont{U}{dsrom}{m}{n}##1}} + \newcommand{\mathdsss}[1]{\mbox{\usefont{U}{dsss}{m}{n}##1}}} + {} + +\IfStyFileExists{bbm} + {\newcommand{\mathbbm}[1]{\mbox{\usefont{U}{bbm}{m}{n}##1}} + \newcommand{\mathbbmss}[1]{\mbox{\usefont{U}{bbmss}{m}{n}##1}} + \newcommand{\mathbbmtt}[1]{\mbox{\usefont{U}{bbmtt}{m}{n}##1}}} + {} + +% \mathfrak is defined by a number of packages, to check for it by name. +\ifx\mathfrak\undefined +\else + \renewcommand{\mathfrak}[1]{\mbox{\fontencoding{U}\fontfamily{euf}\selectfont#1}} +\fi + +% msym10 doesn't have a corresponding LaTeX package. We establish its +% existence via the msym10.tfm file. However, this file is not normally +% in LaTeX's input path, so be sure to point LaTeX to it (e.g., by +% copying it into the current directory). +\makeatletter +\IfFileExists{msym10.tfm} + {\DeclareFontFamily{OT1}{msym}{} + \DeclareFontShape{OT1}{msym}{m}{n}{ <-> msym10 }{} + \newcommand{\MSYMmathbb}[1]{\mbox{\fontfamily{msym}\selectfont##1}} + } + {\completefalse + \@cons\missingpkgs{{msym10}} % Not really a package + } +\makeatother + +% % +% % +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +% Resolve the stmaryrd/wasysym \lightning conflict by defining \lightning +% to use stmaryrd in math mode and wasysym in text mode. +\DeclareRobustCommand{\lightning}{\ifmmode\STlightning\else\WASYlightning\fi} + +% Index a symbol, which may or may not begin with a backslash. (Is +% there a better way to do this?) Also, if symbol is given as an +% optional argument is given, typeset that symbol in the index, as well. +% We define a related macro for indexing accents. In a previous version +% of this file, \indexaccent additionally included "see also accents" in +% the index. This became distracting so I made \indexaccent a synonym +% for \indexcommand for the time being. Because punctuation marks can +% be problematic for makeindex, we define an \indexpunct macro that +% sorts its argument under the comparatively innocuous "_". +\begingroup + \catcode`\|=0 + \catcode`\\=12 + |gdef|sanitize#1#2!!!{% + |ifx#1\% + #2% + |else% + #1#2% + |fi% +} +|endgroup +\makeatletter + \newcommand{\indexcommand}[2][]{% + \edef\sanitized{\expandafter\sanitize\string#2!!!}% + \def\first@arg{#1}% + \ifx\first@arg\@empty + \expandafter\index\expandafter{\sanitized=\string\verb+\string#2+}% + \else + \expandafter\index\expandafter{\sanitized=\string\verb+\string#2+ (#1)}% + \fi + } + \let\indexaccent=\indexcommand + \newcommand{\indexpunct}[2][]{% + \def\first@arg{#1}% + \ifx\first@arg\@empty + \expandafter\index\expandafter{_=\string\verb+\string#2+}% + \else + \expandafter\index\expandafter{_=\string\verb+\string#2+ (#1)}% + \fi + } +\makeatother + +% Enable the use of makeindex's nicer-looking gind.ist style. +% I swiped the following from doc.dtx. +\makeatletter +\newif\ifscan@allowed +\def\efill{\hfill\nopagebreak}% +\def\dotfill{\leaders\hbox to.6em{\hss .\hss}\hskip\z@ plus 1fill}% +\def\dotfil{\leaders\hbox to.6em{\hss .\hss}\hfil}% +\def\pfill{\unskip~\dotfill\penalty500\strut\nobreak + \dotfil~\ignorespaces}% +\makeatother + +% If we have the multicol package, typeset the index in three columns instead +% of the usual two. +\ifhavemulticol + \makeatletter + \renewenvironment{theindex}{% + \clearpage + \section*{\indexname} + + If you're having trouble locating a symbol, try looking under + ``T'' for ``\texttt{\string\text}$\ldots$''. Many text-mode + commands begin with that prefix. Also, accents are shown + over/under a black box, e.g.,~``\,\blackacchack{\'}\,'' + for~``\texttt{\string\'}''. + + Some symbol entries appear to be listed repeatedly. This happens + when multiple packages define identical (or nearly identical) + glyphs with the same symbol name.% +\ifAMS\ifABX + \footnote{This occurs frequently between \pkgname{amssymb} and + \pkgname{mathabx}, for example.} +\fi\fi + \setlength{\columnsep}{1em}% + \begin{multicols}{3}% + \let\item\@idxitem + }{% + \end{multicols}% + } + \makeatother +\fi + +% Define a counter to keep track of how many symbols are listed. +% Output this counter to the log file at the end of each run. +% Define \prevtotalsymbols to be the total number of symbols from +% the previous run. +\newcounter{totalsymbols} +\newcommand{\incsyms}{\addtocounter{totalsymbols}{1}} +\makeatletter +\AtEndDocument{% + \typeout{Number of symbols documented: \thetotalsymbols} + \immediate\write\@auxout{% + \noexpand\gdef\noexpand\prevtotalsymbols{\thetotalsymbols}} +} +\makeatother + +% Define \prevtotalsymbols as "??" if this is our first run. Define +% \approxcount as "~" unless explicitly defined otherwise in the .aux +% file. To get a true count you should count the number of lines in the +% .ind file that contain "\item \verb". Write an empty definition of +% \approxcount and the correct definition of \prevtotalsymbols to the +% .aux file. +\makeatletter + \@ifundefined{prevtotalsymbols}{% + \def\prevtotalsymbols{\fbox{\textbf{??}}}% + }{} + \@ifundefined{approxcount}{% + \def\approxcount{\ensuremath{\sim}}% + }{} +\makeatother + +% Define \blackacc to display an accented box, given an accent command. +% Define \blackacchack to display and accented "a" and then black out +% the "a". +\newlength\awd +\newlength\aht +\newlength\adp +\settowidth{\awd}{a} +\settoheight{\aht}{a} +\settodepth{\adp}{a} +\advance\aht by \adp +\gdef\blackacchack#1{#1a\llap{\rule[-\adp]{\awd}{\aht}}} +\gdef\blackacc#1{#1{\rule[-\adp]{\awd}{\aht}}} +\gdef\blackacctwo#1{#1{\rule[-\adp]{\awd}{\aht}}{\rule[-\adp]{\awd}{\aht}}} + +% Symbol+verbatim for various types of symbols +\def\E#1{% + \begingroup + \lccode`|=`\\ + \def\EStruename{ES#1T} + \lowercase{\incsyms\index{#1=\string\verb+\string|#1+ (\string|\EStruename)}} + \endgroup + \csname ES#1T\endcsname & \csname ES#1D\endcsname & + \ttfamily\expandafter\string\csname#1\endcsname +} +\def\Jiv#1#2{\incsyms\indexcommand{#1}{\fontencoding{T4}\selectfont#1#2} & + \ttfamily\string#1\string{#2\string}} +\makeatletter + \def\K@opt@arg[#1]#2{\incsyms\indexcommand[#1]{#2}#1 &\ttfamily\string#2} + \def\K@no@opt@arg#1{\incsyms\indexcommand[#1]{#1}#1 &\ttfamily\string#1} + \def\K{\@ifnextchar[{\K@opt@arg}{\K@no@opt@arg}} +\makeatother +\def\Ka#1{\incsyms\indexcommand[\string{\string\ascii\string#1\string}]{#1}{\ascii#1} &\ttfamily\string#1} +\def\Kp#1{\incsyms\indexpunct[$#1$]{#1}#1 &\ttfamily\string#1} +\def\Ks#1{\incsyms\indexcommand[\string\encone{\string#1}]{#1}{\encone{#1}} &\ttfamily\string#1$^*$} +\def\Kt#1{\incsyms\indexcommand[\string\encone{\string#1}]{#1}{\encone{#1}} &\ttfamily\string#1} +\def\Kv#1{\incsyms\indexcommand[\string\encfive{\string#1}]{#1}{\encfive{#1}} &\ttfamily\string#1} +\makeatletter + \def\N@opt@arg[#1]#2{\incsyms\indexcommand[$\string#1$]{#2}$#1$ & $\Big#1$ &\ttfamily\string#2} + \def\N@no@opt@arg#1{\incsyms\indexcommand[$\string#1$]{#1}$#1$ & $\Big#1$ &\ttfamily\string#1} + \def\N{\@ifnextchar[{\N@opt@arg}{\N@no@opt@arg}} + \def\Nn[#1]#2{% + \incsyms\indexcommand[$\string\nathdouble\string#1$]{#2}% + $\nathdouble#1$ & $\nathdouble{\Big#1}$ & \ttfamily\string#2} + \def\Nnt#1[#2]#3{% + \incsyms\indexcommand{\triple}% + $\nathtriple#2$ & $\nathtriple{\Big#2}$ & + \ttfamily\expandafter\string\csname#1triple\endcsname\string#3} + \def\Np@opt@args[#1]{\@ifnextchar[{\Np@two@opt@args[#1]}{\Np@one@opt@arg[#1]}} + \def\Np@two@opt@args[#1][#2]#3{\incsyms\index{_=\string#2{} ($\string#1$)}$#1$ & $\Big#1$ &\ttfamily\string#3} + \def\Np@one@opt@arg[#1]#2{\incsyms\indexpunct[$\string#1$]{#2}$#1$ & $\Big#1$ &\ttfamily\string#2} + \def\Np@no@opt@args#1{\incsyms\indexpunct[$\string#1$]{#1}$#1$ & $\Big#1$ &\ttfamily\string#1} + \def\Np{\@ifnextchar[{\Np@opt@args}{\Np@no@opt@args}} +\makeatother +\def\Mt#1{\incsyms\indexcommand[\string\metra\string#1]{#1}\metra#1 &\ttfamily\string#1} +\makeatletter + \def\Q@opt@arg[#1]#2{\incsyms\indexaccent[\string\blackacchack{\string#1}]{#2}#1{A}#1{a} & + \ttfamily\string#2\string{A\string}\string#2\string{a\string}} + \def\Q@no@opt@arg#1{\incsyms\indexaccent[\string\blackacchack{\string#1}]{#1}#1{A}#1{a} & + \ttfamily\string#1\string{A\string}\string#1\string{a\string}} + \def\Q{\@ifnextchar[{\Q@opt@arg}{\Q@no@opt@arg}} +\makeatother +\def\Qc#1{\incsyms\indexaccent[\string\blackacc{\string#1}]{#1}#1{A}#1{a} & + \ttfamily\string#1\string{A\string}\string#1\string{a\string}} +\def\Qe[#1][#2]#3{% + \incsyms\incsyms\index{_=\string#2{} (\string\blackacchack{\string#1})}% + #3{A}#3{a} & + \ttfamily\string#3\string{A\string}\string#3\string{a\string}} +\def\Qt#1{\incsyms\indexaccent[\string\encone{\string\blackacc{\string#1}}]{#1}{\encone{#1{A}#1{a}}} & + \ttfamily\string#1\string{A\string}\string#1\string{a\string}} + +\def\Qpc#1#2{\incsyms\indexcommand{#2}{\raisebox{1pt}{\tiny[#1]}} & + \ttfamily\string#2\string{A\string}\string#2\string{a\string}} +\def\Qpfc[#1]#2{\incsyms\indexaccent[\string\encfour{\string\blackacchack{\string#1}}]{#2}\encfour{#1{A}#1{a}} & + \ttfamily\string#2\string{A\string}\string#2\string{a\string}} +\ifFC + \def\Qiv#1#2{\incsyms\indexaccent[\string\encfour{\string\blackacchack{\string#1}}]{#1}\encfour{#1{A}#1{a}} & + \ttfamily\string#1\string{A\string}\string#1\string{a\string}$^#2$} + \def\QivBAR#1{\incsyms\index{_=\string\magicVertname{} + (\string\encfour{\string\blackacchack{\string\FCbar}})} + \encfour{\FCbar{A}\FCbar{a}} & + \ttfamily\string\|\string{A\string}\string\|\string{a\string}$^#1$} +\else + \def\Qiv#1#2{\Qpc{T4}{#1}$^#2$} + \def\QivBAR#1{\Qpc{T4}{\|}$^#1$} +\fi +\ifVIET + \def\Qv#1#2{\incsyms\indexaccent[\string\encfive{\string\blackacchack{\string#1}}]{#1}{\encfive{#1{A}#1{a}}} & + \ttfamily\string#1\string{A\string}\string#1\string{a\string}$^#2$} +\else + \def\Qv#1#2{\Qpc{T5}{#1}$^#2$} +\fi +\makeatletter + % We use \displaystyle so that variable-sized symbols will be big. + \def\R@opt@arg[#1]#2{\incsyms\indexcommand[$\string#1$]{#2}$#1$ & $\displaystyle#1$ &\ttfamily\string#2} + \def\R@no@opt@arg#1{\incsyms\indexcommand[$\string#1$]{#1}$#1$ & $\displaystyle#1$ &\ttfamily\string#1} + \def\R{\@ifnextchar[{\R@opt@arg}{\R@no@opt@arg}} +\makeatother +\def\Tp#1{\incsyms\indexcommand{\ding}\ding{#1} &\ttfamily\string\ding\string{#1\string}} +\def\Tm#1{\incsyms\indexcommand{\maya}$\mayadigit{#1}$ &\ttfamily\string\maya\string{#1\string}} +\newcommand{\V}[2][]{\incsyms#1 & \indexcommand[#2]{#2}#2 &\ttfamily\string#2} +\newcommand{\Vp}[2][]{\incsyms#1 & \indexpunct[$#2$]{#2}#2 &\ttfamily\string#2} +\makeatletter + \newcommand{\VV}[2]{% + \incsyms\indexaccent[$\string\blackacc{\string\vv}$]{\vv}% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\fldrVV\csname fldr#1\endcsname + \def\vectfill@{\traitfill@\relbaredd\relbareda\fldrVV}% + $\vv{#2}$ & \texttt{\string\vv\string{#2\string}} + with package option \optname{esvect}{#1} + } + \def\W@opt@arg[#1]#2#3{% + \incsyms\indexaccent[$\string\blackacc{\string#1}$]{#2}% + $#1{#3}$ &\ttfamily\string#2\string{#3\string}} + \def\W@no@opt@arg#1#2{% + \incsyms\indexaccent[$\string\blackacc{\string#1}$]{#1}% + $#1{#2}$ &\ttfamily\string#1\string{#2\string}} + \def\W{\@ifnextchar[{\W@opt@arg}{\W@no@opt@arg}} +\makeatother +\def\Wf#1#2{\incsyms\indexcommand{#1}$#1{#2}$ &\ttfamily\string#1\string{#2\string}} +\def\Ww#1#2#3{\incsyms\indexcommand{#2}$#1{#3}$ &\ttfamily\string#2\string{#3\string}} +\def\Wul#1#2#3{% + \incsyms\indexaccent[$\string\blackacctwo{\string#1}$]{#1}% + $#1{#2}{#3}$ &\ttfamily\string#1\string{#2\string}\string{#3\string}} +\makeatletter + \def\X@opt@arg[#1]#2{\incsyms\indexcommand[$\string#1$]{#2}$#1$ &\ttfamily\string#2} + \def\X@no@opt@arg#1{\incsyms\indexcommand[$\string#1$]{#1}$#1$ &\ttfamily\string#1} + \def\X{\@ifnextchar[{\X@opt@arg}{\X@no@opt@arg}} +\makeatother +\def\Y#1{\incsyms\indexcommand[$\string\big\string#1$]{#1}$\big#1$ & $\Bigg#1$ &\ttfamily\string#1} +\def\Z#1{\incsyms\indexcommand[$\string#1$]{#1}\ttfamily\string#1} + +% Display and index a command, but not its symbol (\cmd). \cmdI shows +% the symbol in the index, with optional explicit formatting. \cmdX is +% the same as \cmdI, but with the optional argument hardwired to the +% command displayed in math mode. \cmdIp is also similar to \cmdI but +% takes no optional argument and formats its argument with \indexpunct +% instead of \indexcommand. +\makeatletter +\def\cmd#1{\texttt{\string#1}\indexcommand{#1}} +\newcommand{\cmdI}[2][]{% + \def\first@arg{#1}% + \ifx\first@arg\@empty + \texttt{\string#2}\indexcommand[#2]{#2}% + \else + \texttt{\string#2}\indexcommand[#1]{#2}% + \fi +} +\newcommand{\cmdX}[1]{\cmdI[$\string#1$]{#1}} +\newcommand{\cmdW}[1]{\cmdI[$\string\blackacc{\string#1}$]{#1}} +\newcommand{\cmdIp}[1]{\texttt{\string#1}\indexpunct[$#1$]{#1}} +\makeatother + + +% Redefine the LaTeX commands that are replaced by textcomp. +% This was swiped right out of ltoutenc.dtx, but with "\text..." +% changed to "\ltext...". +\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\ltextcopyright}{\textcircled{c}} +\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\ltextregistered}{\textcircled{\scshape r}} +\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\ltexttrademark}{\textsuperscript{TM}} +\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\ltextordfeminine}{\textsuperscript{a}} +\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\ltextordmasculine}{\textsuperscript{o}} + + +% Needed by the References section. This was copy&pasted from ltlogos.dtx. +\makeatletter +\DeclareRobustCommand{\LaT}{L\kern-.36em% + {\sbox\z@ T% + \vbox to\ht\z@{\hbox{\check@mathfonts + \fontsize\sf@size\z@ + \math@fontsfalse\selectfont + A}% + \vss}% + }% + \kern-.15em T% +} +\makeatother + +% Display a metavariable. +\newcommand{\meta}[1]{$\langle$\textit{#1}$\rangle$} + +% Many tables have notes beneath them. Define an environment in which to +% display such a note, with an optional, superscripted math symbol +% preceding it. +\newenvironment{tablenote}[1][]{ + \makebox[1em]{\ensuremath{^{#1}}}% + \begin{minipage}[t]{0.75\textwidth}% + \setlength{\parskip}{2ex} +}{% + \end{minipage}% +} + +% Define a couple of messages we reuse repeatedly. +\newcommand{\twosymbolmessage}{% + \begin{tablenote} + Where two symbols are present, the left one is the ``faked'' symbol + that \latexE{} provides by default, and the right one is the ``true'' + symbol that \TC\ makes available. + \end{tablenote} +} + +\newcommand{\notpredefinedmessage}{% + \begin{tablenote}[*] + Not predefined in \latexE. Use one of the packages + \pkgname{latexsym}, \pkgname{amsfonts}, \pkgname{amssymb}, + \pkgname{txfonts}, \pkgname{pxfonts}, or \pkgname{wasysym}. + \end{tablenote} +} + +\newcommand{\notpredefinedmessageABX}{% + \begin{tablenote}[*] + Not predefined in \latexE. Use one of the packages + \pkgname{latexsym}, \pkgname{amsfonts}, \pkgname{amssymb}, + \pkgname{mathabx}, \pkgname{txfonts}, \pkgname{pxfonts}, or + \pkgname{wasysym}. + \end{tablenote} +} + +\newcommand{\usetextmathmessage}[1][]{% + \begin{tablenote}[#1] + It's generally preferable to use the corresponding symbol from + Table~\vref{math-text} because the symbols in that table work + properly in both text mode and math mode. + \end{tablenote} +} + + +% Define an environment in which to write a single table of symbols. The +% environment looks a lot like a table, but it doesn't float, and it gets +% an entry in the table of contents (as a subsubsection that looks like a +% subsection), as opposed to the list of tables. +% +% The first argument is a conditional. The table will appear only if +% the value of the conditional is true. The second argument is the +% table's caption. +\makeatletter +\def\fnum@table{\textsc{\tablename}~\thetable} +\newenvironment{symtable}[2][true]{% + \expandafter\global\expandafter\let% + \expandafter\ifshowsymtable\csname if#1\endcsname + \ifshowsymtable + \noindent% + \begin{minipage}[t]{\linewidth} % Prevent page breaks + \begin{center} + \addtocounter{table}{1}% + \protected@edef\@currentlabel{\thetable}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{subsubsection}{% + \protect\numberline{\tablename~\thetable:}{#2}}% + \@makecaption{\fnum@table}{#2}\medskip + \let\next=\relax + \else + % The following was taken verbatim from verbatim.sty. + \let\do\@makeother\dospecials\catcode`\^^M\active + \let\verbatim@startline\relax + \let\verbatim@addtoline\@gobble + \let\verbatim@processline\relax + \let\verbatim@finish\relax + \let\next=\verbatim@ + \fi + \next +}{% + \ifshowsymtable + \end{center} + \end{minipage} + \vskip 8ex minus 2ex + \fi +} +\makeatother + +% Same as the above, but allows page breaks. +\makeatletter +\newenvironment{longsymtable}[2][true]{% + \expandafter\global\expandafter\let% + \expandafter\ifshowsymtable\csname if#1\endcsname + \ifshowsymtable + \needspace{7\baselineskip}% + \mbox{}% + \begin{center}% + \addtocounter{table}{1}% + \protected@edef\@currentlabel{\thetable}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{subsubsection}{% + \protect\numberline{\tablename~\thetable:}{#2}}% + \@makecaption{\fnum@table}{#2}% + \def\lt@indexed{}% + \let\next=\relax + \else + % The following was taken verbatim from verbatim.sty. + \let\do\@makeother\dospecials\catcode`\^^M\active + \let\verbatim@startline\relax + \let\verbatim@addtoline\@gobble + \let\verbatim@processline\relax + \let\verbatim@finish\relax + \let\next=\verbatim@ + \fi + \next +}{% + \ifshowsymtable + \let\@elt=\index\lt@indexed % Close our index ranges. + \end{center} + \addtocounter{table}{-1} % Make up for longtable's counter increment. + \vskip 8ex minus 2ex + \fi +} +\makeatother + +% Define \index-like commands for use with longsymtable that +% automatically apply to the entire table, not just the start of it. +\makeatletter +\newcommand{\ltindex}[1]{% + \index{#1|(}% + \@cons{\lt@indexed}{{#1|)}}% +} +\newcommand{\ltidxboth}[2]{\mbox{}\ltindex{#1 #2}\ltindex{#2>#1}} +\makeatother + + +% Define a table environment that's similar to symtable, except that it +% floats and it doesn't write an entry into the Table of Contents. This +% is used for tables that contain something other than symbol lists. +\newenvironment{nonsymtable}[1]{% + \begin{table}[htbp] + \centering + \caption{#1}\medskip +}{% + \end{table} +} + +% Do the same as the above, but typeset the table in landscape mode (or +% not, if we haven't loaded the rotating package). +\ifhaverotating + \newenvironment{nonsymtableL}[1]{% + \begin{sidewaystable}[htbp] + \centering + \caption{#1}\medskip + }{% + \end{sidewaystable} + } +\else + \newenvironment{nonsymtableL}{\begin{nonsymtable}}{\end{nonsymtable}} +\fi + +% Make sure we have enough room in the table of contents for +% the word "Table" at the beginning of each symtable entry. +\makeatletter +\settowidth{\@tempdimc}{Table~999:\hspace*{0.5em}} +\renewcommand*\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{1.5em}{\the\@tempdimc}} +\makeatother + +% Paragraphs with tall symbols should get a little extra interline spacing. +\newenvironment{morespacing}[1]{\advance\baselineskip by #1\relax}{\par} + +% Sometimes, we need a little more horizontal spacing, too. +\newcommand{\qqquad}{\qquad\quad} + +% The following are needed later on for various examples but must be +% declared here in the preamble. +\ifAMS + \DeclareMathOperator{\newlogsym}{newlogsym} + \DeclareMathOperator*{\newlogsymSTAR}{newlogsym} + \DeclareMathOperator{\atan}{atan} + \DeclareMathOperator*{\lcm}{lcm} +\fi +\DeclareFontFamily{U}{lightbulb}{} +\DeclareFontShape{U}{lightbulb}{m}{n}{<-> lightbulb10}{} +\newcommand{\lightbulb}{{\usefont{U}{lightbulb}{m}{n}A}} + +% I prefer \vpageref to say "on the previous page" than its default message. +\def\reftextbefore{on the previous page} + +% Use Donald Arseneau's improved float parameters. +\renewcommand{\topfraction}{.85} +\renewcommand{\bottomfraction}{.7} +\renewcommand{\textfraction}{.15} +\renewcommand{\floatpagefraction}{.66} +\renewcommand{\dbltopfraction}{.66} +\renewcommand{\dblfloatpagefraction}{.66} +\setcounter{topnumber}{9} +\setcounter{bottomnumber}{9} +\setcounter{totalnumber}{20} +\setcounter{dbltopnumber}{9} + +% Tell pdfLaTeX that all .eps files were produced by MetaPost. +\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined +\else + \DeclareGraphicsExtensions{.png,.pdf,.jpg,.mps,.tif,.eps} + \DeclareGraphicsRule{.eps}{mps}{*}{} +\fi + +% Define a metavariable for "operating-system prompt". +\newcommand{\osprompt}{\textrm{\textit{prompt}}{\small$>$}\xspace} + +% Typeset small, superscripted registered trademarks. +\newcommand{\regtm}{\textsuperscript{\textregistered}\xspace} + +% Define an environment for typesetting code samples. +\newsavebox{\codebox} +\newenvironment{codesample}{% + \begin{lrbox}{\codebox}% + \begin{minipage}{0.9\linewidth}% +}{% + \end{minipage}% + \end{lrbox}% + \fbox{\usebox{\codebox}}% +} + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +\begin{document} +\sloppy +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} + This document lists \approxcount\prevtotalsymbols{} symbols and the + corresponding \latex{} commands that produce them. Some of these + symbols are guaranteed to be available in every \latexE{} system; + others require fonts and packages that may not accompany a given + distribution and that therefore need to be installed. All of the + fonts and packages used to prepare this document---as well as this + document itself---are freely available from the + Comprehensive\idxCTAN{} \TeX{} Archive Network + (\url{http://www.ctan.org/}). +\end{abstract} + +\tableofcontents + +% Now that we've output the table of contents, let's make \section start a +% new page. I toyed with the idea of changing the documentclass from +% article to report, but I like having the abstract on the same page as +% the title and the start of the table of contents; I want the tables +% numbered consecutively throughout the document; and I like the smaller, +% less gaudy section headings the article class offers. In short, article +% seems a better fit than report. +\makeatletter +\let\origsection=\section +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% + {-3.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% + {2.3ex \@plus.2ex}% + {\clearpage\normalfont\Large\bfseries}} +\makeatother + + +% Define an integral containing a dash or a double-dash. +\def\Xint#1{\mathchoice + {\XXint\displaystyle\textstyle{#1}}% + {\XXint\textstyle\scriptstyle{#1}}% + {\XXint\scriptstyle\scriptscriptstyle{#1}}% + {\XXint\scriptscriptstyle\scriptscriptstyle{#1}}% + \!\int} +\def\XXint#1#2#3{{\setbox0=\hbox{$#1{#2#3}{\int}$} + \vcenter{\hbox{$#2#3$}}\kern-.5\wd0}} +\def\ddashint{\Xint=} +\def\dashint{\Xint-} + + +% Many symbols are merely alphanumerics typeset with a math alphabet. +% Guide the user from the most common of these to the Math Alphabets +% table. +% +% QUESTION: How standard are the following? +% * action (script A) +% * Bernoulli (script B) +% * path integral measure (script D) +% * domain (script D) +% * expected value (script E) +% * energy per symbol [communications theory] (script E) +% * imaginary line (script I) +% * identity matrix (blackboard bold I) +% * likelihood (script L) +% * M matrix (script M) +% * Mellin transform (script M) +% * null space (script N) +% * order of (script o) +% * radius (script r) +% * real line (script R) +% * Schwartz class (script S) +% * volume (script V) +% +\ifcomplete + \makeatletter + \newcommand{\indexMA}[2][]{% + \def\first@arg{#1}% + \ifx\first@arg\@empty + \index{#2|see{alphabets, math}}% + \else + \index{#2=#2 (\string#1)|see{alphabets, math}}% + \fi + } + \makeatother +\else + \newcommand{\indexMA}[2][]{% + \index{#2|see{alphabets, math}}% +} +\fi +\indexMA[\mathscr{F}]{Fourier transform} +\indexMA[\mathscr{H}]{Hamiltonian} +\indexMA[\mathscr{H}]{Hilbert space} +\indexMA[\mathscr{L}]{Lagrangian} +\indexMA[\mathscr{L}]{Laplace transform} +\indexMA[\mathscr{P}]{power set} +\indexMA[\mathscr{E}]{electromotive force} +\indexMA[\mathcal{O}]{local ring} +\indexMA[$\mathbbm{C}$]{complex numbers} +%\indexMA{imaginary numbers} +\indexMA[$\mathbbm{Z}$]{integers} +\indexMA[$\mathbbm{N}$]{natural numbers} +\indexMA{number sets} +%\indexMA{prime numbers} +\indexMA[$\mathbbm{H}$]{quaternions} +\indexMA[$\mathbbm{Q}$]{rational numbers} +\indexMA[$\mathbbm{R}$]{real numbers} +\indexMA[$\mathbbm{1}$]{unity} +\indexMA[$\mathbbm{T}$]{torus} +\indexMA{script letters} +\indexMA{blackboard bold} +\indexMA{fraktur} +\indexMA{moduli space} +\indexMA{Schwartz distribution spaces} + +% Provide "see ..."s for every accent whose name I happen to know. +\index{breve|see{accents}} +\index{cedilla|see{accents}} +\index{circumflex|see{accents}} +\index{diaeresis=di\ae{}resis|see{accents}} +\index{hacek=h\'{a}\v{c}ek|see{accents}} +\index{Hungarian umlaut|see{accents}} +\index{macron|see{accents}} +\index{ogonek|see{accents}} +\index{umlaut|see{accents}} + +% Provide "see ..."s for the common logical operators. +\index{logical operators>and|see{\texttt{\string\wedge}}} +\index{logical operators>or|see{\texttt{\string\vee}}} +\index{logical operators>not|see{\texttt{\string\neg} \emph{and} \texttt{\string\sim}}} +\index{operators>logical|see{logical operators}} +\index{and|see{\texttt{\string\wedge}}} +\index{or|see{\texttt{\string\vee}}} +\index{not|see{\texttt{\string\neg}}} +\index{conjunction|see{\texttt{\string\wedge}}} +\index{disjunction|see{\texttt{\string\vee}}} +\index{negation|see{\texttt{\string\neg} \emph{and} \texttt{\string\sim}}} +\index{set operators>union|see{\texttt{\string\cup}}} +\index{set operators>intersection|see{\texttt{\string\cap}}} +\index{operators>set|see{set operators}} +\index{union|see{\texttt{\string\cup}}} +\index{intersection|see{\texttt{\string\cap}}} +\index{material implication|see{\texttt{\string\rightarrow} \emph{and} \texttt{\string\supset}}} +\index{material equivalence|see{\texttt{\string\leftrightarrow} \emph{and} \texttt{\string\equiv}}} +\index{material conditional|see{\texttt{\string\rightarrow} \emph{and} \texttt{\string\supset}}} +\index{material biconditional|see{\texttt{\string\leftrightarrow} \emph{and} \texttt{\string\equiv}}} + +% Provide "see ..."s for various punctuation marks. +\index{paragraph mark|see{\texttt{\string\P}}} +\index{pilcrow|see{\texttt{\string\P}}} +\index{percent sign|see{\texttt{\string\%}}} +\index{dollar sign|see{\texttt{\string\$}}} +\index{cents|see{\texttt{\string\textcent}}} +\index{hash mark|see{\texttt{\string\#}}} +\index{ampersand|see{\texttt{\string\&}}} +\index{section mark|see{\texttt{\string\S}}} +\index{caret|see{\texttt{\string\^}}} +\index{swung dash|see{\texttt{\string\sim}}} +\index{underscore|see{\texttt{\string\_}}} +\index{less-than signs|see{inequalities}} +\index{greater-than signs|see{inequalities}} +\index{plus-or-minus sign|see{\texttt{\string\pm}}} + +% Provide a few other useful "see ..."s. +\index{CTAN|see{Comprehensive \TeX{} Archive Network}} +\index{letters|see{alphabets}} +\index{numbers|see{digits}} +\index{degrees|see{\texttt{\string\textdegree}}} +\index{registered trademark|see{\texttt{\string\textregistered}}} +\index{trademark|see{\texttt{\string\texttrademark}}} +\index{Cedi|see{\texttt{\string\textcolonmonetary}}} +\index{iff=\texttt{\string\iff}|see{\texttt{\string\Longleftrightarrow}}} +\index{derivitive, partial|see{\texttt{\string\partial}}} +\index{to=\texttt{\string\to}|see{\texttt{\string\rightarrow}}} +\ifAMS + \index{implies=\texttt{\string\implies}|see{\texttt{\string\Longrightarrow} + \emph{and} \texttt{\string\vdash}}} + \index{impliedby=\texttt{\string\impliedby}|see{\texttt{\string\Longleftarrow}}} + \index{division times|see{\texttt{\string\divideontimes}}} + \index{does not exist|see{\texttt{\string\nexists}}} + \index{ring equal to|see{\texttt{\string\circeq}}} + \index{ring in equal to|see{\texttt{\string\eqcirc}}} + \index{does not divide|see{\texttt{\string\nmid}}} + \index{transversality|see{\texttt{\string\pitchfork}}} + \index{absolute value|see{\texttt{\string\lvert} \emph{and} \texttt{\string\rvert}}} + \index{norm|see{\texttt{\string\lVert} \emph{and} \texttt{\string\rVert}}} +% \index{average|see{\texttt{\string\varnothing}}} +\fi % AMS test +\ifTIPA +% \index{symbols>dictionary|see{symbols, phonetic}} +% \index{dictionary symbols|see{phonetic symbols}} + \index{pronunciation symbols|see{phonetic symbols}} +\fi % TIPA test +\index{abzuglich=abz\"uglich|see{\texttt{\string\textdiscount}}} +\index{diacritics|see{accents}} +\index{parts per thousand|see{\texttt{\string\textperthousand}}} +\index{prescription|see{\texttt{\string\textrecipe}}} +\index{pharmaceutical prescription|see{\texttt{\string\textrecipe}}} +\ifMARV + \index{Deleatur=\texttt{\string\Deleatur}|see{\texttt{\string\Denarius}}} + \index{mouse|see{\texttt{\string\ComputerMouse}}} +\fi % MARV test +\index{playing cards|see{card suits}} +\ifABX + \index{nibar=\texttt{\string\nibar}|see{\texttt{\string\ownsbar}}} + \index{ring equal to|see{\texttt{\string\circeq}}} + \index{ring in equal to|see{\texttt{\string\eqcirc}}} + \index{cutoff subtraction|see{\texttt{\string\dotdiv}}} +\fi % ABX test +\index{rationalized Planck constant|see{\texttt{\string\hbar}}} +\index{options|see{package options}} +\index{cardinality|see{\texttt{\string\aleph}}} +\index{wreath product|see{\texttt{\string\wr}}} +\index{reverse solidus|see{\texttt{\string\textbackslash}}} +\index{radicals|see{\texttt{\string\sqrt} \emph{and} \texttt{\string\surd}}} +\index{roots|see{\texttt{\string\sqrt}}} +\index{square root|see{\texttt{\string\sqrt}}} +\index{square root>hooked|see{\texttt{\string\hksqrt}}} +\index{cube root|see{\texttt{\string\sqrt}}} +\ifcomplete + \index{return|see{carriage return}} + \index{enter|see{carriage return}} +\fi +\ifTX + \index{fish hook|see{\texttt{\string\strictif}}} + \index{par|see{\texttt{\string\invamp}}} +\fi % TX test +\index{stochastic independence|see{\texttt{\string\bot}}} +\index{independence>stochastic|see{\texttt{\string\bot}}} +\index{orthogonal to|see{\texttt{\string\bot}}} +\index{entails|see{\texttt{\string\models}}} +\index{micro|see{\texttt{\string\textmu}}} +\index{Angstrom unit=\AA{}ngstr\"om unit>math mode|see{\texttt{\string\mathring}}} +\index{Angstrom unit=\AA{}ngstr\"om unit>text mode|see{\texttt{\string\AA}}} +\index{yen|see{\texttt{\string\textyen}}} +\index{equilibrium|see{\texttt{\string\rightleftharpoons}}} +\index{number|see{\texttt{\string\textnumero}}} +\index{ditto marks|see{\texttt{\string\textquotedbl}}} +\index{Weierstrass p function=Weierstrass $\wp$ function|see{\texttt{\string\wp}}} +\index{inexact differential|see{\texttt{\string\dbar}}} +\ifhaveslashed + \index{reduced quadrupole moment|see{\texttt{\string\rqm}}} +\fi % haveslashed +\ifST + \index{banana brackets|see{\texttt{\string\llparenthesis} \emph{and} \texttt{\string\rrparenthesis}}} + \index{catamorphism|see{\texttt{\string\llparenthesis} \emph{and} \texttt{\string\rrparenthesis}}} +\fi % ST test +\ifOTII + \index{impulse train|see{sha}} + \index{Tate-Shafarevich group|see{sha}} +\fi +\ifSKAK + \index{king|see{chess symbols}} + \index{queen|see{chess symbols}} + \index{castle|see{chess symbols}} + \index{rook|see{chess symbols}} + \index{bishop|see{chess symbols}} + \index{knight|see{chess symbols}} + \index{pawn|see{chess symbols}} +\fi % SKAK test +\index{differential, inexact|see{\texttt{\string\dbar}}} +\index{brackets|see{delimiters}} +\ifcomplete + \index{equivalence|see{\texttt{\string\equiv}, \texttt{\string\leftrightarrow}, \emph{and} \texttt{\string\threesim}}} +\else + \index{equivalence|see{\texttt{\string\equiv} \emph{and} \texttt{\string\leftrightarrow}}} +\fi +\index{vinculum|see{\texttt{\string\overline}}} +\index{es-zet|see{\texttt{\string\ss}}} +\index{Maxwell-Stefan diffusion coefficient|see{\texttt{\string\DH}}} +\index{Laplacian=Laplacian ($\nabla^2$)|see{\texttt{\string\nabla}}} +\index{Laplacian=Laplacian ($\Delta$)|see{\texttt{\string\Delta}}} + +% "See also"s should appear after all page references. +\providecommand*\seealso[2]{\emph{\alsoname}#1} +\providecommand*\alsoname{see also} +\AtEndDocument{% + \index{carriage return|seealso{\string\texttt{\string\string\string\hookleftarrow}}} + \index{transforms|seealso{alphabets, math}} + \ifTX + \index{parallel|seealso{\string\texttt{\string\string\string\varparallel}}} + \fi +} + +% Multiple packages define \multimap. +\makeatletter + \@ifundefined{multimap}{}{% + \index{linear implication|see{\texttt{\string\string\string\multimap}}} + \index{lollipop|see{\texttt{\string\string\string\multimap}}}} +\makeatother + +% Minutes/seconds and feet/inches are normally formed with superscripted +% primes. +\index{arcminutes|see{\texttt{\string\prime}}} +\index{angular minutes|see{\texttt{\string\prime}}} +\index{minutes, angular|see{\texttt{\string\prime}}} +\index{feet|see{\texttt{\string\prime} \emph{and} + \texttt{\string\textquotesingle}}} +\ifABX + \index{arcseconds|see{\texttt{\string\second}}} + \index{angular seconds|see{\texttt{\string\second}}} + \index{seconds, angular|see{\texttt{\string\second}}} + \index{inches|see{\texttt{\string\second} \emph{and} + \texttt{\string\textquotedbl}}} +\else + \index{arcseconds|see{\texttt{\string\prime}}} + \index{angular seconds|see{\texttt{\string\prime}}} + \index{seconds, angular|see{\texttt{\string\prime}}} + \index{inches|see{\texttt{\string\prime} \emph{and} + \texttt{\string\textquotedbl}}} +\fi + +% \notowns can be mapped to various things depending on package availability. +\ifABX + \ifTX + \index{notowns=\texttt{\string\notowns}|see{\texttt{\string\notowner} + \emph{and} \texttt{\string\notni}}} + \else + \index{notowns=\texttt{\string\notowns}|see{\texttt{\string\notowner}}} + \fi +\else + \ifTX + \index{notowns=\texttt{\string\notowns}|see{\texttt{\string\notni}}} + \fi +\fi + +% Double brackets are defined by both ST and ABX. +\ifABX + \ifST + \index{semantic valuation|see{\texttt{\string\llbracket}/\texttt{\string\rrbracket} + \emph{and} \texttt{\string\lbbbrack}/\texttt{\string\rbbbrack}}} + \else + \index{semantic valuation|see{\texttt{\string\lbbbrack}/\texttt{\string\rbbbrack}}} + \fi +\else + \ifST + \index{semantic valuation|see{\texttt{\string\llbracket}/\texttt{\string\rrbracket}}} + \fi +\fi + +% The following were generated automatically from txfonts.sty. +\ifTX + \index{circledplus=\texttt{\string\circledplus}|see{\texttt{\string\oplus}}} + \index{circledminus=\texttt{\string\circledminus}|see{\texttt{\string\ominus}}} + \index{circledtimes=\texttt{\string\circledtimes}|see{\texttt{\string\otimes}}} + \index{circledslash=\texttt{\string\circledslash}|see{\texttt{\string\oslash}}} + \index{circleddot=\texttt{\string\circleddot}|see{\texttt{\string\odot}}} + \index{le=\texttt{\string\le}|see{\texttt{\string\leq}}} + \index{ge=\texttt{\string\ge}|see{\texttt{\string\geq}}} + \index{gets=\texttt{\string\gets}|see{\texttt{\string\leftarrow}}} + \index{to=\texttt{\string\to}|see{\texttt{\string\rightarrow}}} + \index{owns=\texttt{\string\owns}|see{\texttt{\string\ni}}} + \index{lnot=\texttt{\string\lnot}|see{\texttt{\string\neg}}} + \index{land=\texttt{\string\land}|see{\texttt{\string\wedge}}} + \index{lor=\texttt{\string\lor}|see{\texttt{\string\vee}}} + \index{restriction=\texttt{\string\restriction}|see{\texttt{\string\upharpoonright}}} + \index{Doteq=\texttt{\string\Doteq}|see{\texttt{\string\doteqdot}}} + \index{doublecup=\texttt{\string\doublecup}|see{\texttt{\string\Cup}}} + \index{doublecap=\texttt{\string\doublecap}|see{\texttt{\string\Cap}}} + \index{llless=\texttt{\string\llless}|see{\texttt{\string\lll}}} + \index{gggtr=\texttt{\string\gggtr}|see{\texttt{\string\ggg}}} + %\index{Box=\texttt{\string\Box}|see{\texttt{\string\square}}} + \index{ne=\texttt{\string\ne}|see{\texttt{\string\neq}}} + %\index{notowns=\texttt{\string\notowns}|see{\texttt{\string\notni}}} + \index{lrJoin=\texttt{\string\lrJoin}|see{\texttt{\string\Join}}} + %\index{bowtie=\texttt{\string\bowtie}|see{\texttt{\string\lrtimes}}} + \index{dasharrow=\texttt{\string\dasharrow}|see{\texttt{\string\dashrightarrow}}} + \index{circledotright=\texttt{\string\circledotright}|see{\texttt{\string\circleddotright}}} + \index{circledotleft=\texttt{\string\circledotleft}|see{\texttt{\string\circleddotleft}}} +\fi % TX test + +% The following were generated semi-automatically from SYMLIST using: +% egrep '\text' SYMLIST | sed 's/\\text//' | xargs -i egrep '^{}$' /usr/share/dict/words | xargs -i sh -c 'egrep -q "^\\\\{}$" SYMLIST || echo "\\index{{}|see{\\texttt{\\string\\text{}}}}"' \; +% then editing the result. +\index{blank|see{\texttt{\string\textblank}}} +\index{born|see{\texttt{\string\textborn}}} +\index{died|see{\texttt{\string\textdied}}} +\index{discount|see{\texttt{\string\textdiscount}}} +\index{divorced|see{\texttt{\string\textdivorced}}} +\index{dollar|see{\texttt{\string\textdollar}}} +%\index{ellipsis|see{\texttt{\string\textellipsis}}} +\index{estimated|see{\texttt{\string\textestimated}}} +\index{florin|see{\texttt{\string\textflorin}}} +%\index{greater|see{\texttt{\string\textgreater}}} +\index{leaf|see{\texttt{\string\textleaf}}} +%\index{less|see{\texttt{\string\textless}}} +\index{married|see{\texttt{\string\textmarried}}} +\index{minus|see{\texttt{\string\textminus}}} +\index{ohm|see{\texttt{\string\textohm}}} +%\index{paragraph|see{\texttt{\string\textparagraph}}} +\index{recipe|see{\texttt{\string\textrecipe}}} +%\index{registered|see{\texttt{\string\textregistered}}} +%\index{section|see{\texttt{\string\textsection}}} +\index{sterling|see{\texttt{\string\pounds}}} +%\index{style|see{\texttt{\string\textstyle}}} +%\index{superscript|see{\texttt{\string\textsuperscript}}} +\index{trademark|see{\texttt{\string\texttrademark}}} +%\index{underscore|see{\texttt{\string\textunderscore}}} +\index{won|see{\texttt{\string\textwon}}} +\ifTIPA + \index{advancing|see{\texttt{\string\textadvancing}}} + \index{bullseye|see{\texttt{\string\textbullseye}}} + \index{lowering|see{\texttt{\string\textlowering}}} + \index{pipe|see{\texttt{\string\textpipe}}} + \index{raising|see{\texttt{\string\textraising}}} + \index{retracting|see{\texttt{\string\textretracting}}} + \index{seagull|see{\texttt{\string\textseagull}}} +\fi % TIPA test +%\index{swab|see{\texttt{\string\textswab}}} + + +\section{Introduction} + +Welcome to the \doctitle! This document strives to be your primary +source of \latex{} symbol information: font samples, \latex{} +commands, packages, usage details, caveats---everything needed to put +thousands of different symbols at your disposal. All of the fonts +covered herein meet the following criteria: + +\begin{enumerate} + \item They are freely available from the Comprehensive\idxCTAN{} + \TeX{} Archive Network (\url{http://www.ctan.org}). + + \item All of their symbols have \latexE{} bindings. That is, a user + should be able to access a symbol by name, not just by + \cmd{\char}\meta{number}. +\end{enumerate} + +\noindent +These are not particularly limiting criteria; the \doctitle{} contains +samples of \approxcount\prevtotalsymbols{} symbols---quite a large +number. Some of these symbols are guaranteed to be available in every +\latexE{} system; others require fonts and packages that may not +accompany a given distribution and that therefore need to be +installed. See +\url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=instpackages+wherefiles} +for help with installing new fonts and packages. + + +\subsection{Document Usage} + +Each section of this document contains a number of font tables. Each +table shows a set of symbols, with the corresponding \latex{} command +to the right of each symbol. A table's caption indicates what package +needs to be loaded in order to access that table's symbols. For +example, the symbols in Table~\ref{old-style-nums}, ``\TC\ Old-Style +Numerals'', are made available by putting +``\cmd{\usepackage}\verb|{textcomp}|'' in your document's preamble. +``\AMS'' means to use the \AMS{} packages, viz.\ \pkgname{amssymb} +and/or \pkgname{amsmath}. Notes below a table provide additional +information about some or all the symbols in that table. + +One\label{altenc} note that appears a few times in this document, +particularly in Section~\ref{body-text-symbols}, indicates that +certain symbols do not exist in the OT1 \fntenc[OT1] +(Donald\index{Knuth, Donald E.} Knuth's original, 7-bit +\fntenc[7-bit], which is the default \fntenc{} for \latex) and that +you should use \pkgname{fontenc} to select a different encoding, such +as T1 (a common 8-bit \fntenc[8-bit]\index{font encodings>T1}). That +means that you should put +``\cmd{\usepackage}\verb|[|\meta{encoding}\verb|]{fontenc}|'' in your +document's preamble, where \meta{encoding} is, e.g., +\texttt{T1}\index{font encodings>T1} or \texttt{LY1}\index{font +encodings>LY1}. To limit the change in \fntenc[limiting scope of] to +the current group, use +``\cmd{\fontencoding}\verb|{|\meta{encoding}\verb|}|\cmd{\selectfont}''. + +Section~\ref{addl-info} contains some additional information about the +symbols in this document. It shows which symbol names are not unique +across packages, gives examples of how to create new symbols out of +existing symbols, explains how symbols are spaced in math mode, +presents a \latex{} ASCII\index{ASCII} and Latin~1\index{Latin 1} +tables, and provides some information about this document itself. The +\doctitle{} ends with an index of all the symbols in the document and +various additional useful terms. + + +\ifcomplete + +\subsection{Frequently Requested Symbols} + +There are a number of symbols that are requested over and over again +on \ctt. If you're looking for such a symbol the following list will +help you find it quickly. + +\newenvironment{symbolfaq}{% + \ifhavemulticol + \setlength{\columnsep}{3em}% + \begin{multicols}{2}% + \fi + \setlength{\parskip}{1ex}% + \newcommand{\faq}[2]{% + \noindent##1\quad\dotfill\quad\makebox[1em][r]{##2}\par}% +}{% + \ifhavemulticol + \end{multicols}% + \fi +} + +\begin{symbolfaq} + \faq{\textvisiblespace, as in + ``Spaces\textvisiblespace are\textvisiblespace significant.''} + {\pageref{text-predef}} + \faq{\'{\i}, \`{\i}, \={\i}, \^{\i}, etc.\ (versus \'i, \`i, \=i, and \^i)} + {\pageref{text-accents}} + \faq{\textcent} + {\pageref{tc-currency}} + \faq{\EUR} + {\pageref{marv-currency}} + \faq{\textcopyright, \textregistered, and \texttrademark} + {\pageref{tc-legal}} + \faq{\textperthousand} + {\pageref{tc-misc}} + \faq{$\oiint$} + {\pageref{txpx-large}} + \faq{$\therefore$} + {\pageref{ams-rel}} + \faq{$\coloneqq$ and $\Coloneqq$} + {\pageref{txpx-rel}} + \faq{$\lesssim$ and $\gtrsim$} + {\pageref{ams-inequal-rel}} + \faq{$\iddots$} + {\pageref{mathdots-dots}} + \faq{\textdegree, as in ``180\textdegree'' or ``15\textcelsius''} + {\pageref{tc-math}} + \faq{\mathscr{L}, \mathscr{F}, etc.} + {\pageref{alphabets}} + \faq{\mathbbm{N}, \mathbbm{Z}, \mathbbm{R}, etc.} + {\pageref{alphabets}} + \faq{$\dashint$} + {\pageref{dashint}} + \faq{\diatop[{\diatop[\'|\=]}|a], + \diatop[{\diatop[\`|\^]}|e], etc. + (i.e., several accents per character)} + {\pageref{multiple-accents}} + \faq{$<$, $>$, and $|$ (instead of <, >, and |)} + {\pageref{upside-down}} + \faq{\textasciicircum\ and \textasciitilde\ (or $\sim$)} + {\pageref{tildes}} +\end{symbolfaq} + +\fi % ifcomplete + + +\section{Body-text symbols} +\label{body-text-symbols} +\idxbothbegin{body-text}{symbols} + +This section lists symbols that are intended for use in running text, +such as punctuation marks, accents, ligatures, and currency symbols. + +\bigskip + +\begin{symtable}{\latexE{} Escapable ``Special'' Characters} +\index{special characters=``special'' characters} +\index{escapable characters} +\label{special-escapable} +\begin{tabular}{*6{ll@{\qqquad}}ll} +\K\$ & \K\% & \K\_$\,^*$ & \Kp\} & \K\& & \K\# & \Kp\{ \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote}[*] + The \pkgname{underscore} package redefines ``\verb+_+'' to produce + an underscore in text mode (i.e.,~it makes it unnecessary to escape + the underscore character). +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}{Predefined \latexE{} Text-mode Commands} +\index{space, visible} +\index{inequalities} +\index{tilde} +\index{copyright} +\idxboth{legal}{symbols} +\label{text-predef} +\begin{tabular}{lll@{\qqquad}lll} +\V\textasciicircum & \V\textless \\ +\V\textasciitilde & \V[\ltextordfeminine]\textordfeminine \\ +\V\textasteriskcentered & \V[\ltextordmasculine]\textordmasculine \\ +\V\textbackslash & \V\textparagraph$^*$ \\ +\V\textbar & \V\textperiodcentered \\ +\V\textbraceleft$^*$ & \V\textquestiondown \\ +\V\textbraceright$^*$ & \V\textquotedblleft \\ +\V\textbullet & \V\textquotedblright \\ +\V[\ltextcopyright]\textcopyright$^*$ + & \V\textquoteleft \\ +\V\textdagger$^*$ & \V\textquoteright \\ +\V\textdaggerdbl$^*$ & \V[\ltextregistered]\textregistered \\ +\V\textdollar$^*$ & \V\textsection$^*$ \\ +\V\textellipsis$^*$ & \V\textsterling$^*$ \\ +\V\textemdash & \V[\ltexttrademark]\texttrademark \\ +\V\textendash & \V\textunderscore$^*$ \\ +\V\textexclamdown & \V\textvisiblespace \\ +\V\textgreater \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\twosymbolmessage + +\bigskip +\usetextmathmessage[*] + +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}{\latexE{} Commands Defined to Work in Both Math and Text Mode} +\index{dots (ellipses)} \index{ellipses (dots)} +\index{copyright} +\idxboth{legal}{symbols} +\label{math-text} +\begin{tabular}{*3{lll@{\qqquad}}lll} +\V\$ & \V\_ & \V\ddag & \Vp\{ \\ +\V\P & \V[\ltextcopyright]\copyright + & \V\dots & \Vp\} \\ +\V\S & \V\dag & \V\pounds \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\twosymbolmessage +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Commands Defined to Work in Both Math and Text Mode} +\label{ams-math-text} +\begin{tabular}{*2{ll@{\qquad}}ll} +\X\checkmark & \X\circledR & \X\maltese +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}{Non-ASCII Letters (Excluding Accented Letters)} +\index{letters>non-ASCII}\index{ASCII} +\label{non-ascii} +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll@{\hspace*{3em}}}ll} +\K\aa & \Ks\DH & \K\L & \K\o & \K\ss \\ +\K\AA & \Ks\dh & \K\l & \K\O & \K\SS \\ +\K\AE & \Ks\DJ & \Ks\NG & \K\OE & \Ks\TH \\ +\K\ae & \Ks\dj & \Ks\ng & \K\oe & \Ks\th \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote}[*] + Not available in the OT1 \fntenc[OT1]. Use the \pkgname{fontenc} + package to select an alternate \fntenc[T1], such as T1. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[FC]{Letters Used to Typeset African Languages} +\index{alphabets>African} +\label{fc} +\begin{tabular}{*6{ll@{\qquad}}ll} +\Jiv\B{D} & \Jiv\m{c} & \Jiv\m{f} & \Jiv\m{k} & \Jiv\M{t} & \Jiv\m{Z} \\ +\Jiv\B{d} & \Jiv\m{D} & \Jiv\m{F} & \Jiv\m{N} & \Jiv\M{T} & \Jiv\T{E} \\ +\Jiv\B{H} & \Jiv\M{d} & \Jiv\m{G} & \Jiv\m{n} & \Jiv\m{t} & \Jiv\T{e} \\ +\Jiv\B{h} & \Jiv\M{D} & \Jiv\m{g} & \Jiv\m{o} & \Jiv\m{T} & \Jiv\T{O} \\ +\Jiv\B{t} & \Jiv\m{d} & \Jiv\m{I} & \Jiv\m{O} & \Jiv\m{u}$^*$ & \Jiv\T{o} \\ +\Jiv\B{T} & \Jiv\m{E} & \Jiv\m{i} & \Jiv\m{P} & \Jiv\m{U}$^*$ \\ +\Jiv\m{b} & \Jiv\m{e} & \Jiv\m{J} & \Jiv\m{p} & \Jiv\m{Y} \\ +\Jiv\m{B} & \Jiv\M{E} & \Jiv\m{j} & \Jiv\m{s} & \Jiv\m{y} \\ +\Jiv\m{C} & \Jiv\M{e} & \Jiv\m{K} & \Jiv\m{S} & \Jiv\m{z} \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote} + These characters all need the T4 \fntenc[T4], which is provided by + the \FC\ package. +\end{tablenote} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote}[*] + \verb|\m{v}| and \verb|\m{V}| are synonyms for \verb|\m{u}| and + \verb|\m{U}|. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[VIET]{Letters Used to Typeset Vietnamese} +\index{alphabets>Vietnamese} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll@{\qquad}}ll} +\Kv\OHORN & \Kv\ohorn & \Kv\UHORN & \Kv\uhorn \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote} + These characters all need the T5 \fntenc[T5], which is provided by + the \VIET\ package. +\end{tablenote} + +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}{Punctuation Marks Not Found in OT1} +\index{punctuation} +\label{punc-no-OT1} +\begin{tabular}{*8l} +\Kt\guillemotleft & \Kt\guilsinglleft & \Kt\quotedblbase & \Kt\textquotedbl \\ +\Kt\guillemotright & \Kt\guilsinglright & \Kt\quotesinglbase \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote} + To get these symbols, use the \pkgname{fontenc} package to select an + alternate \fntenc[T1], such as~T1. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[PI]{\PI\ Decorative Punctuation Marks} +\index{punctuation} +\label{pi-punctuation} +\begin{tabular}{*5{ll}} +\Tp{123} & \Tp{125} & \Tp{161} & \Tp{163} \\ +\Tp{124} & \Tp{126} & \Tp{162} \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{longsymtable}[TIPA]{\TIPA\ Phonetic Symbols} +\ltidxboth{phonetic}{symbols} +\ltidxboth{linguistic}{symbols} +\ltidxboth{dictionary}{symbols} +\ltindex{alphabets>phonetic} +\index{tilde} +\label{tipa-phonetic} +\begin{longtable}{*3{ll}} +\multicolumn{6}{l}{\small\textit{(continued from previous page)}} \\[3ex] +\endhead +\endfirsthead +\\[3ex] +\multicolumn{6}{r}{\small\textit{(continued on next page)}} +\endfoot +\endlastfoot +\K\textbabygamma & \K\textglotstop & \K\textrtailn \\ +\K\textbarb & \K\texthalflength & \K\textrtailr \\ +\K\textbarc & \K\texthardsign & \K\textrtails \\ +\K\textbard & \K\texthooktop & \K\textrtailt \\ +\K\textbardotlessj & \K\texthtb & \K\textrtailz \\ +\K\textbarg & \K\texthtbardotlessj & \K\textrthook \\ +\K\textbarglotstop & \K\texthtc & \K\textsca \\ +\K\textbari & \K\texthtd & \K\textscb \\ +\K\textbarl & \K\texthtg & \K\textsce \\ +\K\textbaro & \K\texthth & \K\textscg \\ +\K\textbarrevglotstop & \K\texththeng & \K\textsch \\ +\K\textbaru & \K\texthtk & \K\textschwa \\ +\K\textbeltl & \K\texthtp & \K\textsci \\ +\K\textbeta & \K\texthtq & \K\textscj \\ +\K\textbullseye & \K\texthtrtaild & \K\textscl \\ +\K\textceltpal & \K\texthtscg & \K\textscn \\ +\K\textchi & \K\texthtt & \K\textscoelig \\ +\K\textcloseepsilon & \K\texthvlig & \K\textscomega \\ +\K\textcloseomega & \K\textinvglotstop & \K\textscr \\ +\K\textcloserevepsilon & \K\textinvscr & \K\textscripta \\ +\K\textcommatailz & \K\textiota & \K\textscriptg \\ +\K\textcorner & \K\textlambda & \K\textscriptv \\ +\K\textcrb & \K\textlengthmark & \K\textscu \\ +\K\textcrd & \K\textlhookt & \K\textscy \\ +\K\textcrg & \K\textlhtlongi & \K\textsecstress \\ +\K\textcrh & \K\textlhtlongy & \K\textsoftsign \\ +\K\textcrinvglotstop & \K\textlonglegr & \K\textstretchc \\ +\K\textcrlambda & \K\textlptr & \K\texttctclig \\ +\K\textcrtwo & \K\textltailm & \K\textteshlig \\ +\K\textctc & \K\textltailn & \K\texttheta \\ +\K\textctd & \K\textltilde & \K\textthorn \\ +\K\textctdctzlig & \K\textlyoghlig & \K\texttoneletterstem \\ +\K\textctesh & \K\textObardotlessj & \K\texttslig \\ +\K\textctj & \K\textOlyoghlig & \K\textturna \\ +\K\textctn & \K\textomega & \K\textturncelig \\ +\K\textctt & \K\textopencorner & \K\textturnh \\ +\K\textcttctclig & \K\textopeno & \K\textturnk \\ +\K\textctyogh & \K\textpalhook & \K\textturnlonglegr \\ +\K\textctz & \K\textphi & \K\textturnm \\ +\K\textdctzlig & \K\textpipe & \K\textturnmrleg \\ +\K\textdoublebaresh & \K\textprimstress & \K\textturnr \\ +\K\textdoublebarpipe & \K\textraiseglotstop & \K\textturnrrtail \\ +\K\textdoublebarslash & \K\textraisevibyi & \K\textturnscripta \\ +\K\textdoublepipe & \K\textramshorns & \K\textturnt \\ +\K\textdoublevertline & \K\textrevapostrophe & \K\textturnv \\ +\K\textdownstep & \K\textreve & \K\textturnw \\ +\K\textdyoghlig & \K\textrevepsilon & \K\textturny \\ +\K\textdzlig & \K\textrevglotstop & \K\textupsilon \\ +\K\textepsilon & \K\textrevyogh & \K\textupstep \\ +\K\textesh & \K\textrhookrevepsilon & \K\textvertline \\ +\K\textfishhookr & \K\textrhookschwa & \K\textvibyi \\ +\K\textg & \K\textrhoticity & \K\textvibyy \\ +\K\textgamma & \K\textrptr & \K\textwynn \\ +\K\textglobfall & \K\textrtaild & \K\textyogh \\ +\K\textglobrise & \K\textrtaill & \\ +\end{longtable} + +\begin{tablenote} + \TIPA\ defines shortcut characters for many of the above. It also + defines a command \cmd{\tone} for denoting tone letters (pitches). + See the \TIPA\ documentation for more information. +\end{tablenote} +\end{longsymtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[TIPX]{\TIPX\ Phonetic Symbols} +\idxboth{phonetic}{symbols} +\idxboth{linguistic}{symbols} +\idxboth{dictionary}{symbols} +\index{alphabets>phonetic} +\label{tipx-phonetic} +\begin{longtable}{*3{ll}} +\multicolumn{6}{l}{\small\textit{(continued from previous page)}} \\[3ex] +\endhead +\endfirsthead +\\[3ex] +\multicolumn{6}{r}{\small\textit{(continued on next page)}} +\endfoot +\endlastfoot +\K\textaolig & \K\texthtbardotlessjvar & \K\textrthooklong \\ +\K\textbenttailyogh & \K\textinvomega & \K\textscaolig \\ +\K\textbktailgamma & \K\textinvsca & \K\textscdelta \\ +\K\textctinvglotstop & \K\textinvscripta & \K\textscf \\ +\K\textctjvar & \K\textlfishhookrlig & \K\textsck \\ +\K\textctstretchc & \K\textlhookfour & \K\textscm \\ +\K\textctstretchcvar & \K\textlhookp & \K\textscp \\ +\K\textctturnt & \K\textlhti & \K\textscq \\ +\K\textdblig & \K\textlooptoprevesh & \K\textspleftarrow \\ +\K\textdoublebarpipevar & \K\textnrleg & \K\textstretchcvar \\ +\K\textdoublepipevar & \K\textObullseye & \K\textsubdoublearrow \\ +\K\textdownfullarrow & \K\textpalhooklong & \K\textsubrightarrow \\ +\K\textfemale & \K\textpalhookvar & \K\textthornvari \\ +\K\textfrbarn & \K\textpipevar & \K\textthornvarii \\ +\K\textfrhookd & \K\textqplig & \K\textthornvariii \\ +\K\textfrhookdvar & \K\textrectangle & \K\textthornvariv \\ +\K\textfrhookt & \K\textretractingvar & \K\textturnglotstop \\ +\K\textfrtailgamma & \K\textrevscl & \K\textturnsck \\ +\K\textglotstopvari & \K\textrevscr & \K\textturnscu \\ +\K\textglotstopvarii & \K\textrhooka & \K\textturnthree \\ +\K\textglotstopvariii & \K\textrhooke & \K\textturntwo \\ +\K\textgrgamma & \K\textrhookepsilon & \K\textuncrfemale \\ +\K\textheng & \K\textrhookopeno & \K\textupfullarrow \\ +\K\texthmlig & \K\textrtailhth \\ +\end{longtable} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{longsymtable}[WIPA]{\WIPA\ Phonetic Symbols} +\ltidxboth{phonetic}{symbols} +\ltidxboth{linguistic}{symbols} +\ltidxboth{dictionary}{symbols} +\ltindex{alphabets>phonetic} +\index{tilde} +\label{wipa-phonetic} +\begin{longtable}{*4{ll}} +\multicolumn{8}{l}{\small\textit{(continued from previous page)}} \\[3ex] +\endhead +\endfirsthead +\\[3ex] +\multicolumn{8}{r}{\small\textit{(continued on next page)}} +\endfoot +\endlastfoot +\K\babygamma & \K\eng & \K\labdentalnas & \K\schwa \\ +\K\barb & \K\er & \K\latfric & \K\sci \\ +\K\bard & \K\esh & \K\legm & \K\scn \\ +\K\bari & \K[\WSUeth]\eth & \K\legr & \K\scr \\ +\K\barl & \K\flapr & \K\lz & \K\scripta \\ +\K[\WSUbaro]\baro & \K\glotstop & \K\nialpha & \K\scriptg \\ +\K\barp & \K\hookb & \K\nibeta & \K\scriptv \\ +\K\barsci & \K\hookd & \K\nichi & \K\scu \\ +\K\barscu & \K\hookg & \K\niepsilon & \K\scy \\ +\K\baru & \K\hookh & \K\nigamma & \K\slashb \\ +\K\clickb & \K\hookheng & \K\niiota & \K\slashc \\ +\K\clickc & \K\hookrevepsilon & \K\nilambda & \K\slashd \\ +\K\clickt & \K\hv & \K\niomega & \K\slashu \\ +\K\closedniomega & \K\inva & \K\niphi & \K\taild \\ +\K\closedrevepsilon & \K\invf & \K\nisigma & \K\tailinvr \\ +\K\crossb & \K\invglotstop & \K\nitheta & \K\taill \\ +\K\crossd & \K\invh & \K\niupsilon & \K\tailn \\ +\K\crossh & \K\invlegr & \K\nj & \K\tailr \\ +\K\crossnilambda & \K\invm & \K\oo & \K\tails \\ +\K\curlyc & \K\invr & \K[\WSUopeno]\openo & \K\tailt \\ +\K\curlyesh & \K\invscr & \K\reve & \K\tailz \\ +\K\curlyyogh & \K\invscripta & \K\reveject & \K\tesh \\ +\K\curlyz & \K\invv & \K\revepsilon & \K[\WSUthorn]\thorn \\ +\K\dlbari & \K\invw & \K\revglotstop & \K\tildel \\ +\K\dz & \K\invy & \K\scd & \K\yogh \\ +\K\ejective & \K\ipagamma & \K\scg \\ +\end{longtable} +\end{longsymtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[WASY]{\WASY\ Phonetic Symbols} +\idxboth{phonetic}{symbols} +\idxboth{linguistic}{symbols} +\idxboth{dictionary}{symbols} +\index{alphabets>phonetic} +\label{wasy-phonetics} +\begin{tabular}{*8l} +\K\DH & \K\dh & \K\openo \\ +\K\Thorn & \K\inve & \K\thorn \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[PHON]{\PHON\ Phonetic Symbols} +\idxboth{phonetic}{symbols} +\idxboth{linguistic}{symbols} +\idxboth{dictionary}{symbols} +\index{alphabets>phonetic} +\label{phon-phonetic} +\begin{tabular}{*5{ll}} +\K\barj & \K\flap & \K[\PHONibar]\ibar & \K\rotvara & \K\vari \\ +\K\barlambda & \K\glottal & \K[\PHONopeno]\openo & \K\rotw & \K\varomega \\ +\K\emgma & \K\hausaB & \K\planck & \K\roty & \K\varopeno \\ +\K\engma & \K\hausab & \K\pwedge & \K[\PHONschwa]\schwa & \K[\PHONvod]\vod \\ +\K\enya & \K\hausad & \K\revD & \K[\PHONthorn]\thorn & \K\voicedh \\ +\K\epsi & \K\hausaD & \K\riota & \K\ubar & \K[\PHONyogh]\yogh \\ +\K[\PHONesh]\esh & \K\hausak & \K\rotm & \K\udesc \\ +\K[\PHONeth]\eth & \K\hausaK & \K\rotOmega & \K\vara \\ +\K\fj & \K[\PHONhookd]\hookd & \K\rotr & \K[\PHONvarg]\varg \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[PHONFC]{\PHONFC\ Phonetic Symbols} +\idxboth{phonetic}{symbols} +\idxboth{linguistic}{symbols} +\idxboth{dictionary}{symbols} +\index{alphabets>phonetic} +\label{phonfc-phonetic} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\K[\encfour\PHONFCtextcrd]\textcrd & \K[\encfour\PHONFCtexthtd]\texthtd & \K[\encfour\PHONFCtextpipe]\textpipe \\ +\K[\encfour\PHONFCtextcrh]\textcrh & \K[\encfour\PHONFCtexthtk]\texthtk & \K[\encfour\PHONFCtextrtaild]\textrtaild \\ +\K[\encfour\PHONFCtextepsilon]\textepsilon & \K[\encfour\PHONFCtexthtp]\texthtp & \K[\encfour\PHONFCtextrtailt]\textrtailt \\ +\K[\encfour\PHONFCtextesh]\textesh & \K[\encfour\PHONFCtexthtt]\texthtt & \K[\encfour\PHONFCtextschwa]\textschwa \\ +\K[\encfour\PHONFCtextfjlig]\textfjlig & \K[\encfour\PHONFCtextiota]\textiota & \K[\encfour\PHONFCtextscriptv]\textscriptv \\ +\K[\encfour\PHONFCtexthtb]\texthtb & \K[\encfour\PHONFCtextltailn]\textltailn & \K[\encfour\PHONFCtextteshlig]\textteshlig \\ +\K[\encfour\PHONFCtexthtc]\texthtc & \K[\encfour\PHONFCtextopeno]\textopeno & \K[\encfour\PHONFCtextyogh]\textyogh \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip + +\begin{tablenote} + The idea behind the \PHONFC\ package's phonetic symbols is to + provide an interface to some of the characters in the T4 \fntenc[T4] + \ifFC + (Table~\vref{fc}) + \fi % FC + but using the same names as + \ifTIPA + the \TIPA\ characters presented in Table~\vref{tipa-phonetic}. + \else + the \TIPA\ package. + \fi % TIPA +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[SMTR]{\SMTR\ Transliteration Symbols} +\idxboth{phonetic}{symbols} +\idxboth{linguistic}{symbols} +\idxboth{dictionary}{symbols} +\idxboth{transliteration}{symbols} +\idxboth{semitic}{transliteration} +\index{alphabets>phonetic} +\label{semtrans-phonetic} +\begin{tabular}{ll@{\hspace*{3em}}ll} +\K\Alif & \K\Ayn \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}{Text-mode Accents} +\index{accents} +\label{text-accents} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll@{\hspace*{3em}}}ll} +\Q\" & \Q\` & \Q\d & \Q\r \\ +\Q\' & \QivBAR\ddag & \Qiv\G\ddag & \Q\t \\ +\Q\. & \Q\~ & \Qv\h\S & \Q\u \\ +\Qe[\magicequal][\magicequalname]\= & \Q\b & \Q\H & \Qiv\U\ddag \\ +\Q\^ & \Q\c & \Qt\k$^\dag$ & \Q\v \\ +\end{tabular} +\par\medskip +\begin{tabular}{ll@{\hspace*{3em}}ll} +\Q\newtie$^*$ & \Qc\textcircled +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote}[*] + Requires the \TC\ package. +\end{tablenote} + +\medskip +\begin{tablenote}[\dag] + Not available in the OT1 \fntenc[OT1]. Use the \pkgname{fontenc} + package to select an alternate \fntenc[T1], such as T1. +\end{tablenote} + +\medskip +\begin{tablenote}[\ddag] + Requires the T4 \fntenc[T4], provided by the \FC\ package. +\end{tablenote} + +\medskip +\begin{tablenote}[\S] + Requires the T5 \fntenc[T5], provided by the \VIET\ package. +\end{tablenote} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote} + \index{dotless i=dotless $i~(\imath)$>text mode} + \index{dotless j=dotless $j~(\jmath)$>text mode} + Also note the existence of \cmdI{\i} and \cmdI{\j}, which produce + dotless versions of ``i'' and ``j'' (viz., ``\i'' and ``\j''). These + are useful when the accent is supposed to replace the dot. For + example, ``\verb|na\"{\i}ve|'' produces a correct ``na\"{\i}ve'', + while ``\verb|na\"{i}ve|'' would yield the rather odd-looking + ``na\"{i}ve''. (``\verb|na\"{i}ve|'' \emph{does} work in encodings + other than OT1, however.) +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{longsymtable}[TIPA]{\TIPA\ Text-mode Accents} +\ltindex{accents} +\index{tilde} +\label{tipa-accents} +\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.25} % Keep high and low accents from touching. +\begin{longtable}{ll} +\multicolumn{2}{l}{\small\textit{(continued from previous page)}} \\[3ex] +\endhead +\endfirsthead +\\[3ex] +\multicolumn{2}{r}{\small\textit{(continued on next page)}} +\endfoot +\endlastfoot +\Q\textacutemacron \\ +\Q\textacutewedge \\ +\Q\textadvancing \\ +\Q\textbottomtiebar \\ +\Q\textbrevemacron \\ +\Q\textcircumacute \\ +\Q\textcircumdot \\ +\Q\textdotacute \\ +\Q\textdotbreve \\ +\Q\textdotbreve \\ +\Q\textdoublegrave \\ +\Q\textdoublevbaraccent \\ +\Q\textgravecircum \\ +\Q\textgravedot \\ +\Q\textgravemacron \\ +\Q\textgravemid \\ +\Q\textinvsubbridge \\ +\Q\textlowering \\ +\Q\textmidacute \\ +\Q\textovercross \\ +\Q\textoverw \\ +\Q\textpolhook \\ +\Q\textraising \\ +\Q\textretracting \\ +\Q\textringmacron \\ +\Q\textroundcap \\ +\Q\textseagull \\ +\Q\textsubacute \\ +\Q\textsubarch \\ +\Q\textsubbar \\ +\Q\textsubbridge \\ +\Q\textsubcircum \\ +\Q\textsubdot \\ +\Q\textsubgrave \\ +\Q\textsublhalfring \\ +\Q\textsubplus \\ +\Q\textsubrhalfring \\ +\Q\textsubring \\ +\Q\textsubsquare \\ +\Q\textsubtilde \\ +\Q\textsubumlaut \\ +\Q\textsubw \\ +\Q\textsubwedge \\ +\Q\textsuperimposetilde \\ +\Q\textsyllabic \\ +\Q\texttildedot \\ +\Q\texttoptiebar \\ +\Q\textvbaraccent \\ +\end{longtable} + +\begin{tablenote} + \TIPA\ defines shortcut sequences for many of the above. See the + \TIPA\ documentation for more information. +\end{tablenote} +\end{longsymtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[XIPA]{\XIPA\ Text-mode Accents} +\index{accents} +\label{xipa-accents} +\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.25} % Keep high and low accents from touching. +\begin{tabular}{ll@{\hspace*{3em}}ll} +\Q\bibridge & \Q\partvoiceless \\ +\Q\crtilde & \Q\sliding \\ +\Q\dottedtilde & \Q\spreadlips \\ +\Q\doubletilde & \Q\subcorner \\ +\Q\finpartvoice & \Q\subdoublebar \\ +\Q\finpartvoiceless & \Q\subdoublevert \\ +\Q\inipartvoice & \Q\sublptr \\ +\Q\inipartvoiceless & \Q\subrptr \\ +\Q\overbridge & \Q\whistle \\ +\Q\partvoice \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[WIPA]{\WIPA\ Text-mode Accents} +\index{accents} +\label{wipa-accents} +\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.25} % Keep high and low accents from touching. +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\Q\dental \\ +\Q\underarch \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[PHON]{\PHON\ Text-mode Accents} +\index{accents} +\label{phon-accents} +\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.25} % Keep high and low accents from touching. +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\Q\hill & \Q\rc & \Q\ut \\ +\Q\od & \Q\syl \\ +\Q\ohill & \Q\td \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote} + \begin{morespacing}{1pt} + The \PHON\ package provides a few additional macros for linguistic + accents. \cmd{\acbar} and \cmd{\acarc} compose characters with + multiple accents; for example, \verb+\acbar{\'}{a}+ produces + ``\acbar{\'}{a}'' and \verb+\acarc{\"}{e}+ produces + ``\acbar{\"}{e}''. \cmd{\labvel} joins two characters with an + arc: \verb+\labvel{mn}+~$\rightarrow$ ``\labvel{mn}''. + \cmd{\upbar} is intended to go between characters as in + ``\verb+x\upbar{}y''+~$\rightarrow$ ``x\upbar{}y''. Lastly, + \cmd{\uplett} behaves like \cmd{\textsuperscript} but uses a + smaller font. Contrast ``\verb+p\uplett{h}''+~$\rightarrow$ + ``p\uplett{h}'' with ``\verb+p\textsuperscript{h}''+~$\rightarrow$ + ``p\textsuperscript{h}''. + \end{morespacing} +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[METRE]{\METRE\ Text-mode Accents} +\index{accents} +\label{metre-accents} +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\Q\acutus \\ +\Q[\METREbreve]\breve \\ +\Q\circumflexus \\ +\Q\diaeresis \\ +\Q\gravis \\ +\Q\macron \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[PHONFC]{\PHONFC\ Text-mode Accents} +\index{accents} +\label{phonfc-accents} +\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.25} % Keep high and low accents from touching. +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\Qpfc[\PHONFCtextdoublegrave]\textdoublegrave \\ +\Qpfc[\PHONFCtextvbaraccent]\textvbaraccent \\ +\Qpfc[\PHONFCtextdoublevbaraccent]\textdoublevbaraccent \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip + +\begin{tablenote} + The idea behind the \PHONFC\ package's text-mode accents is to + provide an interface to some of the accents in the T4 \fntenc[T4] + (accents marked with ``\ddag'' in Table~\vref{text-accents}) but + using the same names as + \ifTIPA + the \TIPA\ accents presented in Table~\vref{tipa-accents}. + \else + the \TIPA\ package. + \fi % TIPA +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ARCS]{\ARCS\ Text-mode Accents} +\index{accents} +\label{arcs-accents} +\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}} +\Q\overarc & \Q\underarc \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip + +\begin{tablenote} + The accents shown above scale only to a few characters wide. An + optional macro argument alters the effective width of the accented + characters. See the \ARCS\ documentation for more information. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[SMTR]{\SMTR\ Accents} +\index{accents} +\idxboth{semitic}{transliteration} +\idxboth{rotated}{symbols} +\idxboth{upside-down}{symbols} +\label{semtrans-accents} +\begin{tabular}{ll@{\hspace*{3em}}ll} +\Q[\smtrD]\D & \Q[\smtrU]\U \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip + +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\Q[\smtrT]\T$^*$ \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip + +\begin{tablenote} + \verb|\T| is not actually an accent but a command that rotates its + argument 180\textdegree{} using the \pkgname{graphicx} package's + \cmd{\rotatebox} command. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[WIPA]{\WIPA\ Diacritics} +\index{accents} +\index{tilde} +\label{wipa-diacritics} +\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.25} % Keep high and low accents from touching. +\begin{tabular}{*5{ll}} +\K\ain & \K\leftp & \K\overring & \K\stress & \K\underwedge \\ +\K\corner & \K\leftt & \K\polishhook & \K\syllabic & \K\upp \\ +\K\downp & \K\length & \K\rightp & \K\underdots & \K\upt \\ +\K\downt & \K\midtilde & \K\rightt & \K\underring \\ +\K\halflength & \K\open & \K\secstress & \K\undertilde \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote} + The \WIPA\ package defines all of the above as ordinary characters, + not as accents. However, it does provide \cmd{\diatop} and + \cmd{\diaunder} commands, which are used to compose diacritics with + other characters. For example, \verb+\diatop[\overring|a]+ produces + ``\diatop[\overring|a]'', and \verb+\diaunder[\underdots|a]+ + produces ``\diaunder[\underdots|a]''. See the \WIPA\ documentation + for more information. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}{\TC\ Diacritics} +\index{accents} +\label{tc-accent-chars} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\K\textacutedbl & \K\textasciicaron & \K\textasciimacron \\ +\K\textasciiacute & \K\textasciidieresis & \K\textgravedbl \\ +\K\textasciibreve & \K\textasciigrave \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip + +\begin{tablenote} + The \TC\ package defines all of the above as ordinary characters, + not as accents. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}{\TC\ Currency Symbols} +\idxboth{currency}{symbols} +\idxboth{monetary}{symbols} +\label{tc-currency} +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}} +\K\textbaht & \K\textdollar$^*$ & \K\textguarani & \K\textwon \\ +\K\textcent & \K\textdollaroldstyle & \K\textlira & \K\textyen \\ +\K\textcentoldstyle & \K\textdong & \K\textnaira \\ +\K\textcolonmonetary & \K\texteuro & \K\textpeso \\ +\K\textcurrency & \K\textflorin & \K\textsterling$^*$ \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\usetextmathmessage[*] + +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[MARV]{\MARV\ Currency Symbols} +\idxboth{currency}{symbols} +\idxboth{monetary}{symbols} +\index{euro signs} +\label{marv-currency} +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}ll} +\K\Denarius & \K\EUR & \K\EURdig & \K\EURtm & \K\Pfund \\ +\K\Ecommerce & \K\EURcr & \K\EURhv & \K\EyesDollar & \K\Shilling \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote} + The different euro signs are meant to be compatible with different + fonts---\PSfont{Courier} (\texttt{\string\EURcr}), + \PSfont{Helvetica} (\texttt{\string\EURhv}), \PSfont{Times} + (\texttt{\string\EURtm}), and the \MARV\ digits listed in + Table~\ref{marv-math} (\texttt{\string\EURdig}). +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[WASY]{\WASY\ Currency Symbols} +\idxboth{currency}{symbols} +\idxboth{monetary}{symbols} +\label{wasy-currency} +\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}} +\K\cent & \K\currency \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[EUSYM]{\EUSYM\ Euro Signs} +\idxboth{currency}{symbols} +\idxboth{monetary}{symbols} +\index{euro signs} +\label{eurosym-euros} +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}} +\K\geneuro & \K\geneuronarrow & \K\geneurowide & \K\officialeuro \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip + +\begin{tablenote} + \cmd{\euro} is automatically mapped to one of the above---by + default, \cmdI{\officialeuro}---based on a \EUSYM\ package option. + See the \EUSYM\ documentation for more information. The + \verb|\geneuro|\dots{} characters are generated from the current + body font's ``C'' character and therefore may not appear exactly as + shown. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}{\TC\ Legal Symbols} +\index{copyright} +\idxboth{legal}{symbols} +\label{tc-legal} +\begin{tabular}{*2{lll@{\qquad}}lll} +\V\textcircledP & \V[\ltextcopyright]\textcopyright & \V\textservicemark \\ +\V\textcopyleft & \V[\ltextregistered]\textregistered & \V[\ltexttrademark]\texttrademark \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\twosymbolmessage +\medskip +\begin{tablenote} + \hspace*{15pt}% + See \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=tradesyms} + for solutions to common problems that occur when using these symbols + (e.g.,~getting a~``\textcircled{r}'' when you expected to get + a~``\textregistered''). +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[CCLIC]{\CCLIC\ Creative Commons License Icons} +\index{Creative Commons licenses} +\index{copyright} +\idxboth{legal}{symbols} +\label{creativecommons} +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll@{\hspace*{3em}}}ll} +\K\cc & \K\ccby & \K\ccnc$^*$ & \K\ccnd & \K\ccsa$^*$ \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote}[*] + These symbols utilize the \pkgname{rotating} package and therefore + display improperly in most DVI\index{DVI} viewers. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}{\TC\ Old-style Numerals} +\idxboth{old-style}{digits} +\label{old-style-nums} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\K\textzerooldstyle & \K\textfouroldstyle & \K\texteightoldstyle \\ +\K\textoneoldstyle & \K\textfiveoldstyle & \K\textnineoldstyle \\ +\K\texttwooldstyle & \K\textsixoldstyle \\ +\K\textthreeoldstyle & \K\textsevenoldstyle \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote} + Rather than use the bulky \cmd{\textoneoldstyle}, + \cmd{\texttwooldstyle}, etc.\ commands shown above, consider using + \cmd{\oldstylenums}\verb|{|$\ldots$\verb|}| to typeset an old-style + number. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}{Miscellaneous \TC\ Symbols} +\idxboth{musical}{symbols} +\index{tilde} +\label{tc-misc} +\begin{tabular}{lll@{\qquad}lll} +\V\textasteriskcentered & \V[\ltextordfeminine]\textordfeminine \\ +\V\textbardbl & \V[\ltextordmasculine]\textordmasculine \\ +\V\textbigcircle & \V\textparagraph$^*$ \\ +\V\textblank & \V\textperiodcentered \\ +\V\textbrokenbar & \V\textpertenthousand \\ +\V\textbullet & \V\textperthousand \\ +\V\textdagger$^*$ & \V\textpilcrow \\ +\V\textdaggerdbl$^*$ & \V\textquotesingle \\ +\V\textdblhyphen & \V\textquotestraightbase \\ +\V\textdblhyphenchar & \V\textquotestraightdblbase \\ +\V\textdiscount & \V\textrecipe \\ +\V\textestimated & \V\textreferencemark \\ +\V\textinterrobang & \V\textsection$^*$ \\ +\V\textinterrobangdown & \V\textthreequartersemdash \\ +\V\textmusicalnote & \V\texttildelow \\ +\V\textnumero & \V\texttwelveudash \\ +\V\textopenbullet \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\twosymbolmessage + +\bigskip +\usetextmathmessage[*] + +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[WASY]{Miscellaneous \WASY\ Text-mode Symbols} +\label{wasy-text} +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\K\permil \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\idxbothend{body-text}{symbols} + + +\section{Mathematical symbols} +\label{math-symbols} +\idxbothbegin{mathematical}{symbols} + +Most, but not all, of the symbols in this section are math-mode only. +That is, they yield a ``\texttt{Missing~\$ inserted}''\index{Missing +\$ inserted=``\texttt{Missing~\$ inserted}''} error message if not +used within \verb|$|$\ldots$\verb|$|, \verb|\[|$\ldots$\verb|\]|, or +another math-mode environment. Operators marked as ``variable-sized'' +are taller in displayed formulas, shorter in in-text formulas, and +possibly shorter still when used in various levels of superscripts or +subscripts. + +\ifcomplete +Alphanumeric symbols (e.g., ``$\!\mathscr{L}\,$'' and +``$\varmathbb{Z}$'') are usually produced using one of the math +alphabets in Table~\ref{alphabets} rather than with an explicit symbol +command. Look there first if you need a symbol for a transform, +number set, or some other alphanumeric. + +Although there have been many requests on \ctt for a +contradiction\idxboth{contradiction}{symbols} symbol, the ensuing +discussion invariably reveals innumerable ways to represent +contradiction in a proof, including ``\blitza''~(\cmdI{\blitza}), +``$\Rightarrow\Leftarrow$''~(\cmdX{\Rightarrow}\cmdX{\Leftarrow}), +``$\bot$''~(\cmdX{\bot}), +``$\nleftrightarrow$''~(\cmdX{\nleftrightarrow}), and +``\textreferencemark''~(\cmdI{\textreferencemark}). Because of the +lack of notational consensus, it is probably better to spell out +``Contradiction!''\ than to use a symbol for this purpose. Similarly, +discussions on \ctt have revealed that there are a variety of ways to +indicate the mathematical notion of ``is +defined\idxboth{definition}{symbols} as''. Common candidates include +``$\triangleq$''~(\cmdX{\triangleq}), ``$\equiv$''~(\cmdX{\equiv}), +``$\coloneqq$''~(\cmdX{\coloneqq}), and ``$\stackrel{\text{\tiny +def}}{=}$''~(\cmd{\stackrel}\verb|{|\cmd{\text}\verb|{\tiny| +\verb|def}}{=}|). See also the example of \cmd{\equalsfill} +\vpageref[below]{equalsfill-ex}. Finally, the average\index{average} +value of a variable~$x$ is written by some people as +``$\overline{x}$''~(\verb|\overline{x}|)\incsyms\indexaccent[$\string\blackacc{\string\overline}$]{\overline}, +by some people as ``$\langle x \rangle$''~(\cmdX{\langle} \texttt{x} +\cmdX{\rangle}), and by some people as ``$\diameter x$'' or +``$\varnothing x$''~(\cmdX{\diameter} \texttt{x} or \cmdX{\varnothing} +\texttt{x}). The moral of the story is that you should be careful +always to explain your notation to avoid confusing your readers. + +\fi + +\bigskip + +\begin{symtable}{Math-Mode Versions of Text Symbols} +\index{math-text} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\X\mathdollar & \X\mathparagraph & \X\mathsterling \\ +\X\mathellipsis & \X\mathsection & \X\mathunderscore \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\usetextmathmessage + +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}{Binary Operators} +\idxboth{binary}{operators} +\index{division} +\label{bin} +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}} +\X\amalg & \X\cup & \X\oplus & \X\times \\ +\X\ast & \X\dagger & \X\oslash & \X\triangleleft \\ +\X\bigcirc & \X\ddagger & \X\otimes & \X\triangleright \\ +\X\bigtriangledown & \X\diamond & \X\pm & \X\unlhd$^*$ \\ +\X\bigtriangleup & \X\div & \X\rhd$^*$ & \X\unrhd$^*$ \\ +\X\bullet & \X\lhd$^*$ & \X\setminus & \X\uplus \\ +\X\cap & \X\mp & \X\sqcap & \X\vee \\ +\X\cdot & \X\odot & \X\sqcup & \X\wedge \\ +\X\circ & \X\ominus & \X\star & \X\wr \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\notpredefinedmessage +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Binary Operators} +\idxboth{binary}{operators} +\index{semidirect products} +\label{ams-bin} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\X\barwedge & \X\circledcirc & \X\intercal \\ +\X\boxdot & \X\circleddash & \X\leftthreetimes \\ +\X\boxminus & \X\Cup & \X\ltimes \\ +\X\boxplus & \X\curlyvee & \X\rightthreetimes \\ +\X\boxtimes & \X\curlywedge & \X\rtimes \\ +\X\Cap & \X\divideontimes & \X\smallsetminus \\ +\X\centerdot & \X\dotplus & \X\veebar \\ +\X\circledast & \X\doublebarwedge \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ST]{\ST\ Binary Operators} +\idxboth{binary}{operators} +\label{st-bin} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\X\baro & \X\interleave & \X\varoast \\ +\X\bbslash & \X\leftslice & \X\varobar \\ +\X\binampersand & \X\merge & \X\varobslash \\ +\X\bindnasrepma & \X\minuso & \X\varocircle \\ +\X\boxast & \X\moo & \X\varodot \\ +\X\boxbar & \X\nplus & \X\varogreaterthan \\ +\X\boxbox & \X\obar & \X\varolessthan \\ +\X\boxbslash & \X\oblong & \X\varominus \\ +\X\boxcircle & \X\obslash & \X\varoplus \\ +\X\boxdot & \X\ogreaterthan & \X\varoslash \\ +\X\boxempty & \X\olessthan & \X\varotimes \\ +\X\boxslash & \X\ovee & \X\varovee \\ +\X\curlyveedownarrow & \X\owedge & \X\varowedge \\ +\X\curlyveeuparrow & \X\rightslice & \X\vartimes \\ +\X\curlywedgedownarrow & \X\sslash & \X\Ydown \\ +\X\curlywedgeuparrow & \X\talloblong & \X\Yleft \\ +\X\fatbslash & \X\varbigcirc & \X\Yright \\ +\X\fatsemi & \X\varcurlyvee & \X\Yup \\ +\X\fatslash & \X\varcurlywedge \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[WASY]{\WASY\ Binary Operators} +\idxboth{binary}{operators} +\label{wasy-bin} +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}} +\X\lhd & \X\ocircle & \X\RHD & \X\unrhd \\ +\X\LHD & \X\rhd & \X\unlhd \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[TX]{\TXPX\ Binary Operators} +\idxboth{binary}{operators} +\label{txpx-bin} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\X\circledbar & \X\circledwedge & \X\medcirc \\ +\X\circledbslash & \X\invamp & \X\sqcapplus \\ +\X\circledvee & \X\medbullet & \X\sqcupplus \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ABX]{\ABX\ Binary Operators} +\idxboth{binary}{operators} +\index{asterisks} +\index{semidirect products} +\label{abx-bin} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\X[\ABXast]\ast & \X[\ABXcurlywedge]\curlywedge & \X[\ABXsqcap]\sqcap \\ +\X[\ABXAsterisk]\Asterisk & \X[\ABXdivdot]\divdot & \X[\ABXsqcup]\sqcup \\ +\X[\ABXbarwedge]\barwedge & \X[\ABXdivideontimes]\divideontimes & \X[\ABXsqdoublecap]\sqdoublecap \\ +\X[\ABXbigstar]\bigstar & \X[\ABXdotdiv]\dotdiv & \X[\ABXsqdoublecup]\sqdoublecup \\ +\X[\ABXbigvarstar]\bigvarstar & \X[\ABXdotplus]\dotplus & \X[\ABXsquare]\square \\ +\X[\ABXblackdiamond]\blackdiamond & \X[\ABXdottimes]\dottimes & \X[\ABXsquplus]\squplus \\ +\X[\ABXcap]\cap & \X[\ABXdoublebarwedge]\doublebarwedge & \X[\ABXudot]\udot \\ +\X[\ABXcircplus]\circplus & \X[\ABXdoublecap]\doublecap & \X[\ABXuplus]\uplus \\ +\X[\ABXcoasterisk]\coasterisk & \X[\ABXdoublecup]\doublecup & \X[\ABXvarstar]\varstar \\ +\X[\ABXcoAsterisk]\coAsterisk & \X[\ABXltimes]\ltimes & \X[\ABXvee]\vee \\ +\X[\ABXconvolution]\convolution & \X[\ABXpluscirc]\pluscirc & \X[\ABXveebar]\veebar \\ +\X[\ABXcup]\cup & \X[\ABXrtimes]\rtimes & \X[\ABXveedoublebar]\veedoublebar \\ +\X[\ABXcurlyvee]\curlyvee & \X[\ABXsqbullet]\sqbullet & \X[\ABXwedge]\wedge \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip + +\begin{tablenote} + Many of the above glyphs go by multiple names. + \cmdI[$\string\ABXcenterdot$]{\centerdot} is equivalent to + \cmdI[$\string\ABXsqbullet$]{\sqbullet}, and + \cmdI[$\string\ABXast$]{\ast} is equivalent to \cmdI{*}. + \cmdI[$\string\ABXasterisk$]{\asterisk} produces the same glyph as + \cmdI[$\string\ABXast$]{\ast}, but as an ordinary symbol, not a + binary operator. Similarly, \cmdI[$\string\ABXbigast$]{\bigast} + produces a large-operator version of the + \cmdI[$\string\ABXAsterisk$]{\Asterisk} binary operator, and + \cmdI[$\string\ABXbigcoast$]{\bigcoast} produces a large-operator + version of the \cmdI[$\string\ABXcoAsterisk$]{\coAsterisk} binary + operator. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ULSY]{\ULSY\ Geometric Binary Operators} +\idxboth{binary}{operators} +\label{ulsy-geometric-bin} +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\K\odplus \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ABX]{\ABX\ Geometric Binary Operators} +\idxboth{binary}{operators} +\label{abx-geometric-bin} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\X[\ABXblacktriangledown]\blacktriangledown & \X[\ABXboxright]\boxright & \X[\ABXominus]\ominus \\ +\X[\ABXblacktriangleleft]\blacktriangleleft & \X[\ABXboxslash]\boxslash & \X[\ABXoplus]\oplus \\ +\X[\ABXblacktriangleright]\blacktriangleright & \X[\ABXboxtimes]\boxtimes & \X[\ABXoright]\oright \\ +\X[\ABXblacktriangleup]\blacktriangleup & \X[\ABXboxtop]\boxtop & \X[\ABXoslash]\oslash \\ +\X[\ABXboxasterisk]\boxasterisk & \X[\ABXboxtriangleup]\boxtriangleup & \X[\ABXotimes]\otimes \\ +\X[\ABXboxbackslash]\boxbackslash & \X[\ABXboxvoid]\boxvoid & \X[\ABXotop]\otop \\ +\X[\ABXboxbot]\boxbot & \X[\ABXoasterisk]\oasterisk & \X[\ABXotriangleup]\otriangleup \\ +\X[\ABXboxcirc]\boxcirc & \X[\ABXobackslash]\obackslash & \X[\ABXovoid]\ovoid \\ +\X[\ABXboxcoasterisk]\boxcoasterisk & \X[\ABXobot]\obot & \X[\ABXsmalltriangledown]\smalltriangledown \\ +\X[\ABXboxdiv]\boxdiv & \X[\ABXocirc]\ocirc & \X[\ABXsmalltriangleleft]\smalltriangleleft \\ +\X[\ABXboxdot]\boxdot & \X[\ABXocoasterisk]\ocoasterisk & \X[\ABXsmalltriangleright]\smalltriangleright \\ +\X[\ABXboxleft]\boxleft & \X[\ABXodiv]\odiv & \X[\ABXsmalltriangleup]\smalltriangleup \\ +\X[\ABXboxminus]\boxminus & \X[\ABXodot]\odot \\ +\X[\ABXboxplus]\boxplus & \X[\ABXoleft]\oleft \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + + +\begin{symtable}{Variable-sized Math Operators} +\idxboth{variable-sized}{symbols} +\index{integrals} +\label{op} +\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.75} % Keep tall symbols from touching. +\begin{tabular}{*3{l@{$\:$}ll@{\qquad}}l@{$\:$}ll} +\R\bigcap & \R\bigotimes & \R\bigwedge & \R\prod \\ +\R\bigcup & \R\bigsqcup & \R\coprod & \R\sum \\ +\R\bigodot & \R\biguplus & \R\int \\ +\R\bigoplus & \R\bigvee & \R\oint \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Variable-sized Math Operators} +\idxboth{variable-sized}{symbols} +\index{integrals} +\label{ams-large} +\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{2.5} % Keep tall symbols from touching. +\begin{tabular}{l@{$\:$}ll@{\qquad}l@{$\:$}ll} +\R[\AMSiint]\iint & \R[\AMSiiint]\iiint \\ +\R[\AMSiiiint]\iiiint & \R[\AMSidotsint]\idotsint \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ST]{\ST\ Variable-sized Math Operators} +\idxboth{variable-sized}{symbols} +\label{st-large} +\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.75} % Keep tall symbols from touching. +\begin{tabular}{*2{l@{$\:$}ll@{\qquad}}l@{$\:$}ll} +\R\bigbox & \R\biginterleave & \R\bigsqcap \\ +\R\bigcurlyvee & \R\bignplus & \R[\STbigtriangledown]\bigtriangledown \\ +\R\bigcurlywedge & \R\bigparallel & \R[\STbigtriangleup]\bigtriangleup \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[WASY]{\WASY\ Variable-sized Math Operators} +\idxboth{variable-sized}{symbols} +\index{integrals} +\label{wasy-large} +\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{2.5} % Keep tall symbols from touching. +\begin{tabular}{*2{l@{$\:$}ll@{\qquad}}l@{$\:$}ll} +\R[\varint]\int$^\dag$ & \R\iint & \R\iiint \\ +\R\varint$^*$ & \R\varoint$^*$ & \R\oiint \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote} + None of the preceding symbols are defined when \WASY\ is passed the + \optname{wasysym}{nointegrals} option. +\end{tablenote} + +\medskip +\begin{tablenote}[*] + Not defined when \WASY\ is passed the \optname{wasysym}{integrals} option. +\end{tablenote} + +\medskip +\begin{tablenote}[\dag] + Defined only when \WASY\ is passed the \optname{wasysym}{integrals} + option. Otherwise, the default \latex \cmdX{\int} glyph (as shown + in Table~\ref{op}) is used. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ABX]{\ABX\ Variable-sized Math Operators} +\idxboth{variable-sized}{symbols} +\index{integrals} +\label{abx-large} +\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{2.5} % Keep tall symbols from touching. +\begin{tabular}{*2{l@{$\:$}ll@{\qquad}}l@{$\:$}ll} +\R[\ABXbigcurlyvee]\bigcurlyvee & \R[\ABXbigboxslash]\bigboxslash & \R[\ABXbigoright]\bigoright \\ +\R[\ABXbigsqcap]\bigsqcap & \R[\ABXbigboxtimes]\bigboxtimes & \R[\ABXbigoslash]\bigoslash \\ +\R[\ABXbigcurlywedge]\bigcurlywedge & \R[\ABXbigboxtop]\bigboxtop & \R[\ABXbigotop]\bigotop \\ +\R[\ABXbigboxasterisk]\bigboxasterisk & \R[\ABXbigboxtriangleup]\bigboxtriangleup & \R[\ABXbigotriangleup]\bigotriangleup \\ +\R[\ABXbigboxbackslash]\bigboxbackslash & \R[\ABXbigboxvoid]\bigboxvoid & \R[\ABXbigovoid]\bigovoid \\ +\R[\ABXbigboxbot]\bigboxbot & \R[\ABXbigcomplementop]\bigcomplementop & \R[\ABXbigplus]\bigplus \\ +\R[\ABXbigboxcirc]\bigboxcirc & \R[\ABXbigoasterisk]\bigoasterisk & \R[\ABXbigsquplus]\bigsquplus \\ +\R[\ABXbigboxcoasterisk]\bigboxcoasterisk & \R[\ABXbigobackslash]\bigobackslash & \R[\ABXbigtimes]\bigtimes \\ +\R[\ABXbigboxdiv]\bigboxdiv & \R[\ABXbigobot]\bigobot & \R[\ABXiiintop]\iiint \\ +\R[\ABXbigboxdot]\bigboxdot & \R[\ABXbigocirc]\bigocirc & \R[\ABXiintop]\iint \\ +\R[\ABXbigboxleft]\bigboxleft & \R[\ABXbigocoasterisk]\bigocoasterisk & \R[\ABXintop]\int \\ +\R[\ABXbigboxminus]\bigboxminus & \R[\ABXbigodiv]\bigodiv & \R[\ABXoiintop]\oiint \\ +\R[\ABXbigboxplus]\bigboxplus & \R[\ABXbigoleft]\bigoleft & \R[\ABXointop]\oint \\ +\R[\ABXbigboxright]\bigboxright & \R[\ABXbigominus]\bigominus \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[TX]{\TXPX\ Variable-sized Math Operators} +\idxboth{variable-sized}{symbols} +\index{integrals} +\label{txpx-large} +\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{2.5} % Keep tall symbols from touching. +\begin{tabular}{l@{$\:$}ll@{\hspace{4em}}l@{$\:$}ll} +\R\bigsqcapplus & \R\ointclockwise \\ +\R\bigsqcupplus & \R\ointctrclockwise \\ +\R\fint & \R\sqiiint \\ +\R\idotsint & \R\sqiint \\ +\R\iiiint & \R\sqint \\ +\R\iiint & \R\varoiiintclockwise \\ +\R\iint & \R\varoiiintctrclockwise \\ +\R\oiiintclockwise & \R\varoiintclockwise \\ +\R\oiiintctrclockwise & \R\varoiintctrclockwise \\ +\R\oiiint & \R\varointclockwise \\ +\R\oiintclockwise & \R\varointctrclockwise \\ +\R\oiintctrclockwise & \R\varprod \\ +\R\oiint \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ES]{\ES\ Variable-sized Math Operators} +\idxboth{variable-sized}{symbols} +\index{integrals} +\label{es-large} +\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{2.5} % Keep tall symbols from touching. +\begin{tabular}{*2{l@{\quad}ll@{\hspace{4em}}}l@{\quad}ll} +\E{dotsint} & \E{ointclockwise} \\ +\E{fint} & \E{ointctrclockwise} \\ +\E{iiiint} & \E{sqiint} \\ +\E{iiint} & \E{sqint} \\ +\E{iint} & \E{varoiint} \\ +\E{landdownint} & \E{varointclockwise} \\ +\E{landupint} & \E{varointctrclockwise} \\ +\E{oiint} \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}{Binary Relations} +\idxboth{relational}{symbols} +\index{tacks} +\label{rel} +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}} +\X\approx & \X\equiv & \X\perp & \X\smile \\ +\X\asymp & \X\frown & \X\prec & \X\succ \\ +\X\bowtie & \X\Join$^*$ & \X\preceq & \X\succeq \\ +\X\cong & \X\mid & \X\propto & \X\vdash \\ +\X\dashv & \X\models & \X\sim \\ +\X\doteq & \X\parallel & \X\simeq \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\notpredefinedmessageABX +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Binary Relations} +\index{binary relations} +\index{relational symbols>binary} +\label{ams-rel} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\X\approxeq & \X\eqcirc & \X\succapprox \\ +\X\backepsilon & \X\fallingdotseq & \X\succcurlyeq \\ +\X\backsim & \X\multimap & \X\succsim \\ +\X\backsimeq & \X\pitchfork & \X\therefore \\ +\X\because & \X\precapprox & \X\thickapprox \\ +\X\between & \X\preccurlyeq & \X\thicksim \\ +\X\Bumpeq & \X\precsim & \X\varpropto \\ +\X\bumpeq & \X\risingdotseq & \X\Vdash \\ +\X\circeq & \X\shortmid & \X\vDash \\ +\X\curlyeqprec & \X\shortparallel & \X\Vvdash \\ +\X\curlyeqsucc & \X\smallfrown & \\ +\X\doteqdot & \X\smallsmile & \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Negated Binary Relations} +\index{binary relations>negated} +\index{relational symbols>negated binary} +\label{ams-nrel} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\X\ncong & \X\nshortparallel & \X\nVDash \\ +\X\nmid & \X\nsim & \X\precnapprox \\ +\X\nparallel & \X\nsucc & \X\precnsim \\ +\X\nprec & \X\nsucceq & \X\succnapprox \\ +\X\npreceq & \X\nvDash & \X\succnsim \\ +\X\nshortmid & \X\nvdash \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ST]{\ST\ Binary Relations} +\index{binary relations} +\index{relational symbols>binary} +\label{st-rel} +\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}} +\X\inplus & \X\niplus \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[WASY]{\WASY\ Binary Relations} +\index{binary relations} +\index{relational symbols>binary} +\label{wasy-rel} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\X\invneg & \X\leadsto & \X\wasypropto \\ +\X\Join & \X\logof \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[TX]{\TXPX\ Binary Relations} +\index{binary relations} +\index{relational symbols>binary} +\label{txpx-rel} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\X\circledgtr & \X\lJoin & \X\opentimes \\ +\X\circledless & \X\lrtimes & \X\Perp \\ +\X\colonapprox & \X\multimap & \X\preceqq \\ +\X\Colonapprox & \X\multimapboth & \X\precneqq \\ +\X\coloneq & \X\multimapbothvert & \X\rJoin \\ +\X\Coloneq & \X\multimapdot & \X\strictfi \\ +\X\Coloneqq & \X\multimapdotboth & \X\strictif \\ +\X\coloneqq$^*$ & \X\multimapdotbothA & \X\strictiff \\ +\X\Colonsim & \X\multimapdotbothAvert & \X\succeqq \\ +\X\colonsim & \X\multimapdotbothB & \X\succneqq \\ +\X\Eqcolon & \X\multimapdotbothBvert & \X\varparallel \\ +\X\eqcolon & \X\multimapdotbothvert & \X\varparallelinv \\ +\X\eqqcolon & \X\multimapdotinv & \X\VvDash \\ +\X\Eqqcolon & \X\multimapinv \\ +\X\eqsim & \X\openJoin \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote}[*] + As an alternative to using \TXPX, a ``$\mathrel{\mathop:}=$'' symbol + can be constructed with ``\verb|\mathrel{\mathop:}=|''. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[TX]{\TXPX\ Negated Binary Relations} +\index{binary relations>negated} +\index{relational symbols>negated binary} +\label{txpx-nrel} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\X\napproxeq & \X\npreccurlyeq & \X\nthickapprox \\ +\X\nasymp & \X\npreceqq & \X\ntwoheadleftarrow \\ +\X\nbacksim & \X\nprecsim & \X\ntwoheadrightarrow \\ +\X\nbacksimeq & \X\nsimeq & \X\nvarparallel \\ +\X\nbumpeq & \X\nsuccapprox & \X\nvarparallelinv \\ +\X\nBumpeq & \X\nsucccurlyeq & \X\nVdash \\ +\X\nequiv & \X\nsucceqq \\ +\X\nprecapprox & \X\nsuccsim \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ABX]{\ABX\ Binary Relations} +\index{binary relations} +\index{relational symbols>binary} +\label{abx-rel} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\X[\ABXbetween]\between & \X[\ABXdivides]\divides & \X[\ABXrisingdotseq]\risingdotseq \\ +\X[\ABXbotdoteq]\botdoteq & \X[\ABXdotseq]\dotseq & \X[\ABXsuccapprox]\succapprox \\ +\X[\ABXBumpedeq]\Bumpedeq & \X[\ABXeqbumped]\eqbumped & \X[\ABXsucccurlyeq]\succcurlyeq \\ +\X[\ABXbumpedeq]\bumpedeq & \X[\ABXeqcirc]\eqcirc & \X[\ABXsuccdot]\succdot \\ +\X[\ABXcirceq]\circeq & \X[\ABXeqcolon]\eqcolon & \X[\ABXsuccsim]\succsim \\ +\X[\ABXcoloneq]\coloneq & \X[\ABXfallingdotseq]\fallingdotseq & \X[\ABXtherefore]\therefore \\ +\X[\ABXcorresponds]\corresponds & \X[\ABXggcurly]\ggcurly & \X[\ABXtopdoteq]\topdoteq \\ +\X[\ABXcurlyeqprec]\curlyeqprec & \X[\ABXllcurly]\llcurly & \X[\ABXvDash]\vDash \\ +\X[\ABXcurlyeqsucc]\curlyeqsucc & \X[\ABXprecapprox]\precapprox & \X[\ABXVdash]\Vdash \\ +\X[\ABXDashV]\DashV & \X[\ABXpreccurlyeq]\preccurlyeq & \X[\ABXVDash]\VDash \\ +\X[\ABXDashv]\Dashv & \X[\ABXprecdot]\precdot & \X[\ABXVvdash]\Vvdash \\ +\X[\ABXdashVv]\dashVv & \X[\ABXprecsim]\precsim \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ABX]{\ABX\ Negated Binary Relations} +\index{binary relations>negated}\index{relational symbols>negated binary} +\label{abx-nrel} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\X[\ABXnapprox]\napprox & \X[\ABXnotperp]\notperp & \X[\ABXnvDash]\nvDash \\ +\X[\ABXncong]\ncong & \X[\ABXnprec]\nprec & \X[\ABXnVDash]\nVDash \\ +\X[\ABXncurlyeqprec]\ncurlyeqprec & \X[\ABXnprecapprox]\nprecapprox & \X[\ABXnVdash]\nVdash \\ +\X[\ABXncurlyeqsucc]\ncurlyeqsucc & \X[\ABXnpreccurlyeq]\npreccurlyeq & \X[\ABXnvdash]\nvdash \\ +\X[\ABXnDashv]\nDashv & \X[\ABXnpreceq]\npreceq & \X[\ABXnVvash]\nVvash \\ +\X[\ABXndashV]\ndashV & \X[\ABXnprecsim]\nprecsim & \X[\ABXprecnapprox]\precnapprox \\ +\X[\ABXndashv]\ndashv & \X[\ABXnsim]\nsim & \X[\ABXprecneq]\precneq \\ +\X[\ABXnDashV]\nDashV & \X[\ABXnsimeq]\nsimeq & \X[\ABXprecnsim]\precnsim \\ +\X[\ABXndashVv]\ndashVv & \X[\ABXnsucc]\nsucc & \X[\ABXsuccnapprox]\succnapprox \\ +\X[\ABXneq]\neq & \X[\ABXnsuccapprox]\nsuccapprox & \X[\ABXsuccneq]\succneq \\ +\X[\ABXnotasymp]\notasymp & \X[\ABXnsucccurlyeq]\nsucccurlyeq & \X[\ABXsuccnsim]\succnsim \\ +\X[\ABXnotdivides]\notdivides & \X[\ABXnsucceq]\nsucceq \\ +\X[\ABXnotequiv]\notequiv & \X[\ABXnsuccsim]\nsuccsim \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip + +\begin{tablenote} + \index{not equal=not equal ($\ABXvarnotsign!=$ vs.\ $\ABXnotsign!=$)} + The \cmd{\changenotsign} command toggles the behavior of \cmd{\not} + to produce either a vertical or a diagonal slash through a binary + operator. Thus, ``\verb|$a \not= b$|'' can be made to produce + either ``$a \ABXnotsign= b$'' or ``$a \ABXvarnotsign= b$''. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[TRSYM]{\TRSYM\ Binary Relations} +\index{binary relations} +\index{relational symbols>binary} +\index{transforms} +\label{trsym-rel} +\begin{tabular}{ll@{\hspace*{2em}}ll} +\K\InversTransformHoriz & \K\TransformHoriz \\ +\K\InversTransformVert & \K\TransformVert \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[TRF]{\TRF\ Binary Relations} +\index{binary relations} +\index{relational symbols>binary} +\index{transforms} +\label{trf-rel} +\begin{tabular}{ll@{\hspace*{2em}}ll} +\X\dfourier & \X\Dfourier \\ +\X\fourier & \X\Fourier \\ +\X\laplace & \X\Laplace \\ +\X\ztransf & \X\Ztransf \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}{Subset and Superset Relations} +\index{binary relations} +\index{relational symbols>binary} +\index{subsets} +\index{supersets} +\index{symbols>subset and superset} +\label{subsets} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\X\sqsubset$^*$ & \X\sqsupseteq & \X\supset \\ +\X\sqsubseteq & \X\subset & \X\supseteq \\ +\X\sqsupset$^*$ & \X\subseteq \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\notpredefinedmessageABX +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Subset and Superset Relations} +\index{binary relations} +\index{relational symbols>binary} +\index{subsets} +\index{supersets} +\index{symbols>subset and superset} +\label{ams-subsets} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\X\nsubseteq & \X\subseteqq & \X\supsetneqq \\ +\X\nsupseteq & \X\subsetneq & \X\varsubsetneq \\ +\X\nsupseteqq & \X\subsetneqq & \X\varsubsetneqq \\ +\X\sqsubset & \X\Supset & \X\varsupsetneq \\ +\X\sqsupset & \X\supseteqq & \X\varsupsetneqq \\ +\X\Subset & \X\supsetneq \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ST]{\ST\ Subset and Superset Relations} +\index{binary relations} +\index{relational symbols>binary} +\index{subsets} +\index{supersets} +\index{symbols>subset and superset} +\label{st-subsets} +\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}} +\X\subsetplus & \X\supsetplus \\ +\X\subsetpluseq & \X\supsetpluseq \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[WASY]{\WASY\ Subset and Superset Relations} +\index{binary relations} +\index{relational symbols>binary} +\index{subsets} +\index{supersets} +\index{symbols>subset and superset} +\label{wasy-subset} +\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}} +\X\sqsubset & \X\sqsupset \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[TX]{\TXPX\ Subset and Superset Relations} +\index{binary relations} +\index{relational symbols>binary} +\index{subsets} +\index{supersets} +\index{symbols>subset and superset} +\label{txpx-subset} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\X\nsqsubset & \X\nsqsupseteq & \X\nSupset \\ +\X\nsqsubseteq & \X\nSubset \\ +\X\nsqsupset & \X\nsubseteqq \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ABX]{\ABX\ Subset and Superset Relations} +\index{binary relations} +\index{relational symbols>binary} +\index{subsets} +\index{supersets} +\index{symbols>subset and superset} +\label{abx-subsets} +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}} +\X[\ABXnsqsubset]\nsqsubset & \X[\ABXnsupset]\nsupset & \X[\ABXsqsupseteq]\sqsupseteq & \X[\ABXsupseteq]\supseteq \\ +\X[\ABXnsqSubset]\nsqSubset & \X[\ABXnSupset]\nSupset & \X[\ABXsqsupseteqq]\sqsupseteqq & \X[\ABXsupseteqq]\supseteqq \\ +\X[\ABXnsqsubseteq]\nsqsubseteq & \X[\ABXnsupseteq]\nsupseteq & \X[\ABXsqsupsetneq]\sqsupsetneq & \X[\ABXsupsetneq]\supsetneq \\ +\X[\ABXnsqsubseteqq]\nsqsubseteqq & \X[\ABXnsupseteqq]\nsupseteqq & \X[\ABXsqsupsetneqq]\sqsupsetneqq & \X[\ABXsupsetneqq]\supsetneqq \\ +\X[\ABXnsqsupset]\nsqsupset & \X[\ABXsqsubset]\sqsubset & \X[\ABXsubset]\subset & \X[\ABXvarsqsubsetneq]\varsqsubsetneq \\ +\X[\ABXnsqSupset]\nsqSupset & \X[\ABXsqSubset]\sqSubset & \X[\ABXSubset]\Subset & \X[\ABXvarsqsubsetneqq]\varsqsubsetneqq \\ +\X[\ABXnsqsupseteq]\nsqsupseteq & \X[\ABXsqsubseteq]\sqsubseteq & \X[\ABXsubseteq]\subseteq & \X[\ABXvarsqsupsetneq]\varsqsupsetneq \\ +\X[\ABXnsqsupseteqq]\nsqsupseteqq & \X[\ABXsqsubseteqq]\sqsubseteqq & \X[\ABXsubseteqq]\subseteqq & \X[\ABXvarsqsupsetneqq]\varsqsupsetneqq \\ +\X[\ABXnsubset]\nsubset & \X[\ABXsqsubsetneq]\sqsubsetneq & \X[\ABXsubsetneq]\subsetneq & \X[\ABXvarsubsetneq]\varsubsetneq \\ +\X[\ABXnSubset]\nSubset & \X[\ABXsqsubsetneqq]\sqsubsetneqq & \X[\ABXsubsetneqq]\subsetneqq & \X[\ABXvarsubsetneqq]\varsubsetneqq \\ +\X[\ABXnsubseteq]\nsubseteq & \X[\ABXsqSupset]\sqSupset & \X[\ABXsupset]\supset & \X[\ABXvarsupsetneq]\varsupsetneq \\ +\X[\ABXnsubseteqq]\nsubseteqq & \X[\ABXsqsupset]\sqsupset & \X[\ABXSupset]\Supset & \X[\ABXvarsupsetneqq]\varsupsetneqq \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}{Inequalities} +\index{binary relations}\index{relational symbols>binary} +\index{inequalities} +\label{inequal-rel} +\begin{tabular}{*5{ll}} +\X\geq & \X\gg & \X\leq & \X\ll & \X\neq \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Inequalities} +\index{binary relations}\index{relational symbols>binary} +\index{inequalities} +\label{ams-inequal-rel} +\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.5} % Keep visually similar symbols from touching. +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}} +\X\eqslantgtr & \X\gtrdot & \X\lesseqgtr & \X\ngeq \\ +\X\eqslantless & \X\gtreqless & \X\lesseqqgtr & \X\ngeqq \\ +\X\geqq & \X\gtreqqless & \X\lessgtr & \X\ngeqslant \\ +\X\geqslant & \X\gtrless & \X\lesssim & \X\ngtr \\ +\X\ggg & \X\gtrsim & \X\lll & \X\nleq \\ +\X\gnapprox & \X\gvertneqq & \X\lnapprox & \X\nleqq \\ +\X\gneq & \X\leqq & \X\lneq & \X\nleqslant \\ +\X\gneqq & \X\leqslant & \X\lneqq & \X\nless \\ +\X\gnsim & \X\lessapprox & \X\lnsim & \\ +\X\gtrapprox & \X\lessdot & \X\lvertneqq & \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[WASY]{\WASY\ Inequalities} +\index{binary relations}\index{relational symbols>binary} +\index{inequalities} +\label{wasy-inequal-rel} +\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}} +\X\apprge & \X\apprle \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[TX]{\TXPX\ Inequalities} +\index{binary relations}\index{relational symbols>binary} +\index{inequalities} +\label{txpx-inequal-rel} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\X\ngg & \X\ngtrsim & \X\nlesssim \\ +\X\ngtrapprox & \X\nlessapprox & \X\nll \\ +\X\ngtrless & \X\nlessgtr \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ABX]{\ABX\ Inequalities} +\index{binary relations}\index{relational symbols>binary} +\index{inequalities} +\label{abx-inequal-rel} +\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.5} % Keep visually similar symbols from touching. +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}} +\X[\ABXeqslantgtr]\eqslantgtr & \X[\ABXgtreqless]\gtreqless & \X[\ABXlesssim]\lesssim & \X[\ABXngtr]\ngtr \\ +\X[\ABXeqslantless]\eqslantless & \X[\ABXgtreqqless]\gtreqqless & \X[\ABXll]\ll & \X[\ABXngtrapprox]\ngtrapprox \\ +\X[\ABXgeq]\geq & \X[\ABXgtrless]\gtrless & \X[\ABXlll]\lll & \X[\ABXngtrsim]\ngtrsim \\ +\X[\ABXgeqq]\geqq & \X[\ABXgtrsim]\gtrsim & \X[\ABXlnapprox]\lnapprox & \X[\ABXnleq]\nleq \\ +\X[\ABXgg]\gg & \X[\ABXgvertneqq]\gvertneqq & \X[\ABXlneq]\lneq & \X[\ABXnleqq]\nleqq \\ +\X[\ABXggg]\ggg & \X[\ABXleq]\leq & \X[\ABXlneqq]\lneqq & \X[\ABXnless]\nless \\ +\X[\ABXgnapprox]\gnapprox & \X[\ABXleqq]\leqq & \X[\ABXlnsim]\lnsim & \X[\ABXnlessapprox]\nlessapprox \\ +\X[\ABXgneq]\gneq & \X[\ABXlessapprox]\lessapprox & \X[\ABXlvertneqq]\lvertneqq & \X[\ABXnlesssim]\nlesssim \\ +\X[\ABXgneqq]\gneqq & \X[\ABXlessdot]\lessdot & \X[\ABXneqslantgtr]\neqslantgtr & \X[\ABXnvargeq]\nvargeq \\ +\X[\ABXgnsim]\gnsim & \X[\ABXlesseqgtr]\lesseqgtr & \X[\ABXneqslantless]\neqslantless & \X[\ABXnvarleq]\nvarleq \\ +\X[\ABXgtrapprox]\gtrapprox & \X[\ABXlesseqqgtr]\lesseqqgtr & \X[\ABXngeq]\ngeq & \X[\ABXvargeq]\vargeq \\ +\X[\ABXgtrdot]\gtrdot & \X[\ABXlessgtr]\lessgtr & \X[\ABXngeqq]\ngeqq & \X[\ABXvarleq]\varleq \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip + +\begin{tablenote} + \ABX\ defines \verb|\leqslant| and \verb|\le| as synonyms for + \cmdX{\leq}, \verb|\geqslant| and \verb|\ge| as synonyms for + \cmdX{\geq}, \verb|\nleqslant| as a synonym for \cmdX{\nleq}, and + \verb|\ngeqslant| as a synonym for \cmdX{\ngeq}. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Triangle Relations} +\index{triangle relations}\index{relational symbols>triangle} +\label{ams-triangle-rel} +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}} +\X\blacktriangleleft & \X\ntrianglelefteq & \X\trianglelefteq & \X\vartriangleleft \\ +\X\blacktriangleright & \X\ntriangleright & \X\triangleq & \X\vartriangleright \\ +\X\ntriangleleft & \X\ntrianglerighteq & \X\trianglerighteq \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ST]{\ST\ Triangle Relations} +\index{triangle relations}\index{relational symbols>triangle} +\label{st-triangle-rel} +\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}} +\X\trianglelefteqslant & \X\trianglerighteqslant \\ +\X\ntrianglelefteqslant & \X\ntrianglerighteqslant \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ABX]{\ABX\ Triangle Relations} +\index{triangle relations}\index{relational symbols>triangle} +\label{abx-triangle-rel} +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}} +\X[\ABXntriangleleft]\ntriangleleft & \X[\ABXntrianglerighteq]\ntrianglerighteq & \X[\ABXtriangleright]\triangleright & \X[\ABXvartriangleright]\vartriangleright \\ +\X[\ABXntrianglelefteq]\ntrianglelefteq & \X[\ABXtriangleleft]\triangleleft & \X[\ABXtrianglerighteq]\trianglerighteq & \\ +\X[\ABXntriangleright]\ntriangleright & \X[\ABXtrianglelefteq]\trianglelefteq & \X[\ABXvartriangleleft]\vartriangleleft & \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}{Arrows} +\index{arrows} +\label{arrow} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\X\Downarrow & \X\longleftarrow & \X\nwarrow \\ +\X\downarrow & \X\Longleftarrow & \X\Rightarrow \\ +\X\hookleftarrow & \X\longleftrightarrow & \X\rightarrow \\ +\X\hookrightarrow & \X\Longleftrightarrow & \X\searrow \\ +\X\leadsto$^*$ & \X\longmapsto & \X\swarrow \\ +\X\leftarrow & \X\Longrightarrow & \X\uparrow \\ +\X\Leftarrow & \X\longrightarrow & \X\Uparrow \\ +\X\Leftrightarrow & \X\mapsto & \X\updownarrow \\ +\X\leftrightarrow & \X\nearrow$^\dag$ & \X\Updownarrow \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\notpredefinedmessage + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote}[\dag] + See the note beneath Table~\ref{extensible-accents} for information + about how to put a diagonal arrow across a mathematical expression% +\ifhavecancel + ~(as in ``$\cancelto{0}{\nabla \cdot \vec{B}}\quad$'') +\fi +. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}{Harpoons} +\index{harpoons} +\label{harpoons} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\X\leftharpoondown & \X\rightharpoondown & \X\rightleftharpoons \\ +\X\leftharpoonup & \X\rightharpoonup \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}{\TC\ Text-mode Arrows} +\index{arrows} +\label{tc-arrows} +\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}} +\K\textdownarrow & \K\textrightarrow \\ +\K\textleftarrow & \K\textuparrow \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Arrows} +\index{arrows} +\label{ams-arrows} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\X\circlearrowleft & \X\leftleftarrows & \X\rightleftarrows \\ +\X\circlearrowright & \X\leftrightarrows & \X\rightrightarrows \\ +\X\curvearrowleft & \X\leftrightsquigarrow & \X\rightsquigarrow \\ +\X\curvearrowright & \X\Lleftarrow & \X\Rsh \\ +\X\dashleftarrow & \X\looparrowleft & \X\twoheadleftarrow \\ +\X\dashrightarrow & \X\looparrowright & \X\twoheadrightarrow \\ +\X\downdownarrows & \X\Lsh & \X\upuparrows \\ +\X\leftarrowtail & \X\rightarrowtail & \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Negated Arrows} +\index{arrows>negated} +\label{ams-narrows} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\X\nLeftarrow & \X\nLeftrightarrow & \X\nRightarrow \\ +\X\nleftarrow & \X\nleftrightarrow & \X\nrightarrow \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Harpoons} +\index{harpoons} +\label{ams-harpoons} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\X\downharpoonleft & \X\leftrightharpoons & \X\upharpoonleft \\ +\X\downharpoonright & \X[\AMSrightleftharpoons]\rightleftharpoons & \X\upharpoonright \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ST]{\ST\ Arrows} +\index{arrows} +\label{st-arrows} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\X\leftarrowtriangle & \X\Mapsfrom & \X\shortleftarrow \\ +\X\leftrightarroweq & \X\mapsfrom & \X\shortrightarrow \\ +\X\leftrightarrowtriangle & \X\Mapsto & \X\shortuparrow \\ +\X\lightning & \X\nnearrow & \X\ssearrow \\ +\X\Longmapsfrom & \X\nnwarrow & \X\sswarrow \\ +\X\longmapsfrom & \X\rightarrowtriangle \\ +\X\Longmapsto & \X\shortdownarrow \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[TX]{\TXPX\ Arrows} +\index{arrows} +\label{txpx-arrows} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\X\boxdotLeft & \X\circleddotright & \X\Diamondleft \\ +\X\boxdotleft & \X\circleleft & \X\Diamondright \\ +\X\boxdotright & \X\circleright & \X\DiamondRight \\ +\X\boxdotRight & \X\dashleftrightarrow & \X\leftsquigarrow \\ +\X\boxLeft & \X\DiamonddotLeft & \X\Nearrow \\ +\X\boxleft & \X\Diamonddotleft & \X\Nwarrow \\ +\X\boxright & \X\Diamonddotright & \X\Rrightarrow \\ +\X\boxRight & \X\DiamonddotRight & \X\Searrow \\ +\X\circleddotleft & \X\DiamondLeft & \X\Swarrow \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ABX]{\ABX\ Arrows} +\index{arrows} +\label{abx-arrows} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\X[\ABXcirclearrowleft]\circlearrowleft & \X[\ABXleftarrow]\leftarrow & \X[\ABXnwarrow]\nwarrow \\ +\X[\ABXcirclearrowright]\circlearrowright & \X[\ABXleftleftarrows]\leftleftarrows & \X[\ABXrestriction]\restriction \\ +\X[\ABXcurvearrowbotleft]\curvearrowbotleft & \X[\ABXleftrightarrow]\leftrightarrow & \X[\ABXrightarrow]\rightarrow \\ +\X[\ABXcurvearrowbotleftright]\curvearrowbotleftright & \X[\ABXleftrightarrows]\leftrightarrows & \X[\ABXrightleftarrows]\rightleftarrows \\ +\X[\ABXcurvearrowbotright]\curvearrowbotright & \X[\ABXleftrightsquigarrow]\leftrightsquigarrow & \X[\ABXrightrightarrows]\rightrightarrows \\ +\X[\ABXcurvearrowleft]\curvearrowleft & \X[\ABXleftsquigarrow]\leftsquigarrow & \X[\ABXrightsquigarrow]\rightsquigarrow \\ +\X[\ABXcurvearrowleftright]\curvearrowleftright & \X[\ABXlefttorightarrow]\lefttorightarrow & \X[\ABXrighttoleftarrow]\righttoleftarrow \\ +\X[\ABXcurvearrowright]\curvearrowright & \X[\ABXlooparrowdownleft]\looparrowdownleft & \X[\ABXRsh]\Rsh \\ +\X[\ABXdlsh]\dlsh & \X[\ABXlooparrowdownright]\looparrowdownright & \X[\ABXsearrow]\searrow \\ +\X[\ABXdowndownarrows]\downdownarrows & \X[\ABXlooparrowleft]\looparrowleft & \X[\ABXswarrow]\swarrow \\ +\X[\ABXdowntouparrow]\downtouparrow & \X[\ABXlooparrowright]\looparrowright & \X[\ABXupdownarrows]\updownarrows \\ +\X[\ABXdownuparrows]\downuparrows & \X[\ABXLsh]\Lsh & \X[\ABXuptodownarrow]\uptodownarrow \\ +\X[\ABXdrsh]\drsh & \X[\ABXnearrow]\nearrow & \X[\ABXupuparrows]\upuparrows \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ABX]{\ABX\ Negated Arrows} +\index{arrows>negated} +\label{abx-narrows} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\X[\ABXnLeftarrow]\nLeftarrow & \X[\ABXnleftrightarrow]\nleftrightarrow & \X[\ABXnrightarrow]\nrightarrow \\ +\X[\ABXnleftarrow]\nleftarrow & \X[\ABXnLeftrightarrow]\nLeftrightarrow & \X[\ABXnRightarrow]\nRightarrow \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ABX]{\ABX\ Harpoons} +\index{harpoons} +\label{abx-harpoons} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\X[\ABXbarleftharpoon]\barleftharpoon & \X[\ABXleftharpoonup]\leftharpoonup & \X[\ABXrightleftharpoons]\rightleftharpoons \\ +\X[\ABXbarrightharpoon]\barrightharpoon & \X[\ABXleftleftharpoons]\leftleftharpoons & \X[\ABXrightrightharpoons]\rightrightharpoons \\ +\X[\ABXdowndownharpoons]\downdownharpoons & \X[\ABXleftrightharpoon]\leftrightharpoon & \X[\ABXupdownharpoons]\updownharpoons \\ +\X[\ABXdownharpoonleft]\downharpoonleft & \X[\ABXleftrightharpoons]\leftrightharpoons & \X[\ABXupharpoonleft]\upharpoonleft \\ +\X[\ABXdownharpoonright]\downharpoonright & \X[\ABXrightbarharpoon]\rightbarharpoon & \X[\ABXupharpoonright]\upharpoonright \\ +\X[\ABXdownupharpoons]\downupharpoons & \X[\ABXrightharpoondown]\rightharpoondown & \X[\ABXupupharpoons]\upupharpoons \\ +\X[\ABXleftbarharpoon]\leftbarharpoon & \X[\ABXrightharpoonup]\rightharpoonup \\ +\X[\ABXleftharpoondown]\leftharpoondown & \X[\ABXrightleftharpoon]\rightleftharpoon \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[CHEMB]{\CHEMB\ Arrows} +\index{arrows} +\label{chemarrow-arrows} +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\X\chemarrow +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ULSY]{\ULSY\ Contradiction Symbols} +\idxboth{contradiction}{symbols} +\label{ulsy}\medskip +\begin{tabular}{*6{ll}} +\K\blitza & \K\blitzb & \K\blitzc & \K\blitzd & \K\blitze \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}{Extension Characters} +\index{extension characters} +\label{ext} +\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}} +\X\relbar & \X\Relbar \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ST]{\ST\ Extension Characters} +\index{extension characters} +\label{st-ext} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\X\Arrownot &\X\Mapsfromchar &\X\Mapstochar \\ +\X\arrownot &\X\mapsfromchar +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[TX]{\TXPX\ Extension Characters} +\index{extension characters} +\label{txpx-ext} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\X\Mappedfromchar & \X\Mmappedfromchar & \X\Mmapstochar \\ +\X\mappedfromchar & \X\mmappedfromchar & \X\mmapstochar \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ABX]{\ABX\ Extension Characters} +\index{extension characters} +\label{abx-ext} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\X[\ABXmapsfromchar]\mapsfromchar & \X[\ABXmapstochar]\mapstochar \\ +\X[\ABXMapsfromchar]\Mapsfromchar & \X[\ABXMapstochar]\Mapstochar \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + + +\begin{symtable}{Log-like Symbols} +\idxboth{log-like}{symbols} +\index{atomic math objects} +\index{limits} +\label{log} +\begin{tabular}{*8l} +\Z\arccos & \Z\cos & \Z\csc & \Z\exp & \Z\ker & \Z\limsup & \Z\min & \Z\sinh \\ +\Z\arcsin & \Z\cosh & \Z\deg & \Z\gcd & \Z\lg & \Z\ln & \Z\Pr & \Z\sup \\ +\Z\arctan & \Z\cot & \Z\det & \Z\hom & \Z\lim & \Z\log & \Z\sec & \Z\tan \\ +\Z\arg & \Z\coth & \Z\dim & \Z\inf & \Z\liminf & \Z\max & \Z\sin & \Z\tanh +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote} + Calling the above ``symbols'' may be a bit + misleading.\footnotemark{} Each log-like symbol merely produces the + eponymous textual equivalent, but with proper surrounding spacing. + See Section~\ref{math-spacing} for more information about log-like + symbols. As \cmd{\bmod} and \cmd{\pmod} are arguably not symbols we + refer the reader to the Short Math Guide for + \latex~\cite{Downes:smg} for samples. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} +\footnotetext{Michael\index{Downes, Michael J.} J. Downes prefers the +more general term, ``atomic\index{atomic math objects} math objects''.} + + +\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Log-like Symbols} +\idxboth{log-like}{symbols} +\index{atomic math objects} +\index{limits} +\label{ams-log} +\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.5} % Keep tall symbols from touching. +\begin{tabular}{*2{ll@{\qquad}}ll} +\X\injlim & \X\varinjlim & \X\varlimsup \\ +\X\projlim & \X\varliminf & \X\varprojlim +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote} + Load the \pkgname{amsmath} package to get these symbols. See + Section~\ref{math-spacing} for some additional comments regarding + log-like symbols. As \cmd{\mod} and \cmd{\pod} are arguably not + symbols we refer the reader to the Short Math Guide for + \latex~\cite{Downes:smg} for samples. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}{Greek Letters} +\index{Greek}\index{alphabets>Greek} +\label{greek} +\begin{tabular}{*8l} +\X\alpha &\X\theta &\X o &\X\tau \\ +\X\beta &\X\vartheta &\X\pi &\X\upsilon \\ +\X\gamma &\X\iota &\X\varpi &\X\phi \\ +\X\delta &\X\kappa &\X\rho &\X\varphi \\ +\X\epsilon &\X\lambda &\X\varrho &\X\chi \\ +\X\varepsilon &\X\mu &\X\sigma &\X\psi \\ +\X\zeta &\X\nu &\X\varsigma &\X\omega \\ +\X\eta &\X\xi \\ + \\ +\X\Gamma &\X\Lambda &\X\Sigma &\X\Psi \\ +\X\Delta &\X\Xi &\X\Upsilon &\X\Omega \\ +\X\Theta &\X\Pi &\X\Phi +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote} + The remaining Greek majuscules\index{majuscules} can be produced + with ordinary Latin letters. The symbol ``M'', for instance, is + used for both an uppercase ``m'' and an uppercase ``$\mu$''. See + Section~\ref{bold-math} for examples of how to produce bold Greek + letters.\index{Greek>bold} +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Greek Letters} +\index{Greek}\index{alphabets>Greek} +\label{ams-greek} +\begin{tabular}{*4l} +\X\digamma &\X\varkappa +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[TX]{\TXPX\ Upright Greek Letters} +\index{Greek}\index{alphabets>Greek} +\index{Greek>upright} +\index{upright Greek letters} +\label{txpx-greek} +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}} +\X\alphaup & \X\thetaup & \X\piup & \X\phiup \\ +\X\betaup & \X\varthetaup & \X\varpiup & \X\varphiup \\ +\X\gammaup & \X\iotaup & \X\rhoup & \X\chiup \\ +\X\deltaup & \X\kappaup & \X\varrhoup & \X\psiup \\ +\X\epsilonup & \X\lambdaup & \X\sigmaup & \X\omegaup \\ +\X\varepsilonup & \X\muup & \X\varsigmaup \\ +\X\zetaup & \X\nuup & \X\tauup \\ +\X\etaup & \X\xiup & \X\upsilonup \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[UPGR]{\UPGR\ Upright Greek Letters} +\index{Greek}\index{alphabets>Greek} +\index{Greek>upright} +\index{upright Greek letters} +\label{upgreek-greek} +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}} +\K\upalpha & \K\uptheta & \K\uppi & \K\upphi \\ +\K\upbeta & \K\upvartheta & \K\upvarpi & \K\upvarphi \\ +\K\upgamma & \K\upiota & \K\uprho & \K\upchi \\ +\K\updelta & \K\upkappa & \K\upvarrho & \K\uppsi \\ +\K\upepsilon & \K\uplambda & \K\upsigma & \K\upomega \\ +\K\upvarepsilon & \K\upmu & \K\upvarsigma \\ +\K\upzeta & \K\upnu & \K\uptau \\ +\K\upeta & \K\upxi & \K\upupsilon \\ + \\ +\K\Upgamma & \K\Uplambda & \K\Upsigma & \K\Uppsi \\ +\K\Updelta & \K\Upxi & \K\Upupsilon & \K\Upomega \\ +\K\Uptheta & \K\Uppi & \K\Upphi \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote} + \UPGR\ utilizes upright Greek characters from either the PostScript + \PSfont{Symbol} font (depicted above) or Euler Roman.\index{Euler + Roman} As a result, the glyphs may appear slightly different from + the above. Contrast, for example, + ``\Upgamma\Updelta\Uptheta\upalpha\upbeta\upgamma''~(Symbol) with + ``{\usefont{U}{eur}{m}{n}\char"00\char"01\char"02\char"0B\char"0C\char"0D}''~(Euler). +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[TX]{\TXPX\ Variant Latin Letters} +\index{letters>variant Latin} +\label{txpx-variant} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll@{\qquad}}ll} +\X\varg & \X\varv & \X\varw & \X\vary \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote} + Pass the \optname{txfonts/pxfonts}{varg} option to \TXPX\ to + replace~$g$, $v$, $w$, and~$y$ with~$\varg$, $\varv$, $\varw$, + and~$\vary$ in every mathematical expression in your document. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Hebrew Letters} +\index{Hebrew}\index{alphabets>Hebrew} +\label{ams-hebrew} +\begin{tabular}{*6l} +\X\beth & \X\gimel & \X\daleth +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote} +\cmdX{\aleph} appears in Table~\vref{ord}. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}{Letter-like Symbols} +\idxboth{letter-like}{symbols} +\index{tacks} +\label{letter-like} +\begin{tabular}{*5{ll}} +\X\bot & \X\forall & \X\imath & \X\ni & \X\top \\ +\X\ell & \X\hbar & \X\in & \X\partial & \X\wp \\ +\X\exists & \X\Im & \X\jmath & \X\Re \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Letter-like Symbols} +\idxboth{letter-like}{symbols} +\label{ams-letter-like} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\X\Bbbk & \X\complement & \X\hbar \\ +\X\circledR & \X\Finv & \X\hslash \\ +\X\circledS & \X\Game & \X\nexists \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[TX]{\TXPX\ Letter-like Symbols} +\idxboth{letter-like}{symbols} +\label{txpx-letter-like} +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}} +\X\mathcent & \X\mathsterling$^*$ & \X\notin & \X\notni \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\usetextmathmessage[*] + +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ABX]{\ABX\ Letter-like Symbols} +\idxboth{letter-like}{symbols} +\label{abx-letter-like} +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}} +\X[\ABXbarin]\barin & \X[\ABXin]\in & \X[\ABXnottop]\nottop & \X[\ABXvarnotin]\varnotin \\ +\X[\ABXcomplement]\complement & \X[\ABXnexists]\nexists & \X[\ABXowns]\owns & \X[\ABXvarnotowner]\varnotowner \\ +\X[\ABXexists]\exists & \X[\ABXnotbot]\notbot & \X[\ABXownsbar]\ownsbar \\ +\X[\ABXFinv]\Finv & \X[\ABXnotin]\notin & \X[\ABXpartial]\partial \\ +\X[\ABXGame]\Game & \X[\ABXnotowner]\notowner & \X[\ABXpartialslash]\partialslash \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[TRF]{\TRF\ Letter-like Symbols} +\idxboth{letter-like}{symbols} +\label{trf-letter-like} +\begin{tabular}{ll@{\hspace*{3em}}ll} +\X\e & \X\im \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Delimiters} +\index{delimiters} +\label{ams-del} +\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}} +\X\ulcorner & \X\urcorner \\ +\X\llcorner & \X\lrcorner +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ST]{\ST\ Delimiters} +\index{delimiters} +\label{st-del} +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}} +\X\Lbag &\X\Rbag &\X\lbag &\X\rbag \\ +\X\llceil &\X\rrceil &\X\llfloor &\X\rrfloor \\ +\X\llparenthesis &\X\rrparenthesis +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ABX]{\ABX\ Delimiters} +\index{delimiters} +\label{abx-del} +\begin{tabular}{ll@{\hspace*{2em}}ll} +\X[\ABXlcorners]\lcorners & \X[\ABXrcorners]\rcorners \\[3ex] +\X[\ABXulcorner]\ulcorner & \X[\ABXurcorner]\urcorner \\ +\X[\ABXllcorner]\llcorner & \X[\ABXlrcorner]\lrcorner \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[NATH]{\NATH\ Delimiters} +\index{delimiters} +\label{nath-del} +\begin{tabular}{ll@{\hspace*{3em}}ll} +\X\niv & \X\vin \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}{Variable-sized Delimiters} +\index{delimiters} +\index{delimiters>variable-sized} +\label{dels} +\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.75} % Keep tall symbols from touching. +\begin{tabular}{lll@{\qquad}lll@{\hspace*{1.5cm}}lll@{\qquad}lll} +\N\downarrow & \N\Downarrow & \N{[} & \N[\magicrbrack]{]} \\ +\N\langle & \N\rangle & \Np[\vert][\magicvertname]|$^*$ + & \Np[\Vert][\magicVertname]\| \\ +\N\lceil & \N\rceil & \N\uparrow & \N\Uparrow \\ +\N\lfloor & \N\rfloor & \N\updownarrow & \N\Updownarrow \\ +\N( & \N) & \Np\{ & \Np\} \\ +\N/ & \N\backslash \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote} + When used with \cmd{\left} and \cmd{\right}, these symbols expand to + the height of the enclosed math expression. Note that \cmdX{\vert} + is a synonym for \verb+|+, and \cmdX{\Vert} is a synonym for + \verb+\|+. +\end{tablenote} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote}[*] + $\varepsilon$-\TeX{}\index{e-tex=$\varepsilon$-\TeX} provides a + \cmd{\middle} analogue to \cmd{\left} and \cmd{\right} that can be + used to make an internal ``$|$'' (often used to indicate + ``evaluated\index{evaluated at=evaluated at ($\vert$)} at'') expand + to the height of the surrounding \cmd{\left} and \cmd{\right} + symbols. A similar effect can be achieved in conventional \latex + using the \pkgname{braket} package. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}{Large, Variable-sized Delimiters} +\index{delimiters} +\index{delimiters>variable-sized} +\label{ldels} +\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{2.5} % Keep tall symbols from touching. +\begin{tabular}{*3{lll@{\qquad}}lll} +\Y\lmoustache & \Y\rmoustache & \Y\lgroup & \Y\rgroup \\ +\Y\arrowvert & \Y\Arrowvert & \Y\bracevert +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote} + These symbols \emph{must} be used with \cmd{\left} and \cmd{\right}. + The \ABX\ package, however, redefines + \cmdI[$\string\big\string\lgroup$]{\lgroup} and + \cmdI[$\string\big\string\rgroup$]{\rgroup} so that those symbols + can work without \cmd{\left} and \cmd{\right}. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Variable-sized Delimiters} +\index{delimiters} +\index{delimiters>variable-sized} +\label{ams-var-del} +\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{2.5} % Keep tall symbols from touching. +\begin{tabular}{lll@{\qquad}lll} +\N\lvert & \N\rvert \\ +\N\lVert & \N\rVert \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote} + According to the \texttt{amsmath} + documentation~\cite{AMS1999:amsmath}, the preceding symbols are + intended to be used as delimiters (e.g.,~as in ``$\lvert -z + \rvert$'') while the \cmdX{\vert} and \cmdX{\Vert} symbols + (Table~\vref{dels}) are intended to be used as operators (e.g.,~as + in ``$p \vert q$''). +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ST]{\ST\ Variable-sized Delimiters} +\index{delimiters} +\index{delimiters>variable-sized} +\label{st-var-del} +\begin{tabular}{lll@{\qquad}lll} +\N\llbracket & \N\rrbracket +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ABX]{\ABX\ Variable-sized Delimiters} +\index{delimiters} +\index{delimiters>variable-sized} +\label{abx-var-dels} +\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{2.5} % Keep tall symbols from touching. +\begin{tabular}{lll@{\qquad}lll} +\N[\ABXlbbbrack]\lbbbrack & \N[\ABXrbbbrack]\rbbbrack \\ +\N[\ABXlfilet]\lfilet & \N[\ABXrfilet]\rfilet \\ +\N[\ABXthickvert]\thickvert & \N[\ABXvvvert]\vvvert \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[NATH]{\NATH\ Variable-sized Delimiters (Double)} +\index{delimiters} +\index{delimiters>variable-sized} +\label{nath-var-dels-double} +\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{2.5} % Keep tall symbols from touching. +\begin{tabular}{lll@{\qquad}lll} +\Nn[\langle]\lAngle & \Nn[\rangle]\rAngle \\ +\Nn[{[}]\lBrack & \Nn[\magicrbrack]\rBrack \\ +\Nn[\lceil]\lCeil & \Nn[\rceil]\rCeil \\ +\Nn[\lfloor]\lFloor & \Nn[\rfloor]\rFloor \\ +\Nn[\vert]\lVert$^*$ & \Nn[\vert]\rVert$^*$ \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote}[*] + \NATH\ redefines all of the above to include implicit \cmd{\left} + and \cmd{\right} commands. Hence, separate \verb+\lVert+ and + \verb+\rVert+ commands are needed to disambiguate whether + ``\verb+|+'' is a left or right delimiter. +\end{tablenote} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote} + All of the symbols in Table~\ref{nath-var-dels-double} can also be + expressed using the \cmd{\double} macro. See the \NATH\ + documentation for examples and additional information. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[NATH]{\NATH\ Variable-sized Delimiters (Triple)} +\index{delimiters} +\index{delimiters>variable-sized} +\label{nath-var-dels-triple} +\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{2.5} % Keep tall symbols from touching. +\begin{tabular}{lll@{\qquad}lll} +\Nnt{}[\langle]< & \Nnt{}[\rangle]> \\ +\Nnt{}[{[}]{[} & \Nnt{}[\magicrbrack]{]} \\ +\Nnt{l}[\vert]|$^*$ & \Nnt{r}[\vert]|$^*$ \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote}[*] + Similar to \verb+\lVert+ and \verb+\rVert+ in + Table~\ref{nath-var-dels-double}, \cmd{\ltriple} and \cmd{\rtriple} + must be used instead of \cmd{\triple} to disambiguate whether + ``\verb+|+'' is a left or right delimiter. +\end{tablenote} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote} + Note that \cmd{\triple}---and the corresponding \cmd{\double}---is + actually a macro that takes a delimiter as an argument. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}{\TC\ Text-mode Delimiters} +\index{delimiters} +\index{delimiters>text-mode} +\label{tc-delimiters} +\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}} +\K\textlangle & \K\textrangle \\ +\K\textlbrackdbl & \K\textrbrackdbl \\ +\K\textlquill & \K\textrquill \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[METRE]{\METRE\ Text-mode Delimiters} +\index{delimiters} +\index{delimiters>text-mode} +\label{metre-delimiters} +\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}@{\hspace*{3em}}*2{ll}} +\K\alad & \K\Alad & \K\crux & \K\Crux \\ +\K\alas & \K\Alas & \K\quadrad & \K\Quadrad \\ +\K\angud & \K\Angud & \K\quadras & \K\Quadras \\ +\K\angus & \K\Angus \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}{Math-mode Accents} +\index{accents} +\index{tilde} +\label{math-accents} +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}} +\W\acute{a} & \W\check{a} & \W\grave{a} & \W\tilde{a} \\ +\W\bar{a} & \W\ddot{a} & \W\hat{a} & \W\vec{a} \\ +\W\breve{a} & \W\dot{a} & \W\mathring{a} \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip + +\begin{tablenote} + \index{dotless i=dotless $i~(\imath)$>math mode} + \index{dotless j=dotless $j~(\jmath)$>math mode} + Also note the existence of \cmdX{\imath} and \cmdX{\jmath}, which + produce dotless versions of ``\textit{i}'' and ``\textit{j}''. (See + Table~\vref{ord}.) These are useful when the accent is supposed to + replace the dot. For example, ``\verb|\hat{\imath}|'' produces a + correct ``$\,\hat{\imath}\,$'', while ``\verb|\hat{i}|'' would yield + the rather odd-looking ``\,$\hat{i}\,$''. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Math-mode Accents} +\index{accents} +\label{ams-math-accents} +\begin{tabular}{ll@{\hspace*{2em}}ll} +\W\dddot{a} & \W\ddddot{a} \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip + +\begin{tablenote} + These accents are also provided by the \ABX\ package. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[YH]{\YH\ Math-mode Accents} +\index{accents} +\label{yhmath-accents} +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\W\ring{a} +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip + +\begin{tablenote} + This symbol is largely obsolete, as standard \latexE has supported + \cmdI[$\string\blackacc{\string\mathring}$]{\mathring} since + June,~1998~\cite{ltnews09}. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[TRF]{\TRF\ Math-mode Accents} +\index{accents} +\index{transforms} +\label{trf-accents} +\begin{tabular}{ll@{\hspace*{2em}}ll} +\W\dft{a} & \W\DFT{a} \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote} + The above are a sort of ``reverse accent'' in that the argument text + serves as a subscript to the transform line. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}{Extensible Accents} +\index{accents} +\idxboth{extensible}{accents} +\idxboth{extensible}{arrows} +\index{tilde} +\index{tilde>extensible} +\index{extensible tildes} +\label{extensible-accents} +\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.5} +\begin{tabular}{*4l} +\W\widetilde{abc}$^*$ & \W\widehat{abc}$^*$ \\ +\W\overleftarrow{abc}$^\dag$ & \W\overrightarrow{abc}$^\dag$ \\ +\W\overline{abc} & \W\underline{abc} \\ +\W\overbrace{abc} & \W\underbrace{abc} \\[5pt] +\W\sqrt{abc}$^\ddag$ \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip + +\begin{tablenote} + \def\longdivsign{% + \ensuremath{\overline{\vphantom{)}% + \hbox{\smash{\raise3.5\fontdimen8\textfont3\hbox{$)$}}}% + abc}}} + + \index{long division|(} + \index{division|(} + \index{polynomial division|(} + + As demonstrated in a 1997 TUGboat\index{TUGboat} article about + typesetting long-division problems~\cite{Gibbons:longdiv}, an + extensible long-division sign (``\,\longdivsign\,'') can be faked by + putting a ``\verb|\big)|'' in a \texttt{tabular} environment with an + \verb|\hline| or \verb|\cline| in the preceding row. The article + also presents a piece of code (uploaded to CTAN\idxCTAN{} as + \texttt{longdiv.tex}% + \index{longdiv=\textsf{longdiv} (package)}% + \index{packages>\textsf{longdiv}}) that automatically solves and + typesets---by putting an \cmdW{\overline} atop ``\verb|\big)|'' and + the desired text---long-division problems. See also the + \pkgname{polynom} package, which automatically solves and typesets + polynomial-division problems in a similar manner. + + \index{long division|)} + \index{division|)} + \index{polynomial division|)} +\end{tablenote} + +\bigskip + +\begin{tablenote}[*] + Made more extensible by the \YH\ package. +\end{tablenote} + +\bigskip + +\begin{tablenote}[\dag] + If you're looking for an extensible \emph{diagonal} line or arrow to + be used for canceling or reducing mathematical + subexpressions\index{arrows>diagonal, for reducing subexpressions} +\ifhavecancel + (e.g.,~``$\cancel{x + -x}$'' or ``$\cancelto{5}{3+2}\quad$'') +\fi + then consider using the \pkgname{cancel} package. +\end{tablenote} + +\bigskip + +\begin{tablenote}[\ddag] + With an optional argument, \verb|\sqrt| typesets nth roots. For + example, ``\verb|\sqrt[3]{abc}|'' produces~``$\!\sqrt[3]{abc}$\,'' + and ``\verb|\sqrt[n]{abc}|'' produces~``$\!\sqrt[n]{abc}$\,''. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ORA]{\ORA\ Extensible Accents} +\index{accents} +\idxboth{extensible}{accents} +\idxboth{extensible}{arrows} +\label{ora-extensible-accents} +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\W\Overrightarrow{abc} \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[YH]{\YH\ Extensible Accents} +\idxboth{extensible}{accents} +\label{yhmath-extensible-accents} +\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.5} +\begin{tabular}{*4l} +\W\wideparen{abc} & \W\widetriangle{abc} \\[5pt] +\W\widering{abc} \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Extensible Accents} +\idxboth{extensible}{accents} +\idxboth{extensible}{arrows} +\label{extensible-arrows} +\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.5} +\begin{tabular}{ll@{\qquad}ll} +\W\overleftrightarrow{abc} & \W\underleftrightarrow{abc} \\ +\W\underleftarrow{abc} & \W\underrightarrow{abc} \\[2ex] +\multicolumn{4}{p{0.75\textwidth}}{% + The following are a sort of ``reverse accent'' in that the argument + text serves as a superscript to the arrow. In addition, the + optional first argument (not shown) serves as a subscript to the + arrow. See the Short Math Guide for \latex~\cite{Downes:smg} for + further examples. +} \\~\\[-2ex] +\W\xleftarrow{abc} & \W\xrightarrow{abc} \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[EEQ]{\EEQ\ Extensible Accents} +\idxboth{extensible}{accents} +\idxboth{extensible}{arrows} +\label{empheq-extensible-arrows} +\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.5} +\begin{tabular}{ll@{\qquad}ll} +\W[\EEQoverbracket]\overbracket{abc} & \W[\EEQunderbracket]\underbracket{abc} \\[2ex] +\multicolumn{4}{p{0.75\textwidth}}{% + The following are each a sort of ``reverse accent'' in that the + argument text serves as a superscript to the arrows. In addition, + the optional first argument (not shown) serves as a subscript to the + arrows. +} \\~\\[-2ex] +\W\xhookleftarrow{abc} & \W\xleftrightharpoons{abc} \\ +\W\xhookrightarrow{abc} & \W\xmapsto{abc} \\ +\W\xLeftarrow{abc} & \W\xRightarrow{abc} \\ +\W\xleftharpoondown{abc} & \W\xrightharpoondown{abc} \\ +\W\xleftharpoonup{abc} & \W\xrightharpoonup{abc} \\ +\W\xLeftrightarrow{abc} & \W[\EEQxrightleftharpoons]\xrightleftharpoons{abc} \\ +\W\xleftrightarrow{abc} \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[CHEMA]{\CHEMA\ Extensible Accents} +\idxboth{extensible}{accents} +\idxboth{extensible}{arrows} +\label{chemarr-extensible-arrows} +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\W\xrightleftharpoons{abc} \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote} + \verb+\xrightleftharpoons+ is a sort of ``reverse accent'' in that + the argument text serves as a superscript to the arrows. In + addition, the optional first argument (not shown) serves as a + subscript to the arrows. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[CHEMB]{\CHEMB\ Extensible Accents} +\idxboth{extensible}{accents} +\idxboth{extensible}{arrows} +\label{chemarrow-extensible-arrows} +\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{4} % Keep upper and lower strings from touching. +\begin{tabular}{ll@{\qquad}ll} +\Wul\autoleftarrow{abc}{def} & \Wul\autorightarrow{abc}{def} \\ +\Wul\autoleftrightharpoons{abc}{def} & \Wul\autorightleftharpoons{abc}{def} \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip + +\begin{tablenote} + These symbols are all ``reverse accents'' in that the two arguments + serve, respectively, as a superscript and a subscript to the arrows. + + In addition to the symbols shown above, \CHEMB\ also provides + \cmd{\larrowfill}, \cmd{\rarrowfill}, \cmd{\leftrightharpoonsfill}, + and \cmd{\rightleftharpoonsfill} macros. Each of these takes a + length argument and produces an arrow of the specified length. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ABX]{\ABX\ Extensible Accents} +\index{accents} +\idxboth{extensible}{accents} +\idxboth{extensible}{arrows} +\label{abx-extensible-accents} +\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.75} +\begin{tabular}{ll@{\qquad}ll} +\W[\ABXoverbrace]\overbrace{abc} & \W[\ABXwidebar]\widebar{abc} \\ +\W[\ABXovergroup]\overgroup{abc} & \W[\ABXwidecheck]\widecheck{abc} \\ +\W[\ABXunderbrace]\underbrace{abc} & \W[\ABXwideparen]\wideparen{abc} \\ +\W[\ABXundergroup]\undergroup{abc} & \W[\ABXwidering]\widering{abc} \\ +\W[\ABXwidearrow]\widearrow{abc} \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip + +\begin{tablenote} + The braces shown for \verb|\overbrace| and \verb|\underbrace| appear + in their minimum size. They can expand arbitrarily wide, however. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ESV]{\ESV\ Extensible Accents} +\index{accents} +\idxboth{extensible}{accents} +\idxboth{extensible}{arrows} +\label{esv-extensible-accents} +\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.5} +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\VV{a}{abc} \\ +\VV{b}{abc} \\ +\VV{c}{abc} \\ +\VV{d}{abc} \\ +\VV{e}{abc} \\ +\VV{f}{abc} \\ +\VV{g}{abc} \\ +\VV{h}{abc} \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip + +\begin{tablenote} + \ESV\ also defines a \verb|\vv*| macro which is used to typeset + arrows over vector variables with subscripts. See the \ESV\ + documentation for more information. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[UTILD]{\UTILD\ Extensible Accents} +\index{accents} +\idxboth{extensible}{accents} +\index{tilde>extensible} +\index{extensible tildes} +\index{tilde} +\label{utild-extensible-accents} +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\W\utilde{abc} \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip + +\begin{tablenote} + Because \verb|\utilde| is based on \verb|\widetilde|% + \index{widetilde=\verb+\widetilde+ ($\blackacc{\widetilde}$)} + it is also made more extensible by the \YH\ package. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[EXTAR]{\EXTAR\ Extensible Accents} +\idxboth{extensible}{accents} +\idxboth{extensible}{arrows} +\label{extarrows-extensible-arrows} +\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.5} +\begin{tabular}{ll@{\qquad}ll} +\W[\EXTARxLeftrightarrow]\xLeftrightarrow{abc} & \W\xLongleftrightarrow{abc} \\ +\W[\EXTARxleftrightarrow]\xleftrightarrow{abc} & \W\xlongleftrightarrow{abc} \\ +\W\xlongequal{abc} & \W\xLongrightarrow{abc} \\ +\W\xLongleftarrow{abc} & \W\xlongrightarrow{abc} \\ +\W\xlongleftarrow{abc} & \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip + +\begin{tablenote} + The above are a sort of ``reverse accent'' in that the argument + text serves as a superscript to the arrow. In addition, the + optional first argument (not shown) serves as a subscript to the + arrow. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[HOPO]{\HOPO\ Non-commutative Division Symbols} +\idxboth{extensible}{accents} +\idxboth{non-commutative}{division} +\index{symbols>non-commutative division} +\label{holtpolt} +\begin{tabular}{ll@{\qquad}ll} +\Wul\holter{abc}{def} & \Wul\polter{abc}{def} \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}{Dots} +\idxboth{dot}{symbols} +\index{dots (ellipses)} \index{ellipses (dots)} +\label{dots} +\ifMDOTS + \def\MDfn{$^\dag$}% +\else + \def\MDfn{}% +\fi % MDOTS test +\begin{tabular}{*{3}{ll@{\hspace*{1.5cm}}}ll} +\X\cdotp & \X\colon$^*$ & \X\ldotp & \X\vdots\MDfn \\ +\X\cdots & \X\ddots\MDfn & \X\ldots \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip + +\begin{tablenote}[*] + While ``\texttt{:}'' is valid in math mode, \cmd{\colon} uses + different surrounding spacing. See Section~\ref{math-spacing} and the + Short Math Guide for \latex~\cite{Downes:smg} for more information on + math-mode spacing. +\end{tablenote} + +\ifMDOTS +\bigskip + +\begin{tablenote}[\dag] + The \MDOTS\ package redefines \cmdX{\ddots} and \cmdX{\vdots} to + make them scale properly with font size. (They normally scale + horizontally but not vertically.) \cmdX{\fixedddots} and + \cmdX{\fixedvdots} provide the original, fixed-height functionality + of \latexE's \cmdX{\ddots} and \cmdX{\vdots} macros. +\end{tablenote} + +\fi % MDOTS test +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Dots} +\idxboth{dot}{symbols} +\index{dots (ellipses)} \index{ellipses (dots)} +\label{ams-dots} +\begin{tabular}{*{2}{ll@{\hspace*{1.5cm}}}ll} +\X[\cdots]\dotsb & \X[\cdots]\dotsi & \X[\ldots]\dotso \\ +\X[\ldots]\dotsc & \X[\cdots]\dotsm \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote} + The \AMS\ dot symbols are named according to their intended usage: + \cmdI[$\string\cdots$]{\dotsb} between pairs of binary operators/relations, + \cmdI[$\string\ldots$]{\dotsc} between pairs of commas, + \cmdI[$\string\cdots$]{\dotsi} between pairs of integrals, + \cmdI[$\string\cdots$]{\dotsm} between pairs of multiplication signs, and + \cmdI[$\string\ldots$]{\dotso} between other symbol pairs. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[MDOTS]{\MDOTS\ Dots} +\index{dots (ellipses)} \index{ellipses (dots)} +\idxboth{dot}{symbols} +\label{mathdots-dots} +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\X\iddots +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[YH]{\YH\ Dots} +\index{dots (ellipses)} \index{ellipses (dots)} +\idxboth{dot}{symbols} +\label{yhmath-dots} +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\X\adots +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}{\MC\ Math Symbols} +\label{mc-math} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\K[\textcelsius]\tccentigrade & \K[\textohm]\tcohm & \K[\textperthousand]\tcperthousand \\ +\K[\textmu]\tcmu & \K[\textpertenthousand]\tcpertenthousand & \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ABX]{\ABX\ Mayan Digits} +\index{digits>Mayan} +\label{abx-mayan} +\begin{tabular}{*2{ll@{\qquad}}ll} + \Tm{0} & \Tm{2} & \Tm{4} \\ + \Tm{1} & \Tm{3} & \Tm{5} \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[MARV]{\MARV\ Math Symbols} +\index{digits} +\index{angles} +\label{marv-math} +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll@{\qquad}}ll} +\K\MVZero & \K\MVTwo & \K\MVFour & \K\MVSix & \K\MVEight \\ +\K\MVOne & \K\MVThree & \K\MVFive & \K\MVSeven & \K\MVNine \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll@{\qquad}}ll} +\K\Anglesign & \K\Squaredot & \K\Vectorarrowhigh \\ +\K\Corresponds & \K\Vectorarrow \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}{Miscellaneous \latexE{} Math Symbols} +\idxboth{miscellaneous}{symbols} +\index{card suits} +\index{diamonds (suit)} +\index{hearts (suit)} +\index{clubs (suit)} +\index{spades (suit)} +\idxboth{musical}{symbols} +\index{dots (ellipses)} +\index{ellipses (dots)} +\index{null set} +\index{dotless i=dotless $i~(\imath)$>math mode} +\index{dotless j=dotless $j~(\jmath)$>math mode} +\index{angles} +\label{ord} +\ifAMS + \def\AMSfn{$^\ddag$} +\else + \def\AMSfn{} +\fi +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}} +\X\aleph & \X\Diamond$^*$ & \X\infty & \X\prime \\ +\X\angle & \X\diamondsuit & \X\mho$^*$ & \X\sharp \\ +\X\backslash & \X\emptyset\AMSfn & \X\nabla & \X\spadesuit \\ +\X\Box$^{*,\dag}$ & \X\flat & \X\natural & \X\surd \\ +\X\clubsuit & \X\heartsuit & \X\neg & \X\triangle \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\notpredefinedmessage + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote}[\dag] + To use \cmdX{\Box}---or any other symbol---as an end-of-proof + (Q.E.D\@.)\index{Q.E.D.}\index{end of proof}\index{proof, end of} + marker, consider using the \pkgname{ntheorem} package, which + properly juxtaposes a symbol with the end of the proof text. +\end{tablenote} + +\ifAMS + \bigskip + \begin{tablenote}[\ddag] + Many people prefer the look of \AMS's \cmdX{\varnothing} + (Table~\ref{ams-misc}) to that of \latex's \cmdX{\emptyset}. + \end{tablenote} +\fi % AMS test + +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[AMS]{Miscellaneous \AMS\ Math Symbols} +\idxboth{miscellaneous}{symbols} +\index{stars} +\index{triangles} +\index{null set} +\index{angles} +\label{ams-misc} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\X[\AMSangle]\angle & \X\blacktriangledown & \X\mho \\ +\X\backprime & \X\diagdown & \X\sphericalangle \\ +\X\bigstar & \X\diagup & \X\square \\ +\X\blacklozenge & \X\eth & \X\triangledown \\ +\X\blacksquare & \X\lozenge & \X\varnothing \\ +\X\blacktriangle & \X\measuredangle & \X\vartriangle \\ + +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[WASY]{Miscellaneous \WASY\ Math Symbols} +\index{angles} +\label{wasy-math} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\X[\WASYBox]\Box & \X\mho$^*$ & \K\wasytherefore \\ +\X[\WASYDiamond]\Diamond & \K\varangle \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote}[*] + \WASY\ also defines an \cmdI{\agemO} symbol, which is the same glyph + as \cmdX{\mho} but is intended for use in text mode. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[TX]{Miscellaneous \TXPX\ Math Symbols} +\idxboth{miscellaneous}{symbols} +\index{card suits} +\index{diamonds (suit)} +\index{hearts (suit)} +\index{clubs (suit)} +\index{spades (suit)} +\label{txpx-misc} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\X\Diamondblack & \X\lambdaslash & \X\varheartsuit \\ +\X\Diamonddot & \X\varclubsuit & \X\varspadesuit \\ +\X\lambdabar & \X\vardiamondsuit \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ABX]{Miscellaneous \ABX\ Math Symbols} +\idxboth{miscellaneous}{symbols} +\index{null set} +\index{semidirect products} +\index{angles} +\label{abx-misc} +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}} +\X[\ABXdegree]\degree & \X[\ABXfourth]\fourth & \X[\ABXmeasuredangle]\measuredangle & \X[\ABXsecond]\second \\ +\X[\ABXdiagdown]\diagdown & \X[\ABXhash]\hash & \X[\ABXpitchfork]\pitchfork & \X[\ABXsphericalangle]\sphericalangle \\ +\X[\ABXdiagup]\diagup & \X[\ABXinfty]\infty & \X[\ABXpropto]\propto & \X[\ABXthird]\third \\ +\X[\ABXdiameter]\diameter & \X[\ABXleftthreetimes]\leftthreetimes & \X[\ABXrightthreetimes]\rightthreetimes & \X[\ABXvarhash]\varhash \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}{Miscellaneous \TC\ Text-mode Math Symbols} +\index{fractions} +\label{tc-math} +\ifFRAC + \def\FRACfn{$^\dag$} +\else + \def\FRACfn{} +\fi +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\K\textdegree$^*$ & \K\textonehalf\FRACfn & \K\textthreequarters\FRACfn \\ +\K\textdiv & \K\textonequarter\FRACfn & \K\textthreesuperior \\ +\K\textfractionsolidus & \K\textonesuperior & \K\texttimes \\ +\K\textlnot & \K\textpm & \K\texttwosuperior \\ +\K\textminus & \K\textsurd \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip + +\begin{tablenote}[*] + If you prefer a larger degree symbol you might consider defining one + as ``\verb|\ensuremath{^\circ}|''~(``$^\circ$'')% + \indexcommand[$\string\circ$]{\circ}. +\end{tablenote} + +\ifFRAC + \bigskip + \begin{tablenote}[\dag] + \pkgname{nicefrac} (part of the \pkgname{units} package) can be + used to construct vulgar fractions like ``\nicefrac{1}{2}'', + ``\nicefrac{1}{4}'', ``\nicefrac{3}{4}'', and even + ``\nicefrac{c}{o}''\index{care of=care of (\nicefrac{c}{o})}. + \end{tablenote} +\fi % FRAC test +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}{Math Alphabets} +\idxboth{math}{alphabets} +\label{alphabets} +\begin{tabular}{@{}*3l@{}} +\toprule +Font sample & Generating command & Required package \\ +\midrule +\Wf\mathrm{ABCdef123} & \textit{none} \\ +\Ww\textit\mathit{ABCdef123} & \textit{none} \\ +\Wf\mathnormal{ABCdef123}& \textit{none} \\ +\Ww\CMcal\mathcal{ABC} & \textit{none} \\ + +\ifx\mathscr\undefined\else +\Wf\mathscr{ABC} & \pkgname{mathrsfs} \\ +\multicolumn{1}{r@{}}{\emph{or}} + &\verb|\mathcal{ABC}| + & \pkgname{calrsfs} \\ +\fi + +\ifEU +\Wf\mathcal{ABC} & \pkgname{euscript} with the + \optname{euscript}{mathcal} option \\ +\multicolumn{1}{r@{}}{\emph{or}} + &\verb|\mathscr{ABC}| + & \pkgname{euscript} with the + \optname{euscript}{mathscr} option \\ +\fi + +\ifx\mathpzc\undefined\else +\Wf\mathpzc{ABCdef123} & \textit{none}; manually defined$^*$ \\ +\fi + +\ifx\mathbb\undefined\else +\Wf\mathbb{ABC} & \pkgname{amsfonts},% + \ifx\MSYMmathbb\undefined\else$^\S$~\fi + \pkgname{amssymb}, \pkgname{txfonts}, or + \pkgname{pxfonts} \\ +\fi + +\ifx\varmathbb\undefined\else +\Wf\varmathbb{ABC} & \pkgname{txfonts} or \pkgname{pxfonts} \\ +\fi + +\ifx\BBmathbb\undefined\else +\Ww\BBmathbb\mathbb{ABCdef123} + & \pkgname{bbold} or \pkgname{mathbbol}$^\dag$ \\ +\fi + +\ifx\MBBmathbb\undefined\else +\Ww\MBBmathbb\mathbb{ABCdef123} + & \pkgname{mbboard}$^\dag$ \\ +\fi + +\ifx\mathbbm\undefined\else +\Wf\mathbbm{ABCdef12} & \pkgname{bbm} \\ +\Wf\mathbbmss{ABCdef12} & \pkgname{bbm} \\ +\Wf\mathbbmtt{ABCdef12} & \pkgname{bbm} \\ +\fi + +\ifx\mathds\undefined\else +\Wf\mathds{ABC1} & \pkgname{dsfont} \\ +\Ww\mathdsss\mathds{ABC1} + & \pkgname{dsfont} with the + \optname{dsfont}{sans} option \\ +\fi + +\ifx\mathfrak\undefined\else +\Wf\mathfrak{ABCdef123} & \pkgname{eufrak} \\ +\fi + +\ifx\textfrak\undefined\else +\Wf\textfrak{ABCdef123} & \pkgname{yfonts}$^\ddag$ \\ +\Wf\textswab{ABCdef123} & \pkgname{yfonts}$^\ddag$ \\ +\Wf\textgoth{ABCdef123} & \pkgname{yfonts}$^\ddag$ \\ +\fi +\bottomrule +\end{tabular} + +\ifx\mathpzc\undefined\else +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote}[*] + Put ``\verb|\DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathpzc}{OT1}{pzc}{m}{it}|'' in your + document's preamble to make \verb|\mathpzc| typeset its argument in + \PSfont{Zapf Chancery}. +\end{tablenote} +\fi + +\ifx\BBmathbb\undefined\else +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote}[\dag] + The \pkgname{mathbbol} package defines some additional blackboard bold + characters: parentheses, square brackets, angle brackets, and---if + the \optname{mathbbol}{bbgreekl} option is passed to + \pkgname{matbbol}---Greek\index{Greek>blackboard bold} letters. For + instance, + ``$\BBmathbb{\char`<\char`[\char`(\char"0B\char"0C\char"0D\char`)\char`]\char`>}$'' + is produced by + ``\cmd{\mathbb}\verb|{|\cmdI{\Langle}\linebreak[1]% + \cmdI{\Lbrack}\linebreak[1]\cmdI{\Lparen}\linebreak[1]% + \cmdI{\bbalpha}\linebreak[1]\cmdI{\bbbeta}\linebreak[1]% + \cmdI{\bbgamma}\linebreak[1]\cmdI{\Rparen}\linebreak[1]% + \cmdI{\Rbrack}\linebreak[1]\cmdI{\Rangle}\verb|}|''. + + \ifx\MBBmathbb\undefined + \pkgname{mbboard} extends the blackboard bold symbol set + significantly further. It supports not only the + Greek\index{Greek>blackboard bold}\index{alphabets>Greek} + alphabet---including ``Greek-like'' symbols such as + \cmd{\bbnabla}---but also \emph{all} punctuation marks, various + currency\idxboth{currency}{symbols}\idxboth{monetary}{symbols} + symbols such as \cmd{\bbdollar} and \cmd{\bbeuro},\index{euro + signs>blackboard bold} and the + Hebrew\index{Hebrew}\index{alphabets>Hebrew} alphabet. + \else + \pkgname{mbboard} extends the blackboard bold symbol set + significantly further. It supports not only the + Greek\index{Greek>blackboard bold}\index{alphabets>Greek} + alphabet---including ``Greek-like'' symbols such as + \cmdI{\bbnabla}~(``\bbnabla'')---but also \emph{all} punctuation + marks, various + currency\idxboth{currency}{symbols}\idxboth{monetary}{symbols} + symbols such as \cmdI{\bbdollar}~(``\bbdollar'') and + \cmdI{\bbeuro}~(``\bbeuro''),\index{euro signs>blackboard bold} + and the Hebrew\index{Hebrew}\index{alphabets>Hebrew} + alphabet~(e.g.,~``\cmdI{\bbfinalnun}\linebreak[1]\cmdI{\bbyod}% + \linebreak[1]\cmdI{\bbqof}\linebreak[1]\cmdI{\bbpe}''~$\rightarrow$ + ``\bbfinalnun\bbyod\bbqof\bbpe''). + \fi % MBBmathbb test +\end{tablenote} +\fi + +\ifx\textfrak\undefined\else +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote}[\ddag] + As their \verb|\text|\dots{} names imply, the fonts provided by the + \pkgname{yfonts} package are actually text fonts. They are + included in Table~\ref{alphabets} because they are frequently used + in a mathematical context. +\end{tablenote} +\fi + +\ifx\MSYMmathbb\undefined\else +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote}[\S] + An older (i.e.,~prior to~1991) version of the \AMS's fonts rendered + $\mathbb{C}$, $\mathbb{N}$, $\mathbb{R}$, $\mathbb{S}$, + and~$\mathbb{Z}$ as $\MSYMmathbb{C}$, $\MSYMmathbb{N}$, + $\MSYMmathbb{R}$, $\MSYMmathbb{S}$, and~$\MSYMmathbb{Z}$. As some + people prefer the older glyphs---much to the \AMS's surprise---and + because those glyphs fail to build under modern versions of + \metafont, \person{Berthold}{Horn} uploaded PostScript fonts for the + older blackboard-bold glyphs to CTAN\idxCTAN{}, to the + \texttt{fonts/msym10} directory. As of this writing, however, there + are no \latexE packages for utilizing the now-obsolete glyphs. +\end{tablenote} +\fi + +\end{symtable} + +\idxbothend{mathematical}{symbols} + + +\section{Science and technology symbols} +\idxbothbegin{scientific}{symbols} +\idxbothbegin{technological}{symbols} + +This section lists symbols that are employed in various branches of +science and engineering (and, because we were extremely liberal in our +classification, astrology, too). + +\bigskip + + +\begin{symtable}{\GSYMB\ Symbols Defined to Work in Both Math and Text Mode} +\label{gsymb-math} +\begin{tabular}{*2{ll@{\qquad}}ll} +\K[\textcelsius]\celsius & \K[\textmu]\micro & \K[\textperthousand]\perthousand \\ +\K[\textdegree]\degree & \K[\textohm]\ohm & \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[WASY]{\WASY\ Electrical and Physical Symbols} +\idxboth{electrical}{symbols} +\idxboth{physical}{symbols} +\label{wasy-electic} +\begin{tabular}{*{9}{ll@{\qquad}}ll} +\K\AC & \K\VHF & \K\photon & +\K\HF & \K\gluon \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[IFS]{\IFS\ Pulse Diagram Symbols} +\idxboth{pulse diagram}{symbols} +\idxboth{engineering}{symbols} +\label{pulse-diagram} +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}} +\K\FallingEdge & \K\LongPulseLow & \K\PulseLow & \K\ShortPulseHigh \\ +\K\LongPulseHigh & \K\PulseHigh & \K\RaisingEdge & \K\ShortPulseLow \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote} + In addition, within + \verb|\textifsym{|$\ldots$\verb|}|\indexcommand{\textifsym}, the + following codes are valid: + + \begin{center} + \begin{tabular}{*5{ll@{\hspace{3em}}}ll} + \textifsym{l} & l & + \textifsym{m} & m & + \textifsym{h} & h & + \textifsym{d} & d & + \textifsym{<} & \textless & + \textifsym{>} & \textgreater \\[4pt] + + \textifsym{L} & L & + \textifsym{M} & M & + \textifsym{H} & H & + \textifsym{D} & D & + \textifsym{<<} & \textless\textless & + \textifsym{>>} & \textgreater\textgreater \\ + \end{tabular} + \end{center} + + This enables one to write ``\verb|\textifsym{mm<DDD>mm}|'' to get + ``\textifsym{mm<DDD>mm}'' or ``\verb+\textifsym{L|H|L|H|L}+'' to get + ``\textifsym{L|H|L|H|L}''. See also the \pkgname{timing} package, + which provides a wide variety of pulse-diagram symbols within an + environment designed specifically for typesetting pulse diagrams. + + Finally, \cmd{\textifsym} supports the display of + segmented\idxboth{segmented}{digits} digits, as would appear on an + LCD\idxboth{LCD}{digits}: ``\verb|\textifsym{-123.456}|'' produces + ``\textifsym{-123.456}''. ``\verb|\textifsym{b}|'' outputs a blank + with the same width as an ``\textifsym{8}''. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ASP]{\ASP\ Aspect Ratio Symbol} +\index{aspect ratio} +\label{aspect-ratio} +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\K\AR +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}{\TC\ Text-mode Science and Engineering Symbols} +\label{tc-science} +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}} +\K\textcelsius & \K\textmho & \K\textmu & \K\textohm \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[WASY]{\WASY\ Astronomical Symbols} +\idxboth{astronomical}{symbols} +\index{planets} +\label{wasy-astro} +\begin{tabular}{*8l} +\K\ascnode & \K\jupiter & \K\newmoon & \K\venus \\ +\K\astrosun & \K\leftmoon & \K\pluto & \K\vernal \\ +\K\descnode & \K\mars & \K\rightmoon \\ +\K\earth & \K\mercury & \K\saturn \\ +\K\fullmoon & \K\neptune & \K\uranus \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[MARV]{\MARV\ Astronomical Symbols} +\idxboth{astronomical}{symbols} +\index{planets} +\label{marv-astronomy} +\begin{tabular}{*5{ll}} +\K\Mercury & \K\Mars & \K\Uranus & \K\Sun \\ +\K\Venus & \K\Jupiter & \K\Neptune & \K\Moon \\ +\K\Earth & \K\Saturn & \K\Pluto \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ABX]{\ABX\ Astronomical Symbols} +\idxboth{astronomical}{symbols} +\index{planets} +\label{abx-astronomy} +\begin{tabular}{*5{ll}} +\X[\ABXMercury]\Mercury & \X[\ABXEarth]\Earth & \X[\ABXJupiter]\Jupiter & \X[\ABXUranus]\Uranus & \X[\ABXPluto]\Pluto \\ +\X[\ABXVenus]\Venus & \X[\ABXMars]\Mars & \X[\ABXSaturn]\Saturn & \X[\ABXNeptune]\Neptune & \\[3ex] + +\X[\ABXfullmoon]\fullmoon & \X[\ABXleftmoon]\leftmoon & \X[\ABXnewmoon]\newmoon & \X[\ABXrightmoon]\rightmoon \\ +\X[\ABXSun]\Sun & \X[\ABXvarEarth]\varEarth \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip + +\begin{tablenote} + \ABX\ also defines \cmdI[$\string\ABXVenus$]{\girl} as an alias for + \cmdI[$\string\ABXVenus$]{\Venus}, \cmdI[$\string\ABXMars$]{\boy} as + an alias for \cmdI[$\string\ABXMars$]{\Mars}, and + \cmdI[$\string\ABXleftmoon$]{\Moon} as an alias for + \cmdI[$\string\ABXleftmoon$]{\leftmoon}. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[WASY]{\WASY\ Astrological Symbols} +\idxboth{astrological}{symbols} +\idxboth{zodiacal}{symbols} +\label{wasy-astrology} +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}} +\K\aries & \K\cancer & \K\libra & \K\capricornus \\ +\K\taurus & \K\leo & \K\scorpio & \K\aquarius \\ +\K\gemini & \K\virgo & \K\sagittarius & \K\pisces \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip + +\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}} +\K\conjunction & \K\opposition +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[MARV]{\MARV\ Astrological Symbols} +\idxboth{astrological}{symbols} +\idxboth{zodiacal}{symbols} +\label{marv-astrology} +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}} +\K\Aries & \K\Cancer & \K\Libra & \K\Capricorn \\ +\K\Taurus & \K\Leo & \K\Scorpio & \K\Aquarius \\ +\K\Gemini & \K\Virgo & \K\Sagittarius & \K\Pisces \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote} + Note that \cmdI{\Aries}\,$\ldots$\,\linebreak[1]\cmdI{\Pisces} can also be + specified with + \cmd{\Zodiac}\verb|{1}|\,$\ldots$\,\linebreak[1]\cmd{\Zodiac}\verb|{12}|. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ABX]{\ABX\ Astrological Symbols} +\idxboth{astrological}{symbols} +\idxboth{zodiacal}{symbols} +\label{abx-astrology} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\X[\ABXAries]\Aries & \X[\ABXTaurus]\Taurus & \X[\ABXGemini]\Gemini \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[WASY]{\WASY\ APL Symbols} +\index{APL>symbols} +\index{symbols>APL} +\label{wasy-APLsym} +\begin{tabular}{*6l} +\K\APLbox & \K\APLinv & \K\APLstar \\ +\K\APLcomment & \K\APLleftarrowbox & \K\APLup \\ +\K\APLdown & \K\APLlog & \K\APLuparrowbox \\ +\K\APLdownarrowbox & \K\APLminus & \K\notbackslash \\ +\K\APLinput & \K\APLrightarrowbox & \K\notslash \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[WASY]{\WASY\ APL Modifiers} +\index{APL>modifiers} +\index{accents} +\label{wasy-APLmod} +\begin{tabular}{*2{ll@{\qqquad}}ll} +\W\APLcirc{} & \W\APLnot{} & \W\APLvert{} \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[MARV]{\MARV\ Computer Hardware Symbols} +\idxboth{computer hardware}{symbols} +\label{marv-computer} +\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}ll} +\K\ComputerMouse & \K\ParallelPort & \K\SerialInterface \\ +\K\Keyboard & \K\Printer & \K\SerialPort \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ASCII]{\ASCII\ Control Characters (IBM)} +\index{ASCII} +\index{IBM} +\index{control characters} +\index{carriage return} +\index{smiley faces} +\label{ibm-ascii} +\begin{tabular}{*5{ll@{\hspace{3em}}}ll} +\Ka\SOH & \Ka\BEL & \Ka\CR & \Ka\DCc & \Ka\EM & \Ka\US \\ +\Ka\STX & \Ka\BS & \Ka\SO & \Ka\DCd & \Ka\SUB & \Ka\splitvert \\ +\Ka\ETX & \Ka\HT & \Ka\SI & \Ka\NAK & \Ka\ESC & \Ka\DEL \\ +\Ka\EOT & \Ka\LF & \Ka\DLE & \Ka\SYN & \Ka\FS \\ +\Ka\ENQ & \Ka\VT & \Ka\DCa & \Ka\ETB & \Ka\GS \\ +\Ka\ACK & \Ka\FF & \Ka\DCb & \Ka\CAN & \Ka\RS \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip + +\begin{tablenote} + \texttt{SOH}, \texttt{STX}, \texttt{ETX},~$\ldots$, \texttt{US} are + the names of ASCII characters~1--31. \texttt{DEL} is the name of + ASCII character~127. \cmd{\splitvert} doesn't correspond to a control + character but is merely the ``$|$'' character shown IBM style. + + These characters must be entered with the \texttt{ascii} font in + effect, for example, ``\verb|{\ascii\STX}|''. See the \ASCII\ + package documentation for more information. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[MARV]{\MARV\ Communication Symbols} +\idxboth{communication}{symbols} +\label{marv-comm} +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}ll} +\K\Email & \K\fax & \K\Faxmachine & \K\Lightning & \K\Pickup \\ +\K\Emailct & \K\FAX & \K\Letter & \K\Mobilefone & \K\Telefon \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[MARV]{\MARV\ Engineering Symbols} +\idxboth{engineering}{symbols} +\label{marv-engineering} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}ll} +\K\Beam & \K\Force & \K\Octosteel & \K\RoundedTTsteel \\ +\K\Bearing & \K\Hexasteel & \K\Rectpipe & \K\Squarepipe \\ +\K\Circpipe & \K\Lefttorque & \K\Rectsteel & \K\Squaresteel \\ +\K\Circsteel & \K\Lineload & \K\Righttorque & \K\Tsteel \\ +\K\Fixedbearing & \K\Loosebearing & \K\RoundedLsteel$^*$ & \K\TTsteel \\ +\K\Flatsteel & \K\Lsteel & \K\RoundedTsteel$^*$ \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip + +\begin{tablenote}[*] + \cmdI{\RoundedLsteel} and \cmdI{\RoundedTsteel} seem to be swapped, + at least in the 2000/05/01 version of \pkgname{marvosym}. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[WASY]{\WASY\ Biological Symbols} +\label{wasy-bio} +\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}} +\K\female & \K\male \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[MARV]{\MARV\ Biological Symbols} +\idxboth{biological}{symbols} +\label{marv-bio} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}ll} +\K\Female & \K\FemaleMale & \K\MALE & \K\Neutral \\ +\K\FEMALE & \K\Hermaphrodite & \K\Male \\ +\K\FemaleFemale & \K\HERMAPHRODITE & \K\MaleMale \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[MARV]{\MARV\ Safety-related Symbols} +\idxboth{safety-related}{symbols} +\label{marv-safety} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}ll} +\K\Biohazard & \K\CEsign & \K\Explosionsafe & \K\Radioactivity \\ +\K\BSEfree & \K\Estatically & \K\Laserbeam & \K\Stopsign \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + +\idxbothend{scientific}{symbols} +\idxbothend{technological}{symbols} + + +\section{Dingbats} +\idxbothbegin{dingbat}{symbols} + +Dingbats are symbols such as stars, arrows, and geometric shapes. +They are commonly used as bullets in itemized lists or, more +generally, as a means to draw attention to the text that follows. + +The \PI\ dingbat package warrants special mention. Among other +capabilities, \PI\ provides a \latex\ interface to the \PSfont{Zapf +Dingbats} font (one of the standard~35 PostScript\index{PostScript +fonts} fonts). However, rather than name each of the dingbats +individually, \PI\ merely provides a single \cmd{\ding} command, which +outputs the character that lies at a given position in the font. The +consequence is that the \PI\ symbols can't be listed by name in this +document's index, so be mindful of that fact when searching for a +particular symbol. + +\bigskip + + +\begin{symtable}[DING]{\DING\ Arrows} +\label{bbding-arrows} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\K\ArrowBoldDownRight & \K\ArrowBoldRightShort & \K\ArrowBoldUpRight \\ +\K\ArrowBoldRightCircled & \K\ArrowBoldRightStrobe \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[PI]{\PI\ Arrows} +\index{arrows} +\label{pi-arrows} +\begin{tabular}{*5{ll}} +\Tp{212} & \Tp{221} & \Tp{230} & \Tp{239} & \Tp{249} \\ +\Tp{213} & \Tp{222} & \Tp{231} & \Tp{241} & \Tp{250} \\ +\Tp{214} & \Tp{223} & \Tp{232} & \Tp{242} & \Tp{251} \\ +\Tp{215} & \Tp{224} & \Tp{233} & \Tp{243} & \Tp{252} \\ +\Tp{216} & \Tp{225} & \Tp{234} & \Tp{244} & \Tp{253} \\ +\Tp{217} & \Tp{226} & \Tp{235} & \Tp{245} & \Tp{254} \\ +\Tp{218} & \Tp{227} & \Tp{236} & \Tp{246} \\ +\Tp{219} & \Tp{228} & \Tp{237} & \Tp{247} \\ +\Tp{220} & \Tp{229} & \Tp{238} & \Tp{248} \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[MARV]{\MARV\ Scissors} +\index{scissors} +\label{marv-scissors} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\K\Cutleft & \K\Cutright & \K\Leftscissors \\ +\K\Cutline & \K\Kutline & \K\Rightscissors \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[DING]{\DING\ Scissors} +\index{scissors} +\label{scissors} +\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}} +\K\ScissorHollowLeft & \K\ScissorLeftBrokenTop \\ +\K\ScissorHollowRight & \K\ScissorRight \\ +\K\ScissorLeft & \K\ScissorRightBrokenBottom \\ +\K\ScissorLeftBrokenBottom & \K\ScissorRightBrokenTop \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[PI]{\PI\ Scissors} +\index{scissors} +\label{pi-scissors} +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}} +\Tp{33} & \Tp{34} & \Tp{35} & \Tp{36} \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ARK]{\ARK\ Pencils} +\index{pencils} +\vspace{1ex} +\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}} +\K[\ARKlargepencil]\largepencil & \K\smallpencil \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[DING]{\DING\ Pencils and Nibs} +\index{pencils} +\index{nibs} +\label{pencils-nibs} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\K\NibLeft & \K\PencilLeft & \K\PencilRightDown \\ +\K\NibRight & \K\PencilLeftDown & \K\PencilRightUp \\ +\K\NibSolidLeft & \K\PencilLeftUp \\ +\K\NibSolidRight & \K\PencilRight \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[PI]{\PI\ Pencils and Nibs} +\index{pencils} +\index{nibs} +\label{pi-pencils} +\begin{tabular}{*5{ll}} +\Tp{46} & \Tp{47} & \Tp{48} & \Tp{49} & \Tp{50} \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ARK]{\ARK\ Hands} +\index{hands} +\label{ark-hands} +\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.25} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\K\leftpointright & \K\rightpointleft & \K\rightpointright \\ +\K\leftthumbsdown & \K\rightthumbsdown \\ +\K\leftthumbsup & \K\rightthumbsup \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[DING]{\DING\ Hands} +\index{hands} +\label{hands} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\K\HandCuffLeft & \K\HandCuffRightUp & \K\HandPencilLeft \\ +\K\HandCuffLeftUp & \K\HandLeft & \K\HandRight \\ +\K\HandCuffRight & \K\HandLeftUp & \K\HandRightUp \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[PI]{\PI\ Hands} +\index{hands} +\label{pi-hands} +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}} +\Tp{42} & \Tp{43} & \Tp{44} & \Tp{45} \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[DING]{\DING\ Crosses and Plusses} +\index{crosses} +\index{plusses} +\index{crucifixes} +\label{crosses-plusses} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\K[\dingCross]\Cross & \K\CrossOpenShadow & \K\PlusOutline \\ +\K\CrossBoldOutline & \K\CrossOutline & \K\PlusThinCenterOpen \\ +\K\CrossClowerTips & \K\Plus \\ +\K\CrossMaltese & \K\PlusCenterOpen \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[PI]{\PI\ Crosses and Plusses} +\index{crosses} +\index{plusses} +\index{crucifixes} +\label{pi-crosses-plusses} +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}} +\Tp{57} & \Tp{59} & \Tp{61} & \Tp{63} \\ +\Tp{58} & \Tp{60} & \Tp{62} & \Tp{64} \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[DING]{\DING\ Xs and Check Marks} +\index{check marks} +\index{Xs} +\label{ding-check-marks} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\K\Checkmark & \K\XSolid & \K\XSolidBrush \\ +\K\CheckmarkBold & \K\XSolidBold \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[PI]{\PI\ Xs and Check Marks} +\index{check marks} +\index{Xs} +\label{pi-check-marks} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\Tp{51} & \Tp{53} & \Tp{55} \\ +\Tp{52} & \Tp{54} & \Tp{56} \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[WASY]{\WASY\ Xs and Check Marks} +\index{check marks} +\index{Xs} +\label{wasy-check-marks} +\begin{tabular}{*6l} +\K\CheckedBox & \K\Square & \K\XBox +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[PI]{\PI\ Circled Numbers} +\index{circled numbers} +\index{digits>circled} +\label{circled-numbers} +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}} +\Tp{172} & \Tp{182} & \Tp{192} & \Tp{202} \\ +\Tp{173} & \Tp{183} & \Tp{193} & \Tp{203} \\ +\Tp{174} & \Tp{184} & \Tp{194} & \Tp{204} \\ +\Tp{175} & \Tp{185} & \Tp{195} & \Tp{205} \\ +\Tp{176} & \Tp{186} & \Tp{196} & \Tp{206} \\ +\Tp{177} & \Tp{187} & \Tp{197} & \Tp{207} \\ +\Tp{178} & \Tp{188} & \Tp{198} & \Tp{208} \\ +\Tp{179} & \Tp{189} & \Tp{199} & \Tp{209} \\ +\Tp{180} & \Tp{190} & \Tp{200} & \Tp{210} \\ +\Tp{181} & \Tp{191} & \Tp{201} & \Tp{211} \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip + +\begin{tablenote} + \PI\ (part of the \pkgname{psnfss} package) provides a + \cmd{dingautolist} environment which resembles \texttt{enumerate} + but uses circled numbers as bullets.\footnotemark{} See the + \pkgname{psnfss} documentation for more information. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} +\footnotetext{In fact, \cmd{dingautolist} can use any set of + consecutive \PSfont{Zapf Dingbats} symbols.} + + +\begin{symtable}[WASY]{\WASY\ Stars} +\index{stars} +\index{Jewish star}\index{Star of David} +\label{wasy-stars} +\begin{tabular}{*6l} +\K\davidsstar & \K\hexstar & \K\varhexstar +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[DING]{\DING\ Stars, Flowers, and Similar Shapes} +\index{asterisks} +\index{clovers} +\index{flowers} +\index{sparkles} +\index{snowflakes} +\index{stars} +\index{Jewish star}\index{Star of David} +\label{star-like} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\K\Asterisk & \K\FiveFlowerPetal & \K\JackStar \\ +\K\AsteriskBold & \K\FiveStar & \K\JackStarBold \\ +\K\AsteriskCenterOpen & \K\FiveStarCenterOpen & \K\SixFlowerAlternate \\ +\K\AsteriskRoundedEnds & \K\FiveStarConvex & \K\SixFlowerAltPetal \\ +\K\AsteriskThin & \K\FiveStarLines & \K\SixFlowerOpenCenter \\ +\K\AsteriskThinCenterOpen & \K\FiveStarOpen & \K\SixFlowerPetalDotted \\ +\K\DavidStar & \K\FiveStarOpenCircled & \K\SixFlowerPetalRemoved \\ +\K\DavidStarSolid & \K\FiveStarOpenDotted & \K\SixFlowerRemovedOpenPetal \\ +\K\EightAsterisk & \K\FiveStarOutline & \K\SixStar \\ +\K\EightFlowerPetal & \K\FiveStarOutlineHeavy & \K\SixteenStarLight \\ +\K\EightFlowerPetalRemoved & \K\FiveStarShadow & \K\Snowflake \\ +\K\EightStar & \K\FourAsterisk & \K\SnowflakeChevron \\ +\K\EightStarBold & \K\FourClowerOpen & \K\SnowflakeChevronBold \\ +\K\EightStarConvex & \K\FourClowerSolid & \K\Sparkle \\ +\K\EightStarTaper & \K\FourStar & \K\SparkleBold \\ +\K\FiveFlowerOpen & \K\FourStarOpen & \K\TwelweStar \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[PI]{\PI\ Stars, Flowers, and Similar Shapes} +\index{asterisks} +\index{clovers} +\index{flowers} +\index{sparkles} +\index{snowflakes} +\index{stars} +\label{pi-star-like} +\begin{tabular}{*5{ll}} +\Tp{65} & \Tp{74} & \Tp{83} & \Tp{92} & \Tp{101} \\ +\Tp{66} & \Tp{75} & \Tp{84} & \Tp{93} & \Tp{102} \\ +\Tp{67} & \Tp{76} & \Tp{85} & \Tp{94} & \Tp{103} \\ +\Tp{68} & \Tp{77} & \Tp{86} & \Tp{95} & \Tp{104} \\ +\Tp{69} & \Tp{78} & \Tp{87} & \Tp{96} & \Tp{105} \\ +\Tp{70} & \Tp{79} & \Tp{88} & \Tp{97} & \Tp{106} \\ +\Tp{71} & \Tp{80} & \Tp{89} & \Tp{98} & \Tp{107} \\ +\Tp{72} & \Tp{81} & \Tp{90} & \Tp{99} \\ +\Tp{73} & \Tp{82} & \Tp{91} & \Tp{100} \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[WASY]{\WASY\ Geometric Shapes} +\index{polygons} +\index{geometric shapes} +\label{wasy-geometrical} +\begin{tabular}{*8l} +\K\hexagon & \K\octagon & \K\pentagon & \K\varhexagon +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[IFS]{\IFS\ Geometric Shapes} +\index{circles} +\index{diamonds} +\index{geometric shapes} +\index{squares} +\index{triangles} +\label{ifs-geometrical} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\K\BigCircle & \K\FilledBigTriangleRight & \K\SmallCircle \\ +\K\BigCross & \K\FilledBigTriangleUp & \K\SmallCross \\ +\K\BigDiamondshape & \K\FilledCircle & \K\SmallDiamondshape \\ +\K\BigHBar & \K\FilledDiamondShadowA & \K\SmallHBar \\ +\K\BigLowerDiamond & \K\FilledDiamondShadowC & \K\SmallLowerDiamond \\ +\K\BigRightDiamond & \K\FilledDiamondshape & \K\SmallRightDiamond \\ +\K\BigSquare & \K\FilledSmallCircle & \K\SmallSquare \\ +\K\BigTriangleDown & \K\FilledSmallDiamondshape & \K\SmallTriangleDown \\ +\K\BigTriangleLeft & \K\FilledSmallSquare & \K\SmallTriangleLeft \\ +\K\BigTriangleRight & \K\FilledSmallTriangleDown & \K\SmallTriangleRight \\ +\K\BigTriangleUp & \K\FilledSmallTriangleLeft & \K\SmallTriangleUp \\ +\K\BigVBar & \K\FilledSmallTriangleRight & \K\SmallVBar \\ +\K[\ifsCircle]\Circle & \K\FilledSmallTriangleUp & \K\SpinDown \\ +\K[\ifsCross]\Cross & \K\FilledSquare & \K\SpinUp \\ +\K\DiamondShadowA & \K\FilledSquareShadowA & \K[\ifsSquare]\Square \\ +\K\DiamondShadowB & \K\FilledSquareShadowC & \K\SquareShadowA \\ +\K\DiamondShadowC & \K\FilledTriangleDown & \K\SquareShadowB \\ +\K\Diamondshape & \K\FilledTriangleLeft & \K\SquareShadowC \\ +\K\FilledBigCircle & \K\FilledTriangleRight & \K[\ifsTriangleDown]\TriangleDown \\ +\K\FilledBigDiamondshape & \K\FilledTriangleUp & \K\TriangleLeft \\ +\K\FilledBigSquare & \K\HBar & \K\TriangleRight \\ +\K\FilledBigTriangleDown & \K\LowerDiamond & \K[\ifsTriangleUp]\TriangleUp \\ +\K\FilledBigTriangleLeft & \K\RightDiamond & \K\VBar \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote} + \begin{morespacing}{1pt} + The \IFS\ documentation points out that one can use \cmd{\rlap} to + combine some of the above into useful, new symbols. For example, + \cmdI{\BigCircle} and \cmdI{\FilledSmallCircle} combine to give + ``\,\rlap\FilledSmallCircle\BigCircle\,''. Likewise, + \cmdI[\ifsSquare]{\Square} and + \cmdI[\ifsCross]{\Cross} combine to give + ``\rlap\ifsCross\ifsSquare''. See Section~\ref{combining-symbols} + for more information about constructing new symbols out of + existing symbols. + \end{morespacing} +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[DING]{\DING\ Geometric Shapes} +\index{circles} +\index{diamonds} +\index{ellipses (ovals)} +\index{geometric shapes} +\index{ovals} +\index{rectangles} +\index{squares} +\index{triangles} +\label{ding-geometrical} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\K\CircleShadow & \K\Rectangle & \K\SquareShadowTopLeft \\ +\K\CircleSolid & \K\RectangleBold & \K\SquareShadowTopRight \\ +\K\DiamondSolid & \K\RectangleThin & \K\SquareSolid \\ +\K\Ellipse & \K[\dingSquare]\Square & \K\TriangleDown \\ +\K\EllipseShadow & \K\SquareCastShadowBottomRight & \K\TriangleUp \\ +\K\EllipseSolid & \K\SquareCastShadowTopLeft \\ +\K\HalfCircleLeft & \K\SquareCastShadowTopRight \\ +\K\HalfCircleRight & \K\SquareShadowBottomRight \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[PI]{\PI\ Geometric Shapes} +\index{circles} +\index{diamonds} +\index{geometric shapes} +\index{rectangles} +\index{squares} +\index{triangles} +\label{pi-geometrical} +\begin{tabular}{*5{ll}} +\Tp{108} & \Tp{111} & \Tp{114} & \Tp{117} & \Tp{121} \\ +\Tp{109} & \Tp{112} & \Tp{115} & \Tp{119} & \Tp{122} \\ +\Tp{110} & \Tp{113} & \Tp{116} & \Tp{120} \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[UNI]{\UNI\ Geometric Shapes} +\index{circles} +\index{squares} +\index{triangles} +\index{geometric shapes} +\label{uni-geometrical} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\K\baucircle & \K\bausquare & \K\bautriangle \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[MAN]{\MAN\ Dangerous Bend Symbols} +\idxboth{dangerous bend}{symbols} +\index{symbols>Knuth's} +\index{Knuth, Donald E.>symbols by} +\idxTBsyms +\label{dangerous-bend} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\K\dbend & \K\lhdbend & \K\reversedvideodbend \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote} + Note that these symbols descend far beneath the baseline. \MAN\ + also defines non-descending versions, which it calls, + correspondingly, \cmdI[\string\textdbend]{\textdbend}, + \cmdI[\string\textlhdbend]{\textlhdbend}, and + \cmdI[\string\textreversedvideodbend]{\textreversedvideodbend}. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[SKULL]{\SKULL\ Symbols} +\label{skull} +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\K\skull +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ABX]{Non-Mathematical \ABX\ Symbols} +\label{abx-nonmath} +\begin{tabular}{ll} +\X[\ABXrip]\rip +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[MARV]{\MARV\ Information Symbols} +\idxboth{information}{symbols} +\index{check marks} +\index{Xs} +\label{marv-info} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}ll} +\K\Bicycle & \K\Football & \K\Pointinghand \\ +\K\Checkedbox & \K\Gentsroom & \K\Wheelchair \\ +\K\Clocklogo & \K\Industry & \K\Writinghand \\ +\K\Coffeecup & \K\Info \\ +\K\Crossedbox & \K\Ladiesroom \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[ARK]{Miscellaneous \ARK\ Dingbats} +\idxboth{miscellaneous}{symbols} +\index{check marks} +\index{carriage return} +\label{ark-misc} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\K\anchor & \K\eye & \K\Sborder \\ +\K\carriagereturn & \K\filledsquarewithdots & \K\squarewithdots \\ +\K[\ARKcheckmark]\checkmark & \K\satellitedish & \K\Zborder \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[DING]{Miscellaneous \DING\ Dingbats} +\idxboth{miscellaneous}{symbols} +\label{bbding-misc} +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}} +\K\Envelope & \K\Peace & \K\PhoneHandset & \K\SunshineOpenCircled \\ +\K\OrnamentDiamondSolid & \K\Phone & \K\Plane & \K\Tape \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[PI]{Miscellaneous \PI\ Dingbats} +\idxboth{miscellaneous}{symbols} +\index{card suits} +\index{diamonds (suit)} +\index{hearts (suit)} +\index{clubs (suit)} +\index{spades (suit)} +\label{pi-misc} +\begin{tabular}{*5{ll}} +\Tp{37} & \Tp{40} & \Tp{164} & \Tp{167} & \Tp{171} \\ +\Tp{38} & \Tp{41} & \Tp{165} & \Tp{168} & \Tp{169} \\ +\Tp{39} & \Tp{118} & \Tp{166} & \Tp{170} \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + +\idxbothend{dingbat}{symbols} + + +\section{Other symbols} +\idxbothbegin{miscellaneous}{symbols} + +The following are all the symbols that didn't fit neatly or +unambiguously into any of the previous sections. +\ifcomplete +(Do weather symbols belong under ``Science and technology''? Should +dice be considered ``mathematics''?) While some of the tables contain +clearly related groups of symbols (e.g., musical notes), others +represent motley assortments of whatever the font designer felt like +drawing. +\fi + +\bigskip + + +\begin{symtable}{\TC\ Genealogical Symbols} +\idxboth{genealogical}{symbols} +\label{genealogical} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\K\textborn & \K\textdivorced & \K\textmarried \\ +\K\textdied & \K\textleaf \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[WASY]{\WASY\ General Symbols} +\index{symbols>general} +\index{smiley faces} +\label{wasy-general} +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}} +\K\ataribox & \K\clock & \K\LEFTarrow & \K\smiley \\ +\K\bell & \K\diameter & \K\lightning & \K\sun \\ +\K\blacksmiley & \K\DOWNarrow & \K\phone & \K\UParrow \\ +\K\Bowtie & \K\frownie & \K\pointer & \K\wasylozenge \\ +\K\brokenvert & \K\invdiameter & \K\recorder \\ +\K\checked & \K\kreuz & \K\RIGHTarrow \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[WASY]{\WASY\ Circles} +\index{circles} +\label{wasy-circles} +\begin{tabular}{*8l} +\K\CIRCLE & \K\LEFTcircle & \K\RIGHTcircle & \K\rightturn \\ +\K\Circle & \K\Leftcircle & \K\Rightcircle \\ +\K\LEFTCIRCLE & \K\RIGHTCIRCLE & \K\leftturn \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[WASY]{\WASY\ Musical Symbols} +\idxboth{musical}{symbols} +\label{wasy-music} +\begin{tabular}{*{10}l} +\K\eighthnote & \K\halfnote & \K\twonotes & +\K\fullnote & \K\quarternote \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote} + See also \cmdX{\flat}, \cmdX{\sharp}, and \cmdX{\natural} + (Table~\vref{ord}). +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[HARM]{\HARM\ Musical Symbols} +\idxboth{musical}{symbols} +\label{harmony-music} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll@{\hspace{3em}}}ll} +\K\AAcht & \K\Ds & \K\Pu & \K\VM \\ +\K\Acht & \K\DS & \K\Sech & \K\Zwdr \\ +\K\AcPa & \K\Ganz & \K\SePa & \K\ZwPa \\ +\K\DD & \K\GaPa & \K\UB & \\ +\K\DDohne & \K\Halb & \K\Vier & \\ +\K\Dohne & \K\HaPa & \K\ViPa & \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote} + The \pkgname{musixtex} package must be installed to use \HARM. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[HARM]{\HARM\ Musical Accents} +\idxboth{musical}{symbols} +\index{accents} +\label{harmony-accents} +\begin{tabular}{ll@{\hspace{3em}}ll} +\Q\Ferli$^*$ & \Q\Ohne$^*$ \\ +\Q\Fermi & \Q\Umd$^*$ \\ +\Qc\Kr & \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote}[*] + These symbols take an optional argument which shifts the accent + either horizontally or vertically (depending on the command) by the + given distance. +\end{tablenote} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote} + In addition to the accents shown above, \cmd{\HH} is a special + accent command which accepts five period-separated characters and + typesets them such that ``\verb|\HH.X.a.b.c.d.|'' produces + ``\harmHH.X.a.b.c.d.''. All arguments except the first can be + omitted: ``\verb|\HH.X.....|'' produces ``\harmHH.X.....''. + \cmd{\Takt} takes two arguments and composes them into a musical + time signature. For example, ``\verb|\Takt{12}{8}|'' produces + ``\Takt{12}{8}''. As two special cases, ``\verb|\Takt{c}{0}|'' + produces ``\Takt{c}{0}'' and ``\verb|\Takt{c}{1}|'' produces + ``\Takt{c}{1}''. + + The \pkgname{musixtex} package must be installed to use \HARM. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[MAN]{Miscellaneous \MAN\ Symbols} +\index{symbols>Knuth's} +\index{Knuth, Donald E.>symbols by} +\index{symbols>Metafontbook=\MF{}book}\index{Metafontbook symbols=\MF{}book symbols} +\idxTBsyms +\label{knuth} +\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}} +\K\manboldkidney & \K\manpenkidney \\ +\K\manconcentriccircles & \K\manquadrifolium \\ +\K\manconcentricdiamond & \K\manquartercircle \\ +\K\mancone & \K\manrotatedquadrifolium \\ +\K\mancube & \K\manrotatedquartercircle \\ +\K\manerrarrow & \K\manstar \\ +\K\manfilledquartercircle & \K\mantiltpennib \\ +\K\manhpennib & \K\mantriangledown \\ +\K\manimpossiblecube & \K\mantriangleright \\ +\K\mankidney & \K\mantriangleup \\ +\K\manlhpenkidney & \K\manvpennib \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[MARV]{\MARV\ Navigation Symbols} +\idxboth{navigation}{symbols} +\label{marv-navigation} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}ll} +\K\Forward & \K\MoveDown & \K\RewindToIndex & \K\ToTop \\ +\K\ForwardToEnd & \K\MoveUp & \K\RewindToStart \\ +\K\ForwardToIndex & \K\Rewind & \K\ToBottom \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[MARV]{\MARV\ Laundry Symbols} +\idxboth{laundry}{symbols} +\label{marv-laundry} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\K\AtForty & \K\Handwash & \K\ShortNinetyFive \\ +\K\AtNinetyFive & \K\IroningI & \K\ShortSixty \\ +\K\AtSixty & \K\IroningII & \K\ShortThirty \\ +\K\Bleech & \K\IroningIII & \K\SpecialForty \\ +\K\CleaningA & \K\NoBleech & \K\Tumbler \\ +\K\CleaningF & \K\NoChemicalCleaning & \K\WashCotton \\ +\K\CleaningFF & \K\NoIroning & \K\WashSynthetics \\ +\K\CleaningP & \K\NoTumbler & \K\WashWool \\ +\K\CleaningPP & \K\ShortFifty \\ +\K\Dontwash & \K\ShortForty \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[MARV]{Other \MARV\ Symbols} +\idxboth{miscellaneous}{symbols} +\index{crosses}\index{crucifixes} +\index{smiley faces} +\label{marv-misc} +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}} +\K\Ankh & \K\Cross & \K\Heart & \K\Smiley \\ +\K\Bat & \K\FHBOlogo & \K\MartinVogel & \K\Womanface \\ +\K\Bouquet & \K\FHBOLOGO & \K\Mundus & \K\Yinyang \\ +\K\Celtcross & \K\Frowny & \K\MVAt \\ +\K\CircledA & \K\FullFHBO & \K[\marvRightarrow]\Rightarrow$^*$ \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote}[*] + Standard \latexE{} defines \cmdX{\Rightarrow} to display + ``$\Rightarrow$'', while \MARV\ redefines it to display + ``\marvRightarrow'' (or ``$\marvRightarrow$'' in math mode). This + conflict can be problematic for math symbols defined in terms of + \cmdX{\Rightarrow}, such as \cmdX{\Longleftrightarrow}, which ends + up looking like ``$\Leftarrow\joinrel\marvRightarrow$''. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[UNI]{Miscellaneous \UNI\ Symbols} +\label{uni-misc} +\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}} +\K\bauforms & \K\bauhead \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[IFS]{\IFS\ Weather Symbols} +\idxboth{weather}{symbols} +\label{weather} +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}} +\K\Cloud & \K\Hail & \K\Sleet & \K\WeakRain \\ +\K\FilledCloud & \K\HalfSun & \K\Snow & \K\WeakRainCloud \\ +\K\FilledRainCloud & \K[\ifsLightning]\Lightning & \K\SnowCloud & \K\FilledSnowCloud \\ +\K\FilledSunCloud & \K\NoSun & \K[\ifsSun]\Sun & \\ +\K\FilledWeakRainCloud & \K\Rain & \K\SunCloud & \\ +\K\Fog & \K\RainCloud & \K\ThinFog & \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote} + \begin{morespacing}{\jot} + In addition, + \verb|\Thermo{0}|$\ldots$\verb|\Thermo{6}|\indexcommand{\Thermo} + produce thermometers that are between 0/6 and 6/6~full of + mercury:\quad \mbox{\Thermo{0}~~\Thermo{1}~~\Thermo{2}~~\Thermo{3}~~% + \Thermo{4}~~\Thermo{5}~~\Thermo{6}} + \end{morespacing} + + \begin{morespacing}{1pt} + Similarly, + \cmd{\wind}\verb|{|\meta{sun}\verb|}{|\meta{angle}\verb|}{|\meta{strength}\verb|}| + will draw wind symbols with a given amount of sun~(0--4), a given + angle (in degrees), and a given strength in km/h~(0--100). For + example, \verb|\wind{0}{0}{0}| produces ``\,\wind{0}{0}{0}\unskip'', + \verb|\wind{2}{0}{0}| produces ``\,\wind{2}{0}{0}\unskip'', and + \verb|\wind{4}{0}{100}| produces ``\,\wind{4}{0}{100}\unskip''. + \end{morespacing} +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[IFS]{\IFS\ Alpine Symbols} +\idxboth{alpine}{symbols} +\label{alpine} +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}} +\K\SummitSign & \K\Summit & \K\SurveySign & \K\HalfFilledHut \\ +\K\StoneMan & \K\Mountain & \K\Joch & \K\VarSummit \\ +\K\Hut & \K\IceMountain & \K\Flag & \\ +\K\FilledHut & \K\VarMountain & \K\VarFlag & \\ +\K\Village & \K\VarIceMountain & \K\Tent & \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[IFS]{\IFS\ Clocks} +\idxboth{clock}{symbols} +\index{time of day} +\label{clocks} +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}} +\K\Interval & \K\StopWatchStart & \K\VarClock & \K\Wecker \\ +\K\StopWatchEnd & \K\Taschenuhr & \K\VarTaschenuhr \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote} + \IFS\ also exports a \cmd{\showclock} macro. + \verb|\showclock{|\meta{hours}\verb|}{|\meta{minutes}\verb|}| outputs + a clock displaying the corresponding time. For instance, + ``\verb|\showclock{5}{40}|'' produces ``\showclock{5}{40}''. + \meta{hours} must be an integer from 0 to~11, and \meta{minutes} must + be an integer multiple of~5 from 0 to~55. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[IFS]{Other \IFS\ Symbols} +\idxboth{miscellaneous}{symbols} +\index{tally markers} +\index{dice} +\label{ifs-misc} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}} +\K\FilledSectioningDiamond & \K[\ifsLetter]\Letter + & \K\Radiation \\ +\K\Fire & \K\PaperLandscape & \K\SectioningDiamond \\ +\K\Irritant & \K\PaperPortrait & \K\Telephone \\[2ex] + +\K\StrokeOne & \K\StrokeThree & \K\StrokeFive \\ +\K\StrokeTwo & \K\StrokeFour \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote} + \begin{morespacing}{\jot} + In addition, + \verb|\Cube{1}|$\ldots$\verb|\Cube{6}|\indexcommand{\Cube} produce + dice with the corresponding number of spots:\quad + \mbox{\Cube{1}~~\Cube{2}~~\Cube{3}~~\Cube{4}~~\Cube{5}~~\Cube{6}} + \end{morespacing} +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[SKAK]{\SKAK\ Chess Informator Symbols} +\idxboth{chess}{symbols} +\idxboth{informator}{symbols} +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}} +\K\bbetter & \K\doublepawns & \K\novelty & \K\various \\ +\K\bdecisive & \K\ending & \K\onlymove & \K\wbetter \\ +\K\betteris & \K\equal & \K\opposbishops & \K\wdecisive \\ +\K\bishoppair & \K[\SKAKetc]\etc & \K\passedpawn & \K\weakpt \\ +\K\bupperhand & \K\file & \K\qside & \K\with \\ +\K\centre & \K\kside & \K\samebishops & \K\withattack \\ +\K\comment & \K\markera & \K[\SKAKsee]\see & \K\withidea \\ +\K\compensation & \K\markerb & \K\seppawns & \K\withinit \\ +\K\counterplay & \K\mate & \K\timelimit & \K\without \\ +\K\devadvantage & \K\morepawns & \K\unclear & \K\wupperhand \\ +\K\diagonal & \K\moreroom & \K\unitedpawns & \K\zugzwang \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote} + \font\chessfont=skak10 + \def\chs#1{{\chessfont#1}} + + The preceding symbols are merely the named informator symbol. + \SKAK\ can typeset many more chess-related symbols, including those + for all of the pieces (\chs{KQRBNP}\slash\chs{kqrbnp}), but only in + the context of moves and boards, not as individual, named \latex + symbols. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[METRE]{\METRE\ Metrical Symbols} +\idxboth{metrical}{symbols} +\label{metre} +\begin{tabular}{*5{ll@{\hspace*{2em}}}ll} +\Mt\a & \Mt\bBm & \Mt\cc & \Mt\Mbb & \Mt\Pppp & \Mt\t \\ +\Mt\B & \Mt\bbm & \Mt\Ccc & \Mt\mbbx & \Mt\pppp & \Mt\tsbm \\ +\Mt\b & \Mt\Bbm & \Mt\m & \Mt\oo & \Mt\Ppppp & \Mt\tsmb \\ +\Mt\Bb & \Mt\bbmb & \Mt\M & \Mt\p & \Mt\ppppp & \Mt\tsmm \\ +\Mt\BB & \Mt\bbmx & \Mt\ma & \Mt\pm & \Mt\ps & \Mt\vppm \\ +\Mt\bb & \Mt\bm & \Mt\Mb & \Mt\pp & \Mt\pxp & \Mt\vpppm \\ +\Mt\bB & \Mt\Bm & \Mt\mb & \Mt\Pp & \Mt\Pxp & \Mt\x \\ +\Mt\bba & \Mt\c & \Mt\mBb & \Mt\ppm & \Mt\R \\ +\Mt\bbb & \Mt\C & \Mt\mbB & \Mt\ppp & \Mt\r \\ +\Mt\BBm & \Mt\Cc & \Mt\mbb & \Mt\Ppp & \Mt\T \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote} + The preceding symbols are valid only within the argument to the + \cmd{metre} command. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[METRE]{\METRE\ Small and Large Metrical Symbols} +\idxboth{metrical}{symbols} +\label{metre-small-large} +\begin{tabular}{ll@{\hspace*{3em}}ll} +\K\anaclasis & \K\Anaclasis \\ +\K[\METREantidiple]\antidiple & \K[\METREAntidiple]\Antidiple \\ +\K[\METREantidiplestar]{\antidiple*} & \K[\METREAntidiplestar]{\Antidiple*} \\ +\K\antisigma & \K\Antisigma \\ +\K\asteriscus & \K\Asteriscus \\ +\K\catalexis & \K\Catalexis \\ +\K[\METREdiple]\diple & \K[\METREDiple]\Diple \\ +\K[\METREdiplestar]{\diple*} & \K[\METREDiplestar]{\Diple*} \\ +\K[\METREobelus]\obelus & \K[\METREObelus]\Obelus \\ +\K[\METREobelusstar]{\obelus*} & \K[\METREObelusstar]{\Obelus*} \\ +\K[\METRErespondens]\respondens & \K[\METRERespondens]\Respondens \\ +\K[\METREterminus]\terminus & \K[\METRETerminus]\Terminus \\ +\K[\METREterminusstar]{\terminus*} & \K[\METRETerminusstar]{\Terminus*} \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[PHAI]{\PHAI\ Symbols from the Phaistos Disk} +\index{Phaistos disk} +\index{symbols>Phaistos disk} +\label{phaistos} +\begin{tabular}{*2{ll@{\hspace*{3em}}}ll} +\K\PHarrow & \K\PHeagle & \K\PHplumedHead \\ +\K\PHbee & \K\PHflute & \K\PHram \\ +\K\PHbeehive & \K\PHgaunlet & \K\PHrosette \\ +\K\PHboomerang & \K\PHgrater & \K\PHsaw \\ +\K\PHbow & \K\PHhelmet & \K\PHshield \\ +\K\PHbullLeg & \K\PHhide & \K\PHship \\ +\K\PHcaptive & \K\PHhorn & \K\PHsling \\ +\K\PHcarpentryPlane & \K\PHlid & \K\PHsmallAxe \\ +\K\PHcat & \K\PHlily & \K\PHstrainer \\ +\K\PHchild & \K\PHmanacles & \K\PHtattooedHead \\ +\K\PHclub & \K\PHmattock & \K\PHtiara \\ +\K\PHcolumn & \K\PHoxBack & \K\PHtunny \\ +\K\PHcomb & \K\PHpapyrus & \K\PHvine \\ +\K\PHdolium & \K\PHpedestrian & \K\PHwavyBand \\ +\K\PHdove & \K\PHplaneTree & \K\PHwoman \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[PROTO]{\PROTO\ Proto-Semitic Characters} +\idxboth{proto-Semitic}{symbols} +\index{alphabets>proto-Semitic} +\label{protosem} +\begin{tabular}{*4{ll@{\hspace*{3em}}}ll} +\K[\textproto\Aaleph]\Aaleph & +\K[\textproto\AAhe]\AAhe & +\K[\textproto\Akaph]\Akaph & +\K[\textproto\Asamekh]\Asamekh & +\K[\textproto\AAresh]\AAresh \\ + +\K[\textproto\AAaleph]\AAaleph & +\K[\textproto\Azayin]\Azayin & +\K[\textproto\AAkaph]\AAkaph & +\K[\textproto\Ape]\Ape & +\K[\textproto\Ashin]\Ashin \\ + +\K[\textproto\Abeth]\Abeth & +\K[\textproto\Avav]\Avav & +\K[\textproto\Alamed]\Alamed & +\K[\textproto\AApe]\AApe & +\K[\textproto\Ahelmet]\Ahelmet \\ + +\K[\textproto\AAbeth]\AAbeth & +\K[\textproto\Aheth]\Aheth & +\K[\textproto\AAlamed]\AAlamed & +\K[\textproto\Asade]\Asade & +\K[\textproto\AAhelmet]\AAhelmet \\ + +\K[\textproto\Agimel]\Agimel & +\K[\textproto\AAheth]\AAheth & +\K[\textproto\Am]\Amem & +\K[\textproto\AAsade]\AAsade & +\K[\textproto\Atav]\Atav \\ + +\K[\textproto\Adaleth]\Adaleth & +\K[\textproto\Ateth]\Ateth & +\K[\textproto\Anun]\Anun & +\K[\textproto\Aqoph]\Aqoph \\ + +\K[\textproto\AAdaleth]\AAdaleth & +\K[\textproto\Ayod]\Ayod & +\K[\textproto\Aayin]\Aayin & +\K[\textproto\AAqoph]\AAqoph \\ + +\K[\textproto\Ahe]\Ahe & +\K[\textproto\AAyod]\AAyod & +\K[\textproto\AAayin]\AAayin & +\K[\textproto\Aresh]\Aresh \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote} + The \PROTO\ package defines abbreviated control sequences for each + of the above. In addition, single-letter shortcuts can be used + within the argument to the \cmd{\textproto} command + (e.g.,~``\verb|\textproto{Pakyn}|'' produces ``\textproto{Pakyn}''). + See the \PROTO\ documentation for more information. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[HIER]{\HIER\ Hieroglyphics} +\index{hieroglyphics} +\index{alphabets>hieroglyphic} +\label{hieroglf} +\begin{tabular}{*3{ll@{\hspace*{3em}}}ll} +\K[\textpmhg\HA]\HA & \K[\textpmhg\HI]\HI & \K[\textpmhg\Hn]\Hn & \K[\textpmhg\HT]\HT \\ +\K[\textpmhg\Ha]\Ha & \K[\textpmhg\Hi]\Hi & \K[\textpmhg\HO]\HO & \K[\textpmhg\Ht]\Ht \\ +\K[\textpmhg\HB]\HB & \K[\textpmhg\Hibl]\Hibl & \K[\textpmhg\Ho]\Ho & \K[\textpmhg\Htongue]\Htongue \\ +\K[\textpmhg\Hb]\Hb & \K[\textpmhg\Hibp]\Hibp & \K[\textpmhg\Hp]\Hp & \K[\textpmhg\HU]\HU \\ +\K[\textpmhg\Hc]\Hc & \K[\textpmhg\Hibs]\Hibs & \K[\textpmhg\HP]\HP & \K[\textpmhg\Hu]\Hu \\ +\K[\textpmhg\HC]\HC & \K[\textpmhg\Hibw]\Hibw & \K[\textpmhg\Hplural]\Hplural & \K[\textpmhg\HV]\HV \\ +\K[\textpmhg\HD]\HD & \K[\textpmhg\HJ]\HJ & \K[\textpmhg\Hplus]\Hplus & \K[\textpmhg\Hv]\Hv \\ +\K[\textpmhg\Hd]\Hd & \K[\textpmhg\Hj]\Hj & \K[\textpmhg\HQ]\HQ & \K[\textpmhg\Hvbar]\Hvbar \\ +\K[\textpmhg\Hdual]\Hdual & \K[\textpmhg\Hk]\Hk & \K[\textpmhg\Hq]\Hq & \K[\textpmhg\Hw]\Hw \\ +\K[\textpmhg\He]\He & \K[\textpmhg\HK]\HK & \K[\textpmhg\Hquery]\Hquery & \K[\textpmhg\HW]\HW \\ +\K[\textpmhg\HE]\HE & \K[\textpmhg\HL]\HL & \K[\textpmhg\HR]\HR & \K[\textpmhg\HX]\HX \\ +\K[\textpmhg\Hf]\Hf & \K[\textpmhg\Hl]\Hl & \K[\textpmhg\Hr]\Hr & \K[\textpmhg\Hx]\Hx \\ +\K[\textpmhg\HF]\HF & \K[\textpmhg\Hm]\Hm & \K[\textpmhg\Hs]\Hs & \K[\textpmhg\HY]\HY \\ +\K[\textpmhg\HG]\HG & \K[\textpmhg\HM]\HM & \K[\textpmhg\HS]\HS & \K[\textpmhg\Hy]\Hy \\ +\K[\textpmhg\Hg]\Hg & \K[\textpmhg\Hman]\Hman & \K[\textpmhg\Hscribe]\Hscribe & \K[\textpmhg\Hz]\Hz \\ +\K[\textpmhg\Hh]\Hh & \K[\textpmhg\Hms]\Hms & \K[\textpmhg\Hslash]\Hslash & \K[\textpmhg\HZ]\HZ \\ +\K[\textpmhg\HH]\HH & \K[\textpmhg\HN]\HN & \K[\textpmhg\Hsv]\Hsv & \\ +~\\[2ex] +\K[\textpmhg\Hone]\Hone & \K[\textpmhg\Hhundred]\Hhundred & \K[\textpmhg\HXthousand]\HXthousand & \K[\textpmhg\Hmillion]\Hmillion \\ +\K[\textpmhg\Hten]\Hten & \K[\textpmhg\Hthousand]\Hthousand & \K[\textpmhg\HCthousand]\HCthousand \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip +\begin{tablenote} + The \HIER\ package defines alternate control sequences and + single-letter shortcuts for each of the above which can be used + within the argument to the \cmd{\textpmhg} command + (e.g.,~``\verb|\textpmhg{Pakin}|'' produces ``\textpmhg{Pakin}''). + See the \HIER\ documentation for more information. +\end{tablenote} +\end{symtable} + + +\begin{symtable}[DICT]{\DICT\ Dictionary Symbols} +\idxboth{dictionary}{symbols} +\label{dictionary} +\begin{tabular}{*2{ll@{\hspace*{3em}}}ll} +\K\dsaeronautical & \K\dscommercial & \K\dsmedical \\ +\K\dsagricultural & \K\dsheraldical & \K\dsmilitary \\ +\K\dsarchitectural & \K\dsjuridical & \K\dsrailways \\ +\K\dsbiological & \K\dsliterary & \K\dstechnical \\ +\K\dschemical & \K\dsmathematical & \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{symtable} + + +\idxbothend{miscellaneous}{symbols} + + +\section{Additional Information} +\label{addl-info} + +Unlike the previous sections of this document, Section~\ref{addl-info} +does not contain new symbol tables. Rather, it provides additional +help in using the \doctitle. First, it draws attention to symbol +names used by multiple packages. Next, it provides some guidelines +for finding symbols and gives some examples regarding how to construct +missing symbols out of existing ones. Then, it comments on the +spacing surrounding symbols in math mode. After that, it presents an +ASCII and Latin~1 quick-reference guide, showing how to enter all of +the standard ASCII/Latin~1 symbols in \latex{}. And finally, it lists +some statistics about this document itself. + +\subsection{Symbol Name Clashes} + +% Rather than create a rat's nest of \if statements, we keep the table +% whole and have each symbol conditionally appear. +\makeatletter +\DeclareRobustCommand{\trysym}[1]{\@ifundefined{#1}{\mbox{\tiny N/A}}{\csname#1\endcsname}} +\makeatother + +Unfortunately, a number of symbol names are not unique; they appear in +more than one package. Depending on how the symbols are defined in +each package, \latex{} will either output an error message or replace +an earlier-defined symbol with a later-defined symbol. +Table~\ref{name-clashes} presents a selection of name clashes that +appear in this document. +\ifcomplete +\else + The symbol ``\trysym{NONEXISTENT}'' is used to indicate that the + corresponding package was not available when \selftex was compiled. +\fi + +\begin{nonsymtableL}{Symbol Name Clashes} +\label{name-clashes} +\begin{tabular}{@{}lp{0.3em}cccccccccc@{}} \toprule + Symbol && \latexE & \AmS & \ST & \WASY & \ABX & \MARV & \DING & \IFS & \ARK & \WIPA \\ + \cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule(l){3-12} + % + \cmdI[$\trysym{baro}$ vs.\ \trysym{WSUbaro}]{\baro} && + & & $\trysym{baro}$ & & & & & & & \trysym{WSUbaro} \\ + \cmdI[$\string\bigtriangledown$ vs.\ $\trysym{STbigtriangledown}$]{\bigtriangledown} && + $\bigtriangledown$ & & $\trysym{STbigtriangledown}$ \\ + \cmdI[$\string\bigtriangleup$ vs.\ $\trysym{STbigtriangleup}$]{\bigtriangleup} && + $\bigtriangleup$ & & $\trysym{STbigtriangleup}$ \\ + \cmdI[\trysym{checkmark} vs.\ \trysym{ARKcheckmark}]{\checkmark} && + & \trysym{checkmark} & & & & & & & \trysym{ARKcheckmark} \\ + \cmdI[\trysym{Circle} vs.\ \trysym{ifsCircle}]{\Circle} && + & & & \trysym{Circle} & & & & \trysym{ifsCircle} \\ + \cmdI[\trysym{Cross} vs.\ \trysym{dingCross} vs.\ \trysym{ifsCross}]{\Cross} && + & & & & & \trysym{Cross} & \trysym{dingCross} & \trysym{ifsCross} \\ + \cmdI[$\trysym{ggg}$ vs.\ $\trysym{ABXggg}$]{\ggg} && + & $\trysym{ggg}$ & & & $\trysym{ABXggg}$ \\ + \cmdI[\trysym{Letter} vs.\ \trysym{ifsLetter}]{\Letter} && + & & & & & \trysym{Letter} & & \trysym{ifsLetter} \\ + \cmdI[$\trysym{STlightning}$ vs.\ \trysym{WASYlightning}]{\lightning} && + & & $\trysym{STlightning}$ & \trysym{WASYlightning} \\ + \cmdI[\trysym{Lightning} vs.\ \trysym{ifsLightning}]{\Lightning} && + & & & & & \trysym{Lightning} & & \trysym{ifsLightning} \\ + \cmdI[$\trysym{lll}$ vs.\ $\trysym{ABXlll}$]{\lll} && + & $\trysym{lll}$ & & & $\trysym{ABXlll}$ \\ + \cmdI[$\string\Rightarrow$ vs.\ \trysym{marvRightarrow} vs.\ $\trysym{ABXRightarrow}$]{\Rightarrow} && + $\Rightarrow$ & & & & $\trysym{ABXRightarrow}$ & \trysym{marvRightarrow} \\ + \cmdI[\trysym{Square} vs.\ \trysym{dingSquare} vs.\ \trysym{ifsSquare}]{\Square} && + & & & \trysym{Square} & & & \trysym{dingSquare} & \trysym{ifsSquare} \\ + \cmdI[\trysym{Sun} vs.\ \trysym{ifsSun} vs.\ $\trysym{ABXSun}$]{\Sun} && + & & & & $\trysym{ABXSun}$ & \trysym{Sun} & & \trysym{ifsSun} \\ + \cmdI[\trysym{TriangleDown} vs.\ \trysym{ifsTriangleDown}]{\TriangleDown} && + & & & & & & \trysym{TriangleDown} & \trysym{ifsTriangleDown} \\ + \cmdI[\trysym{TriangleUp} vs.\ \trysym{ifsTriangleUp}]{\TriangleUp} && + & & & & & & \trysym{TriangleUp} & \trysym{ifsTriangleUp} \\ + \bottomrule +\end{tabular} +\end{nonsymtableL} + + +Using multiple symbols with the same name in the same document---or +even merely loading conflicting symbol packages---can be tricky, but, +as evidenced by the existence of Table~\ref{name-clashes}, not +impossible. The general procedure is to load the first package, +rename the conflicting symbols, and then load the second package. +Examine the \latex{} source for this document +(\selftex)---especially the \cmd{\savesymbol} and +\cmd{\restoresymbol} macros and their subsequent usage---to see one +possible way to handle symbol conflicts. + +\ifTX + +\TX\ and \PX\ redefine a huge number of symbols---essentially, all of +the symbols defined by \pkgname{latexsym}, \TC, the various \AMS\ +symbol sets, and \latexE\ itself. +\ifABX + Similarly, \ABX\ redefines a vast number of math symbols in an + attempt to improve their look. The \TX, \PX, and \ABX\ conflicts +\else + The \TX\ and \PX\ conflicts +\fi +are not listed in Table~\ref{name-clashes} because they are designed +to be compatible with the symbols they replace. +Table~\vref{benign-clash} illustrates what ``compatible'' means in +this context. + +\begin{nonsymtable}{Example of a Benign Name Clash} +\label{benign-clash} +\begin{tabular}{@{}lcc@{}} \toprule +& Default & \TX \\ +\multicolumn{1}{c}{\raisebox{1ex}[0pt][0pt]{Symbol}} & (Computer Modern) & +(Times Roman) \\ \cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule(l){2-3} +\texttt{R} & \Huge R & {\fontfamily{txr}\selectfont \Huge R} \\ +\cmdI{\textrecipe} & \Huge\textrecipe & + {\fontfamily{txr}\selectfont \Huge\textrecipe} \\ +\bottomrule +\end{tabular} +\end{nonsymtable} + +To use the new \TXPX\ symbols without altering the document's main font, +merely reset the default font families back to their original values +after loading one of those packages: + +\begin{verbatim} + \renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr} + \renewcommand\sfdefault{cmss} + \renewcommand\ttdefault{cmtt} +\end{verbatim} + +\fi % TX test + + +\subsection{Where can I find the symbol for~$\ldots$~?} +\label{combining-symbols} + +If you can't find some symbol you're looking for in this document, there +are a few possible explanations: + +\begin{itemize} + \item The symbol isn't intuitively named. As a few examples, the + command to draw dice\index{dice} is ``\cmd{\Cube}''; a plus sign + with a circle around it (``exclusive or''\index{exclusive or} to + computer engineers) is ``\cmdX{\oplus}''; and lightning bolts in + fonts designed by German speakers may have ``blitz'' in their names. + The moral of the story is to be creative with synonyms when + searching the index. + + \item The symbol is defined by some package that I overlooked (or + deemed unimportant). If there's some symbol package that you think + should be included in the \doctitle, please send me e-mail at the + address listed on the title page. + + \item The symbol isn't defined in any package whatsoever. +\end{itemize} + +\ifcomplete + Even in the last case, all is not lost. Sometimes, a symbol exists + in a font, but there is no \latex{} binding for it. For example, + the PostScript \PSfont{Symbol} font contains a + ``\Pisymbol{psy}{191}''\index{arrows} symbol, which may be useful + for representing a carriage\index{carriage return} return, but there + is no package (as far as I know) for accessing that symbol. To + produce an unnamed symbol, you need to switch to the font explicitly + with \latexE's low-level font commands~\cite{fntguide} and use + \tex's primitive \cmd{\char} command~\cite{Knuth:ct-a} to request a + specific character number in the font.\footnote{\pkgname{pifont} + defines a convenient \cmd{\Pisymbol} command for accessing symbols + in PostScript\index{PostScript fonts} fonts by number. For example, + ``\cmd{\Pisymbol}\texttt{\string{psy\string}\string{191\string}}'' + produces ``\Pisymbol{psy}{191}''.} +\ifOTII % Not covered by \ifcomplete + In fact, \cmd{\char} is not strictly necesssary; the character can + often be entered symbolically. + \index{sha=sha ({\fontencoding{OT2}\selectfont SH})|(} + For example, the symbol for an impulse train or Tate-Shafarevich + group (``{\fontencoding{OT2}\selectfont SH}'') is actually an + uppercase \textit{sha} in the Cyrillic\index{alphabets>Cyrillic} + alphabet. (Cyrillic is supported by the OT2 \fntenc[OT2], for + instance). While a \textit{sha} can be defined numerically as + ``\verb|{\fontencoding{OT2}|\linebreak[0]\verb|\selectfont\char88}|'' + it may be more intuitive to use the OT2 \fntenc[OT2]'s ``SH'' + ligature: + ``\verb|{\fontencoding{OT2}|\linebreak[0]\verb|\selectfont SH}|''. + \index{sha=sha ({\fontencoding{OT2}\selectfont SH})|)} +\fi % OTII test + + + \subsubsection*{Reflecting and rotating existing symbols} + + \mbox{} % Force the \index commands into the paragraph proper. + \index{symbols>reversed|(} + \index{symbols>rotated|(} + \index{symbols>upside-down|(} + \index{reversed symbols|(} + \index{rotated symbols|(} + \index{upside-down symbols|(} + A common request on \ctt is for a reversed or rotated version of an + existing symbol. As a last resort, these effects can be achieved + with the \pkgname{graphicx} (or \pkgname{graphics}) package's + \cmd{\reflectbox} and \cmd{\rotatebox} macros. + \newcommand{\definitedescription}{\rotatebox[origin=c]{180}{$\iota$}} + For example, \verb|\rotatebox[origin=c]{180}{$\iota$}| produces the + definite-description\index{definite-description operator + (\definitedescription)} + operator~(``\rotatebox[origin=c]{180}{$\iota$}''). + The disadvantage of the \pkgname{graphicx}/\pkgname{graphics} + approach is that not every \tex backend handles graphical + transformations.\footnote{As an example, Xdvi\index{Xdvi} ignores + both \cmd{\reflectbox} and \cmd{\rotatebox}.} Far better is to + find a suitable font that contains the desired symbol in the correct + orientation. For instance, if the \PHON\ package is available, then + \verb|\textit{\riota}| will yield a + backend-independent~``\textit{\riota}''. Similarly, \TIPA's + \cmdI{\textrevepsilon}~(``\textrevepsilon'') or \WIPA's + \cmdI{\revepsilon}~(``\revepsilon'') may be used to express the + mathematical notion of ``such\index{such that=such that (\textrevepsilon)} + that'' in a cleaner manner than with \cmd{\reflectbox} + or \cmd{\rotatebox}. + \index{symbols>reversed|)} + \index{symbols>rotated|)} + \index{symbols>upside-down|)} + \index{reversed symbols|)} + \index{rotated symbols|)} + \index{upside-down symbols|)} + + \subsubsection*{Joining and overlapping existing symbols} + + Symbols that do not exist in any font can sometimes be fabricated + out of existing symbols. The \latexE{} source file \fontdefdtx + contains a number of such definitions. For example, \cmdX{\models} + (see Table~\vref{rel}) is defined in that file with: +\else + Even in the last case, all is not lost. Sometimes, a symbol exists + in a font, but there is no \latex{} binding for it. + + \subsubsection*{Reflecting and rotating existing symbols} + + Rotated/reflected versions of an existing symbol can be produced + using the \pkgname{graphicx} (or \pkgname{graphics}) package's + \cmd{\reflectbox} and \cmd{\rotatebox} macros.\footnote{This should + be used as a last resort. Not every \tex backend supports graphical + transformations.} + + \subsubsection*{Joining and overlapping existing symbols} + + If a symbol does not exist in any orientation in any font, it may be + possible to fabricate it out of existing symbols. The \latexE{} + source file \fontdefdtx contains a number of such definitions. For + example, \cmdX{\models} (see Table~\vref{rel}) is defined in that + file with: +\fi % Matches \ifcomplete ... + +\begin{verbatim} + \def\models{\mathrel|\joinrel=} +\end{verbatim} + +\noindent +where \cmd{\mathrel} and \cmd{\joinrel} are used to control the +horizontal spacing. \verb|\def| is the \tex primitive upon which +\latex's \verb|\newcommand| is based. See \TeXbook for more +information on all three of those commands. + +\newcommand{\ismodeledby}{\ensuremath{=\joinrel\mathrel|}} +With some simple pattern-matching, one can easily define a backward +\cmdX{\models} sign (``\ismodeledby''): + +\begin{verbatim} + \def\ismodeledby{=\joinrel\mathrel|} +\end{verbatim} +\indexcommand[\string\ismodeledby]{\ismodeledby} + +In general, arrows/harpoons, horizontal lines (``='', ``-'', +``\cmdX{\relbar}'', and ``\cmdX{\Relbar}''), and the various +math-extension characters can be combined creatively with +miscellaneous other characters to produce a variety of new symbols. +Of course, new symbols can be composed from \emph{any} set of existing +characters. For instance, \latex defines \cmdX{\hbar} (``$\hbar$'') +as a ``$\mathchar'26$'' character (\verb|\mathchar'26|) followed by a +backspace of 9~math units (\verb|\mkern-9mu|), followed by the +letter~``$h$'': + +\begin{verbatim} + \def\hbar{{\mathchar'26\mkern-9muh}} +\end{verbatim} + +\noindent +We can just as easily define other barred\idxboth{barred}{letters} +letters: + +\def\bbar{{\mathchar'26\mkern-9mu b}} +\def\dbar{{\mathchar'26\mkern-12mu d}} + +\begin{verbatim} + \def\bbar{{\mathchar'26\mkern-9mu b}} + \def\dbar{{\mathchar'26\mkern-12mu d}} +\end{verbatim} + +\noindent +(The space after the ``mu'' is optional but is added for clarity.) +\cmdX{\bbar} and \cmdX{\dbar} define ``$\bbar$'' and ``$\dbar$'', +respectively. Note that \cmdX{\dbar} requires a greater backward +math~kern than \cmdX{\bbar}; a $-9$\,mu~kern would have produced +the less-attractive ``$\mathchar'26\mkern-9mu d$'' glyph. + +\bigskip + +\newcommand{\dotcup}{\ensuremath{\mathaccent\cdot\cup}} + +There is a \tex primitive called \cmd{\mathaccent} which centers one +mathematical symbol atop another. For example, one can define +\cmdX{\dotcup} (``\dotcup'')---the composition of a \cmdX{\cup} and a +\cmdX{\cdot}---as follows: + +\begin{verbatim} + \newcommand{\dotcup}{\ensuremath{\mathaccent\cdot\cup}} +\end{verbatim} + +\noindent +The catch is that \cmd{\mathaccent} requires the accent to be a ``math +character''. That is, it must be a character in a math font as +opposed to a symbol defined in terms of other symbols. See \TeXbook +for more information. + +Another \tex primitive that is useful for composing symbols is +\cmd{\vcenter}. \cmd{\vcenter} is conceptually similar to +``\verb|\begin{tabular}{l}|'' in \latex but takes a list of vertical +material instead of \verb|\\|-separated rows. Also, it vertically +centers the result on the math axis. (Many operators, such as ``$+$'' +and ``$-$'' are also vertically centered on the math axis.) +\person{Enrico}{Gregorio} posted the following symbol definition to +\ctt in March~2004 in response to a query about an alternate way to +denote equivalence: + +\newcommand*{\threesim}{% + \mathrel{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip + \hbox{$\sim$}\vskip-.35ex\hbox{$\sim$}\vskip-.35ex\hbox{$\sim$}}}} + +\begin{verbatim} + \newcommand*{\threesim}{% + \mathrel{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip + \hbox{$\sim$}\vskip-.35ex\hbox{$\sim$}\vskip-.35ex\hbox{$\sim$}}}} +\end{verbatim} + +\noindent +The \cmdX{\threesim} symbol, which vertically centers three +\cmdX{\sim}~(``$\sim$'') symbols with 0.35 $x$-heights of space +between them, is rendered as ``$\threesim$''. \cmd{\offinterlineskip} +is a macro that disables implicit interline spacing. Without it, +\cmdX{\threesim} would have a full line of vertical spacing between +each \cmdX{\sim}. Because of \cmd{\vcenter}, \cmdX{\threesim} aligns +properly with other math operators: \mbox{$a \div b \threesim c \times +d$}. + +The \pkgname{slashed} package, although originally designed for +producing Feynman\index{Feynman slashed character notation} +slashed-character\idxboth{slashed}{letters} notation, in fact +facilitates the production of \emph{arbitrary} overlapped symbols. +\ifhaveslashed + \newcommand{\rqm}{{\declareslashed{}{\text{-}}{0.04}{0}{I}\slashed{I}}} + The default behavior is to overwrite a given character with ``$/$''. + For example, \cmd{\slashed}\verb|{D}| produces ``$\slashed{D}$''. + However, the \cmd{\declareslashed} command provides the flexibility + to specify the mathematical context of the composite character + (operator, relation, punctuation, etc., as will be discussed in + Section~\ref{math-spacing}), the overlapping symbol, horizontal and + vertical adjustments in symbol-relative units, and the character to + be overlapped. Consider, for example, the symbol for reduced + quadrupole moment~(``$\rqm$''). This can be declared as follows: + +\begin{verbatim} + \newcommand{\rqm}{{% + \declareslashed{}{\text{-}}{0.04}{0}{I}\slashed{I}}} +\end{verbatim} + + \noindent + \newcommand{\curlyarg}{\texttt{\char`\{}$\cdot$\texttt{\char`\}}}% + \cmd{\declareslashed}\curlyarg\curlyarg\curlyarg\curlyarg\verb|{I}| + affects the meaning of all subsequent \cmd{\slashed}\verb|{I}| + commands in the same scope. The preceding definition of \cmdX{\rqm} + therefore uses an extra set of curly braces to limit that scope to a + single \cmd{\slashed}\verb|{I}|. In addition, \cmdX{\rqm} uses + \pkgname{amstext}'s \cmd{\text} macro + (described~\vpageref[below]{text-macro}) to make + \cmd{\declareslashed} use a text-mode hyphen~(``-'') instead of a + math-mode minus sign~(``$-$'') and to ensure that the hyphen scales + properly in size in subscripts and superscripts. +\fi % haveslashed +See \pkgname{slashed}'s documentation (located in +\filename{slashed.sty} itself) for a detailed usage description of the +\cmd{\slashed} and \cmd{\declareslashed} commands. + + +\subsubsection*{Making new symbols work in superscripts and subscripts} + +\index{subscripts>new symbols used in|(} +\index{superscripts>new symbols used in|(} +\def\topbotatom#1{\hbox{\hbox to 0pt{$#1\bot$\hss}$#1\top$}} +\newcommand*{\topbot}{\mathrel{\mathchoice{\topbotatom\displaystyle} + {\topbotatom\textstyle} + {\topbotatom\scriptstyle} + {\topbotatom\scriptscriptstyle}}} + +To make composite symbols work properly within subscripts and +superscripts, you may need to use \tex's \cmd{\mathchoice} primitive. +\cmd{\mathchoice} evaluates one of four expressions, based on whether +the current math style is display, text, script, or scriptscript. +(See \TeXbook for a more complete description.) For example, the +following \latex code---posted to \ctt by +\person{Torsten}{Bronger}---composes a sub/superscriptable +``$\topbot$'' symbol out of \cmdX{\top} and \cmdX{\bot} (``$\top$'' +and ``$\bot$''): + +\indexcommand[$\string\topbot$]{\topbot}% +\indexcommand{\displaystyle}% +\indexcommand{\textstyle}% +\indexcommand{\scriptstyle}% +\indexcommand{\scriptscriptstyle}% +\label{code:topbot}% +\begin{verbatim} + \def\topbotatom#1{\hbox{\hbox to 0pt{$#1\bot$\hss}$#1\top$}} + \newcommand*{\topbot}{\mathrel{\mathchoice{\topbotatom\displaystyle} + {\topbotatom\textstyle} + {\topbotatom\scriptstyle} + {\topbotatom\scriptscriptstyle}}} +\end{verbatim} +\index{superscripts>new symbols used in|)} +\index{subscripts>new symbols used in|)} + +\index{integrals|(} + +The following\label{dashint} is another example that uses +\cmd{\mathchoice} to construct symbols in different math modes. The +code defines a principal value integral symbol, which is an integral +sign with a line through it. + +\indexcommand{\displaystyle}% +\indexcommand{\textstyle}% +\indexcommand{\scriptstyle}% +\indexcommand{\scriptscriptstyle}% +\begin{verbatim} + \def\Xint#1{\mathchoice + {\XXint\displaystyle\textstyle{#1}}% + {\XXint\textstyle\scriptstyle{#1}}% + {\XXint\scriptstyle\scriptscriptstyle{#1}}% + {\XXint\scriptscriptstyle\scriptscriptstyle{#1}}% + \!\int} + \def\XXint#1#2#3{{\setbox0=\hbox{$#1{#2#3}{\int}$} + \vcenter{\hbox{$#2#3$}}\kern-.5\wd0}} + \def\ddashint{\Xint=} + \def\dashint{\Xint-} +\end{verbatim} + +\noindent +(The preceding code was taken verbatim from the UK \TeX{} Users' Group +FAQ at \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/faq}.) +\cmdI[$\string\dashint$]{\dashint} produces a single-dashed integral +sign~(``$\dashint$''), while \cmdX{\ddashint} produces a double-dashed +one~(``$\ddashint$''). The \verb|\Xint| macro defined above can also +be used to generate a wealth of new integrals: +\ifAMS + ``$\Xint\circlearrowright$'' (\verb|\Xint\circlearrowright|), + ``$\Xint\circlearrowleft$'' (\verb|\Xint\circlearrowleft|), + ``$\Xint\subset$'' (\verb|\Xint\subset|), ``$\Xint\infty$'' + (\verb|\Xint\infty|), and so forth. +\else + \verb|\Xint\circlearrowright|, \verb|\Xint\circlearrowleft|, + \verb|\Xint\subset|, \verb|\Xint\infty|, and so forth. +\fi % AMS test + +\index{integrals|)} + +\newcommand\independent{\protect\mathpalette{\protect\independenT}{\perp}} +\def\independenT#1#2{\mathrel{\rlap{$#1#2$}\mkern2mu{#1#2}}} + +\latexE provides a simple wrapper for \cmd{\mathchoice} that sometimes +helps produce terser symbol definitions. The macro is called +\cmd{\mathpalette} and it takes two arguments. \cmd{\mathpalette} +invokes the first argument, passing it one of ``\cmd{\displaystyle}'', +``\cmd{\textstyle}'', ``\cmd{\scriptstyle}'', or +``\cmd{\scriptscriptstyle}'', followed by the second argument. +\cmd{\mathpalette} is useful when a symbol macro must know which math +style is currently in use (e.g.,~to set it explicitly within an +\cmd{\mbox}). \person{Donald}{Arseneau} posted the following +\cmd{\mathpalette}-based definition of a +probabilistic-independence\index{probabilistic +independence}\index{independence>probabilistic}\index{statistical +independence}\index{independence>statistical} +symbol~(``$\independent$'') to \ctt in June~2000: + +\begin{verbatim} + \newcommand\independent{\protect\mathpalette{\protect\independenT}{\perp}} + \def\independenT#1#2{\mathrel{\rlap{$#1#2$}\mkern2mu{#1#2}}} +\end{verbatim} + +\noindent +The \cmdX{\independent} macro uses \cmd{\mathpalette} to pass the +\verb|\independenT| helper macro both the current math style and the +\cmdX{\perp} symbol. \verb|\independenT| typesets \cmdX{\perp} in the +current math style, moves two math units to the right, and finally +typesets a second---overlapping---copy of \cmdX{\perp}, again in the +current math style. \cmd{\rlap}, which enables text overlap, is +described~\vpageref[later on this page]{desc:rlap}. + +\def\hksqrt{\mathpalette\DHLhksqrt} +\def\DHLhksqrt#1#2{\setbox0=\hbox{$#1\sqrt{#2\,}$}\dimen0=\ht0 + \advance\dimen0-0.2\ht0 + \setbox2=\hbox{\vrule height\ht0 depth -\dimen0}% + {\box0\lower0.4pt\box2}} + +\index{sqrt=\verb+\sqrt+ ($\blackacc{\sqrt}$)|(} + +\begin{morespacing}{1pt} +Some people like their square-root signs with a trailing ``hook'' +(i.e.,~``$\!\hksqrt{~}$\,'') as this helps visually distinguish +expressions like~``$\!\sqrt{3x}$\,'' from those +like~``$\!\sqrt{3}x$''. In March 2002, \person{Dan}{Luecking} posted +a \cmd{\mathpalette}-based definition of a hooked square-root symbol +to \ctt: +\end{morespacing} + +\index{hksqrt=\verb+\hksqrt+ ($\blackacc{\hksqrt}$)}% +\begin{verbatim} + \def\hksqrt{\mathpalette\DHLhksqrt} + \def\DHLhksqrt#1#2{\setbox0=\hbox{$#1\sqrt{#2\,}$}\dimen0=\ht0 + \advance\dimen0-0.2\ht0 + \setbox2=\hbox{\vrule height\ht0 depth -\dimen0}% + {\box0\lower0.4pt\box2}} +\end{verbatim} + +\noindent +Notice how \verb|\DHLhksqrt| uses \cmd{\mathpalette} to recover the +outer math style (argument~\verb|#1|) from within an \verb|\hbox|. +The rest of the code is simply using \tex primitives to position a +hook of height 0.2~times the \verb|\sqrt| height at the right of the +\verb|\sqrt|. See \TeXbook for more understanding of \tex ``boxes'' +and ``dimens''. + +\index{sqrt=\verb+\sqrt+ ($\blackacc{\sqrt}$)|)} + + +\index{arrows>double-headed, diagonal|(} +\label{code:neswarrow}% +\newcommand{\neswarrow}{\mathrel{\text{$\nearrow$\llap{$\swarrow$}}}} +\newcommand{\nwsearrow}{\mathrel{\text{$\nwarrow$\llap{$\searrow$}}}} + +Sometimes, however, \pkgname{amstext}'s \cmd{\text}\label{text-macro} +macro is all that is necessary to make composite symbols appear +correctly in subscripts and superscripts, as in the following +definitions of \cmdX{\neswarrow} (``$\neswarrow$'') and +\cmdX{\nwsearrow} (``$\nwsearrow$''):\footnote{Note that if your goal +is to typeset commutative diagrams, then you should probably be using +\xypic.} + +\indexcommand[$\string\nearrow$]{\nearrow} +\indexcommand[$\string\swarrow$]{\swarrow} +\indexcommand[$\string\nwarrow$]{\nwarrow} +\indexcommand[$\string\searrow$]{\searrow} +\begin{verbatim} + \newcommand{\neswarrow}{\mathrel{\text{$\nearrow$\llap{$\swarrow$}}}} + \newcommand{\nwsearrow}{\mathrel{\text{$\nwarrow$\llap{$\searrow$}}}} +\end{verbatim} + +\noindent +\cmd{\text} resembles \latex's \cmd{\mbox} command but shrinks its +argument appropriately when used within a subscript or superscript. +\cmd{\llap} (``left overlap'') and its counterpart, +\cmd{\rlap}\label{desc:rlap} (``right overlap''), appear frequently +when creating composite characters. \cmd{\llap} outputs its argument +to the left of the current position, overlapping whatever text is +already there. Similarly, \cmd{\rlap} overlaps whatever text would +normally appear to the right of its argument. For example, +``\verb|A|\cmd{\llap}\verb|{B}|'' and ``\cmd{\rlap}\verb|{A}B|'' each +produce ``A\llap{B}''. However, the result of the former is the width +of ``A'', and the result of the latter is the width of +``B''---\cmd{\llap}\verb|{|\dots\verb|}| and +\cmd{\rlap}\verb|{|\dots\verb|}| take up zero space. +\index{arrows>double-headed, diagonal|)} + +In a June~2002 post to \ctt, \person{Donald}{Arseneau} presented a +general macro for aligning an arbitrary number of symbols on their +horizontal centers and vertical baselines: + +\begin{verbatim} + \makeatletter + \def\moverlay{\mathpalette\mov@rlay} + \def\mov@rlay#1#2{\leavevmode\vtop{% + \baselineskip\z@skip \lineskiplimit-\maxdimen + \ialign{\hfil$#1##$\hfil\cr#2\crcr}}} + \makeatother +\end{verbatim} + +\noindent +The \cmd{\makeatletter} and \cmd{\makeatother} commands are needed to +coerce \latex{} into accepting ``\texttt{@}'' as part of a macro +name. \cmd{\moverlay} takes a list of symbols separated by \verb|\cr| +(\tex's equivalent of \latex's \verb|\\|). For example, the +\cmdX{\topbot} command defined \vpageref[above]{code:topbot} could +have been expressed as ``\verb|\moverlay{\top\cr\bot}|'' and the +\cmdX{\neswarrow} command defined \vpageref[above]{code:neswarrow} +could have been expressed as +``\verb|\moverlay{\nearrow\cr\swarrow}|''.% +\indexcommand[$\string\nearrow$]{\nearrow}% +\indexcommand[$\string\swarrow$]{\swarrow} + +The basic concept behind \cmd{\moverlay}'s implementation is that +\cmd{\moverlay} typesets the given symbols in a table that utilizes a +zero \verb|\baselineskip|. This causes every row to be typeset at the +same vertical position. See \TeXbook for explanations of the \tex +primitives used by \cmd{\moverlay}. + +\subsubsection*{Modifying \latex-generated symbols} + +\index{dots (ellipses)|(} +\index{ellipses (dots)|(} + +Oftentimes, symbols composed in the \latexE source code can be +modified with minimal effort to produce useful variations. For +example, \fontdefdtx composes the \cmdX{\ddots} symbol (see +Table~\vref{dots}) out of three periods, raised~7\,pt., 4\,pt., and +1\,pt., respectively: + +\begin{verbatim} + \def\ddots{\mathinner{\mkern1mu\raise7\p@ + \vbox{\kern7\p@\hbox{.}}\mkern2mu + \raise4\p@\hbox{.}\mkern2mu\raise\p@\hbox{.}\mkern1mu}} +\end{verbatim} + +\noindent +\cmd{\p@} is a \latexE{} shortcut for ``\texttt{pt}'' or +``\texttt{1.0pt}''. The remaining commands are defined in \TeXbook. +To\label{revddots} draw a version of \cmdX{\ddots} with the dots going +along the opposite diagonal, we merely have to reorder the +\verb|\raise7\p@|, \verb|\raise4\p@|, and \verb|\raise\p@|: + +\begin{verbatim} + \makeatletter + \def\revddots{\mathinner{\mkern1mu\raise\p@ + \vbox{\kern7\p@\hbox{.}}\mkern2mu + \raise4\p@\hbox{.}\mkern2mu\raise7\p@\hbox{.}\mkern1mu}} + \makeatother +\end{verbatim} + \makeatletter + \def\revddots{\mathinner{\mkern1mu\raise\p@ + \vbox{\kern7\p@\hbox{.}}\mkern2mu + \raise4\p@\hbox{.}\mkern2mu\raise7\p@\hbox{.}\mkern1mu}} + \makeatother +\indexcommand[$\string\revddots$]{\revddots} + +\noindent +\cmdX{\revddots} is essentially identical to the \MDOTS\ +package's +\ifMDOTS + \cmdX{\iddots} +\else + \cmd{\iddots} +\fi +command or the \YH\ package's +\ifYH + \cmdX{\adots} +\else + \cmd{\adots} +\fi +command. +\index{ellipses (dots)|)} +\index{dots (ellipses)|)} + +\subsubsection*{Producing complex accents} + +\ifx\diatop\undefined +% The following was copied verbatim from ipa.sty, from the wsuipa package. +\def\diatop[#1|#2]{% + {\setbox1=\hbox{#1{}}% diacritic mark + \setbox2=\hbox{#2{}}% letter (the group {} in case it is a diacritic) + \dimen0=\ifdim\wd1>\wd2\wd1\else\wd2\fi% compute the max width + % the `natural height' of diacritics is 1ex; + % \dimen1 is the shift upwards + \dimen1=\ht2\advance\dimen1by-1ex% + % center the diacritic mark on the width of the letter: + \setbox1=\hbox to\dimen0{\hss#1{}\hss}% + \leavevmode % force horizontal mode + \rlap{\raise\dimen1\box1}% the raised diacritic mark + \hbox to\dimen0{\hss#2\hss}% the letter + }% + }% +\fi + +\index{accents|(} +\index{accents>multiple per character} +\index{multiple accents per character} +Accents\label{multiple-accents} are a special case of combining +existing symbols to make new symbols. While various tables in this +document show how to add an accent to an existing symbol, some +applications, such as transliterations from non-Latin alphabets, +require \emph{multiple} accents per character. For instance, the +creator of pdf\TeX\ writes his name as ``H\`an +Th\diatop[\'|\^e]\index{Thanh, Han The=\thanhhanthe} Th\`anh''. The +\pkgname{dblaccnt} package enables \latex{} to stack accents, as in +``\verb|H\`an| \verb|Th\'{\^e}| \verb|Th\`anh|'' (albeit not in the +OT1 \fntenc[OT1]). In addition, the \pkgname{wsuipa} package defines +\cmd{\diatop} and \cmd{\diaunder} macros for putting one or more +diacritics or accents above or below a given character. +\ifTIPA\ifWIPA + For example, + \verb+\diaunder[{\diatop[\'|\=]}|+\linebreak[0]\verb+\textsubdot{r}]+ + produces ``\diaunder[{\diatop[\'|\=]}|\textsubdot{r}]''. +\fi\fi +See the \pkgname{wsuipa} documentation for more information. + +\index{accents>any character as} +The \pkgname{accents} package facilitates the fabrication of accents +in math mode. Its \cmd{\accentset} command enables \emph{any} +character to be used as an accent. +\ifACCENTS + For instance, \cmd{\accentset}\verb+{+\cmdX{\star}\verb+}{f}+ + produces ``$\accentset{\star}{f}\,$'' and + \cmd{\accentset}\verb+{e}{X}+ produces ``$\accentset{e}{X}$''. +\fi +\cmd{\underaccent} does the same thing, but places the accent beneath +the character. +\ifACCENTS + This enables constructs like + \cmd{\underaccent}\verb+{+\cmdI[$\string\blackacc{\string\tilde}$]{\tilde}\verb+}{V}+, + which produces ``$\underaccent{\tilde}{V}$''.\index{tilde} +\fi +\pkgname{accents} provides other accent-related features as well; see +the documentation for more information. +\index{accents|)} + +\bigskip + +\index{accents|(} +\index{extensible accents|(} +\index{accents>extensible|(} +A more complex example of composing accents is the following +definition of extensible \cmdW{\overbracket}, \cmdW{\underbracket}, +\cmdW{\overparenthesis}, and \cmdW{\underparenthesis} symbols, taken +from a May~2002 \ctt post by \person{Donald}{Arseneau} (June~2003): + +\makeatletter +\def\overbracket#1{\mathop{\vbox{\ialign{##\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@} + \downbracketfill\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@\nointerlineskip} + $\hfil\displaystyle{#1}\hfil$\crcr}}}\limits} +\def\underbracket#1{\mathop{\vtop{\ialign{##\crcr + $\hfil\displaystyle{#1}\hfil$\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@\nointerlineskip} + \upbracketfill\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@}}}}\limits} +\def\overparenthesis#1{\mathop{\vbox{\ialign{##\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@} + \downparenthfill\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@\nointerlineskip} + $\hfil\displaystyle{#1}\hfil$\crcr}}}\limits} +\def\underparenthesis#1{\mathop{\vtop{\ialign{##\crcr + $\hfil\displaystyle{#1}\hfil$\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@\nointerlineskip} + \upparenthfill\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@}}}}\limits} +\def\downparenthfill{$\m@th\braceld\leaders\vrule\hfill\bracerd$} +\def\upparenthfill{$\m@th\bracelu\leaders\vrule\hfill\braceru$} +\def\upbracketfill{$\m@th\makesm@sh{\llap{\vrule\@height3\p@\@width.7\p@}}% + \leaders\vrule\@height.7\p@\hfill + \makesm@sh{\rlap{\vrule\@height3\p@\@width.7\p@}}$} +\def\downbracketfill{$\m@th + \makesm@sh{\llap{\vrule\@height.7\p@\@depth2.3\p@\@width.7\p@}}% + \leaders\vrule\@height.7\p@\hfill + \makesm@sh{\rlap{\vrule\@height.7\p@\@depth2.3\p@\@width.7\p@}}$} +\makeatother + +\indexcommand{\displaystyle}% +\begin{verbatim} + \makeatletter + \def\overbracket#1{\mathop{\vbox{\ialign{##\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@} + \downbracketfill\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@\nointerlineskip} + $\hfil\displaystyle{#1}\hfil$\crcr}}}\limits} + \def\underbracket#1{\mathop{\vtop{\ialign{##\crcr + $\hfil\displaystyle{#1}\hfil$\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@\nointerlineskip} + \upbracketfill\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@}}}}\limits} + \def\overparenthesis#1{\mathop{\vbox{\ialign{##\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@} + \downparenthfill\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@\nointerlineskip} + $\hfil\displaystyle{#1}\hfil$\crcr}}}\limits} + \def\underparenthesis#1{\mathop{\vtop{\ialign{##\crcr + $\hfil\displaystyle{#1}\hfil$\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@\nointerlineskip} + \upparenthfill\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@}}}}\limits} + \def\downparenthfill{$\m@th\braceld\leaders\vrule\hfill\bracerd$} + \def\upparenthfill{$\m@th\bracelu\leaders\vrule\hfill\braceru$} + \def\upbracketfill{$\m@th\makesm@sh{\llap{\vrule\@height3\p@\@width.7\p@}}% + \leaders\vrule\@height.7\p@\hfill + \makesm@sh{\rlap{\vrule\@height3\p@\@width.7\p@}}$} + \def\downbracketfill{$\m@th + \makesm@sh{\llap{\vrule\@height.7\p@\@depth2.3\p@\@width.7\p@}}% + \leaders\vrule\@height.7\p@\hfill + \makesm@sh{\rlap{\vrule\@height.7\p@\@depth2.3\p@\@width.7\p@}}$} + \makeatother +\end{verbatim} + +\noindent +Table~\ref{manual-extensible-accents} showcases these accents. +\TeXbook or another book on \tex primitives is indispensible for +understanding how the preceding code works. The basic idea is that +\cmd{\downparenthfill}, \cmd{\upparenthfill}, \cmd{\downbracketfill}, +and \cmd{\upbracketfill} do all of the work; they output a left symbol +(e.g.,~\cmdX{\braceld} [``$\braceld$''] for \cmd{\downparenthfill}), a +horizontal rule that stretches as wide as possible, and a right symbol +(e.g.,~\cmdX{\bracerd} [``$\bracerd$''] for \cmd{\downparenthfill}). +\cmdW{\overbracket}, \cmdW{\underbracket}, \cmdW{\overparenthesis}, and +\cmdW{\underparenthesis} merely create a table whose width is +determined by the given text, thereby constraining the width of the +horizontal rules. +\index{accents>extensible|)} +\index{extensible accents|)} +\index{accents|)} + +\begin{nonsymtable}{Manually Composed Extensible Accents} +\index{accents} +\idxboth{extensible}{accents} +\label{manual-extensible-accents} +\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.75} +\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}} +\W\overbracket{abc} & \W\overparenthesis{abc} \\ +\W\underbracket{abc} & \W\underparenthesis{abc} \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{nonsymtable} + + +A similar, but simpler example, stems from another \ctt post by +\person{Donald}{Arseneau}. The following code defines an equals sign +that extends as far to the right as possible (just like \latex's +\verb|\hrulefill| command): + +\makeatletter + \def\equalsfill{$\m@th\mathord=\mkern-7mu + \cleaders\hbox{$\!\mathord=\!$}\hfill + \mkern-7mu\mathord=$} +\makeatother + +\begin{verbatim} + \makeatletter + \def\equalsfill{$\m@th\mathord=\mkern-7mu + \cleaders\hbox{$\!\mathord=\!$}\hfill + \mkern-7mu\mathord=$} + \makeatother +\end{verbatim} + +\tex's \verb|\cleaders| and \verb|\hfill| primitives are the key to +understanding \cmd{\equalsfill}'s extensibility. Essentially, +\cmd{\equalsfill} repeats a box containing ``$=$'' plus some negative +space until it fills the maximum available horizontal space. +\cmd{\equalsfill} is intended to be used with \latex's \cmd{\stackrel} +command, which stacks one mathematical expression (slightly reduced in +size) atop another. Hence, ``\cmd{\stackrel}\verb|{a}{\rightarrow}|'' +produces ``$\stackrel{a}{\rightarrow}$'' and ``X +\cmd{\stackrel}\verb|{\text{definition}}{\hbox{|\cmd{\equalsfill}\verb|}}| +Y'' produces ``$X \stackrel{\text{definition}}{\hbox{\equalsfill}} +Y$''.\idxboth{definition}{symbols}\label{equalsfill-ex} + +If all that needs to extend are horizontal and vertical lines---as +opposed to repeated symbols such as the ``$=$'' in the previous +example---\latex's \verb|array| or \verb|tabular| environments may +suffice. Consider the following code (also presented in a \ctt post +by \person{Donald}{Arseneau}) for typesetting +annuities\index{annuities}: + + \DeclareRobustCommand{\annu}[1]{_{% + \def\arraystretch{0}% + \setlength\arraycolsep{1pt}% adjust these + \setlength\arrayrulewidth{.2pt}% two settings + \begin{array}[b]{@{}c|}\hline + \\[\arraycolsep]% + \scriptstyle #1% + \end{array}% + }} + +\begin{verbatim} + \DeclareRobustCommand{\annu}[1]{_{% + \def\arraystretch{0}% + \setlength\arraycolsep{1pt}% adjust these + \setlength\arrayrulewidth{.2pt}% two settings + \begin{array}[b]{@{}c|}\hline + \\[\arraycolsep]% + \scriptstyle #1% + \end{array}% + }} +\end{verbatim} + +\noindent +One can then use, e.g.,~``\verb|$A\annu{x:n}$|'' to produce +``$A\annu{x:n}$''.\indexaccent[$\string\blackacc\string\annu$]{\annu} + + +\subsubsection*{Creating new symbols from scratch} + +Sometimes is it simply not possible to define a new symbol in terms of +existing symbols. Fortunately, most, if not all, \tex distributions +are shipped with a tool called \metafont which is designed +specifically for creating fonts to be used with \tex. The +\MF{}book~\cite{Knuth:ct-c} is the authoritative text on \metafont. +If you plan to design your own symbols with \metafont, The \MF{}book +is essential reading. Nevertheless, the following is an extremely +brief tutorial on how to create a new \latex symbol using \metafont. +Its primary purpose is to cover the \latex-specific operations not +mentioned in The \MF{}book and to demonstrate that symbol-font +creation is not necessarily a difficult task. + +Suppose we need a symbol to represent a light +bulb~(``\lightbulb'').\footnote{I'm not a very good artist; you'll +have to pretend that~``\lightbulb'' looks like a light bulb.} The +first step is to draw this in \metafont. It is common to separate the +font into two files: a size-dependent file, which specifies the design +size and various font-specific parameters that are a function of the +design size; and a size-independent file, which draws characters in +the given size. Figure~\ref{mftoplevel} shows the \metafont code for +\filename{lightbulb10.mf}. \filename{lightbulb10.mf} specifies +various parameters that produce a 10\,pt.\ light bulb then loads +\filename{lightbulb.mf}. Ideally, one should produce +\texttt{lightbulb}\meta{size}\texttt{.mf} files for a variety of +\meta{size}s. This is called ``optical\idxboth{optical}{scaling} +scaling''. It enables, for example, the lines that make up the light +bulb to retain the same thickness at different font sizes, which looks +much nicer than the alternative---and +default---``mechanical\idxboth{mechanical}{scaling} scaling''. When a +\texttt{lightbulb}\meta{size}\texttt{.mf} file does not exist for a +given size \meta{size}, the computer mechanically produces a wider, +taller, thicker symbol: + +\begin{center} +\begin{tabular}{*{13}c} +{\fontsize{10}{10}\lightbulb} & vs.\ & +{\fontsize{20}{20}\lightbulb} & vs.\ & +{\fontsize{30}{30}\lightbulb} & vs.\ & +{\fontsize{40}{40}\lightbulb} & vs.\ & +{\fontsize{50}{50}\lightbulb} & vs.\ & +{\fontsize{60}{60}\lightbulb} & vs.\ & +{\fontsize{70}{70}\lightbulb} \\[-1.5ex] +{\tiny 10\,pt.} & & +{\tiny 20\,pt.} & & +{\tiny 30\,pt.} & & +{\tiny 40\,pt.} & & +{\tiny 50\,pt.} & & +{\tiny 60\,pt.} & & +{\tiny 70\,pt.} \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{center} + +\begin{figure}[htbp] +\centering +\begin{codesample} +% The following are derived from mftmac.tex. +\def\\#1{\textit{#1}} % italic type for identifiers +\def\2#1{\mathop{\textbf{#1}\/\kern.05em}} % operator, in bold type +\def\9{\hfill$\%} % comment separator +% Matching `$' for Emacs font-lock mode +\def\SH{\raise.7ex\hbox{$\scriptstyle\#$}} % sharp sign for sharped units +\let\BL=\medskip % space for empty line +\def\frac#1/#2{\leavevmode\kern.1em + \raise.5ex\hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #1}\kern-.1em + /\kern-.15em\lower.25ex\hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #2}} + +% The following are modified from mft's output. +$\2{font\_identifier}:=\verb+"LightBulb10"+;\ \9 Name the font.\par +$\2{font\_size}10\\{pt}\SH ;\ \9 Specify the design size.\par +\BL +$\\{em}\SH :=10\\{pt}\SH ;\ \9 ``M'' width is 10 points.\par +$\\{cap}\SH :=7\\{pt}\SH ;\ \9 Capital letter height is 7 points above the +baseline.\par +$\\{sb}\SH :=\frac1/{4}\\{pt}\SH ;\ \9 Leave this much space on the side of +each character.\par +$o\SH :=\frac1/{16}\\{pt}\SH ;\ \9 Amount that curves overshoot borders.\par +\BL +$\2{input}\hbox{\tt lightbulb}\9 Load the file that draws the actual glyph.\par +% Matching `$' for Emacs font-lock mode +\end{codesample} +\caption{Sample \metafont size-specific file (\filename{lightbulb10.mf})} +\label{mftoplevel} +\end{figure} + +\filename{lightbulb.mf}, shown in Figure~\ref{mfmain}, draws a light +bulb using the parameters defined in \filename{lightbulb10.mf}. Note +that the the filenames ``\filename{lightbulb10.mf}'' and +``\filename{lightbulb.mf}'' do not follow the Berry font-naming +scheme~\cite{Berry:fontname}; the Berry font-naming scheme is largely +irrelevant for symbol fonts, which generally lack bold, italic, +small-caps, slanted, and other such variants. + +\begin{figure}[htbp] +\centering +\begin{codesample} +% The following are derived from mftmac.tex. +\def\\#1{\textit{#1}} % italic type for identifiers +\def\1#1{\mathop{\textrm{#1}}} % operator, in roman type +\def\2#1{\mathop{\textbf{#1}\/\kern.05em}} % operator, in bold type +\def\3#1{\,\mathclose{\textbf{#1}}} % `fi' and `endgroup' +\def\5#1{\textbf{#1}} % `true' and `nullpicture' +\def\6#1{\mathbin{\rm#1}} % `++' and `scaled' +\def\8#1{\mathrel{\mathcode`\.="8000 \mathcode`\-="8000 + #1\unkern}} % `..' and `--' +\def\9{\hfill$\%} % comment separator +% Matching `$' for Emacs font-lock mode +\def\SH{\raise.7ex\hbox{$\scriptstyle\#$}} % sharp sign for sharped units +\let\BL=\medskip % space for empty line +\def\frac#1/#2{\leavevmode\kern.1em + \raise.5ex\hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #1}\kern-.1em + /\kern-.15em\lower.25ex\hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #2}} +\mathchardef\period=`\. +\newbox\shorthyf \setbox\shorthyf=\hbox{-\kern-.05em} +{\catcode`\-=\active \global\def-{\copy\shorthyf\mkern3.9mu} + \catcode`\.=\active \global\def.{\period\mkern3mu}} + +% The following are modified from mft's output. +$\5{mode\_setup};\ \9 Target a given printer.\par +\BL +$\2{define\_pixels}(\\{em},\\{cap},\\{sb});\ \9 Convert to device-specific +units.\par +$\2{define\_corrected\_pixels}(o);\ \9 Same, but add a device-specific fudge +factor.\par +\BL +\%\% Define a light bulb at the character position for ``A''\par +\%\% with width $\frac1/{2}\\{em}\SH$, height $\\{cap}\SH$, and depth $1\\{pt}\SH$.\par +$\2{beginchar}(\verb+"A"+,\frac1/{2}\\{em}\SH ,\\{cap}\SH ,1\\{pt}\SH );\ \verb+"A light bulb"+;$\par +\quad\quad$\2{pickup}\5{pencircle}\6{scaled}\frac1/{2}\\{pt};\ \9 Use a pen +with a small, circular tip.\par +\BL +\quad\quad\%\% Define the points we need.\par +\quad\quad$\\{top}\,z_{1}=(w/2,h+o);\ \9 $z_1$ is at the top of a circle.\par +\quad\quad$\\{rt}\,z_{2}=(w+\\{sb}+o-x_{4},y_{4});\ \9 $z_2$ is at the same +height as $z_4$ but the opposite side.\par +\quad\quad$\\{bot}\,z_{3}=(z_{1}-(0,w-\\{sb}-o));\ \9 $z_3$ is at the bottom of +the circle.\par +\quad\quad$\\{lft}\,z_{4}=(\\{sb}-o,\frac1/{2}[y_{1},y_{3}]);\ \9 $z_4$ is on the +left of the circle.\par +\quad\quad$\2{path}\\{bulb};\ \9 Define a path for the bulb itself.\par +\quad\quad$\\{bulb}=z_{1}\8{..}z_{2}\8{..}z_{3}\8{..}z_{4}\8{..}\1{cycle};\ \9 +The bulb is a closed path.\par +\BL +\quad\quad$z_{5}=\2{point}2-\frac1/{3}\2{of}\\{bulb};\ \9 $z_5$ lies on the +bulb, a little to the right of $z_3$.\par +\quad\quad$z_{6}=(x_{5},0);\ \9 $z_6$ is at the bottom, directly under $z_5$.\par +\quad\quad$z_{7}=(x_{8},0);\ \9 $z_7$ is at the bottom, directly under $z_8$.\par +\quad\quad$z_{8}=\2{point}2+\frac1/{3}\2{of}\\{bulb};\ \9 $z_8$ lies on the +bulb, a little to the left of $z_3$.\par +\quad\quad$\\{bot}\,z_{67}=(\frac1/{2}[x_{6},x_{7}],\\{pen\_bot}-o-\frac1/{8}% +\\{pt});\ \9 $z_{67}$ lies halfway between $z_6$ and $z_7$ but a jot lower.\par +\BL +\quad\quad\%\% Draw the bulb and the base.\par +\quad\quad$\2{draw}\\{bulb};\ \9 Draw the bulb proper.\par +\quad\quad$\2{draw}z_{5}\8{--}z_{6}\8{..}z_{67}\8{..}z_{7}\8{--}z_{8};\ \9 +Draw the base of the bulb.\par +\BL +\quad\quad\%\% Display key positions and points to help us debug.\par +\quad\quad$\\{makegrid}(0,\\{sb},w/2,w-\\{sb})(0,-1\\{pt},y_{2},h);\ \9 Label +``interesting'' $x$ and $y$ coordinates.\par +\quad\quad$\\{penlabels}(1,2,3,4,5,6,67,7,8);\ \9 Label control points for +debugging.\par +$\!\3{endchar};$\par +$\!\3{end}$\par +% Matching `$' for Emacs font-lock mode +\end{codesample} +\caption{Sample \metafont size-independent file (\filename{lightbulb.mf})} +\label{mfmain} +\end{figure} + +The code in Figures~\ref{mftoplevel} and~\ref{mfmain} is heavily +commented and should demonstrate some of the basic concepts behind +\metafont usage: declaring variables, defining points, drawing lines +and curves, and preparing to debug or fine-tune the output. Again, +The \MF{}book~\cite{Knuth:ct-c} is the definitive reference on +\metafont programming. + +\metafont can produce ``proofs'' of fonts---large, labeled versions +that showcase the logical structure of each character. In fact, proof +mode is \metafont's default mode. To produce a proof of +\filename{lightbulb10.mf}, issue the following commands at the +operating-system prompt: + +\bigskip +\noindent +\begingroup +\let\usercmd=\textbf +\newlength{\commentlen}% +\settowidth{\commentlen}{Produces \filename{lightbulb10.2602gf}}% +\leftskip=\parindent \parindent=0pt \obeylines +\osprompt \usercmd{mf lightbulb10.mf} \hfill $\Leftarrow$\quad% + \makebox[\commentlen][l]{Produces \filename{lightbulb10.2602gf}} +\osprompt \usercmd{gftodvi lightbulb10.2602gf} \hfill $\Leftarrow$\quad% + \makebox[\commentlen][l]{Produces \filename{lightbulb10.dvi}} +\endgroup +\bigskip + +\noindent +You can then view \filename{lightbulb10.dvi} with any DVI\index{DVI} +viewer. The result is shown in Figure~\ref{lightbulb10-proof}. +Observe how the grid defined with \textit{makegrid} at the bottom of +Figure~\ref{mfmain} draws vertical lines at positions~0, \textit{sb}, +$w/2$, and $w - \textit{sb}$ and horizontal lines at positions~0, +$-1$\textit{pt}, $y_2$, and $h$. Similarly, observe how the +\textit{penlabels} command labels all of the important coordinates: +$z_1, z_2, \ldots, z_8$ and $z_{67}$, which \filename{lightbulb.mf} +defines to lie between $z_6$ and $z_7$. + +\begin{figure}[htbp] + \centering + \includegraphics[height=6cm]{lightbulb.eps} + \caption{Proof diagram of \filename{lightbulb10.mf}} + \label{lightbulb10-proof} +\end{figure} + +Most, if not all, \tex distributions include a Plain \tex file called +\filename{testfont.tex} which is useful for testing new fonts in a +variety of ways. One useful routine produces a table of all of the +characters in the font: + +\bigskip +\noindent +\begingroup +\newcommand*{\usercmd}[1]{\textrm{\textbf{#1}}}% +\leftskip=\parindent \parindent=0pt \ttfamily \obeylines \obeyspaces% +\osprompt \usercmd{tex testfont} +This is TeX, Version 3.14159 (Web2C 7.3.1) +(/usr/share/texmf/tex/plain/base/testfont.tex +Name of the font to test = \usercmd{lightbulb10} +Now type a test command (\string\help for help):) +*\usercmd{\textbackslash{}table} +\vspace{\baselineskip} +*\usercmd{\textbackslash{}bye} +[1] +Output written on testfont.dvi (1 page, 1516 bytes). +Transcript written on testfont.log. +\endgroup +\bigskip + +\noindent +The resulting table, stored in \filename{testfont.dvi} and illustrated +in Figure~\ref{font-table}, shows every character in the font. To +understand how to read the table, note that the character code +for~``A''---the only character defined by +\filename{lightbulb10.mf}---is 41 in hexadecimal (base~16) and 101 in +octal (base~8). + +\begin{figure}[htbp] +\centering +\fbox{% +\begin{minipage}{0.9\linewidth} +\centering +\vspace*{\baselineskip} +\begin{minipage}{0.95\linewidth} +{\tiny Test of lightbulb10 on March 11, 2003 at 1127} +\vspace{2\baselineskip} + +\renewcommand{\tabularxcolumn}[1]{>{\mbox{}\hfill}p{#1}<{\hfill\mbox{}}}% +% The following two lines are modified from testfont.tex +\def\oct#1{\hbox{\normalfont\'{}\kern-.2em\itshape#1\/\kern.05em}} % octal constant +\def\hex#1{\hbox{\normalfont\H{}\ttfamily#1}} % hexadecimal constant + +\begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{@{}*9{X|}X@{}} + & \oct{0} & \oct{1} & \oct{2} & \oct{3} & + \oct{4} & \oct{5} & \oct{6} & \oct{7} & \\ \hline + \oct{10x} + & & \lightbulb & & & & & & & + \raisebox{-0.5\baselineskip}[0pt][0pt]{\hex{4x}} \\ \cline{1-9} + \oct{11x} + & & & & & & & & & \\ \hline + & \hex{8} & \hex{9} & \hex{A} & \hex{B} & + \hex{C} & \hex{D} & \hex{E} & \hex{F} & \\ +\end{tabularx} +\end{minipage} +\vspace*{\baselineskip} +\end{minipage}} +\caption{Font table produced by \filename{testfont.tex}} +\label{font-table} +\end{figure} + +The LightBulb10 font is now usable by \tex. \latexE, however, needs +more information before documents can use the font. First, we create +a font-description file that tells \latexE how to map fonts in a given +font family and encoding to a particular font in a particular font +size. For symbol fonts, this mapping is fairly simple. Symbol fonts +almost always use the ``U''~(``Unknown'') font encoding and frequently +occur in only one variant: normal weight and non-italicized. The +filename for a font-description file important; it must be of the form +``\meta{encoding}\meta{family}\texttt{.fd}'', where \meta{encoding} is +the lowercase version of the encoding name (typically~``u'' for symbol +fonts) and \meta{family} is the name of the font family. For +LightBulb10, let's call this ``bulb''. Figure~\ref{bulb-fd-file} +lists the contents of \filename{ubulb.fd}. The document ``\latexE +Font Selection''~\cite{fntguide} describes \cmd{\DeclareFontFamily} +and \cmd{\DeclareFontShape} in detail, but the gist of +\filename{ubulb.fd} is first to declare a \texttt{U}-encoded version +of the \texttt{bulb} font family and then to specify that a \latexE +request for a \texttt{U}-encoded version of \texttt{bulb} with a +(\texttt{m})edium font series (as opposed to, e.g., bold) and a +(\texttt{n})ormal font shape (as opposed to, e.g., italic) should +translate into a \tex request for \filename{lightbulb10.tfm} +mechanically\idxboth{mechanical}{scaling} scaled to the current font +size. + +\begin{figure}[htbp] +\centering +\begin{tabular}{@{}|l|@{}} + \hline + \verb+\DeclareFontFamily{U}{bulb}{}+ \\ + \verb+\DeclareFontShape{U}{bulb}{m}{n}{<-> lightbulb10}{}+ \\ + \hline +\end{tabular} +\caption{\latexE font-description file (\filename{ubulb.fd})} +\label{bulb-fd-file} +\end{figure} + +The final step is to write a \latexE style file that defines a name +for each symbol in the font. Because we have only one symbol our +style file, \filename{lightbulb.sty} (Figure~\ref{bulb-sty-file}), is +rather trivial. Note that instead of typesetting ``\texttt{A}'' we +could have had \cmdI{\lightbulb} typeset ``\verb+\char65+'', +``\verb+\char"41+'', or ``\verb+\char'101+'' (respectively, decimal, +hexadecimal, and octal character offsets into the font). For a +simple, one-character symbol font such as LightBulb10 it would be +reasonable to merge \filename{ubulb.fd} into \filename{lightbulb.sty} +instead of maintaining two separate files. In either case, a document +need only include ``\verb+\usepackage{lightbulb}+'' to make the +\verb+\lightbulb+ symbol available. + +\begin{figure}[htbp] +\centering +\begin{tabular}{@{}|l|@{}} + \hline + \verb+\newcommand{\lightbulb}{{\usefont{U}{bulb}{m}{n}A}}+ \\ + \hline +\end{tabular} +\caption{\latexE style file (\filename{lightbulb.sty})} +\label{bulb-sty-file} +\end{figure} + +\bigskip + +\metafont normally produces bitmapped fonts. However, it is also +possible, with the help of some external tools, to produce PostScript +\PSfont{Type~1} fonts. These have the advantages of rendering better +in Adobe\regtm\index{Adobe Acrobat} Acrobat\regtm (at least in +versions prior to~6.0) and of being more memory-efficient when handled +by a PostScript interpreter. See +\url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=textrace} for +pointers to tools that can produce \PSfont{Type~1} fonts from +\metafont. + + +\subsection{Math-mode spacing} +\label{math-spacing} + +Terms such as ``binary operators'', ``relations'', and ``punctuation'' +in Section~\ref{math-symbols} primarily regard the surrounding +spacing. (See the Short Math Guide for \latex~\cite{Downes:smg} for a +nice exposition on the subject.) To use a symbol for a different +purpose, you can use the \tex commands \cmd{\mathord}, \cmd{\mathop}, +\cmd{\mathbin}, \cmd{\mathrel}, \cmd{\mathopen}, \cmd{\mathclose}, and +\cmd{\mathpunct}. For example, if you want to use \cmd{\downarrow} as +a variable (an ``ordinary'' symbol) instead of a delimiter, you can +write ``\verb|$3 x + \mathord{\downarrow}$|'' to get the properly +spaced ``$3 x + \mathord{\downarrow}$'' rather than the +awkward-looking ``$3 x + \downarrow$''. Similarly, to create a +dotted-union\index{dotted union=dotted union ($\dot\cup$)} symbol +(``$\dot\cup$'') that spaces like the ordinary set-union symbol +(\cmdX{\cup}) it must be defined with \cmd{\mathbin}, just as +\cmdX{\cup} is. Contrast ``\verb|$A \dot{\cup} B$|'' (``$A {\dot\cup} +B$'') with ``\verb|$A \mathbin{\dot{\cup}} B$|'' (``$A +\mathbin{\dot{\cup}} B$''). See \TeXbook for the definitive +description of math-mode spacing. + +The purpose of the ``log-like symbols'' in +\ifAMS + Tables~\ref{log} and~\ref{ams-log} +\else + Table~\ref{log} +\fi +is to provide the correct amount of spacing around and within +multiletter function names. Table~\vref{log-spacing} contrasts the +output of the log-like symbols with various, na\"{\i}ve alternatives. +In addition to spacing, the log-like symbols also handle subscripts +properly. For example, ``\verb|\max_{p \in P}|'' produces ``$\max_{p +\in P}$'' in text, but ``$\displaystyle\max_{p \in P}$'' as part of a +displayed formula. + +\begin{nonsymtable}{Spacing Around/Within Log-like Symbols} +\label{log-spacing} +\setlength{\tabcolsep}{1em} +\begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}} \toprule +\latex{} expression & Output \\ \midrule +\verb|$r \sin \theta$| & $r \sin \theta$ \rlap{\quad (best)} \\ +\verb|$r sin \theta$| & $r sin \theta$ \\ +\verb|$r \mbox{sin} \theta$| & $r \mbox{sin} \theta$ \\ +\verb|$r \mathrm{sin} \theta$| & $r \mathrm{sin} \theta$ \\ +\bottomrule +\end{tabular} +\end{nonsymtable} + +The \pkgname{amsmath} package makes it straightforward to define new +log-like symbols: + +\begin{verbatim} + \DeclareMathOperator{\atan}{atan} + \DeclareMathOperator*{\lcm}{lcm} +\end{verbatim} +\ifAMS + \indexcommand[$\string\atan$]{\atan}% + \indexcommand[$\string\lcm$]{\lcm} +\else + \indexcommand{\atan}% + \indexcommand{\lcm} +\fi % AMS test + +\noindent +The difference between \cmd{\DeclareMathOperator} and +\cmd{\DeclareMathOperator*} involves the handling of subscripts. With +\cmd{\DeclareMathOperator*}, subscripts are written beneath log-like +symbols in display style and to the right in text style. This is +useful for limit operators (e.g.,~\cmdX{\lim}) and functions that tend +to map over a set (e.g.,~\cmdX{\min}). In contrast, +\cmd{\DeclareMathOperator} tells \tex that subscripts should always be +displayed to the right of the operator, as is common for functions +that take a single parameter (e.g.,~\cmdX{\log} and~\cmdX{\cos}). +Table~\ref{new-log-likes} contrasts symbols declared with +\cmd{\DeclareMathOperator} and \cmd{\DeclareMathOperator*} in both +text style~(\texttt{\$}$\ldots$\texttt{\$}) and +display~style~(\texttt{\string\[}$\ldots$\texttt{\string\]}).\footnote{Note +that \cmd{\displaystyle} can be used to force display style +within~\texttt{\$}$\ldots$\texttt{\$} and \cmd{\textstyle} can be used +to force text style +within~\texttt{\string\[}$\ldots$\texttt{\string\]}.} + +\begin{nonsymtable}{Defining new log-like symbols} +\label{new-log-likes} +\renewcommand{\tabcolsep}{1em} +\begin{tabular}{@{}lll@{}} + \toprule + Declaration function & + \texttt{\$\string\newlogsym\_\string{p \string\in~P\string}\$} & + \texttt{\string\[~\string\newlogsym\_\string{p \string\in~P\string}~\string\]} \\ + \midrule + + \texttt{\string\DeclareMathOperator} & + $\newlogsym_{p \in P}$ & + $\displaystyle\newlogsym_{p \in P}$ \\[1ex] + + \texttt{\string\DeclareMathOperator*} & + $\newlogsymSTAR_{p \in P}$ & + $\displaystyle\newlogsymSTAR_{p \in P}$ \\ + \bottomrule +\end{tabular} +\end{nonsymtable} + +It is common to use a thin\idxboth{thin}{space} space~(\cmd{\,}) +between the words of a multiword operators, as in +``\verb|\DeclareMathOperator*|\linebreak[0]\verb|{\argmax}|\linebreak[0]\verb|{arg\,max}|''. +\cmdX{\liminf}, \cmdX{\limsup}, and all of the +log-like\idxboth{log-like}{symbols}\index{atomic math objects} symbols +shown in Table~\ref{ams-log} utilize this spacing convention. + + +\subsection{Bold mathematical symbols} +\label{bold-math} + +\idxbothbegin{bold}{symbols} \latex does not normally use bold symbols +when typesetting mathematics. However, bold symbols are occasionally +needed, for example when naming vectors. Any of the approaches +described at +\url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=boldgreek} can be +used to produce bold mathematical symbols. Table~\ref{bold-symbols} +contrasts the output produced by these various techniques. As the +table illustrates, these techniques exhibit variation in their +formatting of Latin letters (upright vs.\ italic), formatting of +Greek\index{Greek>bold} letters (bold vs.\ normal), formatting of +operators and relations (bold vs.\ normal), and spacing. + +% The following was copied verbatim from amsbsy.sty. +\makeatletter +\DeclareRobustCommand{\pmb}{% + \ifmmode\else \expandafter\pmb@@\fi\mathpalette\pmb@} +\def\pmb@@#1#2#3{\leavevmode\setboxz@h{#3}% + \dimen@-\wdz@ + \kern-.5\ex@\copy\z@ + \kern\dimen@\kern.25\ex@\raise.4\ex@\copy\z@ + \kern\dimen@\kern.25\ex@\box\z@ +} +\newdimen\pmbraise@ +\def\pmb@#1#2{\setbox8\hbox{$\m@th#1{#2}$}% + \setboxz@h{$\m@th#1\mkern.5mu$}\pmbraise@\wdz@ + \binrel@{#2}% + \dimen@-\wd8 % + \binrel@@{% + \mkern-.8mu\copy8 % + \kern\dimen@\mkern.4mu\raise\pmbraise@\copy8 % + \kern\dimen@\mkern.4mu\box8 }% +} +\makeatother + +\begin{nonsymtable}{Producing bold mathematical symbols} + \idxboth{bold}{symbols} + \label{bold-symbols} + \begin{tabular}{@{}lll@{}} + \toprule + Package & Code & Output \\ + \midrule + + \textit{none} & + \verb!$\alpha + b = \Gamma \div D$! & + $\alpha + b = \Gamma \div D$ \rlap{\qquad (no bold)} \\ + + \textit{none} & + \verb!$!\cmd{\mathbf}\verb!{\alpha + b = \Gamma \div D}$! & +\ifBM + $\alpha + \textbf{b} = \bm{\Gamma} \div \textbf{D}$ \\ +\else + $\mathbf{\alpha + b = \Gamma \div D}$ \\ +\fi + + \textit{none} & + \cmd{\boldmath}\verb!$\alpha + b = \Gamma \div D$! & + \boldmath$\alpha + b = \Gamma \div D$ \\ + + \pkgname{amsbsy} & + \verb!$!\cmd{\pmb}\verb!{\alpha + b = \Gamma \div D}$! & + $\pmb{\alpha + b = \Gamma \div D}$ \rlap{\qquad (faked bold)} \\ + + \pkgname{amsbsy} & + \verb!$!\cmd{\boldsymbol}\verb!{\alpha + b = \Gamma \div D}$! & + \boldmath$\alpha + b = \Gamma \div D$ \\ + +\ifBM + \pkgname{bm} & + \verb!$!\cmd{\bm}\verb!{\alpha + b = \Gamma \div D}$! & + $\bm{\alpha + b = \Gamma \div D}$ \\ +\fi + + \pkgname{fixmath} & + \verb!$!\cmd{\mathbold}\verb!{\alpha + b = \Gamma \div D}$! & + \def\GammaIt{\mathord{\usefont{OML}{cmm}{b}{it}\mathchar"7100}}% + \boldmath$\alpha + b = \GammaIt \div D$ \\ + \bottomrule + \end{tabular} +\end{nonsymtable} + +\idxbothend{bold}{symbols} + + +\subsection{ASCII and Latin~1 quick reference} +\label{ascii-quickref} + +\index{ASCII|(} + +Table~\vref{ascii-table} amalgamates data from various other tables in +this document into a convenient reference for \latexE typesetting of +ASCII characters, i.e., the characters available on a typical +U.S. computer keyboard. The first two columns list the character's +ASCII code in decimal and hexadecimal. The third column shows what +the character looks like. The fourth column lists the \latexE command +to typeset the character as a text character. And the fourth column +lists the \latexE command to typeset the character within a +\verb|\texttt{|$\ldots$\verb|}| command (or, more generally, when +\verb|\ttfamily| is in effect). + +\index{ASCII|)} + +\begin{nonsymtable}{\latexE ASCII Table} + \index{ASCII>table} + \label{ascii-table} + % Define an equivalent of \vdots that's the height of a "9". + \newlength{\digitheight} + \settoheight{\digitheight}{9} + \newcommand{\digitvdots}{\raisebox{-1.5pt}[\digitheight]{$\vdots$}} + + % Replace all glyphs in a row with vertical dots. + \makeatletter + \newcommand{\skipped}{% + \settowidth{\@tempdima}{99} \makebox[\@tempdima]{\digitvdots} & + \settowidth{\@tempdima}{99} \makebox[\@tempdima]{\digitvdots} & + \digitvdots & + \digitvdots & + \digitvdots \\ + } + \makeatother + + % Typesetting a symbol by prefixing it with a "\". + \newcommand{\bscommand}[1]{#1 & \cmdI{#1} & \cmdI{#1}} + + \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}*2{>{\ttfamily}r}c*2{>{\ttfamily}l}l@{}} \\ \toprule + \multicolumn{1}{@{}c}{Dec} & + \multicolumn{1}{c}{Hex} & + \multicolumn{1}{c}{Char} & + \multicolumn{1}{c}{Body text} & + \multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\ttfamily\string\texttt} \\ \midrule + + 33 & 21 & ! & ! & ! \\ + 34 & 22 & {\fontencoding{T1}\selectfont\textquotedbl} & + \string\textquotedbl & " \\ % Not available in OT1 + 35 & 23 & \bscommand{\#} \\ + 36 & 24 & \bscommand{\$} \\ + 37 & 25 & \bscommand{\%} \\ + 38 & 26 & \bscommand{\&} \\ + 39 & 27 & ' & ' & ' \\ + 40 & 28 & ( & ( & ( \\ + 41 & 29 & ) & ) & ) \\ + 42 & 2A & * & * & * \\ + 43 & 2B & + & + & + \\ + 44 & 2C & , & , & , \\ + 45 & 2D & - & - & - \\ + 46 & 2E & . & . & . \\ + 47 & 2F & / & / & / \\ + 48 & 30 & 0 & 0 & 0 \\ + 49 & 31 & 1 & 1 & 1 \\ + 50 & 32 & 2 & 2 & 2 \\ + \skipped + 57 & 39 & 9 & 9 & 9 \\ + 58 & 3A & : & : & : \\ + 59 & 3B & ; & ; & ; \\ + 60 & 3C & \textless & \cmdI{\textless} & < \\ % Or $<$ + 61 & 3D & = & = & = \\ \bottomrule + \end{tabular} + \hfil + \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}*2{>{\ttfamily}r}c*2{>{\ttfamily}l}l@{}} \\ \toprule + \multicolumn{1}{@{}c}{Dec} & + \multicolumn{1}{c}{Hex} & + \multicolumn{1}{c}{Char} & + \multicolumn{1}{c}{Body text} & + \multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\ttfamily\string\texttt} \\ \midrule + + 62 & 3E & \textgreater & \cmdI{\textgreater} & > \\ % Or $>$ + 63 & 3F & ? & ? & ? \\ + 64 & 40 & @ & @ & @ \\ + 65 & 41 & A & A & A \\ + 66 & 42 & B & B & B \\ + 67 & 43 & C & C & C \\ + \skipped + 90 & 5A & Z & Z & Z \\ + 91 & 5B & [ & [ & [ \\ + 92 & 5C & \textbackslash & \cmdI{\textbackslash} & + \verb|\char`\\| \\ % \textbackslash works in non-OT1 + 93 & 5D & ] & ] & ] \\ + 94 & 5E & \^{} & \verb|\^{}| & \verb|\^{}| \\ % Or \textasciicircum + 95 & 5F & \_ & \verb|\_| & \verb|\char`\_| \\ % \_ works in non-OT1 + 96 & 60 & ` & ` & ` \\ + 97 & 61 & a & a & a \\ + 98 & 62 & b & b & b \\ + 99 & 63 & c & c & c \\ + \skipped + 122 & 7A & z & z & z \\ + 123 & 7B & \{ & \verb|\{| & \verb|\char`\{| \\ % \{ works in non-OT1 + 124 & 7C & \textbar & \cmdI{\textbar} & | \\ % Or $|$ + 125 & 7D & \} & \verb|\}| & \verb|\char`\}| \\ % \} works in non-OT1 + 126 & 7E & \~{} & \verb|\~{}| & \verb|\~{}| \\ % Or \textasciitilde ($\sim$?) + \\ + \bottomrule + \end{tabular} +\end{nonsymtable} + +The following are some additional notes about the contents of +Table~\ref{ascii-table}: + +\begin{itemize} + \item + ``\indexcommand[\string\encone{\string\textquotedbl}]{\textquotedbl}{\encone{\textquotedbl}}'' + is not available in the OT1 \fntenc[OT1]. + + \item + The\label{upside-down}\index{symbols>upside-down|(}\index{upside-down + symbols|(} characters ``\texttt{<}'', ``\texttt{>}'', and + ``\texttt{|}'' do work as expected in math mode, although they + produce, respectively, ``<'', ``>'', and ``|'' in text mode when + using the OT1 \fntenc[OT1].\footnote{Donald\index{Knuth, Donald E.} + Knuth didn't think such symbols were important outside of + mathematics so he omitted them from his text fonts.} The following + are some alternatives for typesetting ``\textless'', + ``\textgreater'', and ``\textbar'': + + \begin{itemize} + \item Specify a document \fntenc{} other than OT1 (as + described~\vpageref[above]{altenc}). + + \item Use the appropriate symbol commands from + Table~\vref{text-predef}, viz.~\cmdI{\textless}, + \cmdI{\textgreater}, and \cmdI{\textbar}. + + \item Enter the symbols in math mode instead of text mode, + i.e.,~\verb+$<$+, \verb+$>$+, and \verb+$|$+. + \end{itemize} + + \noindent + Note that for typesetting metavariables many people prefer + \cmdI{\textlangle} and \cmdI{\textrangle} to \cmdI{\textless} and + \cmdI{\textgreater}, i.e., ``\meta{filename}'' instead of + ``$<$\textit{filename}$>$''.\index{symbols>upside-down|)}\index{upside-down + symbols|)} + + \item Although ``\texttt{/}'' does not require any special + treatment, \latex additionally defines a \cmdI{\slash} command which + outputs the same glyph but permits a line~break afterwards. That + is, ``\texttt{increase/decrease}'' is always typeset as a single + entity while ``\verb|increase\slash{}decrease|'' may be typeset with + ``increase/'' on one line and ``decrease'' on the next. + + \item \label{tildes} \index{tilde|(} \cmdI{\textasciicircum} can be + used instead of \cmdI[\string\^{}]{\^{}}\verb|{}|, and + \cmdI{\textasciitilde} can be used instead of + \cmdI[\string\~{}]{\~{}}\verb|{}|. Note that \cmdI{\textasciitilde} + and \cmdI[\string\~{}]{\~{}}\verb|{}| produce raised, diacritic + tildes. ``Text'' (i.e.,~vertically\index{tilde>vertically centered} + centered) tildes can be generated with either the math-mode + \cmdX{\sim} command (shown in Table~\vref{rel}), which produces a + somewhat wide ``$\sim$'', or the \TC\ package's \cmdI{\texttildelow} + (shown in Table~\vref{tc-misc}), which produces a vertically + centered ``{\fontfamily{ptm}\selectfont\texttildelow}'' in most + fonts but a baseline-oriented ``\texttildelow'' in Computer Modern, + \TX, \PX, and various other fonts originating from the \tex\ world. + If your goal is to typeset tildes in URLs or Unix filenames, your + best bet is to use the \pkgname{url} package, which has a number of + nice features such as proper line-breaking of such + names.\index{tilde|)} + + \item The various \verb|\char| commands within \verb|\texttt| are + necessary only in the OT1 \fntenc[OT1]. In other encodings + (e.g.,~T1)\index{font encodings>T1}, commands such as \cmdIp{\{}, + \cmdIp{\}}, \cmdI{\_}, and \cmdI{\textbackslash} all work properly. + + \item The IBM\index{IBM} version of ASCII\index{ASCII} characters~1 + to~31 can be typeset using the \pkgname{ascii} package. +\ifASCII + See Table~\vref{ibm-ascii}. +\fi + + \item To replace~``\verb|`|'' and~``\verb|'|'' with the more + computer-like (and more visibly distinct) ``\texttt{\char18}'' + and~``\texttt{\char13}'' within a \texttt{verbatim} environment, use + the \pkgname{upquote} package. Outside of \texttt{verbatim}, you + can use \verb|\char18| and \verb|\char13| to get the modified quote + characters. (The former is actually a grave accent.) +\end{itemize} + +\index{Latin 1|(} + +Similar to Table~\ref{ascii-table}, Table~\vref{latin1-table} is an +amalgamation of data from other tables in this document. While +Table~\ref{ascii-table} shows how to typeset the 7-bit ASCII character +set, Table~\ref{latin1-table} shows the Latin~1 (Western European) +character set, also known as ISO-8859-1. + +\index{Latin 1|)} + +\begin{nonsymtable}{\latexE Latin~1 Table} + \index{Latin 1>table} + \index{copyright} + \idxboth{legal}{symbols} + \label{latin1-table} + + \newcommand{\accented}[2]{#1#2 & \texttt{\string#1\string{#2\string}}} + \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}*2{>{\ttfamily}r}c>{\ttfamily}lc@{}} \\ \toprule + \multicolumn{1}{@{}c}{Dec} & + \multicolumn{1}{c}{Hex} & + \multicolumn{1}{c}{Char} & + \multicolumn{2}{c@{}}{\latexE} \\ \midrule + + 161 & A1 & !` & !{}` \\ + 162 & A2 & \textcent & \cmdI{\textcent} & (\textsf{tc}) \\ + 163 & A3 & \pounds & \cmdI{\pounds} \\ + 164 & A4 & \textcurrency & \cmdI{\textcurrency} & (\textsf{tc}) \\ + 165 & A5 & \textyen & \cmdI{\textyen} & (\textsf{tc}) \\ + 166 & A6 & \textbrokenbar & \cmdI{\textbrokenbar} & (\textsf{tc}) \\ + 167 & A7 & \S & \cmdI{\S} \\ + 168 & A8 & \textasciidieresis & \cmdI{\textasciidieresis} & (\textsf{tc}) \\ + 169 & A9 & \textcopyright & \cmdI{\textcopyright} \\ + 170 & AA & \textordfeminine & \cmdI{\textordfeminine} \\ + 171 & AB & \encone{\guillemotleft} & + \cmdI[\string\encone{\string\guillemotleft}]{\guillemotleft} & (T1) \\ + 172 & AC & \textlnot & \cmdI{\textlnot} & (\textsf{tc}) \\ + 173 & AD & - & \cmdI[-]{\-} \\ + 174 & AE & \textregistered & \cmdI{\textregistered} \\ + 175 & AF & \textasciimacron & \cmdI{\textasciimacron} & (\textsf{tc}) \\ + 176 & B0 & \textdegree & \cmdI{\textdegree} & (\textsf{tc}) \\ + 177 & B1 & \textpm & \cmdI{\textpm} & (\textsf{tc}) \\ + 178 & B2 & \texttwosuperior & \cmdI{\texttwosuperior} & (\textsf{tc}) \\ + 179 & B3 & \textthreesuperior & \cmdI{\textthreesuperior} & (\textsf{tc}) \\ + 180 & B4 & \textasciiacute & \cmdI{\textasciiacute} & (\textsf{tc}) \\ + 181 & B5 & \textmu & \cmdI{\textmu} & (\textsf{tc}) \\ + 182 & B6 & \P & \cmdI{\P} \\ + 183 & B7 & \textperiodcentered & \cmdI{\textperiodcentered} \\ + 184 & B8 & \c{} & \cmdI[\string\blackacchack{\string\c}]{\c}\verb|{}| \\ + 185 & B9 & \textonesuperior & \cmdI{\textonesuperior} & (\textsf{tc}) \\ + 186 & BA & \textordmasculine & \cmdI{\textordmasculine} \\ + 187 & BB & \encone{\guillemotright} & + \cmdI[\string\encone{\string\guillemotright}]{\guillemotright} \\ + 188 & BC & \textonequarter & \cmdI{\textonequarter} & (\textsf{tc}) \\ + 189 & BD & \textonehalf & \cmdI{\textonehalf} & (\textsf{tc}) \\ + 190 & BE & \textthreequarters & \cmdI{\textthreequarters} & (\textsf{tc}) \\ + 191 & BF & ?` & ?{}` \\ + 192 & C0 & \accented{\`}{A} \\ + 193 & C1 & \accented{\'}{A} \\ + 194 & C2 & \accented{\^}{A} \\ + 195 & C3 & \accented{\~}{A} \\ + 196 & C4 & \accented{\"}{A} \\ + 197 & C5 & \AA & \string\AA \\ + 198 & C6 & \AE & \string\AE \\ + 199 & C7 & \accented{\c}{C} \\ + 200 & C8 & \accented{\`}{E} \\ + 201 & C9 & \accented{\'}{E} \\ + 202 & CA & \accented{\^}{E} \\ + 203 & CB & \accented{\"}{E} \\ + 204 & CC & \accented{\`}{I} \\ + 205 & CD & \accented{\'}{I} \\ + 206 & CE & \accented{\^}{I} \\ + 207 & CF & \accented{\"}{I} \\ + 208 & D0 & \encone{\DH} & \string\DH & (T1) \\ \bottomrule + \end{tabular} + \hfil + \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}*2{>{\ttfamily}r}c>{\ttfamily}lc@{}} \\ \toprule + \multicolumn{1}{@{}c}{Dec} & + \multicolumn{1}{c}{Hex} & + \multicolumn{1}{c}{Char} & + \multicolumn{2}{c@{}}{\latexE} \\ \midrule + + 209 & D1 & \accented{\~}{N} \\ + 210 & D2 & \accented{\`}{O} \\ + 211 & D3 & \accented{\'}{O} \\ + 212 & D4 & \accented{\^}{O} \\ + 213 & D5 & \accented{\~}{O} \\ + 214 & D6 & \accented{\"}{O} \\ + 215 & D7 & \texttimes & \string\texttimes & (\textsf{tc}) \\ + 216 & D8 & \O & \string\O \\ + 217 & D9 & \accented{\`}{U} \\ + 218 & DA & \accented{\'}{U} \\ + 219 & DB & \accented{\^}{U} \\ + 220 & DC & \accented{\"}{U} \\ + 221 & DD & \accented{\'}{Y} \\ + 222 & DE & \encone{\TH} & \string\TH & (T1) \\ + 223 & DF & \ss & \string\ss \\ + 224 & E0 & \accented{\`}{a} \\ + 225 & E1 & \accented{\'}{a} \\ + 226 & E2 & \accented{\^}{a} \\ + 227 & E3 & \accented{\~}{a} \\ + 228 & E4 & \accented{\"}{a} \\ + 229 & E5 & \aa & \string\aa \\ + 230 & E6 & \ae & \string\ae \\ + 231 & E7 & \accented{\c}{c} \\ + 232 & E8 & \accented{\`}{e} \\ + 233 & E9 & \accented{\'}{e} \\ + 234 & EA & \accented{\^}{e} \\ + 235 & EB & \accented{\"}{e} \\ + 236 & EC & \accented{\`}{\i} \\ + 237 & ED & \accented{\'}{\i} \\ + 238 & EE & \accented{\^}{\i} \\ + 239 & EF & \accented{\"}{\i} \\ + 240 & F0 & \encone{\dh} & \string\dh & (T1) \\ + 241 & F1 & \accented{\~}{n} \\ + 242 & F2 & \accented{\`}{o} \\ + 243 & F3 & \accented{\'}{o} \\ + 244 & F4 & \accented{\^}{o} \\ + 245 & F5 & \accented{\~}{o} \\ + 246 & F6 & \accented{\"}{o} \\ + 247 & F7 & \textdiv & \string\textdiv & (\textsf{tc}) \\ + 248 & F8 & \o & \string\o \\ + 249 & F9 & \accented{\`}{u} \\ + 250 & FA & \accented{\'}{u} \\ + 251 & FB & \accented{\^}{u} \\ + 252 & FC & \accented{\"}{u} \\ + 253 & FD & \accented{\'}{y} \\ + 254 & FE & \encone{\th} & \string\th & (T1) \\ + 255 & FF & \accented{\"}{y} \\ \bottomrule + \end{tabular} +\end{nonsymtable} + +The following are some additional notes about the contents of +Table~\ref{latin1-table}: + +\begin{itemize} + \item A ``(\textsf{tc})'' after a symbol name means that the \TC\ + package must be loaded to access that symbol. A ``(T1)'' means that + the symbol requires the T1 \fntenc[T1]. The \pkgname{fontenc} + package can change the \fntenc[document] document-wide. + + \item Many of the \verb|\text|\dots\ accents can also be produced + using the accent commands shown in Table~\vref{text-accents} plus an + empty argument. For instance, + \verb|\={}|\index{_=\magicequalname{}\verb+{}+ (\magicequal{})} + is essentially the same as \cmd{\textasciimacron}. + + \item The commands in the ``\latexE'' columns work both in body text + and within a \verb|\texttt{|$\ldots$\verb|}| command (or, more + generally, when \verb|\ttfamily| is in effect). + + \item \index{CP1252|(} Microsoft\regtm\index{Microsoft Windows} + Windows\regtm\index{Windows} normally uses a superset of Latin~1 + called ``CP1252'' (Code Page 1252). CP1252 adds codes in the + range~128--159 (hexadecimal~80--9F), including characters such as + dashes, daggers, and quotation marks. If there's sufficient + interest, a future version of the \doctitle{} may include a CP1252 + table.\index{CP1252|)} + + \item The ``\pounds'' and ``\$'' glyphs occupy the same slot~(36) of + the OT1 \fntenc[OT1], with ``\pounds'' appearing in italic fonts and + ``\$'' appearing in roman fonts. A problem with \latex's default + handling of this double-mapping is that + ``\texttt{\string{\string\sffamily\linebreak[0]\string\slshape\linebreak[0]\string\pounds\string}}'' + produces + ``{\fontencoding{OT1}\sffamily\slshape\selectfont\textdollar}'', not + ``{\fontencoding{T1}\sffamily\slshape\selectfont\textsterling}''. + Other \fntenc{}s use separate slots for the two characters and are + therefore robust to the problem of ``\pounds''/''\$'' conflicts. + Authors who use \cmdI{\pounds} should select a \fntenc{} other than + OT1 (as explained~\vpageref[above]{altenc}) or use the \TC\ package, + which redefines \cmdI{\pounds} to use the TS1 \fntenc[TS1]. + + \item Character~173, \cmdI[-]{\-}, is shown as ``-'' but is actually + a discretionary\index{discretionary hyphen}\index{hyphen, + discretionary} hyphen; it appears only at the end of a line. +\end{itemize} + +\index{ISO character entities|(} +While too large to incorporate into this document, a listing of +ISO~8879:1986 SGML\index{SGML}/XML\index{XML} character entities and +their \latex{} equivalents is available from +\url{http://www.bitjungle.com/~isoent/}. Some of the characters +presented there make use of \pkgname{isoent}, a \latexE{} package +(available from the same URL) that fakes some of the missing ISO +glyphs using the \latex{} \texttt{picture} +environment.\footnote{\pkgname{isoent} is not featured in this +document, because it is not available from CTAN\idxCTAN{} and because +the faked symbols are not ``true'' characters; they exist in only one +size, regardless of the body text's font size.} +\index{ISO character entities|)} + + +\subsection{About this document} +\label{about-doc} + +\paragraph{History} +\person{David}{Carlisle} wrote the first version of this document in +October, 1994. It originally contained all of the native \latex{} +symbols (Tables~\ref{bin}, \ref{op}, \ref{rel}, \ref{arrow}, +\ref{log}, \ref{greek}, \ref{dels}, \ref{ldels}, \ref{math-accents}, +\ref{extensible-accents}, \ref{ord}, and a few tables that have since +been reorganized) and was designed to be nearly identical to the +tables in Chapter~3 of Leslie\index{Lamport, Leslie} Lamport's +book~\cite{Lamport:latex}. Even the table captions and the order of +the symbols within each table matched! The \AMS\ symbols +(Tables~\ref{ams-bin}, \ref{ams-rel}, \ref{ams-nrel}, +\ref{ams-arrows}, \ref{ams-narrows}, \ref{ams-greek}, +\ref{ams-hebrew}, \ref{ams-del}, and \ref{ams-misc}) and an initial +Math Alphabets table (Table~\ref{alphabets}) were added thereafter. +Later, \person{Alexander}{Holt} provided the \ST\ tables +(Tables~\ref{st-bin}, \ref{st-large}, \ref{st-rel}, \ref{st-arrows}, +\ref{st-ext}, and \ref{st-del}). + +In January, 2001, \person{Scott}{Pakin} took responsibility for +maintaining the symbol list and has since implemented a complete +overhaul of the document. The result, now called, ``The \doctitle'', +includes the following new features: + +\begin{itemize} + \item the addition of a handful of new math alphabets, dozens of new + font tables, and thousands of new symbols + + \item the categorization of the symbol tables into body-text + symbols, mathematical symbols, science and technology symbols, + dingbats, and other symbols, to provide a more user-friendly + document structure + + \item an index, table of contents, and a frequently-requested symbol + list, to help users quickly locate symbols + + \item symbol tables rewritten to list the symbols in alphabetical + order + + \item appendices to provide additional information relevant to using + symbols in \latex{} + + \item tables showing how to typeset all of the characters in the + ASCII\index{ASCII} and Latin~1\index{Latin 1} + \fntenc[ASCII]s\index{font encodings>Latin 1} +\end{itemize} + +\noindent +Furthermore, the internal structure of the document has been +completely altered from David's original version. Most of the changes +are geared towards making the document easier to extend, modify, and +reformat. + + +\paragraph{Build characteristics} +Table~\vref{doc-characteristics} lists some of this document's build +characteristics. Most important is the list of packages that \latex{} +couldn't find, but that \selftex otherwise would have been able to +take advantage of. Complete, prebuilt versions of this document are +available from CTAN\idxCTAN{} (\url{http://www.ctan.org/} or one of +its many mirror sites) in the directory +\texttt{tex-archive/info/symbols/comprehensive}. +Table~\ref{package-dates} shows the package date (specified in the +\verb|.sty|~file with \cmd{\ProvidesPackage}) for each package that +was used to build this document and that specifies a package date. +Packages are not listed in any particular order in either +Table~\ref{doc-characteristics} or~\ref{package-dates}. + +\begin{nonsymtable}{Document Characteristics} +\label{doc-characteristics} +\begin{tabular}{@{}lp{0.5\textwidth}@{}} \toprule +Characteristic & Value \\ \midrule +Source file: & \selftex \\ +Build date: & \today \\ +Symbols documented: & \approxcount\prevtotalsymbols \\ +Packages included: & \makeatletter + \def\@elt#1{\pkgname{#1}\xspace} + \foundpkgs + \makeatother \\ +Packages omitted: & \makeatletter + \ifcomplete + \emph{none} + \else + \def\@elt#1{\pkgname{#1}\xspace} + \missingpkgs + \fi + \makeatother \\ +\bottomrule +\end{tabular} +\end{nonsymtable} + + +% Automatically generate a table of package version numbers. +\makeatletter +\begingroup + % Given a package name, output the package's date. + \def\show@package@date#1/#2/#3#4#5!!!{#1/#2/#3#4} + \newcommand{\showpackagedate}[1]{% + \edef\package@date@string{\csname ver@#1.sty\endcsname}% + \expandafter\show@package@date\package@date@string!!! + } + + % Format a metavariable. + \def\meta#1{\textlangle{\textit{#1}}\textrangle} + + % Produce the entire table body as a token list. + \newtoks\pkg@date@toks + \def\@elt#1{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname ver@#1.sty\endcsname\relax + \else + \expandafter\ifx\csname ver@#1.sty\endcsname\@empty + \else + \pkgname{#1} & \showpackagedate{#1} \\ + \fi + \fi + } + \expandafter\pkg@date@toks\expandafter=\expandafter{\foundpkgs} + + % Output a formatted table which contains the previously defined token list. + \begin{nonsymtable}{Package versions used in the preparation of this document} + \label{package-dates} + \begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}} + \toprule + Name & Date \\ + \midrule + \the\pkg@date@toks + \bottomrule + \end{tabular} + \end{nonsymtable} +\endgroup +\makeatother + + +\subsection{Copyright and license} + +\mbox{} + +\begin{tabular}{@{}l@{}} + The \doctitle \\ + Copyright~\copyright\ \number\year, Scott Pakin \\ +\end{tabular} + +\bigskip + +This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +the \latex\ Project Public License, either version~1.3 of this license +or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +license is in + +\begin{center} + \url{http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt} +\end{center} + +\noindent +and version~1.3 or later is part of all distributions of \latex\ +version 2003/12/01 or later. + +This work has the LPPL maintenance status ``maintained''. + +The Current Maintainer of this work is Scott Pakin. + +This work consists of the files \filename{symbols.tex}, +\filename{README}, \filename{SYMLIST}, \filename{lightbulb10.mf}, and +\filename{lightbulb.mf}, \filename{lightbulb.map}, and all PDF, +PostScript, Encapsulated PostScript, and PostScript font files derived +from those. + + + +% It seems like such a waste to put such a brief bibliography on its own +% page. So we temporarily restore \section back to its original +% definition, just for the list of references. + +\vspace{\stretch{1}} +\begingroup +\let\section=\origsection + +\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{References} +\begin{thebibliography}{Knu86b} + +\bibitem[AMS99]{AMS1999:amsmath} + American Mathematical Society. + \emph{User's Guide for the \textsf{amsmath} Package (Version~2.0)}, + December~13, 1999. + Available from \url{ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/doc/amsmath/amsldoc.pdf}. + +\bibitem[Ber01]{Berry:fontname} + Karl Berry.\index{Berry, Karl} + Fontname: Filenames for \tex fonts, + June 2001. + Available from \url{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/fontname}. + +\bibitem[Dow00]{Downes:smg} + Michael Downes.\index{Downes, Michael J.} + Short math guide for {\latex}, + July~19, 2000. + Version~1.07. + Available from \url{http://www.ams.org/tex/short-math-guide.html}. + +\bibitem[Gib97]{Gibbons:longdiv} + Jeremy Gibbons.\index{Gibbons, Jeremy} + Hey---it works! + \emph{TUGboat}, 18(2):75--78, June 1997. + Available from \url{http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb18-2/tb55works.pdf}. + +\bibitem[Knu86a]{Knuth:ct-a} + Donald~E. Knuth.\index{Knuth, Donald E.} + \emph{The {\TeX}book}, + volume~A of \emph{Computers and Typesetting}. + Ad{\-d}i{\-s}on-Wes{\-l}ey, + Reading, MA, USA, + 1986. + +\bibitem[Knu86b]{Knuth:ct-c} + Donald~E. Knuth.\index{Knuth, Donald E.} + \emph{The {\MF}book}, + volume~C of \emph{Computers and Typesetting}. + Ad{\-d}i{\-s}on-Wes{\-l}ey, + Reading, MA, USA, + 1986. + +\bibitem[Lam86]{Lamport:latex} + Leslie Lamport.\index{Lamport, Leslie} + \emph{\latex: A document preparation system}. + Ad{\-d}i{\-s}on-Wes{\-l}ey, + Reading, MA, USA, + 1986. + +\bibitem[\LaT{}98]{ltnews09} + \latex{}3~Project Team. + A new math accent. + \emph{\latex News}. Issue~9, June~1998. + Available from + \url{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/doc/ltnews09.pdf} + (also included in many \tex{} distributions). + +\bibitem[\LaT{}00]{fntguide} + \latex{}3~Project Team. + \latexE font selection, + January~30, 2000. + Available from + \url{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/doc/fntguide.ps} + (also included in many \tex{} distributions). +\end{thebibliography} +\endgroup + +\clearpage +\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Index} +{\small\printindex} + +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/symbols-a4.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/symbols-a4.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..403f9e726df --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/symbols-a4.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/README b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/README new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9cb11d2d01a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/README @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + + +-------------------------------------+ + | HOW TO PACKAGE YOUR LATEX PACKAGE | + | By Scott Pakin, scott+dtx@pakin.org | + +-------------------------------------+ + +This tutorial is intended for advanced LaTeX2e users who want to learn +how to create .ins and .dtx files for distributing their homebrewed +classes and style files. + +Distributed files include: + + README -- This file + dtxtut.pdf -- Preformatted tutorial + dtxtut.tex -- Tutorial source code (LaTeX2e) + skeleton.ins -- A sample .ins file (generates .sty) + skeleton.dtx -- A sample .dtx file (generates .sty) + cskeleton.ins -- A sample .ins file (generates .cls) + cskeleton.dtx -- A sample .dtx file (generates .cls) + + +The author would like to thank the following people (in alphabetical +order) for their suggestions on improving dtxtut and the skeleton +files: + + * Robin Fairbairns + * Marcel Heldoorn + * Rolf Niepraschk + * Hans Fredrik Nordhaug + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/cskeleton.dtx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/cskeleton.dtx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2374838738b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/cskeleton.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +% \iffalse meta-comment +% +% Copyright (C) 2004 by Scott Pakin <scott+dtx@pakin.org> +% ------------------------------------------------------- +% +% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in: +% +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% +% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 1999/12/01 or later. +% +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*driver> +\ProvidesFile{cskeleton.dtx} +%</driver> +%<class>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01] +%<class>\ProvidesClass{cskeleton} +%<*class> + [2004/11/05 v1.0 .dtx skeleton file] +%</class> +% +%<*driver> +\documentclass{ltxdoc} +\EnableCrossrefs +\CodelineIndex +\RecordChanges +\begin{document} + \DocInput{cskeleton.dtx} +\end{document} +%</driver> +% \fi +% +% \CheckSum{0} +% +% \CharacterTable +% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z +% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z +% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 +% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# +% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& +% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) +% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, +% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ +% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< +% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? +% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ +% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ +% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| +% Right brace \} Tilde \~} +% +% +% \changes{v1.0}{2004/11/05}{Initial version} +% +% \GetFileInfo{cskeleton.dtx} +% +% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newenvironment} +% +% +% \title{The \textsf{cskeleton} class\thanks{This document +% corresponds to \textsf{cskeleton}~\fileversion, dated \filedate.}} +% \author{Scott Pakin \\ \texttt{scott+dtx@pakin.org}} +% +% \maketitle +% +% \section{Introduction} +% +% Put text here. +% +% \section{Usage} +% +% Put text here. +% +% \DescribeMacro{\dummyMacro} +% This macro does nothing.\index{doing nothing|usage} It is merely an +% example. If this were a real macro, you would put a paragraph here +% describing what the macro is supposed to do, what its mandatory and +% optional arguments are, and so forth. +% +% \DescribeEnv{dummyEnv} +% This environment does nothing. It is merely an example. +% If this were a real environment, you would put a paragraph here +% describing what the environment is supposed to do, what its +% mandatory and optional arguments are, and so forth. +% +% \StopEventually{\PrintChanges\PrintIndex} +% +% \section{Implementation} +% +% For simplicity, we'll derive everything from the standard |article| +% class. +% \begin{macrocode} +\LoadClassWithOptions{article} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\dummyMacro} +% This is a dummy macro. If it did anything, we'd describe its +% implementation here. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\dummyMacro}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{environment}{dummyEnv} +% This is a dummy environment. If it did anything, we'd describe its +% implementation here. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newenvironment{dummyEnv}{% +}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/11/05}{Added a spurious change log entry to +% show what a change \emph{within} an environment definition looks +% like.} +% Don't use |%| to introduce a code comment within a |macrocode| +% environment. Instead, you should typeset all of your comments with +% \LaTeX---doing so gives much prettier results. For comments within a +% macro/environment body, just do an |\end{macrocode}|, include some +% commentary, and do another |\begin{macrocode}|. It's that simple. +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{environment} +% +% \Finale +\endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/cskeleton.ins b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/cskeleton.ins new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..511fcf507dd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/cskeleton.ins @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 by Scott Pakin <scott+dtx@pakin.org> +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 1999/12/01 or later. +%% + +\input docstrip.tex +\keepsilent + +\usedir{tex/latex/cskeleton} + +\preamble + +This is a generated file. + +Copyright (C) 2004 by Scott Pakin <scott+dtx@pakin.org> + +This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license +or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +license is in: + + http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt + +and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +1999/12/01 or later. + +\endpreamble + +\generate{\file{cskeleton.cls}{\from{cskeleton.dtx}{class}}} + +\obeyspaces +\Msg{*************************************************************} +\Msg{* *} +\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the following *} +\Msg{* file into a directory searched by TeX: *} +\Msg{* *} +\Msg{* cskeleton.cls *} +\Msg{* *} +\Msg{* To produce the documentation run the file cskeleton.dtx *} +\Msg{* through LaTeX. *} +\Msg{* *} +\Msg{* Happy TeXing! *} +\Msg{* *} +\Msg{*************************************************************} + +\endbatchfile diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/dtxtut.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/dtxtut.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f43af2f7cb6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/dtxtut.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/dtxtut.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/dtxtut.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1dc4ea129a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/dtxtut.tex @@ -0,0 +1,2075 @@ +%%% ==================================================================== +%%% @LaTeX-file{ +%%% author = "Scott Pakin", +%%% version = "2.0a", +%%% date = "05 November 2004", +%%% time = "01:36:46 MST", +%%% filename = "dtxtut.tex", +%%% checksum = "54933 2075 7618 70409" +%%% email = "scott+dtx@pakin.org (Internet)", +%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII", +%%% keywords = "LaTeX, packages, .ins files, .dtx files, +%%% literate programming", +%%% supported = "yes", +%%% abstract = "This tutorial is intended for advanced +%%% LaTeX 2e users who want to learn how to +%%% create .ins and .dtx files for distributing +%%% their homebrewed classes and style files.", +%%% docstring = "The checksum field above contains a CRC-16 +%%% checksum as the first value, followed by +%%% the equivalent of the standard UNIX wc +%%% (word count) utility output of lines, +%%% words, and characters. This is produced by +%%% Robert Solovay's checksum utility. This file +%%% header was produced with the help of Nelson +%%% Beebe's filehdr utility. Both checksum and +%%% filehdr are available from CTAN +%%% (http://www.ctan.org)." +%%% +%%% } +%%% ==================================================================== + +\documentclass[11pt]{ltxguide} +\usepackage{varioref} +\usepackage{makeidx} +\usepackage{alltt} +\IfFileExists{tocbibind.sty}{\usepackage{tocbibind}}{} +\IfFileExists{hyperref.sty}{\usepackage[bookmarksopen]{hyperref}}{} + +\title{How to Package Your \LaTeX{} Package} +\author{Scott Pakin \texttt{<scott+dtx@pakin.org>}} +\date{5 November 2004} + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +% Define a term. +\newcommand{\defn}[2][X]{% + \ifx#1X + \emph{#2}\index{#2}% + \else + \emph{#2}\index{#1}% + \fi +} + +% Make a version of \dots that allows a subsequent line break. +\newcommand{\dotsbrk}{\dots\linebreak[0]} + +% If we have url.sty loaded, use that for formatting URLs. +\ifx\url\undefined +\else + \let\URL=\url +\fi + +% Define formatting for various packages. +\newcommand{\DOC}{\textsf{Doc}\index{Doc@\textsf{Doc}}} +\newcommand{\ds}{\textsf{DocStrip}\index{DocStrip@\textsf{DocStrip}}} +\newcommand{\svrb}{\texttt{shortvrb}\index{shortvrb@\texttt{shortvrb}}} + +% Customize varioref's messages. +\def\reftextbefore{on the preceding page} +\def\reftextfacebefore{on the preceding page} +\def\reftextcurrent{above} % We promise not to make any forward references. + +% Define some macros to help automate indexing. +\makeindex +{\catcode`\|=0 \catcode`\\=12 + |gdef|bslash{\}} +\newcommand{\defmacro}[1]{% % Define a macro. + \texttt{\bslash#1}% + \index{#1@\texttt{\string\bslash{}#1}}% +} +\newcommand{\usemacro}[1]{% % Use a macro. + \texttt{\bslash#1}% + \index{#1@\texttt{\string\bslash{}#1}}% +} +\newcommand{\indexmacro}[1]{% % Index a macro (no display). + \index{#1@\texttt{\string\bslash{}#1}}% +} +{\catcode`\|=12 % Same as \indexmacro, but + \gdef\indexmacroBegin#1{% % for ranges of text + \index{#1@\texttt{\string\bslash{}#1}|(}% + } + \gdef\indexmacroEnd#1{% + \index{#1@\texttt{\string\bslash{}#1}|)}% + } +} +\newcommand{\defthing}[1]{% % Define a non-macro thing. + \texttt{#1}% + \index{#1@\texttt{#1}}% +} +\newcommand{\usething}[1]{% % Use a non-macro thing. + \texttt{#1}% + \index{#1@\texttt{#1}}% +} +\newcommand{\indexthing}[1]{% % Index a non-macro thing. + \index{#1@\texttt{#1}}% +} +{\catcode`\|=12 % Same as \indexthing, but + \gdef\indexthingBegin#1{% % for ranges of text + \index{#1@\texttt{#1}|(}% + } + \gdef\indexthingEnd#1{% + \index{#1@\texttt{#1}|)}% + } +} + +% Define shortcuts to index commonly used terms. +\newcommand{\insfile}{% + \texttt{.ins}\index{installer file}} +\newcommand{\dtxfile}{% + \texttt{.dtx}\index{documented LaTeX file@documented \string\LaTeX{} file}} +\newcommand{\styfile}{% + \texttt{.sty}\index{style file}} +\newcommand{\clsfile}{% + \texttt{.cls}\index{class file}} +\newcommand{\CTAN}{% + CTAN\index{Comprehensive \string\TeX{} Archive Network}} +\newcommand{\swiftexel}{% + \texttt{swiftex.el}\index{swiftex.el@\texttt{swiftex.el}}} +\newcommand{\Emacs}{% + Emacs\index{Emacs}} +\newcommand{\latex}[1][\LaTeX]{% + #1\index{LaTeX@\LaTeX}} + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +\begin{document} +\sloppy +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} + This tutorial is intended for advanced \latex[\LaTeXe]{} users who + want to learn how to create \insfile{} and \dtxfile{} files for + distributing their homebrewed classes and style files. +\end{abstract} + + +\section{Introduction} + +\paragraph{Requirements} +We assume that you already know how to \emph{program} in \latex\@. +That is, you should know how to use \usemacro{newcommand}, +\usemacro{newenvironment}, and preferably a smidgen of \TeX\@. You +should also be familiar with ``\clsguide'', which is available from +\CTAN{} (\URL{http://www.ctan.org}) and comes with most +\latex[\LaTeXe]{} distributions in a file called |clsguide.dvi|. +Finally, you should know how to install packages\index{package} that +are shipped as a \dtxfile{} file plus a \insfile{} file. + +\index{package|(} +\paragraph{Terminology} +A \defn[style file]{style \textnormal{(\styfile{})} file} is primarily a +collection of macro and environment definitions. One or more style +files (\eg a main style file that \usemacro{input}s or +\usemacro{RequirePackage}s multiple helper files) is called a +\defn{package}. Packages are loaded into a document with +\usemacro{usepackage}|{<main .sty file>}|\index{style file}. In the +rest of this document, we use the notation ``\m{package}'' to +represent the name of your package. +\index{package|)} + +\paragraph{Motivation} +The important parts of a package\index{package} are the code, the +documentation of the code, and the user documentation. Using the +\DOC{} and \ds{} programs, it's possible to combine all three of these +into a single, \defn[documented LaTeX file@documented \string\LaTeX{} +file]{documented \LaTeX \textnormal{(\dtxfile{})} file}. The primary +advantage of a \dtxfile{} file is that it enables you to use arbitrary +\latex{} constructs to comment\index{comments} your code. Hence, +macros, environments, code stanzas, variables, and so forth can be +explained using tables, figures, mathematics, and font changes. Code +can be organized into sections using \latex's sectioning commands. +\index{indexing|(} +\DOC{} even facilitates generating a unified index that indexes both +macro definitions (in the \latex{} code) and macro descriptions (in +the user documentation). +\index{indexing|)} +This emphasis on writing verbose, nicely typeset +comments\index{comments} for code---essentially treating a program as +a book that describes a set of algorithms---is known as \defn{literate +programming}~\cite{Knuth1984:literate} and has been in use since the +early days of \TeX. + +This tutorial will teach you how to write basic \dtxfile{} files and +the \insfile{} files that manipulate them. Although there is much +overlap with chapter~14 of \emph{The \latex{} +Companion}~\cite{Goossens1994:companion}, this document is structured +as a step-by-step tutorial, while \emph{The \latex{} Companion} is +more reference-like. Furthermore, this tutorial shows how to write a +single file that serves as both documentation and driver file, which +is a more typical usage of the \DOC{} system than using separate +files. + + +\index{installer file|(} + +\section{The \texttt{.ins} file} +\label{sec:ins-file} + +The first step in preparing a package for distribution is to write an +\defn[installer file]{installer \textnormal{(\insfile{})} file}. An +installer file extracts the code from a \dtxfile{} file, uses \ds{} to +strip off the comments\index{comments} and documentation, and outputs +a \styfile{} file. The good news is that a \insfile{} file is +typically fairly short and doesn't change significantly from one +package\index{package} to another. + +\index{license|(} +\insfile{} files usually start with comments\index{comments} +specifying the copyright\index{copyright} and license information: + +\begin{verbatim} + %% + %% Copyright (C) <year> by <your name> + %% + %% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the + %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either + %% version 1.2 of this license or (at your option) any later + %% version. The latest version of this license is in: + %% + %% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt + %% + %% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of + %% LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later. + %% +\end{verbatim} + +\noindent +\index{package|(} +The \latex{} Project Public License\index{LaTeX Project Public +License@\LaTeX{} Project Public License} (LPPL) is the license under +which most packages---and \latex{} itself---are distributed. Of +course, you can release your package under any license you want; the +LPPL is merely the most common license for \latex{} packages. The +LPPL specifies that a user can do whatever he wants with your +package---including sell it and give you nothing in return. The only +restrictions are that he must give you credit for your work, and he +must change the name of the package if he modifies anything to avoid +versioning confusion. +\index{package|)} +\index{license|)} +\index{LPPL|see{\LaTeX{} Project Public License}} + +The next step is to load \ds: + +\begin{verbatim} + \input docstrip.tex +\end{verbatim} + + +\indexmacroBegin{keepsilent} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +\begin{decl} + \defmacro{keepsilent} +\end{decl} + +By default, \ds{} gives a line-by-line account of its activity. These +messages aren't terribly useful, so most people turn them off: + +\begin{verbatim} + \keepsilent +\end{verbatim} + +\indexmacroEnd{keepsilent} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + +\indexmacroBegin{usedir} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +\begin{decl} + \defmacro{usedir} \arg{directory} +\end{decl} + +A system administrator can specify the base directory under which all +\TeX-related files should be installed, \eg |/usr/share/texmf|. (See +``\usemacro{BaseDirectory}'' in the \ds{} manual.) The \insfile{} +file specifies where its files should be installed relative to that. +The following is typical: + +\begin{verbatim} + \usedir{tex/latex/<package>} +\end{verbatim} + +\indexmacroEnd{usedir} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + +\indexmacroBegin{preamble} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\indexmacroBegin{endpreamble} + +\begin{decl} + \defmacro{preamble} \\ + \m{text} \\ + \defmacro{endpreamble} +\end{decl} + +\index{comments|(} +The next step is to specify a \defn{preamble}, which is a block of +commentary that will be written to the top of every generated file: + +\begin{verbatim} + \preamble + + This is a generated file. + + Copyright (C) <year> by <your name> + + This file may be distributed and/or modified under the + conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either + version 1.2 of this license or (at your option) any later + version. The latest version of this license is in: + + http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt + + and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of + LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later. + + \endpreamble +\end{verbatim} + +\index{comments|)} + +\noindent +The preceding preamble would cause |<package>.sty|\index{style file} +to begin as follows: + +\begin{verbatim} + %% + %% This is file `<package>.sty', + %% generated with the docstrip utility. + %% + %% The original source files were: + %% + %% <package>.dtx (with options: `package') + %% + %% This is a generated file. + %% + %% Copyright (C) <year> by <your name> + %% + %% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the + %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either + %% version 1.2 of this license or (at your option) any later + %% version. The latest version of this license is in: + %% + %% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt + %% + %% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of + %% LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later. + %% +\end{verbatim} + +\indexmacroEnd{endpreamble} +\indexmacroEnd{preamble} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + +\indexmacroBegin{generate} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\indexmacroBegin{file} +\indexmacroBegin{from} + +\begin{decl} + \defmacro{generate} + |{|\defmacro{file} |{<style-file>}| + |{|\defmacro{from} |{<dtx-file>}| |{<tag>}}}| +\end{decl} + +We now reach the most important part of a \insfile{} file: the +specification of what files to generate from the \dtxfile{} file. The +following tells \ds{} to generate |<package>.sty|\index{style file} +from |<package>.dtx| by extracting only those parts marked as +``|package|'' in the \dtxfile{} file. (Marking parts of a \dtxfile{} +file is described in Section~\ref{sec:dtx-file}.) + +\label{code:generate} +\begin{verbatim} + \generate{\file{<package>.sty}{\from{<package>.dtx}{package}}} +\end{verbatim}% +\index{style file} + +\noindent +\usemacro{generate} can extract any number of files from a given +\dtxfile{} file. It can even extract a single file from multiple +\dtxfile{} files. See the \ds{} manual for details. + +\indexmacroEnd{from} +\indexmacroEnd{file} +\indexmacroEnd{generate} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + +\indexmacroBegin{Msg} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +\begin{decl} + \defmacro{Msg} \arg{text} +\end{decl} + +The next part of a \insfile{} file consists of commands to output a +message to the user, telling him what files need to be installed and +reminding him how to produce the user documentation. The following +set of \usemacro{Msg} commands is typical: + +\begin{verbatim} + \obeyspaces + \Msg{****************************************************} + \Msg{* *} + \Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the *} + \Msg{* following file into a directory searched by TeX: *} + \Msg{* *} + \Msg{* <package>.sty *} + \Msg{* *} + \Msg{* To produce the documentation run the file *} + \Msg{* <package>.dtx through LaTeX. *} + \Msg{* *} + \Msg{* Happy TeXing! *} + \Msg{* *} + \Msg{****************************************************} +\end{verbatim}% +\index{style file}% + +\indexmacroEnd{Msg} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +Note the use of \usemacro{obeyspaces} to inhibit \TeX{} from +collapsing multiple spaces into one. + + +\indexmacroBegin{endbatchfile} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +\begin{decl} + \usemacro{endbatchfile} +\end{decl} + +Finally, we tell \ds{} that we've reached the end of the \insfile{} file: + +\begin{verbatim} + \endbatchfile +\end{verbatim} + +\indexmacroEnd{endbatchfile} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + +Appendix~\ref{sec:skeleton-ins-file-style} lists a complete, skeleton +\insfile{} file. Appendix~\ref{sec:skeleton-ins-file-class} is +similar but contains slight modifications intended to produce a class +(\clsfile) file instead of a style (\styfile) file. + +\index{installer file|)} +\index{documented LaTeX file@documented \LaTeX{} file|(} + + +\section{The \texttt{.dtx} file} +\label{sec:dtx-file} + +\index{package|(} +A \dtxfile{} file contains both the commented source code and the user +documentation for the package. Running a \dtxfile{} file through +|latex| typesets the user documentation, which usually also includes a +nicely typeset version of the commented\index{comments} source code. +\index{package|)} + +Due to some \DOC{} trickery, a \dtxfile{} file is actually evaluated +\emph{twice}. The first time, only a small piece of \latex{} driver +code is evaluated. The second time, \emph{comments}\index{comments} +in the \dtxfile{} file are evaluated, as if there were no ``|%|'' +preceding them. This can lead to a good deal of confusion when +writing \dtxfile{} files and occasionally leads to some awkward +constructions. Fortunately, once the basic structure of a \dtxfile{} file +is in place, filling in the code is fairly straightforward. + + +\subsection{Prologue} + +\index{comments|(} + +\dtxfile{} files generally begin with a copyright\index{copyright} and +license\index{license} comment: + +\begin{verbatim} + % \iffalse meta-comment + % + % Copyright (C) <year> by <your name> + % + % This file may be distributed and/or modified under the + % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either + % version 1.2 of this license or (at your option) any later + % version. The latest version of this license is in: + % + % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt + % + % and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of + % LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later. + % + % \fi +\end{verbatim} + +\index{comments|)} + +\noindent +The \usemacro{iffalse} and |\fi| are needed because the second time +the \dtxfile{} file is processed, |%| characters at the beginning of lines +are ignored. To prevent the +copyright\index{copyright}/license\index{license} from being evaluated +as \latex{} code, we have to surround it with +\usemacro{iffalse}\dotsbrk|\fi|. Adding ``\usething{meta-comment}'' +after ``\usemacro{iffalse}'' is nothing more than a convention for +indicating that the comment\index{comments} is intended to be read by +a human, not by \DOC{}, \ds{}, or \latex. + +\indexmacroBegin{NeedsTeXFormat} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\indexmacroBegin{ProvidesPackage} + +\begin{decl} + \defmacro{NeedsTeXFormat} \arg{format-name} \oarg{release-date} \\ + \defmacro{ProvidesPackage} \arg{package-name} \oarg{release-info} +\end{decl} + +The next few lines are also surrounded by +\usemacro{iffalse}\dotsbrk|\fi| so as not to be processed by |latex| +on the second pass through the \dtxfile{} file. However, these lines are +intended not for a human reader, but for \ds{} (hence, no +``\usething{meta-comment}''): + +\label{code:ProvidesPackage} +\begin{verbatim} + % \iffalse + %<<package>>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01] + %<<package>>\ProvidesPackage{<package>} + %<<package>> [<YYYY>/<MM>/<DD> v<version> <description>] + % +\end{verbatim}% +\indexmacro{NeedsTeXFormat}% +\indexmacro{ProvidesPackage} + +\noindent +(We'll encounter the |\fi| shortly.) + +Remember the \usemacro{generate} line in the \insfile{} file +(page~\pageref{code:generate})? It ended with the tag ``|package|''. +This tells \ds{} to write lines that begin with ``|%<<package>>|'' to +the \styfile{} file, stripping off the ``|%<<package>>|'' in the +process. Hence, our \styfile{} file will begin with the following: + +\begin{verbatim} + \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01] + \ProvidesPackage{<package>} + [<YYYY>/<MM>/<DD> v<version> <description>] +\end{verbatim}% +\indexmacro{NeedsTeXFormat}% +\indexmacro{ProvidesPackage} + +\noindent +For example: + +\begin{verbatim} + \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01] + \ProvidesPackage{skeleton} + [2002/03/25 v1.0 .dtx skeleton file] +\end{verbatim}% +\label{code:ProvidesPackage-example}% +\indexmacro{NeedsTeXFormat}% +\indexmacro{ProvidesPackage} + +\noindent +\index{package|(} +The \usemacro{NeedsTeXFormat} line ensures that the package won't run +under a version of \latex[\LaTeXe]{} older than what the package was +tested with. The date and version strings in the +\usemacro{ProvidesPackage} line are used by \DOC{} to set the +\usemacro{filedate} and \usemacro{fileversion} macros. Note the +date\index{date format} format; \emph{YYYY/MM/DD} is used throughout +\latex[\LaTeXe]{} and should be used in your packages as well. +\index{package|)} + +\indexmacroEnd{ProvidesPackage} +\indexmacroEnd{NeedsTeXFormat} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + +\indexmacroBegin{EnableCrossrefs} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\indexmacroBegin{CodelineIndex} +\indexmacroBegin{RecordChanges} +\indexmacroBegin{DocInput} + +\begin{decl} + \defmacro{EnableCrossrefs} \\ + \defmacro{CodelineIndex} \\ + \defmacro{RecordChanges} \\ + \defmacro{DocInput} \arg{filename} \label{desc:CodelineIndex} +\end{decl} + +Next comes the only part of the \dtxfile{} file that isn't commented out +(\ie doesn't begin each line with |%|): + +\begin{verbatim} + %<<*driver>> + \documentclass{ltxdoc} + \usepackage{<package>} + \EnableCrossrefs + \CodelineIndex + \RecordChanges + \begin{document} + \DocInput{<package>.dtx} + \end{document} + %<</driver>> + % \fi +\end{verbatim} + +The preceding code stanza is what |latex| evaluates on its first pass +through the \dtxfile{} file. We'll now examine that stanza line-by-line: + +\begin{enumerate} + \item Putting code between ``|%<<*driver>>|'' and ``|%<</driver>>|'' + is a \ds{} shorthand for prefixing each line with ``|%<<driver>>|''. + This demarcates the \DOC{} driver\index{driver code} code. + + \item The \usemacro{documentclass} should almost always be + \usething{ltxdoc}, as that loads \DOC{} and provides a few useful + macros for formatting program documentation. + +\index{package|(} + \item You should always \usemacro{usepackage} your package. If you + don't, \DOC{} won't see the package's \usemacro{ProvidesPackage} + line and won't know how to set \usemacro{filedate} and + \usemacro{fileversion} (see page~\pageref{code:GetFileInfo}). This + is also where you should \usemacro{usepackage} any other packages + needed to typeset the user documentation. +\index{package|)} + + \item \usemacro{EnableCrossrefs} tells \DOC{} that you want it to + construct an index for your code---normally a good idea. The + alternative is \usemacro{DisableCrossrefs}, which speeds up + processing by a negligible amount. + + \item \usemacro{CodelineIndex} tells \DOC{} that the index should + refer to program line numbers instead of page numbers. (The + alternative is \usemacro{PageIndex}.) \usemacro{CodelineIndex} + makes index entries easier to find at the expense of making the + index less self-consistent (because descriptions of macros and + environments are always indexed by page number). The index does, + however, begin with a note of explanation. + + \item \label{item:RecordChanges} On page~\pageref{code:changes}, + we'll see how to log the changes made in each revision of the + package\index{package}. \usemacro{RecordChanges} tells \DOC{} that + it should keep and aggregate the log entries. + + \item There should be only one command between the + |\begin{document}| and |\end{document}|: a \usemacro{DocInput} call + with which the \dtxfile{} file inputs itself. This enables a master + file to \usemacro{DocInput} multiple files in order to produce a + single document that covers more than one package\index{package} but + contains a unified index\index{indexing}. Master documentation + files are described~\vpageref{sec:master-files}. +\end{enumerate} + +\indexmacroEnd{DocInput} +\indexmacroEnd{RecordChanges} +\indexmacroEnd{CodelineIndex} +\indexmacroEnd{EnableCrossrefs} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + +\indexmacroBegin{OnlyDescription} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +\begin{decl} + \defmacro{OnlyDescription} \label{desc:OnlyDescription} +\end{decl} + +Another command that sometimes appears in the preamble (\ie before the +|\begin{document}|) is \usemacro{OnlyDescription}, which tells \DOC{} +to typeset only the user documentation, not the package\index{package} +code/comments\index{comments}. It's usually best to omit +\usemacro{OnlyDescription} (or add it commented out). A user can +always add it manually or even enable \usemacro{OnlyDescription} for +\emph{all} \dtxfile{} files by adding the following to his +\defthing{ltxdoc.cfg} file: + +\begin{verbatim} + \AtBeginDocument{\OnlyDescription} +\end{verbatim}% +\indexmacro{AtBeginDocument} + +\indexmacroEnd{OnlyDescription} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +\bigskip +The remainder of this section covers |latex|'s second pass through the +\dtxfile{} file. Consequently, all subsequent examples are prefixed +with percent signs. + +\indexmacroBegin{CheckSum} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\index{checksumming|(} + +\begin{decl} + \defmacro{CheckSum} \arg{number} \label{decl:CheckSum} +\end{decl} + +\DOC{} supports a very simplistic form of document checksumming, to +help ensure that a package\index{package} didn't get corrupted in +transport. \DOC{} merely counts the number of backslashes that occur +in the code. If the number matches the checksum, \DOC{} gives a +success message: + +\begin{verbatim} + ******************* + * Checksum passed * + ******************* +\end{verbatim} + +\noindent +Otherwise, it says what the correct checksum should be: + +\begin{verbatim} + ! Package doc Error: Checksum not passed (<incorrect><<>><correct>). +\end{verbatim}% +\indexthing{Checksum not passed} + +\noindent +To specify the checksum in a \dtxfile{} file, merely add a \usemacro{CheckSum} +statement: + +\begin{verbatim} + % \CheckSum{<number>} +\end{verbatim} + +\noindent +If \m{number} is~|0|, or if the \dtxfile{} file lacks a +\usemacro{CheckSum} line entirely, then \DOC{} outputs the following +warning message: + +\begin{verbatim} + ********************************** + * This macro file has no checksum! + * The checksum should be <number>! + ********************************** +\end{verbatim} + +\noindent +During code development it is convenient to specify |\CheckSum{0}| so +you don't receive an error message every time you run |latex|. But +don't forget to replace ``|0|'' with the correct number before +releasing your package\index{package}! + +\index{checksumming|)} +\indexmacroEnd{CheckSum} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + +\indexmacroBegin{CharacterTable} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +\begin{decl} + \defmacro{CharacterTable} \arg{text} +\end{decl} + +The second mechanism that \DOC{} uses to ensure that a \dtxfile{} file +is uncorrupted is a character table. If you put the following command +verbatim into your \dtxfile{} file, then \DOC{} will ensure that no +unexpected character translation took place in transport:\footnote{The +character table is commonly prefixed with double percent signs so that +it gets written to the \texttt{.sty}\index{style file} file. This +seems unnecessary and is therefore shown here with single percent +signs.} + +\begin{verbatim} + % \CharacterTable + % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z + % Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z + % Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 + % Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# + % Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& + % Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) + % Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, + % Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ + % Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<< + % Equals \= Greater than \>> Question mark \? + % Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ + % Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ + % Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| + % Right brace \} Tilde \~} +\end{verbatim} + +\noindent +A success message looks like this: + +\begin{verbatim} + *************************** + * Character table correct * + *************************** +\end{verbatim} + +\noindent +and an error message looks like this: + +\begin{verbatim} + ! Package doc Error: Character table corrupted. +\end{verbatim}% +\indexthing{Character table corrupted} + +\indexmacroEnd{CharacterTable} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + +\indexmacroBegin{changes} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +\begin{decl} + \defmacro{changes} \arg{version} \arg{date} \arg{description} + \label{code:changes} +\end{decl} + +\index{package|(} + +On page~\pageref{item:RecordChanges} we learned that \DOC{} has a +mechanism for recording changes to the package. The command is +``|\changes{<version>}{<date>}{<description>}|'', and it's common to +use \usemacro{changes} for the initial version of the package to log +the package's creation date: + +\index{package|)} + +\begin{verbatim} + % \changes{v1.0}{2002/03/25}{Initial version} +\end{verbatim} + +One nice feature of the \usemacro{changes} command is that it knows +whether it was used internally to a macro/environment definition. As +Figure~\ref{fig:change-history} shows, top-level changes are prefixed +with ``General:'', and internal changes are prefixed with the name of +the enclosing macro or environment. + +\begin{figure}[htbp] + \centering + \index{change history} + \fbox{% + \begin{minipage}[t]{0.75\textwidth} + {\normalfont\Large\bfseries Change History\vskip 2.3ex plus 0.2ex} + v1.0 \\ + \hspace*{2em} General: Top-level comment \dotfill 1 \\ + v1.2j \\ + \hspace*{2em} \texttt{myMacro}: Internal macro comment \dotfill 5 + \end{minipage}% + }% + \caption{Sample change history} + \label{fig:change-history} +\end{figure} + +\indexmacroEnd{changes} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + +\indexmacroBegin{GetFileInfo} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\indexmacroBegin{filedate} +\indexmacroBegin{fileversion} +\indexmacroBegin{fileinfo} + +\begin{decl} + \defmacro{GetFileInfo} \arg{style-file} \label{code:GetFileInfo} \\[1ex] + \defmacro{filedate} \\ + \defmacro{fileversion} \\ + \defmacro{fileinfo} +\end{decl} + +Next, we tell \DOC{} to parse the \usemacro{ProvidesPackage} command +(page~\pageref{code:ProvidesPackage}), calling the three components of +\usemacro{ProvidesPackage}'s argument, respectively, +``\usemacro{filedate}'', ``\usemacro{fileversion}'', and +``\usemacro{fileinfo}'': + +\begin{verbatim} + % \GetFileInfo{<package>.sty} +\end{verbatim}% +\index{style file}% +\indexmacro{GetFileInfo} + +\noindent +For instance, the \usemacro{ProvidesPackage} example +shown~\vpageref{code:ProvidesPackage-example} would be parsed as +follows: + +| |% +\begin{tabular}{@{}l@{\qquad$\equiv$\qquad}l@{}} + \usemacro{filedate} & 2002/03/25 \\ + \usemacro{fileversion} & v1.0 \\ + \usemacro{fileinfo} & .dtx skeleton file +\end{tabular} + +\indexmacroEnd{fileinfo} +\indexmacroEnd{fileversion} +\indexmacroEnd{filedate} +\indexmacroEnd{GetFileInfo} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + +\indexmacroBegin{DoNotIndex} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\index{indexing|(} + +\begin{decl} + \defmacro{DoNotIndex} \arg{macro-name \textnormal{, \dots}} +\end{decl} + +When producing an index, \DOC{} normally indexes \emph{every} control +sequence (\ie backslashed word or symbol) in the code. The problem +with this level of automation is that many control sequences are +uninteresting from the perspective of understanding the code. For +example, a reader probably doesn't want to see every location where +|\if| is used---or |\the| or |\let| or |\begin| or any of numerous +other control sequences. + +As its name implies, the \usemacro{DoNotIndex} command gives \DOC{} a +list of control\index{control sequences} sequences that should not be +indexed. \usemacro{DoNotIndex} can be used any number of times, and +it accepts any number of control\index{control sequences} sequence +names per invocation: + +\begin{verbatim} + % \DoNotIndex{\#,\$,\%,\&,\@,\\,\{,\},\^,\_,\~,\ } + % \DoNotIndex{\@ne} + % \DoNotIndex{\advance,\begingroup,\catcode,\closein} + % \DoNotIndex{\closeout,\day,\def,\edef,\else,\empty,\endgroup} +\end{verbatim} +\centerline{$\vdots$} + +\index{indexing|)} +\indexmacroEnd{DoNotIndex} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + +\subsection{User documentation} + +We can finally start writing the user documentation. A typical +beginning looks like this: + +\begin{verbatim} + % \title{The \textsf{<package>} package\thanks{This document + % corresponds to \textsf{<package>}~\fileversion, + % dated~\filedate.}} + % \author{<your name> \\ \texttt{<your e-mail address>}} + % + % \maketitle +\end{verbatim}% +\indexmacro{title} +\indexmacro{author} +\indexmacro{maketitle} + +\noindent +\index{package|(} +The title can certainly be more creative, but note that it's common +for package names to be typeset with \usemacro{textsf} and for +\usemacro{thanks} to be used to specify the package version and date. +This yields one of the advantages of literate\index{literate +programming} programming: Whenever you change the package version (the +optional second argument to \usemacro{ProvidesPackage}), the user +documentation is updated accordingly. Of course, you still have to +ensure manually that the user documentation accurately describes the +updated package. +\index{package|)} + +Write the user documentation as you would any \latex{} document, +except that you have to precede each line with a ``|%|''. Note that +the \usething{ltxdoc} document class is derived from |article|, so the +top-level sectioning command is \usemacro{section}, not +\usemacro{chapter}. + + +\indexmacroBegin{DescribeMacro} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\indexmacroBegin{DescribeEnv} + +\begin{decl} + \defmacro{DescribeMacro} \arg{macro} \\ + \defmacro{DescribeEnv} \arg{environment} +\end{decl} + +\DOC{} provides a couple of commands to help format user +documentation. If you include +``|\DescribeMacro{<macro>}|''\footnote{``\m{macro}'' should include +the backslash.} within a paragraph, \DOC{} will stick ``\m{macro}'' in +the margin to make it easy for a reader to see. \DOC{} will also add +\m{macro} to the index and format the corresponding page number to +indicate that this is where the macro is described (as opposed to the +place in the source code where the macro is defined). + +\usemacro{DescribeEnv} is the analogous command for describing an +environment. Both \usemacro{DescribeMacro} and \usemacro{DescribeEnv} +can be used multiple times within a paragraph. + +\indexmacroEnd{DescribeEnv} +\indexmacroEnd{DescribeMacro} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + +\indexmacroBegin{marg} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\indexmacroBegin{oarg} +\indexmacroBegin{parg} +\indexmacroBegin{meta} + +\begin{decl} + \defmacro{marg} \arg{argument} \\ + \defmacro{oarg} \arg{argument} \\ + \defmacro{parg} \arg{argument} \\ + \defmacro{meta} \arg{text} +\end{decl} + +The \usething{ltxdoc} document class provides three commands to help +typeset macro and environment syntax +(Table~\ref{tbl:argument-formatting}). \usemacro{marg} formats +mandatory arguments, \usemacro{oarg} formats optional arguments, and +\usemacro{parg} formats picture arguments. All three of these utilize +\usemacro{meta} to typeset the argument proper. \usemacro{meta} is +also useful on its own. For example, ``\texttt{This needs a} +|\meta{dimen}|.'' is typeset as ``This needs a \m{dimen}.'' + +\begin{table}[htbp] + \centering + \caption{Argument-formatting commands} + \label{tbl:argument-formatting} + \begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}} + \hline + \multicolumn{1}{@{}c}{Command} & + \multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{Result} \\ + \hline + \usemacro{marg}|{text}| & |{<text>}| \\ + \usemacro{oarg}|{text}| & |[<text>]| \\ + \usemacro{parg}|{text}| & |(<text>)| \\ + \hline + \end{tabular} +\end{table} + +In addition to those commands, \DOC{} facilitates the typesetting of +macro descriptions by automatically loading the \svrb{} +package\index{package}. \svrb{} lets you use \verb+|+\dots\verb+|+ +as a convenient shorthand for |\verb|\verb+|+\dots\verb+|+. For +instance, ``\verb+|\mymacro|+ |\oarg{pos}| |\marg{width}| +|\marg{text}|'' is typeset as follows: + +\begin{verbatim} + \mymacro [<pos>] {<width>} {<text>} +\end{verbatim} + +\noindent +Like \usemacro{verb}, the \verb+|+\dots\verb+|+ shorthand does not +work within \usemacro{footnote} or other fragile macros. + +\indexmacroEnd{meta} +\indexmacroEnd{parg} +\indexmacroEnd{oarg} +\indexmacroEnd{marg} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + +\subsection{Code and commentary} + +\indexmacroBegin{StopEventually} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\indexmacroBegin{Finale} + +\begin{decl} + \defmacro{StopEventually} |{<text>}| \\ + \defmacro{Finale} +\end{decl} + +The package's\index{package} source code is delineated by putting it +between \usemacro{StopEventually} and \usemacro{Finale}. Note that +\usemacro{CheckSum} (page~\pageref{decl:CheckSum}) applies only to the +package's\index{package} source code. \usemacro{StopEventually} takes +an argument, which is a block of text to typeset after the code. If +\usemacro{OnlyDescription} (page~\pageref{desc:OnlyDescription}) is +specified, then nothing after the \usemacro{StopEventually} will be +output---including text that follows \usemacro{Finale}. +\usemacro{StopEventually}'s \m{text} parameter is therefore the +mechanism for providing a piece of text that should be output +regardless of whether or not a code listing is typeset. It commonly +includes a bibliography section and/or one or more of the following +commands. + +\indexmacroEnd{Finale} +\indexmacroEnd{StopEventually} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + +\begin{decl} + \defmacro{PrintChanges} \\ + \defmacro{PrintIndex} +\end{decl} + +\indexmacroBegin{PrintChanges} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\index{change history|(} + +\usemacro{PrintChanges} produces an unnumbered section called ``Change +History''. (See Figure~\vref{fig:change-history}). The Change +History section aggregates all of the \usemacro{changes} commands in +the \dtxfile{} file into a single list of per-version modifications. +This makes it easy to keep track of what changed from version to +version. + +\usemacro{PrintChanges} uses \latex's glossary mechanism. Running +|latex| on |<package>.dtx| produces change-history data in +|<package>.glo|. To produce the actual change history +(|<package>.gls|), the user should run the \usething{makeindex} +program as follows: + +\begin{verbatim} + makeindex -s gglo.ist -o <package>.gls <package>.glo +\end{verbatim} + +\index{change history|)} +\indexmacroEnd{PrintChanges} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +\indexmacroBegin{PrintIndex} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\index{indexing|(} + +\usemacro{PrintIndex} produces an unnumbered section called ``Index''. +The index automatically includes entries for all macros and +environments that are used, defined, or described in the document. +All environments are additionally listed under ``environments''. +Table~\ref{tbl:index-formatting} illustrates the way that various +entries are formatted. In that table, ``27'' refers to a page number, +and ``123'' refers to a line number.\footnote{If +\texttt{\string\CodelineIndex} (page~\pageref{desc:CodelineIndex}) +were not used then ``123'' would refer to a page number.} Note that +macro/environment definitions and uses are included in the index only +if the document includes a code listing (\ie +\usemacro{OnlyDescription} was not specified). + +\begin{table}[htbp] + \centering + \caption{Formatting of entries in the index} + \label{tbl:index-formatting} + \begin{tabular}{@{}llp{6cm}@{}} + \hline + Item & Function & Formatting in index \\ + \hline + Macro & Used & |\myMacro| \dotfill~123 \\ + Macro & Defined & |\myMacro| \dotfill~\underline{123} \\ + Macro & Described & |\myMacro| \dotfill~\textit{27} \\ + Environment & Defined & |myEnv| (environment) \dotfill~\underline{123} \\ + Environment & Described & |myEnv| (environment) \dotfill~\textit{27} \\ + \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{Other (\ie an explicit \texttt{\string\index})} + & myItem \dotfill~27 \\ + \hline + \end{tabular} +\end{table} + +The default formatting for an explicit \usemacro{index} command uses a +roman page number. This leads to confusion, as roman page numbers +otherwise indicate line numbers in the package source code. The +solution is to specify ``|usage|'' formatting to the \usemacro{index} +command: + +\begin{verbatim} + \index{explicit indexing|usage} +\end{verbatim} + +Running |latex| on |<package>.dtx| produces index data in +|<package>.idx|. To produce the actual index (|<package>.ind|), the +user should run the \usething{makeindex} program as follows: + +\begin{verbatim} + makeindex -s gind.ist -o <package>.ind <package>.idx +\end{verbatim} + +A code index is a nice ``value added'' made possible by +literate\index{literate programming} programming. It requires +virtually no extra effort and greatly helps code maintainers to find +macro definitions and see what other macros a package\index{package} +depends upon. + +\index{indexing|)} +\indexmacroEnd{PrintIndex} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + +\indexthingBegin{macrocode} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +\begin{decl} + |\begin{macrocode}| \\ + \m{code} \\ + |\end{macrocode}| +\end{decl} + +Code fragments listed between |\begin{macrocode}| and +|\end{macrocode}| are extracted verbatim into the \styfile{} file. +When typeset, the code fragments are shown with a running line counter +to make it easy to refer to a specific line. Here are some key points +to remember about the \usething{macrocode} environment: + +\begin{enumerate} + \item There must be \emph{exactly} four spaces between the ``|%|'' + and the ``|\begin{macrocode}|'' or ``|\end{macrocode}|''. + Otherwise, \DOC{} won't detect the end of the code + fragment.\footnote{Trivia: Only the + \texttt{\string\end\string{macrocode\string}} needs this precise + spacing and then, only for typesetting the documentation. + Nevertheless, it's good practice to use + ``\texttt{\%\textvisiblespace\textvisiblespace\textvisiblespace\textvisiblespace}'' + for the \texttt{\string\begin\string{macrocode\string}}, as well.} + + \item The lines of code within + |\begin{macrocode}|\dotsbrk|\end{macrocode}| should not begin with + ``|%|''. The code gets written exactly as it is to the \insfile{} + file, with no |%|-stripping. +\end{enumerate} + +The following is a sample code fragment. It happens to be a complete +macro definition, but this is not necessary; any fragment of \latex{} +code can appear within a \usething{macrocode} environment. + +\label{code:mymacro} +\begin{verbatim} + % \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand{\mymacro}{This is + a \LaTeX{} macro.} + % \end{macrocode} +\end{verbatim} + +\noindent +\DOC{} formats the preceding code fragment as follows: + +\begin{tabbing} +| |\={\tiny 9} \=\kill + \> {\tiny 1} \> |\newcommand{\mymacro}{This is| \\ + \> {\tiny 2} \> | a \LaTeX{} macro.}| +\end{tabbing} + +\noindent +Note that line numbers are unique across the entire program (as +opposed to being reset at the top of each page). If +\usemacro{PrintIndex} is used in the \dtxfile{} file containing the +preceding definition of |\mymacro|, the index will automatically +include entries for |\newcommand|, |\mymacro|, and |\LaTeX|, unless +any of these are \usemacro{DoNotIndex}'ed. + +\indexthingEnd{macrocode} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + +\indexthingBegin{macro} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\indexthingBegin{environment} + +\begin{decl} + |\begin{macro}{<macro>}| \\ + \qquad $\vdots$ \\ + |\end{macro}| \\ + \\ + |\begin{environment}{<environment>}| \\ + \qquad $\vdots$ \\ + |\end{environment}| \\ +\end{decl} + +The \usething{macro} and \usething{environment} environments are used +to delineate a complete macro or environment definition. +\usething{macro}/\usething{environment} environments generally contain +one or more \usething{macrocode} environments interspersed with code +documentation. The following is a more complete version of the +\usething{macrocode} example shown~\vpageref{code:mymacro}. + +\begin{verbatim} + % \begin{macro}{\mymacro} + % We define a trivial macro, |\mymacro|, to illustrate + % the use of the |macro| environment. + % \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand{\mymacro}{This is + a \LaTeX{} macro.} + % \end{macrocode} + % \end{macro} +\end{verbatim} + +\noindent +The typeset version is shown below: + +\begin{tabbing} +| \mymacro|\qquad\={\tiny 9} \= \kill +| \mymacro| \> We define a trivial macro, |\mymacro|, to illustrate the \\ + \> use of the \usething{macro} environment. \\ + \> {\tiny 1} \> |\newcommand{\mymacro}{This is| \\ + \> {\tiny 2} \> | a \LaTeX{} macro.}| +\end{tabbing} + +\DOC{} typesets the macro/environment name in the margin for increased +visibility. \DOC{} also adds the appropriate entries to the index. +(See Table~\vref{tbl:index-formatting} for examples of how these +entries are formatted.) Note that +|\begin{macro}|\dotsbrk|\end{macro}| is not required to indicate a +macro definition. It can also be used to indicate definitions of +\latex{} datatypes, such as counters, lengths, and boxes: + +\begin{verbatim} + % \begin{macro}{myCounter} + % This is an example of using the |macro| environment to format + % something other than a macro. + % \begin{macrocode} + \newcounter{myCounter} + % \end{macrocode} + % \end{macro} +\end{verbatim}% +\indexthing{macrocode} + +\usething{macro} and \usething{environment} environments can be +nested. This capability is useful not only for macros that define +other macros, but also when defining a group of related datatypes that +share a description: + +\begin{verbatim} + % \begin{macro}{\thingheight} + % \begin{macro}{\thingwidth} + % \begin{macro}{\thingdepth} + % These lengths keep track of the dimensions of our |\thing| + % box. (Actually, we're just trying to show how to nest + % |macro| environments.) + % \begin{macrocode} + \newlength{\thingheight} + \newlength{\thingwidth} + \newlength{\thingdepth} + % \end{macrocode} + % \end{macro} + % \end{macro} + % \end{macro} +\end{verbatim}% +\indexthing{macro}% +\indexthing{macrocode} + +\noindent +Descriptionless \usething{macro} environments should generally be +avoided, as the formatting is a little ugly; the macro name appears on +its own line, to the left of an ``empty'' description, but the code +doesn't start until the next line. + +There can be multiple \usething{macrocode} environments within a +|\begin{macro}|\dotsbrk|\end{macro}| or +|\begin{environment}|\dotsbrk|\end{environment}| block. +\index{comments|(} This is the mechanism by which code can be +commented internally to a macro/environment. (It's considered bad +style to use ``|%|'' for comments within a \usething{macrocode} +block.) Here's an example of the way that a nontrivial macro might be +commented: + +\begin{verbatim} + % \begin{macro}{\complexMacro} + % Pretend that this is a very complex macro that needs + % to have its various pieces documented. + % \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand{\complexMacro}{% + % \end{macrocode} + % Initialize all of our counters to zero. + % \begin{macrocode} + \setcounter{count@i}{0}% + \setcounter{count@ii}{0}% + \setcounter{count@iii}{0}% + \setcounter{count@iv}{0}% + % \end{macrocode} + % Do some really complicated processing. + % \begin{macrocode} +\end{verbatim}% +\indexthing{macrocode} +| |$\vdots$ +\begin{verbatim} + % \end{macrocode} + % We're all finished now. + % \begin{macrocode} + } + % \end{macrocode} + % \end{macro} +\end{verbatim}% +\indexthing{macrocode} + +\indexthingEnd{environment} +\indexthingEnd{macro} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +\index{comments|)} + +Appendix~\ref{sec:skeleton-dtx-file-style} lists a complete, skeleton +\dtxfile{} file that encapsulates a \styfile{} file and its +documentation. + +\index{class file|(} + +\paragraph{Class files} +The procedure to produce a class file from a \dtxfile{} file is far +less straightforward than the procedure to produce a style file. The +problem is that \usemacro{DocInput} relies on the +|\usepackage{|\m{package}|}| line (more precisely, the +\usemacro{ProvidesPackage} line within \m{package}|.sty|) to set the +\usemacro{fileversion} and \usemacro{filedate} macros. However, a +class file can't be loaded with |\usepackage|. Nor can we simply load +it with |\documentclass{|\m{package}|}| because only one class can be +loaded per document and we need that class to be |ltxdoc|. + +The solution is to use \usemacro{ProvidesFile} to make the file +version and date available to the \dtxfile{} file. +Appendix~\ref{sec:skeleton-dtx-file-class} lists a complete, skeleton +\dtxfile{} file that encapsulates a \clsfile{} file and its +documentation. It resembles the skeleton file shown in +Appendix~\ref{sec:skeleton-dtx-file-style} but has a differently +structured header section. + +\index{class file|)} + + +\index{documented LaTeX file@documented \LaTeX{} file|)} + + +\section{Tips, tricks, and recommendations} + +\begin{itemize} + \item Write lots of good documentation! It really helps others + understand your code and the package\index{package} as a whole. + + \item If you believe the \latex{} community at large would be + interested in your package then you should upload it to \CTAN{} at + \URL{http://www.ctan.org/upload}. As a central repository of all + things \TeX-related, \CTAN{} makes it easier for others to find your + \latex{} package than if it were located on your personal home page. + +\index{documentation, prebuilt PDF|(} + \item When distributing your package, be sure to include a + |README|\index{README file@\texttt{README} file} file describing + what your package does as well as \emph{prebuilt} documentation, + preferably as a PDF file. Prebuilt documentation saves users the + bother of having to download your package, install it, and build the + documentation before even knowing what the package is supposed to do + or if it meets their needs. +\index{documentation, prebuilt PDF|)} + + \item Use \latex's sectioning commands to organize the code and + clarify its structure (\eg |\subsection{|\texttt{Initialization + macros}|}|, |\subsection{|\texttt{Helper functions}|}|, + |\subsection{|\texttt{Exported macros and environments}|}|,~\dots). + +\index{comments|(} + + \item Although commentary really belongs only in the typeset + documentation, it is also possible to write comments that are + visible only in the \styfile{} file, in both the typeset + documentation and the \styfile{} file, or only in the \dtxfile{} + source. Table~\ref{tbl:comment-visibility} shows how to control + comment visibility. + +\index{comments|)} + + \begin{table}[hbp] + \centering + \caption{Comment visibility} + \label{tbl:comment-visibility} + \newcommand{\yes}{Y}% + \newcommand{\no}{N}% + \index{style file}% + \index{comments}% + \begin{tabular}{@{}ccl@{}} + \hline + Appears & Appears \\ + in docs & in \styfile{} & \raisebox{1.5ex}[0pt]{Mechanism} \\ + \hline + + \no & \no & |% ^^A <comment>| \\[2ex] + + \no & \yes & |% \iffalse| \\ + & & |%% <comment>| \\ + & & |% \fi| \\[2ex] + + \yes & \no & |% <comment>| \\[2ex] + + \yes & \yes & |%% <comment>| \\ + \hline + \end{tabular} + \end{table} + + \item All lines between |<<*package>>| and |<</package>>|, except + those within a \usething{macrocode} environment, should begin with + ``|%|''. Don't use any blank lines; these would get written to the + \styfile{} file (and oughtn't). + + +\index{package|(} +\index{"@@\texttt{"@}!in macro names|(} + \item It is good practice for \latex{} programs to use ``|@|'' + within the names of macros, lengths, counters, etc.\ that are + declared globally, but intended to be used only internally to the + package. This prevents a user from corrupting package state by + inadvertently redefining package internals.\footnote{Within a + \LaTeX{} document, ``|@|'' is set to category code~12 (``other''), + not category code~11 (``letter''), so the user can't easily define + or use a macro with ``|@|'' in its name.} Another good practice is + to prefix all global names that are internal to the package with the + name of the package (\eg ``|\<package>@thing|'' instead of + ``|\@thing|'' or---even worse---just ``|\thing|''). This helps + avoid inter-package naming conflicts. Finally, because decimal + digits are not normally allowed in macro names, it is common to use + roman\index{roman numerals} numerals instead, for example: |\arg@i|, + |\arg@ii|, |\arg@iii|, |\arg@iv|, etc. +\index{"@@\texttt{"@}!in macro names|)} +\index{package|)} + + \item You can use \usemacro{index} in the normal way to index things + other than macros and environments. + + \item If you use \Emacs{} as your text editor, try out \swiftexel's + |doctex-mode|\index{doctex-mode@\texttt{doctex-mode}}, an \Emacs{} + mode designed specifically for writing \dtxfile{} files. + \swiftexel{} is available from \CTAN{}. + + As a more primitive alternative, look up \Emacs's |string-rectangle| + and |kill-rectangle| commands. These help a great deal with adding + and removing a ``|%|'' at the beginning of every line in a region. + + \item Be sure to read ``The \ds{} Program'' and ``The \DOC{} and + \svrb{} Packages'', the documentation for \ds{} and \DOC{}, + respectively (provided in \dtxfile{} format, of course). These + explain how to do more advanced things with \insfile{} and + \dtxfile{} files than this tutorial covered. Some advanced topics + include the following: + + \begin{itemize} \item Extracting multiple \styfile{} + files from a single \dtxfile{} file. + + \item Putting different preambles in different + \styfile{} files. + + \item Extracting something other than a \styfile{} file (\eg a + configuration file or a Perl script) from a \dtxfile{} file. + + \item Changing the formatting of the typeset documentation. + \end{itemize} +\end{itemize} + + +\section{Obscure packaging features} + +This section describes various bits of wizardry that can be +accomplished with \DOC{} and \ds. Few packages require these +techniques but they are included here for convenient reference. + +\subsection{Master documentation files} +\label{sec:master-files} + +\DOC{} supports ``master'' documentation files that typeset multiple +\dtxfile{} files. The advantage is that a set of related \dtxfile{} +files can be typeset with continuous section numbering and a single, +unified index. In fact, the \latex[\LaTeXe]{} source code itself is +typeset using a master document (|source2e.tex|) that includes all of +the myriad \dtxfile{} files that comprise \latex[\LaTeXe]. + +To help produce master documents, the \usething{ltxdoc} class +provides a command called ``\usemacro{DocInclude}''. +\usething{ltxdoc}'s \usemacro{DocInclude} is much like \DOC's +\usemacro{DocInput}---it even uses it internally---but has the +following additional features. + + \begin{itemize} + \item \usemacro{PrintIndex} is automatically handled properly. + + \item Every \usemacro{DocInclude}'d file is given a title page. + + \item \usemacro{tableofcontents} works as expected. \dtxfile{} + filenames are used as ``chapter'' names. + \end{itemize} + +\noindent +Note that \usemacro{DocInclude}, unlike \usemacro{DocInput}, assumes +a \dtxfile{} extension. + +Appendix~\ref{sec:skeleton-master-file} presents a master-document +skeleton that uses \usemacro{DocInclude} to typeset |<file1>.dtx|, +|<file2>.dtx|, and |<file3>.dtx| as a single document. If you prefer +a more manual approach (\eg if you dislike \usemacro{DocInclude}'s +per-file title pages), you can still use \usemacro{DocInput}. +\index{indexing|(} +Just make sure to redefine \usemacro{PrintIndex} to do nothing; +otherwise, each file will get its own index. After all of the +\dtxfile{} files have been typeset, call the original +\usemacro{PrintIndex} command to print a unified index: + +\begin{verbatim} + \begin{document} + \let\origPrintIndex=\PrintIndex \let\PrintIndex=\relax + \DocInput{<file1>.dtx} + \DocInput{<file2>.dtx} + \DocInput{<file3>.dtx} + \origPrintIndex + \end{document} +\end{verbatim}% +\indexmacro{PrintIndex}% +\indexmacro{DocInput} + +\index{indexing|)} + +\subsection{Single-file package distributions} + +Although \latex{} packages are typically distributed as both +a~\insfile{} and a \dtxfile{} file, it is possible to distribute a +package as a single file. The trick is to include the entire +\insfile{} at the top of the \dtxfile{} file, right after the +|%<package>| lines: + +\begin{alltt} + %\string<*batchfile\string> + \string\begingroup + \(\vdots\) + <Entire contents of the {\normalfont\texttt{.ins}} file> + \(\vdots\) + \string\endgroup + %\string</batchfile\string> +\end{alltt} + +\noindent +Omit the \usemacro{endbatchfile} to allow \latex{} to continue on with +the rest of the \dtxfile{} file. Also, to avoid the ``\texttt{File} +\m{sty-file} \texttt{already exists on the system. Overwrite it? +[y/n]}'' message you can put ``\usemacro{askforoverwritefalse}'' +before the first \usemacro{generate} command. (This will +automatically overwrite the existing \styfile{} file. Wrapping the +\usemacro{generate} command(s) within +``\usemacro{IfFileExists}|{|\m{sty-file}|}{}{|\dots|}|'' will suppress +the overwriting.) You should also move the \styfile{} installation +instructions to the end of the \dtxfile{} file so they don't scroll +off the user's screen. You'll need to use \usemacro{typeout} as +\usemacro{Msg} won't be defined: + +\begin{verbatim} + % \Finale + % + % \typeout{**************************************************} + % \typeout{*} + % \typeout{* To finish the installation you have to move the} + % \typeout{* following file into a directory searched by TeX:} + % \typeout{*} + % \typeout{* \space\space skeleton.sty} + % \typeout{*} + % \typeout{* Documentation is in skeleton.dvi.} + % \typeout{*} + % \typeout{* Happy TeXing!} + % \typeout{**************************************************} + \endinput +\end{verbatim} + + +\subsection{Class and style files with shared versioning information} + +Some packages contain both a \clsfile{} and \styfile{} file. It may +be desirable to have these extracted from the same \insfile{} file and +share the same versioning string. The \ds{} documentation explains +how to extract multiple files from a single \usemacro{generate} call: + +\begin{verbatim} + \generate{\file{<package>.cls}{\from{<package>.dtx}{class}} + \file{<package>.sty}{\from{<package>.dtx}{package}}} +\end{verbatim} + +Using a single versioning string for both the \clsfile{} and +\styfile{} files can be accomplished by changing the following lines +in the \dtxfile{} file shown in +Appendix~\ref{sec:skeleton-dtx-file-class}: + +\begin{verbatim} + %<<class>>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01] + %<<class>>\ProvidesClass{<package>} + %<<*class>> + [<YYYY>/<MM>/<DD> v<version> <brief description>] + %<</class>> +\end{verbatim} + +The replacement code specifies which lines belong to the class file +and which belong to the style file: + +\begin{verbatim} + %<<class|package>>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01] + %<<class>>\ProvidesClass{<package>} + %<<package>>\ProvidesPackage{<package>} + %<<*class|package>> + [<YYYY>/<MM>/<DD> v<version> <brief description>] + %<</class|package>> +\end{verbatim} + + +\appendix + +\section{Skeleton files} + +This section contains complete skeletons of the types of files +discussed in the rest of the document. These skeletons can be used as +templates for creating your own packages.\index{package} + +\index{installer file|(} + +\subsection{A skeleton \texttt{.ins} file to generate a \texttt{.sty} file} +\label{sec:skeleton-ins-file-style} + +\begin{verbatim} +%% +%% Copyright (C) <year> by <your name> +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the +%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either +%% version 1.2 of this license or (at your option) any later +%% version. The latest version of this license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of +%% LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later. +%% + +\input docstrip.tex +\keepsilent + +\usedir{tex/latex/<package>} + +\preamble + +This is a generated file. + +Copyright (C) <year> by <your name> + +This file may be distributed and/or modified under the +conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either +version 1.2 of this license or (at your option) any later +version. The latest version of this license is in: + + http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt + +and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of +LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later. + +\endpreamble + +\generate{\file{<package>.sty}{\from{<package>.dtx}{package}}} + +\Msg{*********************************************************} +\Msg{*} +\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the} +\Msg{* following file into a directory searched by TeX:} +\Msg{*} +\Msg{* \space\space <package>.sty} +\Msg{*} +\Msg{* To produce the documentation run the file <package>.dtx} +\Msg{* through LaTeX.} +\Msg{*} +\Msg{* Happy TeXing!} +\Msg{*********************************************************} + +\endbatchfile +\end{verbatim} + + +\subsection{A skeleton \texttt{.ins} file to generate a \texttt{.cls} file} +\label{sec:skeleton-ins-file-class} + +\begin{verbatim} +%% +%% Copyright (C) <year> by <your name> +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the +%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either +%% version 1.2 of this license or (at your option) any later +%% version. The latest version of this license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of +%% LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later. +%% + +\input docstrip.tex +\keepsilent + +\usedir{tex/latex/<package>} + +\preamble + +This is a generated file. + +Copyright (C) <year> by <your name> + +This file may be distributed and/or modified under the +conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either +version 1.2 of this license or (at your option) any later +version. The latest version of this license is in: + + http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt + +and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of +LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later. + +\endpreamble + +\generate{\file{<package>.cls}{\from{<package>.dtx}{class}}} + +\Msg{*********************************************************} +\Msg{*} +\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the} +\Msg{* following file into a directory searched by TeX:} +\Msg{*} +\Msg{* \space\space <package>.cls} +\Msg{*} +\Msg{* To produce the documentation run the file <class>.dtx} +\Msg{* through LaTeX.} +\Msg{*} +\Msg{* Happy TeXing!} +\Msg{*********************************************************} + +\endbatchfile +\end{verbatim} + +\index{installer file|)} +\index{documented LaTeX file@documented \LaTeX{} file|(} + + +\subsection{A skeleton \texttt{.dtx} file to generate a \texttt{.sty} file} +\label{sec:skeleton-dtx-file-style} + +\begin{verbatim} +% \iffalse meta-comment +% +% Copyright (C) <year> by <your name> +% ----------------------------------- +% +% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in: +% +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% +% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 1999/12/01 or later. +% +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<<package>>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01] +%<<package>>\ProvidesPackage{<package>} +%<<package>> [<YYYY>/<MM>/<DD> v<version> <brief description>] +% +%<<*driver>> +\documentclass{ltxdoc} +\usepackage{<package>} +\EnableCrossrefs +\CodelineIndex +\RecordChanges +\begin{document} + \DocInput{<package>.dtx} +\end{document} +%<</driver>> +% \fi +% +% \CheckSum{0} +% +% \CharacterTable +% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z +% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z +% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 +% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# +% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& +% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) +% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, +% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ +% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<< +% Equals \= Greater than \>> Question mark \? +% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ +% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ +% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| +% Right brace \} Tilde \~} +% +% +% \changes{v1.0}{<YYYY>/<MM>/<DD>}{Initial version} +% +% \GetFileInfo{<package>.sty} +% +% \DoNotIndex{<list of control sequences>} +% +% \title{The \textsf{<package>} package\thanks{This document +% corresponds to \textsf{<package>}~\fileversion, +% dated \filedate.}} +% \author{<your name> \\ \texttt{<your e-mail address>}} +% +% \maketitle +% +% \begin{abstract} +% Put text here. +% \end{abstract} +% +% \section{Introduction} +% +% Put text here. +% +% \section{Usage} +% +% \DescribeMacro{\YOURMACRO} +% Put description of |\YOURMACRO| here. +% +% \DescribeEnv{YOURENV} +% Put description of |YOURENV| here. +% +% \StopEventually{\PrintIndex} +% +% \section{Implementation} +% +% \begin{macro}{\YOURMACRO} +% Put explanation of |\YOURMACRO|'s implementation here. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\YOURMACRO}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{environment}{YOURENV} +% Put explanation of |YOURENV|'s implementation here. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newenvironment{YOURENV}{}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{environment} +% +% \Finale +\endinput +\end{verbatim} + + +\subsection{A skeleton \texttt{.dtx} file to generate a \texttt{.cls} file} +\label{sec:skeleton-dtx-file-class} + +\begin{verbatim} +% \iffalse meta-comment +% +% Copyright (C) <year> by <your name> +% ----------------------------------- +% +% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in: +% +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% +% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 1999/12/01 or later. +% +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<<*driver>> +\ProvidesFile{<package>.dtx} +%<</driver>> +%<<class>>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01] +%<<class>>\ProvidesClass{<package>} +%<<*class>> + [<YYYY>/<MM>/<DD> v<version> <brief description>] +%<</class>> +% +%<<*driver>> +\documentclass{ltxdoc} +\EnableCrossrefs +\CodelineIndex +\RecordChanges +\begin{document} + \DocInput{<package>.dtx} +\end{document} +%<</driver>> +% \fi +% +% \CheckSum{0} +% +% \CharacterTable +% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z +% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z +% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 +% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# +% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& +% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) +% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, +% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ +% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<< +% Equals \= Greater than \>> Question mark \? +% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ +% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ +% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| +% Right brace \} Tilde \~} +% +% +% \changes{v1.0}{<YYYY>/<MM>/<DD>}{Initial version} +% +% \GetFileInfo{<package>.dtx} +% +% \DoNotIndex{<list of control sequences>} +% +% \title{The \textsf{<package>} class\thanks{This document +% corresponds to \textsf{<package>}~\fileversion, +% dated \filedate.}} +% \author{<your name> \\ \texttt{<your e-mail address>}} +% +% \maketitle +% +% \begin{abstract} +% Put text here. +% \end{abstract} +% +% \section{Introduction} +% +% Put text here. +% +% \section{Usage} +% +% \DescribeMacro{\YOURMACRO} +% Put description of |\YOURMACRO| here. +% +% \DescribeEnv{YOURENV} +% Put description of |YOURENV| here. +% +% \StopEventually{\PrintIndex} +% +% \section{Implementation} +% +% \begin{macro}{\YOURMACRO} +% Put explanation of |\YOURMACRO|'s implementation here. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\YOURMACRO}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{environment}{YOURENV} +% Put explanation of |YOURENV|'s implementation here. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newenvironment{YOURENV}{}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{environment} +% +% \Finale +\endinput +\end{verbatim} + +\index{documented LaTeX file@documented \LaTeX{} file|)} + +\subsection{A skeleton master-document file (\texttt{.tex})} +\label{sec:skeleton-master-file} + +\begin{verbatim} +\documentclass{ltxdoc} +\usepackage{<file1>} +\usepackage{<file2>} +\usepackage{<file3>} + +\title{<title>} +\author{<you>} + +\EnableCrossrefs +\CodelineIndex +\RecordChanges + +\begin{document} + \maketitle + + \begin{abstract} + <abstract> + \end{abstract} + + \tableofcontents + + \DocInclude{<file1>} + \DocInclude{<file2>} + \DocInclude{<file3>} +\end{document} +\end{verbatim} + + +% The following was generated by BibTeX and slightly touched up by hand. +\vfill +\begin{thebibliography}{1} + \bibitem{Goossens1994:companion} + Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach, and Alexander Samarin. + \newblock \emph{The {\LaTeX} Companion}. + \newblock Addison~Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, October~1, 1994. + \newblock ISBN~\mbox{0-201-54199-8}. + + \bibitem{Knuth1984:literate} + Donald~E. Knuth. + \newblock Literate programming. + \newblock \emph{The Computer Journal}, 27(2):97--111, May 1984. + \newblock British Computer Society. Available from + \URL{http://www.literateprogramming.com/knuthweb.pdf}. +\end{thebibliography} + +% Print an index. +\index{sty@\texttt{.sty}|see{style file}} +\index{cls@\texttt{.cls}|see{class file}} +\index{ins@\texttt{.ins}|see{installer file}} +\index{dtx@\texttt{.dtx}|see{documented \LaTeX{} file}} +\index{CTAN|see{Comprehensive \TeX{} Archive Network}} +\printindex + +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/skeleton.dtx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/skeleton.dtx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6fb4374087b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/skeleton.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +% \iffalse meta-comment +% +% Copyright (C) 2004 by Scott Pakin <scott+dtx@pakin.org> +% ------------------------------------------------------- +% +% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in: +% +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% +% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 1999/12/01 or later. +% +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*driver> +\ProvidesFile{skeleton.dtx} +%</driver> +%<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01] +%<package>\ProvidesPackage{skeleton} +%<*package> + [2004/11/05 v1.0 .dtx skeleton file] +%</package> +% +%<*driver> +\documentclass{ltxdoc} +\usepackage{skeleton}[2004/11/05] +\EnableCrossrefs +\CodelineIndex +\RecordChanges +\begin{document} + \DocInput{skeleton.dtx} + \PrintChanges + \PrintIndex +\end{document} +%</driver> +% \fi +% +% \CheckSum{0} +% +% \CharacterTable +% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z +% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z +% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 +% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# +% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& +% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) +% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, +% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ +% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< +% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? +% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ +% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ +% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| +% Right brace \} Tilde \~} +% +% +% \changes{v1.0}{2004/11/05}{Initial version} +% +% \GetFileInfo{skeleton.dtx} +% +% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newenvironment} +% +% +% \title{The \textsf{skeleton} package\thanks{This document +% corresponds to \textsf{skeleton}~\fileversion, dated \filedate.}} +% \author{Scott Pakin \\ \texttt{scott+dtx@pakin.org}} +% +% \maketitle +% +% \section{Introduction} +% +% Put text here. +% +% \section{Usage} +% +% Put text here. +% +% \DescribeMacro{\dummyMacro} +% This macro does nothing.\index{doing nothing|usage} It is merely an +% example. If this were a real macro, you would put a paragraph here +% describing what the macro is supposed to do, what its mandatory and +% optional arguments are, and so forth. +% +% \DescribeEnv{dummyEnv} +% This environment does nothing. It is merely an example. +% If this were a real environment, you would put a paragraph here +% describing what the environment is supposed to do, what its +% mandatory and optional arguments are, and so forth. +% +% \StopEventually{} +% +% \section{Implementation} +% +% \begin{macro}{\dummyMacro} +% This is a dummy macro. If it did anything, we'd describe its +% implementation here. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\dummyMacro}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{environment}{dummyEnv} +% This is a dummy environment. If it did anything, we'd describe its +% implementation here. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newenvironment{dummyEnv}{% +}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/11/05}{Added a spurious change log entry to +% show what a change \emph{within} an environment definition looks +% like.} +% Don't use |%| to introduce a code comment within a |macrocode| +% environment. Instead, you should typeset all of your comments with +% \LaTeX---doing so gives much prettier results. For comments within a +% macro/environment body, just do an |\end{macrocode}|, include some +% commentary, and do another |\begin{macrocode}|. It's that simple. +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{environment} +% +% \Finale +\endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/skeleton.ins b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/skeleton.ins new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..14d15142be3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/skeleton.ins @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004 by Scott Pakin <scott+dtx@pakin.org> +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license +%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +%% license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +%% 1999/12/01 or later. +%% + +\input docstrip.tex +\keepsilent + +\usedir{tex/latex/skeleton} + +\preamble + +This is a generated file. + +Copyright (C) 2004 by Scott Pakin <scott+dtx@pakin.org> + +This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license +or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this +license is in: + + http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt + +and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +1999/12/01 or later. + +\endpreamble + +\generate{\file{skeleton.sty}{\from{skeleton.dtx}{package}}} + +\obeyspaces +\Msg{*************************************************************} +\Msg{* *} +\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the following *} +\Msg{* file into a directory searched by TeX: *} +\Msg{* *} +\Msg{* skeleton.sty *} +\Msg{* *} +\Msg{* To produce the documentation run the file skeleton.dtx *} +\Msg{* through LaTeX. *} +\Msg{* *} +\Msg{* Happy TeXing! *} +\Msg{* *} +\Msg{*************************************************************} + +\endbatchfile diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/Contents b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/Contents new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ccfa66eefb0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/Contents @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +Sample articles and notes: + +gallery.tex the formulas from Chapter 3 +intrart.tex introductory sample article, Chapter 4 +lattice.sty personalized file for user defined commands, Section 5.6 +note1.tex first note, Section 1.3 +note1b.tex note1.tex with lines too long, Section 1.4 +noteslug.tex note1b.tex with slug, Section 1.4 +note2.tex second note, Section 1.5 +math.tex first note with math, Section 2.1 +mathb.tex first note with math with mistakes, Section 2.2 +sampart.tex sample article with AMS, Chapter 5 +sampart2.tex sample article with AMS and user defined commands, Section 5.6 + + +Templates: + +article.tpl article template for one author, Section 4.3 +article2.tpl article template for two authors, Section 4.3 +bibl.tpl templates for bibliographic entries, Section 4.4.4 +ggart.tpl article.tpl personalized, Section 4.3 +ggart2.tpl article2.tpl personalized, Section 4.3 +ggamsart.tpl personalized template for amsart document class, Section 5.4 diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/article.tpl b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/article.tpl new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..110b108671f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/article.tpl @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +% Sample file: article.tpl +% Typeset with LaTeX format + +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage{amssymb,latexsym,amsmath} + +\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem} +\newtheorem{lemma}{Lemma} +\newtheorem{proposition}{Proposition} +\newtheorem{definition}{Definition} +\newtheorem{corollary}{Corollary} +\newtheorem{notation}{Notation} + +\begin{document} +\title{titleline1\\ + titleline2} +\author{name\thanks{support}\\ + addressline1\\ + addressline2\\ + addressline3} +\date{date} +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} + abstract text +\end{abstract} + +\begin{thebibliography}{99} + bibliographic entries +\end{thebibliography} +\end{document} + +Papers: + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} journal \textbf{volume} + (year), pages. + +Books: + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} publisher, address, year. + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} series, vol.~volume, + publisher, address, edition, date. + +\bibitem{xxx} + editor, ed., \emph{title,} publisher, address, year. + +Papers in books: + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} book title, publisher, + year, pp~pages. + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} book title (editor, ed.), + vol.~volume, publisher, publisher address, date, + pp.~pages. + +Theses: + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} Ph.D. thesis, university, year. + +Tech reports: + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} tech. report, university, year. + +Research notes: + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} Research Note number, + university, location, date, research paper in + preparation. + +Conference proceedings: + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} conference title (location, + year). + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} conference title, year + (editor, ed.), vol.~volume, publisher, address, + pp.~pages. + +Abstracts: + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} Abstract: journal, volume, + year.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/article2.tpl b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/article2.tpl new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3075530cd2e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/article2.tpl @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +% Sample file: article2.tpl for two authors +% Typeset with LaTeX format + +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage{amssymb,latexsym,amsmath} + +\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem} +\newtheorem{lemma}{Lemma} +\newtheorem{proposition}{Proposition} +\newtheorem{definition}{Definition} +\newtheorem{corollary}{Corollary} +\newtheorem{notation}{Notation} + +\begin{document} + +\title{titleline1\\ + titleline2} +\author{name1\thanks{support1}\\ + address1line1\\ + address1line2\\ + address1line3 + \and + name2\thanks{support2}\\ + address2line1\\ + address2line2\\ + address2line3} +\date{date} +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} + abstract text +\end{abstract} + +\begin{thebibliography}{99} + bibliographic entries +\end{thebibliography} +\end{document} + +Papers: + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} journal \textbf{volume} + (year), pages. + +Books: + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} publisher, address, year. + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} series, vol.~volume, + publisher, address, edition, date. + +\bibitem{xxx} + editor, ed., \emph{title,} publisher, address, year. + +Papers in books: + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} book title, publisher, + year, pp~pages. + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} book title (editor, ed.), + vol.~volume, publisher, publisher address, date, + pp.~pages. + +Theses: + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} Ph.D. thesis, university, year. + +Tech reports: + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} tech. report, university, year. + +Research notes: + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} Research Note number, + university, location, date, research paper in + preparation. + +Conference proceedings: + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} conference title (location, + year). + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} conference title, year + (editor, ed.), vol.~volume, publisher, address, + pp.~pages. + +Abstracts: + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} Abstract: journal, volume, + year.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/bibl.tpl b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/bibl.tpl new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d7c40bb1e6c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/bibl.tpl @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +% Sample file: bibl.tpl +% bibliography template file + +\begin{thebibliography}{99} +\bibitem{hA70} + Henry~H. Albert, + \emph{Free torsoids,} + Current Trends in Lattice Theory, D.~Van Nostrand, 1970. +\bibitem{hA70a} + Henry~H. Albert, + \emph{Free torsoids,} + Current Trends in Lattice Theory (G.H. Birnbaum, ed.), vol.~7, + D.~Van Nostrand, Princeton-Toronto-London-Melbourne, + January 1970, + no translation available, pp.~173--215 (Hungarian). +\bibitem{sF90} + Soo-Key Foo, + \emph{Lattice Constructions,} + Ph.D. thesis, + University of Winnebago, 1990. +\bibitem{sF90a} + Soo-Key Foo, + \emph{Lattice Constructions,} + Ph.D. thesis, + University of Winnebago, Winnebago, MN, December, 1990, + final revision not yet available (Chinese). +\bibitem{gF86} + Grant~H. Foster, + \emph{Computational complexity in lattice theory,} + tech. report, Carnegie Mellon University, 1986. +\bibitem{gF86a} + Grant~H. Foster, + \emph{Computational complexity in lattice theory,} + Research Note 128A, Carnegie Mellon University, + Pittsburgh PA, December 1986, + research article in preparation (English). +\bibitem{pK69} + Peter~A. Konig, + \emph{Composition of functions,} + Proceedings of the Conference on Universal Algebra + (Kingston, 1969). +\bibitem{pK69a} + Peter~A. Konig, + \emph{Composition of functions,} + Proceedings of the Conference on Universal Algebra, 1969 + (G.H. Birnbaum, ed.), vol.~7, Canadian Mathematical + Society, Queen's Univ., available from the Montreal office, + pp.~1--106 (English). +\bibitem{wL75} + William~A. Landau, + \emph{Representations of complete lattices,} + Abstract: Notices Amer. Math. Soc., \textbf{18}, 937. +\bibitem{wL75a} + William~A. Landau, + \emph{Representations of complete lattices,} + Abstract: Notices Amer. Math. Soc. \textbf{18}, 937, + December 1975 (English). +\bibitem{gM68} + George~A. Menuhin, + \emph{Universal Algebra,} + D.~van Nostrand, Princeton-Toronto-London-Melbourne, 1968. +\bibitem{gM68a} + George~A. Menuhin, + \emph{Universal Algebra,} + University Series in Higher Mathematics, vol.~58, + D.~van Nostrand, Princeton-Toronto-London-Melbourne, + second ed., March 1968, no Russian translation (English). +\bibitem{eM57} + Ernest~T. Moynahan, + \emph{On a problem of M.H. Stone,} + Acta Math. Acad. Sci. Hungar. \textbf{8} (1957), 455--460. +\bibitem{eM57a} + Ernest~T. Moynahan, + \emph{On a problem of M.H. Stone,} + Acta Math. Acad. Sci. Hungar. \textbf{8} (1957), 455--460, + Russian translation available (English). +\end{thebibliography} + +Papers: + +\bibitem{xxx} +author, \emph{title,} journal \textbf{volume} (year), +pp.~pages. + +Books: + +\bibitem{xxx} +author, \emph{title,} publisher, address, year. + +\bibitem{xxx} +author, \emph{title,} series, vol.~volume, publisher, + address, edition, date. + +\bibitem{xxx} +editor, ed., \emph{title,} publisher, address, year. + +Papers in books: + +\bibitem{xxx} +author, \emph{title,} book title, publisher, year, pp~pages. + +\bibitem{xxx} +author, \emph{title,} book title (editor, ed.), vol.~volume, +publisher, publisher address, date, pp.~pages. + +Theses: + +\bibitem{xxx} +author, \emph{title,} Ph.D. thesis, university, year. + +Tech reports: + +\bibitem{xxx} +author, \emph{title,} tech. report, university, year. + +Research notes: + +\bibitem{xxx} +author, \emph{title,} Research Note number, university, +location, date, research paper in preparation. + +Conference proceedings: + +\bibitem{xxx} +author, \emph{title,} conference title (location, year). + +\bibitem{xxx} +author, \emph{title,} conference title, year + (editor, ed.), vol.~volume, publisher, address, + pp.~pages. + +Abstracts: + +\bibitem{xxx} +author, \emph{title,} Abstract: journal, volume, year.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/gallery.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/gallery.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2dee9d3ff09 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/gallery.tex @@ -0,0 +1,254 @@ +% Sample file: gallery.tex formula template file +% Typeset with LaTeX format + +\documentclass{article} + +\usepackage{amssymb,latexsym,amsmath} + +\begin{document} + +Section 3.1 Formula gallery + +Formula 1 +\[ + x \mapsto \{\, c \in C \mid c \leq x \,\} +\] + +Formula 2 +\[ + \left| \bigcup (\, I_{j} \mid j \in J \,) \right| + < \mathfrak{m} +\] + +Formula 3 +\[ + A = \{\, x \in X \mid x \in X_{i}, + \mbox{ for some } i \in I \,\} +\] + +Formula 4 +\[ + \langle a_{1}, a_{2} \rangle \leq \langle a'_{1}, a'_{2}\rangle + \qquad \mbox{if{f}} \qquad a_{1} < a'_{1} \quad \mbox{or} + \quad a_{1} = a'_{1} \mbox{ and } a_{2} \leq a'_{2} +\] + +Formula 5 +\[ + \Gamma_{u'} = \{\, \gamma \mid \gamma < 2\chi, + \ B_{\alpha} \nsubseteq u', \ B_{\gamma} \subseteq u' \,\} +\] + +Formula 6 +\[ + A = B^{2} \times \mathbb{Z} +\] + +Formula 7 +\[ + \left( \bigvee (\, s_{i} \mid i \in I \,) \right)^{c} = + \bigwedge (\, s_{i}^{c} \mid i \in I \,) +\] + +Formula 8 +\[ + y \vee \bigvee (\, [B_{\gamma}] \mid \gamma + \in \Gamma \,) \equiv z \vee \bigvee (\, [B_{\gamma}] + \mid \gamma \in \Gamma \,) \pmod{ \Phi^{x} } +\] + +Formula 9 +\[ + f(\mathbf{x}) = \bigvee\nolimits_{\!\mathfrak{m}} + \left(\, + \bigwedge\nolimits_{\mathfrak{m}} + (\, x_{j} \mid j \in I_{i} \,) \mid i < \aleph_{\alpha} + \,\right) +\] + +Formula 10 +\[ + \left. \widehat{F}(x) \right|_{a}^{b} = + \widehat{F}(b) - \widehat{F}(a) +\] + +Formula 11 +\[ + u \underset{\alpha}{+} v \overset{1}{\thicksim} w + \overset{2}{\thicksim} z +\] + +Formula 12 +\[ + f(x) \overset{ \text{def} }{=} x^{2} - 1 +\] + +Formula 13 +\[ + \overbrace{a + b + \cdots + z}^{n} +\] + +Formula 14 +\[ + \begin{vmatrix} + a + b + c & uv\\ + a + b & c + d + \end{vmatrix} + = 7 +\] + +\[ + \begin{Vmatrix} + a + b + c & uv\\ + a + b & c + d + \end{Vmatrix} + = 7 +\] + +Formula 15 +\[ + \sum_{j \in \mathbf{N}} b_{ij} \hat{y}_{j} = + \sum_{j \in \mathbf{N}} b^{(\lambda)}_{ij} \hat{y}_{j} + + (b_{ii} - \lambda_{i}) \hat{y}_{i} \hat{y} +\] + +Formula 16 +\[ + \left( \prod^n_{\, j = 1} \hat x_{j} \right) H_{c} = + \frac{1}{2} \hat k_{ij} \det \hat{ \mathbf{K} }(i|i) +\] + +\[ + \biggl( \prod^n_{\, j = 1} \hat x_{j} \biggr) H_{c} = + \frac{1}{2} \hat{k}_{ij} \det \widehat{ \mathbf{K} }(i|i) +\] + +Formula 17 +\[ + \det \mathbf{K} (t = 1, t_{1}, \ldots, t_{n}) = + \sum_{I \in \mathbf{n} }(-1)^{|I|} + \prod_{i \in I} t_{i} + \prod_{j \in I} (D_{j} + \lambda_{j} t_{j}) + \det \mathbf{A}^{(\lambda)} (\,\overline{I} | \overline{I}\,) = 0 +\] + +Formula 18 +\[ + \lim_{(v, v') \to (0, 0)} + \frac{H(z + v) - H(z + v') - BH(z)(v - v')} + {\| v - v' \|} = 0 +\] + +Formula 19 +\[ + \int_{\mathcal{D}} | \overline{\partial u} |^{2} + \Phi_{0}(z) e^{\alpha |z|^2} \geq + c_{4} \alpha \int_{\mathcal{D}} |u|^{2} \Phi_{0} + e^{\alpha |z|^{2}} + c_{5} \delta^{-2} \int_{A} + |u|^{2} \Phi_{0} e^{\alpha |z|^{2}} +\] + +Formula 20 +\[ + \mathbf{A} = + \begin{pmatrix} + \dfrac{\varphi \cdot X_{n, 1}} + {\varphi_{1} \times \varepsilon_{1}} + & (x + \varepsilon_{2})^{2} & \cdots + & (x + \varepsilon_{n - 1})^{n - 1} + & (x + \varepsilon_{n})^{n}\\[10pt] + \dfrac{\varphi \cdot X_{n, 1}} + {\varphi_{2} \times \varepsilon_{1}} + & \dfrac{\varphi \cdot X_{n, 2}} + {\varphi_{2} \times \varepsilon_{2}} + & \cdots & (x + \varepsilon_{n - 1})^{n - 1} + & (x + \varepsilon_{n})^{n}\\ + \hdotsfor{5}\\ + \dfrac{\varphi \cdot X_{n, 1}} + {\varphi_{n} \times \varepsilon_{1}} + & \dfrac{\varphi \cdot X_{n, 2}} + {\varphi_{n} \times \varepsilon_{2}} + & \cdots & \dfrac{\varphi \cdot X_{n, n - 1}} + {\varphi_{n} \times \varepsilon_{n - 1}} + & \dfrac{\varphi\cdot X_{n, n}} + {\varphi_{n} \times \varepsilon_{n}} + \end{pmatrix} + + \mathbf{I}_{n} +\] + + +Section 3.2. User-defined commands + +Formula 20 with user-defined commands: + +\newcommand{\quot}[2]{% +\dfrac{\varphi \cdot X_{n, #1}}% +{\varphi_{#2} \times \varepsilon_{#1}}} +\newcommand{\exn}[1]{(x+\varepsilon_{#1})^{#1}} + +\[ + \mathbf{A} = + \begin{pmatrix} + \quot{1}{1} & \exn{2} & \cdots & \exn{n - 1}&\exn{n}\\[10pt] + \quot{1}{2} & \quot{2}{2} & \cdots & \exn{n - 1} &\exn{n}\\ + \hdotsfor{5}\\ + \quot{1}{n} & \quot{2}{n} & \cdots & + \quot{n - 1}{n} & \quot{n}{n} + \end{pmatrix} + + \mathbf{I}_{n} +\] + +Section 3.3. Building a formula step-by-step + +Step 1 +$\left[ \frac{n}{2} \right]$ + +Step 2 +\[ + \sum_{i = 1}^{ \left[ \frac{n}{2} \right] } +\] + +Step 3 +\[ + x_{i, i + 1}^{i^{2}} \qquad \left[ \frac{i + 3}{3} \right] +\] + +Step 4 +\[ + \binom{ x_{i,i + 1}^{i^{2}} }{ \left[ \frac{i + 3}{3} \right] } +\] + +Step 5 +$\sqrt{ \mu(i)^{ \frac{3}{2} } (i^{2} - 1) }$ + +$\sqrt{ \mu(i)^{ \frac{3}{2} } (i^{2} - 1) }$ + +Step 6 +$\sqrt[3]{ \rho(i) - 2 }$ $\sqrt[3]{ \rho(i) - 1 }$ + +Step 7 +\[ + \frac{ \sqrt{ \mu(i)^{ \frac{3}{2}} (i^{2} -1) } } + { \sqrt[3]{\rho(i) - 2} + \sqrt[3]{\rho(i) - 1} } +\] + +Step 8 +\[ + \sum_{i = 1}^{ \left[ \frac{n}{2} \right] } + \binom{ x_{i, i + 1}^{i^{2}} } + { \left[ \frac{i + 3}{3} \right] } + \frac{ \sqrt{ \mu(i)^{ \frac{3}{2}} (i^{2} - 1) } } + { \sqrt[3]{\rho(i) - 2} + \sqrt[3]{\rho(i) - 1} } +\] + +\[\sum_{i=1}^{\left[\frac{n}{2}\right]}\binom{x_{i,i+1}^{i^{2}}} +{\left[\frac{i+3}{3}\right]}\frac{\sqrt{\mu(i)^{\frac{3} +{2}}(i^{2}-1)}}{\sqrt[3]{\rho(i)-2}+\sqrt[3]{\rho(i)-1}}\] + +%\[\sum_{i=1}^{\left[\frac{n}{2}\right]}\binom{x_{i,i+1}^{i^{2}}} +%{\left[\frac{i+3}{3}\right]}\frac{\sqrt{\mu(i)^{\frac{3} +%{2}}}(i^{2}-1)}}{\sqrt[3]{\rho(i)-2}+\sqrt[3]{\rho(i)-1}}\] + + +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/ggamsart.tpl b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/ggamsart.tpl new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1f4a0458813 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/ggamsart.tpl @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +% Sample file: ggams.tpl +% Typeset with LaTeX format + +\documentclass{amsart} +\usepackage{amssymb,latexsym} + +% theorems, corollaries, lemmas, and propositions, +% in the most emphatic (plain) style; +% all are numbered separately +% There is a Main Theorem in the most emphatic (plain) +% style, unnumbered +% There are definitions, in the less emphatic (definition) style +% There are notations, in the least emphatic (remark) style, +% unnumbered + +\theoremstyle{plain} +\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem} +\newtheorem{corollary}{Corollary} +\newtheorem*{main}{Main Theorem} +\newtheorem{lemma}{Lemma} +\newtheorem{proposition}{Proposition} + +\theoremstyle{definition} +\newtheorem{definition}{Definition} + +\theoremstyle{remark} +\newtheorem*{notation}{Notation} + +\begin{document} +\title[short title]{titleline1\\ + titleline2} +\author{George Gr\"{a}tzer} +\address{University of Manitoba\\ + Department of Mathematics\\ + Winnipeg, MN, R3T 2N2\\ + Canada} +\email{gratzer@cc.umanitoba.ca} +\urladdr{http://server.maths.umanitoba.ca/homepages/gratzer/} +\thanks{Research supported by the NSERC of Canada} + +\keywords{keywords} +\subjclass{Primary: subject; Secondary: subject} +\date{date} + +\begin{abstract} + abstract text +\end{abstract} +\maketitle + +% Bibliography +\begin{thebibliography}{99} + bibliographic entries +\end{thebibliography} +\end{document} + +Papers: + +\bibitem{xxx} +author, \emph{title,} journal \textbf{volume} (year), +pp.~pages. + +Books: + +\bibitem{xxx} +author, \emph{title,} publisher, address, year. + +\bibitem{xxx} +author, \emph{title,} series, vol.~volume, publisher, + address, edition, date. + +\bibitem{xxx} +editor, ed., \emph{title,} publisher, address, year. + +Papers in books: + +\bibitem{xxx} +author, \emph{title,} book title, publisher, year, pp~pages. + +\bibitem{xxx} +author, \emph{title,} book title (editor, ed.), vol.~volume, +publisher, publisher address, date, pp.~pages. + +Theses: + +\bibitem{xxx} +author, \emph{title,} Ph.D. thesis, university, year. + +Tech reports: + +\bibitem{xxx} +author, \emph{title,} tech. report, university, year. + +Research notes: + +\bibitem{xxx} +author,\emph{title,} Research Note number, university, +location, date, research paper in preparation. + +Conference proceedings: + +\bibitem{xxx} +author, \emph{title,} conference title (location, year). + +\bibitem{xxx} +author, \emph{title,} conference title, year + (editor, ed.), vol.~volume, publisher, address, + pp.~pages. + +Abstracts: + +\bibitem{xxx} +author, \emph{title,} Abstract: journal, volume, year.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/ggart.tpl b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/ggart.tpl new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..15bd6718edc --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/ggart.tpl @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +% Sample file: ggart.tpl +% Typeset with LaTeX format + +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage{amssymb,latexsym,amsmath} + +\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem} +\newtheorem{lemma}{Lemma} +\newtheorem{proposition}{Proposition} +\newtheorem{definition}{Definition} +\newtheorem{corollary}{Corollary} +\newtheorem{notation}{Notation} + +\begin{document} +\title{titleline1\\ + titleline2} +\author{George Gr\"{a}tzer\thanks{Research supported by the + NSERC of Canada.}\\ + University of Manitoba\\ + Department of Mathematics\\ + Winnipeg, MN, R3T 2N2\\ + Canada} +\date{date} +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} + abstract +\end{abstract} + +\begin{thebibliography}{99} + + +\end{thebibliography} +\end{document} + +Papers: + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} journal \textbf{volume} + (year), pages. + +Books: + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} publisher, address, year. + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} series, vol.~volume, + publisher, address, edition, date. + +\bibitem{xxx} + editor, ed., \emph{title,} publisher, address, year. + +Papers in books: + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} book title, publisher, + year, pp~pages. + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} book title (editor, ed.), + vol.~volume, publisher, publisher address, date, + pp.~pages. + +Theses: + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} Ph.D. thesis, university, year. + +Tech reports: + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} tech. report, university, year. + +Research notes: + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} Research Note number, + university, location, date, research paper in + preparation. + +Conference proceedings: + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} conference title (location, + year). + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} conference title, year + (editor, ed.), vol.~volume, publisher, address, + pp.~pages. + +Abstracts: + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} Abstract: journal, volume, + year.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/ggart2.tpl b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/ggart2.tpl new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f56c2f781cb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/ggart2.tpl @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +% Sample file: ggart2.tpl for two authors +% Typeset with LaTeX format + +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage{amssymb,latexsym,amsmath} + +\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem} +\newtheorem{lemma}{Lemma} +\newtheorem{proposition}{Proposition} +\newtheorem{definition}{Definition} +\newtheorem{corollary}{Corollary} +\newtheorem{notation}{Notation} + +\begin{document} +\title{titleline1\\ + titleline2} +\author{George Gr\"{a}tzer\thanks{Research supported by the + NSERC of Canada.}\\ + University of Manitoba\\ + Department of Mathematics\\ + Winnipeg, MN, R3T 2N2\\ + Canada + \and + name2\thanks{support2}\\ + address2line1\\ + address2line2\\ + address2line3} +\date{date} +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} + abstract +\end{abstract} + +\begin{thebibliography}{99} + bibliographic entries +\end{thebibliography} +\end{document} + +Papers: + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} journal \textbf{volume} + (year), pages. + +Books: + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} publisher, address, year. + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} series, vol.~volume, + publisher, address, edition, date. + +\bibitem{xxx} + editor, ed., \emph{title,} publisher, address, year. + +Papers in books: + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} book title, publisher, + year, pp~pages. + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} book title (editor, ed.), + vol.~volume, publisher, publisher address, date, + pp.~pages. + +Theses: + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} Ph.D. thesis, university, year. + +Tech reports: + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} tech. report, university, year. + +Research notes: + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} Research Note number, + university, location, date, research paper in + preparation. + +Conference proceedings: + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} conference title (location, + year). + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} conference title, year + (editor, ed.), vol.~volume, publisher, address, + pp.~pages. + +Abstracts: + +\bibitem{xxx} + author, \emph{title,} Abstract: journal, volume, + year.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/intrart.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/intrart.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1f35c477230 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/intrart.tex @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +% Introductory sample article: intrart.tex +% Typeset with LaTeX format + +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage{latexsym} +\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem} +\newtheorem{definition}{Definition} +\newtheorem{notation}{Notation} + +\begin{document} +\title{A construction of complete-simple\\ + distributive lattices} +\author{George~A. Menuhin\thanks{Research supported + by the NSF under grant number~23466.}\\ + Computer Science Department\\ + Winnebago, Minnesota 23714\\ + menuhin@cc.uwinnebago.edu} +\date{March 15, 1999} +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} + In this note, we prove that there exist \emph{complete-simple + distributive lattices,} that is, complete distributive + lattices in which there are only two complete congruences. +\end{abstract} + +\section{Introduction}\label{S:intro} +In this note, we prove the following result: + +\begin{theorem} + There exists an infinite complete distributive lattice $K$ + with only the two trivial complete congruence relations. +\end{theorem} + +\section{The $\Pi^{*}$ construction}\label{S:P*} +The following construction is crucial in the proof of our Theorem: + +\begin{definition}\label{D:P*} + Let $D_{i}$, for $i \in I$, be complete distributive + lattices satisfying condition~\textup{(J)}. Their + $\Pi^{*}$ product is defined as follows: + \[ + \Pi^{*} ( D_{i} \mid i \in I ) = + \Pi ( D_{i}^{-} \mid i \in I ) + 1; + \] + that is, $\Pi^{*} ( D_{i} \mid i \in I )$ is + $\Pi ( D_{i}^{-} \mid i \in I )$ with a new unit element. +\end{definition} + +\begin{notation} + If $i \in I$ and $d \in D_{i}^{-}$, then + \[ + \langle \ldots, 0, \ldots, d, \ldots, 0, \ldots \rangle + \] + is the element of $\Pi^{*} ( D_{i} \mid i \in I )$ whose + $i$-th component is $d$ and all the other components + are $0$. +\end{notation} + +See also Ernest~T. Moynahan~\cite{eM57a}. + +Next we verify the following result: + +\begin{theorem}\label{T:P*} + Let $D_{i}$, $i \in I$, be complete distributive + lattices satisfying condition~\textup{(J)}. Let $\Theta$ + be a complete congruence relation on + $\Pi^{*} ( D_{i} \mid i \in I )$. + If there exist $i \in I$ and $d \in D_{i}$ with + $d < 1_{i}$ such that, for all $d \leq c < 1_{i}$, + \begin{equation}\label{E:cong1} + \langle \ldots, d, \ldots, 0, \ldots \rangle \equiv + \langle \ldots, c, \ldots, 0, \ldots \rangle \pmod{\Theta}, + \end{equation} + then $\Theta = \iota$. +\end{theorem} + +\emph{Proof.} Since +\begin{equation}\label{E:cong2} + \langle \ldots, d, \ldots, 0, \ldots \rangle \equiv + \langle \ldots, c, \ldots, 0, \ldots \rangle \pmod{\Theta}, +\end{equation} +and $\Theta$ is a complete congruence relation, it follows +from condition~(J) that +\begin{equation}\label{E:cong} + \langle \ldots, d, \ldots, 0, \ldots \rangle \equiv + \bigvee ( \langle \ldots, c, \ldots, 0, \ldots \rangle + \mid d \leq c < 1 ) \pmod{\Theta}. +\end{equation} + +Let $j \in I$, $j \neq i$, and let $a \in D_{j}^{-}$. +Meeting both sides of the congruence (\ref{E:cong2}) with +$\langle \ldots, a, \ldots, 0, \ldots \rangle$, we obtain that +\begin{equation}\label{E:comp} + 0 = \langle \ldots, a, \ldots, 0, \ldots \rangle \pmod{\Theta}, +\end{equation} +Using the completeness of $\Theta$ and (\ref{E:comp}), +we get: +\[ + 0 \equiv \bigvee ( \langle \ldots, a, \ldots, 0, \ldots \rangle + \mid a \in D_{j}^{-} ) = 1 \pmod{\Theta}, +\] +hence $\Theta = \iota$. + +\begin{thebibliography}{9} + \bibitem{sF90} + Soo-Key Foo, + \emph{Lattice Constructions,} + Ph.D. thesis, + University of Winnebago, Winnebago, MN, December, 1990. + \bibitem{gM68} + George~A. Menuhin, + \emph{Universal Algebra,} + D.~van Nostrand, Princeton-Toronto-London-Melbourne, 1968. + \bibitem{eM57} + Ernest~T. Moynahan, + \emph{On a problem of M.H. Stone,} + Acta Math. Acad. Sci. Hungar. \textbf{8} (1957), 455--460. + \bibitem{eM57a} + Ernest~T. Moynahan, + \emph{Ideals and congruence relations in lattices.~II,} + Magyar Tud. Akad. Mat. Fiz. Oszt. K\"{o}zl. \textbf{9} + (1957), 417--434. +\end{thebibliography} + +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/lattice.sty b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/lattice.sty new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2ebb04e90e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/lattice.sty @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +% lattice.sty +% Command file for lattice papers +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} +\ProvidesPackage{lattice} + [1999/03/15 Commands for lattices, First Steps] +\RequirePackage{amsmath} +\RequirePackage{amssymb} +\RequirePackage{latexsym} +\RequirePackage{eucal} + +% Lattice operations +\newcommand{\jj}{\vee}% join +\newcommand{\mm}{\wedge}% meet +\newcommand{\JJ}{\bigvee}% big join +\newcommand{\MM}{\bigwedge}% big meet +\newcommand{\JJm}[2]{\JJ(\,#1\mid#2\,)}% big join with a middle +\newcommand{\MMm}[2]{\MM(\,#1\mid#2\,)}% big meet with a middle + +% Set operations +\newcommand{\uu}{\cup}% union +\newcommand{\ii}{\cap}% intersection +\newcommand{\UU}{\bigcup}% big union +\newcommand{\II}{\bigcap}% big intersection +\newcommand{\UUm}[2]{\UU(\,#1\mid#2\,)}% big union with a middle +\newcommand{\IIm}[2]{\II(\,#1\mid#2\,)}% big intersection with a middle + +% Sets +\newcommand{\ci}{\subseteq}% contained in with equality +\newcommand{\nc}{\nsubseteq}% not \ci +\newcommand{\sci}{\subset}% strictly contained in with equality +\newcommand{\nci}{\nc}% not \ci +\newcommand{\ce}{\supseteq}% containing with equality +\newcommand{\nce}{\nsupseteq}% not \ce +\newcommand{\nin}{\notin}% not \in +\newcommand{\es}{\varnothing}% the empty set +\newcommand{\set}[1]{\{#1\}}% set +\newcommand{\setm}[2]{\{\,#1\mid#2\,\}}% set with a middle +\def\vv<#1>{\langle#1\rangle}% vector + +% Partial ordering +\newcommand{\nle}{\nleq}% not \leq + +% Greek letters +\newcommand{\ga}{\alpha} +\newcommand{\gb}{\beta} +\newcommand{\gc}{\chi} +\newcommand{\gd}{\delta} +\renewcommand{\ge}{\varepsilon}% use \geq for >= +\newcommand{\gf}{\varphi} +\renewcommand{\gg}{\gamma}% old use >> +\newcommand{\gh}{\eta} +\newcommand{\gi}{\iota} +\newcommand{\gj}{\theta} +\newcommand{\gk}{\kappa} +\newcommand{\gl}{\lambda} +\newcommand{\gm}{\mu} +\newcommand{\gn}{\nu} +\newcommand{\go}{\omega} +\newcommand{\gp}{\pi} +\newcommand{\gq}{\theta} +\newcommand{\gr}{\varrho} +\newcommand{\gs}{\sigma} +\newcommand{\gt}{\tau} +\newcommand{\gu}{\upsilon} +\newcommand{\gv}{\vartheta} +\newcommand{\gw}{\omega} +\newcommand{\gx}{\xi} +\newcommand{\gy}{\psi} +\newcommand{\gz}{\zeta} + +\newcommand{\gC}{\Xi} +\newcommand{\gG}{\Gamma} +\newcommand{\gD}{\Delta} +\newcommand{\gF}{\Phi} +\newcommand{\gL}{\Lambda} +\newcommand{\gO}{\Omega} +\newcommand{\gP}{\Pi} +\newcommand{\gQ}{\Theta} +\newcommand{\gS}{\Sigma} +\newcommand{\gU}{\Upsilon} +\newcommand{\gW}{\Omega} +\newcommand{\gX}{\Xi} +\newcommand{\gY}{\Psi} + +% Font commands +\newcommand{\tbf}{\textbf}% text bold +\newcommand{\tit}{\textit}% text italic +\newcommand{\tsl}{\textsl}% text slanted +\newcommand{\tsc}{\textsc}% text small cap +\newcommand{\ttt}{\texttt}% text typewriter +\newcommand{\trm}{\textrm}% text roman +\newcommand{\tsf}{\textsf}% text sans serif +\newcommand{\tup}{\textup}% text upright + +\newcommand{\mbf}{\mathbf}% math bold +\newcommand{\mit}{\mathit}% math italic +\newcommand{\msf}{\mathsf}% math sans serif +\newcommand{\mrm}{\mathrm}% math roman +\newcommand{\mtt}{\mathtt}% math typewriter + +\newcommand{\B}{\boldsymbol} + % Bold math symbol, use as \B{a} +\DeclareMathAlphabet{\Bi}{OT1}{cmm}{b}{it} + % Bold math italic, use as \Bi{a} +\newcommand{\C}[1]{\mathcal{#1}} + % Euler Script - only caps, use as \C{A} +\newcommand{\D}[1]{\mathbb{#1}} + % Doubled - blackboard bold - only caps, use as \D{A} +\newcommand{\E}[1]{\mathcal{#1}}% same as \C + % Euler Script - only caps, use as \E{A} +\newcommand{\F}[1]{\mathfrak{#1}}% Fraktur, use as \F{a} + +% Miscellaneous +\newcommand{\nl}{\newline} +\newcommand{\ol}[1]{\overline{#1}} +\newcommand{\ul}[1]{\underline{#1}} +\providecommand{\bysame}{\makebox[3em]{\hrulefill}\thinspace} +\newcommand{\q}{\quad}% spacing +\newcommand{\qq}{\qquad}% more spacing +\newcommand{\iso}{\cong}% isomorphic + +\endinput
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/math.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/math.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fc96b999eb3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/math.tex @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +% Sample file: math.tex +% Typeset with LaTeX format +\documentclass{article} + +\begin{document} +In first-year calculus, we define intervals such as +$(u, v)$ and $(u, \infty)$. Such an interval is a +\emph{neighborhood} of $a$ +if $a$ is in the interval. Students should +realize that $\infty$ is only a +symbol, not a number. This is important since +we soon introduce concepts + such as $\lim_{x \to \infty} f(x)$. + +When we introduce the derivative, +\[ + \lim_{x \to a} \frac{f(x) - f(a)}{x - a}, +\] +we assume that the function is defined and continuous +in a neighborhood of $a$. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/mathb.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/mathb.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..be97c541553 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/mathb.tex @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +% Sample file: mathB.tex +% Typeset with LaTeX format +\documentclass{article} + +\begin{document} +In first-year calculus, we define intervals such as +%$(u, v)$ and $(u, \infty)$. Such an interval is a + $(u, v)$ and (u, \infty)$. Such an interval is a + \emph{neighborhood} of $a$ +if $a$ is in the interval. Students should +realize that $\infty$ is only a +symbol, not a number. This is important since +we soon introduce concepts + such as $\lim_{x \to \infty} f(x)$. +%such as $\lim_{x \to \infty f(x)$. + +When we introduce the derivative, +\[ + \lim_{x \to a} \frac{f(x) - f(a)}{x - a} + %\lim_{x \to a} \frac{f(x) - f(a) x - a} +\] +we assume that the function is defined and continuous +in a neighborhood of $a$. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/note1.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/note1.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e4425f67797 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/note1.tex @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +% Sample file: note1.tex +% Typeset with LaTeX format +\documentclass{article} + +\begin{document} +It is of some concern to me that +the terminology used in multi-section + math courses is not uniform. + +In several sections of the course on +matrix theory, the term + ``hamiltonian-reduced'' is used. + I, personally, would rather call these ``hyper-simple.'' I +invite others to comment on this problem. + +Of special concern to me is the terminology in the course +by Prof.~Rudi Hochschwabauer. + Since his field is new, there is + no accepted +terminology. It is imperative +that we arrive at a satisfactory solution. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/note1b.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/note1b.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4de05f5a2b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/note1b.tex @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +% Sample file: note1b.tex +% Typeset with LaTeX format +\documentclass{article} + +\begin{document} +It is of some concern to me that +the terminology used in multi-section + math courses is not uniform. + +In several sections of the course on +matrix theory, the strange term + ``hamiltonian-reduced'' is used. + I, personally, would rather call these ``hyper-simple.'' I +invite others to comment on this problem. + +Of special concern to me is the terminology in the course +by Prof.~Hochschwabauer. + Since his field is new, there is + no accepted +terminology. It is imperative +that we arrive at a satisfactory solution. +\end{document}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/note2.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/note2.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7b218f21faf --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/note2.tex @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +% Sample file: note2.tex +% Typeset with LaTeX format +\documentclass{article} + +\begin{document} +\begin{flushright} + \today +\end{flushright} +\textbf{From the desk of George Gr\"{a}tzer}\\[22pt] +April~7--21 \emph{please} use my temporary e-mail address: +\begin{center} + \texttt{George\_Gratzer@umanitoba.ca} +\end{center} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/noteslug.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/noteslug.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..04d2f46307e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/noteslug.tex @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +% Sample file: noteslug.tex +% Typeset with the LaTeX format +\documentclass[draft]{article} + +\begin{document} +It is of some concern to me that +the terminology used in multi-section + math courses is not uniform. + +In several sections of the course on +matrix theory, the strange term + ``hamiltonian-reduced'' is used. + I, personally, would rather call these ``hyper-simple.'' I +invite others to comment on this problem. + +Of special concern to me is the terminology in the course +by Prof.~Hochschwabauer. + Since his field is new, there is + no accepted +terminology. It is imperative +that we arrive at a satisfactory solution. +\end{document}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/sampart.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/sampart.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1186358245a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/sampart.tex @@ -0,0 +1,258 @@ +% Sample file: sampart.tex +% The sample article for the amsart document class +% Typeset with LaTeX format + +\documentclass{amsart} +\usepackage{amssymb,latexsym} + +\theoremstyle{plain} +\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem} +\newtheorem{corollary}{Corollary} +\newtheorem*{main}{Main~Theorem} +\newtheorem{lemma}{Lemma} +\newtheorem{proposition}{Proposition} + +\theoremstyle{definition} +\newtheorem{definition}{Definition} + +\theoremstyle{remark} +\newtheorem*{notation}{Notation} + +\numberwithin{equation}{section} + +\begin{document} +\title[Complete-simple distributive lattices] + {A construction of complete-simple\\ + distributive lattices} +\author{George~A. Menuhin} +\address{Computer Science Department\\ + University of Winnebago\\ + Winnebago, Minnesota 53714} +\email{menuhin@ccw.uwinnebago.edu} +\urladdr{http://math.uwinnebago.ca/homepages/menuhin/} +\thanks{Research supported by the NSF under grant number +~23466.} +\keywords{Complete lattice, distributive lattice, +complete congruence, + congruence lattice} +\subjclass{Primary: 06B10; Secondary: 06D05} +\date{March 15, 1999} +\begin{abstract} + In this note we prove that there exist \emph{complete-simple distributive + lattices,} that is, complete distributive lattices in which there are + only two complete congruences. +\end{abstract} + +\maketitle + +\section{Introduction}\label{S:intro} +In this note we prove the following result: + +\begin{main} + There exists an infinite complete distributive lattice $K$ with only + the two trivial complete congruence relations. +\end{main} + +\section{The $D^{\langle 2 \rangle}$ construction}\label{S:Ds} +For the basic notation in lattice theory and universal algebra, see Ferenc~R. +Richardson~\cite{fR82} and George~A. Menuhin~\cite{gM68}. We start with some +definitions: + +\begin{definition}\label{D:prime} + Let $V$ be a complete lattice, and let $\mathfrak{p} = [u, v]$ be + an interval of $V$. Then $\mathfrak{p}$ is called + \emph{complete-prime} if the following three conditions are satisfied: + \begin{itemize} + \item[(1)] $u$ is meet-irreducible but $u$ is \emph{not} + completely meet-irreducible; + \item[(2)] $v$ is join-irreducible but $v$ is \emph{not} + completely join-irreducible; + \item[(3)] $[u, v]$ is a complete-simple lattice. + \end{itemize} +\end{definition} + +Now we prove the following result: + +\begin{lemma}\label{L:ds} + Let $D$ be a complete distributive lattice satisfying + conditions~\textup{(1)} and~\textup{(2)}. Then + $D^{\langle 2 \rangle}$ is a sublattice of $D^{2}$; + hence $D^{\langle 2 \rangle}$ is a lattice, and + $D^{\langle 2 \rangle}$ is a complete distributive + lattice satisfying conditions~\textup{(1)} and \textup{(2)}. +\end{lemma} + +\begin{proof} + By conditions~(1) and (2), $D^{\langle 2 \rangle}$ is a sublattice + of $D^{2}$. Hence, $D^{\langle 2 \rangle}$ is a lattice. + + Since $D^{\langle 2 \rangle}$ is a sublattice of a distributive + lattice, $D^{\langle 2 \rangle}$ is a distributive lattice. Using + the characterization of standard ideals in Ernest~T. Moynahan~\cite{eM57}, + $D^{\langle 2 \rangle}$ has a zero and a unit element, + namely, $\langle 0, 0 \rangle$ and $\langle 1, 1 \rangle$. + To show that $D^{\langle 2 \rangle}$ is complete, let + $\varnothing \ne A \subseteq D^{\langle 2 \rangle}$, and let + $a = \bigvee A$ in $D^{2}$. If + $a \in D^{\langle 2 \rangle}$, then + $a = \bigvee A$ in $D^{\langle 2 \rangle}$; otherwise, $a$ + is of the form $\langle b, 1 \rangle$ for some + $b \in D$ with $b < 1$. Now $\bigvee A = \langle 1, 1\rangle$ + in $D^{2}$ and the dual argument shows that $\bigwedge A$ also + exists in $D^{2}$. Hence $D$ is complete. Conditions~(1) and + (2) are obvious for $D^{\langle 2 \rangle}$. +\end{proof} + +\begin{corollary}\label{C:prime} + If $D$ is complete-prime, then so is $D^{\langle 2 \rangle}$. +\end{corollary} + +The motivation for the following result comes from Soo-Key Foo~\cite{sF90}. + +\begin{lemma}\label{L:ccr} + Let $\Theta$ be a complete congruence relation of + $D^{\langle 2 \rangle}$ such that + \begin{equation}\label{E:rigid} + \langle 1, d \rangle \equiv \langle 1, 1 \rangle \pmod{\Theta}, + \end{equation} + for some $d \in D$ with $d < 1$. Then $\Theta = \iota$. +\end{lemma} + +\begin{proof} + Let $\Theta$ be a complete congruence relation of + $D^{\langle 2 \rangle}$ satisfying \eqref{E:rigid}. Then $\Theta = +\iota$. +\end{proof} + +\section{The $\Pi^{*}$ construction}\label{S:P*} +The following construction is crucial to our proof of the Main Theorem: + +\begin{definition}\label{D:P*} + Let $D_{i}$, for $i \in I$, be complete distributive lattices + satisfying condition~\textup{(2)}. Their $\Pi^{*}$ product is defined +as + follows: + \[ + \Pi^{*} ( D_{i} \mid i \in I ) = \Pi ( D_{i}^{-} \mid i \in I ) + 1; + \] + that is, $\Pi^{*} ( D_{i} \mid i \in I )$ is $\Pi ( D_{i}^{-} \mid + i \in I )$ with a new unit element. +\end{definition} + +\begin{notation} + If $i \in I$ and $d \in D_{i}^{-}$, then + \[ + \langle \dots, 0, \dots, \overset{i}{d}, \dots, 0, \dots \rangle + \] + is the element of $\Pi^{*} ( D_{i} \mid i \in I )$ whose $i$-th + component is $d$ and all the other components are $0$. +\end{notation} + +See also Ernest~T. Moynahan \cite{eM57a}. Next we verify: + +\begin{theorem}\label{T:P*} + Let $D_{i}$, for $i \in I$, be complete distributive lattices + satisfying condition~\textup{(2)}. Let $\Theta$ be a complete +congruence + relation on $\Pi^{*} ( D_{i} \mid i \in I )$. If there exist + $i \in I$ and $d \in D_{i}$ with $d < 1_{i}$ such that for + all $d \leq c < 1_{i}$, + \begin{equation}\label{E:cong1} + \langle \dots, 0, \dots,\overset{i}{d}, + \dots, 0, \dots \rangle \equiv \langle \dots, 0, \dots, + \overset{i}{c}, \dots, 0, \dots \rangle \pmod{\Theta}, + \end{equation} + then $\Theta = \iota$. +\end{theorem} + +\begin{proof} + Since + \begin{equation}\label{E:cong2} + \langle \dots, 0, \dots, \overset{i}{d}, \dots, 0, + \dots \rangle \equiv \langle \dots, 0, \dots, + \overset{i}{c}, \dots, 0, \dots \rangle \pmod{\Theta}, + \end{equation} + and $\Theta$ is a complete congruence relation, it follows from + condition~(3) that + \begin{align}\label{E:cong} + & \langle \dots, \overset{i}{d}, \dots, 0, + \dots \rangle \equiv\\ + &\qquad \quad \bigvee ( \langle \dots, 0, \dots, + \overset{i}{c}, \dots, 0, \dots \rangle \mid d \leq c < 1 ) + \equiv 1 \pmod{\Theta}. \notag + \end{align} + + Let $j \in I$ for $j \neq i$, and let $a \in D_{j}^{-}$. + Meeting both sides of the congruence \eqref{E:cong2} with + $\langle \dots, 0, \dots, \overset{j}{a}, \dots, 0, \dots \rangle$, + we obtain + \begin{align}\label{E:comp} + 0 &= \langle \dots, 0, \dots, \overset{i}{d}, \dots, 0, \dots + \rangle \wedge \langle \dots, 0, \dots, \overset{j}{a}, \dots, 0, + \dots \rangle\\ + &\equiv \langle \dots, 0, \dots, \overset{j}{a}, \dots, 0, \dots + \rangle \pmod{\Theta}. \notag + \end{align} + Using the completeness of $\Theta$ and \eqref{E:comp}, we get: + \[ + 0 \equiv \bigvee ( \langle \dots, 0, \dots, \overset{j}{a}, + \dots, 0, \dots \rangle \mid a \in D_{j}^{-} ) = 1 \pmod{\Theta}, + \] + hence $\Theta = \iota$. +\end{proof} + +\begin{theorem}\label{T:P*a} + Let $D_{i}$ for $i \in I$ be complete distributive lattices + satisfying conditions \textup{(2)} and \textup{(3)}. Then + $\Pi^{*} ( D_{i} \mid i \in I )$ also satisfies conditions \textup{(2)} + and \textup{(3)}. +\end{theorem} + +\begin{proof} + Let $\Theta$ be a complete congruence on + $\Pi^{*} ( D_{i} \mid i \in I )$. Let $i \in I$. Define + \[ + \widehat{D}_{i} = \{ \langle \dots, 0, \dots, \overset{i}{d}, + \dots, 0, \dots \rangle \mid d \in D_{i}^{-} \} \cup \{ 1 \}. + \] + Then $\widehat{D}_{i}$ is a complete sublattice of + $\Pi^{*} ( D_{i} \mid i \in I )$, and $\widehat{D}_{i}$ is + isomorphic to $D_{i}$. Let $\Theta_{i}$ be the restriction of + $\Theta$ to $\widehat{D}_{i}$. + + Since $D_{i}\) is complete-simple, so is $\widehat{D}_{i}$, and + hence $\Theta_{i}$ is $\omega$ or $\iota$. If + $\Theta_{i} = \rho$ for all $i \in I$, then + $\Theta = \omega$. If there is an $i \in I$, such that + $\Theta_{i} = \iota$, then $0 \equiv 1 \pmod{\Theta}$, hence + $\Theta = \iota$. +\end{proof} + +The Main Theorem follows easily from Theorems~\ref{T:P*} and \ref{T:P*a}. + +\begin{thebibliography}{9} + + \bibitem{sF90} + Soo-Key Foo, \emph{Lattice Constructions,} Ph.D. thesis, University + of Winnebago, Winnebago, MN, December, 1990. + + \bibitem{gM68} + George~A. Menuhin, \emph{Universal Algebra,} D.~van Nostrand, + Princeton-Toronto-London-Mel\-bourne, 1968. + + \bibitem{eM57} + Ernest~T. Moynahan, \emph{On a problem of M.H. Stone,} Acta Math. + Acad.Sci. Hungar. \textbf{8} (1957), 455--460. + + \bibitem{eM57a} + \bysame, \emph{Ideals and congruence relations in lattices.~II,} + Magyar Tud. Akad. Mat. Fiz. Oszt. K\"{o}zl. \textbf{9} (1957), + 417--434 (Hungarian). + + \bibitem{fR82} + Ferenc~R. Richardson, \emph{General Lattice Theory,} Mir, Moscow, + expanded and revised ed., 1982 (Russian). + +\end{thebibliography} +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/sampart2.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/sampart2.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..27a24e3a882 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/sampart2.tex @@ -0,0 +1,252 @@ +% Sample file: sampart2.tex +% The sample article for the amsart document class +% with user-defined commands +% Typeset with LaTeX format + +\documentclass{amsart} +\usepackage{amssymb,latexsym} +\usepackage{lattice} + +\theoremstyle{plain} +\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem} +\newtheorem{corollary}{Corollary} +\newtheorem*{main}{Main~Theorem} +\newtheorem{lemma}{Lemma} +\newtheorem{proposition}{Proposition} + +\theoremstyle{definition} +\newtheorem{definition}{Definition} + +\theoremstyle{remark} +\newtheorem*{notation}{Notation} + +\numberwithin{equation}{section} + +\newcommand{\Prodm}[2]{\gP(\,#1\mid#2\,)} + % product with a middle +\newcommand{\Prodsm}[2]{\gP^{*}(\,#1\mid#2\,)} + % product * with a middle +\newcommand{\vct}[2]{\vv<\dots,0,\dots,\overset{#1}{#2},% +\dots,0,\dots>}% special vector +\newcommand{\fp}{\F{p}}% Fraktur p +\newcommand{\Ds}{D^{\langle2\rangle}} + +\begin{document} +\title[Complete-simple distributive lattices] + {A construction of complete-simple\\ + distributive lattices} +\author{George~A. Menuhin} +\address{Computer Science Department\\ + University of Winnebago\\ + Winnebago, Minnesota 23714} +\email{menuhin@ccw.uwinnebago.edu} +\urladdr{http://math.uwinnebago.ca/homepages/menuhin/} +\thanks{Research supported by the NSF under grant number~23466.} +\keywords{Complete lattice, distributive lattice, complete + congruence, congruence lattice} +\subjclass{Primary: 06B10; Secondary: 06D05} +\date{March 15, 1995} + +\begin{abstract} + In this note we prove that there exist \emph{complete-simple + distributive lattices,} that is, complete distributive + lattices in which there are only two complete congruences. +\end{abstract} +\maketitle + +\section{Introduction}\label{S:intro} +In this note we prove the following result: + +\begin{main} + There exists an infinite complete distributive lattice + $K$ with only the two trivial complete congruence relations. +\end{main} + +\section{The $\Ds$ construction}\label{S:Ds} +For the basic notation in lattice theory and universal algebra, +see Ferenc~R. Richardson~\cite{fR82} and George~A. Menuhin~\cite{gM68}. +We start with some definitions: + +\begin{definition}\label{D:prime} + Let $V$ be a complete lattice, and let $\fp = [u, v]$ be + an interval of $V$. Then $\fp$ is called + \emph{complete-prime} if the following three conditions are satisfied: + \begin{enumerate} + \item[(1)] $u$ is meet-irreducible but $u$ is \emph{not} + completely meet-irreducible; + \item[(2)] $v$ is join-irreducible but $v$ is \emph{not} + completely join-irreducible; + \item[(3)] $[u, v]$ is a complete-simple lattice. + \end{enumerate} +\end{definition} + +Now we prove the following result: + +\begin{lemma}\label{L:ds} + Let $D$ be a complete distributive lattice satisfying + conditions~\textup{(1)} and~\textup{(2)}. + Then $\Ds$ is a sublattice of $D^{2}$; hence $\Ds$ is + a lattice, and $\Ds$ is a complete distributive lattice + satisfying conditions~~\textup{(1)} and~~\textup{(2)}. +\end{lemma} + +\begin{proof} + By conditions~(1) and (2), $\Ds$ is a sublattice of + $D^{2}$. Hence, $\Ds$ is a lattice. + + Since $\Ds$ is a sublattice of a distributive lattice, $\Ds$ is + a distributive lattice. Using the characterization of + standard ideals in Ernest~T. Moynahan~\cite{eM57}, + $\Ds$ has a zero and a unit element, namely, + $\vv<0, 0>$ and $\vv<1, 1>$. To show that $\Ds$ is + complete, let $\es \ne A \ci \Ds$, and let $a = \JJ A$ + in $D^{2}$. If $a \in \Ds$, then + $a = \JJ A$ in $\Ds$; otherwise, $a$ is of the form + $\vv<b, 1>$ for some $b \in D$ with $b < 1$. Now + $\JJ A = \vv<1, 1>$ in $D^{2}$, and + the dual argument shows that $\MM A$ also exists in + $D^{2}$. Hence $D$ is complete. Conditions~(1) and (2) + are obvious for $\Ds$. +\end{proof} + +\begin{corollary}\label{C:prime} + If $D$ is complete-prime, then so is $\Ds$. +\end{corollary} + +The motivation for the following result comes from Soo-Key +Foo~\cite{sF90}. + +\begin{lemma}\label{L:ccr} + Let $\gQ$ be a complete congruence relation of $\Ds$ such + that + \begin{equation}\label{E:rigid} + \vv<1, d> \equiv \vv<1, 1> \pod{\gQ}, + \end{equation} + for some $d \in D$ with $d < 1$. Then $\gQ = \gi$. +\end{lemma} + +\begin{proof} + Let $\gQ$ be a complete congruence relation of $\Ds$ + satisfying \eqref{E:rigid}. Then $\gQ = \gi$. +\end{proof} + +\section{The $\gP^{*}$ construction}\label{S:P*} +The following construction is crucial to our proof of the +Main~Theorem: + +\begin{definition}\label{D:P*} + Let $D_{i}$, for $i \in I$, be complete distributive + lattices satisfying condition~\tup{(2)}. Their $\gP^{*}$ + product is defined as follows: + \[ + \Prodsm{ D_{i} }{i \in I} = \Prodm{ D_{i}^{-} }{i \in I} +1; + \] + that is, $\Prodsm{ D_{i} }{i \in I}$ is + $\Prodm{ D_{i}^{-} }{i \in I}$ with a new unit element. +\end{definition} + +\begin{notation} + If $i \in I$ and $d \in D_{i}^{-}$, then + \[ + \vct{i}{d} + \] + is the element of $\Prodsm{ D_{i} }{i \in I}$ whose + $i$-th component is $d$ and all the other + components are $0$. +\end{notation} + +See also Ernest~T. Moynahan~\cite{eM57a}. Next we verify: + +\begin{theorem}\label{T:P*} + Let $D_{i}$, for $i \in I$, be complete distributive + lattices satisfying condition~\tup{(2)}. Let $\gQ$ be a + complete congruence relation on + $\Prodsm{ D_{i} }{i \in I}$. If there exist + $i \in I$ and $d \in D_{i}$ with $d < 1_{i}$ such + that for all $d \leq c < 1_{i}$, + \begin{equation}\label{E:cong1} + \vct{i}{d} \equiv \vct{i}{c} \pod{\gQ}, + \end{equation} + then $\gQ = \gi$. +\end{theorem} + +\begin{proof} + Since + \begin{equation}\label{E:cong2} + \vct{i}{d} \equiv \vct{i}{c} \pod{\gQ}, + \end{equation} + and $\gQ$ is a complete congruence relation, it follows + from condition~(3) that + \begin{align}\label{E:cong} + &\vct{i}{d} \equiv \notag\\ + &\qq\q{\JJm{\vct{i}{c}}{d \leq c < 1}=1} \pod{\gQ}. + \end{align} + Let $j \in I$ for $j \neq i$, and let + $a \in D_{j}^{-}\). Meeting both sides of the congruence + \eqref{E:cong} with $\vct{j}{a}$, we obtain + \begin{align}\label{E:comp} + 0 &= \vct{i}{d} \mm \vct{j}{a}\\ + &\equiv \vct{j}{a}\pod{\gQ}. \notag + \end{align} + Using the completeness of $\gQ$ and \eqref{E:comp}, we get: + \begin{equation}\label{E:cong3} + 0=\JJm{ \vct{j}{a} }{ a \in D_{j}^{-} } \equiv 1 \pod{\gQ}, + \end{equation} + hence $\gQ = \gi$. +\end{proof} + +\begin{theorem}\label{T:P*a} + Let $D_{i}$ for $i \in I$ be complete distributive + lattices satisfying + conditions~\tup{(2)} and \tup{(3)}. Then + $\Prodsm{ D_{i} }{i \in I}$ also satisfies + conditions~\tup{(2)} and \tup{(3)}. +\end{theorem} + +\begin{proof} + Let $\gQ$ be a complete congruence on + $\Prodsm{ D_{i} }{i \in I}$. Let $i \in I$. Define + \begin{equation}\label{E:dihat} + \widehat{D}_{i} = \setm{ \vct{i}{d} }{ d \in D_{i}^{-} } + \uu \set{1}. + \end{equation} + Then $\widehat{D}_{i}$ is a complete sublattice of + $\Prodsm{ D_{i} }{i \in I}$, and $\widehat{D}_{i}$ + is isomorphic to $D_{i}$. Let $\gQ_{i}$ be the + restriction of $\gQ$ to $\widehat{D}_{i}$. Since + $D_{i}$ is complete-simple, so is $\widehat{D}_{i}$, + hence $\gQ_{i}$ is $\go$ or $\gi$. If $\gQ_{i} = \go$ + for all $i \in I$, then $\gQ = \go$. + If there is an $i \in I$, such that $\gQ_{i} = \gi$, + then $0 \equiv 1 \pod{\gQ}$, and hence $\gQ = \gi$. +\end{proof} + +The Main Theorem follows easily from Theorems~\ref{T:P*} and +\ref{T:P*a}. + +\begin{thebibliography}{9} + + \bibitem{sF90} + Soo-Key Foo, \emph{Lattice Constructions,} Ph.D. thesis, University + of Winnebago, Winnebago, MN, December, 1990. + + \bibitem{gM68} + George~A. Menuhin, \emph{Universal Algebra,} D.~van Nostrand, + Princeton-Toronto-London-Mel\-bourne, 1968. + + \bibitem{eM57} + Ernest~T. Moynahan, \emph{On a problem of M.H. Stone,} Acta Math. + Acad.Sci. Hungar. \textbf{8} (1957), 455--460. + + \bibitem{eM57a} + \bysame, \emph{Ideals and congruence relations in lattices.~II,} + Magyar Tud. Akad. Mat. Fiz. Oszt. K\"{o}zl. \textbf{9} (1957), + 417--434 (Hungarian). + + \bibitem{fR82} + Ferenc~R. Richardson, \emph{General Lattice Theory,} Mir, Moscow, + expanded and revised ed., 1982 (Russian). + +\end{thebibliography} + +\end{document}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/gentle/gentle.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/gentle/gentle.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a03678d4bf5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/gentle/gentle.tex @@ -0,0 +1,5397 @@ + + +%% Thanks for your interest in A Gentle Introduction to TeX. +%% Any comments on this manual would be appreciated. These may +%% be typesetting, English, or TeX criticisms. If you decide to +%% translate this document into another language, I'd appreciate +%% receiving a copy. +%% +%% This file is a complete TeX input file. Just run it +%% through TeX and print out the resulting "DVI" file. If you are +%% familiar with TeX, the macros at the top of the file have a few +%% switches which you may want to set. If you have problems or +%% can't run TeX at all, write to me and I'll send you a hard copy. +%% You can get a bound copy from the TeX Users Group at the address +%% given below. +%% +%% You should feel free to photocopy and/or distribute this manual. +%% My only request is that it remain in one piece and not be chopped +%% up. The only machine dependent section (#1.2) may need to be +%% rewritten for your local site, of course. +%% +%%% Michael Doob +%% Department of Mathematics +%% The University of Manitoba +%% Winnipeg, Manitoba R3T 2N2 +%% Canada +%% mdoob@uofmcc (bitnet) +%% mdoob@ccu.umanitoba.ca (internet) +%% +%% Here is a character listing to check to be sure that no +%% unwanted translations took place within the bowels of the net. +%% Upper case letters: ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ +%% Lower case letters: abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz +%% round parentheses, square brackets, curly braces: () [] {} +%% Exclaim, at, sharp, dollar, percent: ! @ # $ % +%% Caret, ampersand, star, underscore, hyphen: ^ & * _ - +%% vertical bar, backslash, tilde, backprime, plus: | \ ~ ` + +%% plus, equal, prime, quote, colon: + = ' " : +%% less than, greater than, slash, question, comma: < > / ? , +%% period, semicolon: . ; +%% +%% +%% +%% Now here come the macros used in this manual. If you are +%% already familiar with TeX, you may want to fiddle with them. +%% In particular, the hooks are left to generate a new control +%% word index and table of contents if you change section 1.2. +%% +%% + + + +%%%%%%%% Here are the fonts other than the sixteen defined in %%%%%%%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%% plain.tex that are used %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + %%%% first, choose between amr or cmr fonts %%% +\newif \ifamrfonts +\amrfontsfalse % use this line if you use the cmr fonts +%\amrfontstrue % use this line if you use the old amr fonts + +\ifamrfonts \font\brm=amr10 scaled \magstep1 + \else \font\brm=cmr10 scaled \magstep1 \fi +\ifamrfonts \font\halfrm=amr10 scaled \magstephalf + \else \font\halfrm=cmr10 scaled \magstephalf \fi +\ifamrfonts \font\bbrm=amr10 scaled \magstep2 + \else \font\bbrm=cmr10 scaled \magstep2 \fi +\ifamrfonts \font\bbbrm=amr10 scaled \magstep3 + \else \font\bbbrm=cmr10 scaled \magstep3 \fi +\ifamrfonts \font\bbbbrm=amr10 scaled \magstep4 + \else\font \bbbbrm=cmr10 scaled \magstep4 \fi +\ifamrfonts \font\bbbbbrm=amr10 scaled \magstep5 + \else \font\bbbbbrm=cmr10 scaled \magstep5 \fi +\ifamrfonts \font\sf = amssmc10 + \else \font\sf = cmss10 \fi +\ifamrfonts \font\chapfont=ambx10 scaled \magstep2 + \else \font\chapfont=cmbx10 scaled \magstep2 \fi +\ifamrfonts \font\secfont=ambx10 scaled \magstep1 + \else \font\secfont=cmbx10 scaled \magstep1 \fi +\ifamrfonts \font\sc= amcsc10 + \else \font\sc= cmcsc10 \fi +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + +%%%%\vbadness=10000 %%%%%% I don't want to hear about underfull vboxes +\raggedbottom %%%%% delete this line for aligned page bottoms +\hsize=5.5in +\vsize=7in +\voffset=.75in +\parskip=\baselineskip +\widowpenalty=1000 \clubpenalty=1000 %%% I hate widows and orphans! %%% + +%%%%%%%%% choosing between Canadian and American spellings %%%%%%%%% +\newif \ifcanspell +\canspelltrue %%%% Canadian spelling +%\canspellfalse %%% use this line for American spelling + +\def\aesthetic{\ifcanspell \ae{}sthetic\else esthetic\fi} +\def\analogue{\ifcanspell analogue\else analog\fi} + \let\analog=\analogue +\def\cancelled{\ifcanspell cancelled\else canceled\fi} + \let\canceled=\cancelled +\def\centimetre{\ifcanspell centimetre\else centimeter\fi} + \let\centimeter=\centimetre +\def\centre{\ifcanspell centre\else center\fi} + \let\center=\centre +\def\centred{\ifcanspell centred\else centered\fi} + \let\centered=\centred +\def\our{\ifcanspell our\else or\fi} +\def\postcode{\ifcanspell postalcode\else zipcode\fi} +\def\province{\ifcanspell province\else state\fi} +\def\theatre{\ifcanspell theatre\else theater\fi} + \let\theater=\theatre +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +%%%%%%%%%% First check to see if using plain format %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +\def\shouldbefmt{plain} +\ifx\shouldbefmt\fmtname +\else +\immediate\write16{} +\immediate\write16{***** WARNING WARNING WARNING *****} +\immediate\write16{You probably need to use the command} +\immediate\write16{tex \string<filename\string>} +\immediate\write16{to make your dvi file (not latex).} +\immediate\write16{***** WARNING WARNING WARNING *****} +\immediate\write16{} +\fi + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% headline routines %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\def\gentleheadline{% + \vbox {\hrule% + \line {\strut \vrule \quad \tenrm A \TeX{} intro + \ifcanspell (Canadian \else (U.S. \fi spelling) + \hfil + \ifnum \secnum > 0 Section \the\secnum: \fi \sectiontitle \quad + \vrule}% + \hrule}% +} + +\newif \iftitlepage \titlepagetrue +\headline= + {\iftitlepage \hfil \global\titlepagefalse \else \gentleheadline \fi} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% define contents and index files %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%%% Normally the contents and index are hard coded into the input file. %%% +%% To generate new ones, use \writingcontentstrue and \writingindextrue. %% + +\newif \ifwritingcontents +\newif \ifwritingindex +\newwrite\contents \newwrite\index + +\writingcontentsfalse \writingindexfalse +%%% \writingcontentstrue %%% use this line to make the contents +%%% \writingindextrue %%% use this line to make the index + +\ifwritingcontents \openout\contents=contents.tex \fi +\ifwritingindex \openout\index=index.tex + \def\toindex#1{\immediate\write\index{#1 \the\pageno}} + \else \def\toindex#1{} \fi +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% determine whether answers are printed %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\newif \ifwritinganswers +\writinganswersfalse %%% use this line to suppress answer section +\writinganswerstrue %%% use this line to include answer section +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% footnote macro with counter %%%%%%%%%%%% +\newcount\footnotenum \footnotenum=0 +\def\fnote#1{\advance \footnotenum by 1% +\footnote{$^{\the\footnotenum}$}{#1}} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% exercise, section, and subsection macros %%%%%%%%%%%% +\newcount\exno %%%%%% counter for exercises %%%%%%%% +\newcount\secnum \secnum=0 %%%% counter for section numbers %%%% +\newcount\subsecnum + +\def\section#1{ + \vfill\eject %%%%% new section starts on a new page + %%%\ifodd\pageno \else\ \vfill\eject \fi %start on an odd page + \advance\secnum by 1 \subsecnum=0 \exno=0 + \ifnum \secnum = 1 \pageno=1 \fi + \ifnum \secnum > 0 + \leftline{\chapfont Section \the\secnum} + \vskip 3pt \fi + \leftline{\chapfont #1} + \def\sectiontitle{#1} + \vskip\baselineskip + \hrule + \vskip 1cm + \ifwritingcontents \write\contents{\string\line\string{#1 + \string\dotfill{} + \ifnum \pageno < 0 \romannumeral-\pageno + \else \the\pageno \fi + \string}}\fi + \titlepagetrue} + +\def\subsection#1{\advance\subsecnum by 1 + \vskip 30pt + \leftline{\secfont \the\secnum .\the\subsecnum\ #1} + \nobreak + \ifwritingcontents + \write\contents{\string\line\string{\string\qquad{}#1 + \string\dotfill{} \the\pageno\string}}\fi + } + +\def\exercise{\global\advance \exno by 1 + \vskip\baselineskip + \noindent $\triangleright$ Exercise \the\secnum.\the\exno\quad + } +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + +%% definitions of control sequences for characters in the typewriter font %%% +%%%% for short phrases this is easier than using a literal construction %%%% +\def\\{\char92{}} %%%%% backslash %%%%% +\def\lb{\char'173{}} %%%%% left brace %%%%% +\def\rb{\char'175{}} %%%%% right brace %%%%% +\def\sp{\char32{}} %%%%% special space symbol %%%%% + +\def\beginliteral{ +\vskip\baselineskip +\begingroup +\tt +\obeylines +%{\obeyspaces\global\let =\ } +\catcode`\@=0 +\parskip=0pt\parindent=0pt +\catcode`\$=12\catcode`\&=12\catcode`\^=12\catcode`\#=12 +\catcode`\_=12\catcode`\~=12 +\def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf} +\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12\catcode`\%=12\catcode`\\=12 +} + +\def\endliteral{\endgroup} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%% inhibit hyphenation of typewriter text %%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\hyphenchar\tentt=-1 + + +%%%%%%%%%%%% grouping to make input listing in typewriter type %%%%%%% +\def\beginuser{\vskip\parskip + \everypar={\nobreak} + \begingroup + \tt \obeylines \parskip=0pt \parindent=0pt} + +\def\enduser{\endgroup} + + +%%%%%%%%%%% macro to construct tables (easily) %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%%% parameters: title goes between brackets, rest of the +%%% paragraph is the table +\def\maketable[#1]#2\par{ +\setbox1=\vbox{#2} +$$\vbox{ + \hbox to \wd1{\bf \hss #1 \hss} + \vskip 12pt + \box1 + } +$$ +} +%%%%%%%%%%% end of macro to construct tables %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + +%%%%%%%%%%% macro to put a box around the text %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\def\makebox#1#2#3% vsize, hsize, inserted text +{\hbox{\vrule + \vbox to #1{\hrule \vss + \hbox to #2{\hss#3\hss}\vss + \hrule}\vrule}} + +\def\displaytext#1{$$\hbox{#1}$$} + +\def\LaTeX{{\rm L\kern-.36em\raise.3ex\hbox{\sc a}\kern-.15em + T\kern-.1667em\lower.7ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX}} + +\def\AMSTeX{{$\cal A$}\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox + {$\cal M$}\kern-.125em{$\cal S$}-\TeX} + + +%%%%%%%%%%%% macro to put TeX references in right margin %%%%%%%% +\newdimen\theight +\def \TeXref#1{% + \vadjust{\setbox0=\hbox{\sevenrm\quad\quad\TeX book: #1}% + \theight=\ht0 + \advance\theight by \dp0 \advance\theight by \lineskip + \kern -\theight \vbox to \theight{\rightline{\rlap{\box0}}% + \vss}% + }}% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +\def\version{1.1} + +%%%%%%%%%%%% macro to write the date out the date and time %%%%%%%%%%% +%%%%%%%%%%%% TeXbook p. 406 for date %%%%%%%%%%% +\def\today{\ifcase\month\or January\or February\or March\or April\or +May\or June\or July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or +December\fi \space\number\day, \number\year} + +\newcount\hour \newcount\minute +\hour=\time \divide \hour by 60 +\minute=\time +\loop \ifnum \minute > 59 \advance \minute by -60 \repeat +\def\writetime{\ifnum \hour<13 \number\hour:% % supresses leading 0's + \ifnum \minute<10 0\fi% % so add it it + \number\minute + \ifnum \hour < 12 \ A.M. \else \ P.M. \fi + \else \advance \hour by -12 \number\hour:% % supresses leading 0's + \ifnum \minute<10 0\fi% % add it in + \number\minute \ P.M. \fi} + +\def\datestamp{\vfill + \rightline{\sevenrm Gentle Intro \version{} run through \TeX{} + on \today{} at \writetime}} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +\titlepagetrue +{\nopagenumbers +\def\sectiontitle{Introduction} +\topinsert \vskip 6 cm \endinsert +\centerline{\chapfont A Gentle Introduction to \TeX{}} +\vskip 15 pt +\centerline{\secfont A Manual for Self-study} +\vskip 3cm +\leftline{Michael Doob} +\leftline{Department of Mathematics} +\leftline{The University of Manitoba} +\leftline{Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada R3T 2N2} +\vskip\baselineskip +\leftline{MDOOB@UOFMCC.BITNET} +\leftline{MDOOB@CCU.UMANITOBA.CA} + +\vfill\eject +\titlepagetrue. +\vfill\eject +} +\secnum=-2 \pageno=-1 + +\section{Introduction} + +First the bad news: \TeX{} is a large and complicated program that +goes to extraordinary lengths to produce attractive typeset material. +This very complication can cause unexpected things to happen at times. +Now the good news: straightforward text is very easy to typeset using +\TeX\null. So it's possible to start with easier text and work up to +more complicated situations. + +The purpose of this manual is to start from the very beginning and +to move towards these more complicated situations. No previous knowledge +of \TeX{} is assumed. By proceeding a section at a time, greater +varieties of text can be produced. + +Here are a few suggestions: there are some exercises in each +section. Be sure and do them! The only way to learn \TeX{} is +by using it. Better yet, experiment on your own; try to make +some variations on the exercises. There is no way that you can +damage the \TeX{} program with your experiments. You can find a +complete answer to most exercises by looking at the \TeX{} source +file that was used to produce this document. You'll notice that +there are references in the right margin to {\bf The \TeX +book}\fnote{Addison-Wesley, Reading,Massachusetts, 1984, ISBN +0-201-13488-9}\null. When you feel that you want more +information on a topic, that's where to look. + +Incidentally, there are a few fibs that appear in this manual; +they are used to hide complications (I look at this as something +like poetic license). As you become more experienced at using +\TeX{}, you'll be able to find them. + +\TeX{} is a public domain program that is available for no +license fee. It was developed by Donald Knuth at Stanford +University as a major project. In the profit-oriented market +place, the program would certainly cost many thousands of +dollars. The \TeX{} Users Group (TUG) is a nonprofit +organization which distributes copies of \TeX{}, this manual, +updates software, and gives information about new developments in +both hardware and software in its publications TUGboat and \TeX +niques. Joining this users group is inexpensive; please consider +doing so. The address is: +\vskip\baselineskip +\centerline{\TeX{} Users Group} +\centerline{P.O. Box 869} +\centerline{Santa Barbara, CA 93102} +\centerline{U.S.A.} + +This manual would not have come into being without the aid of others. +In particular the proofreading and suggestions of the following +people have been invaluable: +\begingroup +\frenchspacing +Waleed A.~Al-Salam (University of Alberta), +Debbie L.~Alspaugh (University of California), +Nelson H.~F.~Beebe (University of Utah), +Barbara Beeton (American Mathematical Society), +Anne Br\"uggemann-Klein (University of Freiburg), +Bart Childs (Texas A.~\&~M\null. University), +Mary Coventry (University of Washington), +Dimitrios Diamantaras (Temple University), +Roberto Dominimanni (Naval Underwater Systems Center), +Lincoln Durst (Providence, RI), +Victor Eijkhout (University of Nijmegen), +Moshe Feder (St. Lawrence University), +Josep~M.~Font (Universidad Barcelona), +Jonas de Miranda Gomes + (Instituto de Matematica Pura e Aplicada - Brazil), +Rob Gross (Boston College), +Klaus Hahn (University of Marburg), +Anita Hoover (University of Delaware), +J\"urgen Koslowski (Macalester College), +Kees van der Laan (Rijksuniversiteit Groningen), +John Lee (Northrop Corporation), +Silvio Levy (Princeton University), +Robert Messer (Albion College), +Emily H.~Moore (Grinnell College), +Young Park (University of Maryland), +Craig Platt (University of Manitoba), +Kauko Saarinen (University of Jyv\"askyl\"a), +Jim Wright (Iowa State University), +and +Dominik Wujastyk (Wellcome Institute for the History of Medicine). + \endgroup + +In addition several people have sent me parts or all of their local +manuals. I have received a few others on the rebound. +In particular +\begingroup +\frenchspacing +Elizabeth Barnhart (TV Guide), +Stephan v.~Bechtolsheim (Purdue University), +Nelson H.~F.~Beebe (University of Utah) + and Leslie Lamport (Digital Equipment Corporation), +Marie McPartland-Conn and Laurie Mann (Stratus Computer), +Robert Messer (Albion College), +Noel Peterson (Library of Congress), +Craig Platt (University of Manitoba), +Alan Spragens (Stanford Linear Accelerator Center, now of Apple Computers), +Christina Thiele (Carleton University), +and Daniel M.~Zirin (California Institute of Technology) +\endgroup +have written various types of lecture notes that have been most helpful. + +\vfill \eject +\section{Contents} + +\line{Introduction \dotfill{} i} +\line{Contents \dotfill{} iii} +\line{1.~Getting Started \dotfill{} 1} +\line{\qquad{}1.1 What \TeX{} is and what \TeX{} isn't \dotfill{} 1} +\line{\qquad{}1.2 From \TeX{} file to readable output, + the big set up \dotfill{} 2} +\line{\qquad{}1.3 Let's do it! \dotfill{} 4} +\line{\qquad{}1.4 \TeX{} has everything under control \dotfill{} 7} +\line{\qquad{}1.5 What \TeX{} won't do \dotfill{} 8} +\line{2.~All characters great and small \dotfill{} 9} +\line{\qquad{}2.1 Some characters are more special than others \dotfill{} 9} +\line{\qquad{}2.2 Typesetting with an accent \dotfill{} 10} +\line{\qquad{}2.3 Dots, dashes, quotes, + $\textfont0=\tenbf \mathinner {\ldotp \ldotp \ldotp }$ \dotfill{} 13} +\line{\qquad{}2.4 Different fonts \dotfill{} 15} +\line{3.~The shape of things to come \dotfill{} 19} +\line{\qquad{}3.1 Units, units, units \dotfill{} 19} +\line{\qquad{}3.2 Page shape \dotfill{} 20} +\line{\qquad{}3.3 Paragraph shape \dotfill{} 22} +\line{\qquad{}3.4 Line shape \dotfill{} 26} +\line{\qquad{}3.5 Footnotes \dotfill{} 27} +\line{\qquad{}3.6 Headlines and footlines \dotfill{} 28} +\line{\qquad{}3.7 Overfull and underfull boxes \dotfill{} 29} +\line{4.~$\Bigl\{$Groups, $\bigl\{$Groups, $\{$and More% + \setbox0=\hbox{$\biggl\{$} \vrule height \ht0 depth \dp0 width 0pt + Groups$\}\bigr\}\Bigr\}$ \dotfill{} 31} +\line{5.~No math anxiety here! \dotfill{} 33} +\line{\qquad{}5.1 Lots of new symbols \dotfill{} 33} +\line{\qquad{}5.2 Fractions \dotfill{} 37} +\line{\qquad{}5.3 Subscripts and superscripts \dotfill{} 38} +\line{\qquad{}5.4 Roots, square and otherwise \dotfill{} 39} +\line{\qquad{}5.5 Lines, above and below \dotfill{} 39} +\line{\qquad{}5.6 Delimiters large and small \dotfill{} 40} +\line{\qquad{}5.7 Those special functions \dotfill{} 41} +\line{\qquad{}5.8 Hear ye, hear ye! \dotfill{} 42} +\line{\qquad{}5.9 Matrices \dotfill{} 43} +\line{\qquad{}5.10 Displayed equations \dotfill{} 45} +\line{6.~All in a row \dotfill{} 48} +\line{\qquad{}6.1 Picking up the tab \dotfill{} 48} +\line{\qquad{}6.2 Horizontal alignment with more sophisticated patterns + \dotfill{} 51} +\line{7.~Rolling your own \dotfill{} 55} +\line{\qquad{}7.1 The long and short of it \dotfill{} 55} +\line{\qquad{}7.2 Filling in with parameters \dotfill{} 57} +\line{\qquad{}7.3 By any other name \dotfill{} 60} +\line{8.~To err is human \dotfill{} 62} +\line{\qquad{}8.1 The forgotten bye \dotfill{} 62} +\line{\qquad{}8.2 The misspelled or unknown control sequence \dotfill{} 62} +\line{\qquad{}8.3 The misnamed font \dotfill{} 64} +\line{\qquad{}8.4 Mismatched mathematics \dotfill{} 64} +\line{\qquad{}8.5 Mismatched braces \dotfill{} 65} +\line{9.~Digging a little deeper \dotfill{} 68} +\line{\qquad{}9.1 Big files, little files \dotfill{} 68} +\line{\qquad{}9.2 Larger macro packages \dotfill{} 69} +\line{\qquad{}9.3 Horizontal and vertical lines \dotfill{} 70} +\line{\qquad{}9.4 Boxes within boxes \dotfill{} 72} +\line{10.~Control word list \dotfill{} 77} +\ifwritinganswers + \line{11.~I get by with a little help\dotfill{} 80} +\fi + + + +\section{Getting Started} + +\subsection{What \TeX{} is and what \TeX{} isn't} + +First of all, let's see what steps are necessary to produce a +document using \TeX\null. The first step is to type the file +that \TeX{} reads. This is usually called the \TeX{} file or the +input file, and it can be created using a simple text editor (in +fact, if you're using a fancy word processor, you have to be sure +that your file is saved in ASCII or nondocument mode without any +special control characters). The \TeX{} program then reads your +input file and produces what is called a DVI file (DVI stands for +DeVice Independent). This file is not readable, at least not by +humans. The DVI file is then read by another program (called a +device driver) that produces the output that is readable by +humans\TeXref{23}. Why the extra file? The same DVI file can be +read by different device drivers to produce output on a dot +matrix printer, a laser printer, a screen viewer, or a +phototypesetter. Once you have produced a DVI file that gives +the right output on, say, a screen viewer, you can be assured +that you will get exactly the same output on a laser printer +without running the \TeX{} program again. + +The process may be thought of as proceeding in the following way: +$$ +{\hbox{edit text\quad} \atop \longrightarrow} +\lower .6cm \makebox{1.5cm}{1.8cm}% +{\vbox{\hbox{\TeX{}} + \hbox{input} + \hbox{file} + }% +}% +{\hbox{\quad \TeX{} program\quad} \atop \longrightarrow} +\lower .6cm \makebox{1.5cm}{1.8cm}% +{\vbox{\hbox{DVI} + \hbox{file}} +}% +{\hbox{\quad device driver\quad} \atop \longrightarrow} +\lower .6cm \makebox{1.5cm}{1.8cm}% +{\vbox{\hbox{readable} + \hbox{output}} +}% +$$ + +This means that we don't see our output in its final form when it +is being typed at the terminal. But in this case a little +patience is amply rewarded, for a large number of symbols not +available in most word processing programs become available. In +addition, the typesetting is done with more precision, and the +input files are easily sent between different computers by +electronic mail or on a magnetic medium. + +Our focus will be on the first step, that is, creating the \TeX{} +input file and then running the \TeX{} program to produce +appropriate results. There are two ways of running the \TeX{} +program; it can be run in batch mode or interactively. In +batch mode you submit your \TeX{} input file to your computer; +it then runs the \TeX{} program without further intervention and +gives you the result when it is finished. In interactive mode +the program can stop and get further input from the user, that +is, the user can interact with the program. Using \TeX{} +interactively allows some errors to be corrected by the user, +while the \TeX{} program makes the corrections in batch mode as +best it can. Interactive is the preferred mode, of course. All +personal computer and many mainframe implementations are +interactive. On some mainframes, however, the only practical +method of running \TeX{} is in batch mode. + + +\subsection{From \TeX{} file to readable output, the big set up} +\vskip\baselineskip + +{\parskip = 0pt \noindent +[Note from MD: +{\sl This is the only system dependent section in the manual and +may be replaced by a local guide. No reference is made to it +outside of the section itself. The following local information +should be included: +\item{$\bullet$} What initial steps, if any, should be taken by the reader +to permit the running of \TeX{} and your local device driver(s). +\item{$\bullet$} How to run \TeX\null. +\item{$\bullet$} How to read the log file. +\item{$\bullet$} How to preview and/or print the dvi file. + +The following sample is applicable here at the University of +Manitoba. We use a locally written editor (MANTES) on an +Amdahl running MVS; I'm fairly certain that it's the worst possible case.}] +} + + +In this section we'll see how to run \TeX{} at the University of +Manitoba. It is assumed that the reader is familiar with MANTES +and can create text files using it. + +First, there are several things that must be done {\bf one time +only}. To start you must do the following (you type in the +material that looks like typewriter type): +\item{(1)} allocate the files that \TeX{} will use by typing the +following lines (while in MANTES): +\itemitem{} C: {\tt alloc da=source.tex format=vb,256,6144} +\itemitem{} C: {\tt alloc da=dvi format=fb,1024,6144} + +\item{(2)} Create a file called RUNTEX in your MANTES aggregate +containing the following JCL: + +\beginuser +// JOB ,'RUN TEX' +// EXEC TEXC +//SRC DD DSN=<userid>.SOURCE.TEX,DISP=SHR +//DVI DD DSN=<userid>.DVI,DISP=OLD +\enduser + + +The name {\tt <userid>} is replaced by your own user id, of +course. The use of upper case and the spaces must be followed +exactly. + +\item{(3)} Create a file called PRINTTEX in your MANTES aggregate +containing the following JCL: + +\beginuser +// JOB ,'PRINT TEX' +// EXEC TEXP +//DVIFILE DD DSN=<userid>.DVI,DISP=SHR +\enduser + + +Once you have completed these three steps, you are ready to run a +\TeX{} job. The files you have created will allow you to produce +about ten pages of ordinary text. + +Here are the steps you use {\bf each time you run a job}. + +\item{(1)} create a MANTES file containing your \TeX{} input. +\item{(2)} save and submit your file using the commands +\itemitem{} C: {\tt save f/l to da=source.tex noseq} +\itemitem{} C: {\tt submit runtex} +\item{(3)} when you get a message saying that your job is finished, +enter the command +\itemitem{} C: {\tt out <jobname>; list ttyout} + +In this command, {\tt <jobname>} is replaced by your user id with +a dollar sign appended. This file listing will tell you of any +errors that might have occurred. It is an abbreviated version of +what is called the ``log file''; we will use the term ``log +file'' to refer to the ttyout file produced by \TeX\null. + +If you want, you can check on the status of your job while it is +executing by using the command +\itemitem{} C: {\tt q <jobname>} + +When you are finished looking at the log file, the command {\tt +end scratch} will throw away the log file while the command {\tt +end release} will send the log file to the printer, and it can +then be picked up with your \TeX{} output. + +\item{(4)} when your output from RUNTEX program is error free, \TeX{} +will have created a legal DVI file. To print it, use the +command +\itemitem{} C: {\tt submit printtex nohold} + +As in (3), you can check on the status of your job while it is +executing. +\item{(5)} Pick up your output at the I/O window, sixth floor +Engineering building. It usually takes about twenty minutes for the +output to be ready. Ask for it by ``{\tt <jobname>}''. + +The files created are large enough for running \TeX{} jobs of about +10 pages. A job of that size will take about one second of CPU time +to run through \TeX\null. It will take about 15 seconds of CPU time to +print 10 pages on the Xerox 8600 using the current device driver. + +You can print your own copy of this manual using the command +{\tt \%docu tex}. You can also find lots of other useful +online information about \TeX{} by using {\tt \%texinfo}. + +\subsection{Let's do it!} + +So, from our viewpoint, the name of the game is to create the \TeX{} +file that produces the right readable output. What does +a \TeX{} file look like? It consists of characters from an +ordinary terminal, that is, upper and lower case letters, +numbers, and the usual punctuation and accent characters (these +are the usual ASCII characters). Text, for the most part, is just +typed normally. Special instructions usually start with one of a +few special symbols such as {\tt \#} or {\tt \&} (these will be +described in more detail later). Here is an example of a \TeX{} +input file: + +\beginuser +Here is my first \\TeX\\ sentence. +\\bye +\enduser +\toindex{TeX{} } \toindex{ } + + +First note that the characters in this example look like +typewriter type. We use these characters with all examples that +are meant to be typed from the computer terminal. Second, note +that the backslash appears three times in the text. We'll soon +see that this is one of the special symbols mentioned +previously, and it is used very frequently when making \TeX{} +documents. Make a file containing this example. Use the \TeX{} +program to make a DVI file and a device driver to see what you +have produced. If all goes well, you'll have a single page with +the following single sentence: + +Here is my first \TeX\ sentence. + + There will also be a page number at the bottom of the page. If +you've gotten this far, congratulations! Once you can produce one +\TeX{} document, it's just a matter of time before you can do +more complicated ones. Now let's compare what we typed in with +what we got out. The straightforward words were just typed in +normally, and \TeX{} set them in ordinary type. But the word ``\TeX'', +which can't be typed in on a terminal because the letters +aren't on the same line, is entered by using a word starting with +a backslash, and \TeX{} made the proper interpretation. Most +symbols that are not ordinary letters, numbers, or punctuation +are typeset by entering a word starting with a backslash. If we +look a little closer, we'll note that the word ``first'' is also +changed. +\TeXref{4} +The first two letters have been joined together and there isn't +a separate dot over the letter ``i''. This is standard +typesetting practice: certain letter combinations are joined up +to form what are called {\sl ligatures}. There is actually a good +\aesthetic{} reason for this. Compare the first two letters of +``first'' and ``{f}irst'' to see the difference. We note that +{\tt \\bye} appears in the input file with no corresponding word +in the final copy. +\toindex{bye} +This a typesetting instruction that tells \TeX{} that the input +is finished. We'll learn about lots of different typesetting +instructions as we go along. + +Let's look at the log file that was created when we ran \TeX +\null. It may vary slightly at your site, but should look +something like this: +\beginuser + 1. + 2. This is TeX, MVS Version 2.9 (no format preloaded) + 3. ** File PLAIN.FMT <-- DD=FMTLIB MEM=PLAIN + 4. + 5. ** File SRC.TEX <-- DD=SRC + 6. (src.tex [1] + 7. Output written on DVI (1 page, 256 bytes). + 8. Transcript written on TEXLOG. +\enduser + + +This is the file that will contain any error messages. On line 6, +{\tt (src.tex\ } indicated that \TeX{} has started reading that +file. The appearance of {\tt [1]} indicates that page 1 has been +processed. If there were errors on page 1, they would be listed +at that point. + +\vskip .5cm +\exercise Add a second sentence to your original \TeX{} file to get: +\beginuser +Here is my first \\TeX\\ sentence. +I was the one who typeset it! +\\bye +\enduser + +Use \TeX{} and look at your output. Is the second sentence on a +new line? + + +\exercise Now add this line to the beginning of your file: +\beginuser +\\nopagenumbers +\enduser +\noindent +Guess what will happen when you run the new file through +\TeX\null. Now try it and see what happens. +\toindex{nopagenumbers} + +\exercise Add three or four more sentences to your file. +Use letters, numbers, periods, commas, question marks, +and exclamation points, but don't use any other symbols. + + +\exercise Leave a blank line and add some more sentences. +You can now get new paragraphs. +\medskip + +We have now seen a major principle concerning the preparation of +\TeX{} input files. The placement of the text on your computer +terminal does not necessarily correspond to the placement of the +text on your output. You can not, for example, add space between +words in your output by adding spaces in your input file. Several +consecutive spaces and one space will produce exactly the same +output. As would be expected, a word at the end of one line will +be separated from the first word of the following line. In fact, +sometimes when working on a file that will be heavily edited, it +is convenient to start each sentence on a separate line. Spaces +at the beginning of a line, however, are always ignored. + +\exercise Add the following sentence as a new paragraph, and then +typeset it: +\beginuser +Congratulations! You received a grade of 100\% on your latest +examination. +\enduser +\noindent +The {\tt\%} sign is used for comments in your input file. +Everything on a line following this symbol is ignored. Notice +that even the space that normally separates the last word on one +line from the first word on the next line is lost. Now put a +backslash in front of the {\tt\%} sign to correct the +sentence. \toindex{\$} \toindex{\%} + +\exercise Add the following sentence as a new paragraph: +\beginuser +You owe me \$10.00 and it's about time you sent it to me! +\enduser +\noindent +This will produce an error in your log file (if your +implementation of \TeX{} is interactive, that is, sends you +messages and waits for answers, just hit the carriage return or +enter key when you get the error message). You will get output, +but not what you might expect. Look at the log file and see +where the error messages are listed. Don't worry about the +actual messages. We'll have a lot more to say about errors +(including this one) later. Now fix the error by putting a +backslash in front of the {\tt \$} sign, and typeset the result +(there are a small number of characters like the per cent and +dollar signs that \TeX{} uses for its own purposes. A table of +these characters will be provided shortly). + +\subsection{\TeX{} has everything under control} + +We have seen that the backslash has a special role. Any word +starting with a backslash will be given a special interpretation +when \TeX{} reads it from your input file. Such a word is called +a {\sl control sequence}. There are, in fact, two types of +control sequences: a {\sl control word\/} is a backslash followed +by letters only (for example, {\tt \\TeX}) and a {\sl control +symbol\/} is a backslash followed by a single nonletter (for +example, {\tt \\\$})\null. Since a space is a nonletter, a +backslash followed by a space is a legitimate control symbol. +\TeXref{7--8} +When we want to emphasize that a space is present, we will use a +special symbol {\tt\sp} to indicate the space, as in the control +symbol {\tt\\\sp}. This convention is used in {\bf The \TeX +book} as well as in this manual. + +When \TeX{} is reading your input file and comes to a backslash +followed by a letter, it knows that a control word is being +read. So it continues reading the name of the control word until +a nonletter is read. So if your file contains + +\displaytext{\tt I like \\TeX!} + +\noindent +the control word {\tt \\TeX} is terminated by the exclamation +point. But this presents a problem if you want to have a space +after a control word. If you have, for example, the sentence + +\displaytext{\tt I like \\TeX and use it all the time.} + +\noindent +in your input file, the control word {\tt\\TeX} is terminated by +the space (which is, of course, a nonletter). But then you won't +have a space between the words ``\TeX{}'' and ``and''; inserting +more spaces won't help, since \TeX{} doesn't distinguish between +one space and several consecutive spaces. But if you put the +control symbol {\tt\\\sp} after a control word, you will both +terminate the control word and insert a space. It's really easy +to forget to put in something like {\tt\\\sp} after a control +word. I promise you that you will do it at least once while +you're learning to use \TeX\null. + +\exercise Make an input file that will produce the following +paragraph: + +I like \TeX! Once you get the hang of it, \TeX{} is really easy +to use. You just have to master the \TeX nical aspects. + +Most control words are named so as to give a hint of their uses. +You can use {\tt \\par} to make a new paragraph, for example, +instead of putting in a blank line. +\toindex{par} + +\subsection{What \TeX{} won't do} + +\TeX{} is very good at setting type, but there are things that \TeX{} +can't do well. One is making figures. Space can be left +to insert figures, but there are no graphic procedures built into +the language (at present). Some implementations allow graphic +instructions to be inserted using the {\tt \\special} control +word but these are exceptional and definitely site dependent. + +\TeX{} sets type in horizontal straight lines and not in +straight lines at other angles. In particular, it is generally +not possible to make insertions in ``landscape mode'', that is, +with the text rotated so that the baseline is parallel with +the long edge of the paper, or to include text that has a curve for +a baseline. Perspective type (gradually increasing or +decreasing in height) is not handled well by \TeX\null. + +We have seen that there is an ``edit, \TeX{}, driver'' cycle that +is necessary for each different copy of output. This is true +even when the output device is a terminal. In particular, it's +not possible to type the input file and see the results on the +screen immediately without going through the full cycle. Some +implementations have both text and graphics displays with +reasonably quick turnaround (a few seconds for a single page); as +hardware becomes less expensive and processors become faster, we +may see improvement. + + + + + + +\section{All characters great and small} + +\subsection{Some characters are more special than others} + +We saw in the last section that most text is entered at the +terminal as sentences of ordinary words just as when typing with +a typewriter. But we also saw that, in particular, the backslash +could be used for at least two different purposes. It can be +used for symbols (or combinations of symbols) that don't appear +on the keyboard such as typing {\tt \\TeX} to get \TeX\null. It +can also be used to give \TeX{} special instructions such as +typing {\tt \\bye} to indicate the end of the input file. In +general, a word starting with a backslash will be interpreted by +\TeX{} as one requiring special attention. There are several +hundred words that \TeX{} knows, and you can define more +yourself, and so the backslash is very important. We'll spend a +lot of time as we proceed learning some of these words; +fortunately we'll only need to use a small number of them most of +the time. + +There are ten characters which, like the backslash, are used +by \TeX{} for special purposes, and we now want to give the +complete list. +\TeXref{37--38}What if we want to use a sentence with one of these +special characters in it? With this in mind we'll ask the following +questions: +\item{(1)} What are the different special characters? +\item{(2)} How do we use a special character if we really want to +typeset it in our text? + +Here is a table of each special character, its purpose, and the +method of typesetting the special character itself if you need +it: + + +\maketable [Characters requiring special input] +\halign{ + \strut \hfil#\hfil & \quad # \hfil & \quad\tt # \hfil\cr + \bf Character & \bf Purpose & \bf Input for literal output \cr + \noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip} + $\backslash$ & Special symbols and instructions & \$\\backslash\$ \cr + $\{$ & Open group & \$\\\lb\$ \cr + $\}$ & Close group & \$\\\rb\$ \cr + \% & Comments & \\\% \cr + \& & Tabs and table alignments & \\\& \cr + \~{} & Unbreakable space & \\\~{}\lb\rb \cr + \$ & Starting or ending math text & \\\$ \cr + \^{} & Math superscripts & \\\^{}\lb\rb \cr + \_{} & Math subscripts & \\\_{}\lb\rb \cr + \# & Defining replacement symbols & \\\# \cr + } + +\toindex{\lb} +\toindex{\rb} +\toindex{\%} +\toindex{\&} +\toindex{\~{}} +\toindex{\$} +\toindex{\^{}} +\toindex{\_{}} +\toindex{\#} + +\subsection{Typesetting with an accent} + +Now we're going to start using some of \TeX{}'s goodies! So far +we've just been using \TeX{} to make our output look attractive, +but now we'll start to do things that are difficult or impossible +on the typewriter. In particular, we're going to look at accents +now. How do you produce an accent when the symbol doesn't appear on +the keyboard? Just as with the symbol \TeX{}, it is necessary to +enter a word starting with a backslash. For the word ``premi\`ere'', +as a first example, you need to type in {\tt premi\\`ere} +(you may have to hunt around to find the ``back prime'' +or ``grave'' symbol {\tt `} on your keyboard, but it's there +somewhere\fnote{If you have a very old or obscure +keyboard and the back prime is {\it really\/} not there, you can +use {\tt \\lq\lb\rb} instead. Similarly {\tt \\rq\lb\rb} can be +used for the symbol {\tt '}. You can think of the symbols as +being abbreviations for ``left quote'' and ``right quote.'' In +addition, {\tt \\lq\\lq\lb\rb} and {\tt \\rq\\rq\lb\rb} give the +usual quotation marks. But this won't work as a method to produce +an accent over the following letter, so you're really better off +with a proper keyboard.}). In general, to put an accent +on a letter, the appropriate control sequence precedes the letter. + +Here are some examples: +$$\vbox{ + +\halign{ +\strut \hfil\tt # & \quad # \hfil\cr +\bf \TeX{} input & \bf \TeX{} output \cr +\noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip} +\\`a la mode & \`a la mode \cr +r\\'esum\\'e & r\'esum\'e \cr +soup\\c{\sp}con & soup\c con \cr +No\\"el & No\"el \cr +na\\"\\i{\sp}ve & na\"\i ve \cr +} +}$$ + + +We see several principles illustrated by these examples. Most +accents are produced by using a control symbol with a similar +shape. A few of them are produced by control words containing a +single letter. Some care must be used in this case, for a space +must be used to terminate the control word. If you have {\tt +soup\\ccon} in your file, for example, \TeX{} will look for the +control word {\tt\\ccon}\fnote{We'll see that there is another +method when we look at the grouping concept in Section~4.}. +\TeXref{52--53} + +Notice that there is a control word {\tt\\i} also. This produces +the letter ``i'' without the dot over it; this allows an accent +to be put over the lower part of the letter. There is an +analogous control word {\tt\\j} that produces a dotless ``j'' +for accenting purposes. + +\maketable [Accents that may be immediately followed by a letter] +\halign{ + \strut \hfil # \hfil & \quad \hfil \tt # \hfil & \hfil \quad # \hfil\cr + \bf Name & \bf \TeX{} input & \bf \TeX{} output \cr + \noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip} + grave & \\`o & \`o \cr + acute & \\'o & \'o \cr + circumflex & \\\^{}o & \^o \cr + umlaut/dieresis/tr\'emat & \\"{}o & \"o \cr + tilde & \\\~{}o & \~o \cr + macron & \\={}o & \=o \cr + dot & \\\char'056{}o & \.o \cr + } + +\toindex{`} +\toindex{'} +\toindex{\^{}} +\toindex{"} +\toindex{i} +\toindex{j} +\toindex{=} +\toindex{.} + +\maketable [Accents requiring an intervening space] +\halign{ + \strut \hfil # \hfil & \quad \hfil \tt # \hfil & \hfil \quad # \hfil\cr + \bf Name & \bf \TeX{} input & \bf \TeX{} output \cr + \noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip} + cedilla & \\c o & \c{o} \cr + underdot & \\d o & \d{o} \cr + underbar & \\b o & \b{o} \cr + h\'a\v{c}ek & \\v o & \v{o} \cr + breve & \\u o & \u{o} \cr + tie & \\t oo & \t oo \cr + Hungarian umlaut& \\H o & \H{o} \cr + } + +\toindex{c} +\toindex{d} +\toindex{b} +\toindex{v} +\toindex{u} +\toindex{t} +\toindex{H} + +\TeX{} also allows some letters from languages other than English to +be typeset. + +\maketable [A\kern-1pt vailable foreign language symbols] +\halign{ + \strut \hfil # \hfil & \quad \hfil \tt # \hfil & \hfil \quad # \hfil\cr + \bf Example& \bf \TeX{} input & \bf \TeX{} output \cr + \noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip} + \AE gean, \ae sthetics & \\AE, \\ae & \AE, \ae \cr + \OE uvres, hors d'\oe uvre & \\OE \\oe & \OE, \oe \cr + \AA ngstrom & \\AA, \\aa & \AA, \aa \cr + \O re, K\o benhavn & \\O, \\o & \O, \o \cr + \L odz, \l\'odka & \\L, \\l & \L, \l \cr + Nu\ss & \\ss & \ss \cr + ?`Si? & {?}{`} & ?` \cr + !`Si! & {!}{`} & !` \cr + Se\~nor & \\\~{} & \~{} \cr + & \lb\\it\\\$\rb & {\it\$} \cr + } + +\toindex{AE} +\toindex{ae} +\toindex{OE} +\toindex{oe} +\toindex{AA} +\toindex{aa} +\toindex{O} +\toindex{o} +\toindex{L} +\toindex{l} +\toindex{ss} + +Typeset the sentence in each of the following exercises: + +\exercise Does \AE schylus understand \OE dipus? + +\exercise The smallest internal unit of \TeX{} is about 53.63\AA. + +\exercise They took some honey and plenty of money wrapped up in a +{\it \$}5 note. + +\exercise \'El\`eves, refusez vos le\c cons! Jetez vos cha\^\i nes! + +\exercise Za\v sto tako polako pijete \v caj? + +\exercise Mein Tee ist hei\ss. + +\exercise Peut-\^etre qu'il pr\'ef\`ere le caf\'e glac\'e. + +\exercise ?`Por qu\'e no bebes vino blanco? !`Porque est\'a avinagrado! + +\exercise M\'\i\'\j n idee\"en worden niet be\"\i nvloed. + +\exercise Can you take a ferry from \"Oland to \AA land? + +\exercise T\"urk\c ce konu\c san ye\u genler nasillar? + + +\def\bdots{$\textfont0=\tenbf \ldots$} %%% boldface version of \ldots + +\subsection{Dots, dashes, quotes, \bdots} + +Typing has always been a compromise: the small number of keys +(compared to the number of typeset symbols available) has forced +some changes on the typist. When preparing material using \TeX{}, +there is no need to be so restricted. In this section we'll look +at some differences between typing and using \TeX\null. + +There are four types of dashes that are used. The hyphen is used +for combining words into one unit as with mother-in-law. +\TeXref{3--5} +The en-dash is used to indicate a sequence of page numbers, years +or such things. The em-dash is a grammatical symbol. The minus +sign is used for negative numbers. Here they are with their uses: + +\maketable [Different types of dashes] +\halign{ + \strut \hfil # \hfil & \quad \hfil \tt # \hfil & \hfil \quad # \hfil + & \hfil # \hfil\cr + \bf Name& \bf \TeX{} input & \bf \TeX{} output & \bf Example\cr + \noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip} + hyphen & - & - & The space is 3-dimensional. \cr + en-dash & {-}{-} & -- & Read pages 3--4. \cr + em-dash & {-}{-}{-} & --- & I saw them---there were 3 men alive. \cr + minus sign & \$-\$ & $-$ & The temperature dropped to $-$3 degrees. \cr + } + +\exercise I entered the room and---horrors---I saw both my +father-in-law and my mother-in-law. + +\exercise The winter of 1484--1485 was one of discontent. +\bigskip + + +Another difference between typing and using \TeX{} is the use of +quotation marks. Opening and closing quotation marks are the +same on a typewriter. They are produced in \TeX{} by using the +apostrophe or prime key {\tt '} and backprime key {\tt `}\null. +An open quote is produced by {\tt ``} and the +close quote by {\tt ''}\null.\TeXref{3} Similarly the +opening single quote is produced by {\tt `} and the closing +single quote by {\tt '}\null. Notice that there is no need +to use the usual typing quotation mark (it normally gives a close +quote, but don't count on it). + +\exercise His ``thoughtfulness'' was impressive. + +\exercise Frank wondered, ``Is this a girl that can't say `No!'?'' +\bigskip + +Sometimes ellipses (three dots) are used to indicate a passage +of time or missing material. Typing three periods will give +three dots very close together. The dots with proper spacing will +be produced by having {\tt \\dots} in your input file. +\TeXref{173} +\toindex{dots} + +\exercise He thought, ``\dots and this goes on forever, perhaps to the +last recorded syllable.'' + +Another problem with dots is that the period after an +abbreviation normally has less space after it than does the +period at the end of a sentence. There are two ways to solve this +problem: the dot can be followed by either {\tt\\\sp} or {\tt\~{}} +to change the spacing. +\TeXref{91--92} +The second alternative will give an unbreakable space; when such +a space is between two words, these words must typeset on the +same line. The input {\tt Prof.\~{}Knuth} would cause those two +words to be typeset on one line. This is desirable for names +like Vancouver, B.~C. and Mr.~Jones so that ``Mr.'' and ``Jones'' +do not end up on separate lines. Notice that no backslash is used +with the unbreakable space. + +\exercise Have you seen Ms.~Jones? + +\exercise Prof.~Smith and Dr.~Gold flew from +\ifcanspell +Halifax N.~S. to Montr\'eal, P.~Q. via Moncton, N.~B. +\else +L.~A. to Washington, D.~C., via Fargo, N.~D. +\fi + + +\subsection{Different fonts} + +The most obvious difference between typewritten text and \TeX{} +output is undoubtedly the different fonts or types of symbols +used. When \TeX{} starts up it has sixteen fonts available. Some +of these are used for technical purposes, but even so there are +several different typefaces available as can be seen in the +following table. A complete list of the sixteen fonts is given in +Appendix F of {\bf The \TeX{}book}. +\TeXref{427--432} +Most of them are used automatically; a mathematical subscript, +for example, is put in smaller type by \TeX{} with no special +user intervention. + +To change from the usual (roman) typeface to italic, the control +word {\tt \\it} is used. To change back to the usual roman +typeface, use {\tt \\rm}. For example, you could have the +following sentence: {\tt I started with roman type, \\it switched +to italic type, \\rm and returned to roman type}. This would give +the following: I started with roman type, \it switched to italic +type,\fnote{Notice that the comma and this footnote are in +italic type, and this looks a little funny. We'll see that there +is another method for changing fonts when we talk about grouping +in Section 4.} +\rm and returned to roman type. + +Typefaces other than italic are also available. Those given below +are the ones most commonly used. They are available immediately +when \TeX{} starts. A little later we'll see how to use other +typefaces that aren't available when \TeX{} starts. + +\global\advance\footnotenum by 1 +\maketable [Font Samples] +\halign{ + \strut \hfil # \hfil & \quad \hfil \tt # \hfil & \hfil \quad # \hfil\cr + \bf Font name & \bf \TeX{} switch sequence & \bf Sample of typeface \cr + \noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip} + Roman & \\rm & \rm This is roman type. \cr + Boldface & \\bf & \bf This is boldface type. \cr + Italic & \\it & \it This is italic type. \cr + Slanted & \\sl & \sl This is slanted type. \cr + Typewriter & \\tt & \tt This is typewriter type. \cr + Math symbol${}^\the\footnotenum$ & \\cal & $\cal SOME\hbox{\quad}SCRIPT + \hbox{\quad}LETTERS$\rm. \cr + } + +\footnote{}{\llap{$^\the\footnotenum$}% +This example is cheating since you need to know a little about +mathematics input to use it, but I wanted to include it anyway. +You'll be able to use these letters after you study the use of +mathematical symbols.} +\nobreak +\toindex{it} +\toindex{rm} +\toindex{bf} +\toindex{sl} +\toindex{tt} + +The slanted and italic fonts seem quite similar at first. It is +easy to see the difference between the letter ``a'' in each +sample. When changing from a slanted or italic font to a roman +font, the last letter in the first font will lean towards the +first letter of the roman font; this looks cramped, and to +compensate there is a little extra space that can be added called +the {\sl italic correction}. This is done using the control +symbol {\tt \\/}. +\toindex{/} +In the following sentence, there is no italic correction after +the first sequence of italic letters but there is after the +second sequence; see the difference: {\it If} the italic +correction is not used the letters are too close together, but +{\it if\/} the correction is used, the spacing is better. There +is no need for the italic correction when the italic characters +are followed by a comma or a period, but your text will +definitely look better if you use it before quotation marks or +parentheses. + + +It is possible to use fonts other than those initially defined in +\TeX{} when desired (assuming that they are available on +your computer system, of course). Different sizes can be used +with the aid of the control word {\tt \\magstep}. To define your +new font you will have to know its name on your computer system. +For example, the roman typeface is called ``cmr10'' on most +systems. If you use {\tt \\font\\bigrm = cmr10 scaled \\magstep +1}, you can then use {\tt\\bigrm} in exactly the same way as you +use {\tt\\it} or {\tt\\rm}. +\TeXref{13--17} +\toindex{magstep} +\toindex{font} +\toindex{scaled} + +Switching via {\tt\\bigrm} will give roman type that is larger +than the usual by 20\%\null. {\tt \\font\\bigbigrm = cmr10 +scaled \\magstep 2} will define a font that is about 44\% larger +than the usual roman typeface. The sizes {\tt \\magstep~0} to +{\tt \\magstep~5} are available. On most computers {\tt \\magstephalf} +is also available; this represents an enlargement of +about 9.5\%\null. Here are some samples at various sizes: + +\maketable [Different Font Magnifications] +\halign{ + \strut \tt # \hfil & \quad # \hfil \cr + \bf Magnification & \bf Sample \cr + \noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip} + \\magstep 0 & \rm Sample text at magstep 0. \cr + \\magstephalf & \halfrm Sample text at magstephalf. \cr + \\magstep 1 & \brm Sample text at magstep 1. \cr + \\magstep 2 & \bbrm Sample text at magstep 2. \cr + \\magstep 3 & \bbbrm Sample text at magstep 3. \cr + \\magstep 4 & \bbbbrm Sample text at magstep 4. \cr + \\magstep 5 & \bbbbbrm Sample text at magstep 5. \cr + } +\bigskip + +It's also possible to use completely new typefaces. These +are dependent on system availability, of course. Many systems +have a file called CMSS10 which is a font that contains sans +serif letters. Using {\tt \\font\\sf = cmss10} will allow the +control word {\tt\\sf} to be used in the same manner as {\tt\\bf}. +Having made this definition, the input +\displaytext{\tt \\sf Here is a sample of our new Sans Serif font.} +will produce +\displaytext{\sf Here is a sample of our new Sans Serif font.} + +\exercise What problem might have arisen if we had used {\tt \\ss} +instead of {\tt \\sf} to turn on the Sans Serif font? Hint: if +the answer doesn't occur to you at first, think about the German +alphabet and it will finally come to you. + +\exercise Typeset a paragraph of magnified sans serif text. + +The extra fonts available may vary from site to site. The ones +in the following table are available at most places. + +\maketable [External Fonts Names] +\halign{ +\strut \tt # \hfil & \quad \tt # \hfil & \quad \tt # \hfil + & \quad \tt # \hfil & \quad \tt # \hfil + & \quad \tt # \hfil \cr +\noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip} +CMBSY10 &CMBXSL10 &CMBXTI10 &CMBX10 &CMBX12 &CMBX5 \cr +CMBX6 &CMBX7 &CMBX8 &CMBX9 &CMB10 &CMCSC10 \cr +CMDUNH10 &CMEX10 &CMFF10 &CMFIB8 &CMFI10 &CMITT10 \cr +CMMIB10 &CMMI10 &CMMI12 &CMMI5 &CMMI6 &CMMI7 \cr +CMMI8 &CMMI9 &CMR10 &CMR12 &CMR17 &CMR5 \cr +CMR6 &CMR7 &CMR8 &CMR9 &CMSLTT10 &CMSL10 \cr +CMSL12 &CMSL8 &CMSL9 &CMSSBX10 &CMSSDC10 &CMSSI10 \cr +CMSSI12 &CMSSI17 &CMSSI8 &CMSSI9 &CMSSQI8 &CMSSQ8 \cr +CMSS10 &CMSS12 &CMSS17 &CMSS8 &CMSS9 &CMSY10 \cr +CMSY5 &CMSY6 &CMSY7 &CMSY8 &CMSY9 &CMTCSC10 \cr +CMTEX10 &CMTEX8 &CMTEX9 &CMTI10 &CMTI12 &CMTI7 \cr +CMTI8 &CMTI9 &CMTT10 &CMTT12 &CMTT8 &CMTT9 \cr +CMU10 &CMVTT10 \cr +} +\bigskip + +Here's a little background about these names. The first two +letters {\tt CM} stands for Computer Modern, the name given to +this font family by the designer. The number at the end is the +point size: 10 point type is the normal size, 7 point is the +normal size for subscripts, and 5 point is the normal size for +subscripts of subscripts, 12 point is 20\% larger than 10 point, +etc. If the letters {\tt CM} are followed by {\tt B}, it is a +boldface type. Similarly {\tt R} indicates roman, {\tt I} is for +italics, {\tt CSC} is for small caps, {\tt SL} is for slanted, +{\tt SS} is for sans serif, {\tt SY} is for symbols, +and {\tt TT} is for typewriter type. + +\exercise Find the fonts available on your system, and print out +all the letters and numbers in several of them. + +\exercise The font {\tt CMR12} is 20\% larger than {\tt CMR10}. +Also {\tt \\magstep~1} magnifies the type by 20\%. Take some +text and print it using {\tt CMR12} then using {\tt CMR10} scaled +by {\tt \\magstep~1}. The results are quite different! + + + + +\section{The shape of things to come} + +In this section we want to see how to make text have different +shapes or sizes. One may use \TeX{} with the default sizes, of +course, just as we have been doing so far. We'll now become more +creative with our output. In discussing the size of various +parts of a page of text, there are several units of measure we +can use. + +\subsection{Units, units, units} + +\TeX{} can measure length using many types of units. The most +common are the inch, the \centimeter, the point, the pica. The +abbreviations for these units are {\tt in}, {\tt cm}, {\tt pt}, +and {\tt pc} respectively. The point is defined by the equation 1 +inch = 72.27 points, and the pica by 1 pica = 12 points. Thus a +point is rather small and is about the size of a decimal point. +Here is a sample to give an idea of the comparative sizes: +\def\pip{\vrule height 4 true pt } +\TeXref{57} + +$$ \hbox{1 inch: } \hbox to 1 true in{\pip\hrulefill\pip}$$ +$$ \hbox{1 \centimeter: }\hbox to 1 true cm{\pip\hrulefill\pip}$$ +$$ \hbox{20 points: }\hbox to 20 true pt{\pip\hrulefill\pip}$$ +$$ \hbox{1 pica: } \hbox to 1 true pc{\pip\hrulefill\pip}$$ + +Thus points are used to make fine changes; a pica is about the +distance between the baselines of two consecutive lines of +(unmagnified) normal text. \TeX{} is quite exact about +dimensions; internally its smallest unit is less than one +four-millionth of an inch. Hence it is the resolution of the +output device that will determine the accuracy of the output. + +There are two other units that are sometimes useful that have +different sizes in different fonts. The {\tt ex} is about the +height of a small ``x'' and the {\tt em} is a little smaller than +the width of a capital ``M''\null. +\TeXref{60} + +The shape of the output is generally determined by control +words. There are many such words; these allow very fine control +of the resulting text. But most of the time only a small number +of them are necessary. + +\subsection{Page shape} + +The text on a page consists of three basic parts. There is the +headline above the main text; this often contains a chapter +title, section title, or a page number, and may differ on odd and +even pages. Below this is the main text, which includes any +footnotes. And finally there is the footline that might contain a +page number. + +In the examples we have seen so far, the headline has been blank. +The footline has contained either a \centred{} number or, if {\tt +\\nopagenumbers} had been used, has also been blank. We'll have +more to say about headlines and footlines later in this section. +For the moment let's concentrate on the main text. + +To finish one page and start a new one, {\tt \\vfill \\eject} can +be used. The control word {\tt \\eject} forces the completion of +the current page, while {\tt \\vfill} causes any left over +vertical space to be gathered at the bottom of the page (you might +try leaving out the {\tt \\vfill} as an experiment to see how the +vertical \analog{} of justified horizontal lines of text works). +\toindex{vfill} +\toindex{eject} + + +{\hsize=4in +The current horizontal width of the text on the page is described +by the control word {\tt \\hsize}. It can be changed, say to 4 +inches, by {\tt \\hsize = 4 in\ } at any desired time using +methods to be described in the next few sections. The value of +{\tt \\hsize} in effect when the paragraph is completed +determines the width of the paragraph. As can be seen in this +paragraph, the text width can be changed (in this case to 4 +inches) for a single paragraph. Because it represents the +current value of the horizontal width, expressions such as {\tt + \\hsize = 0.75\\hsize} can make a new value that is relative +to the old one. \par} +\toindex{hsize} + +The vertical \analog{} of {\tt \\hsize} is {\tt \\vsize}, which +is the current height of the main text. It can be reset, just +like {\tt \\hsize}. Thus, {\tt \\vsize = 8 in\ } can be used to +change the vertical height of the main text. Note that {\tt \\vsize} +is the size of the text exclusive of any headline or +footline material. +\toindex{vsize} + +Text can also be shifted across the page. The upper left corner +of the text is one inch down and one inch in from the upper left +corner of the page. The control words {\tt \\hoffset} and {\tt \\voffset} +are used to shift the text horizontally and +vertically. Thus {\tt \\hoffset = .75 in} and {\tt \\voffset = +-.5 in} would shift the text an additional .75 inches to the +right and .5 inches up. Most of the time you'll need to set {\tt +\\hoffset}, {\tt \\voffset}, and {\tt \\vsize} at the beginning +of your document only. +\TeXref{251} +\toindex{hoffset} +\toindex{voffset} + +\global\advance\footnotenum by 1 +\maketable [Control words for page sizes] +\halign{ + \strut \hfil # & \quad \hfil \tt # \hfil & \hfil \quad # \hfil\cr + \bf Name & \bf \TeX{} Control Word & \bf \TeX{} default value (inches)\cr + \noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip} + horizontal width & \\hsize & 6.5 \cr + vertical width & \\vsize & 8.9 \cr + horizontal offset${}^\the\footnotenum$ & \\hoffset & 0 \cr + vertical offset${}^\the\footnotenum$ & \\voffset & 0 \cr + } + +\footnote{}{\llap{$^\the\footnotenum$}The text is initially 1 inch +down and 1 inch in from upper left corner of the page.} +\nobreak + +\exercise Enter a paragraph of text that is a few lines long. +Take several copies of your paragraph and put {\tt \\hsize = 5 +in\ } before one and {\tt \\hsize = 10 cm\ } in front of a second +one. Try a few other values for {\tt \\hsize}. + +\exercise Put {\tt \\hoffset = .5 in\ } and {\tt \\voffset = 1 +in\ } before the first paragraph of your previous exercise. + +\exercise Take your previous exercise and put {\tt \\vsize = 2 +in\ } before the first paragraph. +\bigskip + +In the previous section we saw that it is possible to use fonts +of larger size by using the {\tt \\magstep} control word. It's +also possible to magnify the entire document at once. If {\tt +\\magnification = \\magstep 1} appears at the top of your document, +then all of your output is magnified by 20\%\null. The other +values of {\tt \\magstep} can be used, too. {\bf It should be +emphasized that {\tt \\magnification} can only be used before +even a single character is typeset.} This magnification creates +a problem in units; if the document is to be magnified by 20\% +and {\tt \\hsize = 5 in} appears in the \TeX{} input file, should +the final output have an {\tt \\hsize} of 5 inches or should it +be magnified by 20\% to 6 inches? Unless told otherwise, all the +dimensions will be magnified so that, in this case, {\tt \\hsize} +would be 6 inches in the final output. This means that all the +dimensions will increase uniformly when {\tt \\magnification} is +used. But for some special situations it might not be desirable +for this to happen; for example, you might want to leave a space +of exactly 3 inches to insert a figure. In this case any unit +can be modified by {\tt true} so that {\tt \\hsize = 5 true in} +will always set the line width to 5 inches, regardless of +magnification. \TeXref{59--60} \toindex{magnification} + +\exercise Put {\tt \\magnification = \\magstep 1} as the first +line in one of your input files and see how the output changes. + +\subsection{Paragraph shape} + +When \TeX{} is reading the text to be typeset from your input +file, it reads in a paragraph at a time and then typesets it. +This means that there is a lot of control over paragraph shapes, +but also that some care must be taken. We've already seen that +{\tt \\hsize} can be used to control the width of a single +paragraph. But suppose the following appeared as part of your +input file: + +\beginuser +\\hsize = 5 in +Four score and seven years $\ldots$ +$\vdots$ +$\ldots$ from this earth. +\\hsize = 6.5 in + +\enduser + +What is the width of the paragraph? The {\tt \\hsize} was +changed at the start of the paragraph and again at the end. +Since the paragraph was not completed (by putting in a blank line +or {\tt \\par}) until after the second change, the paragraph +would be typeset with a width of 6.5 inches. However, if a blank +line were inserted before {\tt \\hsize = 6.5 in}, then the +paragraph would be typeset with a width of 5 inches. So, in +general, when a paragraph is set, the values of the parameters +that are in effect when the paragraph is completed are the ones +that are used. + +Here is a table with some paragraph parameters: + +\maketable [Some paragraph shape parameters] +\halign{ + \strut \hfil # & \quad \hfil \tt # \hfil & \hfil \quad # \hfil\cr + \bf Function & \bf \TeX{} Control Word & \bf \TeX{} default\cr + \noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip} + width & \\hsize & 6.5 inches \cr + indentation on first line & \\parindent & 20 points\cr + distance between lines & \\baselineskip & 12 points\cr + distance between paragraphs & \\parskip & 0 points \cr + } + +\toindex{parindent} +\toindex{parskip} +\toindex{baselineskip} + +The control word {\tt \\noindent} may be used at the beginning of +a paragraph to avoid the automatic indentation on the first line. +This control word will only affect the paragraph being set when +it is invoked (of course {\tt \\parindent = 0 pt} will cause no +indentation for all paragraphs). +\toindex{noindent} + +{\narrower +A more flexible way to control the width of a paragraph is to use +{\tt \\rightskip} and {\tt \\leftskip}. Setting {\tt \\leftskip += 20 pt} causes the left margin of the paragraph to be moved in +an extra twenty points. Negative values may be assigned to {\tt +\\leftskip} to move the left margin out. The control word {\tt +\\rightskip} does the same to the right side of the paragraph. +The single control word {\tt \\narrower} is the equivalent of +setting both {\tt \\leftskip} and {\tt \\rightskip} equal to {\tt +\\parindent}. This is quite useful for long quotations, and +this paragraph is an example of its use. As with {\tt \\hsize}, +the value of {\tt \\leftskip} and {\tt \\rightskip} in effect +when the paragraph is completed is the one which will apply to +the whole paragraph. +\TeXref{100} + +} +\toindex{leftskip} +\toindex{rightskip} +\toindex{narrower} + +\exercise Make two paragraphs with the following specifications: +the left margin of both paragraphs is indented by 1.5 inches, +the right margin of the first paragraph is indented by 0.75 +inches, and the right margin of the second paragraph is indented +by 1.75 inches. +\bigskip + +\def\hangparagraph{ Lines can be made with different lengths +within one paragraph by using {\tt \\hangindent} and {\tt +\\hangafter}. The amount of the indentation is determined by value +of {\tt \\hangindent}. If {\tt \\hangindent} is positive, the +indentation is made from the left, and if it is negative it is +made from the right. The lines on which the indentation occurs is +controlled by {\tt \\hangafter}. If {\tt \\hangafter} is +positive then it determines the number of lines at full width +before the indentation starts. Thus if {\tt \\hangindent = 1.75 +in} and {\tt \\hangafter = 6}, then the first six lines will be +at full width and the rest will be indented by 1.75 inches from +the left. On the other hand if {\tt \\hangindent = \hbox{-1.75} +in} and {\tt \\hangafter = -6}, then the first six lines will be +indented by 1.75 inches from the right and the rest will be at +full width. \TeX{} resets to the default values {\tt \\hangindent += 0 pt} and {\tt \\hangafter = 1} after each paragraph. These +control words are useful for paragraphs with ``hanging indents'' +and for flowing a paragraph around space reserved for a figure. +\TeXref{355}The control word {\tt \\hang} at the beginning of the +paragraph will cause the first line to be of full width ({\tt +\\hangafter=1}) and the rest of the paragraph to be indented by +the current value of {\tt \\parindent}. But you do have to use +{\tt \\noindent} if you want the first line to extend all the way +to the left margin. +\TeXref{102} +\par} + +\hangafter=6 \hangindent=1.75in +\hangparagraph +\toindex{hangindent} +\toindex{hangafter} +\toindex{hang} + +Here is the previous paragraph repeated with {\tt \\hangafter = -6} +and {\tt \\hangindent = -1.75 in}. + +\hangafter=-6 \hangindent=-1.75in \hangparagraph + + +The control word {\tt \\parshape} can be used to make paragraphs with +a greater variety of shapes. +\TeXref{101} +\toindex{parshape} + +Another useful control word for setting paragraphs is {\tt \\item}. +It can be used to make various types of itemized lists, +and is invoked using the pattern {\tt \\item\lb$\ldots$\rb}\null. +This causes the next paragraph to be formed with every line +indented by {\tt \\parindent} and, in addition, the first line +labeled on the left by whatever is between the braces. It is +usually used with {\tt \\parskip = 0 pt}, since that control word +determines the vertical space between the different items. The control +word {\tt \\itemitem} is the same as {\tt \\item} except that the +indentation is twice as far, that is, twice the value of +{\tt \\parindent}. +\TeXref{102}Here is an example: +\toindex{item} +\toindex{itemitem} + +\beginliteral +\parskip = 0pt \parindent = 30 pt +\noindent +Answer all the following questions: +\item{(1)} What is question 1? +\item{(2)} What is question 2? +\item{(3)} What is question 3? +\itemitem{(3a)} What is question 3a? +\itemitem{(3b)} What is question 3b? +@endliteral + + +\noindent +will produce +\vfill\eject + +{\parskip = 0pt \parindent = 30 pt +\noindent +Answer all the following questions: +\item{(1)} What is question 1? +\item{(2)} What is question 2? +\item{(3)} What is question 3? +\itemitem{(3a)} What is question 3a? +\itemitem{(3b)} What is question 3b? + +} + +\exercise Make a paragraph several lines long and use it with +the {\tt \\item} control word to see the ``hanging indent.'' Now +take the same paragraph and use it with different values of {\tt +\\parindent} and {\tt \\hsize}. +\bigskip + +Now let's see how to put space between paragraphs. The control +word {\tt \\parskip} is used to determine how much space is +normally left between paragraphs. So if you put {\tt \\parskip = +12 pt} at the beginning of your \TeX{} source file, there will be +12 points between paragraphs unless other instructions are +given. The control word {\tt \\vskip} can be used to insert extra +vertical space between paragraphs. If {\tt \\vskip 1 in} or {\tt +\\vskip 20 pt} appears between two paragraphs, then the extra +space is inserted. + +There are a couple of peculiarities of {\tt \\vskip} that seem +quite strange at first. If you have {\tt \\vskip 3 in} and the +skip starts two inches from the bottom of the page, the rest of +the page is skipped, but the extra one inch is {\it not\/} +skipped at the top of the next page. In other words, {\tt \\vskip} +{\bf will not insert space across page boundaries}. In +fact, {\tt \\vskip~1~in} will have no effect at all if it happens +to appear at the top of a page! For many types of vertical +spacing this is quite appropriate. The space before a section +heading, for example, should not continue across page boundaries. + +A similar phenomenon occurs at the beginning of your document. +If, for example, you want a title page with the title about half +way down the page, you can not insert the space at the top of the +page using {\tt \\vskip}. + +But what if you really want some blank space at the top of a +page? You could start the page with {\tt\\\sp} but this in effect +typesets a one line paragraph containing a blank. So while +nothing is typeset, the extra space due to the values of {\tt +\\baselineskip} and {\tt \\parskip} will add extra space. An easier +method is to use {\tt \\vglue} instead of {\tt \\vskip} to get +the desired result. Thus {\tt \\vglue 1 in\ }will leave one inch +of blank space at the top of the page.\TeXref{352} +\toindex{vglue} + + +We can note in passing that there is another more general method +to put material at the top of a page using the control words {\tt +\\topinsert} and {\tt \\endinsert}. If {\tt \\topinsert $\ldots$ +\\endinsert} is used within a page, the material between +{\tt \\topinsert} and {\tt \\endinsert} will appear at the top +of the page, if possible. For example: + +\vbox{ + \beginuser + \\topinsert + \\vskip 1 in + \\centerline\lb Figure 1\rb + \\endinsert + \enduser +} +\noindent +is useful for inserting figures of a prescribed size. +\TeXref{115} +\toindex{topinsert} +\toindex{endinsert} + +There are also some special control words for making small +vertical skips. They are {\tt \\smallskip}, {\tt \\medskip}, and +{\tt \\bigskip}. Here is the size of each one: + +\def\hrl{\hrule width .5 in} + +\centerline{{\tt \\smallskip}: \vbox{\hrl \smallskip \hrl} \quad + {\tt \\medskip}: \vbox{\hrl \medskip \hrl} \quad + {\tt \\bigskip}: \vbox{\hrl \bigskip \hrl} + } +\toindex{smallskip} +\toindex{medskip} +\toindex{bigskip} + +\subsection{Line shape} + +For most material \TeX{} does a good job of breaking up a +paragraph into lines. But sometimes it's necessary to add +further instructions. It's possible to force a new line by +inserting {\tt \\hfill \\break} in your input file. It's also +possible to put some text on a line by itself using the control +word {\tt \\line\lb $\ldots$\rb}; then the material between the +braces will be restricted to one line (although the result will +be spread out over the whole line and may be horrible). The +control words {\tt \\leftline\lb $\ldots$\rb}, {\tt \\rightline\lb +$\ldots$\rb}, and {\tt \\centerline\lb $\ldots$\rb} will, +respectively, set the material between the braces on a single +line on the left margin, on the right margin, or \centred. Thus +\toindex{hfill} +\toindex{break} +\toindex{centerline} +\toindex{leftline} +\toindex{rightline} +\toindex{line} + + +\beginliteral +\leftline{I'm over on the left.} +\centerline{I'm in the @centre.} +\rightline{I'm on the right.} +\line{I just seem to be spread out all over the place.} +@endliteral + +\noindent +produces the four lines: +\vskip\baselineskip + + +{ +\hbadness = 10000 +\leftline{I'm over on the left.} +\centerline{I'm in the \center.} +\rightline{I'm on the right.} +\line{I just seem to be spread out all over the place.} + +Other types of spacing can be obtained by using the control word {\tt +\\hfil}. This causes all the extra space in the line to be +accumulated at the position where {\tt \\hfil} appears. +Thus if we alter our last example to +{\tt \\line\lb I just seem to be spread out \\hfil all over the place.\rb} +we will get \hfil\break +\medskip +\line{I just seem to be spread out \hfil all over the place.} +\medskip +If we have more than one {\tt \\hfil}, they will divide any extra +space among themselves equally. Hence +{\tt \\line\lb left text \\hfil \centre{} text \\hfil right text.\rb} +will produce +\medskip +\line{left text \hfil \centre{} text \hfil right text.} +\toindex{hfil} +} + +\exercise Typeset the following line: + +\line{left end \hfil left tackle \hfil left guard \hfil \centre{} \hfil +right guard \hfil right tackle \hfil right end} + +\exercise Typeset the following line with twice as much space between +``left'' and ``right-\centre{}'' as between ``right-\centre{}'' and +``right'': + +\line{left \hfil \hfil right-\centre{} \hfil right} + +It's possible to move horizontally using {\tt \\hskip} in a +manner analogous with {\tt \\vskip}. +\toindex{hskip} + +\exercise What happens with the following input:\hfil\break +{\tt \\line\lb\\hskip 1 in ONE \\hfil TWO \\hfil THREE\rb} +\bigskip + +The right justification can be canceled by using the +control word {\tt \\raggedright}. +\toindex{raggedright} + +\subsection{Footnotes} + +The general pattern to make footnotes using \TeX{} is +{\tt \\footnote\lb$\ldots$\rb\lb$\ldots$\rb}\null. + +The footnote mark goes in between the first set of braces. Some +available marks are {\tt \\dag (\dag)}, {\tt \\ddag (\ddag)}, {\tt \\S +(\S)}, and {\tt \\P (\P)}\null. The text of the footnote +goes between the second set of braces. The use of numbers as +marks is a little less straightforward. The footnote% +\footnote{${}^{21}$}{This is the footnote at the bottom of the page.} +at the bottom of the page was produced by using {\tt \\footnote\lb\$\lb +\rb\^{}\lb{21}\rb\$\rb\lb This is the footnote at the +bottom of the page.\rb} after the word ``footnote'' in the +text. This construction is somewhat complicated; we'll see why +it's this way when we know a little more about typesetting +mathematics. But for the moment we can look at it as a way of +getting the job done. You may want to use {\tt \\rm} within the +footnote to ensure that the right font appears. Usually you will +not want a space between the text and the control word {\tt +footnote}.\TeXref{117} +\toindex{footnote} +\toindex{ddag} +\toindex{S} +\toindex{P} + +\exercise Make up a page with a relatively long footnote spanning +several lines. + +\exercise Make up a page with two different footnotes on it. + +\subsection{Headlines and Footlines} + +\headline={\hfil \tenrm Page \the\pageno} %example for this section + +The lines for title and page numbers that go above and below the +main text are produced by using {\tt \\headline=\lb$\dots$\rb} +and {\tt \\footline=\lb$\dots$\rb}\null. +\TeXref{252--253} + +The principle is the same as using the control word {\tt \\line\lb +$\dots$\rb} within the usual text on the page. A helpful +control word is {\tt \\pageno} which represents the current page +number. Thus {\tt \\headline=\lb\\hfil \\tenrm Page \\the\\pageno\rb} +would cause the page number to appear in the upper +right corner preceded by the word ``Page'' (now look at the upper +right corner of this page). It is safer to explicitly name the +font that you want to use (in this case {\tt \\tenrm} to use the +10 point roman font), since you are never guaranteed that a +particular font will be in use when the headline or footline is +set. The control word {\tt \\the} takes the internal value of the +next word if it is an appropriate control word and prints it as +text. You can also use the control word {\tt \\folio} instead of +{\tt \\the \\pageno}. The difference is that {\tt \\folio} will +give roman numerals when {\tt \\pageno} is negative. +\toindex{headline} +\toindex{footline} +\toindex{pageno} +\toindex{the} +\toindex{folio} + +You can also assign values to {\tt \\pageno} if you want your +document to use a different sequence of page numbers from the +usual. Roman numerals can be produced by using negative numbers; +{\tt \\pageno=-1} at the beginning of a document will cause page +numbers to be in roman numerals. +\TeXref{252} + +Different headlines can be produced for even and odd pages in +the following manner: + +{\tt +\\headline=\lb\\ifodd \\pageno \lb$\dots$\rb \\else \lb$\dots$\rb +\\fi\rb} + +\noindent +where the material between the first set of braces is for the +right-hand pages and the material between the second set of +braces is for the left-hand pages. + +\exercise Change the footline so that the page number is \centred{} +with an en-dash on either side. + +\subsection{Overfull and underfull boxes} + +One of the most frustrating experiences for the new \TeX{} user +is the occurrence of overfull and underfull boxes. They are duly +noted in the log file and are also written to the screen when \TeX{} +is being run interactively. Overfull boxes are also marked +on the output by a slug (a large filled-in black rectangle that +looks like this: \vrule width \overfullrule) in the right +margin. Various obscene terms are applied to this slug. It +appears even though there is nothing wrong with the \TeX{} input. +So why is the slug there and what can be done about it? + +A good way to visualize the way \TeX{} organizes a page is to +think of the printed material as being put into boxes. There are +two types of boxes: {\sl hboxes\/} and {\sl vboxes}. Most of the +time these correspond to the organization of horizontal text +into lines and vertical paragraphs into pages. In particular, it +is the spacing of the words in a hbox corresponding to a line of +text that causes the slug to appear. + +Recall that \TeX{} reads in the complete paragraph before +deciding how to break it up into lines. This is better than +working a line at a time, since a slight improvement in one line +might cause catastrophic changes farther down in the paragraph. +When words are gathered together to form a line, space is added +between the words to justify the right margin. Very large spaces +between words is obviously undesirable; the badness of the line +is a measure of how badly the words are spaced. An underfull +hbox means that there is too much space between words. More +specifically, the badness of any line is a number between 0 +(perfect) and 10000 (horrible). There is a parameter called {\tt +\\hbadness} whose default value is 1000\null. Any line whose +badness is greater than {\tt \\hbadness} is reported as an +underfull hbox. If the value of {\tt \\hbadness} is increased, +then fewer underfull hboxes will be reported. In fact {\tt +\\hbadness = 10000} will suppress the reporting of underfull +hboxes altogether. Similarly, if the words must be squeezed into +a line so that the spaces are very small or even so the words +extend a little into the right margin, then an overfull hbox +results. \toindex{hbadness} + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%% restore original headline %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\headline={\iftitlepage \hfil \global\titlepagefalse + \else \gentleheadline \fi} + +In a similar way, sometimes \TeX{} allows a line to be slightly +longer than {\tt \\hsize} in order to achieve a more balanced +appearance. The control word {\tt \\tolerance} determines when +this happens. If the badness of a line is greater than {\tt +\\tolerance}, \TeX{} will make the line longer by adding a new word +at the end of the line, even though it might exceed the value of +{\tt \\hsize}. A line which is only slightly longer is set +without being reported. The control word {\tt \\hfuzz} determines +how much excess is allowed; the default is {\tt \\hfuzz +=~0.1~pt}. A line that is more than slightly longer than {\tt \\hsize} +is obviously a serious problem; \TeX{} puts a slug in +the margin to make its point forcefully. It's possible to avoid +overfull hboxes altogether by increasing the value of {\tt \\tolerance}. +With {\tt \\tolerance = 10000} there will never be +overfull boxes or slugs. The default is {\tt \\tolerance = 200}\null. +\TeXref{29} +\toindex{hfuzz} +\toindex{tolerance} + +The width of the slug is determined by the control word {\tt +\\overfullrule}. Including {\tt \\overfullrule = 0 pt} in your +file will delete any further printing of the slugs. The +overfull boxes will still be there, of course, and they will +probably be harder to spot. +\toindex{overfullrule} + +So we see why overfull boxes and underfull boxes are reported; we +can also change the reporting by changing the values of {\tt +\\badness}, {\tt \\hfuzz}, and {\tt \\tolerance}. In addition, a +small value of {\tt \\hsize} obviously makes it more difficult to +set lines and causes more overfull and underfull hboxes to be +reported. These are warnings that you ignore at your own peril! + +Adding new possibilities of hyphenation will sometimes eliminate +an overfull box. \TeX{} has automatic hyphenation and usually +finds good places to hyphenate a word; however, it's possible to +add hyphenations to let lines break at new places. For example, +the automatic hyphenation will never put a hyphen in the word +``database''. If you type in {\tt data\\-base}, it will allow a +hyphen to be inserted after the second letter ``a'' in the word. +More generally, if you put {\tt \\hyphenation\lb data-base\rb} in +the beginning of your input file, then all occurrences of the +word ``database'' will allow hyphenation after the letter ``a''. +\TeXref{28} The log file will show the possible hyphenations on +the line containing the overfull or underfull box. Sometimes the +best solution to an overfull or underfull hbox is a little +judicious editing of the original document. +\toindex{hyphenation} + +Our discussion has involved the setting of type into lines, that is, +the horizontal page structure. There are several vertical \analog{}s. +Overfull and underfull hboxes indicate how well words are gathered +into lines. Similarly, overfull and underfull vboxes are reported +when paragraphs are gathered to form pages. A large table that +can't be broken in the middle, for example, can produce an underfull +vbox that is reported in the log file when the page being typeset is +completed. The control word {\tt \\vbadness} works for the vertical +placement of text in the same way as {\tt \\hbadness} works for +horizontal text. +\toindex{vbadness} + +\exercise Take a few paragraphs and print them using various (small) +values of {\tt \\hsize} to see what kind of overfull boxes result. +Repeat with various values of {\tt \\hbadness}, {\tt \\hfuzz}, and +{\tt \\tolerance}. + + + + + + +\section{$\Bigl\{$Groups, $\bigl\{$Groups, + $\{$and More Groups$\}\bigr\}\Bigr\}$} + +The concept of gathering text into groups allows \TeX{} input +files to be greatly simplified. A new group is started by the +character {\tt\lb} and terminated by the character {\tt \rb}\null. +Changes made within a group will lose their effect when the +group terminates. So, for example if {\tt \lb \\bf three +boldface words\rb} appears in your text, the opening brace starts +the group, the {\tt \\bf} control word changes to a boldface +font, and the closing brace finishes up the group. Upon +completion of the group the font being used is the one in effect +before the group started. This is the (easier) way of having a +few words in a different font. It's also possible to have groups +nested within groups. + + +As another example, size changes can be made in the text that are +only temporary. For example +\beginuser +\lb +\\hsize = 4 in +\\parindent = 0 pt +\\leftskip = 1 in +will produce a paragraph that is four +$\vdots$ +(this is an easy mistake to make). +\\par +\rb +\enduser + +{\hsize = 4 in +\parindent = 0 pt +\leftskip = 1 in +will produce a paragraph that is four inches wide with the text +offset into the paragraph by one inch regardless of the settings +in effect before the start of the group. This paragraph is set +with those values. After the end of the group, the old settings +are in effect again. Note that it is necessary to include +{\tt \\par} or to use a blank line before the closing brace to end +the paragraph, since otherwise the group will end and \TeX{} will +go back to the old parameters before the paragraph is actually +typeset (this is an easy mistake to make). \par} + +When line-spacing control words (like {\tt \\centerline}) act on text +following it in braces, that text is implicitly in a group. Thus +{\tt \\centerline\lb\\bf A bold title\rb} will produce a \centred{} +boldface line, and the text following that line will be in +whatever font was in effect before the {\tt \\centerline} was +invoked. + +The empty group {\tt\lb\rb} is useful. One use allows accents to be +typeset with no accompanying letter. For example, {\tt \\\~{}\lb\rb} +will print a tilde with no letter under it. It can also be used to +stop \TeX{} from eating up consecutive spaces. Hence {\tt I use +\\TeX\lb\rb{} all the time} will leave a space after ``\TeX'' in the +output. This is an alternative to using {\tt \\\sp} as we did in +Section~1. +\TeXref{19--21} + +Grouping can also be used to avoid spaces in the middle of a word +when including accents. Either {\tt soup\\c\sp con} or {\tt +soup\\c\lb c\rb on} will produce the word soup\c{c}on. + +\exercise Change the dimensions of one paragraph on a page using the +grouping idea. + +\exercise Mathematicians sometime use the word ``i{f}f'' as an +abbreviation for ``if and only if''\null. In this case it looks +better if the first and second letter ``f'' are {\sl not\/} +joined as a ligature. How do you do this (there are several +solutions)? + +It's really easy to forget to match braces properly. The effect +can be dramatic; if you get output that suddenly changes to an +italic font for the rest of the document, a mismatched brace is +probably the cause. If you have an extra {\tt \lb} \TeX{} will +give a message in the log file: {\tt (\\end occurred inside a +group at level 1)}. An extra {\tt\rb} will result in the message +\hbox{\tt! Too many \rb's.} + +Here's a little hint to help you keep track of the braces in more +complicated groups: put the opening brace on a line by itself and +do the same for the closing brace. If there are braces nested +within the original ones, put them on separate lines also, but +indent them a few spaces. The text within the nested braces can +also be indented since \TeX{} ignores all spaces at the beginning +of a line. The matching braces will then stand out when you look +at your \TeX{} source file. In fact, if your editor is smart +enough, you can create the two lines with the braces first and +then insert the appropriate material within them with automatic +indenting. + +\exercise In section 2 we changed fonts the following method: +{\tt I started with roman type, \\it switched to italic type, +\\rm and returned to roman type}. Get the same result using the +idea of grouping. + + +\section{No math anxiety here!} + +\TeX{} is at its best when typesetting mathematics. The +conventions for doing this are many and complex, and the ability +of \TeX{} to take them into account makes the production of high +quality, attractive mathematical output possible. If you plan to +produce papers with mathematical symbols in them, this section +will give you all the basics necessary for creating beautiful +output in almost all circumstances; \TeX{} may be used without +any mathematics, of course, and if this is your goal, then the +following two subsections are probably sufficient for your needs. + +\subsection{Lots of new symbols} + +Mathematical text is inserted into normal text in two possible +ways: it can be {\sl in-line\/}, that is, as part of the usual +lines of text. It can also be {\sl displayed}, that is, \centred{} +in a gap between the usual text. The results in the spacing and +placement of symbols can be quite different in each case. The +in-line equation $\sum_{k=1}^{\infty} {1\over k^2} = {\pi^2\over6}$ +is easily seen to be different from the same equation when +displayed: +$$\sum_{k=1}^{\infty} {1\over k^2} = {\pi^2\over6}.$$ + +Since the spacing and the fonts used for mathematics are quite +different from those of ordinary text, \TeX{} needs to be told +when mathematics rather than normal text is being typeset. This +is done using the {\tt\$} symbol. More specifically, mathematics +is typeset in-line by surrounding the symbols to be entered by +single dollar signs: {\tt \$$\ldots$\$}, and is typeset displayed +by surrounding the symbols to be entered by double dollar signs: +{\tt \$\$$\ldots$\$\$}\null. Hence {\tt \$x = y+1\$} will give +$x=y+1$ in-line while {\tt \$\$x = y+1.\$\$} will display +$$x=y+1.$$ + +The spacing for both in-line and displayed mathematics is +completely controlled by \TeX\null. Adding spaces to your input +has no effect at all. What if you need a space or some text in +the middle of some mathematics? You can insert text by inserting +it into an hbox (don't worry about the definition of an hbox for +now): {\tt \\hbox\lb$\ldots$\rb}\null. This is particularly +useful for displayed mathematics. Hence ``$x=y+1 \hbox{ whenever +} y=x-1$'' can be typeset using {\tt \$x=y+1 \\hbox\lb\ whenever +\rb y=x-1\$}. Note the spaces on either side of the word within +the braces. Usually it isn't necessary to insert spaces into +mathematical text, but here are the control sequences that do the +job. +\TeXref{167} + +\maketable [Adding space to mathematical text] +\halign{ +\strut \hfil # & \quad \hfil\tt# \hfil \quad + & \hbox to 2cm{\hrulefill\vrule height 8pt#\vrule height 8pt\hrulefill} \cr + Name & \rm Control Sequence & \hfil{}$\gets$Size$\to$\cr + \noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip} + Double quad & \\qquad &\qquad \cr + Quad & \\quad &\quad \cr + Space & \\\sp\ &\ \cr + Thick space & \\; &$\;$\cr + Medium space & \\> &$\>$\cr + Thin space & \\, &$\,$\cr + Negative thin space & \ \\!\ &$\!$\cr + } + +\toindex{quad} +\toindex{qquad} +\toindex{\sp} +\toindex{;} +\toindex{>} +\toindex{,} +\toindex{!} + +If you look closely at the negative thin space, you'll notice +that, unlike the other entries, the two arms overlap. This is +because the negative space is one in the opposite direction, that +is, while the other control sequences increase the amount of +space between two symbols being typeset, the negative thin space +decreases the space between them, even if it causes them to +overlap. + +\exercise Typeset the following: $C(n,r) = n!/(r!\,(n-r)!)$\null. Note the +spacing in the denominator. +\bigskip + +You shouldn't have any blank lines between the dollar signs +delimiting the mathematical text. \TeX{} assumes that all the +mathematical text being typeset is in one paragraph, and a blank +line starts a new paragraph; consequently, this will generate an +error message. This turns out to be useful, for one of the +easiest errors to make is to forget to put in the trailing dollar +sign(s) after the mathematical input (I promise that you'll do it +at least once while learning \TeX{}); if \TeX{} allowed more than +one paragraph to be between the dollars signs, then one omitted +trailing dollar sign might cause the rest of the document to be +typeset as mathematics. + +Most mathematical text is entered in exactly the same way for +in-line typesetting as for displayed typesetting (except for the +surrounding dollar signs, of course). The exceptions, such as +aligning multiline displays and placing equation numbers at the +left or right margin will be discussed in the last part of this +section. + +Many new symbols can appear when typesetting mathematics. Most +of the ones that actually appear on the keyboard can be used +directly. The symbols {\tt + - / * = ' | < > (} and {\tt )} are +all entered directly. Here they are as mathematics: $+ - / * =\> +'\> | <\> >\> ( \> )$. + +\exercise Typeset the equation $a+b=c-d=xy=w/z$ as in-line and +displayed mathematical text. + +\exercise Typeset the equation $(fg)' = f'g + fg'$ as in-line and +displayed mathematical text. +\bigskip + +Many other symbols, as you would expect, are predefined control +words. All Greek letters are available. Here is a table of them: +\TeXref{434} + +\maketable [Greek letters] +\halign{ +\strut \hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \qquad &\hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \qquad + &\hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \qquad &\hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \cr +\noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip} +\alpha & \\alpha &\beta & \\beta &\gamma & \\gamma &\delta & \\delta \cr +\epsilon & \\epsilon & \varepsilon & \\varepsilon & \zeta & \\zeta & +\eta & \\eta \cr +\theta & \\theta & \vartheta & \\vartheta & \iota & \\iota & \kappa & +\\kappa \cr +\lambda & \\lambda & \mu & \\mu & \nu & \\nu & \xi & \\xi \cr +o & o & \pi & \\pi & \rho & \\rho & \varrho & \\varrho \cr +\sigma & \\sigma & \varsigma & \\varsigma & \tau & \\tau & \upsilon & +\\upsilon \cr +\phi & \\phi & \varphi & \\varphi & \chi & \\chi & \psi & \\psi \cr +\omega & \\omega & \Gamma & \\Gamma & \Delta & \\Delta & \Theta & +\\Theta \cr +\Lambda & \\Lambda & \Xi & \\Xi & \Pi & \\Pi & \Sigma & \\Sigma \cr +\Upsilon & \\Upsilon & \Phi & \\Phi & \Psi & \\Psi & \Omega & \\Omega \cr + } + +\toindex{alpha} +\toindex{beta} +\toindex{gamma} +\toindex{delta} +\toindex{epsilon} +\toindex{varepsilon} +\toindex{zeta} +\toindex{eta} +\toindex{theta} +\toindex{vartheta} +\toindex{iota} +\toindex{kappa} +\toindex{lambda} +\toindex{mu} +\toindex{nu} +\toindex{xi} +\toindex{pi} +\toindex{rho} +\toindex{varrho} +\toindex{sigma} +\toindex{varsigma} +\toindex{tau} +\toindex{upsilon} +\toindex{phi} +\toindex{varphi} +\toindex{chi} +\toindex{psi} +\toindex{omega} +\toindex{Gamma} +\toindex{Delta} +\toindex{Theta} +\toindex{Lambda} +\toindex{Xi} +\toindex{Pi} +\toindex{Sigma} +\toindex{Upsilon} +\toindex{Phi} +\toindex{Psi} +\toindex{Omega} + + +\exercise Typeset $\alpha\beta=\gamma+\delta$ as in-line and displayed +mathematical text. + +\exercise Typeset $\Gamma(n) = (n-1)!$ as in-line and displayed +mathematical text. + +Sometimes accents are put above or below symbols. The control +words used for accents in mathematics are different from those +used for normal text. The normal text control words may not be +used for mathematics and vice-versa. +\TeXref{135--136} + +\maketable [Mathematical accents] +\halign{ + \strut \hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \qquad &\hfil$#$ & + \quad \tt# \hfil \qquad &\hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \qquad \cr + \noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip} + \hat o & \\hat o & \check o & \\check o & \tilde o & \\tilde o \cr + \acute o & \\acute o & \grave o & \\grave o & \dot o & \\dot o \cr + \ddot o & \\ddot o &\breve o & \\breve o & \bar o & \\bar o \cr + \vec o & \\vec o & \widehat {abc} & \\widehat \lb abc\rb + & \widetilde {abc} & \\widetilde \lb abc\rb\cr + } + +\toindex{hat} +\toindex{check} +\toindex{tilde} +\toindex{acute} +\toindex{grave} +\toindex{dot} +\toindex{ddot} +\toindex{breve} +\toindex{bar} +\toindex{vec} +\toindex{widehat} +\toindex{widetilde} + + + +Binary operators combine two mathematical objects to get another +object. Ordinary addition and multiplication, for example, +combine two numbers to get another number, and so they are binary +operators. When a binary operator such as $+$ or $\times$ is +typeset, a little extra space is put around it. Here is a list of +some of the available binary operators: +\TeXref{436} + +\maketable [Binary operators] +\halign{ +\strut \hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \qquad &\hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \qquad + &\hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \qquad &\hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \cr +\noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip} +\cdot & \\cdot &\times & \\times &\ast & \\ast &\star & \\star \cr +\circ & \\circ & \bullet & \\bullet & \div & \\div & \diamond & \\diamond \cr +\cap & \\cap & \cup & \\cup & \vee & \\vee & \wedge & \\wedge \cr +\oplus & \\oplus &\ominus & \\ominus & \otimes &\\otimes &\odot &\\odot \cr + } + +\toindex{cdot} +\toindex{times} +\toindex{ast} +\toindex{star} +\toindex{circ} +\toindex{bullet} +\toindex{div} +\toindex{diamond} +\toindex{cap} +\toindex{cup} +\toindex{vee} +\toindex{wedge} +\toindex{oplus} +\toindex{ominus} +\toindex{otimes} +\toindex{odot} + +Ellipses are commonly used with binary operators. The control +word {\tt \\cdots} will raise the dots so that they are level +with the binary operator. Thus {\tt \$a + \\cdots + z\$} will +produce $a + \cdots + z$. The control word {\tt \\ldots} will +put the dots on the baseline, and so {\tt \$1\\ldots n\$} +produces $1\ldots n$. +\toindex{cdots} +\toindex{ldots} + +\exercise Typeset: $x\wedge (y\vee z) = (x\wedge y) \vee (x\wedge z)$. + +\exercise Typeset: $2+4+6+\cdots +2n = n(n+1)$. +\bigskip + +A relation indicates a property of two mathematical objects. We +already know how to show two objects equal, or how to show one +number less than or greater than another number (since these are +symbols on most terminal keyboards). To negate a relation, the +control word {\tt \\not} is put in front of the relation. Here +are some relations: +\TeXref{436} +\toindex{not} + +\maketable [Relations ] +\halign{ +\strut \hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \qquad &\hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \qquad + &\hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \qquad &\hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \cr +\noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip} +\leq & \\leq &\not\leq & \\not \\leq + & \geq & \\geq & \not\geq & \\not \\geq \cr +\equiv & \\equiv & \not\equiv & \\not \\equiv + & \sim & \\sim & \not\sim & \\not \\sim \cr +\simeq & \\simeq & \not\simeq & \\not \\simeq + & \approx & \\approx & \not\approx & \\not \\approx \cr +\subset & \\subset & \subseteq & \\subseteq + & \supset & \\supset & \supseteq & \\supseteq \cr +\in & \\in & \ni & \\ni & \parallel & \\parallel & \perp & \\perp \cr + } + +\toindex{leq} +\toindex{geq} +\toindex{equiv} +\toindex{sim} +\toindex{simeq} +\toindex{approx} +\toindex{subset} +\toindex{subseteq} +\toindex{supset} +\toindex{supseteq} +\toindex{in} +\toindex{ni} +\toindex{parallel} +\toindex{perp} + + +\exercise +Typeset: $\vec x\cdot \vec y = 0$ if and only if $\vec x \perp \vec y$. + +\exercise +Typeset: $\vec x\cdot \vec y \not= 0$ if and only if $\vec x \not\perp \vec y$. + +Here are some other available mathematical symbols:\TeXref{435--438} + +\maketable [Miscellaneous symbols ] +\halign{ +\strut \hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \qquad &\hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \qquad + &\hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \qquad &\hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \cr +\noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip} +\aleph & \\aleph & \ell & \\ell & \Re & \\Re & \Im & \\Im \cr +\partial & \\partial & \infty & \\infty & \| & \\| & \angle & \\angle \cr +\nabla & \\nabla & \backslash &\\backslash & \forall & \\forall + & \exists & \\exists \cr +\neg & \\neg & \flat & \\flat & \sharp & \\sharp & \natural & \\natural \cr + } + +\toindex{aleph} +\toindex{ell} +\toindex{Re} +\toindex{Im} +\toindex{partial} +\toindex{infty} +\toindex{|} +\toindex{angle} +\toindex{nabla} +\toindex{backslash} +\toindex{forall} +\toindex{exists} +\toindex{neg} +\toindex{flat} +\toindex{sharp} +\toindex{natural} + +\exercise Typeset: $(\forall x\in \Re)(\exists y\in\Re)$ $y>x$. + +\subsection{Fractions} + +There are two methods of typesetting a fraction: it can be +typeset either in the form $1/2$ or in the form ${1\over2}$\null. +The first case is just entered with no special control sequences, +that is, {\tt \$1/2\$}\null. The second case uses the control +word {\tt \\over} and the following pattern: {\tt \lb +<numerator> \\over <denominator>\rb}\null. Hence {\tt \$\$\lb a+b +\\over c+d\rb.\$\$} gives \TeXref{139--140} +\toindex{over} $${a+b\over c+d}.$$ + +\exercise Typeset the following: ${a+b\over c}\quad {a\over b+c} +\quad {1\over a+b+c} \not= {1\over a}+{1\over b}+{1\over c}$. + +\exercise Typeset: What are the points where +${\partial \over \partial x} f(x,y) = {\partial \over \partial y} +f(x,y) = 0$? + +\subsection{Subscripts and superscripts} + +Subscripts and superscripts are particularly easy to enter using +\TeX\null. The characters {\tt \_{}} and {\tt \^{}} are used to +indicate that the next character is a subscript or a superscript. +Thus {\tt \$x\^{}2\$} gives $x^2$ and {\tt \$x\_{}2\$} gives +$x_2$\null. To get several characters as a subscript or +superscript, they are grouped together within braces. Hence we +can use {\tt \$x\^{}\lb 21\rb\$} to get $x^{21}$ and {\tt \$x\_{}\lb +21\rb\$} to get $x_{21}$\null. Notice that the +superscripts and subscripts are automatically typeset in a +smaller type size. The situation is only slightly more +complicated for a second layer of subscripts or superscripts. +You can {\sl not\/} use {\tt \$x\_{}2\_{}3\$} since this could +have two possible interpretations, namely, {\tt \$x\_{}\lb 2\_{}3\rb\$} +or {\tt \$\lb x\_{}2\rb\_{}3\$}; this gives two +different results: $x_{2_3}$ and ${x_2}_3$, the first of which is +the usual mathematical subscript notation. Thus you must put in +the complete braces to describe multiple layers of subscripts and +superscripts. They may be done to any level. +\TeXref{128--130} + +To use both subscripts and superscripts on one symbol, you use +both the {\tt \_{}} and {\tt \^{}} in either order. Thus either +{\tt \$x\_{}2\^{}1\$} or {\tt\$x\^{}1\_{}2\$} will give $x_2^1$. + +\exercise +Typeset each of the following: $e^x \quad e^{-x} \quad +e^{i\pi}+1=0 \quad x_0 \quad x_0^2 \quad {x_0}^2 \quad 2^{x^x}$. + +\exercise Typeset: +$\nabla^2 f(x,y) = {\partial^2 f \over\partial x^2} ++ {\partial^2 f \over\partial y^2}$. +\bigskip + +A similar method is used for summations and integrals. The input +of {\tt \$\\sum\_{}\lb k=1\rb\^{}n k\^{}2\$} will give $\sum_{k=1}^n +k^2$, and {\tt \$\\int\_{}0\^{}x f(t) dt\$} will +give $\int_0^x f(t) dt$. +\TeXref{144--145} +\toindex{sum} +\toindex{int} + +Another use of this type of input is for expressions +involving limits. You can use +{\tt \$\\lim\_\lb n\\to \\infty\rb (\lb n+1 \\over n\rb)\^{}n = e\$} +to get $\lim_{n\to \infty} ({n+1\over n})^n = e$. +\toindex{lim} + +\exercise Typeset the following expression: $\lim_{x\to 0} +(1+x)^{1\over x}=e$. + +\exercise Typeset: The cardinality of $(-\infty, \infty)$ is $\aleph_1$. + +\exercise Typeset: $\lim_{x\to {0^+}} x^x = 1$. +\bigskip + +Here's a hint to make integrals look a little nicer: look at the +difference between $\int_0^x f(t) dt$ and $\int_0^x f(t)\, dt$\null. +In the second case there is a little extra space after +$f(t)$, and it looks nicer; {\tt \\,} was used to add the +additional space. +\toindex{,} + +\exercise Typeset the following integral: $\int_0^1 3x^2\,dx = 1$. + +\subsection{Roots, square and otherwise} + +To typeset a square root it is only necessary to use the construction +{\tt \\sqrt\lb$\ldots$\rb}\null. Hence {\tt \$\\sqrt\lb x\^{}2+y\^{}2\rb\$} +will give $\sqrt{x^2+y^2}$\null. Notice that \TeX{} takes care of the +placement of symbols and the height and length of the radical. +To make cube or other roots, the control words {\tt \\root} and {\tt +\\of} are used. You get $\root n \of {1+x^n}$ from the +input\TeXref{130--131} {\tt \$\\root n \\of \lb1+x\^{}n\rb\$}. +\toindex{root} +\toindex{sqroot} + +A possible alternative is to use the control word {\tt \\surd}; the +input {\tt \$\\surd 2\$} will produce $\surd 2$. +\toindex{surd} + +\exercise Typeset the following: $\sqrt2 \quad \sqrt {x+y\over x-y} +\quad \root 3 \of {10}$ \quad $e^{\sqrt x}$. + +\exercise Typeset: $\|x\| = \sqrt{x\cdot x}$. + +\exercise Typeset: +$\phi(t) = {1 \over \sqrt{2\pi}} \int_0^t e^{-x^2/2}\,dx$. + + +\subsection{Lines, above and below} + +Use the constructions {\tt \\overline\lb$\ldots$\rb} and +{\tt \\underline\lb$\ldots$\rb} to put lines above or below mathematical +expressions. Hence {\tt \$\\overline\lb x+y\rb=\\overline x + \\overline +y\$} gives $\overline{x+y}=\overline x + \overline y$\null. +But notice that the lines over the letters are at +different heights, and so some care is necessary. The use of {\tt +\\overline\lb\\strut x\rb} will raise the height of the line +over\TeXref{130--131} $x$\null. +\toindex{overline} +\toindex{underline} + +To underline non-mathematical text, use {\tt \\underbar\lb$\dots$\rb}. +\toindex{underbar} + +\exercise Typeset the following: $\underline x \quad \overline y +\quad \underline{\overline{x+y}}$. + + +\subsection{Delimiters large and small} + +The most commonly used mathematical delimiters are brackets, +braces, and parentheses. As we have seen, they may be produced +by using {\tt [ ] \\\lb\ \\\rb\ ( )} to get +$[\>]\>\{\>\}\>(\>)\>$. Sometimes larger delimiters increase the +clarity of mathematical expressions, as in +$$\bigl(a\times(b+c)\bigr) \bigl((a\times b)+c\bigr).$$ To make +larger left delimiters the control words {\tt \\bigl}, {\tt +\\Bigl}, {\tt \\biggl}, and {\tt \\Biggl} are used in front of +the delimiter; similarly, {\tt \\bigr}, {\tt \\Bigr}, {\tt +\\biggr}, and {\tt \\Biggr} are used\TeXref{145--147} for the +right delimiters. Hence {\tt \$\\Bigl[\$} and {\tt \$\\Bigr]\$} +will produce $\Bigl[$ and $\Bigr]$. + +\toindex{bigl} +\toindex{Bigl} +\toindex{biggl} +\toindex{Biggl} +\toindex{bigr} +\toindex{Bigr} +\toindex{biggr} +\toindex{Biggr} + +Here is a table to compare the size of some of the delimiters. + +%% \everycr can add 4 points between lines in the following table %% +\everycr={\noalign{\vskip 4 pt}} +\maketable [Delimiters of various sizes] +\halign{ +\strut \hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \quad\qquad + &\hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \quad\qquad + &\hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \quad\qquad + &\hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \cr +\noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip} +\{ & \\\lb & \} & \\\rb & ( & ( & ) & )\cr +\bigl\{ & \\bigl\\\lb & \bigr\} & \\bigr\\\rb & \bigl( & \\bigl( & \bigr) & +\\bigr)\cr +\Bigl\{ & \\Bigl\\\lb & \Bigr\} & \\Bigr\\\rb & \Bigl( & \\Bigl( & \Bigr) & +\\Bigr)\cr +\biggl\{ & \\biggl\\\lb & \biggr\} & \\biggr\\\rb & \biggl( + & \\biggl( & \biggr) & \\biggr) \cr +\Biggl\{ & \\Biggl\\\lb & \Biggr\} & \\Biggr\\\rb & \Biggl( + & \\Biggl( & \Biggr) & \\Biggr)\cr + } + +\everycr={} + +If you want, you can let \TeX{} choose the size of delimiter by +using the control words {\tt \\left} and {\tt \\right} before +your delimiters. +\TeXref{148}Thus {\tt \\left[$\ldots$\\right]} will cause the material +to be enclosed by brackets that are appropriately big. {\bf Note +well:} each use of a {\tt \\left} delimiter must have a matching +{\tt \\right} delimiter (although the delimiters themselves may be +different). Hence {\tt \$\$\\left|\lb a+b \\over +c+d\rb\\right|.\$\$} gives $$\left|{a+b \over c+d}\right|.$$ + +\maketable [Mathematical delimiters] +\halign{ +\strut \hfill$#$ & \quad \tt # \qquad\qquad & + \hfill$#$ & \quad \tt # \qquad\qquad & + \hfill$#$ & \quad \tt # \cr +\noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip} +( & ( & ) & ) & [ & [ \cr +] & ] &\{ & \\\lb & \} & \\\rb \cr +\lfloor & \\lfloor &\rfloor &\\rfloor & \lceil & \\lceil \cr +\rceil & \\rceil &\langle & \\langle & \rangle & \\rangle \cr +/ & / & \backslash & \\backslash &| & | \cr +\| & \\| &\uparrow & \\uparrow & \Uparrow & \\Uparrow \cr +\downarrow & \\downarrow & \Downarrow & \\Downarrow + & \updownarrow & \\updownarrow \cr +\Updownarrow & \\Updownarrow \cr + } + +\toindex{lfloor} +\toindex{rfloor} +\toindex{lceil} +\toindex{rceil} +\toindex{langle} +\toindex{rangle} +\toindex{|} +\toindex{uparrow} +\toindex{Uparrow} +\toindex{downarrow} +\toindex{Downarrow} +\toindex{updownarrow} +\toindex{Updownarrow} + +\exercise Typeset $\bigl \lceil \lfloor x \rfloor \bigr \rceil + \leq \bigl \lfloor \lceil x \rceil \bigr \rfloor$. + +\subsection{Those special functions} + +There are several types of functions that appear frequently in +mathematical text. In an equation like ``$\sin^2x + \cos^2x = +1$'' the trigonometric functions ``sin'' and ``cos'' are in roman +rather than italic type. This is the usual mathematical +convention to indicate that it is a function being described and +not the product of three variables. The control words {\tt +\\sin} and {\tt \\cos} will use the right typeface automatically. +Here is a table of these and some other special functions: +\TeXref{162} + +\maketable [Special mathematical functions] +\halign{ + \strut \tt {\\}#\hfil && \quad \tt {\\}#\hfil \cr + \noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip} + sin & cos & tan & cot & sec & csc & arcsin & arccos \cr + arctan & sinh & cosh & tanh & coth & lim & sup & inf \cr + limsup & liminf & log & ln & lg & exp & det & deg \cr + dim & hom & ker & max & min & arg & gcd & Pr \cr + } + +\toindex{sin} +\toindex{cos} +\toindex{tan} +\toindex{cot} +\toindex{sec} +\toindex{csc} +\toindex{arcsin} +\toindex{arccos} +\toindex{arctan} +\toindex{sinh} +\toindex{cosh} +\toindex{tanh} +\toindex{coth} +\toindex{lim} +\toindex{sup} +\toindex{inf} +\toindex{limsup} +\toindex{liminf} +\toindex{log} +\toindex{ln} +\toindex{lg} +\toindex{exp} +\toindex{det} +\toindex{deg} +\toindex{dim} +\toindex{hom} +\toindex{ker} +\toindex{max} +\toindex{min} +\toindex{arg} +\toindex{gcd} +\toindex{Pr} + +\exercise Typeset: $\sin(2\theta) = 2\sin\theta\cos\theta \quad +\cos(2\theta) = 2\cos^2\theta - 1 $. + +\exercise Typeset: $$\int \csc^2x\, dx = -\cot x+ C +\qquad \lim_{\alpha\to 0} {\sin\alpha \over \alpha} = 1 +\qquad \lim_{\alpha\to \infty} {\sin\alpha \over \alpha} = 0.$$ + +\exercise Typeset: $$\tan(2\theta) = {2\tan\theta \over +1-\tan^2\theta}.$$ + + +\subsection{Hear ye, hear ye!} + +There is a particular macro that is used in almost every +mathematical paper, and is different enough to require a special +explanation. This is the {\tt \\proclaim} macro. It is used when +stating theorems, corollaries, propositions, and the like. The +paragraph following {\tt \\proclaim} is broken into two parts: +the first part goes up to and including the first period that is +followed by a space, and the second part is the rest of the +paragraph. \TeXref{202--203}The idea is that the first part +should be something like ``Theorem 1.'' or ``Corollary B.'' The +second part is the statement of the theorem or corollary. Here +is an example: +\toindex{proclaim} + +\beginliteral +\proclaim Theorem 1 (H.~G.~Wells). In the country of the blind, +the one-eyed man is king. +@endliteral + +\noindent gives + +\proclaim Theorem 1 (H.~G.~Wells). In the country of the blind, +the one-eyed man is king. + +The statement of the theorem may contain mathematical expressions, of +course. + +\vfill\eject +\exercise Typeset: +\nobreak +\proclaim Theorem (Euclid). There exist an infinite number of +primes. + +\exercise Typeset: +\proclaim Proposition 1. +$\root n \of {\prod_{i=1}^n X_i} \leq {1 \over n} \sum_{i=1}^n X_i$ +with equality if and only if $X_1=\cdots=X_n$. + +\subsection{Matrices} + +Matrices are typeset using combinations of the alignment +character {\tt \&} and the control word {\tt \\cr} to indicate +the end of the line. Start with {\tt \$\$\\pmatrix\lb$\dots$\rb\$\$}. +Into the space between the braces go the rows of the matrix, each +one ended by {\tt \\cr}. The entries are separated by the +{\tt \&}\null. For example the input +\TeXref{176--178} + +\beginliteral +$$\pmatrix{ +a & b & c & d \cr +b & a & c+d & c-d \cr +0 & 0 & a+b & a-b \cr +0 & 0 & ab & cd \cr +}.$$ +@endliteral + +\noindent +gives as printed output +$$\pmatrix{ +a & b & c & d \cr +b & a & c+d & c-d \cr +0 & 0 & a+b & a-b \cr +0 & 0 & ab & cd \cr +}.$$ +\toindex{pmatrix} + +The matrix entries in our examples have all been \centred{} +within their columns with a little space on each side. They can +be made flush right or flush left by inserting {\tt \\hfill} +before or after the entry. Notice the differences between the +following example and the previous one. + +\beginliteral +$$\pmatrix{ +a & b & c \hfill & \hfill d \cr +b & a & c+d & c-d \cr +0 & 0 & a+b & a-b \cr +0 & 0 & ab \hfill & \hfill cd \cr +}.$$ +@endliteral + +\noindent +gives as printed output + +$$\pmatrix{ +a & b & c \hfill & \hfill d \cr +b & a & c+d & c-d \cr +0 & 0 & a+b & a-b \cr +0 & 0 & ab \hfill & \hfill cd \cr +}.$$ + + +\vbox{ +\exercise Typeset +$$ I_4 = \pmatrix{ 1 &0 &0 &0 \cr + 0 &1 &0 &0 \cr + 0 &0 &1 &0 \cr + 0 &0 &0 &1 \cr}$$ +} + +It's possible to have matrices that use other delimiters. Using +{\tt \\matrix} instead of {\tt \\pmatrix} will leave off the +parentheses, so the delimiters must be explicitly included using +{\tt \\left} and {\tt \\right}. Here is how we can change the +matrix of our first example. +\toindex{matrix} +\toindex{left} +\toindex{right} + +\beginliteral +$$ \left | +\matrix{ +a & b & c & d \cr +b & a & c+d & c-d \cr +0 & 0 & a+b & a-b \cr +0 & 0 & ab & cd \cr +} +\right | $$ +@endliteral + +\noindent +gives as printed output +$$ \left | +\matrix{ +a & b & c & d \cr +b & a & c+d & c-d \cr +0 & 0 & a+b & a-b \cr +0 & 0 & ab & cd \cr +} +\right | $$ + +It's even possible to use {\tt \\left.} and {\tt \\right.} to +indicate that the opening or closing delimiter is deleted (note +the use of the period). + +\exercise Use a matrix construction to typeset + +$$ |x| = \left\{ \matrix{ x & x \ge 0 \cr + -x & x \le 0 \cr} \right.$$ + +This exercise and more general constructions of this type +may also be typeset using the {\tt \\cases} macro. +\TeXref{175} + +Sometimes ellipses are used within matrices. The control words +{\tt \\cdots}, {\tt \\vdots}, and {\tt \\ddots} can be used to +insert horizontal, vertical, and diagonal dots. + +Thus we can use +\beginliteral +$$ \left [ +\matrix{ +aa & \cdots & az \cr +\vdots & \ddots & \vdots \cr +za & \cdots & zz \cr +} +\right ] $$ +@endliteral + +\noindent +to get as printed output +$$ \left [ +\matrix{ +aa & \cdots & az \cr +\vdots & \ddots & \vdots \cr +za & \cdots & zz \cr +} +\right ] $$ + + +Matrices may also be typeset in-line, but they are pretty ugly +unless they have a small number of rows. + + +\subsection{Displayed equations} + +All of the mathematics covered so far has identical input whether +it is to be typeset in-line or displayed. At this point we'll +look at some situations that apply to displayed equations only. + +The first is that of aligning multiline displays. This is done with +the alignment character {\tt \&} and the control words {\tt \\cr} and +{\tt \\eqalign}. Starting with {\tt \$\$\\eqalign\lb$\dots$\rb\$\$}, +the equations to be aligned are entered with each one terminated by +{\tt \\cr}. In each equation there should be one alignment symbol +{\tt \&} to indicate where the alignment should take place. This is +usually done at the equal signs, although it is not necessary to do +so. For example +\TeXref{190--192} +\toindex{eqalign} + +\beginliteral +$$\eqalign{ +a+b &= c+d \cr +x &= w + y + z \cr +m + n + o + p &= q \cr +}$$ +@endliteral + + +\noindent +yields +$$\eqalign{ +a+b &= c+d \cr +x &= w + y + z \cr +m + n + o + p &= q \cr +}$$ + +Displayed equations can be numbered at either the right or left +margin. When the control word {\tt \\eqno} appears in a displayed +equation, everything after the control word is put at the right +margin. Hence {\tt \$\$ x+y=z. \\eqno (1)\$\$} yields +$$ x+y=z. \eqno (1)$$ +To number an equation at the left margin, use {\tt \\leqno} +in place of {\tt \\eqno}. +\toindex{eqno} +\toindex{leqno} + +It's possible to number aligned equations by using the control +word {\tt \\eqalignno}. The alignment character {\tt \&} is +used to separate the equation from the equation number. +\beginliteral +$$\eqalignno{ +a+b &= c+d & (1) \cr +x &= w + y + z \cr +m + n + o + p &= q & * \cr +}$$ +@endliteral + +\noindent +yields +$$\eqalignno{ +a+b &= c+d & (1) \cr +x &= w + y + z \cr +m + n + o + p &= q & * \cr +}$$ + +Use {\tt \\leqalignno} to put the equation numbers on the left. +\TeXref{192--193} +\toindex{eqalignno} +\toindex{leqalignno} + +Finally, suppose some text needs to appear in the middle of a +displayed equation. This can be done by putting it in an hbox. +We will describe hboxes in more detail in the next section. +For now we want to use them to temporarily resume using ordinary +roman type and to also allow the insertion of space between +words (remember that all spaces are ignored when typesetting +mathematics). Hence +{\tt \$\$X=Y \\hbox\lb{} if and only if \rb x=y.\$\$} will give +$$X=Y \hbox{ if and only if } x=y.$$ +Note carefully the spaces in the hbox. + +\exercise Do some of the challenge problems on pages 180--181 of The +\TeX book. + + + + +\section{All in a row} + +It's not uncommon to want to put a table in the middle of some +text. Fortunately \TeX{} makes it easy to do this. In fact there +are two separate methods of aligning text. The first is by using +the tabbing environment. This is similar to setting the tab +stops on a typewriter. Each line is handled individually, +according to set tab columns, but with greater flexibility than +that provided by a typewriter. The second is the horizontal +alignment environment which typesets the whole table at once +using a prescribed pattern. + +\subsection{Picking up the tab} + +To align material using the tabbing environment, you must first +set the tab positions using the {\tt \\settabs} control word. +Having done this, a line to use these tabs starts with the +control symbol {\tt \\+ } and ends with {\tt \\cr } (remember +that the actual spacing on lines in the input file in +unimportant). \toindex{settabs} + +The easiest way to use the {\tt \\settabs} control word is to put +the text into equal columns. +\TeXref{231} +Using {\tt \\settabs 4 \\columns} will set the tabs that will +produce four equal columns. The tabbing is then done by using +the alignment character {\tt \&} to move to the next tab stop. +So, for example, \toindex{columns} + +\beginliteral +\settabs 4 \columns +\+ British Columbia & Alberta & Saskatchewan & Manitoba \cr +\+ Ontario & Quebec & New Brunswick & Nova Scotia \cr +\+ & Prince Edward Island & Newfoundland \cr +@endliteral + + +\noindent +will produce the table +\vskip\baselineskip + +\settabs 4 \columns +\+ British Columbia & Alberta & Saskatchewan & Manitoba \cr +\+ Ontario & Quebec & New Brunswick & Nova Scotia \cr +\+ & Prince Edward Island & Newfoundland \cr + +Notice that it is possible to skip over some tab positions, and +it is not necessary to use all of the tabs in a given line. To +make the same table using five columns, it is only necessary to +use {\tt \\settabs 5 \\columns} to reset the tab stops; then the +same three lines from the last example will produce: +\vskip\baselineskip + +\settabs 5 \columns +\+ British Columbia & Alberta & Saskatchewan & Manitoba \cr +\+ Ontario & Quebec & New Brunswick & Nova Scotia \cr +\+ & Prince Edward Island & Newfoundland \cr + +In this example, the columns are smaller, of course. In fact +there are two overlapping entries in the last row. This is +because \TeX{} will tab to the next tab position even if (unlike +a typewriter) it means going backward on the page. + +There is an interesting relationship between grouping and +tabbing. The {\tt \\settabs} values are only applicable to the +group in which it is defined, as would be expected. Thus it is +possible to temporarily change the tab settings by grouping +within braces. In addition, each table entry is in a group of +its own. Hence we may make a single entry boldface, for example, +by using {\tt \\bf} without braces. In addition, for any column +but the last one it is possible to \centre{} the entry or to +align it either on the left or on the right, or to fill a column +with a line or dots. Each entry has an implicit {\tt \\hfil} at +the end so that it will be at the left of the column by default. +Adding {\tt \\hfil} at the beginning of the entry will then cause +it to be \centred{}, just as with the {\tt \\line} control word. +Adding {\tt \\hfill} to the beginning will cause the entries to +be pushed to the right ({\tt \\hfill} acts just like {\tt \\hfil} +in that it absorbs excess space; when both {\tt \\hfil} and {\tt +\\hfill} appear, the {\tt \\hfill} takes precedence). +\toindex{hfill} + +\beginliteral +\settabs 4 \columns +\+ \hfil British Columbia & \hfill Alberta \qquad & \bf Saskatchewan +@hskip 2.5in & Manitoba \cr +\+ \hfil Ontario & \hfill Quebec \qquad & \bf New Brunswick +@hskip 2.5in & Nova Scotia \cr +\+ \hfil --- & \hfill * \qquad & \bf Newfoundland +@hskip 2.5in & Prince Edward Island \cr +\+ \dotfill && \hrulefill & \cr +@endliteral + +\noindent +will produce a table with the first column \centred{}, the second +column flush right with a {\tt \\qquad} of padding, and the third +column boldface. The control words {\tt \\dotfill} and {\tt \\hrulefill} +give alternative column entries. +\toindex{dotfill} +\toindex{hrulefill} +\vskip\baselineskip + +\settabs 4 \columns +\+ \hfil British Columbia & \hfill Alberta \qquad & \bf Saskatchewan + & Manitoba \cr +\+ \hfil Ontario & \hfill Quebec \qquad & \bf New Brunswick + & Nova Scotia \cr +\+ \hfil --- & \hfill * \qquad & \bf Newfoundland & + Prince Edward Island \cr +\+ \dotfill && \hrulefill & \cr + +\exercise Take the table of Canadian provinces above and \centre{} each +entry within its column. + +The tab positions can be set with much more flexibility than just +in equal columns. The general pattern is to use a sample line of +the form {\tt \\settabs \\+ $\ldots$ \& $\ldots$ \& $\ldots$ \\cr}. +The spacing between the alignment characters {\tt \&} +determines the position of the tabs. For example, {\tt \\settabs +\\+ \\hskip 1 in \& \\hskip 2 in \& \\hskip 1.5 in \& \\cr} would +set the first tab one inch from the left margin, the next another +two inches further in, and the third 1.5 inches more. It's also +possible to use text to determine the distance between tabs. So, +for example, another possible sample line is +{\tt \\settabs \\+ \\quad Province \\quad \& \\quad Population \\quad +\& \\quad Area \\quad \& \\cr}. +The tab column would then be just wide enough to accept the headings +with a quad of space on each side. Here's a more complete example: + +\beginuser \obeyspaces +\\settabs \\+ \\quad Year \\quad \& \\quad Price \\quad + \& \\quad Dividend \& \\cr +\\+ \\hfill Year \\quad \& \\quad Price \\quad \& \\quad Dividend \\cr +\\+ \\hfill 1971 \\quad \& \\quad 41--54 \\quad \& \\qquad \\\$2.60 \\cr +\\+ \\hfill 2 \\quad \& \\quad 41--54 \\quad \& \\qquad \\\$2.70 \\cr +\\+ \\hfill 3 \\quad \& \\quad 46--55 \\quad \& \\qquad \\\$2.87 \\cr +\\+ \\hfill 4 \\quad \& \\quad 40--53 \\quad \& \\qquad \\\$3.24 \\cr +\\+ \\hfill 5 \\quad \& \\quad 45--52 \\quad \& \\qquad \\\$3.40 \\cr +\enduser + +\noindent +gives \TeXref{247} +\vskip\baselineskip + +\settabs \+ \quad Year \quad & \quad Price \quad & \quad +Dividend \quad & \cr +\+ \hfill Year \quad & \quad Price \quad & \quad Dividend \cr +\+ \hfill 1971 \quad & \quad 41--54 \quad & \qquad \$2.60 \cr +\+ \hfill 2 \quad & \quad 41--54 \quad & \qquad \$2.70 \cr +\+ \hfill 3 \quad & \quad 46--55 \quad & \qquad \$2.87 \cr +\+ \hfill 4 \quad & \quad 40--53 \quad & \qquad \$3.24 \cr +\+ \hfill 5 \quad & \quad 45--52 \quad & \qquad \$3.40 \cr + +\exercise Take the table given above and move it closer to the +\centre{} of the page. + +\exercise One way to \centre{} a block of text, possibly several +lines long, is to use: {\tt \$\$\\vbox\lb$\ldots$\rb\$\$}. Use +this to \centre{} the table given above. Does the +{\tt \\settabs} line need to be included in the {\tt \\vbox}? + +\exercise Improve your last result by putting a line under the +column heads. The control word {\tt \\hrule} will insert a +horizontal line if introduced between two rows of a table. Now +repeat with the control word {\tt \\strut} after the {\tt \\+ } +of the line containing the column heads. (A {\tt \\strut} +effectively makes the spacing between lines a little greater. The +size can be altered from the default.)\TeXref{82} Note the extra +space that results. +\toindex{strut} + +\exercise Make the following table with decimal alignment, that +is, with the decimal points above each other (think of the dollar +figure as being right aligned and the cents figure as being left +aligned against the decimal point): +\medskip +\settabs \+ \hskip 2 in & \hskip .75in & \hskip 1cm& \cr +\+ &Plums &\hfill\$1&.22 \cr +\+ &Coffee &\hfill1&.78 \cr +\+ &Granola &\hfill1&.98 \cr +\+ &Mushrooms & &.63 \cr +\+ &{Kiwi fruit} & &.39 \cr +\+ &{Orange juice} &\hfill1&.09 \cr +\+ &Tuna &\hfill1&.29 \cr +\+ &Zucchini & &.64 \cr +\+ &Grapes &\hfill1&.69 \cr +\+ &{Smoked beef} & &.75 \cr +\+ &Broccoli &\hfill\underbar{\ \ 1}&\underbar{.09} \cr +\+ &Total &\hfill \$12&.55 \cr + + +\exercise Devise a method to make a rough table of contents by using +{\tt \\settabs} and having entries looking something like:\hfil\break +\leftline{\tt Getting Started \\dotfill \& \\hfill 1} +\leftline{\tt All Characters Great and Small \\dotfill \& \\hfill 9.} + +\subsection{Horizontal alignment with more sophisticated patterns} + +The {\tt \\settabs} environment is not difficult to use, and once +the pattern is set, it can be used repeatedly in different +portions of the text that follows. It does have some drawbacks, +however. For one, the column size must be set before the entries +are known. Also, even though in one case we wanted the third +column to be boldface, it had to be specified in each line. +These problems can be handled more easily by using the {\tt +\\halign} environment. +\TeXref{235--238} +\toindex{halign} + + +The general pattern in the {\tt \\halign} is as follows: +\beginuser +\\halign\lb{} <template line> \\cr +<first display line> \\cr +<second display line> \\cr +$\vdots$ +<last display line> \\cr +\rb +\enduser + +Both the template line and the display lines are divided into +sections by the alignment symbol {\tt \&}\null. In the template +line each section uses control words in the same manner as does +{\tt \\line\lb\rb}\null. The control word {\tt \\hfil}, for +example, can be used to display flush left, flush right, or \centred. +Fonts can be changed using {\tt \\bf}, {\tt \\it}, etc. +Text may also be entered in the template line. In addition the +special symbol {\tt \#} must appear once in each section. Each +display line is then set by substituting each section of the +display line into its corresponding section of the template line +at the occurrence of the {\tt \#}\null. + +Consider the following example: + +\beginuser +\\halign\lb\\hskip 2 in \$\#\$\& \\hfil \\quad \# \\hfil \& \\qquad \$\#\$ + \hskip 3in \& \\hfil \\quad \# \\hfil \\cr +\\alpha \& alpha \& \\beta \& beta \\cr +\\gamma \& gamma \& \\delta \& delta \\cr +\\epsilon \& epsilon \& \\zeta \& zeta \\cr +\rb +\enduser + +\noindent The template line indicates that the first section of +the typeset text will always be set two inches in from the left +and also be set as mathematics. The second section will be \centred{} +after adding a quad of space on the left. The third +and fourth sections are handled similarly. Here is the result: +\vskip\baselineskip + +\halign{\hskip 2in $#$& \hfil\quad # \hfil & \qquad $#$ + & \hfil\quad # \hfil\cr +\alpha & alpha & \beta & beta \cr +\gamma & gamma & \delta & delta \cr +\epsilon & epsilon & \zeta & zeta \cr +} + +In this case the first display line is formed by substituting {\tt +\\alpha} for the first {\tt \#} in the template line, {\tt alpha} for +the second {\tt \#}, {\tt \\beta} for the third and {\tt beta} for +the fourth. The whole line is then saved for setting. This +continues until all the lines are accumulated, and then they are set +with each column being as wide as necessary to accept all of its +entries (an implication of this accumulation process is that a table +with too many entries could cause \TeX{} to run out of memory; it's +better not to set tables that are more than a page or so long). + +Hence the template line establishes the pattern for the table entries +and the display lines insert the individual entries. + +Sometimes horizontal and vertical lines are used to delimit +entries in a table. To put in horizontal lines, we use {\tt \\hrule}, +just as we did in the {\tt \\settabs} environment. +However, we don't want the rule to be aligned according to the +template, so we use the control word {\tt \\noalign}. Hence +horizontal lines are inserted by putting {\tt \\noalign\lb\\hrule\rb}; +vertical lines are inserted by putting {\tt \\vrule} +in either the template or the display line. But still all is not +completely straightforward. Suppose we take our last example and +change the template to get vertical lines and also insert +horizontal lines. +\toindex{noalign} + +\beginuser +\\halign\lb\\hskip 2in\\vrule\\quad \$\#\$\\quad \& \\vrule \\hfil\\quad % +\# \\hfil +\hskip 2 in \& \\quad \\vrule \\quad \$\#\$\\quad +\hskip 2 in \& \\vrule\\hfil \\quad \# \\quad \\hfil \\vrule \\cr +\\noalign\lb\\hrule\rb +\\alpha \& alpha \& \\beta \& beta \\cr +\\noalign\lb\\hrule\rb +\\gamma \& gamma \& \\delta \& delta \\cr +\\noalign\lb\\hrule\rb +\\epsilon \& epsilon \& \\zeta \& zeta \\cr +\\noalign\lb\\hrule\rb +\rb +\enduser + +\noindent +doesn't give exactly what we want. + +\vskip\baselineskip + +\halign{\hskip 2in\vrule\quad $#$\quad & \vrule \hfil\quad # \hfil +& \quad \vrule \quad $#$\quad & \vrule \hfil\quad # \quad \hfil +\vrule \cr +\noalign{\hrule} +\alpha & alpha & \beta & beta \cr +\noalign{\hrule} +\gamma & gamma & \delta & delta \cr +\noalign{\hrule} +\epsilon & epsilon & \zeta & zeta \cr +\noalign{\hrule} +} + +There are several deficiencies: the most obvious is the extended +horizontal lines, but also the text looks somewhat squashed into +the boxes. In addition, the text has a little extra space on the +right rather than being perfectly \centred. As in the {\tt \\settabs} +environment, lines can be made taller by including the control +word {\tt \\strut} in the template.\TeXref{82} A further problem +can occur when the page is set since \TeX{} may spread lines +apart slightly to improve the appearance of the page. This would +leave a gap between the vertical lines, so we use the control +word {\tt \\offinterlineskip} within the {\tt \\halign} to avoid +this. Finally we can get rid of the lines sticking out on the +left by deleting the {\tt \\hskip 2 in} from the template line. +To move the table to the same position we use {\tt \\moveright}. +Finally, we can see how to \centre{} the text by noting that the +extra space occurs in the template line after the {\tt \#} where +the text is inserted. +Hence we can improve our result by using +\toindex{offinterlineskip} +\toindex{moveright} + +\beginuser +\\moveright 2 in +\\vbox\lb\\offinterlineskip + +\\halign\lb\\strut \\vrule \\quad \$\#\$\\quad \&\\vrule \\hfil \\quad % +\#\\quad \\hfil +\&\\vrule \\quad \$\#\$\\quad \&\\vrule \\hfil \\quad \#\\quad \\hfil % +\\vrule \\cr +\\noalign\lb\\hrule\rb +\\alpha \& alpha \& \\beta \& beta \\cr +\\noalign\lb\\hrule\rb +\\gamma \& gamma \& \\delta \& delta \\cr +\\noalign\lb\\hrule\rb +\\epsilon \& epsilon \& \\zeta \& zeta \\cr +\\noalign\lb\\hrule\rb +\rb\rb +\enduser + +\noindent +to get +\vskip\baselineskip + +\moveright 2 in +\vbox{\offinterlineskip +\halign{\strut \vrule \quad $#$\quad &\vrule \hfil \quad #\quad \hfil +&\vrule \quad $#$\quad &\vrule \hfil \quad #\quad \hfil +\vrule \cr +\noalign{\hrule} +\alpha & alpha & \beta & beta \cr +\noalign{\hrule} +\gamma & gamma & \delta & delta \cr +\noalign{\hrule} +\epsilon & epsilon & \zeta & zeta \cr +\noalign{\hrule} +} +} + + + +In general, if we want to construct a table with boxed entries +that is \centred{} on the page, we can do so by putting the {\tt +\\vbox} within a {\tt \\centerline\lb\rb}\null. But here is a +trick that will produce a nicer result. If the {\tt \\vbox} is +put in between double dollar signs, it will be typeset as +displayed mathematics. Of course, there is no actual +mathematics being displayed, but \TeX{} will put in a little +extra space above and below the table as is appropriate for a +display. Hence a \centred{} table with this nice spacing may be +formed using the following four steps: +(1) put a {\tt \\vbox} between double dollar signs, +(2) put an {\tt \\offinterlineskip} and an {\tt \\halign} within +the {\tt \\vbox}, +(3) in the {\tt \\halign} put a template line with a {\tt \\strut} +in the beginning, and a {\tt \\vrule} surrounding each entry, +(4) each row of the table should be preceded and followed by +{\tt \\noalign\lb\\hrule\rb}. + +Here is the pattern to be followed: + +\beginuser +\$\$\\vbox\lb +\\offinterlineskip +\\halign\lb +\\strut \\vrule \# \& \\vrule \# \& \dots \& \\vrule \# \\vrule \\cr +\\noalign\lb\\hrule\rb +<first column entry> \& <second column entry> \& \dots % +\& <last column entry> \\cr +\\noalign\lb\\hrule\rb +\dots +\\noalign\lb\\hrule\rb +<first column entry> \& <second column entry> \& \dots % +\& <last column entry> \\cr +\\noalign\lb\\hrule\rb +\rb +\rb\$\$ +\enduser + + + +\section{Rolling your own} + +In this section we'll create new control words. The making of +these new definitions, also called macros, is one of the most +powerful techniques available in \TeX\null. For the first +application of this facility, we'll see how a new definition can +save a lot of typing by substituting short strings for long ones. + +\subsection{The long and short of it} + +The control word {\tt \\def} is used to define new control words. +The simplest form for doing this is {\tt \\def\\newname\lb$\ldots$\rb}. +Then whenever {\tt \\newname} appears in your +input file, it will be replaced by whatever is between the braces +in the definition. Of course {\tt \\newname} must satisfy the +convention for naming control sequences, that is, it must be a +control word (all letters) or a control symbol (exactly one +nonletter). So, for example, suppose you write a document that +contains the phrase ``University of Manitoba'' many times. Then +{\tt \\def\\um\lb University of Manitoba\rb} defines a new +control sequence {\tt \\um} which can then be used at any time. +The sentence {\tt I take courses at the \\um.}\ then makes +sense. If the control word exists, your new definition will +replace it (this includes the control words defined by \TeX{}, so +a little care must be taken in the choice of name). Any +definition is, however, local to the group in which it is +defined. For example, \toindex{def} + +\beginuser +\\def\\um\lb University of Manitoba\rb +I took my first course at the \\um. +\lb +\\def\\um\lb Universit\\'e de Montr\\'eal\rb +Then I took my next course at the \\um. +\rb +Finally I took my last course at the \\um. +\enduser + +\noindent gives \medskip + +\def\um{University of Manitoba} +I took my first course at the \um. +{ +\def\um{Universit\'e de Montr\'eal} +Then I took my next course at the \um. +} +Finally I took my last course at the \um. + +Remember that all spaces after a control word are absorbed; this +includes the control words that you define. In the previous +example, any space after {\tt \\um} would be ignored. However, +the space after the first period and the space after the first +opening brace are different; if you look closely at the end of +the first sentence typeset using the example, you'll see some +extra space. This can be eliminated by putting a {\tt \%} after +the opening brace to make the rest of the line a comment. The +same holds for the line with the last closing brace. Careful +control of spaces often calls for the ``commenting out'' of the +end of lines in this manner. + +Once a new control sequence has been defined, it may be used in +new definitions. This is one way of making simple form letters. +First let's define a simple letter. + +\beginuser +\\def\\letter\lb +\\par \\noindent +Dear \\name, +\ +This is a little note to let you know that your name is \\name. +\ +\\hskip 2 in Sincerely yours, +\\vskip 2\\baselineskip +\\hskip 2 in The NameNoter +\\smallskip \\hrule +\rb +\enduser + +\def\letter{ +\par \noindent +Dear \name, + +This is a little note to let you know that your name is \name. + +\hskip 2 in Sincerely yours, +\vskip 2\baselineskip\nobreak +\hskip 2 in The NameNoter +\smallskip \hrule +} + +Now this letter uses the control word {\tt \\name}, which is +undefined at this point. When {\tt \\letter} is used, the +current value of {\tt \\name} will appear in the body of the +letter. Hence + +\beginuser +\\def\\name\lb Michael Bishop\rb +\\letter +\\def\\name\lb Michelle L\\'ev\\\^{}eque\rb +\\letter +\enduser + +\noindent will produce two copies of the letter, each with the +correct name, followed by a horizontal rule: + +\def\name{Michael Bishop} +\letter +\goodbreak +\def\name{Michelle L\'ev\^eque} +\letter + +We could have put anything between the braces in +{\tt \\def\\name\lb$\ldots$\rb}; it could be several paragraphs +long and use other control sequences (although in this context it +would be a little strange). Of course it is possible to use {\tt +\\vfill \\eject} as part of the definition of {\tt \\letter} to +eject the page when the letter is completed. + +\exercise Make a form letter that uses the control words {\tt \\name}, +{\tt \\address}, {\tt \\city}, {\tt \\\province}, and {\tt +\\\postcode}. + +\exercise An unnumbered list of items is often made +using {\tt \\item\lb\$\\bullet\$\rb}. Define a macro {\tt \\bitem} +that does this, and use it for several paragraphs. Now change +each bullet to a dash (note that a simple change in the macro +propagates all the necessary changes in all of the paragraphs). + +\exercise Suppose that you are going to have to format several +paragraphs in a paper using {\tt \\hangindent = 30 pt}, {\tt \\hangafter += 4}, and {\tt \\filbreak} (don't worry about what +these control sequences actually do; the only important thing +for now is that once they are set, they remain in effect for only +one paragraph). Define a single control sequence {\tt \\setpar} +which can then be put in front of each paragraph that needs to be +so formatted. + + +\subsection{Filling in with parameters} + +It's possible to use macros in much greater generality by +allowing parameters to be passed. The idea is somewhat similar +to the template line in the {\tt \\halign} environment. First, +let's look at the case where there is one parameter. In this +case a control sequence is defined by {\tt \\def\\newword\#1\lb +$\ldots$\rb}\null. The symbol {\tt \#1} may appear between the +braces (several times) in the definition of {\tt \\newword}. The +material between the braces acts like a template. When {\tt +\\newword\lb$\ldots$\rb} appears in the text, it will use the +definition of {\tt \\newword} with the material between the +braces inserted into the template at every occurrence of {\tt +\#1} in the original definition. {\bf The spacing in the original +definition is crucial here; there must be no spaces before the +opening brace}. + +As an example, we could use the form letter of the last section in +the following way: + + +\beginuser +\\def\\letter\#1\lb +\\par \\noindent +Dear \#1, +\vskip\baselineskip +This is a little note to let you know that your name is \#1. +\vskip\baselineskip +\\hskip 2 in Sincerely yours, +\\vskip 2\\baselineskip +\\hskip 2 in The NameNoter +\\smallskip \\hrule +\rb +\enduser + +\def\letter#1{ +\par \noindent +Dear #1, + +This is a little note to let you know that your name is #1. + +\hskip 2 in Sincerely yours, +\vskip 2\baselineskip +\hskip 2 in The NameNoter +\smallskip \hrule +} + +Now we can use + +\beginuser +\\letter\lb Michael Bishop\rb +\\letter\lb Michelle L\\'ev\\\^{}eque\rb +\enduser + +\noindent to get \medskip +\letter{Michael Bishop} +\goodbreak +\letter{Michelle L\'ev\^eque} + +\def\displaytext#1{$$\vbox{\hsize=12cm #1}$$} +\bigskip +\displaytext{ +Now let's define +{\tt\\def\\displaytext\#1\lb \$\$\\vbox\lb\\hsize = 12 cm \#1\rb\$\$\rb} +as a new macro to display text. +Then {\tt \\displaytext\lb$\ldots$\rb} will cause the material +between the braces to be put in a paragraph with width 12 \centimetre +s and then \centred{} with some space added above and +below as is appropriate for a display. This paragraph was set +using this {\tt \\displaytext} macro. +} + +The parameter of a macro can be no more than one paragraph long. +If a new paragraph is encountered as part of a parameter, an +error will be generated. This is a safety feature, for +otherwise the accidental omission of a closing brace would cause +\TeX{} to eat up the rest of the file as the parameter. + +\exercise Define a macro {\tt \\yourgrade} so that {\tt +\\yourgrade\lb89\rb} will cause the following sentence to be +typeset: The grade you received is 89\%\null. It should be able +to work with any other percentage, of course. +\medbreak + +It's not really any harder to use more than one parameter. The form +used to define a new control word with two parameters is +{\tt \\def\\newword\#1\#2\lb$\ldots$\rb}. The definition between the +braces may have {\tt \#1} and {\tt \#2} occurring in it, perhaps +several times. When {\tt \\newword\lb$\ldots$\rb\lb$\ldots$\rb} +appears in the text, the material between the first set of braces +replaces {\tt \#1} in the definition and the material between the +second set of braces replaces {\tt \#2} in the definition. Here is +an example followed by its result: + +\beginuser +\\def\\talks\#1\#2\lb \#1 talks to \#2.\rb +\\talks\lb John\rb\lb Jane\rb +\\talks\lb Jane\rb\lb John\rb +\\talks\lb John\rb\lb me\rb +\\talks\lb She\rb\lb Jane\rb +\enduser + +\def\talks#1#2{#1 talks to #2.} +\talks{John}{Jane} +\talks{Jane}{John} +\talks{John}{me} +\talks{She}{Jane} + +\exercise In a manner similar to the previous exercise, define a +macro {\tt \\yourgrade} so that {\tt \\yourgrade\lb89\rb\lb85\rb} +causes the following sentence to be typeset: You received a grade +of 89\% on your first exam and a grade of 85\% on your second +exam. + +\exercise Write a macro {\tt \\frac} so that {\tt \\frac\lb +a\rb\lb b\rb} will typeset the fraction ${a\over b}$. + +\bigskip +It's important not to put any spaces before the first brace in +the definition. If you do, \TeX{} will interpret the definition +differently from the way described here. For more than two +parameters, the method of definition is similar. To define a +control word with three parameters, start with +{\tt \\def\\newword\#1\#2\#3\lb$\ldots$\rb}. Then {\tt \#1}, +{\tt \#2} and {\tt \#3} may occur between the braces. When +{\tt \\newword\lb$\ldots$\rb\lb$\ldots$\rb\lb$\ldots$\rb} +appears in the text, the material between each set of braces +replaces its corresponding symbol in the definition of the +control word. The parameters may go up to {\tt \#9}. + +\subsection{By any other name} + +Sometimes it's convenient to be able to give a control word an +alternative name. For example, if you prefer a different spelling, +you might want to call the control word {\tt \\centerline} by the +name of {\tt \\centreline}. This can be done by using the {\tt +\\let} control word. The use of {\tt \\let \\centreline = +\\centerline} now makes a new (as well as the old) control word +available. This can also be used with mathematical names as with +{\tt \\let \\tensor = \\otimes}. It is then possible to use +\TeXref{206--207} + +\toindex{let} +\toindex{centreline} +\toindex{tensor} + +\let\tensor=\otimes +\beginuser +\$\$ (A \\tensor B) (C \\tensor D) = AC \\tensor BD. \$\$ +\enduser + +\noindent to get + +$$ (A \tensor B) (C \tensor D) = AC \tensor BD. $$ + + + +\exercise Define control sequences {\tt \\ll}, {\tt \\cl}, and +{\tt \\rl} that are equivalent to {\tt \\leftline}, {\tt \\centerline}, +and {\tt \\rightline}. + +The {\tt \\let} control word allows users to name their own +control sequences. This allows a personalized set of control +sequences that may be used in place of the ones provided by \TeX{} +when desired. + +\section{To err is human} + +In some ways \TeX{} is not completely divine. \TeX{} will respond +to invalid input by giving an error message to the screen if you +are using it interactively and also to the log file. Because +\TeX{} is very complicated, the actual point where the error is +detected may be deep within the program, so a full report of the +error may be rather long and involved. Not only that, \TeX{} +will try to recover from errors, and will report what was done in +that process. For this reason the reading of error messages may +be a little difficult for the uninitiated. The key is to know +what is important from your perspective and what can be safely +ignored. So let's look at some typical errors and the messages +that they generate. + +\subsection{The forgotten bye} + +The first mistake that we'll look at is one that everyone makes +at some time, namely, the omission of {\tt \\bye} at the end of +the file. If you're using \TeX{} interactively, an asterisk \hfil +\break +\leftline{\tt *} +will be printed on the screen and nothing will happen since, +having not been told to finish up, \TeX{} is waiting for input +(from your keyboard). Whatever you type in will be appended to +whatever has been input from your files. The usual response is +to type {\tt \\bye<CR>}\fnote{{\tt <CR>} is the key +used to end a line of input. It might be called the carriage +return, enter, or simply the return key on your terminal. +Sometimes it is indicated by a large left arrow.} since that will +finish things up. + +\subsection{The misspelled or unknown control sequence} + +Using a misspelled or other control sequence unknown to \TeX{} is +a common error. If \TeX{} is being run as a batch job, an error +message is printed and the job goes on ignoring the control +sequence. When using \TeX{} interactively, it is possible to +repair errors (of course this does not change the original input +file, so that must be done when the \TeX{} job is completed). +Suppose we have a \TeX{} input file consisting of the following +two lines: +\beginuser +\\line\lb The left side \\hfli the right side\rb +\\bye +\enduser + +The control word should be {\tt \\hfil}, of course. Here is the +message that would be sent to your terminal: + +\beginuser +\obeyspaces +! Undefined control sequence. +l.1 \\line\lb The left side \\hfli +\ the right side\rb +? +\enduser + +The first line starts with {\tt !} and gives the error message. +Next comes the line number on which the error occurred and the +part of the line that was read successfully. The next line gives +the continuation of the line after the error. At this point the +question mark means that \TeX{} is waiting for a response. There +are several legal ones: +\nobreak +\maketable [Responses to \TeX{} error messages] +\halign{ +\strut \hfil # \hfil & \quad \hfil \tt # \hfil & # \hfil\cr + \bf Desired response & \bf Input to \TeX{} & \bf \hfil Result\cr + \noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip} + Help & h<CR>& Reason for stopping listed on terminal.\cr + Insert & i<CR>& Next line inserted into \TeX{} input file.\cr + Exit & x<CR>& Exit from \TeX\null. Completed pages to DVI file.\cr + Scroll & s<CR>& List message and continue after minor errors.\cr + Run & r<CR>& List message and continue after any errors.\cr + Quiet & q<CR>& All terminal listings suppressed.\cr + Carry on &<CR> & \TeX{} continues as best it can.\cr + } + +In our last example a reasonable response might be to enter {\tt +h<CR>} to get a help message, then {\tt i<CR>} to insert more +text, (at which point \TeX{} responds with {\tt insert> } and +finally {\tt \\hfil} as the correct control word. Here is the +result: + + +\beginuser +? h <CR> +The control sequence at the end of the top line +of your error message was never \\def'ed. If you have +misspelled it (e.g., `\\hobx'), type `I' and the correct +spelling (e.g., `I\\hbox'). Otherwise just continue, +and I'll forget about whatever was undefined. + +? i <CR> +insert>\\hfil +[1] +\enduser + +The final {\tt [1]} means that the first (and only) page has +been completed and sent to the DVI file. The original input file +still needs to be fixed, of course. + +\subsection{The misnamed font} + +A misspelled font name is an error similar to the misspelled +control sequence. The error message is different and a little +confusing at first. Suppose for example the following appears in +your input file: + +\leftline{\tt \\font\\sf = cmss01} + +It should be {\tt cmss10}, that is, the numbers have been +transposed. Here are the error and help messages: + +\beginuser \obeyspaces +! Font \\sf=cmss01 not loadable: Metric (TFM) file not found. +<to be read again> +\ \\par +\\bye ->\\par +\ \\vfill \\supereject \\end +l.2 \\bye + +? h <CR> +I wasn't able to read the size data for this font, +so I will ignore the font specification. +[Wizards can fix TFM files using TFtoPL/PLtoTF.] +You might try inserting a different font spec; +e.g., type `I\\font<same font id>=<substitute font name>'. +\enduser + +The TFM (\TeX{} font metric) file is an auxiliary file that is +used by \TeX\null. So this strange message is just telling you +that the font you defined doesn't exist on your computer system. + +\subsection{Mismatched mathematics} + +Another common error is to use {\tt \$} or {\tt \$\$} to start a +mathematical expression and then to forget the second {\tt \$} +or {\tt \$\$} when finished. The text that follows is then +treated as mathematics, and to make matters worse, if more +mathematics is started by a new {\tt \$} or {\tt \$\$}, it will +then be treated as ordinary text. Needless to say, error +messages galore may be generated. \TeX{} will attempt to correct +the problem by inserting a new {\tt \$} or {\tt \$\$}; in any +case, the problem is corrected by the end of the paragraph since +a new paragraph will automatically start as ordinary text. + +Consider the following correct input and its output: +\beginuser +Since \$f(x) > 0\$, \$a<b\$, and \$f(x)\$ is continuous, we know that +\$\\int\_{}a\^{}b f(x)\\,dx >0\$. +\enduser + +Since $f(x) > 0$, $a<b$, and $f(x)$ is continuous, we know that +$\int_a^b f(x)\,dx >0$. + +If we now leave out the second dollar sign in {\tt \$f(x)\$} we +then get the following error and help messages: + +\beginuser \obeyspaces +! Missing \$ inserted. +<inserted text> +\ \$ +<to be read again> +\ \\intop +\\int ->\\intop +\ \\nolimits +l.2 \$\\int +\ \_{}a\^{}b f(x)\\,dx >0\$. +? h <CR> +I've inserted a begin-math/end-math symbol since I think +you left one out. Proceed, with fingers crossed. + +? +\enduser + +The line starting with {\tt !} tells us what has been done. The +line starting with {\tt l.2} shows us where we were in the input +file when the error occurred. As in our other examples, the part +of the line successfully read, that is, through {\tt \\int}, +appears on one line, and the continuation appears on the next +line. The remaining material may seem somewhat obscure. These +intermediate messages show what was happening further in the guts +of the \TeX{} program when the error occurred. The newer user +may ignore them. + +Here is what you get as output after \TeX{} tries to recover from +the error. + +Since $f(x) > 0$, $a<b$, and $f(x) is continuous, we know that +\int_a^b f(x)\,dx >0$. + +There is a stretch of text that is italic with no spacing. This +is typical for normal text being processed as mathematics; if you +see this in your output, you have almost certainly left out a +{\tt \$} or {\tt \$\$}. + +\subsection{Mismatched braces} + +It's easy to forget or mismatch the closing braces when making +groups. The result may be a relatively benign error, or it may +be catastrophic. Suppose, for example, you have {\tt \lb\\bf A +bold title } in your text with the closing right brace omitted. +The result will be the same as if no opening brace were there; +that is, the rest of the paper will be boldface if no other font +changes are made. You will get the following message at the end +of the file: + +{\tt (\\end occurred inside a group at level 1)} + +If you had made the same mistake twice, then there would be two +more opening braces than closing braces, and you would get the +message: + +{\tt (\\end occurred inside a group at level 2)} + +\TeX{} doesn't know that the closing brace is missing until it +reaches the end of the input file. Hence the message doesn't +tell you where you went wrong. If the location of the missing +brace isn't obvious, it's always possible to insert {\tt \\bye} +halfway through your document. Running \TeX{} again will cause +only the first half to be processed, and if the error message +persists, you will know that the error is in the first half of +the document. By moving the {\tt \\bye} to different places, the +error can be localized. Also, looking at the output often +reveals what has gone wrong. + +Missing opening braces are much easier to spot. Here is a two +line input file and the resulting error and help messages: + +\beginuser +\\bf Here is the start\rb, but there is the finish. +\\bye +\enduser + +\beginuser \obeyspaces +! Too many \rb's. +l.1 \\bf Here is the start\rb +\ , but there is the finish. + +? h <CR> +You've closed more groups than you opened. +Such booboos are generally harmless, so keep going. +\enduser + +It's quite possible, of course, that the line that is supposed to +have the missing left brace will not be on the line where \TeX{} +catches the error. + +A mismatched brace in the definition of a new control sequence +can cause a major error. Since such a definition may include +several paragraphs, it may not be caught by the end of a +paragraph, but, rather will just keep piling more and more text +into the unfinished definition. It's even possible for \TeX{} to +run out of memory as it keeps eating up more text! This is called +a ``runaway definition''. +\TeXref{206} +Here is a two line input file with a runaway definition: + +\vbox{ +\beginuser +\\def\\newword\lb the def +\\newword +\\bye +\enduser +} + +Here are the resulting error and help messages: + +\beginuser \obeyspaces +Runaway definition? +->the def +! Forbidden control sequence found while scanning definition of \\newword. +<inserted text> +\ \rb +<to be read again> +\ \\bye +l.3 \\bye + +? h <CR> +I suspect you have forgotten a `\rb', causing me +to read past where you wanted me to stop. +I'll try to recover; but if the error is serious, +you'd better type `E' or `X' now and fix your file. + +? <CR> +No pages of output. +\enduser + +This is obviously a serious error. If it occurs at the beginning +of a file (as in the previous example), there will be no output +at all! + +If a closing brace is left out while using a macro with +parameters, the runaway definition will be terminated at the end +of the paragraph. So if {\tt \\def\\newword\#1\lb$\ldots$\rb} has +been defined and you use {\tt \\newword\lb$\dots$ } without the +closing brace, then at most one paragraph will be ruined. +\TeXref{205} + +In short, when an error occurs, make a note of the line number to +see how much of the input file has been read, and also the line +starting with an exclamation point to get a short description of +the error. If the error is still not clear, ask \TeX{} for more +information by typing {\tt h<CR>}. For small errors, \TeX{} can +carry on quite a way if you just keep hitting the {\tt <CR>}. + + + + +\section{Digging a little deeper} + +In this section we look at a few topics that allow \TeX{} to be +used with greater flexibility or efficiency. As the documents +being produced get longer, different techniques can help make +their creation easier. + +\subsection{Big files, little files} + +\TeX{} can read and write files as it runs. This makes it +possible to use files that are smaller and more convenient to +handle by creating a master file that reads the smaller files in +the proper order. This document, for example, consists of ten +sections plus an introduction. In addition, there are macros +that are used for all sections. The macros can be put in a file +called, say, {\tt macros.tex}, the introduction can be put in {\tt +intro.tex}, and each section put in its own file. The control +word {\tt \\input} is then used to read in a file. In general, +{\tt \\input filename} will cause the file called {\tt +filename.tex} to be read in and processed immediately, just as if +the text of {\tt filename.tex} had been part of the file that +read it in. This file may input other files. In fact it's often +convenient to make a single file that reads in smaller pieces, +perhaps as follows: +\toindex{input} + +\beginuser +\\input macros +\\input intro +\\input sec1 +\\input sec2 +\\input sec3 +\\input sec4 +\\input sec5 +\\input sec6 +\\input sec7 +\\input sec8 +\\input sec9 +\\input sec10 +\enduser + +While the text is still being heavily edited, it's possible to +process only some of the files by putting a {\tt \%} at the +beginning of each line that contains a file to be skipped (this +is sometimes called ``commenting out'' the unwanted files). + +The {\tt \\input} control word also allows the use of +predesigned macros. The macros for a memorandum, for example, +might be put in a file called {\tt memo.tex}. These macros might +set up the right {\tt \\hsize}, {\tt \\vsize} and other +parameters, and might stamp the time and date. Once this has +been set up, all memoranda may be started with {\tt \\input memo} +to make them come out with a common format. + +Be sure that you don't have the control word {\tt \\bye} in your +input file or the \TeX{} program will stop at that point. + +\exercise Make a \TeX{} input file that reads in a second file. +Try reading in the second file twice using the {\tt \\input} +control word twice. + +\subsection{Larger macro packages} + +Designing macros that can be used with many types of documents +is obviously useful. Most universities, for example, have +specific and often complicated format requirements for theses. A +collection of macros, that is, a macro package that meets all +these specifications could be somewhat time consuming to design +and could be quite long. It is possible to use the {\tt \\input} +command to use such a macro package, just as it is possible to +use it with your own macros. But \TeX{} has a better facility +for larger packages. + +A macro package can be put in a special form that can be quickly +read by \TeX\null. This is called a {\sl format file}, and +the exact form is of technical interest only. The important +thing is it allows \TeX{} to be run with many new control +sequences predefined. Certain commands called {\sl primitives\/} +are part of the definition of \TeX\null. + +What we have described in this manual is sometimes called {\sl +plain \TeX\/}, and consists of the \TeX{} primitives plus a set +of macros in a format file (that is usually included in \TeX{} +automatically) called {\tt plain.fmt}. For the curious, any +control word can be viewed using {\tt \\show}. The command {\tt +\\show\\centerline} will display +\beginliteral +> \centerline=macro: +#1->\line {\hss #1\hss }. +@endliteral +\noindent +on the screen and in the log file. You can use {\tt \\show} with +your own macros, too. If you end up using several macro +packages, you can use the {\tt \\show} command to see if a +particular macro is defined. + +Many computer \centre{}s have the \LaTeX{} macro package. This +package allows the user to create an index, a table of contents, +and a bibliography automatically. It also has the ability to +insert some elementary graphic figures such as circles, ovals, +lines, and arrows. \LaTeX{} also uses special predefined files +called {\sl style files\/} to set up +specific page parameters. Many different style files are +available; some journals will accept papers on a magnetic medium +for direct processing if they are prepared using \LaTeX{} and a +designated style file. It is not difficult to shift from \TeX{} +to \LaTeX\null. A user's guide by the author of the macro +package, Leslie Lamport, is available: +{\bf \LaTeX{}: A document preparation system}% +\fnote{Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1986, +ISBN 0-201-15790-X.}. + +The American Mathematical Society uses the \AMSTeX{} macro +package for its journals. It is readily available from that +Society, and papers may be submitted to their journals on a +magnetic medium using \AMSTeX\null. A manual by Michael Spivak, +{\bf The Joy of \TeX{}}\fnote{American Mathematical +Society, 1986, ISBN 0-8218-2999-8}, is available from the +American Mathematical Society. + +Other macro packages exist, and undoubtedly more will be +developed. They are usually of modest cost and can be very +effective in some circumstances. The \TeX{} Users Group +announces the existence of new macro packages in its +publications. + +\subsection{Horizontal and vertical lines} + +Making horizontal and vertical lines is easy using \TeX\null. +When typing in text, {\tt \\hrule } will cause the current +paragraph to end, will draw a horizontal line whose width is the +current value of {\tt \\hsize}, and then will continue on with a +new paragraph. It's possible to specify the width of the hrule +as, for example, with {\tt \\hrule width 5 cm}; also you can use +{\tt \\vskip} or {\tt \\bigskip} to put some space above or below +the hrule. Here is an example: + +\beginuser +\\parindent = 0 pt \\parskip = 12 pt +Here is the text before the hrule. +\\bigskip +\\hrule width 3 in +And here is some text after the hrule. +\enduser + +\noindent that produces +\vfill\eject + +{ +\parindent = 0 pt +Here is the text before the hrule. +\bigskip +\hrule width 3 in +And here is some text after the hrule. +} + +In fact this hrule not only has width of three inches, but also +by default has a height (the amount by which the hrule extends +above the baseline on which the type is being set) of 0.4 points +and a depth (the amount by which the hrule extends below the +baseline on which the type is being set) of 0 points. Each of +these parameters can be individually set. Thus if we change the +last example to say + +{\tt \\hrule width 3 in height 2 pt depth 3 pt } we get + +{ +\parindent = 0 pt +Here is the text before the hrule. +\bigskip +\hrule width 3 in height 2 pt depth 3 pt +And here is some text after the hrule. +} + +The three parameters {\tt width}, {\tt height}, and {\tt depth} may +be given in any order. +\toindex{hrule} +\TeXref{221--222} + +A vrule may be defined analogously to an hrule by specifying the +{\tt width}, {\tt height}, and {\tt depth} if desired. +\TeXref{221--222} +But, unlike the hrule, the vrule will not automatically start a +new paragraph when it appears. By default the vrule will be 0.4 +points wide, and will be as high as the line on which it is being +set. Hence + +\toindex{vrule} + +\beginuser +Here is some text before the vrule +\\vrule\\ +and this follows the vrule. +\enduser + +\noindent will give + +Here is some text before the vrule +\vrule\ +and this follows the vrule. + +\exercise Make three horizontal lines that are 15 points apart, +3 inches in length, and one inch in from the left margin. + +Although we usually think of hrules and vrules as horizontal and +vertical lines, they need not necessarily be used that way. For +example: + +\beginuser +\\noindent +Name: \\vrule height 0 pt depth 0.4 pt width 3 in +\enduser + +\noindent will give + +\noindent +Name: \vrule height 0 pt depth 0.4 pt width 3 in + +\exercise Make the following grid (each box is 1 \centimetre{} square): +\medskip +\settabs \+ \hskip 1cm&\hskip 1 cm&\hskip 1 cm& \cr +\moveright 2 in +\vbox{ +\hrule width 3 cm +\+ \vrule height 1 cm & \vrule height 1 cm & \vrule height 1 cm + & \vrule height 1 cm \cr +\hrule width 3 cm +\+ \vrule height 1 cm & \vrule height 1 cm & \vrule height 1 cm + & \vrule height 1 cm \cr +\hrule width 3 cm +\+ \vrule height 1 cm & \vrule height 1 cm & \vrule height 1 cm + & \vrule height 1 cm \cr +\hrule width 3 cm +} + + +\subsection{Boxes within boxes} + +We have already seen (in our discussion of line shapes) that +vboxes and hboxes are objects that may be overfull or underfull. +In this section we will look at these boxes in a bit more detail. +They may be stacked or lined up to allow a variety of positions +for text on the page. + +An hbox is formed by using {\tt \\hbox\lb $\ldots$\rb}\null. +Once the material between the braces has been put into an hbox, +it is set and can not be further split (this means that material +that must go on one line can be put into an hbox, and it will +then remain as one unit). It's possible to specify the size of +an hbox.\TeXref{64--66} Thus {\tt \\hbox to 5 cm\lb contents of +the box\rb } will produce an hbox exactly five \centimetre{}s +wide containing the typeset text ``contents of the box''. +It's easy to get an underfull or overfull box in this way. An +underfull box can be avoided by using {\tt \\hfil} to absorb the +extra space. When no dimension is given, an hbox is formed that +is just wide enough to hold the enclosed text. +\toindex{hbox} + +Similarly, vboxes are formed using {\tt \\vbox\lb $\ldots$\rb}. +What makes these boxes interesting is that when a vbox contains +hboxes, these hboxes are stacked one above the other and set as a +unit. Similarly, an hbox can contain vboxes, which will be set in +a row. Suppose we take three hboxes and put them in a vbox: +\toindex{vbox} + +\beginuser \obeyspaces +\\vbox\lb +\ \\hbox\lb{}Contents of box 1\rb +\ \\hbox\lb{}Contents of box 2\rb +\ \\hbox\lb{}Contents of box 3\rb +\ \rb +\enduser + +\noindent gives +\vskip \baselineskip +\vbox{ + \hbox{Contents of box 1} + \hbox{Contents of box 2} + \hbox{Contents of box 3} + } + +Now suppose we take another vbox: + +\beginuser \obeyspaces +\\vbox\lb +\ \\hbox\lb{}Contents of box 4\rb +\ \\hbox\lb{}Contents of box 5\rb +\ \rb +\enduser + +These two vboxes can be put into an hbox; this will cause them to +be placed side by side. In other words + +\beginuser \obeyspaces +\\hbox\lb +\ \\vbox\lb +\ \\hbox\lb{}Contents of box 1\rb +\ \\hbox\lb{}Contents of box 2\rb +\ \\hbox\lb{}Contents of box 3\rb +\ \rb +\ \\vbox\lb +\ \\hbox\lb{}Contents of box 4\rb +\ \\hbox\lb{}Contents of box 5\rb +\ \rb +\ \rb +\enduser + +\noindent gives +\vskip \baselineskip +\hbox{ + \vbox{ + \hbox{Contents of box 1} + \hbox{Contents of box 2} + \hbox{Contents of box 3} + } + \vbox{ + \hbox{Contents of box 4} + \hbox{Contents of box 5} + } + } + + +Notice that the two vboxes are aligned so that the bottoms are +level; also there is a little space at the beginning of each line +and also between the vboxes. Actually, the reason these spaces +appear is rather subtle. Unless a line ends in a control word, +there is always a space between the last entry in one line and +the first one in the next line. For this reason the space between +the vboxes comes from the end of the line containing the closing +brace of the first vbox. Similarly, the space at the beginning +of the line is caused by the space after the opening brace of the +hbox. These spaces can be avoided by ``commenting out'' the end of +the line, that is, by putting a {\tt \%} immediately after the +closing brace of the first vbox or the opening brace of the hbox. +If you try to put some vboxes together and accidentally get extra +space by forgetting to comment out the end of the line, you're in +good company. Some very able and experienced \TeX{} users have +done the same thing! + +Extra space, say one \centimetre, can be added by putting an +{\tt \\hskip 1 cm } between the vboxes. They can be aligned so +that the tops are level by using {\tt \\vtop } instead of +{\tt \\vbox}. Making these two changes results in: + +\toindex{vtop} +\vskip \baselineskip +\hbox{ + \vtop{ + \hbox{Contents of box 1} + \hbox{Contents of box 2} + \hbox{Contents of box 3} + } + \hskip 1 cm + \vtop{ + \hbox{Contents of box 4} + \hbox{Contents of box 5} + } + } + + +We can combine vboxes, hboxes, vrules, and hrules to get boxed +text. How might we construct such a box? One way is to take the +material to be boxed and put it in an hbox preceded and followed +by a vrule. Then put this in a vbox with hrules above and below +it. This gives us: + +\beginuser \obeyspaces +\\vbox\lb +\ \\hrule +\ \\hbox\lb\\vrule\lb\rb The text to be boxed \\vrule\rb +\ \\hrule +\ \rb +\enduser + +\noindent which results in +\vskip \baselineskip +\vbox{ + \hrule + \hbox{\vrule{} The text to be boxed \vrule} + \hrule + } + +This produces boxed material, but there is no margin around it +and so it looks very cramped (of course \TeX{} is just giving us +what we asked for). We can improve the spacing by putting a {\tt +\\strut} at the beginning of the hbox to make it a little taller +and deeper. This gives us: +\vskip \baselineskip +\vbox{ + \hrule + \hbox{\strut \vrule{} The text to be boxed \vrule} + \hrule + } + +\def\boxtext#1{% +\vbox{% + \hrule + \hbox{\strut \vrule{} #1 \vrule}% + \hrule + }% +} + +\exercise Why is it that we were forced to add extra space above +and below the text but not before and after it? + + +\exercise Use the method of boxing material to put text \centred{} +in a box which extends from the left to the right margin. + +\exercise By stacking nine little boxes, make the following magic square: +\vskip\baselineskip + +\moveright 2 in \vbox{\offinterlineskip +\hbox{\boxtext 6\boxtext 1\boxtext 8} +\hbox{\boxtext 7\boxtext 5\boxtext 3} +\hbox{\boxtext 2\boxtext 9\boxtext 4} +} + +\exercise Notice that the magic square in the previous exercise +has internal lines that are twice as thick as the outside ones. +Also, there is a tiny space at the intersection of the internal +lines. Fix up the magic square so this doesn't happen. + +\def\boxtext#1 {% +\vbox{% + \hrule + \hbox{\strut \vrule #1\vrule}% + \hrule + } +} + +\exercise Write a macro { \tt \\boxtext\#1\lb$\ldots$\rb } which +will take the text between the braces and put a box around it. Test +your macro by making up a sentence with every other word boxed. +I'm \boxtext not quite \boxtext sure why \boxtext someone +would \boxtext do this \boxtext since the \boxtext result is \boxtext +pretty strange. Note how the baseline and the bottom of +the surrounding boxes align. + +\def\boxtext#1 {% +\lower 3.5pt \hbox{% + \vbox{% + \hrule + \hbox{\strut \vrule #1\vrule}% + \hrule + } + }% +} + +It's easy to move boxes up, down, left, or right on the page. A +{\tt \\vbox} can be moved to the right one inch by using {\tt +\\moveright 1 in \\vbox\lb\dots\rb}. To move it to the left, +use {\tt \\moveleft}. Similarly, an {\tt \\hbox} can be moved up +or down using {\tt \\raise} or {\tt \\lower}. +\toindex{moveright} +\toindex{moveleft} +\toindex{raise} +\toindex{lower} + +\exercise Rewrite the {\tt \\boxtext} macro from the previous +exercise so that all of the text is aligned (hint: by default the +depth of a strut is 3.5 points). This would give a sentence like +the following: I'm \boxtext not quite \boxtext sure why \boxtext +someone would \boxtext do this \boxtext since the \boxtext result +is \boxtext pretty strange. + +It's possible to fill a box with either an hrule or with dots. +The idea is to use {\tt \\hrulefill } or {\tt \\dotfill } in the +hbox. + +\beginuser +\\hbox to 5 in\lb Getting Started\\hrulefill 1\rb +\\hbox to 5 in\lb All Characters Great and Small\\hrulefill 9\rb +\\hbox to 5 in\lb The Shape of Things to come\\hrulefill 17\rb +\\hbox to 5 in\lb No Math Anxiety Here!\\hrulefill 30\rb +\enduser + +\noindent gives +\vskip \baselineskip + +\hbox to 5 in{Getting Started\hrulefill 1} +\hbox to 5 in{All Characters Great and Small\hrulefill 9} +\hbox to 5 in{The Shape of Things to come\hrulefill 17} +\hbox to 5 in{No Math Anxiety Here!\hrulefill 30} + +If {\tt \\hrulefill} is replaced by {\tt \\dotfill} we get +\vskip \baselineskip + +\hbox to 5 in{Getting Started\dotfill 1} +\hbox to 5 in{All Characters Great and Small\dotfill 9} +\hbox to 5 in{The Shape of Things to come\dotfill 17} +\hbox to 5 in{No Math Anxiety Here!\dotfill 30} + +\exercise Make a boxed headline appear at the top of the page +that is like the one used in this manual. + + + +\section{Control word list} + +Here is a list of the control words given in this manual. +If you want more detail about these words than is given here, +check the index of {\bf The \TeX book}. + +\vskip 2\baselineskip +\centerline{Control symbols} +\vskip\baselineskip + +\settabs \+ \hskip 1.5 in & \hskip 1.65in & \hskip 1.3in & \cr +{\tt +\+ \\\sp{} 4 & \\!\ 34 & \\" 11 & \\' 11 \cr +\+ \\, 34 & \\.\ 11 & \\/ 16 & \\; 34 \cr +\+ \\= 11 & \\> 34 & \\\# 10& \\\$ 6 \cr +\+ \\\% 6 & \\\& 10 & \\\char '173{} 10 & \\\char '175{} 10 \cr +\+ \\\underbar{ } 10 & \\` 11 & \\{\accent "7E } 10 & \\{\accent 94 } 10 \cr +\+ \\| 40 \cr +} + +\vskip 2\baselineskip +\centerline{Control words} +\vskip\baselineskip + +{\tt +\+ \\AA 12 & \\aa 12 & \\acute 36 & \\AE 12 \cr +\+ \\ae 12 & \\aleph 37 & \\alpha 35 & \\angle 37 \cr +\+ \\approx 37 & \\arccos 41 & \\arcsin 41 & \\arctan 41 \cr +\+ \\arg 41 & \\ast 36 & \\b 12 & \\backslash 37 \cr +\+ \\bar 36 & \\baselineskip 22 & \\beta 35 & \\bf 16 \cr +\+ \\biggl 40 & \\Biggl 40 & \\biggr 40 & \\Biggr 40 \cr +\+ \\bigl 40 & \\Bigl 40 & \\bigr 40 & \\Bigr 40 \cr +\+ \\bigskip 26 & \\break 26 & \\breve 36 & \\bullet 36 \cr +\+ \\bye 4 & \\c 12 & \\cap 36 & \\cdot 36 \cr +\+ \\centerline 26 & \\centreline 60 & \\check 36 & \\chi 35 \cr +\+ \\circ 35 & \\columns 48 & \\cos 41 & \\cosh 41 \cr +\+ \\cot 41 & \\coth 41 & \\csc 41& \\cup 36 \cr +\+ \\d 12 & \\ddag 27 & \\ddot 36 & \\def 55 \cr +\+ \\deg 41 & \\delta 35 & \\Delta 35 & \\det 41 \cr +\+ \\diamond 36 & \\dim 41 & \\div 36 & \\dot 36 \cr +\+ \\dotfill 49 & \\dots 14 & \\downarrow 41 & \\Downarrow 41 \cr +\+ \\eject 20 & \\ell 37 & \\endinsert 26 & \\epsilon 35 \cr +\+ \\eqalign 45 & \\eqalignno 46 & \\eqno 46 & \\equiv 37 \cr +\+ \\eta 35 & \\exists 37 & \\exp 41 & \\flat 37 \cr +\+ \\folio 28 & \\font 16 & \\footline 28 & \\footnote 27 \cr +\+ \\forall 37 & \\gamma 35 & \\Gamma 35 & \\gcd 41 \cr +\+ \\geq 37 & \\grave 36 & \\H 12 & \\halign 51 \cr +\+ \\hang 23 & \\hangafter 23 & \\hangindent 23 & \\hat 36 \cr +\+ \\hbadness 29 & \\hbox 72 & \\headline 28 & \\hfil 27 \cr +\+ \\hfill 26 & \\hfuzz 29 & \\hoffset 20 & \\hom 41 \cr +\+ \\hrule 71 & \\hrulefill 49 & \\hsize 20 & \\hskip 27 \cr +\+ \\hyphenation 30 & \\i 11 & \\Im 37 & \\in 37 \cr +\+ \\inf 41 & \\infty 37 & \\input 68 & \\int 38 \cr +\+ \\iota 35 & \\it 16 & \\item 24 & \\itemitem 24 \cr +\+ \\j 11 & \\kappa 35 & \\ker 41 & \\L 12 \cr +\+ \\l 12 & \\lambda 35 & \\Lambda 35 & \\langle 41 \cr +\+ \\lceil 41 & \\left 44 & \\leftline 26 & \\leftskip 23 \cr +\+ \\leq 37 & \\leqalignno 46 & \\leqno 46 & \\let 61 \cr +\+ \\lfloor 41 & \\lg 41 & \\lim 38 & \\liminf 41 \cr +\+ \\limsup 41 & \\line 26 & \\ln 41 & \\log 41 \cr +\+ \\lower 75 & \\magnification 21 & \\magstep 16 & \\matrix 44 \cr +\+ \\max 41 & \\medskip 26 & \\min 41 & \\moveleft 75 \cr +\+ \\moveright 75 & \\mu 35 & \\nabla 37 & \\narrower 23 \cr +\+ \\natural 37 & \\neg 37 & \\ni 37 & \\noalign 52 \cr +\+ \\noindent 22 & \\nopagenumbers 5 & \\not 36 & \\nu 35 \cr +\+ \\O 12 & \\o 12 & \\odot 36 & \\OE 12 \cr +\+ \\oe 12 & \\offinterlineskip 53 & \\omega 35 & \\Omega 35 \cr +\+ \\ominus 36 & \\oplus 36 & \\otimes 36 & \\over 37 \cr +\+ \\overfullrule 29 & \\overline 39 & \\P 27 & \\pageno 28 \cr +\+ \\par 7 & \\parallel 37 & \\parindent 23 & \\parshape 24 \cr +\+ \\parskip 22 & \\partial 37 & \\perp 37 & \\phi 35 \cr +\+ \\Phi 35 & \\pi 35 & \\Pi 35 & \\pmatrix 43 \cr +\+ \\Pr 41 & \\proclaim 42 & \\psi 35 & \\Psi 35 \cr +\+ \\qquad 34 & \\quad 34 & \\raggedright 27 & \\raise 75 \cr +\+ \\rangle 41 & \\rceil 41 & \\Re 37 & \\rfloor 41 \cr +\+ \\rho 35 & \\right 44 & \\rightline 26 & \\rightskip 23 \cr +\+ \\rm 16 & \\root 39 & \\S 27 & scaled 16 \cr +\+ \\sec 41 & \\settabs 48 & \\sharp 37 & \\sigma 35 \cr +\+ \\Sigma 35 & \\sim 37 & \\simeq 37 & \\sin 41 \cr +\+ \\sinh 41 & \\sl 16 & \\smallskip 26 & \\sqroot 39 \cr +\+ \\ss 12 & \\star 36 & \\strut 50 & \\subset 37 \cr +\+ \\subseteq 37 & \\sum 38 & \\sup 41 & \\supset 37 \cr +\+ \\supseteq 37 & \\surd 39 & \\t 12 & \\tan 41 \cr +\+ \\tanh 41 & \\tau 35 & \\tensor 60 & \\TeX{} 5 \cr +\+ \\tensor 60 & \\the 28 & \\theta 35 & \\Theta 35 \cr +\+ \\tilde 36 & \\times 36 & \\tolerance 29 & \\topinsert 26 \cr +\+ \\tt 16 & \\u 12 & \\underbar 39 & \\underline 39 \cr +\+ \\uparrow 41 & \\Uparrow 41 & \\updownarrow 41 & \\Updownarrow 41 \cr +\+ \\upsilon 35 & \\Upsilon 35 & \\v 12 & \\varepsilon 35 \cr +\+ \\varphi 35 & \\varrho 35 & \\varsigma 35 & \\vartheta 35 \cr +\+ \\vbadness 30 & \\vbox 71 & \\vec 36 & \\vee 36 \cr +\+ \\vfill 20 & \\vglue 25 & \\voffset 20 & \\vrule 71 \cr +\+ \\vsize 20 & \\vtop 74 & \\wedge 36 & \\widehat 36 \cr +\+ \\widetilde 36 & \\xi 35 & \\Xi 35 & \\zeta 35 \cr +} + +\ifwritinganswers + \let\next=\relax +\else + \let\next=\endinput + \datestamp +\fi + +\next + +\def\beginliteral{ +\vskip\baselineskip +\begingroup +\obeylines +\tt +\catcode`\@=0\catcode`\~=12 +\catcode`\$=12\catcode`\&=12\catcode`\^=12\catcode`\#=12 +\catcode`\_=12\catcode`\=12 +\def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf} +\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12\catcode`\%=12\catcode`\\=12 + +} +\def\endliteral{\nobreak \vskip 6pt \endgroup} + + +\section{I get by with a little help} +Many of the exercises can be answered in several ways. If you +like your way better than the way given below, by all means use +it! +\vskip 2\baselineskip + +\parskip=0pt \parindent=0pt +\raggedright +\hbadness=10000 + +\hrule +\beginliteral +I like \TeX! +Once you get the hang of it, \TeX\ is really easy to use. +You just have to master the \TeX nical aspects. +@endliteral +I like \TeX! Once you get the hang of it, \TeX\ is really easy +to use. You just have to master the \TeX nical aspects. +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +Does \AE schylus understand \OE dipus? +@endliteral +Does \AE schylus understand \OE dipus? +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +The smallest internal unit of \TeX{} is about 53.63\AA. +@endliteral +The smallest internal unit of \TeX{} is about 53.63\AA. +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral + They took some honey and plenty of money wrapped up in a {\it \$}5 note. +@endliteral + They took some honey and plenty of money wrapped up in a {\it \$}5 note. +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral + \'El\`eves, refusez vos le\c cons! Jetez vos cha\^\i nes! +@endliteral + \'El\`eves, refusez vos le\c cons! Jetez vos cha\^\i nes! +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral + Za\v sto tako polako pijete \v caj? +@endliteral + Za\v sto tako polako pijete \v caj? +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral + Mein Tee ist hei\ss. +@endliteral + Mein Tee ist hei\ss. +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral + Peut-\^etre qu'il pr\'ef\`ere le caf\'e glac\'e. +@endliteral + Peut-\^etre qu'il pr\'ef\`ere le caf\'e glac\'e. +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\def\`{\relax\lq} +\beginliteral +?@`Por qu\'e no bebes vino blanco? !@`Porque est\'a avinagrado! +@endliteral +?`Por qu\'e no bebes vino blanco? !`Porque est\'a avinagrado! +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral + M\'\i\'\j n idee\"en worden niet be\"\i nvloed. +@endliteral + M\'\i\'\j n idee\"en worden niet be\"\i nvloed. +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral + Can you take a ferry from \"Oland to \AA land? +@endliteral + Can you take a ferry from \"Oland to \AA land? +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral + T\"urk\c ce konu\c san ye\u genler nasillar? +@endliteral + T\"urk\c ce konu\c san ye\u genler nasillar? +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral + I entered the room and---horrors---I saw both my father-in-law and my +mother-in-law. +@endliteral + I entered the room and---horrors---I saw both my father-in-law and my +mother-in-law. +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +The winter of 1484--1485 was one of discontent. +@endliteral +The winter of 1484--1485 was one of discontent. +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +His ``thoughtfulness'' was impressive. +@endliteral +His ``thoughtfulness'' was impressive. +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral + Frank wondered, ``Is this a girl that can't say `No!'?'' +@endliteral + Frank wondered, ``Is this a girl that can't say `No!'?'' +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral + He thought, ``\dots and this goes on forever, perhaps to the last recorded +syllable.'' +@endliteral + He thought, ``\dots and this goes on forever, perhaps to the last recorded +syllable.'' +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral + Have you seen Ms.~Jones? +@endliteral + Have you seen Ms.~Jones? +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +Prof.~Smith and Dr.~Gold flew from +Halifax N.~S. to Montr\'eal, P.~Q. via Moncton, N.~B. +@endliteral +Prof.~Smith and Dr.~Gold flew from +Halifax N.~S. to Montr\'eal, P.~Q. via Moncton, N.~B. +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +\line{left end \hfil left tackle \hfil left guard \hfil @centre \hfil +right guard \hfil right tackle \hfil right end} +@endliteral +\line{left end \hfil left tackle \hfil left guard \hfil \centre{} \hfil +right guard \hfil right tackle \hfil right end} +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +\line{left \hfil \hfil right-@centre \hfil right} +@endliteral +\line{left \hfil \hfil right-\centre{} \hfil right} +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +\line{\hskip 1 in ONE \hfil TWO \hfil THREE} +@endliteral +\line{\hskip 1 in ONE \hfil TWO \hfil THREE} +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +i{f}f if{}f if{f} +@endliteral +i{f}f if{}f if{f} +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +I started with roman type {\it switched to italic type}, and +returned to roman type. +@endliteral +I started with roman type {\it switched to italic type}, and +returned to roman type. +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +$C(n,r) = n!/(r!\,(n-r)!)$ +@endliteral +$C(n,r) = n!/(r!\,(n-r)!)$ +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +$a+b=c-d=xy=w/z$ +$$a+b=c-d=xy=w/z$$ +@endliteral +$a+b=c-d=xy=w/z$ +$$a+b=c-d=xy=w/z$$ +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +$(fg)' = f'g + fg'$ +$$(fg)' = f'g + fg'$$ +@endliteral +$(fg)' = f'g + fg'$ +$$(fg)' = f'g + fg'$$ +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +$\alpha\beta=\gamma+\delta$ +$$\alpha\beta=\gamma+\delta$$ +@endliteral +$\alpha\beta=\gamma+\delta$ +$$\alpha\beta=\gamma+\delta$$ +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +$\Gamma(n) = (n-1)!$ +$$\Gamma(n) = (n-1)!$$ +@endliteral +$\Gamma(n) = (n-1)!$ +$$\Gamma(n) = (n-1)!$$ +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +$x\wedge (y\vee z) = (x\wedge y) \vee (x\wedge z)$ +@endliteral +$x\wedge (y\vee z) = (x\wedge y) \vee (x\wedge z)$ +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +$2+4+6+\cdots +2n = n(n+1)$ +@endliteral +$2+4+6+\cdots +2n = n(n+1)$ +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +$\vec x\cdot \vec y = 0$ if and only if $\vec x \perp \vec y$. +@endliteral +$\vec x\cdot \vec y = 0$ if and only if $\vec x \perp \vec y$. +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +$\vec x\cdot \vec y \not= 0$ if and only if $\vec x \not\perp \vec y$. +@endliteral +$\vec x\cdot \vec y \not= 0$ if and only if $\vec x \not\perp \vec y$. +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +$(\forall x\in \Re)(\exists y\in\Re)$ $y>x$. +@endliteral +$(\forall x\in \Re)(\exists y\in\Re)$ $y>x$. +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +${a+b\over c}\quad {a\over b+c}\quad {1\over a+b+c} \not= {1\over a}+ +{1\over b}+{1\over c}$. +@endliteral +${a+b\over c}\quad {a\over b+c}\quad {1\over a+b+c} \not= {1\over a}+ +{1\over b}+{1\over c}$. +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +What are the points where ${\partial \over \partial x} f(x,y) = {\partial \over +\partial y} f(x,y) = 0$? +@endliteral +What are the points where ${\partial \over \partial x} f(x,y) = {\partial \over +\partial y} f(x,y) = 0$? +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +$e^x \quad e^{-x} \quad e^{i\pi}+1=0 \quad x_0 \quad x_0^2 +\quad {x_0}^2 \quad 2^{x^x}$. +@endliteral +$e^x \quad e^{-x} \quad e^{i\pi}+1=0 \quad x_0 \quad x_0^2 +\quad {x_0}^2 \quad 2^{x^x}$. +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +$\nabla^2 f(x,y) = {\partial^2 f \over\partial x^2}+ {\partial^2 f \over +\partial y^2}$. +@endliteral +$\nabla^2 f(x,y) = {\partial^2 f \over\partial x^2}+ {\partial^2 f \over +\partial y^2}$. +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +$\lim_{x\to 0} (1+x)^{1\over x}=e$. +@endliteral +$\lim_{x\to 0} (1+x)^{1\over x}=e$. +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +The cardinality of $(-\infty, \infty)$ is $\aleph_1$. +@endliteral +The cardinality of $(-\infty, \infty)$ is $\aleph_1$. +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +$\lim_{x\to {0^+}} x^x = 1$. +@endliteral +$\lim_{x\to {0^+}} x^x = 1$. +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +$\int_0^1 3x^2\,dx = 1$. +@endliteral +$\int_0^1 3x^2\,dx = 1$. +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +$\sqrt2 \quad \sqrt {x+y\over x-y} \quad \root 3 \of {10}$ \quad $e^{\sqrt x}$. +@endliteral +$\sqrt2 \quad \sqrt {x+y\over x-y} \quad \root 3 \of {10}$ \quad $e^{\sqrt x}$. +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +$\|x\| = \sqrt{x\cdot x}$. +@endliteral +$\|x\| = \sqrt{x\cdot x}$. +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +$\phi(t) = {1 \over \sqrt{2\pi}} \int_0^t e^{-x^2/2}\,dx$. +@endliteral +$\phi(t) = {1 \over \sqrt{2\pi}} \int_0^t e^{-x^2/2}\,dx$. +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +$\underline x \quad \overline y \quad \underline{\overline{x+y}}$. +@endliteral +$\underline x \quad \overline y \quad \underline{\overline{x+y}}$. +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +$\bigl \lceil \lfloor x \rfloor \bigr \rceil \leq \bigl \lfloor \lceil x \rceil +\bigr \rfloor$. +@endliteral +$\bigl \lceil \lfloor x \rfloor \bigr \rceil \leq \bigl \lfloor \lceil x \rceil +\bigr \rfloor$. +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +$\sin(2\theta) = 2\sin\theta\cos\theta +\quad \cos(2\theta) = 2\cos^2\theta - 1 $. +@endliteral +$\sin(2\theta) = 2\sin\theta\cos\theta +\quad \cos(2\theta) = 2\cos^2\theta - 1 $. +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +$$\int \csc^2x\, dx = -\cot x+ C +\qquad \lim_{\alpha\to 0} {\sin\alpha \over \alpha} = 1 +\qquad \lim_{\alpha\to \infty} {\sin\alpha \over \alpha} = 0.$$ +@endliteral +$$\int \csc^2x\, dx = -\cot x+ C +\qquad \lim_{\alpha\to 0} {\sin\alpha \over \alpha} = 1 +\qquad \lim_{\alpha\to \infty} {\sin\alpha \over \alpha} = 0.$$ +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +$$\tan(2\theta) = {2\tan\theta \over 1-\tan^2\theta}.$$ +@endliteral +$$\tan(2\theta) = {2\tan\theta \over 1-\tan^2\theta}.$$ +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +\proclaim Theorem (Euclid). There exist an infinite number of primes. +@endliteral +\proclaim Theorem (Euclid). There exist an infinite number of primes. + +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +\proclaim Proposition 1. +$\root n \of {\prod_{i=1}^n X_i} \leq +{1 \over n} \sum_{i=1}^n X_i$ with equality if and only if $X_1=\cdots=X_n$. +@endliteral +\proclaim Proposition 1. +$\root n \of {\prod_{i=1}^n X_i} \leq +{1 \over n} \sum_{i=1}^n X_i$ with equality if and only if $X_1=\cdots=X_n$. + +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +$$ I_4 = \pmatrix{ +1 &0 &0 &0 \cr +0 &1 &0 &0 \cr +0 &0 &1 &0 \cr +0 &0 &0 &1 \cr}$$ +@endliteral +$$ I_4 = \pmatrix{ +1 &0 &0 &0 \cr +0 &1 &0 &0 \cr +0 &0 &1 &0 \cr +0 &0 &0 &1 \cr}$$ +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +$$ |x| = \left\{ \matrix{ +x & x \ge 0 \cr +-x & x \le 0 \cr} \right.$$ +@endliteral +$$ |x| = \left\{ \matrix{ +x & x \ge 0 \cr +-x & x \le 0 \cr} \right.$$ +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +\settabs \+ \hskip 2 in & \hskip .75in & \hskip 1cm& \cr +\+ &Plums &\hfill\$1&.22 \cr +\+ &Coffee &\hfill1&.78 \cr +\+ &Granola &\hfill1&.98 \cr +\+ &Mushrooms & &.63 \cr +\+ &{Kiwi fruit} & &.39 \cr +\+ &{Orange juice} &\hfill1&.09 \cr +\+ &Tuna &\hfill1&.29 \cr +\+ &Zucchini & &.64 \cr +\+ &Grapes &\hfill1&.69 \cr +\+ &{Smoked beef} & &.75 \cr +\+ &Broccoli &\hfill\underbar{\ \ 1}&\underbar{.09} \cr +\+ &Total &\hfill \$12&.55 \cr +@endliteral +\settabs \+ \hskip 2 in & \hskip .75in & \hskip 1cm& \cr +\+ &Plums &\hfill\$1&.22 \cr +\+ &Coffee &\hfill1&.78 \cr +\+ &Granola &\hfill1&.98 \cr +\+ &Mushrooms & &.63 \cr +\+ &{Kiwi fruit} & &.39 \cr +\+ &{Orange juice} &\hfill1&.09 \cr +\+ &Tuna &\hfill1&.29 \cr +\+ &Zucchini & &.64 \cr +\+ &Grapes &\hfill1&.69 \cr +\+ &{Smoked beef} & &.75 \cr +\+ &Broccoli &\hfill\underbar{\ \ 1}&\underbar{.09} \cr +\+ &Total &\hfill \$12&.55 \cr +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +\settabs \+ \hskip 4.5 in & \cr +\+Getting Started \dotfill &1 \cr +\+All Characters Great and Small \dotfill &9 \cr +@endliteral +\settabs \+ \hskip 4.5 in & \cr +\+Getting Started \dotfill &1 \cr +\+All Characters Great and Small \dotfill &9 \cr +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +\settabs \+ \hskip 1cm&\hskip 1 cm&\hskip 1 cm& \cr +\moveright 2 in +\vbox{ +\hrule width 3 cm +\+ \vrule height 1 cm & \vrule height 1 cm & \vrule height 1 cm + & \vrule height 1 cm \cr +\hrule width 3 cm +\+ \vrule height 1 cm & \vrule height 1 cm & \vrule height 1 cm + & \vrule height 1 cm \cr +\hrule width 3 cm +\+ \vrule height 1 cm & \vrule height 1 cm & \vrule height 1 cm + & \vrule height 1 cm \cr +\hrule width 3 cm +} +@endliteral +\settabs \+ \hskip 1cm&\hskip 1 cm&\hskip 1 cm& \cr +\moveright 2 in +\vbox{ +\hrule width 3 cm +\+ \vrule height 1 cm & \vrule height 1 cm & \vrule height 1 cm + & \vrule height 1 cm \cr +\hrule width 3 cm +\+ \vrule height 1 cm & \vrule height 1 cm & \vrule height 1 cm + & \vrule height 1 cm \cr +\hrule width 3 cm +\+ \vrule height 1 cm & \vrule height 1 cm & \vrule height 1 cm + & \vrule height 1 cm \cr +\hrule width 3 cm +} +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule +\beginliteral +\def\boxtext#1{% +\vbox{% + \hrule + \hbox{\strut \vrule{} #1 \vrule}% + \hrule + }% +} +\moveright 2 in \vbox{\offinterlineskip +\hbox{\boxtext{6}\boxtext{1}\boxtext {8}} +\hbox{\boxtext{7}\boxtext{5}\boxtext{3}} +\hbox{\boxtext{2}\boxtext{9}\boxtext{4}} +} +@endliteral +\def\boxtext#1{% +\vbox{% + \hrule + \hbox{\strut \vrule{} #1 \vrule}% + \hrule + }% +} +\moveright 2 in \vbox{\offinterlineskip +\hbox{\boxtext 6\boxtext 1\boxtext 8} +\hbox{\boxtext 7\boxtext 5\boxtext 3} +\hbox{\boxtext 2\boxtext 9\boxtext 4} +} +\vskip \baselineskip \hrule + + +\vfill +\datestamp +\eject + +\parindent=20pt +This introduction is available for {\tt ftp} transfer on CTAN (Combined +\TeX{} Archive Network). Use an anonymous login to grab it from the +server nearest to you. + + +$$\vbox{ +\halign{#\quad &#\cr +\bf Server & \bf file name \cr +ftp.tex.ac.uk (134.151.79.32) & +/tex-archive/documentation/gentle-introduction.tex\cr +ftp.uni-stuttgart.de (129.69.8.13) & +/tex-archive/documentation/gentle-introduction.tex\cr +ftp.shsu.edu (192.92.115.10) & +/tex-archive/documentation/gentle-introduction.tex\cr +}} +$$ + + +\newdimen\squaredimen +\def\square#1{\setbox0=\hbox{#1}% + \dp0=.4ex \squaredimen=\ht0 + \ifdim \wd0 > \ht0 \squaredimen=\wd0\fi + \advance \squaredimen by \dp0 + \ht0=\squaredimen \advance \squaredimen by \dp0 + \leavevmode + \lower .4ex \vbox{% + \hsize=\squaredimen + \hrule + \hbox to \squaredimen{\vrule\hfil\box0\hfil\vrule}% + \hrule height .4pt depth 0pt}} + +Also, a somewhat expanded version of this introduction is available as a book:\ +{\bf \TeX: Starting from \square1}. Springer-Verlag 1993 +(ISBN 3-540-56441-1 or 0-387-56441-1). + + + + +\bye + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/README.txt b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/README.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..30c5391d432 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/README.txt @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +This directory contains material presented in the book + + Guide To LaTeX, 4th Edition + Helmut Kopka and Patrick W. Daly + Addison-Wesley, 2003 + +as code, sample figures, processed files, as well as solutions +to the exercises. All material here is subject to the +terms of the LaTeX Project Public License, the current +text of which is available at + www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt + +H.K. and P.W.D. +August 2003 diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/demo.eps b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/demo.eps new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4564d5bc4fa --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/demo.eps @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +%!PS-Adobe-3.0 EPSF-3.0
+%%BoundingBox: 169 158 233 242
+220 200 moveto
+200 200 20 0 360 arc
+170 170 moveto
+230 220 lineto
+170 210 lineto
+225 160 lineto
+205 240 lineto
+170 170 lineto
+stroke
+showpage
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/demo.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/demo.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..58b1d496683 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/demo.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/demodoc.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/demodoc.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e8e79071d2c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/demodoc.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/demodoc.ps b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/demodoc.ps new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f9903d0d9ef --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/demodoc.ps @@ -0,0 +1,2504 @@ +%!PS-Adobe-2.0 +%%Creator: dvips(k) 5.94a Copyright 2003 Radical Eye Software +%%Title: demodoc.dvi +%%Pages: 1 +%%PageOrder: Ascend +%%BoundingBox: 0 0 596 842 +%%DocumentFonts: URWPalladioL-Roma URWPalladioL-Bold URWPalladioL-Ital +%%+ NimbusMonL-Regu CMMI12 CMR8 CMR12 CMSY10 CMEX10 CMMI8 +%%EndComments +%DVIPSWebPage: (www.radicaleye.com) +%DVIPSCommandLine: dvips demodoc +%DVIPSParameters: dpi=600, compressed +%DVIPSSource: TeX output 2003.12.09:1714 +%%BeginProcSet: texc.pro 0 0 +%! +/TeXDict 300 dict def TeXDict begin/N{def}def/B{bind def}N/S{exch}N/X{S +N}B/A{dup}B/TR{translate}N/isls false N/vsize 11 72 mul N/hsize 8.5 72 +mul N/landplus90{false}def/@rigin{isls{[0 landplus90{1 -1}{-1 1}ifelse 0 +0 0]concat}if 72 Resolution div 72 VResolution div neg scale isls{ +landplus90{VResolution 72 div vsize mul 0 exch}{Resolution -72 div hsize +mul 0}ifelse TR}if Resolution VResolution vsize -72 div 1 add mul TR[ +matrix currentmatrix{A A round sub abs 0.00001 lt{round}if}forall round +exch round exch]setmatrix}N/@landscape{/isls true N}B/@manualfeed{ +statusdict/manualfeed true put}B/@copies{/#copies X}B/FMat[1 0 0 -1 0 0] +N/FBB[0 0 0 0]N/nn 0 N/IEn 0 N/ctr 0 N/df-tail{/nn 8 dict N nn begin +/FontType 3 N/FontMatrix fntrx N/FontBBox FBB N string/base X array +/BitMaps X/BuildChar{CharBuilder}N/Encoding IEn N end A{/foo setfont}2 +array copy cvx N load 0 nn put/ctr 0 N[}B/sf 0 N/df{/sf 1 N/fntrx FMat N +df-tail}B/dfs{div/sf X/fntrx[sf 0 0 sf neg 0 0]N df-tail}B/E{pop nn A +definefont setfont}B/Cw{Cd A length 5 sub get}B/Ch{Cd A length 4 sub get +}B/Cx{128 Cd A length 3 sub get sub}B/Cy{Cd A length 2 sub get 127 sub} +B/Cdx{Cd A length 1 sub get}B/Ci{Cd A type/stringtype ne{ctr get/ctr ctr +1 add N}if}B/id 0 N/rw 0 N/rc 0 N/gp 0 N/cp 0 N/G 0 N/CharBuilder{save 3 +1 roll S A/base get 2 index get S/BitMaps get S get/Cd X pop/ctr 0 N Cdx +0 Cx Cy Ch sub Cx Cw add Cy setcachedevice Cw Ch true[1 0 0 -1 -.1 Cx +sub Cy .1 sub]/id Ci N/rw Cw 7 add 8 idiv string N/rc 0 N/gp 0 N/cp 0 N{ +rc 0 ne{rc 1 sub/rc X rw}{G}ifelse}imagemask restore}B/G{{id gp get/gp +gp 1 add N A 18 mod S 18 idiv pl S get exec}loop}B/adv{cp add/cp X}B +/chg{rw cp id gp 4 index getinterval putinterval A gp add/gp X adv}B/nd{ +/cp 0 N rw exit}B/lsh{rw cp 2 copy get A 0 eq{pop 1}{A 255 eq{pop 254}{ +A A add 255 and S 1 and or}ifelse}ifelse put 1 adv}B/rsh{rw cp 2 copy +get A 0 eq{pop 128}{A 255 eq{pop 127}{A 2 idiv S 128 and or}ifelse} +ifelse put 1 adv}B/clr{rw cp 2 index string putinterval adv}B/set{rw cp +fillstr 0 4 index getinterval putinterval adv}B/fillstr 18 string 0 1 17 +{2 copy 255 put pop}for N/pl[{adv 1 chg}{adv 1 chg nd}{1 add chg}{1 add +chg nd}{adv lsh}{adv lsh nd}{adv rsh}{adv rsh nd}{1 add adv}{/rc X nd}{ +1 add set}{1 add clr}{adv 2 chg}{adv 2 chg nd}{pop nd}]A{bind pop} +forall N/D{/cc X A type/stringtype ne{]}if nn/base get cc ctr put nn +/BitMaps get S ctr S sf 1 ne{A A length 1 sub A 2 index S get sf div put +}if put/ctr ctr 1 add N}B/I{cc 1 add D}B/bop{userdict/bop-hook known{ +bop-hook}if/SI save N @rigin 0 0 moveto/V matrix currentmatrix A 1 get A +mul exch 0 get A mul add .99 lt{/QV}{/RV}ifelse load def pop pop}N/eop{ +SI restore userdict/eop-hook known{eop-hook}if showpage}N/@start{ +userdict/start-hook known{start-hook}if pop/VResolution X/Resolution X +1000 div/DVImag X/IEn 256 array N 2 string 0 1 255{IEn S A 360 add 36 4 +index cvrs cvn put}for pop 65781.76 div/vsize X 65781.76 div/hsize X}N +/p{show}N/RMat[1 0 0 -1 0 0]N/BDot 260 string N/Rx 0 N/Ry 0 N/V{}B/RV/v{ +/Ry X/Rx X V}B statusdict begin/product where{pop false[(Display)(NeXT) +(LaserWriter 16/600)]{A length product length le{A length product exch 0 +exch getinterval eq{pop true exit}if}{pop}ifelse}forall}{false}ifelse +end{{gsave TR -.1 .1 TR 1 1 scale Rx Ry false RMat{BDot}imagemask +grestore}}{{gsave TR -.1 .1 TR Rx Ry scale 1 1 false RMat{BDot} +imagemask grestore}}ifelse B/QV{gsave newpath transform round exch round +exch itransform moveto Rx 0 rlineto 0 Ry neg rlineto Rx neg 0 rlineto +fill grestore}B/a{moveto}B/delta 0 N/tail{A/delta X 0 rmoveto}B/M{S p +delta add tail}B/b{S p tail}B/c{-4 M}B/d{-3 M}B/e{-2 M}B/f{-1 M}B/g{0 M} +B/h{1 M}B/i{2 M}B/j{3 M}B/k{4 M}B/w{0 rmoveto}B/l{p -4 w}B/m{p -3 w}B/n{ +p -2 w}B/o{p -1 w}B/q{p 1 w}B/r{p 2 w}B/s{p 3 w}B/t{p 4 w}B/x{0 S +rmoveto}B/y{3 2 roll p a}B/bos{/SS save N}B/eos{SS restore}B end + +%%EndProcSet +%%BeginProcSet: 8r.enc 0 0 +% File 8r.enc as of 2002-03-12 for PSNFSS 9 +% +% This is the encoding vector for Type1 and TrueType fonts to be used +% with TeX. This file is part of the PSNFSS bundle, version 9 +% +% Authors: S. Rahtz, P. MacKay, Alan Jeffrey, B. Horn, K. Berry, W. Schmidt +% +% Idea is to have all the characters normally included in Type 1 fonts +% available for typesetting. This is effectively the characters in Adobe +% Standard Encoding + ISO Latin 1 + extra characters from Lucida + Euro. +% +% Character code assignments were made as follows: +% +% (1) the Windows ANSI characters are almost all in their Windows ANSI +% positions, because some Windows users cannot easily reencode the +% fonts, and it makes no difference on other systems. The only Windows +% ANSI characters not available are those that make no sense for +% typesetting -- rubout (127 decimal), nobreakspace (160), softhyphen +% (173). quotesingle and grave are moved just because it's such an +% irritation not having them in TeX positions. +% +% (2) Remaining characters are assigned arbitrarily to the lower part +% of the range, avoiding 0, 10 and 13 in case we meet dumb software. +% +% (3) Y&Y Lucida Bright includes some extra text characters; in the +% hopes that other PostScript fonts, perhaps created for public +% consumption, will include them, they are included starting at 0x12. +% +% (4) Remaining positions left undefined are for use in (hopefully) +% upward-compatible revisions, if someday more characters are generally +% available. +% +% (5) hyphen appears twice for compatibility with both ASCII and Windows. +% +% (6) /Euro is assigned to 128, as in Windows ANSI +% +/TeXBase1Encoding [ +% 0x00 (encoded characters from Adobe Standard not in Windows 3.1) + /.notdef /dotaccent /fi /fl + /fraction /hungarumlaut /Lslash /lslash + /ogonek /ring /.notdef + /breve /minus /.notdef +% These are the only two remaining unencoded characters, so may as +% well include them. + /Zcaron /zcaron +% 0x10 + /caron /dotlessi +% (unusual TeX characters available in, e.g., Lucida Bright) + /dotlessj /ff /ffi /ffl + /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef + /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef + % very contentious; it's so painful not having quoteleft and quoteright + % at 96 and 145 that we move the things normally found there down to here. + /grave /quotesingle +% 0x20 (ASCII begins) + /space /exclam /quotedbl /numbersign + /dollar /percent /ampersand /quoteright + /parenleft /parenright /asterisk /plus /comma /hyphen /period /slash +% 0x30 + /zero /one /two /three /four /five /six /seven + /eight /nine /colon /semicolon /less /equal /greater /question +% 0x40 + /at /A /B /C /D /E /F /G /H /I /J /K /L /M /N /O +% 0x50 + /P /Q /R /S /T /U /V /W + /X /Y /Z /bracketleft /backslash /bracketright /asciicircum /underscore +% 0x60 + /quoteleft /a /b /c /d /e /f /g /h /i /j /k /l /m /n /o +% 0x70 + /p /q /r /s /t /u /v /w + /x /y /z /braceleft /bar /braceright /asciitilde + /.notdef % rubout; ASCII ends +% 0x80 + /Euro /.notdef /quotesinglbase /florin + /quotedblbase /ellipsis /dagger /daggerdbl + /circumflex /perthousand /Scaron /guilsinglleft + /OE /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +% 0x90 + /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /quotedblleft + /quotedblright /bullet /endash /emdash + /tilde /trademark /scaron /guilsinglright + /oe /.notdef /.notdef /Ydieresis +% 0xA0 + /.notdef % nobreakspace + /exclamdown /cent /sterling + /currency /yen /brokenbar /section + /dieresis /copyright /ordfeminine /guillemotleft + /logicalnot + /hyphen % Y&Y (also at 45); Windows' softhyphen + /registered + /macron +% 0xD0 + /degree /plusminus /twosuperior /threesuperior + /acute /mu /paragraph /periodcentered + /cedilla /onesuperior /ordmasculine /guillemotright + /onequarter /onehalf /threequarters /questiondown +% 0xC0 + /Agrave /Aacute /Acircumflex /Atilde /Adieresis /Aring /AE /Ccedilla + /Egrave /Eacute /Ecircumflex /Edieresis + /Igrave /Iacute /Icircumflex /Idieresis +% 0xD0 + /Eth /Ntilde /Ograve /Oacute + /Ocircumflex /Otilde /Odieresis /multiply + /Oslash /Ugrave /Uacute /Ucircumflex + /Udieresis /Yacute /Thorn /germandbls +% 0xE0 + /agrave /aacute /acircumflex /atilde + /adieresis /aring /ae /ccedilla + /egrave /eacute /ecircumflex /edieresis + /igrave /iacute /icircumflex /idieresis +% 0xF0 + /eth /ntilde /ograve /oacute + /ocircumflex /otilde /odieresis /divide + /oslash /ugrave /uacute /ucircumflex + /udieresis /yacute /thorn /ydieresis +] def + +%%EndProcSet +%%BeginProcSet: aae443f0.enc 0 0 +% Thomas Esser, Dec 2002. public domain +% +% Encoding for: +% cmmi10 cmmi12 cmmi5 cmmi6 cmmi7 cmmi8 cmmi9 cmmib10 +% +/TeXaae443f0Encoding [ +/Gamma /Delta /Theta /Lambda /Xi /Pi /Sigma /Upsilon /Phi /Psi /Omega +/alpha /beta /gamma /delta /epsilon1 /zeta /eta /theta /iota /kappa +/lambda /mu /nu /xi /pi /rho /sigma /tau /upsilon /phi /chi /psi +/omega /epsilon /theta1 /pi1 /rho1 /sigma1 /phi1 /arrowlefttophalf +/arrowleftbothalf /arrowrighttophalf /arrowrightbothalf /arrowhookleft +/arrowhookright /triangleright /triangleleft /zerooldstyle /oneoldstyle +/twooldstyle /threeoldstyle /fouroldstyle /fiveoldstyle /sixoldstyle +/sevenoldstyle /eightoldstyle /nineoldstyle /period /comma /less /slash +/greater /star /partialdiff /A /B /C /D /E /F /G /H /I /J /K /L /M /N +/O /P /Q /R /S /T /U /V /W /X /Y /Z /flat /natural /sharp /slurbelow +/slurabove /lscript /a /b /c /d /e /f /g /h /i /j /k /l /m /n /o /p +/q /r /s /t /u /v /w /x /y /z /dotlessi /dotlessj /weierstrass /vector +/tie /psi /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +/space /Gamma /Delta /Theta /Lambda /Xi /Pi /Sigma /Upsilon /Phi /Psi +/.notdef /.notdef /Omega /alpha /beta /gamma /delta /epsilon1 /zeta /eta +/theta /iota /kappa /lambda /mu /nu /xi /pi /rho /sigma /tau /upsilon +/phi /chi /psi /tie /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +] def + +%%EndProcSet +%%BeginProcSet: f7b6d320.enc 0 0 +% Thomas Esser, Dec 2002. public domain +% +% Encoding for: +% cmb10 cmbx10 cmbx12 cmbx5 cmbx6 cmbx7 cmbx8 cmbx9 cmbxsl10 +% cmdunh10 cmr10 cmr12 cmr17cmr6 cmr7 cmr8 cmr9 cmsl10 cmsl12 cmsl8 +% cmsl9 cmss10cmss12 cmss17 cmss8 cmss9 cmssbx10 cmssdc10 cmssi10 +% cmssi12 cmssi17 cmssi8cmssi9 cmssq8 cmssqi8 cmvtt10 +% +/TeXf7b6d320Encoding [ +/Gamma /Delta /Theta /Lambda /Xi /Pi /Sigma /Upsilon /Phi /Psi /Omega +/ff /fi /fl /ffi /ffl /dotlessi /dotlessj /grave /acute /caron /breve +/macron /ring /cedilla /germandbls /ae /oe /oslash /AE /OE /Oslash +/suppress /exclam /quotedblright /numbersign /dollar /percent /ampersand +/quoteright /parenleft /parenright /asterisk /plus /comma /hyphen +/period /slash /zero /one /two /three /four /five /six /seven /eight +/nine /colon /semicolon /exclamdown /equal /questiondown /question /at +/A /B /C /D /E /F /G /H /I /J /K /L /M /N /O /P /Q /R /S /T /U /V /W /X +/Y /Z /bracketleft /quotedblleft /bracketright /circumflex /dotaccent +/quoteleft /a /b /c /d /e /f /g /h /i /j /k /l /m /n /o /p /q /r /s /t /u +/v /w /x /y /z /endash /emdash /hungarumlaut /tilde /dieresis /suppress +/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /space +/Gamma /Delta /Theta /Lambda /Xi /Pi /Sigma /Upsilon /Phi /Psi /.notdef +/.notdef /Omega /ff /fi /fl /ffi /ffl /dotlessi /dotlessj /grave /acute +/caron /breve /macron /ring /cedilla /germandbls /ae /oe /oslash /AE +/OE /Oslash /suppress /dieresis /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +] def + +%%EndProcSet +%%BeginProcSet: bbad153f.enc 0 0 +% Thomas Esser, Dec 2002. public domain +% +% Encoding for: +% cmsy10 cmsy5 cmsy6 cmsy7 cmsy8 cmsy9 +% +/TeXbbad153fEncoding [ +/minus /periodcentered /multiply /asteriskmath /divide /diamondmath +/plusminus /minusplus /circleplus /circleminus /circlemultiply +/circledivide /circledot /circlecopyrt /openbullet /bullet +/equivasymptotic /equivalence /reflexsubset /reflexsuperset /lessequal +/greaterequal /precedesequal /followsequal /similar /approxequal +/propersubset /propersuperset /lessmuch /greatermuch /precedes /follows +/arrowleft /arrowright /arrowup /arrowdown /arrowboth /arrownortheast +/arrowsoutheast /similarequal /arrowdblleft /arrowdblright /arrowdblup +/arrowdbldown /arrowdblboth /arrownorthwest /arrowsouthwest /proportional +/prime /infinity /element /owner /triangle /triangleinv /negationslash +/mapsto /universal /existential /logicalnot /emptyset /Rfractur /Ifractur +/latticetop /perpendicular /aleph /A /B /C /D /E /F /G /H /I /J /K +/L /M /N /O /P /Q /R /S /T /U /V /W /X /Y /Z /union /intersection +/unionmulti /logicaland /logicalor /turnstileleft /turnstileright +/floorleft /floorright /ceilingleft /ceilingright /braceleft /braceright +/angbracketleft /angbracketright /bar /bardbl /arrowbothv /arrowdblbothv +/backslash /wreathproduct /radical /coproduct /nabla /integral +/unionsq /intersectionsq /subsetsqequal /supersetsqequal /section +/dagger /daggerdbl /paragraph /club /diamond /heart /spade /arrowleft +/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +/minus /periodcentered /multiply /asteriskmath /divide /diamondmath +/plusminus /minusplus /circleplus /circleminus /.notdef /.notdef +/circlemultiply /circledivide /circledot /circlecopyrt /openbullet +/bullet /equivasymptotic /equivalence /reflexsubset /reflexsuperset +/lessequal /greaterequal /precedesequal /followsequal /similar +/approxequal /propersubset /propersuperset /lessmuch /greatermuch +/precedes /follows /arrowleft /spade /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef +] def + +%%EndProcSet +%%BeginProcSet: texps.pro 0 0 +%! +TeXDict begin/rf{findfont dup length 1 add dict begin{1 index/FID ne 2 +index/UniqueID ne and{def}{pop pop}ifelse}forall[1 index 0 6 -1 roll +exec 0 exch 5 -1 roll VResolution Resolution div mul neg 0 0]FontType 0 +ne{/Metrics exch def dict begin Encoding{exch dup type/integertype ne{ +pop pop 1 sub dup 0 le{pop}{[}ifelse}{FontMatrix 0 get div Metrics 0 get +div def}ifelse}forall Metrics/Metrics currentdict end def}{{1 index type +/nametype eq{exit}if exch pop}loop}ifelse[2 index currentdict end +definefont 3 -1 roll makefont/setfont cvx]cvx def}def/ObliqueSlant{dup +sin S cos div neg}B/SlantFont{4 index mul add}def/ExtendFont{3 -1 roll +mul exch}def/ReEncodeFont{CharStrings rcheck{/Encoding false def dup[ +exch{dup CharStrings exch known not{pop/.notdef/Encoding true def}if} +forall Encoding{]exch pop}{cleartomark}ifelse}if/Encoding exch def}def +end + +%%EndProcSet +%%BeginProcSet: special.pro 0 0 +%! +TeXDict begin/SDict 200 dict N SDict begin/@SpecialDefaults{/hs 612 N +/vs 792 N/ho 0 N/vo 0 N/hsc 1 N/vsc 1 N/ang 0 N/CLIP 0 N/rwiSeen false N +/rhiSeen false N/letter{}N/note{}N/a4{}N/legal{}N}B/@scaleunit 100 N +/@hscale{@scaleunit div/hsc X}B/@vscale{@scaleunit div/vsc X}B/@hsize{ +/hs X/CLIP 1 N}B/@vsize{/vs X/CLIP 1 N}B/@clip{/CLIP 2 N}B/@hoffset{/ho +X}B/@voffset{/vo X}B/@angle{/ang X}B/@rwi{10 div/rwi X/rwiSeen true N}B +/@rhi{10 div/rhi X/rhiSeen true N}B/@llx{/llx X}B/@lly{/lly X}B/@urx{ +/urx X}B/@ury{/ury X}B/magscale true def end/@MacSetUp{userdict/md known +{userdict/md get type/dicttype eq{userdict begin md length 10 add md +maxlength ge{/md md dup length 20 add dict copy def}if end md begin +/letter{}N/note{}N/legal{}N/od{txpose 1 0 mtx defaultmatrix dtransform S +atan/pa X newpath clippath mark{transform{itransform moveto}}{transform{ +itransform lineto}}{6 -2 roll transform 6 -2 roll transform 6 -2 roll +transform{itransform 6 2 roll itransform 6 2 roll itransform 6 2 roll +curveto}}{{closepath}}pathforall newpath counttomark array astore/gc xdf +pop ct 39 0 put 10 fz 0 fs 2 F/|______Courier fnt invertflag{PaintBlack} +if}N/txpose{pxs pys scale ppr aload pop por{noflips{pop S neg S TR pop 1 +-1 scale}if xflip yflip and{pop S neg S TR 180 rotate 1 -1 scale ppr 3 +get ppr 1 get neg sub neg ppr 2 get ppr 0 get neg sub neg TR}if xflip +yflip not and{pop S neg S TR pop 180 rotate ppr 3 get ppr 1 get neg sub +neg 0 TR}if yflip xflip not and{ppr 1 get neg ppr 0 get neg TR}if}{ +noflips{TR pop pop 270 rotate 1 -1 scale}if xflip yflip and{TR pop pop +90 rotate 1 -1 scale ppr 3 get ppr 1 get neg sub neg ppr 2 get ppr 0 get +neg sub neg TR}if xflip yflip not and{TR pop pop 90 rotate ppr 3 get ppr +1 get neg sub neg 0 TR}if yflip xflip not and{TR pop pop 270 rotate ppr +2 get ppr 0 get neg sub neg 0 S TR}if}ifelse scaleby96{ppr aload pop 4 +-1 roll add 2 div 3 1 roll add 2 div 2 copy TR .96 dup scale neg S neg S +TR}if}N/cp{pop pop showpage pm restore}N end}if}if}N/normalscale{ +Resolution 72 div VResolution 72 div neg scale magscale{DVImag dup scale +}if 0 setgray}N/psfts{S 65781.76 div N}N/startTexFig{/psf$SavedState +save N userdict maxlength dict begin/magscale true def normalscale +currentpoint TR/psf$ury psfts/psf$urx psfts/psf$lly psfts/psf$llx psfts +/psf$y psfts/psf$x psfts currentpoint/psf$cy X/psf$cx X/psf$sx psf$x +psf$urx psf$llx sub div N/psf$sy psf$y psf$ury psf$lly sub div N psf$sx +psf$sy scale psf$cx psf$sx div psf$llx sub psf$cy psf$sy div psf$ury sub +TR/showpage{}N/erasepage{}N/setpagedevice{pop}N/copypage{}N/p 3 def +@MacSetUp}N/doclip{psf$llx psf$lly psf$urx psf$ury currentpoint 6 2 roll +newpath 4 copy 4 2 roll moveto 6 -1 roll S lineto S lineto S lineto +closepath clip newpath moveto}N/endTexFig{end psf$SavedState restore}N +/@beginspecial{SDict begin/SpecialSave save N gsave normalscale +currentpoint TR @SpecialDefaults count/ocount X/dcount countdictstack N} +N/@setspecial{CLIP 1 eq{newpath 0 0 moveto hs 0 rlineto 0 vs rlineto hs +neg 0 rlineto closepath clip}if ho vo TR hsc vsc scale ang rotate +rwiSeen{rwi urx llx sub div rhiSeen{rhi ury lly sub div}{dup}ifelse +scale llx neg lly neg TR}{rhiSeen{rhi ury lly sub div dup scale llx neg +lly neg TR}if}ifelse CLIP 2 eq{newpath llx lly moveto urx lly lineto urx +ury lineto llx ury lineto closepath clip}if/showpage{}N/erasepage{}N +/setpagedevice{pop}N/copypage{}N newpath}N/@endspecial{count ocount sub{ +pop}repeat countdictstack dcount sub{end}repeat grestore SpecialSave +restore end}N/@defspecial{SDict begin}N/@fedspecial{end}B/li{lineto}B +/rl{rlineto}B/rc{rcurveto}B/np{/SaveX currentpoint/SaveY X N 1 +setlinecap newpath}N/st{stroke SaveX SaveY moveto}N/fil{fill SaveX SaveY +moveto}N/ellipse{/endangle X/startangle X/yrad X/xrad X/savematrix +matrix currentmatrix N TR xrad yrad scale 0 0 1 startangle endangle arc +savematrix setmatrix}N end + +%%EndProcSet +%%BeginFont: CMMI8 +%!PS-AdobeFont-1.1: CMMI8 1.100 +%%CreationDate: 1996 Jul 23 07:53:54 +% Copyright (C) 1997 American Mathematical Society. All Rights Reserved. +11 dict begin +/FontInfo 7 dict dup begin +/version (1.100) readonly def +/Notice (Copyright (C) 1997 American Mathematical Society. All Rights Reserved) readonly def +/FullName (CMMI8) readonly def +/FamilyName (Computer Modern) readonly def +/Weight (Medium) readonly def +/ItalicAngle -14.04 def +/isFixedPitch false def +end readonly def +/FontName /CMMI8 def +/PaintType 0 def +/FontType 1 def +/FontMatrix [0.001 0 0 0.001 0 0] readonly def +/Encoding 256 array +0 1 255 {1 index exch /.notdef put} for +dup 0 /.notdef put +readonly def +/FontBBox{-24 -250 1110 750}readonly def +/UniqueID 5087383 def +currentdict end +currentfile eexec +D9D66F633B846A97B686A97E45A3D0AA0529731C99A784CCBE85B4993B2EEBDE +3B12D472B7CF54651EF21185116A69AB1096ED4BAD2F646635E019B6417CC77B +532F85D811C70D1429A19A5307EF63EB5C5E02C89FC6C20F6D9D89E7D91FE470 +B72BEFDA23F5DF76BE05AF4CE93137A219ED8A04A9D7D6FDF37E6B7FCDE0D90B +986423E5960A5D9FBB4C956556E8DF90CBFAEC476FA36FD9A5C8175C9AF513FE +D919C2DDD26BDC0D99398B9F4D03D6A8F05B47AF95EF28A9C561DBDC98C47CF5 +5250011D19E9366EB6FD153D3A100CAA6212E3D5D93990737F8D326D347B7EDC +4391C9DF440285B8FC159D0E98D4258FC57892DDF753642CD526A96ACEDA4120 +788F22B1D09F149794E66DD1AC2C2B3BC6FEC59D626F427CD5AE9C54C7F78F62 +C36F49B3C2E5E62AFB56DCEE87445A12A942C14AE618D1FE1B11A9CF9FAA1F32 +617B598CE5058715EF3051E228F72F651040AD99A741F247C68007E68C84E9D1 +D0BF99AA5D777D88A7D3CED2EA67F4AE61E8BC0495E7DA382E82DDB2B009DD63 +532C74E3BE5EC555A014BCBB6AB31B8286D7712E0E926F8696830672B8214E9B +5D0740C16ADF0AFD47C4938F373575C6CA91E46D88DE24E682DEC44B57EA8AF8 +4E57D45646073250D82C4B50CBBB0B369932618301F3D4186277103B53B3C9E6 +DB42D6B30115F67B9D078220D5752644930643BDF9FACF684EBE13E39B65055E +B1BD054C324962025EC79E1D155936FE32D9F2224353F2A46C3558EF216F6BB2 +A304BAF752BEEC36C4440B556AEFECF454BA7CBBA7537BCB10EBC21047333A89 +8936419D857CD9F59EBA20B0A3D9BA4A0D3395336B4CDA4BA6451B6E4D1370FA +D9BDABB7F271BC1C6C48D9DF1E5A6FAE788F5609DE3C48D47A67097C547D9817 +AD3A7CCE2B771843D69F860DA4059A71494281C0AD8D4BAB3F67BB6739723C04 +AE05F9E35B2B2CB9C7874C114F57A185C8563C0DCCA93F8096384D71A2994748 +A3C7C8B8AF54961A8838AD279441D9A5EB6C1FE26C98BD025F353124DA68A827 +AE2AF8D25CA48031C242AA433EEEBB8ABA4B96821786C38BACB5F58C3D5DA011 +85B385124DFAE11BA4AB27032F02AB84277DB8B54826DA4D626694B5A24E494E +8D7F6E68647F52547A12603D4347C5B8DFC034C2CC4108C084B6F142F6B17D77 +767F3B7AB0526CFE27D03CE57AF6746AA7EA8A7768C82B16C410656CEB546C90 +768822F0AA6EC0BE08CDFFFA51D86E790FDBF42CE311800F3BD77EA6CECB8094 +C9147CC03E81DCE667BF5CE02CCC259B32BBDFAE0932BDF6CEDEC9DB5E31AE2B +CBD624841C0732E52B15DE0DCAFA9059C04E5DB1F86ECDB1C4EA1027483B2436 +664B40123EDAA2202181BC38E3E188AC627D4087295D9D9C377D93751EBDEA7C +849A6F8F77C0C7394EE975AFF723AECE988A8D3D8E9700125DD6E81807848361 +B04A5291DA4E8CD399A52CCBB105FC4417FA428A10A53CE4F352E953A78519A8 +C488ACF57632844F1A7DD9BD5809F54FC73F3174263E1AD18CF4DF32D14C77D6 +101A2B3EF151D7D01501563BD1A10B3E4900FAD07ACC0B765CA1FD5EBDA33683 +C5A76C6909F6FF9846664EE973004ACE680A1610035401B5092DADBDCCE58A9B +FAD8CECB99EFCF741A2FF9C8FB0DC19533C28B67816E0204D1B89AE52EB5ADE4 +871B0B4F36794811A185D08A37235B937CB6F6DE8514F10FCB8A2415875DDDE1 +A9A354642181C3A978B0289F96BF31B37BC1B16BEF6C7CCAF3CD461B4DA1BE5A +08933895CED41FA26E8BA92D1620ACE122F3684F6791AFFB226A7F3F8671530C +AB5B442017069E5153AF5396BC9F33F6F70486FFD31571FC5A21B37B74FCB923 +BAB998B156B6AD3156B73F44835FE8DFEEC77AF3E77B2D055894CB1776A10327 +F0F372282419C88541E7BF3BEE8FBA4F6176EAE2EC4EC6B5FD806EFB6C4018AC +E26D927C3BE05A8202E723A8569A +0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 +0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 +0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 +0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 +0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 +0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 +0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 +0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 +cleartomark +%%EndFont +%%BeginFont: CMEX10 +%!PS-AdobeFont-1.1: CMEX10 1.00 +%%CreationDate: 1992 Jul 23 21:22:48 +% Copyright (C) 1997 American Mathematical Society. All Rights Reserved. +11 dict begin +/FontInfo 7 dict dup begin +/version (1.00) readonly def +/Notice (Copyright (C) 1997 American Mathematical Society. All Rights Reserved) readonly def +/FullName (CMEX10) readonly def +/FamilyName (Computer Modern) readonly def +/Weight (Medium) readonly def +/ItalicAngle 0 def +/isFixedPitch false def +end readonly def +/FontName /CMEX10 def +/PaintType 0 def +/FontType 1 def +/FontMatrix [0.001 0 0 0.001 0 0] readonly def +/Encoding 256 array +0 1 255 {1 index exch /.notdef put} for +dup 12 /vextendsingle put +readonly def +/FontBBox{-24 -2960 1454 772}readonly def +/UniqueID 5000774 def +currentdict end +currentfile eexec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cleartomark +%%EndFont +%%BeginFont: CMSY10 +%!PS-AdobeFont-1.1: CMSY10 1.0 +%%CreationDate: 1991 Aug 15 07:20:57 +% Copyright (C) 1997 American Mathematical Society. All Rights Reserved. +11 dict begin +/FontInfo 7 dict dup begin +/version (1.0) readonly def +/Notice (Copyright (C) 1997 American Mathematical Society. All Rights Reserved) readonly def +/FullName (CMSY10) readonly def +/FamilyName (Computer Modern) readonly def +/Weight (Medium) readonly def +/ItalicAngle -14.035 def +/isFixedPitch false def +end readonly def +/FontName /CMSY10 def +/PaintType 0 def +/FontType 1 def +/FontMatrix [0.001 0 0 0.001 0 0] readonly def +/Encoding 256 array +0 1 255 {1 index exch /.notdef put} for +dup 0 /.notdef put +readonly def +/FontBBox{-29 -960 1116 775}readonly def +/UniqueID 5000820 def +currentdict end +currentfile eexec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cleartomark +%%EndFont +%%BeginFont: CMR12 +%!PS-AdobeFont-1.1: CMR12 1.0 +%%CreationDate: 1991 Aug 20 16:38:05 +% Copyright (C) 1997 American Mathematical Society. All Rights Reserved. +11 dict begin +/FontInfo 7 dict dup begin +/version (1.0) readonly def +/Notice (Copyright (C) 1997 American Mathematical Society. All Rights Reserved) readonly def +/FullName (CMR12) readonly def +/FamilyName (Computer Modern) readonly def +/Weight (Medium) readonly def +/ItalicAngle 0 def +/isFixedPitch false def +end readonly def +/FontName /CMR12 def +/PaintType 0 def +/FontType 1 def +/FontMatrix [0.001 0 0 0.001 0 0] readonly def +/Encoding 256 array +0 1 255 {1 index exch /.notdef put} for +dup 0 /.notdef put +readonly def +/FontBBox{-34 -251 988 750}readonly def +/UniqueID 5000794 def +currentdict end +currentfile eexec +D9D66F633B846A97B686A97E45A3D0AA052A014267B7904EB3C0D3BD0B83D891 +016CA6CA4B712ADEB258FAAB9A130EE605E61F77FC1B738ABC7C51CD46EF8171 +9098D5FEE67660E69A7AB91B58F29A4D79E57022F783EB0FBBB6D4F4EC35014F +D2DECBA99459A4C59DF0C6EBA150284454E707DC2100C15B76B4C19B84363758 +469A6C558785B226332152109871A9883487DD7710949204DDCF837E6A8708B8 +2BDBF16FBC7512FAA308A093FE5CF4E9D2405B169CD5365D6ECED5D768D66D6C +68618B8C482B341F8CA38E9BB9BAFCFAAD9C2F3FD033B62690986ED43D9C9361 +3645B82392D5CAE11A7CB49D7E2E82DCD485CBA04C77322EB2E6A79D73DC194E +59C120A2DABB9BF72E2CF256DD6EB54EECBA588101ABD933B57CE8A3A0D16B28 +51D7494F73096DF53BDC66BBF896B587DF9643317D5F610CD9088F9849126F23 +DDE030F7B277DD99055C8B119CAE9C99158AC4E150CDFC2C66ED92EBB4CC092A +AA078CE16247A1335AD332DAA950D20395A7384C33FF72EAA31A5B89766E635F +45C4C068AD7EE867398F0381B07CB94D29FF097D59FF9961D195A948E3D87C31 +821E9295A56D21875B41988F7A16A1587050C3C71B4E4355BB37F255D6B237CE +96F25467F70FA19E0F85785FF49068949CCC79F2F8AE57D5F79BB9C5CF5EED5D +9857B9967D9B96CDCF73D5D65FF75AFABB66734018BAE264597220C89FD17379 +26764A9302D078B4EB0E29178C878FD61007EEA2DDB119AE88C57ECFEF4B71E4 +140A34951DDC3568A84CC92371A789021A103A1A347050FDA6ECF7903F67D213 +1D0C7C474A9053866E9C88E65E6932BA87A73686EAB0019389F84D159809C498 +1E7A30ED942EB211B00DBFF5BCC720F4E276C3339B31B6EABBB078430E6A09BB +377D3061A20B1EB98796B8607EECBC699445EAA866C38E02DF59F5EDD378303A +0733B90E7835C0AAF32BA04F1566D8161EA89CD4D14DDB953F8B910BFC8A7F03 +5020F55EF8FC2640ADADA156F6CF8F2EB6610F7EE8874A26CBE7CD154469B9F4 +ED76886B3FB679FFDEB59BB6C55AF7087BA48B75EE2FB374B19BCC421A963E15 +FE05ECAAF9EECDF4B2715010A320102E6F8CCAA342FA11532671CA6F6725B014 +B7DBEFFC14878F0304D673AB5A6A7A667B9B9356CCDA0966DDE743D4CF7BE771 +B4FF031A15E0184CA05B9A27523DA97152B733EB1E85F394DE4ABF6FC50F90E3 +EDEE4368E3F6C5D7BD16549523421ABCAD5D76496CF5F3C6DD274D47A8989E3D +C214A6CCAC208E7F8FA44ED9765737AF43CEEC941E3AA7450A588B59855102E5 +FF167A1DEAFF8BFE96E6FAAC234E0E383CF5E3B3F9B081894A82A7CBAEF1ABAD +947A2F2ADA213FF7B65B957174749513AB8DC1F8C02F55ADE2354869597834B2 +2A4BC910E7E40151DA1053E9729F55C4F3ED48EBBB376CE99D20C2422642D25D +AE9A52FBB80E91DA72271BEEEE0F4352B5E19D0B007FF0A1B3C39E75DCBA112B +ED46C4F7548DBD60AE30E7E9DA72A692FC09C5AD54EC32FC4A74E464AD935A01 +6FF3D62D77552D812DAE0F7B0439D78CF04F42E6AC5F05612471A6E780D28BB5 +63F132BE8CB9793AAA06E926A865CB976BA05BF3CE28022F9496E3925FEDFC13 +09C111BA7C436950F11768FAE489114A2E9145CCDE6650DBDFD2B3558DE835BF +D03E5EDFD10EC40E68F11BFC10A5D56EAF9E3DA78E37BC227D71334D33283C51 +01569D3FA560EFCE727BA2A535524A573EF9AD5D635138DC8DDD5C137F74949F +48CCCFE87740B600053AAE307864BCF562366B75744924D17DBC2A18167ABBE0 +E11FBB702ECC549AF131EAECD1EFAFCB000C76B0AAC17CA5BDC6F2029ABF8DC1 +265AEA789276852FD358EA10782AFE7BBD32DD6E798B65C6DAACAF60ECEF7EE3 +9B8C5FB061EA2093EC64BFBD109420C96EDC0A714CB289AF021CA2D63506D8C8 +0349B0D72F8EEC1C29D239B0710EABDDFF8D57EB596B3B44D60D3014611C7568 +3D93FB9842179C4E9B5F542E +0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 +0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 +0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 +0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 +0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 +0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 +0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 +0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 +cleartomark +%%EndFont +%%BeginFont: CMR8 +%!PS-AdobeFont-1.1: CMR8 1.0 +%%CreationDate: 1991 Aug 20 16:39:40 +% Copyright (C) 1997 American Mathematical Society. All Rights Reserved. +11 dict begin +/FontInfo 7 dict dup begin +/version (1.0) readonly def +/Notice (Copyright (C) 1997 American Mathematical Society. All Rights Reserved) readonly def +/FullName (CMR8) readonly def +/FamilyName (Computer Modern) readonly def +/Weight (Medium) readonly def +/ItalicAngle 0 def +/isFixedPitch false def +end readonly def +/FontName /CMR8 def +/PaintType 0 def +/FontType 1 def +/FontMatrix [0.001 0 0 0.001 0 0] readonly def +/Encoding 256 array +0 1 255 {1 index exch /.notdef put} for +dup 0 /.notdef put +readonly def +/FontBBox{-36 -250 1070 750}readonly def +/UniqueID 5000791 def +currentdict end +currentfile eexec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cleartomark +%%EndFont +%%BeginFont: CMMI12 +%!PS-AdobeFont-1.1: CMMI12 1.100 +%%CreationDate: 1996 Jul 27 08:57:55 +% Copyright (C) 1997 American Mathematical Society. All Rights Reserved. +11 dict begin +/FontInfo 7 dict dup begin +/version (1.100) readonly def +/Notice (Copyright (C) 1997 American Mathematical Society. All Rights Reserved) readonly def +/FullName (CMMI12) readonly def +/FamilyName (Computer Modern) readonly def +/Weight (Medium) readonly def +/ItalicAngle -14.04 def +/isFixedPitch false def +end readonly def +/FontName /CMMI12 def +/PaintType 0 def +/FontType 1 def +/FontMatrix [0.001 0 0 0.001 0 0] readonly def +/Encoding 256 array +0 1 255 {1 index exch /.notdef put} for +dup 0 /.notdef put +readonly def +/FontBBox{-30 -250 1026 750}readonly def +/UniqueID 5087386 def +currentdict end +currentfile eexec +D9D66F633B846A97B686A97E45A3D0AA0529731C99A784CCBE85B4993B2EEBDE +3B12D472B7CF54651EF21185116A69AB1096ED4BAD2F646635E019B6417CC77B +532F85D811C70D1429A19A5307EF63EB5C5E02C89FC6C20F6D9D89E7D91FE470 +B72BEFDA23F5DF76BE05AF4CE93137A219ED8A04A9D7D6FDF37E6B7FCDE0D90B +986423E5960A5D9FBB4C956556E8DF90CBFAEC476FA36FD9A5C8175C9AF513FE +D919C2DDD26BDC0D99398B9F4D03D6A8F05B47AF95EF28A9C561DBDC98C47CF5 +5250011D19E9366EB6FD153D3A100CAA6212E3D5D93990737F8D326D347B7EDC +4391C9DF440285B8FC159D0E98D4258FC57892DCC57F7903449E07914FBE9E67 +3C15C2153C061EB541F66C11E7EE77D5D77C0B11E1AC55101DA976CCACAB6993 +EED1406FBB7FF30EAC9E90B90B2AF4EC7C273CA32F11A5C1426FF641B4A2FB2F +4E68635C93DB835737567FAF8471CBC05078DCD4E40E25A2F4E5AF46C234CF59 +2A1CE8F39E1BA1B2A594355637E474167EAD4D97D51AF0A899B44387E1FD933A +323AFDA6BA740534A510B4705C0A15647AFBF3E53A82BF320DD96753639BE49C +2F79A1988863EF977B800C9DB5B42039C23EB86953713F730E03EA22FF7BB2C1 +D97D33FD77B1BDCC2A60B12CF7805CFC90C5B914C0F30A673DF9587F93E47CEA +5932DD1930560C4F0D97547BCD805D6D854455B13A4D7382A22F562D7C55041F +0FD294BDAA1834820F894265A667E5C97D95FF152531EF97258F56374502865D +A1E7C0C5FB7C6FB7D3C43FEB3431095A59FBF6F61CEC6D6DEE09F4EB0FD70D77 +2A8B0A4984C6120293F6B947944BE23259F6EB64303D627353163B6505FC8A60 +00681F7A3968B6CBB49E0420A691258F5E7B07B417157803FCBE9B9FB1F80FD8 +CA0BD4436D0D546535B06363EB36E03F151939F7243D39D3F717AB33CE6CE77E +56714BB81BCA389CE1ACBF20AE2FA514EED93425541DB0F60481E9EAC90EC793 +699F0E682638961B6BFD76259820DE9CBBB7C2624E1E4CC1851E91B9C5298215 +A1226689FDA0EB76212AD07851D8FE9BCA920912E0449FD300D6269C69AD910A +35CBDADD01DE00663BC920D6EDD20DCF32128456F9ABB2668DBD786EC760DC35 +6C90E4C89D36607E07154F1C376B369C2EDCA96015D3822CF62381357BF8C33F +EC3D6EA2B780E3E01AC504E6F3183A0D006ECC5FC477C4B48F6709C626D68048 +F44664D1AC57A2702BA7542C40771F1475B919C0E0944D0E2944BA502926219E +1D01834759C1B53084FFDAB17F0E10871AD97A31979E71EB80DA85B9AA0C6DC5 +37C2D5438B9C18E6F4E851C2F2033AFE6DA413A1873C06349EDF140514463E4A +F6F8203B584572BFE5E7A4BBEB5DCB1279D5327814B63E4301F91DE974B8DD75 +016192FBFC83F4332A5DB7FF85ACE0F25ECF30A3C9048AFB6FA8D8AF2C8CD527 +2AAF5C45A924199B057DAA2058D145119526B2C3D294FA26FF1D3965B4AF6560 +D940FE6D22505EC7C1DEB88CA5BE13F85373A8733F90AEA10C3B9470D051054C +65297A1E2DA99EB13C1850E1CC6EBEF110CAB8928A5226727E2739D920F7E38E +1C8D72C2F7E4E275168E17522E49981AD96BE93D117E79EA7843046B7FDC9D67 +02EE8A8A41C0D754857B1781A4170A721D336DA8980AD4EFA64955531CA1EE3D +F01BF4595EF1D7495FF5033591B000EC479AFDF559BAAAB5DD11453BC85AC95D +9ADA33FF6B99C5D3BD4C7D1500569A7EEB7055CDE2EAC3E5FFB89CB09AAF9961 +9521CE470A5303C1F4DE202F66E25AE1FF8048D2D5CAF68B5DB93F84E49FA119 +2E77EE6EEEE5349216C02BDEE74069A0CA2CA60BC1998C8D1A6034E239C7A403 +D184C7D57020EDB8D28BF1090ACFABAE90A193A8E35E7B2DA8CFA16219F7DC22 +4FAA012716E9F7474414489F1794AD3144986D80400B2265DE09D00D1159B29B +1D183B3E615D1ADD4AD1CEC794A127C9AF08044BD624CC6DB0A2C70330D59840 +5B5128D025B8D4BB041B8A76B4130A3766CC4757C3530DF510C26B7F4C1F6929 +F2CFFBF739FDDCB08E4734A79A08B9609F45F7DEC14CE0CF4935462E49B916C4 +03BB8D2C391D5F393D853BBFD80E0658CDDD5FDAA871C34ACDB266A9039F39A9 +43D38196C8AEF494966897FA9BBB5BDDE73A41DD59BA88B6A6FCF8ADB5EFD6A4 +8A34AA166B1D16E817EBA3A5767328FF8B8134608FE989BEFEE6197F6FF8633B +89FFDBA5B3CDCE6491FF4C7034990FEDB5453B6CA5BC9BA42EDB19164E983726 +77A825971936A63159C1CBA77A32E5EE0D33CA6672C983324459D237F4160F43 +69F02E0810009E571C9A8006ACC1A317F4A2BABC6F2F70BB53A7BDD86EBB3C29 +FE4057B9A13A4C8DFE3E5431089059E234CA66F4F7A94394916952B73B21B0BC +FBF8F2110F89652784F51D1D4C8F347EABFFB3D574F2BF08C21076B267BE3D97 +6E4E27472EA397CC89D07334B87F3A1F3CDD5C1F10782C38E2F8608A26E34B08 +09D7CD22EE9B15040386FB3B51088213A85FD13FB3718D41F851FDE2F8CBB97D +31B81B587603A766870D2F98F17D11B4CF308D4D773E765B4E1FD73D7FB51137 +96473666BB149968EA8D19346B595740FD4447D1E4F08D785620A1D8888030F3 +151279A5F291FEE3432D2856F740FB69CF4F6DA745E8547A9D289520929BC7D7 +BF5C444D67D97FF714F60F85BD4460D375BB82F6C7358270D7AC27B5D9AD5DAF +7E062427A16314F0937C7195A4F9C393C8AB5C4DAAE4DE0420FC2D723057DF4D +DAFBAE4774106BDCBE2B3A1D358702B1F1FA7D86EF2EADADD59CB311998B4812 +7E5C8EF8FE808F972B69304BE85022A439BBF8C65A458344881AE815F33EC27B +BF3AC39FF86EE1BBCBCCAD01DB27BAFBD74067DE8C8C1076BC2892DF8CE8A932 +28142CF125B4CF40E3A543A4F8EF943C3D3F366BA182052A35F3F92A97128DC0 +7FD86C34B026CA3E4E83A752AA3492D4F439D9CAF56A43B2FFBBBBA25D903D65 +291411479D3018E3ACD02C59A3F2CB901C794CC75328D72F721997E9DA938BAB +E76B1435E4653FEF9D08BCBC1D9C2282550243A334B5E2A4B23ABA989B78FC02 +4AF5676A8C2EDEF07289C142AA38F5C68F4BDD4A1DA04FD68DB2F2C3A94105C0 +C25F577F7CF4C0E17A7AFF93FF5CC88A0F0EA345D9BB60DE990D2CF9FAFAA990 +CBB6108591550439034C751C4575090BF0CDD2E8424BC2FF7D292CCA0056E075 +7635F9AFD4D4C7712720F52286E605DA5EBBA1947727BD70EF2CC4F6847C10F8 +470202D4CCBBDDFB5CE769A7EB2EB3F399FDF0D12F1E24D26D371148F2FE9F47 +51F3057ADBA22385330BA6C468F92B517A99C44277BCF1326FBB08042404D82F +C225D4E44398CDB63F276C35F37A8F7B35A449D8E1FD6D8C169CA6E6E9B91F2E +4200F037B46F579DFC2FCD9D0A70A59935A78BA2D629A3C2B57E7828EE0E67F8 +C833C7E0C1300DFBB7CCEC832D073398555FD1584CC6D97694A80EA1354AB664 +38ABEFEB545C1D6A7B2C43244A9955371935D806F95CE9B01B8189BB2A2EA3F6 +56B4548C76DDFD98C8FC3AA221C19CAC1EF8DDFBA315C0AF0EA40D2FA0974FDD +C056D1FA33D5BE7AB9187330600F8665D70226BC0B09A0A8FE54FF3FF670F1 +0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 +0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 +0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 +0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 +0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 +0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 +0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 +0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 +cleartomark +%%EndFont +%%BeginFont: NimbusMonL-Regu +%!PS-AdobeFont-1.0: NimbusMonL-Regu 1.05 +%%CreationDate: Wed Dec 22 1999 +% Copyright (URW)++,Copyright 1999 by (URW)++ Design & Development +% (URW)++,Copyright 1999 by (URW)++ Design & Development +% See the file COPYING (GNU General Public License) for license conditions. +% As a special exception, permission is granted to include this font +% program in a Postscript or PDF file that consists of a document that +% contains text to be displayed or printed using this font, regardless +% of the conditions or license applying to the document itself. +12 dict begin +/FontInfo 10 dict dup begin +/version (1.05) readonly def +/Notice ((URW)++,Copyright 1999 by (URW)++ Design & Development. See the file COPYING (GNU General Public License) for license conditions. As a special exception, permission is granted to include this font program in a Postscript or PDF file that consists of a document that contains text to be displayed or printed using this font, regardless of the conditions or license applying to the document itself.) readonly def +/Copyright (Copyright (URW)++,Copyright 1999 by (URW)++ Design & Development) readonly def +/FullName (Nimbus Mono L Regular) readonly def +/FamilyName (Nimbus Mono L) readonly def +/Weight (Regular) readonly def +/ItalicAngle 0.0 def +/isFixedPitch false def +/UnderlinePosition -100 def +/UnderlineThickness 50 def +end readonly def +/FontName /NimbusMonL-Regu def +/PaintType 0 def +/WMode 0 def +/FontBBox {-12 -237 650 811} readonly def +/FontType 1 def +/FontMatrix [0.001 0.0 0.0 0.001 0.0 0.0] readonly def +/Encoding 256 array +0 1 255 {1 index exch /.notdef put} for +dup 0 /.notdef put +readonly def +/UniqueID 5020945 def +currentdict end +currentfile eexec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cleartomark +%%EndFont +%%BeginFont: URWPalladioL-Bold +%!PS-AdobeFont-1.0: URWPalladioL-Bold 1.05 +%%CreationDate: Wed Dec 22 1999 +% Copyright (URW)++,Copyright 1999 by (URW)++ Design & Development +% (URW)++,Copyright 1999 by (URW)++ Design & Development +% See the file COPYING (GNU General Public License) for license conditions. +% As a special exception, permission is granted to include this font +% program in a Postscript or PDF file that consists of a document that +% contains text to be displayed or printed using this font, regardless +% of the conditions or license applying to the document itself. +12 dict begin +/FontInfo 10 dict dup begin +/version (1.05) readonly def +/Notice ((URW)++,Copyright 1999 by (URW)++ Design & Development. See the file COPYING (GNU General Public License) for license conditions. As a special exception, permission is granted to include this font program in a Postscript or PDF file that consists of a document that contains text to be displayed or printed using this font, regardless of the conditions or license applying to the document itself.) readonly def +/Copyright (Copyright (URW)++,Copyright 1999 by (URW)++ Design & Development) readonly def +/FullName (URW Palladio L Bold) readonly def +/FamilyName (URW Palladio L) readonly def +/Weight (Bold) readonly def +/ItalicAngle 0.0 def +/isFixedPitch false def +/UnderlinePosition -100 def +/UnderlineThickness 50 def +end readonly def +/FontName /URWPalladioL-Bold def +/PaintType 0 def +/WMode 0 def +/FontBBox {-152 -301 1000 935} readonly def +/FontType 1 def +/FontMatrix [0.001 0.0 0.0 0.001 0.0 0.0] readonly def +/Encoding 256 array +0 1 255 {1 index exch /.notdef put} for +dup 0 /.notdef put +readonly def +/UniqueID 5021142 def +currentdict end +currentfile eexec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cleartomark +%%EndFont +%%BeginFont: URWPalladioL-Ital +%!PS-AdobeFont-1.0: URWPalladioL-Ital 1.05 +%%CreationDate: Wed Dec 22 1999 +% Copyright (URW)++,Copyright 1999 by (URW)++ Design & Development +% (URW)++,Copyright 1999 by (URW)++ Design & Development +% See the file COPYING (GNU General Public License) for license conditions. +% As a special exception, permission is granted to include this font +% program in a Postscript or PDF file that consists of a document that +% contains text to be displayed or printed using this font, regardless +% of the conditions or license applying to the document itself. +12 dict begin +/FontInfo 10 dict dup begin +/version (1.05) readonly def +/Notice ((URW)++,Copyright 1999 by (URW)++ Design & Development. See the file COPYING (GNU General Public License) for license conditions. As a special exception, permission is granted to include this font program in a Postscript or PDF file that consists of a document that contains text to be displayed or printed using this font, regardless of the conditions or license applying to the document itself.) readonly def +/Copyright (Copyright (URW)++,Copyright 1999 by (URW)++ Design & Development) readonly def +/FullName (URW Palladio L Italic) readonly def +/FamilyName (URW Palladio L) readonly def +/Weight (Regular) readonly def +/ItalicAngle -9.5 def +/isFixedPitch false def +/UnderlinePosition -100 def +/UnderlineThickness 50 def +end readonly def +/FontName /URWPalladioL-Ital def +/PaintType 0 def +/WMode 0 def +/FontBBox {-170 -305 1010 941} readonly def +/FontType 1 def +/FontMatrix [0.001 0.0 0.0 0.001 0.0 0.0] readonly def +/Encoding 256 array +0 1 255 {1 index exch /.notdef put} for +dup 0 /.notdef put +readonly def +/UniqueID 5021143 def +currentdict end +currentfile eexec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cleartomark +%%EndFont +%%BeginFont: URWPalladioL-Roma +%!PS-AdobeFont-1.0: URWPalladioL-Roma 1.05 +%%CreationDate: Wed Dec 22 1999 +% Copyright (URW)++,Copyright 1999 by (URW)++ Design & Development +% (URW)++,Copyright 1999 by (URW)++ Design & Development +% See the file COPYING (GNU General Public License) for license conditions. +% As a special exception, permission is granted to include this font +% program in a Postscript or PDF file that consists of a document that +% contains text to be displayed or printed using this font, regardless +% of the conditions or license applying to the document itself. +12 dict begin +/FontInfo 10 dict dup begin +/version (1.05) readonly def +/Notice ((URW)++,Copyright 1999 by (URW)++ Design & Development. See the file COPYING (GNU General Public License) for license conditions. As a special exception, permission is granted to include this font program in a Postscript or PDF file that consists of a document that contains text to be displayed or printed using this font, regardless of the conditions or license applying to the document itself.) readonly def +/Copyright (Copyright (URW)++,Copyright 1999 by (URW)++ Design & Development) readonly def +/FullName (URW Palladio L Roman) readonly def +/FamilyName (URW Palladio L) readonly def +/Weight (Roman) readonly def +/ItalicAngle 0.0 def +/isFixedPitch false def +/UnderlinePosition -100 def +/UnderlineThickness 50 def +end readonly def +/FontName /URWPalladioL-Roma def +/PaintType 0 def +/WMode 0 def +/FontBBox {-166 -283 1021 943} readonly def +/FontType 1 def +/FontMatrix [0.001 0.0 0.0 0.001 0.0 0.0] readonly def +/Encoding 256 array +0 1 255 {1 index exch /.notdef put} for +dup 0 /.notdef put +readonly def +/UniqueID 5021141 def +currentdict end +currentfile eexec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cleartomark +%%EndFont +TeXDict begin 39158280 55380996 1000 600 600 (demodoc.dvi) +@start /Fa 134[35 40 120[{ TeXaae443f0Encoding ReEncodeFont }2 +66.4176 /CMMI8 rf /Fb 243[33 12[{}1 99.6264 /CMEX10 rf +/Fc 253[77 28 77{ TeXbbad153fEncoding ReEncodeFont }3 +99.6264 /CMSY10 rf /Fd 194[76 17[76 1[38 38 40[{ + TeXf7b6d320Encoding ReEncodeFont }4 99.6264 /CMR12 rf +/Fe 205[35 50[{ TeXf7b6d320Encoding ReEncodeFont }1 66.4176 +/CMR8 rf /Ff 129[49 5[55 52[70 74 73 52[55 12[{ + TeXaae443f0Encoding ReEncodeFont }6 99.6264 /CMMI12 +rf /Fg 138[60 60 2[60 1[60 9[60 101[{ TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont }5 +99.6264 /NimbusMonL-Regu rf /Fh 144[55 2[33 5[39 50 61 +44 61 50 97[{ TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont }8 99.6264 +/URWPalladioL-Bold rf /Fi 139[33 7[28 2[28 5[41 1[44 +97[{ TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont }5 99.6264 /URWPalladioL-Ital +rf /Fj 133[50 55 51 83 56 60 32 42 39 56 60 54 58 88 +29 55 1[29 58 55 33 48 61 44 55 50 10[72 1[61 3[60 78 +5[34 3[61 3[78 13[50 50 50 2[25 33 25 2[33 33 37[60 2[{ + TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont }41 99.6264 /URWPalladioL-Roma +rf /Fk 135[60 3[40 53 47 1[73 1[73 106 40 2[40 73 66 +1[60 73 53 1[60 13[73 5[120 73 3[100 6[93 13[60 60 60 +2[30 46[{ TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont }24 119.552 /URWPalladioL-Bold +rf /Fl 138[88 48 64 56 1[88 80 88 4[48 88 3[88 64 1[72 +13[88 9[56 22[72 72 49[{ TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont }16 +143.462 /URWPalladioL-Bold rf /Fm 134[66 3[72 39 1[47 +2[65 1[106 35 5[40 57 2[66 60 7[80 5[63 5[113 4[99 1[66 +4[93 12[60 1[60 60 60 1[30 1[30 44[{ TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont }23 +119.552 /URWPalladioL-Roma rf /Fn 138[104 56 73 68 2[94 +100 152 3[50 3[82 1[76 1[86 28[133 68[{ TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont } +12 172.188 /URWPalladioL-Roma rf end +%%EndProlog +%%BeginSetup +%%Feature: *Resolution 600dpi +TeXDict begin +%%PaperSize: A4 + end +%%EndSetup +%%Page: 1 1 +TeXDict begin 1 0 bop 887 -94 a Fn(Demonstration)44 b(Document)1633 +205 y Fm(M.)30 b(Y)-13 b(.)30 b(Self)1636 355 y(At)f(Home)1445 +595 y(Febr)o(uary)j(1,)d(2004)-246 1001 y Fl(1)144 b(Introduction)-246 +1258 y Fk(1.1)119 b(Simple)30 b(text)-246 1448 y Fj(This)f(\002rst)g +(section)g(contains)g(simple)f(text.)41 b(On)28 b(input,)h(lines)f(can) +g(be)g(br)n(oken)h(wher)n(ever)f(one)h(pleases,)f(with)-246 +1569 y(extra)37 b(spacing)g(included)f(to)i(impr)n(ove)f(legibility)-11 +b(,)40 b(but)d(the)g(output)g(lines)g(will)f(be)g(br)n(oken)i(to)f +(\002t)g(the)g(line)-246 1689 y(width)26 b(available.)k(Even)25 +b(additional)g(spacing)g(between)g(wor)n(ds)h(does)f(not)h(af)n(fect)g +(the)f(output.)-99 1809 y(A)f(new)h(paragraph)g(in)g(indicated)g(with)g +(a)g(blank)g(line.)-246 2105 y Fk(1.2)119 b(Highlighting)30 +b(text)-246 2295 y Fj(It)25 b(is)g(possible)h(to)g(emphasize)e(text)i +(by)f(setting)h(it)g(in)f Fi(italic)e Fj(or)j(in)f Fh(boldface)p +Fj(.)-2 2482 y(Another)31 b(possibility)h(is)f(to)g(of)n(fset)h(a)e +(piece)g(of)h(text)g(in)f(a)g Fg(quote)g Fj(envir)n(onment)h(like)g +(this,)h(with)-2 2602 y(incr)n(eased)25 b(mar)n(gins)h(on)f(either)h +(side.)-246 2942 y Fl(2)144 b(Sophistications)-246 3199 +y Fk(2.1)119 b(Mathematics)-246 3390 y Fj(Ther)n(e)25 +b(ar)n(e)f(special)g(r)o(ules)h(for)g(entering)g(math,)f(and)g(many)g +(commands)h(that)g(only)g(exist)g(in)f(math)g(mode.)31 +b(An)-246 3510 y(in-line)h(math)g(formula)g(like)g Ff(x)963 +3474 y Fe(2)1030 3510 y Fd(+)27 b Ff(\014)37 b Fj(has)31 +b(automatic)i(spacing)f(between)g(variables)f(and)h(operators,)j(while) +-246 3631 y(displayed)25 b(equations)g(like)1121 3738 +y Ff(~)1102 3763 y(A)e Fc(\002)f Fd(\()1351 3738 y Ff(~)1335 +3763 y(B)28 b Fc(\002)1551 3738 y Ff(~)1536 3763 y(C)7 +b Fd(\))28 b(=)f(\()1838 3738 y Ff(~)1820 3763 y(A)c +Fc(\001)1980 3738 y Ff(~)1965 3763 y(C)7 b Fd(\))2096 +3738 y Ff(~)2080 3763 y(B)27 b Fc(\000)c Fd(\()2337 3738 +y Ff(~)2319 3763 y(A)f Fc(\001)2480 3738 y Ff(~)2464 +3763 y(B)5 b Fd(\))2596 3738 y Ff(~)2581 3763 y(C)1239 +b Fj(\(1\))1293 4015 y Ff(~)1275 4040 y(A)22 b Fc(\001)g +Fd(\()1474 4015 y Ff(~)1458 4040 y(B)27 b Fc(\002)1673 +4015 y Ff(~)1658 4040 y(C)7 b Fd(\))28 b(=)1905 3836 +y Fb(\014)1905 3896 y(\014)1905 3955 y(\014)1905 4015 +y(\014)1905 4075 y(\014)1905 4135 y(\014)1938 3919 y +Ff(A)2011 3934 y Fa(x)2139 3919 y Ff(A)2212 3934 y Fa(y)2338 +3919 y Ff(A)2411 3934 y Fa(y)1938 4039 y Ff(B)2012 4054 +y Fa(x)2139 4039 y Ff(B)2213 4054 y Fa(y)2337 4039 y +Ff(B)2411 4054 y Fa(y)1940 4160 y Ff(C)2010 4175 y Fa(x)2141 +4160 y Ff(C)2211 4175 y Fa(y)2339 4160 y Ff(C)2409 4175 +y Fa(y)2453 3836 y Fb(\014)2453 3896 y(\014)2453 3955 +y(\014)2453 4015 y(\014)2453 4075 y(\014)2453 4135 y(\014)3890 +4040 y Fj(\(2\))-246 4315 y(ar)n(e)d(given)h(automatic)g(numbers.)-246 +4610 y Fk(2.2)119 b(Lists)-125 4801 y Fj(1.)48 b(V)-9 +b(arious)26 b(lists)g(ar)n(e)f(possible,)g(to)h(enumerate,)-125 +4994 y(2.)48 b(to)26 b(itemize)f(with)g(bullets,)-125 +5187 y(3.)48 b(or)26 b(to)g(make)e(descriptive)i(lists.)-246 +5482 y Fk(2.3)119 b(Adding)31 b(graphics)-246 5902 y +Fj(Pictur)n(es)c(and)d(graphics)i @beginspecial 169 @llx +158 @lly 233 @urx 242 @ury 283 @rwi @setspecial +%%BeginDocument: demo.eps +%!PS-Adobe-3.0 EPSF-3.0
+%%BoundingBox: 169 158 233 242
+220 200 moveto
+200 200 20 0 360 arc
+170 170 moveto
+230 220 lineto
+170 210 lineto
+225 160 lineto
+205 240 lineto
+170 170 lineto
+stroke
+showpage
+ +%%EndDocument + @endspecial 261 w(pr)n(oduced)g(by)f(other)h(pr)n(ograms)g(ar)n(e)f +(easily)g(inserted.)1855 6180 y(1)p eop end +%%Trailer + +userdict /end-hook known{end-hook}if +%%EOF diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/demodoc.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/demodoc.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..13676627ba7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/demodoc.tex @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{article} +\usepackage{palatino} +\usepackage{graphicx} +\usepackage{amsmath} +\usepackage[margin=1.5cm, + vmargin={0pt,1cm}, + includefoot]{geometry} + +\title{Demonstration Document} +\author{M. Y. Self\\ + At Home} +\date{February 1, 2004} + +\begin{document} + +\maketitle + +\section{Introduction} + +\subsection{Simple text} +This first section contains simple text. +On input, lines can be broken wherever one pleases, + with extra spacing included to improve legibility, + but the output lines will be broken to fit the + line width available. Even additional spacing + between words does not affect + the output. + +A new paragraph in indicated with a blank line. + +\subsection{Highlighting text} + +It is possible to emphasize text by setting it in +\emph{italic} or in \textbf{boldface}. + +\begin{quote} +Another possibility is to offset a piece of text in a +\texttt{quote} environment like this, with increased +margins on either side. +\end{quote} + +\section{Sophistications} + +\subsection{Mathematics} + +There are special rules for entering math, and many +commands that only exist in math mode. An in-line math +formula like $x^2+\beta$ has automatic spacing between +variables and operators, while displayed equations like +\begin{equation} + \vec{A} \times (\vec{B}\times\vec{C}) = + (\vec{A}\cdot\vec{C})\vec{B} - + (\vec{A}\cdot\vec{B})\vec{C} +\end{equation} +\begin{equation} + \vec{A}\cdot(\vec{B}\times\vec{C}) = + \begin{vmatrix} + A_x & A_y & A_y \\ + B_x & B_y & B_y \\ + C_x & C_y & C_y + \end{vmatrix} +\end{equation} +are given automatic numbers. + +\subsection{Lists} + +\begin{enumerate} +\item Various lists are possible, to enumerate, +\item to itemize with bullets, +\item or to make descriptive lists. +\end{enumerate} + +\subsection{Adding graphics} + +Pictures and graphics +\includegraphics[width=1cm]{demo} +produced by other programs are easily inserted. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-1.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-1.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..76007afd388 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-1.tex @@ -0,0 +1,189 @@ +\documentclass[twoside]{report} +\pagestyle{headings} +\begin{document} +\chapter[Floodings at Venice]{Floodings at Venice over Centuries} +\section[A Problem's Solution]{Solution for Venice's Flooding Problems} +\subsection{Can Venice be Saved?} + +Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship. +The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most +famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its +signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian +engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now +a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series +of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry. + +The need for Venetian water control has never been greater. +Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in +the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the +water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m. +Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea +levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses +and making sidewalks and squares impossible. + +The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a +small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of +a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon +from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets. +These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides, +with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's +seawalls. + +In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and +construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water +flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the +plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of +the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m +wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the +seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with +water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air +would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float +upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off +the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates +are up. + +The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least +\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the +fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised +so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the +lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an +environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction. +Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to +its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's +not too bad. + +%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003 + +\subsection{Additional Information to the Gates} + +The gates are made of steel covered with a resistant coating to prevent +building of algae and crustaceans. Every five years they're are scheduled +for removal and cleaning. + +The 78 hollow sea gates are filled with water most of the time and remain +out of sight in a foundation or cassion. During especially high tides, +compressed air flushes out the seawater. Within 30 min.\ the gates rise +to the surface and block the inlets. When the danger passes, water is +admitted back into the gates, causing them to sink within 15 min. + +\chapter[Preface]{Preface to the \LaTeX-Guide} +\section{General Remarks} + +A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question: +Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999 +that a new release of this manual is justified? + +The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\ +world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the +second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge +between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had +been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third +edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was +still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its +familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\ +environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000 +the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear +months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old +version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual.% +\footnote{With the result, that all maintanance for \LaTeX\ 2.09 has been +stopped with the occurance of \LaTeXe\ as well as for any further +developement.} +In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its +syntax and usage. + +But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its +peripherals have. The rise of programs like `pdf\TeX' and `dvipdfm' for +PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\ +directly, but by means of more modern `packages' to extend the basic +features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such +that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the +`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include +user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable. +Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie +Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This +edition reflects this increase in breadth.\footnote{In between many hundreds +of supplements and extensions in form of packages have been developed for +\LaTeXe. Only the most important will be presented in this book.} + +\section[The Changes]{The Changes in Detail} +The changes to the fourth edition are mainly those of emphasis. + +\begin{enumerate} +\item material has been reorganized into `Basics' and `Beyond the Basics' + (`advanced' sounds too intimidating) while the appendices contain + topics that really can be skipped by most everyday users. Exception: + Appendix H is an alphabetized command summary that many + people find extremely useful (including ourselves). + + This reorganizing is meant to stress certain aspects over others. For + example, the section on graphics inclusion and color was originally + treated as an exotic freak, relegated to an appendix on extensions; in the + third edition, it moved up to be included in a front chapter along with the + picture environment and floats; now it dominates + Chapter 6 all on its own, the floats come in the following + Chapter 7, and `picture' is banished to the later + Chapter 13. This is not to say that the picture features are no good, + but only that they are very specialized. We add + descriptions of additional drawing possibilities there too. + +\item It is stressed as much as possible that \LaTeX\ is a markup language, + with separation of content and form. Typographical settings + should be placed in the preamble, while the body contains only logical + markup. This is in keeping with the modern ideas of XML, where form and + content are radically segregated. + +\item Throughout this edition, contributed packages are explained at that point + in the text where they are most relevant. The `fancyhdr' package + comes in the section on page styles, `natbib' where literature + citations are explained. This stresses that these `extensions' are part of + the \LaTeX\ system as a whole. However, to remind the user that they must + still be explicitly loaded, a marginal note is placed at the start of their + descriptions. + +\item PDF output is taken for granted throughout the book, in addition to the + classical DVI format. This means that the added possibilities of `pdf\TeX' + and `dvipdfm' are explained where they are relevant. A separate + Chapter 10 on PostScript and PDF is still necessary, and the + best interface to PDF output, the `hyperref' package by Sebastian + Rahtz, is explained in detail. PDF is also included in + Chapter 15 on presentation material + + On the other hand, the other Web output formats, HTML and XML, are only + dealt with briefly in Appendix E, since these are large topics + treated in other books, most noticeably the `\LaTeX\ Web Companion'. + +\item This book is being distributed with the \TeX Live CD, with the kind + permission of Sebastian Rahtz who maintains it for the \TeX\ Users Group. + It contains a full \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ installation for Windows, Macintosh, + and Linux, plus many of the myriad extensions that exist. +\end{enumerate} + +We once again express our hope that this \textsl{Guide} will prove more than +useful to all those who wish to find their way through the intricate world of +\LaTeX. And with the addition of the \TeX Live CD, that world is brought even +closer to their doorsteps.\footnote{Information for installation details are +given in the documentation for the \TeX Live CD.} + +\section[Running heads]{Demonstration for running heads} +\subsection{An additional exercise} +One main reason for this exercise was the demonstration of running heads +at the top of the pages execept for the first pages after the +chapter sectioning commands. The running heads on even pages consist +of the actual chapter number and the chapter title. For odd pages consist +the running heads of actual section command for these pages as here +demonstrated. + +\newpage\thispagestyle{empty}\noindent +\texttt{chapter} = \arabic{chapter}\\ +\texttt{section} = \arabic{section}\\ +\texttt{subsection} = \arabic{subsection}\\ +\texttt{page} = \arabic{page}\\ +\texttt{footnote} = \arabic{footnote}\\ +\setcounter{equation}{3} +\texttt{equation} = \arabic{equation}\\ +\addtocounter{equation}{2} +\texttt{equation} = \arabic{equation}\\ +\texttt{enumi} = \arabic{enumi}\\ +\texttt{enumii} = \arabic{enumi} +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-10.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-10.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ad0d6fabccd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-10.tex @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\newcounter{num} +\newenvironment{varlist}[2] + {\begin{list}{\textrm{#1 #2{num}:}}{\usecounter{num}% + \setlength{\labelsep}{5mm} + \settowidth{\leftmargin}{\textrm{#1 #2{num}:}} + \addtolength{\leftmargin}{1cm}}} + {\end{list}} +\begin{document} +\noindent Previous outer text +\begin{varlist}{Sample}{\Alph} + \item without any value + \item with an enclosed voucher +\end{varlist} +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-2.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-2.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d22019c804b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-2.tex @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\newcommand{\iint}{\int\!\!\!\int} +\newcommand{\iiint}{\int\!\!\!\int\!\!\!\int} +\newcommand{\idotsint}{\int\cdots\int} +\begin{document}\noindent +Multiple integral symbols in text formulas: $\iint$, $\iiint$, $\idotsint$ + +\noindent Multiple integral symbols in displayed formulas: +\[ \iint\quad\iiint\quad\idotsint \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-3.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-3.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ff3678fc7ca --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-3.tex @@ -0,0 +1,180 @@ +\documentclass[twoside]{report} +\pagestyle{headings} +\renewcommand{\thechapter}{\Alph{chapter}} +\renewcommand{\thesection}{\thechapter--\Roman{section}} +\renewcommand{\thesubsection}{\thesection,\roman{subsection}} +\begin{document} +\chapter[Floodings at Venice]{Floodings at Venice over Centuries} +\section[A Problem's Solution]{Solution for Venice's Flooding Problems} +\subsection{Can Venice be Saved?} + +Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship. +The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most +famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its +signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian +engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now +a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series +of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry. + +The need for Venetian water control has never been greater. +Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in +the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the +water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m. +Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea +levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses +and making sidewalks and squares impossible. + +The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a +small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of +a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon +from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets. +These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides, +with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's +seawalls. + +In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and +construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water +flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the +plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of +the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m +wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the +seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with +water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air +would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float +upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off +the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates +are up. + +The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least +\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the +fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised +so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the +lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an +environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction. +Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to +its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's +not too bad. + +%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003 + +\subsection{Additional Information to the Gates} + +The gates are made of steel covered with a resistant coating to prevent +building of algae and crustaceans. Every five years they're are scheduled +for removal and cleaning. + +The 78 hollow sea gates are filled with water most of the time and remain +out of sight in a foundation or cassion. During especially high tides, +compressed air flushes out the seawater. Within 30 min.\ the gates rise +to the surface and block the inlets. When the danger passes, water is +admitted back into the gates, causing them to sink within 15 min. + +\chapter[Preface]{Preface to the \LaTeX-Guide} +\section{General Remarks} + +A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question: +Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999 +that a new release of this manual is justified? + +The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\ +world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the +second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge +between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had +been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third +edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was +still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its +familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\ +environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000 +the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear +months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old +version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual.% +\footnote{With the result, that all maintanance for \LaTeX\ 2.09 has been +stopped with the occurance of \LaTeXe\ as well as for any further +developement.} +In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its +syntax and usage. + +But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its +peripherals have. The rise of programs like `pdf\TeX' and `dvipdfm' for +PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\ +directly, but by means of more modern `packages' to extend the basic +features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such +that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the +`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include +user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable. +Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie +Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This +edition reflects this increase in breadth.\footnote{In between many hundreds +of supplements and extensions in form of packages have been developed for +\LaTeXe. Only the most important will be presented in this book.} + +\section[The Changes]{The Changes in Detail} +The changes to the fourth edition are mainly those of emphasis. + +\begin{enumerate} +\item material has been reorganized into `Basics' and `Beyond the Basics' + (`advanced' sounds too intimidating) while the appendices contain + topics that really can be skipped by most everyday users. Exception: + Appendix H is an alphabetized command summary that many + people find extremely useful (including ourselves). + + This reorganizing is meant to stress certain aspects over others. For + example, the section on graphics inclusion and color was originally + treated as an exotic freak, relegated to an appendix on extensions; in the + third edition, it moved up to be included in a front chapter along with the + picture environment and floats; now it dominates + Chapter 6 all on its own, the floats come in the following + Chapter 7, and `picture' is banished to the later + Chapter 13. This is not to say that the picture features are no good, + but only that they are very specialized. We add + descriptions of additional drawing possibilities there too. + +\item It is stressed as much as possible that \LaTeX\ is a markup language, + with separation of content and form. Typographical settings + should be placed in the preamble, while the body contains only logical + markup. This is in keeping with the modern ideas of XML, where form and + content are radically segregated. + +\item Throughout this edition, contributed packages are explained at that point + in the text where they are most relevant. The `fancyhdr' package + comes in the section on page styles, `natbib' where literature + citations are explained. This stresses that these `extensions' are part of + the \LaTeX\ system as a whole. However, to remind the user that they must + still be explicitly loaded, a marginal note is placed at the start of their + descriptions. + +\item PDF output is taken for granted throughout the book, in addition to the + classical DVI format. This means that the added possibilities of `pdf\TeX' + and `dvipdfm' are explained where they are relevant. A separate + Chapter 10 on PostScript and PDF is still necessary, and the + best interface to PDF output, the `hyperref' package by Sebastian + Rahtz, is explained in detail. PDF is also included in + Chapter 15 on presentation material + + On the other hand, the other Web output formats, HTML and XML, are only + dealt with briefly in Appendix E, since these are large topics + treated in other books, most noticeably the `\LaTeX\ Web Companion'. + +\item This book is being distributed with the \TeX Live CD, with the kind + permission of Sebastian Rahtz who maintains it for the \TeX\ Users Group. + It contains a full \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ installation for Windows, Macintosh, + and Linux, plus many of the myriad extensions that exist. +\end{enumerate} + +We once again express our hope that this \textsl{Guide} will prove more than +useful to all those who wish to find their way through the intricate world of +\LaTeX. And with the addition of the \TeX Live CD, that world is brought even +closer to their doorsteps.\footnote{Information for installation details are +given in the documentation for the \TeX Live CD.} + +\section[Running heads]{Demonstration for running heads} +\subsection{An additional exercise} +One main reason for this exercise was the demonstration of running heads +at the top of the pages execept for the first pages after the +chapter sectioning commands. The running heads on even pages consist +of the actual chapter number and the chapter title. For odd pages consist +the running heads of actual section command for these pages as here +demonstrated. + +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-4.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-4.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bd752a6a457 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-4.tex @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\newcommand{\Lbrack}[2]{#1\brack #2} +\newcommand{\Lbrace}[2]{#1\brace #2} +\begin{document}\noindent +The bracket structures in text formulas: +$\Lbrack{n+1}{m-1}$, +$\Lbrace{n+1}{m-1}$ + +\noindent The bracket struktures in displayed formulls: +\[ \Lbrack{n+1}{m} \] +\[ \Lbrace{n+1}{m-1} \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-5.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-5.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fb2cdf571fa --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-5.tex @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\newcounter{saveeqn} +\newcounter{prenum} +\newcommand{\vareqn}[2]{\setcounter{saveeqn}{\value{equation}}% + \setcounter{equation}{0}\setcounter{prenum}{#1} + \renewcommand{\theequation}{\arabic{prenum}[#2{equation}]}} +\newcommand{\reseteqn}{\setcounter{equation}{\value{saveeqn}}% + \renewcommand{\theequation}{\arabic{equation}}} +\begin{document} +\setcounter{equation}{9} +\vareqn{33}{\Alph} +\begin{equation} \frac{a^2 - b^2}{a + b} = a - b \end{equation} +\begin{equation} \sqrt[3]{-q + \sqrt{q^2 + p^2}} \end{equation} +\begin{equation} \sqrt[n]{\frac{x^n - y^n}{1 + u^{2n}}} \end{equation} +\reseteqn +\begin{equation} 2\sum_{i=1}^n a_i \int^b_a f_i(x) g_i(x)\,dx \end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-6.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-6.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2387cf49420 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-6.tex @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\newcommand{\iiint}[1]{\int\!\!\!\int\limits_{#1}\!\!\!\int} +\newcommand{\iint}[1]{\int\!\!\!\int\limits_{\hspace{-1em}#1}} +\newcommand{\idotsint}[1]{\int\cdots\int_{\hspace{-1.8em}#1}} +\begin{document} +\[ \iint{(D)}\quad\iiint{V}\quad\idotsint{G} \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-7.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-7.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3ef6ed6c380 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-7.tex @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\newcommand{\mtrx}[1]{\ensuremath{\mathsf{#1}}} +\newcommand{\mi}{\mathrm{i}} +\begin{document} +A matrix \mtrx{A} of type $(m,n)$ or shortly $\mtrx{A}_{(m,n)}$ is a structure +of $m\times n$ elements, e.\,g.\ real or complex numbers, functions, +differential quotients, vectors et al., that can be ordered into $m$ rows +and $n$ columns +\[ \mtrx{A} = (a_{ij}) = \left(\begin{array}{cccc} + a_{11} & a_{12} & \cdots & a_{1n} \\ + a_{21} & a_{22} & \cdots & a_{2n} \\ + \vdots & \vdots & \vdots & \vdots \\ + a_{m1} & a_{m2} & \cdots & a_{mn} + \end{array}\right) \] + +Complex matrices consist of complex elements $a_{\mu\nu} + \mi b_{\mu\nu}$. +Such a complex matrix can be split into two matrices +\[ \mtrx{A} + \mi\mtrx{B} \] +which elements consist of pure real numbers. Between the elements of a +complex matrix \mtrx{A} and the corresponding conjugated complex matrix +\mtrx{A^*} the relation +\[ a^*_{\mu\nu} = \Re(a_{\mu\nu} - \mi\Im(a_{\mu\nu}) \] +exist. + +From the original matrix \mtrx{A} of type $(m,n)$ the transposed matrix +$\mtrx{A}^T$ is created by exchanging the corresponding rows and columns +$(a_{\nu\mu})^T = (a_{\mu\nu})$. It is of type $(n,m)$. + + +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-8.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-8.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e28ac957e70 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-8.tex @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\newcounter{comment} +\newsavebox{\comname} +\newenvironment{comment}[1] + {\noindent\stepcounter{comment}\slshape Kommentar \arabic{comment}\nopagebreak + \begin{quote}\sloppypar\small\sbox{\comname}{#1}\itshape} + {\nopagebreak\hspace*{\fill}\usebox{\comname}\end{quote}} +\begin{document} +\begin{comment}{Patrick W. Daly} + In this form, every comment is assigned a sequential numbr after the + word Comment. The comment text appears as in a \texttt{quote} environment, + while the name of the commentor is entered as the envrironment argument + and is placed at the right of the last line. In addition no page break + can occur either between the heading `Comment n' and the comment text + and the commenter's name. +\end{comment} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-9.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-9.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..711a7f228e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-9.tex @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\newlength{\varwidth} +\newenvironment{varpage}[1] + {\settowidth{\varwidth}{#1}\begin{minipage}{\varwidth}} + {\end{minipage}} +\begin{document} +\noindent +\begin{varpage}{`As wide as this sample text'} + The width of this \texttt{minipage} environment is equal to that of the + text\\ + `As wide as this sample text'\\ + as to seen here, +\end{varpage}\qquad +\begin{varpage}{`narrow sample text'} + followed by the smal\-ler \texttt{minipage} environment of the width equal + to the text:\\ + `narrow sample text' +\end{varpage} +\end{document} + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer1.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer1.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bccf83deeed --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer1.tex @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +\chapter[Floodings at Venice]{Floodings at Venice over Centuries} +\section[A Problem's Solution]{Solution for Venice's Flooding Problems} +\subsection{Can Venice be Saved?} + +Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship. +The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most +famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its +signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian +engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now +a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series +of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry. + +The need for Venetian water control has never been greater. +Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in +the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the +water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m. +Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea +levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses +and making sidewalks and squares impossible. + +The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a +small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of +a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon +from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets. +These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides, +with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's +seawalls. + +In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and +construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water +flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the +plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of +the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m +wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the +seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with +water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air +would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float +upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off +the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates +are up. + +The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least +\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the +fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised +so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the +lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an +environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction. +Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to +its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's +not too bad. + +%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003 + +\subsection{Additional Information to the Gates} + +The gates are made of steel covered with a resistant coating to prevent +building of algae and crustaceans. Every five years they're are scheduled +for removal and cleaning. + +The 78 hollow sea gates are filled with water most of the time and remain +out of sight in a foundation or cassion. During especially high tides, +compressed air flushes out the seawater. Within 30 min.\ the gates rise +to the surface and block the inlets. When the danger passes, water is +admitted back into the gates, causing them to sink within 15 min. + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer11-1.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer11-1.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c6d8be061dc --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer11-1.tex @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +\documentclass[twoside]{report} +\pagestyle{headings} +\begin{document} +\input{exer1} +\input{exer2} +\input{exer3} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer11-2.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer11-2.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d137fc7cf32 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer11-2.tex @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +\documentclass[twoside]{report} +\pagestyle{headings} +\typein[\files]{Which files?} +\includeonly{\files} +\begin{document} +\include{exer1} +\include{exer2} +\include{exer3} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer11-3.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer11-3.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3721ec2d3d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer11-3.tex @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} +\begin{center} +\bfseries\large Certificate\\ +\Large Olympic Spring Games\\ +Walterville 1992\\[1ex] + +\normalsize +\typein{Sport} \\[1ex] +\mdseries +\typein[\unit]{Unit} + +\begin{tabular}{lllrl} +\bfseries Gold & \typein{Gold - Name:} & \typein{Gold - Country:} + & \typein{Gold - Value`:} & \unit \\ +\bfseries Silver & \typein{Silver - Name:} & \typein{Silver - Country:} + & \typein{Silber - Value:} & \unit \\ +\bfseries Bronze & \typein{Bronze - Name:} & \typein{Bronze - Country:} + & \typein{Bronze - Value:} & \unit +\end{tabular} +\end{center} +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer11-4.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer11-4.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..84cbdcd64c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer11-4.tex @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} +\begin{thebibliography}{\hspace{1.5cm}} +\bibitem[abr90]{abr90} Abraham P. W., with Hargraves K. A. and Berry K. (1990). + \textsl{\TeX\ for the Impatient.} Reading MA: Addison-Wesley +\bibitem[bec93]{bec93} Bechtolsheim, S. von (1993) \textsl{\TeX\ in Practice, + Vol.\ I--IV,} New York: Springer +\bibitem[bec93a]{bec93a} Vol.\ I: Basics +\bibitem[bec93b]{bec93b} Vol.\ II: Paragraphs, Math, and Fonts +\bibitem[bec93c]{bec93c} Vol.\ III: Tokens, Macros +\bibitem[bec93d]{bec93d} Vol.\ IV: Output Routines, Tables +\bibitem[dal92]{dal92} Daly P. W. and Kopka H. (1992) {A Guide to \LaTeX.} + Workingham, UK: Addison-Wesley +\bibitem[dal95]{dal95} Daly P. W. and Kopka H. (1995) {A Guide to \LaTeX,} + 2nd ed. Workingham, UK: Addison-Wesley +\bibitem[dal99]{dal99} Daly P. W. and Kopka H. (1999) {A Guide to \LaTeX,} + 3rd ed. Workingham, UK: Addison-Wesley +\bibitem[dal03]{dal03} Daly P. W. and Kopka H. (2003) {A Guide to \LaTeX,} + 4th ed. Workingham, UK: Addison-Wesley +\bibitem[eij92]{eij92} Eijkhout V. (1992). \textsl{\TeX\ by Topic, a + \TeX nician's Referenc.} Harlow: Addison-Wesley +\bibitem[goo94]{goo94} Goossens M., Mittelbach F. and Samarin A. (1994). + \textsl{The \LaTeX\ Companion.} Reading MA: Adddison-Wesley +\bibitem[goo97]{goo97} Goossens M., Rahtz S. and Mittelbach F. (1997). + \textsl{The \LaTeX\ Graphic Companion.} Reading MA: Addison-Wesley +\bibitem[goo99]{goo99} Goossens M. and Rahtz S. (1999). + \textsl{The \LaTeX\ Web Companion.} Reading MA: Addison-Wesley +\bibitem[knu91]{knu91} Knuth D. E. (1991) \textsl{Computers and Typesetting + Vol A--E.} Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley +\bibitem[knu91a]{knu91a} Knuth D. E. (1991a) Vol. A: \textsl{The \TeX book.} + 11.~ed. Reading MA: Addison-Wesley +\bibitem[knu91b]{knu91b} Knuth D. E. (1991b) Vol. B: \textsl{The Program.} + 4.~ed. Reading MA: Addison-Wesley +\bibitem[lam94]{lam94} Lamport L. (1994) \textsl{\LaTeX---A Document + Preparation System}, 2nd ed. Reading MA: Addison-Wesley + Addison-Wesley-Longman (Deutschland) GmbH. Bonn 1995 +\end{thebibliography} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer11-5.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer11-5.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cd64bb15fc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer11-5.tex @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} +\section*{Preface to the \LaTeX-Guide} + +A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question: +Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999 +that a new release of this manual is justified? + +The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\ +world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the +second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge +between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had +been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third +edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was +still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its +familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\ +environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000 +the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear +months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old +version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual. +In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its +syntax and usage. + +The developement of \LaTeX\ between 1992 until now will be best demonstrated +by the four editions of the \LaTeX-Guide textbook. The first edition +\cite{dal92} describes and teaches the old version 2.09, which is now obsolete. +With the occurance of \LaTeXe\ the second edition \cite{dal95} was presented, +explainig and teaching both versions in parallel. In the third edition +\cite{dal99} the \LaTeX\ presentation was mainly restricted to \LaTeXe\ +and still more restricted with the present edition \cite{dal03} + +But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its +peripherals have. The rise of programs like `pdf\TeX' and `dvipdfm' for +PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\ +directly, but by means of more modern `packages' to extend the basic +features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such +that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the +`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include +user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable. +Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie +Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This +edition reflects this increase in breadth. + +The changes to the fourth edition are mainly those of emphasis. + +1. The material has been reorganized into `Basics' and `Beyond the Basics' + (`advanced' sounds too intimidating) while the appendices contain + topics that really can be skipped by most everyday users. Exception: + Appendix H is an alphabetized command summary that many + people find extremely useful (including ourselves). + + This reorganizing is meant to stress certain aspects over others. For + example, the section on graphics inclusion and color was originally + treated as an exotic freak, relegated to an appendix on extensions; in the + third edition, it moved up to be included in a front chapter along with the + picture environment and floats; now it dominates + Chapter 6 all on its own, the floats come in the following + Chapter 7, and `picture' is banished to the later + Chapter 13. This is not to say that the picture features are no good, + but only that they are very specialized. We add + descriptions of additional drawing possibilities there too. + +2. It is stressed as much as possible that \LaTeX\ is a markup language, + with separation of content and form. Typographical settings + should be placed in the preamble, while the body contains only logical + markup. This is in keeping with the modern ideas of XML, where form and + content are radically segregated. + +3. Throughout this edition, contributed packages are explained at that point + in the text where they are most relevant. The `fancyhdr' package + comes in the section on page styles, `natbib' where literature + citations are explained. This stresses that these `extensions' are part of + the \LaTeX\ system as a whole. However, to remind the user that they must + still be explicitly loaded, a marginal note is placed at the start of their + descriptions. + +4. PDF output is taken for granted throughout the book, in addition to the + classical DVI format. This means that the added possibilities of `pdf\TeX' + and `dvipdfm' are explained where they are relevant. A separate + Chapter 10 on PostScript and PDF is still necessary, and the + best interface to PDF output, the `hyperref' package by Sebastian + Rahtz, is explained in detail. PDF is also included in + Chapter 15 on presentation material + + On the other hand, the other Web output formats, HTML and XML, are only + dealt with briefly in Appendix E, since these are large topics + treated in other books, most noticeably the `\LaTeX\ Web Companion'. + +5. This book is being distributed with the \TeX Live CD, with the kind + permission of Sebastian Rahtz who maintains it for the \TeX\ Users Group. + It contains a full \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ installation for Windows, Macintosh, + and Linux, plus many of the myriad extensions that exist. + +We once again express our hope that this \textsl{Guide} will prove more than +useful to all those who wish to find their way through the intricate world of +\LaTeX. And with the addition of the \TeX Live CD, that world is brought even +closer to their doorsteps. + +\newpage + +\begin{thebibliography}{\hspace{1.5cm}} +\bibitem[abr90]{abr90} Abraham P. W., with Hargraves K. A. and Berry K. (1990). + \textsl{\TeX\ for the Impatient.} Reading MA: Addison-Wesley +\bibitem[bec93]{bec93} Bechtolsheim, S. von (1993) \textsl{\TeX\ in Practice, + Vol.\ I--IV,} New York: Springer +\bibitem[bec93a]{bec93a} Vol.\ I: Basics +\bibitem[bec93b]{bec93b} Vol.\ II: Paragraphs, Math, and Fonts +\bibitem[bec93c]{bec93c} Vol.\ III: Tokens, Macros +\bibitem[bec93d]{bec93d} Vol.\ IV: Output Routines, Tables +\bibitem[dal92]{dal92} Daly P. W. and Kopka H. (1992) {A Guide to \LaTeX.} + Workingham, UK: Addison-Wesley +\bibitem[dal95]{dal95} Daly P. W. and Kopka H. (1995) {A Guide to \LaTeX,} + 2nd ed. Workingham, UK: Addison-Wesley +\bibitem[dal99]{dal99} Daly P. W. and Kopka H. (1999) {A Guide to \LaTeX,} + 3rd ed. Workingham, UK: Addison-Wesley +\bibitem[dal03]{dal03} Daly P. W. and Kopka H. (2003) {A Guide to \LaTeX,} + 4th ed. Workingham, UK: Addison-Wesley +\bibitem[eij92]{eij92} Eijkhout V. (1992). \textsl{\TeX\ by Topic, a + \TeX nician's Referenc.} Harlow: Addison-Wesley +\bibitem[goo94]{goo94} Goossens M., Mittelbach F. and Samarin A. (1994). + \textsl{The \LaTeX\ Companion.} Reading MA: Adddison-Wesley +\bibitem[goo97]{goo97} Goossens M., Rahtz S. and Mittelbach F. (1997). + \textsl{The \LaTeX\ Graphic Companion.} Reading MA: Addison-Wesley +\bibitem[goo99]{goo99} Goossens M. and Rahtz S. (1999). + \textsl{The \LaTeX\ Web Companion.} Reading MA: Addison-Wesley +\bibitem[knu91]{knu91} Knuth D. E. (1991) \textsl{Computers and Typesetting + Vol A--E.} Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley +\bibitem[knu91a]{knu91a} Knuth D. E. (1991a) Vol. A: \textsl{The \TeX book.} + 11.~ed. Reading MA: Addison-Wesley +\bibitem[knu91b]{knu91b} Knuth D. E. (1991b) Vol. B: \textsl{The Program.} + 4.~ed. Reading MA: Addison-Wesley +\bibitem[lam94]{lam94} Lamport L. (1994) \textsl{\LaTeX---A Document + Preparation System}, 2nd ed. Reading MA: Addison-Wesley + Addison-Wesley-Longman (Deutschland) GmbH. Bonn 1995 +\end{thebibliography} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer2.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer2.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a175b787662 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer2.tex @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +\chapter[Preface]{Preface to the \LaTeX-Guide} +\section{General Remarks} + +A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question: +Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999 +that a new release of this manual is justified? + +The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\ +world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the +second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge +between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had +been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third +edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was +still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its +familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\ +environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000 +the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear +months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old +version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual. +In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its +syntax and usage. + +But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its +peripherals have. The rise of programs like `pdf\TeX' and `dvipdfm' for +PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\ +directly, but by means of more modern `packages' to extend the basic +features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such +that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the +`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include +user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable. +Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie +Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This +edition reflects this increase in breadth. + +\section[The Changes]{The Changes in Detail} +The changes to the fourth edition are mainly those of emphasis. + +1. The material has been reorganized into `Basics' and `Beyond the Basics' + (`advanced' sounds too intimidating) while the appendices contain + topics that really can be skipped by most everyday users. Exception: + Appendix H is an alphabetized command summary that many + people find extremely useful (including ourselves). + + This reorganizing is meant to stress certain aspects over others. For + example, the section on graphics inclusion and color was originally + treated as an exotic freak, relegated to an appendix on extensions; in the + third edition, it moved up to be included in a front chapter along with the + picture environment and floats; now it dominates + Chapter 6 all on its own, the floats come in the following + Chapter 7, and `picture' is banished to the later + Chapter 13. This is not to say that the picture features are no good, + but only that they are very specialized. We add + descriptions of additional drawing possibilities there too. + +2. It is stressed as much as possible that \LaTeX\ is a markup language, + with separation of content and form. Typographical settings + should be placed in the preamble, while the body contains only logical + markup. This is in keeping with the modern ideas of XML, where form and + content are radically segregated. + +3. Throughout this edition, contributed packages are explained at that point + in the text where they are most relevant. The `fancyhdr' package + comes in the section on page styles, `natbib' where literature + citations are explained. This stresses that these `extensions' are part of + the \LaTeX\ system as a whole. However, to remind the user that they must + still be explicitly loaded, a marginal note is placed at the start of their + descriptions. + +4. PDF output is taken for granted throughout the book, in addition to the + classical DVI format. This means that the added possibilities of `pdf\TeX' + and `dvipdfm' are explained where they are relevant. A separate + Chapter 10 on PostScript and PDF is still necessary, and the + best interface to PDF output, the `hyperref' package by Sebastian + Rahtz, is explained in detail. PDF is also included in + Chapter 15 on presentation material + + On the other hand, the other Web output formats, HTML and XML, are only + dealt with briefly in Appendix E, since these are large topics + treated in other books, most noticeably the `\LaTeX\ Web Companion'. + +5. This book is being distributed with the \TeX Live CD, with the kind + permission of Sebastian Rahtz who maintains it for the \TeX\ Users Group. + It contains a full \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ installation for Windows, Macintosh, + and Linux, plus many of the myriad extensions that exist. + +We once again express our hope that this \textsl{Guide} will prove more than +useful to all those who wish to find their way through the intricate world of +\LaTeX. And with the addition of the \TeX Live CD, that world is brought even +closer to their doorsteps. + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer3.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer3.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..77d4b8c87e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer3.tex @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +\section[Running heads]{Demonstration for running heads} +One main reason for this exercise was the demonstration of running heads +at the top of the pages execept for the first pages after the +chapter sectioning commands. The running heads on even pages consist +of the actual chapter number and the chapter title. For odd pages consist +the running heads of actual section command for these pages as here +demonstrated. diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-1.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-1.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1ae7e6f63b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-1.tex @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} +\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} +\begin{picture}(100,50) + \put(0,0){The First Picture} + \put(0,47){upper left} + \put(70,40){somewhere upper right} + \put(25,25){\parbox{60mm}{A seperate exercise file with the name + \texttt{picture.tex} should be created for the exercises in + this Chapter}} +\end{picture} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-2.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-2.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d937fc02dbe --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-2.tex @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\setlength{\textwidth}{150mm} +\begin{document} +\setlength{\unitlength}{1.5mm} +\noindent +\begin{picture}(100,50) + \put(0,0){The First Picture} + \put(0,47){upper left} + \put(70,40){somewhere upper right} + \put(25,25){\parbox[t]{60mm}{A seperate exercise file with the name + \texttt{picture.tex} should be created for the exercises + Bezugspunkt bei der obersten Zeile der Absatzbox}} +\end{picture} + +\bigskip\noindent +\begin{picture}(100,50) + \put(0,0){The First Picture} + \put(0,47){upper left} + \put(70,40){somewhere upper right} + \put(25,25){\parbox[b]{60mm}{A seperate exercise file with the name + \texttt{picture.tex} should be created for the exercises + Bezugspunkt bei der obersten Zeile der Absatzbox}} +\end{picture} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-3.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-3.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3c927b9ddc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-3.tex @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\setlength{\textwidth}{156mm} +\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{5mm} +\begin{document} +\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm}\thicklines +\noindent +\begin{picture}(156,65)\small +\multiput(1,0)(26,0){6}{\framebox(24,20){}} +\multiput(8,26)(50,0){3}{\framebox(40,16){}} +\put(48,48){\framebox(60,12){}} +\put(78,57.5){\makebox(0,0){\textbf{Directorate}}} +\put(78,52){\makebox(0,0){Managing Director}} +\put(8,50){\framebox(30,10){\begin{minipage}{27mm}\centering + Scientific\\ Advisors\end{minipage}}} +\put(118,52){\framebox(30,8){Trustees}} +\put(28,40){\makebox(0,0){Science}} +\put(78,40){\makebox(0,0){Administration}} +\put(128,40){\makebox(0,0){Technical Head}} +\put(13,17.5){\makebox(0,0){Projects}} +\put(39,17.5){\makebox(0,0){Services}} +\put(65,17.5){\makebox(0,0){Stores}} +\put(91,17.5){\makebox(0,0){Phys.~Plant}} +\put(117,17.5){\makebox(0,0){Workshops}} +\put(143,17.5){\makebox(0,0){Labs}} +\put(143,7.5){\makebox(0,0){\begin{minipage}{22mm}\centering + Project\\ working\\ groups\end{minipage}}} +\put(117,7.5){\makebox(0,0){\begin{minipage}{22mm}\centering + Project\\ hardware\\ construction\end{minipage}}} +\put(91,7.5){\makebox(0,0){\begin{minipage}{22mm}\centering + including\\ general\\ services\end{minipage}}} +\put(65,7.5){\makebox(0,0){\begin{minipage}{22mm}\centering + Orders\\ Receiving\\ Customs\end{minipage}}} +\put(39,7.5){\makebox(0,0){\begin{minipage}{22mm}\centering + Library\\ Computer\\ facilities\end{minipage}}} +\put(13,7.5){\makebox(0,0){\begin{minipage}{22mm}\centering + Developement\\ Analysis\\ Theory\end{minipage}}} +\put(28,32){\makebox(0,0){\begin{minipage}{38mm}\centering + Project planning and\\ managing\end{minipage}}} +\put(78,32){\makebox(0,0){\begin{minipage}{38mm}\centering + Personnel\\ Bookkeeping\end{minipage}}} +\put(128,32){\makebox(0,0){\begin{minipage}{38mm}\centering + Staff planning\\ Drafting\end{minipage}}} +\end{picture} +\thinlines +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-4.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-4.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b0dd23a8b32 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-4.tex @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\setlength{\textwidth}{156mm} +\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{5mm} +\begin{document} +\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm}\thicklines +\noindent +\begin{picture}(156,65)\small +\multiput(1,0)(26,0){6}{\framebox(24,20){}} +\multiput(8,26)(50,0){3}{\framebox(40,16){}} +\put(48,48){\framebox(60,12){}} +\put(48,54.5){\line(1,0){60}} +\multiput(28,42)(50,0){3}{\line(0,1){3}} +\put(28,45){\line(1,0){100}} +\put(78,45){\line(0,1){3}} +\put(78,57.5){\makebox(0,0){\textbf{Directorate}}} +\put(78,52){\makebox(0,0){Managing Director}} +\put(8,50){\framebox(30,10){\begin{minipage}{27mm}\centering + Scientific\\ Advisors\end{minipage}}} +\put(118,52){\framebox(30,8){Trustees}} +\multiput(8,37.5)(50,0){3}{\line(1,0){40}} +\put(28,40){\makebox(0,0){Science}} +\put(78,40){\makebox(0,0){Administration}} +\put(128,40){\makebox(0,0){Technical Head}} +\multiput(1,15)(26,0){6}{\line(1,0){24}} +\put(13,17.5){\makebox(0,0){Projects}} +\put(39,17.5){\makebox(0,0){Services}} +\put(65,17.5){\makebox(0,0){Stores}} +\put(91,17.5){\makebox(0,0){Phys.~Plant}} +\put(117,17.5){\makebox(0,0){Workshops}} +\put(143,17.5){\makebox(0,0){Labs}} +\put(143,7.5){\makebox(0,0){\begin{minipage}{22mm}\centering + Project\\ working\\ groups\end{minipage}}} +\put(117,7.5){\makebox(0,0){\begin{minipage}{22mm}\centering + Project\\ hardware\\ construction\end{minipage}}} +\put(91,7.5){\makebox(0,0){\begin{minipage}{22mm}\centering + including\\ general\\ services\end{minipage}}} +\put(65,7.5){\makebox(0,0){\begin{minipage}{22mm}\centering + Orders\\ Receiving\\ Customs\end{minipage}}} +\put(39,7.5){\makebox(0,0){\begin{minipage}{22mm}\centering + Library\\ Computer\\ facilities\end{minipage}}} +\put(13,7.5){\makebox(0,0){\begin{minipage}{22mm}\centering + Developement\\ Analysis\\ Theory\end{minipage}}} +\put(28,32){\makebox(0,0){\begin{minipage}{38mm}\centering + Project planning and\\ managing\end{minipage}}} +\put(78,32){\makebox(0,0){\begin{minipage}{38mm}\centering + Personnel\\ Bookkeeping\end{minipage}}} +\put(128,32){\makebox(0,0){\begin{minipage}{38mm}\centering + Staff planning\\ Drafting\end{minipage}}} +\multiput(13,20)(26,0){6}{\line(0,1){3}} +\multiput(13,23)(52,0){3}{\line(1,0){26}} +\multiput(26,23)(52,0){3}{\line(0,1){3}} +\multiput(53,32)(50,0){2}{\vector(1,0){5}} +\multiput(53,32)(50,0){2}{\vector(-1,0){5}} +\put(20,42){\vector(0,1){8}} +\put(48,58){\vector(-1,0){10}} +\put(48,52){\vector(-1,0){10}} +\put(113,57){\vector(1,0){5}} +\put(113,57){\vector(-1,0){5}} +\end{picture} +\thinlines +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-5.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-5.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e1c5817760a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-5.tex @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} +\setlength{\unitlength}{0.1in} +\thicklines\noindent +\begin{picture}(15,15) +\put(0,5){\line(0,1){5}} +\put(0,5){\line(1,2){5}} +\put(0,5){\line(1,1){10}} +\put(0,5){\line(3,1){15}} +\put(0,5){\line(1,0){15}} +\put(0,5){\line(2,-1){10}} +\put(0,5){\line(1,-1){5}} +\put(5,0){\line(-1,2){5}} +\put(5,0){\line(0,1){15}} +\put(5,0){\line(1,3){5}} +\put(5,0){\line(1,1){10}} +\put(5,0){\line(2,1){10}} +\put(5,0){\line(1,0){5}} +\put(10,0){\line(-1,1){10}} +\put(10,0){\line(-1,3){5}} +\put(10,0){\line(0,1){15}} +\put(10,0){\line(1,2){5}} +\put(10,0){\line(1,1){5}} +\put(15,5){\line(0,1){5}} +\put(15,5){\line(-1,2){5}} +\put(15,5){\line(-1,1){10}} +\put(15,5){\line(-3,1){15}} +\put(15,10){\line(-1,1){5}} +\put(15,10){\line(-2,1){10}} +\put(15,10){\line(-2,1){10}} +\put(15,10){\line(-1,0){15}} +\put(5,15){\line(1,0){5}} +\put(5,15){\line(-1,-1){5}} +\put(0,10){\line(2,1){10}} +\end{picture} +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-6.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-6.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0b3c562b882 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-6.tex @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\setlength{\textwidth}{130mm} +\begin{document} +\unitlength2.0mm +\begin{picture}(60,28)\thicklines +\multiput(7.5,3)(18,0){2}{\circle{5.5}} +\multiput(7.5,3)(18,0){2}{\circle{2.5}} +\multiput(7.5,3)(18,0){2}{\circle*{0.5}} +\put(16.5,3){\oval(24,6)} +\multiput(10.5,0.5)(1.5,0){9}{\circle*{1}} +\multiput(11.25,5.5)(1.5,0){8}{\circle*{1}} +\put(3.5,2.5){\line(0,1){2.5}} +\put(3.5,5){\line(1,1){2.5}} +\put(29.5,2.5){\line(0,1){2.5}} +\put(29.5,5){\line(-1,1){2.5}} +\put(6,7.5){\line(1,0){21}} +\put(5.25,6.75){\line(1,0){22.5}} +\put(23,8){\line(-1,6){0.5}} +\put(11.5,8){\line(1,3){1}} +\put(11.25,8){\line(1,3){1}} +\put(11.5,8){\line(1,0){11.5}} +\put(12.5,11){\line(1,0){10}} +\put(11.25,9.5){\oval(3,3)[l]} +\put(11.25,11){\line(1,0){1}} +\put(10,9.5){\oval(10,1.5)[l]} +\put(5,9.5){\oval(10,0.9)[l]} +\put(18,11){\oval(2.5,2.5)[t]} +\put(0,0){\line(0,1){2.5}} +\put(0,0){\line(1,0){2.5}} +\put(23,13){$\scriptstyle LU=2~mm$} +\end{picture} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-7.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-7.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f0c686601de --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-7.tex @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage{graphpap} +\begin{document} +\setlength{\unitlength}{2mm} +\graphpaper[1](0,0)(50,75) +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap2/exer2-1.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap2/exer2-1.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..55dfbfa70fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap2/exer2-1.tex @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} +Today (\today) the rate of exchange between the British +pound and American dollar is \pounds = \$1.71, an +increase of 1\% over yesterday. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap2/exer2-2.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap2/exer2-2.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3e3b95c66d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap2/exer2-2.tex @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} +CAN VENICE BE SAVED? + +Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship. +The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most +famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its +signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian +engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now +a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series +of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry. + +The need for Venetian water control has never been greater. +Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in +the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the +water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m. +Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea +levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses +and making sidewalks and squares impossible. + +The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a +small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of +a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon +from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets. +These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides, +with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's +seawalls. + +In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and +construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water +flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the +plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of +the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m +wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the +seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with +water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air +would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float +upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off +the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates +are up. + +The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least +\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the +fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised +so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the +lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an +environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction. +Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to +its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's +not too bad. + +%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003 +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap2/exer2-3a.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap2/exer2-3a.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..08a38d23b12 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap2/exer2-3a.tex @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage{eurosym} +\begin{document} +Today (\today) the rate of exchange between the British pound +and European euro is \pounds 1 = \euro1.44, an increase of 1\% +over yesterday. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap2/exer2-3b.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap2/exer2-3b.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ca26eeaec38 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap2/exer2-3b.tex @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage{textcomp} +\begin{document} +Today (\today) the rate of exchange between the British pound +and European euro is \pounds 1 = \textsf{\texteuro}1.44, an +increase of 1\% over yesterday. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap2/exer2-3c.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap2/exer2-3c.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7b774a221dc --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap2/exer2-3c.tex @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage{europs} +\begin{document} +Today (\today) the rate of exchange between the British pound +and European euro is \pounds 1 = \EUR1.44, an increase of 1\% +over yesterday. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-10.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-10.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9dc297215fb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-10.tex @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +\documentclass[twoside]{report} +\pagestyle{headings} +\begin{document} +%\Title{Exercises} \author{Steven Writer\\ Texas A \& M University\\ +% Department of Computer Science} +%\date{College Station, Texas \today} \maketitle +\chapter{Floodings at Venice over Centuries} +\section{Solution for Venice's Flooding Problems} +\subsection{Can Venice be Saved?} + +Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship. +The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most +famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its +signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian +engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now +a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series +of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry. + +The need for Venetian water control has never been greater. +Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in +the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the +water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m. +Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea +levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses +and making sidewalks and squares impossible. + +The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a +small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of +a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon +from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets. +These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides, +with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's +seawalls. + +In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and +construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water +flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the +plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of +the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m +wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the +seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with +water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air +would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float +upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off +the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates +are up. + +The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least +\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the +fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised +so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the +lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an +environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction. +Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to +its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's +not too bad. + +%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003 + +\subsection{Additional Information to the Gates} + +The gates are made of steel covered with a resistant coating to prevent +building of algae and crustaceans. Every five years they're are scheduled +for removal and cleaning. + +The 78 hollow sea gates are filled with water most of the time and remain +out of sight in a foundation or cassion. During especially high tides, +compressed air flushes out the seawater. Within 30 min.\ the gates rise +to the surface and block the inlets. When the danger passes, water is +admitted back into the gates, causing them to sink within 15 min. + +\chapter{Preface to the \LaTeX-Guide} +\section{General Remarks} + +A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question: +Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999 +that a new release of this manual is justified? + +The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\ +world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the +second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge +between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had +been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third +edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was +still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its +familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\ +environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000 +the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear +months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old +version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual. +In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its +syntax and usage. + +But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its +peripherals have. The rise of programs like `pdf\TeX' and `dvipdfm' for +PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\ +directly, but by means of more modern `packages' to extend the basic +features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such +that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the +`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include +user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable. +Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie +Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This +edition reflects this increase in breadth. + +\section{The Changes in Detail} +The changes to the fourth edition are mainly those of emphasis. + +1. The material has been reorganized into `Basics' and `Beyond the Basics' + (`advanced' sounds too intimidating) while the appendices contain + topics that really can be skipped by most everyday users. Exception: + Appendix H is an alphabetized command summary that many + people find extremely useful (including ourselves). + + This reorganizing is meant to stress certain aspects over others. For + example, the section on graphics inclusion and color was originally + treated as an exotic freak, relegated to an appendix on extensions; in the + third edition, it moved up to be included in a front chapter along with the + picture environment and floats; now it dominates + Chapter 6 all on its own, the floats come in the following + Chapter 7, and `picture' is banished to the later + Chapter 13. This is not to say that the picture features are no good, + but only that they are very specialized. We add + descriptions of additional drawing possibilities there too. + +2. It is stressed as much as possible that \LaTeX\ is a markup language, + with separation of content and form. Typographical settings + should be placed in the preamble, while the body contains only logical + markup. This is in keeping with the modern ideas of XML, where form and + content are radically segregated. + +3. Throughout this edition, contributed packages are explained at that point + in the text where they are most relevant. The `fancyhdr' package + comes in the section on page styles, `natbib' where literature + citations are explained. This stresses that these `extensions' are part of + the \LaTeX\ system as a whole. However, to remind the user that they must + still be explicitly loaded, a marginal note is placed at the start of their + descriptions. + +4. PDF output is taken for granted throughout the book, in addition to the + classical DVI format. This means that the added possibilities of `pdf\TeX' + and `dvipdfm' are explained where they are relevant. A separate + Chapter 10 on PostScript and PDF is still necessary, and the + best interface to PDF output, the `hyperref' package by Sebastian + Rahtz, is explained in detail. PDF is also included in + Chapter 15 on presentation material + + On the other hand, the other Web output formats, HTML and XML, are only + dealt with briefly in Appendix E, since these are large topics + treated in other books, most noticeably the `\LaTeX\ Web Companion'. + +5. This book is being distributed with the \TeX Live CD, with the kind + permission of Sebastian Rahtz who maintains it for the \TeX\ Users Group. + It contains a full \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ installation for Windows, Macintosh, + and Linux, plus many of the myriad extensions that exist. + +We once again express our hope that this \textsl{Guide} will prove more than +useful to all those who wish to find their way through the intricate world of +\LaTeX. And with the addition of the \TeX Live CD, that world is brought even +closer to their doorsteps. + +\section{Demonstration for running heads} +One main reason for this exercise was the demonstration of running heads +at the top of the pages execept for the first pages after the +chapter sectioning commands. The running heads on even pages consist +of the actual chapter number and the chapter title. For odd pages consist +the running heads of actual section command for these pages as here +demonstrated. +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-11.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-11.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..11cde4f1317 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-11.tex @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +\documentclass[twoside]{report} +\pagestyle{headings} +\begin{document} +%\Title{Exercises} \author{Steven Writer\\ Texas A \& M University\\ +% Department of Computer Science} +%\date{College Station, Texas \today} \maketitle +\chapter[Floodings at Venice]{Floodings at Venice over Centuries} +\section[A Problem's Solution]{Solution for Venice's Flooding Problems} +\subsection{Can Venice be Saved?} + +Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship. +The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most +famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its +signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian +engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now +a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series +of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry. + +The need for Venetian water control has never been greater. +Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in +the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the +water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m. +Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea +levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses +and making sidewalks and squares impossible. + +The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a +small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of +a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon +from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets. +These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides, +with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's +seawalls. + +In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and +construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water +flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the +plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of +the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m +wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the +seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with +water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air +would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float +upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off +the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates +are up. + +The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least +\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the +fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised +so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the +lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an +environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction. +Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to +its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's +not too bad. + +%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003 + +\subsection{Additional Information to the Gates} + +The gates are made of steel covered with a resistant coating to prevent +building of algae and crustaceans. Every five years they're are scheduled +for removal and cleaning. + +The 78 hollow sea gates are filled with water most of the time and remain +out of sight in a foundation or cassion. During especially high tides, +compressed air flushes out the seawater. Within 30 min.\ the gates rise +to the surface and block the inlets. When the danger passes, water is +admitted back into the gates, causing them to sink within 15 min. + +\chapter[Preface]{Preface to the \LaTeX-Guide} +\section{General Remarks} + +A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question: +Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999 +that a new release of this manual is justified? + +The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\ +world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the +second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge +between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had +been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third +edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was +still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its +familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\ +environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000 +the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear +months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old +version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual. +In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its +syntax and usage. + +But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its +peripherals have. The rise of programs like `pdf\TeX' and `dvipdfm' for +PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\ +directly, but by means of more modern `packages' to extend the basic +features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such +that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the +`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include +user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable. +Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie +Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This +edition reflects this increase in breadth. + +\section[The Changes]{The Changes in Detail} +The changes to the fourth edition are mainly those of emphasis. + +1. The material has been reorganized into `Basics' and `Beyond the Basics' + (`advanced' sounds too intimidating) while the appendices contain + topics that really can be skipped by most everyday users. Exception: + Appendix H is an alphabetized command summary that many + people find extremely useful (including ourselves). + + This reorganizing is meant to stress certain aspects over others. For + example, the section on graphics inclusion and color was originally + treated as an exotic freak, relegated to an appendix on extensions; in the + third edition, it moved up to be included in a front chapter along with the + picture environment and floats; now it dominates + Chapter 6 all on its own, the floats come in the following + Chapter 7, and `picture' is banished to the later + Chapter 13. This is not to say that the picture features are no good, + but only that they are very specialized. We add + descriptions of additional drawing possibilities there too. + +2. It is stressed as much as possible that \LaTeX\ is a markup language, + with separation of content and form. Typographical settings + should be placed in the preamble, while the body contains only logical + markup. This is in keeping with the modern ideas of XML, where form and + content are radically segregated. + +3. Throughout this edition, contributed packages are explained at that point + in the text where they are most relevant. The `fancyhdr' package + comes in the section on page styles, `natbib' where literature + citations are explained. This stresses that these `extensions' are part of + the \LaTeX\ system as a whole. However, to remind the user that they must + still be explicitly loaded, a marginal note is placed at the start of their + descriptions. + +4. PDF output is taken for granted throughout the book, in addition to the + classical DVI format. This means that the added possibilities of `pdf\TeX' + and `dvipdfm' are explained where they are relevant. A separate + Chapter 10 on PostScript and PDF is still necessary, and the + best interface to PDF output, the `hyperref' package by Sebastian + Rahtz, is explained in detail. PDF is also included in + Chapter 15 on presentation material + + On the other hand, the other Web output formats, HTML and XML, are only + dealt with briefly in Appendix E, since these are large topics + treated in other books, most noticeably the `\LaTeX\ Web Companion'. + +5. This book is being distributed with the \TeX Live CD, with the kind + permission of Sebastian Rahtz who maintains it for the \TeX\ Users Group. + It contains a full \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ installation for Windows, Macintosh, + and Linux, plus many of the myriad extensions that exist. + +We once again express our hope that this \textsl{Guide} will prove more than +useful to all those who wish to find their way through the intricate world of +\LaTeX. And with the addition of the \TeX Live CD, that world is brought even +closer to their doorsteps. + +\section[Running heads]{Demonstration for running heads} +One main reason for this exercise was the demonstration of running heads +at the top of the pages execept for the first pages after the +chapter sectioning commands. The running heads on even pages consist +of the actual chapter number and the chapter title. For odd pages consist +the running heads of actual section command for these pages as here +demonstrated. +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-12.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-12.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fdc780ac5ac --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-12.tex @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +\documentclass[twoside]{report} +\pagestyle{headings} +\begin{document} +%\Title{Exercises} \author{Steven Writer\\ Texas A \& M University\\ +% Department of Computer Science} +%\date{College Station, Texas \today} \maketitle +\pagenumbering{roman} +\tableofcontents \newpage +\pagenumbering{arabic} + +\chapter[Floodings at Venice]{Floodings at Venice over Centuries} +\section[A Problem's Solution]{Solution for Venice's Flooding Problems} +\subsection{Can Venice be Saved?} + +Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship. +The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most +famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its +signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian +engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now +a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series +of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry. + +The need for Venetian water control has never been greater. +Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in +the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the +water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m. +Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea +levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses +and making sidewalks and squares impossible. + +The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a +small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of +a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon +from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets. +These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides, +with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's +seawalls. + +In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and +construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water +flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the +plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of +the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m +wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the +seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with +water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air +would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float +upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off +the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates +are up. + +The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least +\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the +fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised +so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the +lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an +environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction. +Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to +its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's +not too bad. + +%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003 + +\subsection{Additional Information to the Gates} + +The gates are made of steel covered with a resistant coating to prevent +building of algae and crustaceans. Every five years they're are scheduled +for removal and cleaning. + +The 78 hollow sea gates are filled with water most of the time and remain +out of sight in a foundation or cassion. During especially high tides, +compressed air flushes out the seawater. Within 30 min.\ the gates rise +to the surface and block the inlets. When the danger passes, water is +admitted back into the gates, causing them to sink within 15 min. + +\chapter[Preface]{Preface to the \LaTeX-Guide} +\section{General Remarks} + +A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question: +Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999 +that a new release of this manual is justified? + +The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\ +world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the +second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge +between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had +been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third +edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was +still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its +familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\ +environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000 +the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear +months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old +version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual. +In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its +syntax and usage. + +But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its +peripherals have. The rise of programs like `pdf\TeX' and `dvipdfm' for +PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\ +directly, but by means of more modern `packages' to extend the basic +features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such +that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the +`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include +user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable. +Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie +Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This +edition reflects this increase in breadth. + +\section[The Changes]{The Changes in Detail} +The changes to the fourth edition are mainly those of emphasis. + +1. The material has been reorganized into `Basics' and `Beyond the Basics' + (`advanced' sounds too intimidating) while the appendices contain + topics that really can be skipped by most everyday users. Exception: + Appendix H is an alphabetized command summary that many + people find extremely useful (including ourselves). + + This reorganizing is meant to stress certain aspects over others. For + example, the section on graphics inclusion and color was originally + treated as an exotic freak, relegated to an appendix on extensions; in the + third edition, it moved up to be included in a front chapter along with the + picture environment and floats; now it dominates + Chapter 6 all on its own, the floats come in the following + Chapter 7, and `picture' is banished to the later + Chapter 13. This is not to say that the picture features are no good, + but only that they are very specialized. We add + descriptions of additional drawing possibilities there too. + +2. It is stressed as much as possible that \LaTeX\ is a markup language, + with separation of content and form. Typographical settings + should be placed in the preamble, while the body contains only logical + markup. This is in keeping with the modern ideas of XML, where form and + content are radically segregated. + +3. Throughout this edition, contributed packages are explained at that point + in the text where they are most relevant. The `fancyhdr' package + comes in the section on page styles, `natbib' where literature + citations are explained. This stresses that these `extensions' are part of + the \LaTeX\ system as a whole. However, to remind the user that they must + still be explicitly loaded, a marginal note is placed at the start of their + descriptions. + +4. PDF output is taken for granted throughout the book, in addition to the + classical DVI format. This means that the added possibilities of `pdf\TeX' + and `dvipdfm' are explained where they are relevant. A separate + Chapter 10 on PostScript and PDF is still necessary, and the + best interface to PDF output, the `hyperref' package by Sebastian + Rahtz, is explained in detail. PDF is also included in + Chapter 15 on presentation material + + On the other hand, the other Web output formats, HTML and XML, are only + dealt with briefly in Appendix E, since these are large topics + treated in other books, most noticeably the `\LaTeX\ Web Companion'. + +5. This book is being distributed with the \TeX Live CD, with the kind + permission of Sebastian Rahtz who maintains it for the \TeX\ Users Group. + It contains a full \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ installation for Windows, Macintosh, + and Linux, plus many of the myriad extensions that exist. + +We once again express our hope that this \textsl{Guide} will prove more than +useful to all those who wish to find their way through the intricate world of +\LaTeX. And with the addition of the \TeX Live CD, that world is brought even +closer to their doorsteps. + +\section[Running heads]{Demonstration for running heads} +One main reason for this exercise was the demonstration of running heads +at the top of the pages execept for the first pages after the +chapter sectioning commands. The running heads on even pages consist +of the actual chapter number and the chapter title. For odd pages consist +the running heads of actual section command for these pages as here +demonstrated. +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-1a.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-1a.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e9c20784095 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-1a.tex @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +\documentclass[11pt]{article} +\begin{document} +CAN VENICE BE SAVED? + +Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship. +The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most +famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its +signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian +engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now +a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series +of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry. + +The need for Venetian water control has never been greater. +Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in +the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the +water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m. +Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea +levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses +and making sidewalks and squares impossible. + +The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a +small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of +a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon +from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets. +These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides, +with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's +seawalls. + +In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and +construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water +flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the +plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of +the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m +wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the +seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with +water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air +would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float +upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off +the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates +are up. + +The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least +\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the +fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised +so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the +lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an +environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction. +Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to +its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's +not too bad. + +%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003 +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-1b.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-1b.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..59f30218cdb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-1b.tex @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +\documentclass[12pt]{article} +\begin{document} +CAN VENICE BE SAVED? + +Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship. +The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most +famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its +signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian +engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now +a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series +of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry. + +The need for Venetian water control has never been greater. +Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in +the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the +water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m. +Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea +levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses +and making sidewalks and squares impossible. + +The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a +small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of +a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon +from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets. +These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides, +with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's +seawalls. + +In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and +construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water +flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the +plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of +the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m +wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the +seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with +water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air +would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float +upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off +the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates +are up. + +The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least +\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the +fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised +so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the +lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an +environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction. +Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to +its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's +not too bad. + +%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003 +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-2.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-2.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4aa38dc98e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-2.tex @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +\documentclass[twocolumn]{article} +\begin{document} +CAN VENICE BE SAVED? + +Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship. +The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most +famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its +signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian +engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now +a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series +of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry. + +The need for Venetian water control has never been greater. +Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in +the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the +water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m. +Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea +levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses +and making sidewalks and squares impossible. + +The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a +small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of +a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon +from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets. +These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides, +with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's +seawalls. + +In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and +construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water +flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the +plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of +the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m +wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the +seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with +water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air +would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float +upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off +the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates +are up. + +The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least +\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the +fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised +so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the +lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an +environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction. +Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to +its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's +not too bad. + +%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003 +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-3.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-3.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4a9580c1e3a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-3.tex @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +\documentclass[11pt]{article} +\pagestyle{myheadings} \markright{Exercises} +\pagenumbering{Roman} +\begin{document} +CAN VENICE BE SAVED? + +Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship. +The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most +famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its +signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian +engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now +a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series +of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry. + +The need for Venetian water control has never been greater. +Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in +the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the +water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m. +Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea +levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses +and making sidewalks and squares impossible. + +The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a +small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of +a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon +from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets. +These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides, +with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's +seawalls. + +In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and +construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water +flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the +plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of +the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m +wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the +seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with +water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air +would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float +upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off +the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates +are up. + +The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least +\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the +fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised +so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the +lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an +environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction. +Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to +its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's +not too bad. + +%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003 + +\bigskip +ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE GATES. + +The gates are made of steel covered with a resistant coating to prevent +building of algae and crustaceans. Every five years they're are scheduled +for removal and cleaning. + +The 78 hollow sea gates are filled with water most of the time and remain +out of sight in a foundation or cassion. During especially high tides, +compressed air flushes out the seawater. Within 30 min.\ the gates rise +to the surface and block the inlets. When the danger passes, water is +admitted back into the gates, causing them to sink within 15 min. + +\bigskip +PREFACE TO THE \LaTeX-GUIDE + +\medskip +A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question: +Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999 +that a new release of this manual is justified? + +The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\ +world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the +second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge +between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had +been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third +edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was +still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its +familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\ +environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000 +the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear +months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old +version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual. +In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its +syntax and usage. + +But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its +peripherals have. The rise of programs like `pdf\TeX' and `dvipdfm' for +PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\ +directly, but by means of more modern `packages' to extend the basic +features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such +that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the +`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include +user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable. +Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie +Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This +edition reflects this increase in breadth. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-4a.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-4a.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5b2a3215456 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-4a.tex @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage{parskip} +\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{1.2} +\pagestyle{myheadings} \markright{Exercises} +\pagenumbering{Roman} +\begin{document} +CAN VENICE BE SAVED? + +Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship. +The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most +famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its +signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian +engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now +a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series +of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry. + +The need for Venetian water control has never been greater. +Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in +the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the +water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m. +Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea +levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses +and making sidewalks and squares impossible. + +The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a +small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of +a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon +from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets. +These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides, +with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's +seawalls. + +In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and +construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water +flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the +plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of +the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m +wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the +seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with +water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air +would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float +upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off +the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates +are up. + +The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least +\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the +fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised +so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the +lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an +environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction. +Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to +its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's +not too bad. + +%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003 + +\bigskip +ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE GATES. + +The gates are made of steel covered with a resistant coating to prevent +building of algae and crustaceans. Every five years they're are scheduled +for removal and cleaning. + +The 78 hollow sea gates are filled with water most of the time and remain +out of sight in a foundation or cassion. During especially high tides, +compressed air flushes out the seawater. Within 30 min.\ the gates rise +to the surface and block the inlets. When the danger passes, water is +admitted back into the gates, causing them to sink within 15 min. + +\bigskip +PREFACE TO THE \LaTeX-GUIDE + +\medskip +A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question: +Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999 +that a new release of this manual is justified? + +The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\ +world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the +second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge +between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had +been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third +edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was +still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its +familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\ +environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000 +the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear +months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old +version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual. +In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its +syntax and usage. + +But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its +peripherals have. The rise of programs like `pdf\TeX' and `dvipdfm' for +PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\ +directly, but by means of more modern `packages' to extend the basic +features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such +that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the +`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include +user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable. +Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie +Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This +edition reflects this increase in breadth. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-4b.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-4b.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a66330b8c7d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-4b.tex @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage{parskip} +\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{1.5} +\pagestyle{myheadings} \markright{Exercises} +\pagenumbering{Roman} +\begin{document} +CAN VENICE BE SAVED? + +Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship. +The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most +famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its +signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian +engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now +a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series +of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry. + +The need for Venetian water control has never been greater. +Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in +the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the +water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m. +Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea +levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses +and making sidewalks and squares impossible. + +The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a +small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of +a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon +from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets. +These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides, +with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's +seawalls. + +In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and +construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water +flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the +plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of +the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m +wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the +seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with +water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air +would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float +upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off +the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates +are up. + +The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least +\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the +fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised +so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the +lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an +environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction. +Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to +its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's +not too bad. + +%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003 + +\bigskip +ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE GATES. + +The gates are made of steel covered with a resistant coating to prevent +building of algae and crustaceans. Every five years they're are scheduled +for removal and cleaning. + +The 78 hollow sea gates are filled with water most of the time and remain +out of sight in a foundation or cassion. During especially high tides, +compressed air flushes out the seawater. Within 30 min.\ the gates rise +to the surface and block the inlets. When the danger passes, water is +admitted back into the gates, causing them to sink within 15 min. + +\bigskip +PREFACE TO THE \LaTeX-GUIDE + +\medskip +A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question: +Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999 +that a new release of this manual is justified? + +The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\ +world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the +second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge +between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had +been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third +edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was +still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its +familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\ +environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000 +the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear +months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old +version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual. +In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its +syntax and usage. + +But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its +peripherals have. The rise of programs like `pdf\TeX' and `dvipdfm' for +PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\ +directly, but by means of more modern `packages' to extend the basic +features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such +that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the +`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include +user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable. +Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie +Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This +edition reflects this increase in breadth. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-5a.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-5a.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8eaf9fe8579 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-5a.tex @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +\documentclass[11pt]{article} +\pagestyle{myheadings} \markright{Exercises} +\pagenumbering{Roman} +\setlength{\textwidth}{15cm} \setlength{\textheight}{23cm} +\begin{document} +CAN VENICE BE SAVED? + +Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship. +The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most +famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its +signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian +engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now +a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series +of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry. + +The need for Venetian water control has never been greater. +Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in +the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the +water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m. +Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea +levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses +and making sidewalks and squares impossible. + +The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a +small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of +a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon +from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets. +These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides, +with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's +seawalls. + +In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and +construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water +flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the +plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of +the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m +wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the +seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with +water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air +would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float +upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off +the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates +are up. + +The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least +\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the +fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised +so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the +lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an +environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction. +Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to +its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's +not too bad. + +%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003 + +\bigskip +ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE GATES. + +The gates are made of steel covered with a resistant coating to prevent +building of algae and crustaceans. Every five years they're are scheduled +for removal and cleaning. + +The 78 hollow sea gates are filled with water most of the time and remain +out of sight in a foundation or cassion. During especially high tides, +compressed air flushes out the seawater. Within 30 min.\ the gates rise +to the surface and block the inlets. When the danger passes, water is +admitted back into the gates, causing them to sink within 15 min. + +\bigskip +PREFACE TO THE \LaTeX-GUIDE + +\medskip +A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question: +Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999 +that a new release of this manual is justified? + +The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\ +world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the +second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge +between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had +been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third +edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was +still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its +familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\ +environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000 +the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear +months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old +version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual. +In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its +syntax and usage. + +But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its +peripherals have. The rise of programs like `pdf\TeX' and `dvipdfm' for +PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\ +directly, but by means of more modern `packages' to extend the basic +features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such +that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the +`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include +user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable. +Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie +Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This +edition reflects this increase in breadth. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-5b.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-5b.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5f881200c8d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-5b.tex @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +\documentclass[11pt]{article} +\pagestyle{myheadings} \markright{Exercises} +\pagenumbering{Roman} +\setlength{\textwidth}{15cm} \setlength{\textheight}{23cm} +\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{7.5mm} \setlength{\topmargin}{-5mm} +%*********************************************************************** +% The chosen values for \oddsidemargin and \topmargin are appropriate * +% for a4 paper format. If your printer uses a different papersize, * +% e.g. letter format, adjust this values to those, appropriate for * +% your printer's paper format. * +%*********************************************************************** +\begin{document} +CAN VENICE BE SAVED? + +Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship. +The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most +famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its +signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian +engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now +a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series +of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry. + +The need for Venetian water control has never been greater. +Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in +the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the +water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m. +Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea +levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses +and making sidewalks and squares impossible. + +The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a +small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of +a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon +from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets. +These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides, +with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's +seawalls. + +In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and +construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water +flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the +plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of +the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m +wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the +seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with +water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air +would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float +upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off +the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates +are up. + +The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least +\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the +fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised +so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the +lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an +environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction. +Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to +its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's +not too bad. + +%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003 + +\bigskip +ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE GATES. + +The gates are made of steel covered with a resistant coating to prevent +building of algae and crustaceans. Every five years they're are scheduled +for removal and cleaning. + +The 78 hollow sea gates are filled with water most of the time and remain +out of sight in a foundation or cassion. During especially high tides, +compressed air flushes out the seawater. Within 30 min.\ the gates rise +to the surface and block the inlets. When the danger passes, water is +admitted back into the gates, causing them to sink within 15 min. + +\bigskip +PREFACE TO THE \LaTeX-GUIDE + +\medskip +A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question: +Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999 +that a new release of this manual is justified? + +The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\ +world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the +second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge +between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had +been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third +edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was +still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its +familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\ +environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000 +the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear +months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old +version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual. +In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its +syntax and usage. + +But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its +peripherals have. The rise of programs like `pdf\TeX' and `dvipdfm' for +PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\ +directly, but by means of more modern `packages' to extend the basic +features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such +that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the +`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include +user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable. +Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie +Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This +edition reflects this increase in breadth. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-6.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-6.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..797b1a06680 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-6.tex @@ -0,0 +1,162 @@ +\documentclass[11pt]{article} +\pagestyle{myheadings} \markright{Exercises} +\pagenumbering{Roman} +\setlength{\textwidth}{15cm} \setlength{\textheight}{23cm} +\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{7.5mm} \setlength{\topmargin}{-5mm} +\flushbottom +\begin{document} +CAN VENICE BE SAVED? + +Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship. +The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most +famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its +signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian +engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now +a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series +of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry. + +The need for Venetian water control has never been greater. +Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in +the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the +water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m. +Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea +levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses +and making sidewalks and squares impossible. + +The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a +small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of +a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon +from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets. +These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides, +with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's +seawalls. + +In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and +construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water +flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the +plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of +the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m +wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the +seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with +water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air +would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float +upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off +the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates +are up. + +The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least +\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the +fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised +so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the +lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an +environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction. +Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to +its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's +not too bad. + +%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003 + +\bigskip +ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE GATES. + +The gates are made of steel covered with a resistant coating to prevent +building of algae and crustaceans. Every five years they're are scheduled +for removal and cleaning. + +The 78 hollow sea gates are filled with water most of the time and remain +out of sight in a foundation or cassion. During especially high tides, +compressed air flushes out the seawater. Within 30 min.\ the gates rise +to the surface and block the inlets. When the danger passes, water is +admitted back into the gates, causing them to sink within 15 min. + +\bigskip +PREFACE TO THE \LaTeX-GUIDE + +\medskip +A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question: +Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999 +that a new release of this manual is justified? + +The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\ +world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the +second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge +between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had +been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third +edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was +still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its +familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\ +environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000 +the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear +months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old +version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual. +In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its +syntax and usage. + +But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its +peripherals have. The rise of programs like `pdf\TeX' and `dvipdfm' for +PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\ +directly, but by means of more modern `packages' to extend the basic +features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such +that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the +`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include +user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable. +Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie +Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This +edition reflects this increase in breadth. + +The changes to the fourth edition are mainly those of emphasis. + +1. The material has been reorganized into `Basics' and `Beyond the Basics' + (`advanced' sounds too intimidating) while the appendices contain + topics that really can be skipped by most everyday users. Exception: + Appendix H is an alphabetized command summary that many + people find extremely useful (including ourselves). + + This reorganizing is meant to stress certain aspects over others. For + example, the section on graphics inclusion and color was originally + treated as an exotic freak, relegated to an appendix on extensions; in the + third edition, it moved up to be included in a front chapter along with the + picture environment and floats; now it dominates + Chapter 6 all on its own, the floats come in the following + Chapter 7, and `picture' is banished to the later + Chapter 13. This is not to say that the picture features are no good, + but only that they are very specialized. We add + descriptions of additional drawing possibilities there too. + +2. It is stressed as much as possible that \LaTeX\ is a markup language, + with separation of content and form. Typographical settings + should be placed in the preamble, while the body contains only logical + markup. This is in keeping with the modern ideas of XML, where form and + content are radically segregated. + +3. Throughout this edition, contributed packages are explained at that point + in the text where they are most relevant. The `fancyhdr' package + comes in the section on page styles, `natbib' where literature + citations are explained. This stresses that these `extensions' are part of + the \LaTeX\ system as a whole. However, to remind the user that they must + still be explicitly loaded, a marginal note is placed at the start of their + descriptions. + +4. PDF output is taken for granted throughout the book, in addition to the + classical DVI format. This means that the added possibilities of `pdf\TeX' + and `dvipdfm' are explained where they are relevant. A separate + Chapter 10 on PostScript and PDF is still necessary, and the + best interface to PDF output, the `hyperref' package by Sebastian + Rahtz, is explained in detail. PDF is also included in + Chapter 15 on presentation material + + On the other hand, the other Web output formats, HTML and XML, are only + dealt with briefly in Appendix E, since these are large topics + treated in other books, most noticeably the `\LaTeX\ Web Companion'. + +5. This book is being distributed with the \TeX Live CD, with the kind + permission of Sebastian Rahtz who maintains it for the \TeX\ Users Group. + It contains a full \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ installation for Windows, Macintosh, + and Linux, plus many of the myriad extensions that exist. + +We once again express our hope that this \textsl{Guide} will prove more than +useful to all those who wish to find their way through the intricate world of +\LaTeX. And with the addition of the \TeX Live CD, that world is brought even +closer to their doorsteps. +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-7a.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-7a.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..08d2848730e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-7a.tex @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ +\documentclass[11pt,twoside]{article} +\pagestyle{myheadings} \markright{Exercises} +\pagenumbering{Roman} +\setlength{\textwidth}{15cm} \setlength{\textheight}{23cm} +\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{7.5mm} \setlength{\topmargin}{-5mm} +\begin{document} +CAN VENICE BE SAVED? + +Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship. +The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most +famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its +signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian +engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now +a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series +of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry. + +The need for Venetian water control has never been greater. +Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in +the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the +water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m. +Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea +levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses +and making sidewalks and squares impossible. + +The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a +small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of +a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon +from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets. +These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides, +with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's +seawalls. + +In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and +construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water +flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the +plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of +the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m +wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the +seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with +water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air +would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float +upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off +the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates +are up. + +The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least +\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the +fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised +so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the +lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an +environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction. +Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to +its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's +not too bad. + +%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003 + +\bigskip +ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE GATES. + +The gates are made of steel covered with a resistant coating to prevent +building of algae and crustaceans. Every five years they're are scheduled +for removal and cleaning. + +The 78 hollow sea gates are filled with water most of the time and remain +out of sight in a foundation or cassion. During especially high tides, +compressed air flushes out the seawater. Within 30 min.\ the gates rise +to the surface and block the inlets. When the danger passes, water is +admitted back into the gates, causing them to sink within 15 min. + +\bigskip +PREFACE TO THE \LaTeX-GUIDE + +\medskip +A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question: +Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999 +that a new release of this manual is justified? + +The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\ +world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the +second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge +between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had +been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third +edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was +still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its +familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\ +environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000 +the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear +months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old +version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual. +In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its +syntax and usage. + +But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its +peripherals have. The rise of programs like `pdf\TeX' and `dvipdfm' for +PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\ +directly, but by means of more modern `packages' to extend the basic +features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such +that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the +`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include +user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable. +Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie +Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This +edition reflects this increase in breadth. + +The changes to the fourth edition are mainly those of emphasis. + +1. The material has been reorganized into `Basics' and `Beyond the Basics' + (`advanced' sounds too intimidating) while the appendices contain + topics that really can be skipped by most everyday users. Exception: + Appendix H is an alphabetized command summary that many + people find extremely useful (including ourselves). + + This reorganizing is meant to stress certain aspects over others. For + example, the section on graphics inclusion and color was originally + treated as an exotic freak, relegated to an appendix on extensions; in the + third edition, it moved up to be included in a front chapter along with the + picture environment and floats; now it dominates + Chapter 6 all on its own, the floats come in the following + Chapter 7, and `picture' is banished to the later + Chapter 13. This is not to say that the picture features are no good, + but only that they are very specialized. We add + descriptions of additional drawing possibilities there too. + +2. It is stressed as much as possible that \LaTeX\ is a markup language, + with separation of content and form. Typographical settings + should be placed in the preamble, while the body contains only logical + markup. This is in keeping with the modern ideas of XML, where form and + content are radically segregated. + +3. Throughout this edition, contributed packages are explained at that point + in the text where they are most relevant. The `fancyhdr' package + comes in the section on page styles, `natbib' where literature + citations are explained. This stresses that these `extensions' are part of + the \LaTeX\ system as a whole. However, to remind the user that they must + still be explicitly loaded, a marginal note is placed at the start of their + descriptions. + +4. PDF output is taken for granted throughout the book, in addition to the + classical DVI format. This means that the added possibilities of `pdf\TeX' + and `dvipdfm' are explained where they are relevant. A separate + Chapter 10 on PostScript and PDF is still necessary, and the + best interface to PDF output, the `hyperref' package by Sebastian + Rahtz, is explained in detail. PDF is also included in + Chapter 15 on presentation material + + On the other hand, the other Web output formats, HTML and XML, are only + dealt with briefly in Appendix E, since these are large topics + treated in other books, most noticeably the `\LaTeX\ Web Companion'. + +5. This book is being distributed with the \TeX Live CD, with the kind + permission of Sebastian Rahtz who maintains it for the \TeX\ Users Group. + It contains a full \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ installation for Windows, Macintosh, + and Linux, plus many of the myriad extensions that exist. + +We once again express our hope that this \textsl{Guide} will prove more than +useful to all those who wish to find their way through the intricate world of +\LaTeX. And with the addition of the \TeX Live CD, that world is brought even +closer to their doorsteps. +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-7b.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-7b.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7a50acd4b6d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-7b.tex @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +\documentclass[11pt,twoside]{article} +\pagestyle{myheadings} \markright{Exercises} +\pagenumbering{Roman} +\setlength{\textwidth}{15cm} \setlength{\textheight}{23cm} +\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{7.5mm} \setlength{\topmargin}{-5mm} +\setlength{\evensidemargin}{1mm} +%************************************************************************* +% Again the chosen values for \oddsidemargin, \topmargin and \evenside- * +% margin are appropriate for a4 paper format. If your printer uses a * +% different papersize, e.g. letter format, adjust this values to those * +% appropriate for your printer's paper format. * +%************************************************************************* +\begin{document} +CAN VENICE BE SAVED? + +Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship. +The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most +famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its +signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian +engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now +a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series +of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry. + +The need for Venetian water control has never been greater. +Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in +the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the +water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m. +Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea +levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses +and making sidewalks and squares impossible. + +The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a +small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of +a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon +from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets. +These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides, +with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's +seawalls. + +In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and +construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water +flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the +plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of +the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m +wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the +seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with +water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air +would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float +upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off +the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates +are up. + +The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least +\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the +fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised +so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the +lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an +environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction. +Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to +its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's +not too bad. + +%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003 + +\bigskip +ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE GATES. + +The gates are made of steel covered with a resistant coating to prevent +building of algae and crustaceans. Every five years they're are scheduled +for removal and cleaning. + +The 78 hollow sea gates are filled with water most of the time and remain +out of sight in a foundation or cassion. During especially high tides, +compressed air flushes out the seawater. Within 30 min.\ the gates rise +to the surface and block the inlets. When the danger passes, water is +admitted back into the gates, causing them to sink within 15 min. + +\bigskip +PREFACE TO THE \LaTeX-GUIDE + +\medskip +A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question: +Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999 +that a new release of this manual is justified? + +The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\ +world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the +second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge +between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had +been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third +edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was +still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its +familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\ +environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000 +the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear +months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old +version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual. +In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its +syntax and usage. + +But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its +peripherals have. The rise of programs like `pdf\TeX' and `dvipdfm' for +PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\ +directly, but by means of more modern `packages' to extend the basic +features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such +that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the +`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include +user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable. +Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie +Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This +edition reflects this increase in breadth. + +The changes to the fourth edition are mainly those of emphasis. + +1. The material has been reorganized into `Basics' and `Beyond the Basics' + (`advanced' sounds too intimidating) while the appendices contain + topics that really can be skipped by most everyday users. Exception: + Appendix H is an alphabetized command summary that many + people find extremely useful (including ourselves). + + This reorganizing is meant to stress certain aspects over others. For + example, the section on graphics inclusion and color was originally + treated as an exotic freak, relegated to an appendix on extensions; in the + third edition, it moved up to be included in a front chapter along with the + picture environment and floats; now it dominates + Chapter 6 all on its own, the floats come in the following + Chapter 7, and `picture' is banished to the later + Chapter 13. This is not to say that the picture features are no good, + but only that they are very specialized. We add + descriptions of additional drawing possibilities there too. + +2. It is stressed as much as possible that \LaTeX\ is a markup language, + with separation of content and form. Typographical settings + should be placed in the preamble, while the body contains only logical + markup. This is in keeping with the modern ideas of XML, where form and + content are radically segregated. + +3. Throughout this edition, contributed packages are explained at that point + in the text where they are most relevant. The `fancyhdr' package + comes in the section on page styles, `natbib' where literature + citations are explained. This stresses that these `extensions' are part of + the \LaTeX\ system as a whole. However, to remind the user that they must + still be explicitly loaded, a marginal note is placed at the start of their + descriptions. + +4. PDF output is taken for granted throughout the book, in addition to the + classical DVI format. This means that the added possibilities of `pdf\TeX' + and `dvipdfm' are explained where they are relevant. A separate + Chapter 10 on PostScript and PDF is still necessary, and the + best interface to PDF output, the `hyperref' package by Sebastian + Rahtz, is explained in detail. PDF is also included in + Chapter 15 on presentation material + + On the other hand, the other Web output formats, HTML and XML, are only + dealt with briefly in Appendix E, since these are large topics + treated in other books, most noticeably the `\LaTeX\ Web Companion'. + +5. This book is being distributed with the \TeX Live CD, with the kind + permission of Sebastian Rahtz who maintains it for the \TeX\ Users Group. + It contains a full \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ installation for Windows, Macintosh, + and Linux, plus many of the myriad extensions that exist. + +We once again express our hope that this \textsl{Guide} will prove more than +useful to all those who wish to find their way through the intricate world of +\LaTeX. And with the addition of the \TeX Live CD, that world is brought even +closer to their doorsteps. +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-8a.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-8a.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..81c9c96889f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-8a.tex @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\pagestyle{myheadings} \markright{Exercises} +\begin{document} +\title{Exercises} \author{Steven Writer\\Texas A \& M University\\ +Department of Computer Science} +\date{College Station, Texas \today} \maketitle +CAN VENICE BE SAVED? + +Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship. +The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most +famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its +signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian +engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now +a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series +of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry. + +The need for Venetian water control has never been greater. +Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in +the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the +water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m. +Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea +levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses +and making sidewalks and squares impossible. + +The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a +small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of +a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon +from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets. +These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides, +with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's +seawalls. + +In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and +construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water +flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the +plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of +the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m +wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the +seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with +water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air +would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float +upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off +the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates +are up. + +The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least +\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the +fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised +so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the +lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an +environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction. +Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to +its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's +not too bad. + +%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003 + +\bigskip +ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE GATES. + +The gates are made of steel covered with a resistant coating to prevent +building of algae and crustaceans. Every five years they're are scheduled +for removal and cleaning. + +The 78 hollow sea gates are filled with water most of the time and remain +out of sight in a foundation or cassion. During especially high tides, +compressed air flushes out the seawater. Within 30 min.\ the gates rise +to the surface and block the inlets. When the danger passes, water is +admitted back into the gates, causing them to sink within 15 min. + +\bigskip +PREFACE TO THE \LaTeX-GUIDE + +\medskip +A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question: +Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999 +that a new release of this manual is justified? + +The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\ +world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the +second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge +between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had +been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third +edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was +still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its +familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\ +environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000 +the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear +months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old +version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual. +In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its +syntax and usage. + +But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its +peripherals have. The rise of programs like `pdf\TeX' and `dvipdfm' for +PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\ +directly, but by means of more modern `packages' to extend the basic +features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such +that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the +`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include +user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable. +Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie +Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This +edition reflects this increase in breadth. + +The changes to the fourth edition are mainly those of emphasis. + +1. The material has been reorganized into `Basics' and `Beyond the Basics' + (`advanced' sounds too intimidating) while the appendices contain + topics that really can be skipped by most everyday users. Exception: + Appendix H is an alphabetized command summary that many + people find extremely useful (including ourselves). + + This reorganizing is meant to stress certain aspects over others. For + example, the section on graphics inclusion and color was originally + treated as an exotic freak, relegated to an appendix on extensions; in the + third edition, it moved up to be included in a front chapter along with the + picture environment and floats; now it dominates + Chapter 6 all on its own, the floats come in the following + Chapter 7, and `picture' is banished to the later + Chapter 13. This is not to say that the picture features are no good, + but only that they are very specialized. We add + descriptions of additional drawing possibilities there too. + +2. It is stressed as much as possible that \LaTeX\ is a markup language, + with separation of content and form. Typographical settings + should be placed in the preamble, while the body contains only logical + markup. This is in keeping with the modern ideas of XML, where form and + content are radically segregated. + +3. Throughout this edition, contributed packages are explained at that point + in the text where they are most relevant. The `fancyhdr' package + comes in the section on page styles, `natbib' where literature + citations are explained. This stresses that these `extensions' are part of + the \LaTeX\ system as a whole. However, to remind the user that they must + still be explicitly loaded, a marginal note is placed at the start of their + descriptions. + +4. PDF output is taken for granted throughout the book, in addition to the + classical DVI format. This means that the added possibilities of `pdf\TeX' + and `dvipdfm' are explained where they are relevant. A separate + Chapter 10 on PostScript and PDF is still necessary, and the + best interface to PDF output, the `hyperref' package by Sebastian + Rahtz, is explained in detail. PDF is also included in + Chapter 15 on presentation material + + On the other hand, the other Web output formats, HTML and XML, are only + dealt with briefly in Appendix E, since these are large topics + treated in other books, most noticeably the `\LaTeX\ Web Companion'. + +5. This book is being distributed with the \TeX Live CD, with the kind + permission of Sebastian Rahtz who maintains it for the \TeX\ Users Group. + It contains a full \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ installation for Windows, Macintosh, + and Linux, plus many of the myriad extensions that exist. + +We once again express our hope that this \textsl{Guide} will prove more than +useful to all those who wish to find their way through the intricate world of +\LaTeX. And with the addition of the \TeX Live CD, that world is brought even +closer to their doorsteps. +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-8b.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-8b.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..03f58441d60 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-8b.tex @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ +\documentclass[titlepage]{article} +\pagestyle{myheadings} \markright{Exercises} +\begin{document} +\title{Exercises} \author{Steven Writer\\Texas A \& M University\\ +Department of Computer Science} +\date{College Station, Texas \today} \maketitle +CAN VENICE BE SAVED? + +Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship. +The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most +famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its +signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian +engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now +a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series +of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry. + +The need for Venetian water control has never been greater. +Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in +the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the +water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m. +Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea +levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses +and making sidewalks and squares impossible. + +The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a +small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of +a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon +from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets. +These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides, +with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's +seawalls. + +In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and +construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water +flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the +plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of +the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m +wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the +seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with +water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air +would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float +upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off +the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates +are up. + +The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least +\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the +fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised +so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the +lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an +environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction. +Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to +its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's +not too bad. + +%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003 + +\bigskip +ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE GATES. + +The gates are made of steel covered with a resistant coating to prevent +building of algae and crustaceans. Every five years they're are scheduled +for removal and cleaning. + +The 78 hollow sea gates are filled with water most of the time and remain +out of sight in a foundation or cassion. During especially high tides, +compressed air flushes out the seawater. Within 30 min.\ the gates rise +to the surface and block the inlets. When the danger passes, water is +admitted back into the gates, causing them to sink within 15 min. + +\bigskip +PREFACE TO THE \LaTeX-GUIDE + +\medskip +A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question: +Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999 +that a new release of this manual is justified? + +The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\ +world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the +second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge +between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had +been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third +edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was +still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its +familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\ +environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000 +the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear +months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old +version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual. +In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its +syntax and usage. + +But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its +peripherals have. The rise of programs like `pdf\TeX' and `dvipdfm' for +PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\ +directly, but by means of more modern `packages' to extend the basic +features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such +that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the +`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include +user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable. +Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie +Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This +edition reflects this increase in breadth. + +The changes to the fourth edition are mainly those of emphasis. + +1. The material has been reorganized into `Basics' and `Beyond the Basics' + (`advanced' sounds too intimidating) while the appendices contain + topics that really can be skipped by most everyday users. Exception: + Appendix H is an alphabetized command summary that many + people find extremely useful (including ourselves). + + This reorganizing is meant to stress certain aspects over others. For + example, the section on graphics inclusion and color was originally + treated as an exotic freak, relegated to an appendix on extensions; in the + third edition, it moved up to be included in a front chapter along with the + picture environment and floats; now it dominates + Chapter 6 all on its own, the floats come in the following + Chapter 7, and `picture' is banished to the later + Chapter 13. This is not to say that the picture features are no good, + but only that they are very specialized. We add + descriptions of additional drawing possibilities there too. + +2. It is stressed as much as possible that \LaTeX\ is a markup language, + with separation of content and form. Typographical settings + should be placed in the preamble, while the body contains only logical + markup. This is in keeping with the modern ideas of XML, where form and + content are radically segregated. + +3. Throughout this edition, contributed packages are explained at that point + in the text where they are most relevant. The `fancyhdr' package + comes in the section on page styles, `natbib' where literature + citations are explained. This stresses that these `extensions' are part of + the \LaTeX\ system as a whole. However, to remind the user that they must + still be explicitly loaded, a marginal note is placed at the start of their + descriptions. + +4. PDF output is taken for granted throughout the book, in addition to the + classical DVI format. This means that the added possibilities of `pdf\TeX' + and `dvipdfm' are explained where they are relevant. A separate + Chapter 10 on PostScript and PDF is still necessary, and the + best interface to PDF output, the `hyperref' package by Sebastian + Rahtz, is explained in detail. PDF is also included in + Chapter 15 on presentation material + + On the other hand, the other Web output formats, HTML and XML, are only + dealt with briefly in Appendix E, since these are large topics + treated in other books, most noticeably the `\LaTeX\ Web Companion'. + +5. This book is being distributed with the \TeX Live CD, with the kind + permission of Sebastian Rahtz who maintains it for the \TeX\ Users Group. + It contains a full \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ installation for Windows, Macintosh, + and Linux, plus many of the myriad extensions that exist. + +We once again express our hope that this \textsl{Guide} will prove more than +useful to all those who wish to find their way through the intricate world of +\LaTeX. And with the addition of the \TeX Live CD, that world is brought even +closer to their doorsteps. +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-9.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-9.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..93aa23daac5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-9.tex @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} +%\Title{Exercises} \author{Steven Writer\\ Texas A \& M University\\ +% Department of Computer Science} +%\date{College Station, Texas \today} \maketitle +\section{Solution for Venice's Flooding Problems} +\subsection{Can Venice be Saved?} + +Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship. +The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most +famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its +signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian +engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now +a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series +of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry. + +The need for Venetian water control has never been greater. +Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in +the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the +water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m. +Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea +levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses +and making sidewalks and squares impossible. + +The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a +small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of +a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon +from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets. +These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides, +with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's +seawalls. + +In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and +construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water +flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the +plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of +the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m +wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the +seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with +water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air +would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float +upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off +the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates +are up. + +The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least +\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the +fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised +so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the +lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an +environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction. +Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to +its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's +not too bad. + +%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003 + +\subsection{Additional Information to the Gates} + +The gates are made of steel covered with a resistant coating to prevent +building of algae and crustaceans. Every five years they're are scheduled +for removal and cleaning. + +The 78 hollow sea gates are filled with water most of the time and remain +out of sight in a foundation or cassion. During especially high tides, +compressed air flushes out the seawater. Within 30 min.\ the gates rise +to the surface and block the inlets. When the danger passes, water is +admitted back into the gates, causing them to sink within 15 min. + +\section{Preface to the \LaTeX-Guide} +\subsection{General Remarks} + +A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question: +Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999 +that a new release of this manual is justified? + +The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\ +world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the +second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge +between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had +been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third +edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was +still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its +familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\ +environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000 +the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear +months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old +version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual. +In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its +syntax and usage. + +But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its +peripherals have. The rise of programs like `pdf\TeX' and `dvipdfm' for +PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\ +directly, but by means of more modern `packages' to extend the basic +features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such +that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the +`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include +user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable. +Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie +Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This +edition reflects this increase in breadth. + +\subsection{The Changes in Detail} +The changes to the fourth edition are mainly those of emphasis. + +1. The material has been reorganized into `Basics' and `Beyond the Basics' + (`advanced' sounds too intimidating) while the appendices contain + topics that really can be skipped by most everyday users. Exception: + Appendix H is an alphabetized command summary that many + people find extremely useful (including ourselves). + + This reorganizing is meant to stress certain aspects over others. For + example, the section on graphics inclusion and color was originally + treated as an exotic freak, relegated to an appendix on extensions; in the + third edition, it moved up to be included in a front chapter along with the + picture environment and floats; now it dominates + Chapter 6 all on its own, the floats come in the following + Chapter 7, and `picture' is banished to the later + Chapter 13. This is not to say that the picture features are no good, + but only that they are very specialized. We add + descriptions of additional drawing possibilities there too. + +2. It is stressed as much as possible that \LaTeX\ is a markup language, + with separation of content and form. Typographical settings + should be placed in the preamble, while the body contains only logical + markup. This is in keeping with the modern ideas of XML, where form and + content are radically segregated. + +3. Throughout this edition, contributed packages are explained at that point + in the text where they are most relevant. The `fancyhdr' package + comes in the section on page styles, `natbib' where literature + citations are explained. This stresses that these `extensions' are part of + the \LaTeX\ system as a whole. However, to remind the user that they must + still be explicitly loaded, a marginal note is placed at the start of their + descriptions. + +4. PDF output is taken for granted throughout the book, in addition to the + classical DVI format. This means that the added possibilities of `pdf\TeX' + and `dvipdfm' are explained where they are relevant. A separate + Chapter 10 on PostScript and PDF is still necessary, and the + best interface to PDF output, the `hyperref' package by Sebastian + Rahtz, is explained in detail. PDF is also included in + Chapter 15 on presentation material + + On the other hand, the other Web output formats, HTML and XML, are only + dealt with briefly in Appendix E, since these are large topics + treated in other books, most noticeably the `\LaTeX\ Web Companion'. + +5. This book is being distributed with the \TeX Live CD, with the kind + permission of Sebastian Rahtz who maintains it for the \TeX\ Users Group. + It contains a full \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ installation for Windows, Macintosh, + and Linux, plus many of the myriad extensions that exist. + +We once again express our hope that this \textsl{Guide} will prove more than +useful to all those who wish to find their way through the intricate world of +\LaTeX. And with the addition of the \TeX Live CD, that world is brought even +closer to their doorsteps. +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-1.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-1.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8a19c9114ec --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-1.tex @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} +A section of text may be displayed by indenting it by an equal amount +on both sides, with the `quote' or `quotation' environment, as +demonstrated here for the `quote' environment first. +\begin{quote} +Additonal vertical spacing is inserted above and below the displayed +text to seperate it vertically from normal text. + +The text to be displayed may be over any length; it can be part of a +sentence, a whole paragraph, or several paragraphs. + +Paragraphs are seperated as usual with an empty line, although no +empty lines are needed at the beginning and end of the displayed +text since additional vertical spacing is inserted here anyway. +\end{quote} +And here follows a demonstration of the `quotation' environment. +\begin{quotation} +In the `quotation' environment, paragraphs are marked by extra indentation +of the first line, wheras in the `quote' environment, they are indicated +more vertical spacing between them. + +The present text is produced within the `quotation' environment, while +the example above was done with the `quote' environment. + +The `quotation' environment is only really meaningfil, when the regular +text makes use of first-line indentation to show off new paragraphs. +\end{quotation} +The adjacent text behind the `quote' and/or `quotation' environment is +processed in standard form again, as shown here. An empty line behind +one of this environments starts the adjecent text as a new paragraph, +indicated by an indentend first line of the the following text. The +user may demonstrate this by the slight modification for this solution +example. +\end{document} + + + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-10.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-10.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5cca868bdac --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-10.tex @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} + +% This text is taken from Chapter 6, Tables +% Guide to LaTeX, 4th edition. + +\begin{verbatim} +Table material is made to float with the environment: +\begin{quote} + \verb=\begin{table}= \emph{head\_text\quad table\quad foot\_text\quad} + \verb=\end{table} +\end{quote} +where \emph{table} stands for the entire table as defined in the +\texttt{tabular} environment, \emph{head\_text} for whatever text appears +above the table, and \emph{foot\_text} for that below. Width, spacing, +and positioning of the texts relative to the table are all matters for the +user to arrange. +\end{verbatim} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-2.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-2.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..82fd219788e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-2.tex @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +\documentclass[12pt]{article} +\setlength{\textwidth}{100mm} +\begin{document} +\begin{center}\Large\textbf{The Jabberwocky}\end{center} +\begin{verse}\itshape +'Twas brillig, and the slithy toves\\ +Did gyre and gimble in the wabe:\\ +All mimsy were the borogoves,\\ +And the mome raths outgrabe. + +"Beware the Jabberwock, my son!\\ +The jaws that bite, the claws that catch!\\ +Beware the Jubjub bird, and shun\\ +The frumious Bandersnatch!" + +He took his vorpal sword in hand:\\ +Long time the manxome foe he sought-\\ +So rested he by the Tumtum tree,\\ +And stood awhile in thought. + +And, as in uffish thought he stood,\\ +The Jabberwock, with eyes of flame,\\ +Came whiffling through the tulgey wood,\\ +And burbled as it came! + +One, two! One, two! And through and through\\ +The vorpal blade went snicker-snack!\\ +He left it dead, and with its head\\ +He went galumphing back. + +"And hast thou slain the Jabberwock?\\ +Come to my arms, my beamish boy!\\ +O frabjous day! Callooh! Callay!"\\ +He chortled in his joy. + +'Twas brillig, and the slithy toves\\ +Did gyre and gimble in the wabe:\\ +All mimsy were the borogoves,\\ +And the mome raths outgrabe. +\end{verse} +\begin{flushright} Lewis Carroll\end{flushright} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-3.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-3.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..405f4ff97cf --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-3.tex @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} +\begin{titlepage} \centering +\vspace*{5cm} +\textbf{\Huge Exercises}\\[1.5cm] +\Large Steven Writer\\ +Texas A \& M University\\ +Department of Computer Science\\[5mm] +College Station, Texas \today +\end{titlepage} +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-4.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-4.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..852050a335c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-4.tex @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} +A forfould nestin of the itemize an environment appears as follows: +\begin{itemize} + \item The label for the first level is a black dot, a \emph{bullet}. + \begin{itemize} + \item That of the second level is a long dash (en dash). + \begin{itemize} + \item That of the third level is an asterisk. + \begin{itemize} + \item And the label for the fourth level is an upshifted dot. + \item At the same time, the vertical spacing is decrease with + increasing depth. + \end{itemize} + \item Back to the third level. + \item Each level may contain several labels of the same degree, + \item as shown here for third level. + \end{itemize} + \item Back to the second level. + \end{itemize} + \item And here we are at the first level of the itemize list again. + \item The standard label markers for each level can be changed by + the user + \item as demonstrated with the solution example for exercise 4.6. +\end{itemize} +Similary for the enumerate environment, where the style of numberin changes +with the nesting level: +\begin{enumerate} + \item The numbering at the first level is with Arabic numerals followed + by a period. + \begin{enumerate} + \item At the second level, it is with lower case letters in paranthesis. + \begin{enumerate} + \item The third level is numbered with lower case Roman numerals + with a period. + \begin{enumerate} + \item At the fourth level, capital letters are used. + \item The label style can be changed as shown in the solution + example for exercise 4.7. + \end{enumerate} + \item Back to the third level. + \end{enumerate} + \item Back to the second level. + \item Also the enumerat environment may contain in every level + several labels of the same degree, + \item as shown here for the second level. + \end{enumerate} + \item Each level should contain at least two labels, + \item but formally less labels are allowed! +\end{enumerate} +\end{document} + + + + + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-5.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-5.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..838f06ca659 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-5.tex @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} +\textbf{\large Canadian Participants} +\begin{description} +\item[Ady, Michael S.] Edmonton, Alberta +\item[Brunskill, Roxanne] Calgary, Alberta +\item[Chan, Stephen] Burnaby, British Columbia +\item[Dick, Roberta] Don Mills, Ontario +\item[Flynn, Frank] Vancouver, British Collumbia +\item[Galko, Peter] Ottawa, Ontario +\item[Jones, Ed] Halifax, Nona Scotia +\item[Herschorn, Michael] Montr\'eal, Qu\'ebec +\item[Mackinnon, James G.] Kingston, Ontario +\end{description} +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-6.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-6.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ec8b4405cf0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-6.tex @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\renewcommand{\labelitemi}{---} +\renewcommand{\labelitemii}{--} +\renewcommand{\labelitemiii}{-} +\begin{document} +With the user changed label commands, the standard labels occure now +in the following form: +\begin{itemize} +\item The label for the first level is a long dash (em dash). +\begin{itemize} +\item That for the second level a medium dash (en dash). +\begin{itemize} +\item And that for the third level a short dash, a hyphen. +\item Changed label symbols should be uniform for the whole users documen. +\end{itemize} +\item Also not changed several times within the document. +\end{itemize} +\item As shown here. +\end{itemize} +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-7.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-7.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f9d739fffdf --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-7.tex @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{(\Roman{enumi})} +\renewcommand{\labelenumii}{\Roman{enumi}--\arabic{enumii}} +\begin{document} +With the user modified label commands for the first two level of the +enumerate environment, the corresponding labels occure now as follows: +\begin{enumerate} +\item The labels for the first level are roman captal numerals enclosed by +parenthesis. +\begin{enumerate} +\item The labels for the second level are the roman numerals of the first + level followed by the number of the second level, seperated by + a medium dash. +\item Here is the next label of the second level. +\item Followed by the third label of the second level. +\end{enumerate} +\item And back now to the second label of the first level. +\begin{enumerate} +\item And again at the second level with the combined roman numeral and + the actual label number of this level. +\item And so one for continously labels of this label +\item as demonstrated here for the third label +\end{enumerate} +\item An back now the the next label of the first level +\item before we leave the enumerate environment. +\end{enumerate} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-8.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-8.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..eb5c771f23d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-8.tex @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\newcounter{num} +\newenvironment{sample}{\begin{list}{\textbf{Sample \Alph{num}}\hfill}% + {\usecounter{num} \setlength{\labelwidth}{20mm} + \setlength{\leftmargin}{22mm} \setlength{\rightmargin}{5mm} + \setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus0.5ex minus 0.4ex} + \setlength{\listparindent}{1em} + \setlength{\parsep}{0ex plus0.5ex} }} + {\end{list}} +\begin{document} +The user defined \texttt{sample}-environment of the upper preamble +demontrates the position of the corresponding label and their +left an right margins. +\begin{sample} +\item with no commercial value. +\item on receipt of the enclosed voucher an amount of 5.00 \$ will be + paid. +\end{sample} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-9.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-9.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a90d9519bb8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-9.tex @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} +\begin{verbatim} +Table material is made to float with the envronment: +\begin{quote} + \verb=\begin{table}= \emph{head\_text\quad table\quad foot\_text\quad} + \verb=\end{table} +\end{quote} +where \emph{table} stands for the entire table as defined in the +\texttt{tabular} environment, \emph{head\_text} for whatever text appears +above the table, and \emph{foot\_text} for that below. Width, spacing, +and positioning of the texts relative to the table are all matters for the +user to arrange. +\end{verbatim} +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap5/exer5-1.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap5/exer5-1.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..59fc66dc4b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap5/exer5-1.tex @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} + +% First Solution +\footnotesize\noindent +\begin{minipage}[b]{85mm} +\parbox[t]{3.5cm}{The first line of this 3.5\,cm wide minipage or parbox + is aligned with the first line of the neighboring minipage or parbox.} +\hfill +\parbox[t]{4.5cm}{This 4.5\,cm wide minipage or parbox is positioned so + so that its top line is at the same level as that of the box on the + left, while its bottom line is even with that of the box on the right. + The na\"{\i}ve notation that this arrangement may be achieved with the + positioning arguments \texttt{t}, \texttt{t}, and \texttt{b} is incorrect. + Why? What would this selection really produce?} \\ \mbox{} +\end{minipage}\hfill +\parbox[b]{3.1cm}{The true solution involves the nesting of two of the three + structures in an enclosed minipage, which is then seperated aligned + with the third one.} + +% Second Solution +\vspace{10mm}\noindent +\parbox[t]{3.5cm}{The first line of this 3.5\,cm wide minipage or parbox + is aligned with the first line of the neighboring minipage or parbox.} +\hfill +\begin{minipage}[t]{81mm}\mbox{}\\ +\parbox[b]{4.5cm}{This 4.5\,cm wide minipage or parbox is positioned so + so that its top line is at the same level as that of the box on the + left, while its bottom line is even with that of the box on the right. + The na\"{\i}ve notation that this arrangement may be achieved with the + positioning arguments \texttt{t}, \texttt{t}, and \texttt{b} is incorrect. + Why? What would this selection really produce?} +\hfill +\parbox[b]{3.1cm}{The true solution involves the nesting of two of the three + structures in an enclosed minipage, which is then seperated aligned + with the third one.} +\end{minipage} +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap5/exer5-2.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap5/exer5-2.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bf1ac8442a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap5/exer5-2.tex @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage{german} +\begin{document} + +\newsavebox{\warning} +\sbox{\warning}{\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.25mm}\setlength{\fboxsep}{1.5mm}% +\fbox{\parbox{10cm}{\large Vertical placement of minipages and parboxes can + lead to surprising results which may be corrected by the use of dummy + lines.}}} + +\begin{center} \usebox{\warning} \end{center} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap5/exer5-3.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap5/exer5-3.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..92c67d1e25a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap5/exer5-3.tex @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} +\section*{PREFACE TO THE \LaTeX-GUIDE} + +A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question: +Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999 +that a new release of this manual is justified? + +The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\ +world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the +second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge +between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had +been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third +edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was +still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its +familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\ +environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000 +the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear +months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old +version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual.% +\footnote{With the result, that all maintance for \LaTeX\ 2.09 has been stopped +with the occurance of \LaTeXe\ as well as any further developement.} +In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its +syntax and usage. + +But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its +peripherals have. The rise of programs like pdf\TeX and \texttt{dvipdfm} for +PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\ +directly, but by means of more modern \emph{packages} to extend the basic +features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such +that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the +`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include +user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable. +Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie +Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This +edition reflects this increase in breadth.\footnote{In between many hundreds +of supplements and extensions in form of packages have been developed for +\LaTeXe. Only the most important will be presented in this book.} + +The changes to the fourth edition are mainly those of emphasis. +\begin{enumerate} +\item The material has been reorganized into `Basics' and `Beyond the Basics' + (`advanced' sounds too intimidating) while the appendices contain + topics that really can be skipped by most everyday users. Exception: + Appendix H is an alphabetized command summary that many + people find extremely useful (including ourselves). + + This reorganizing is meant to stress certain aspects over others. For + example, the section on graphics inclusion and color was originally + treated as an exotic freak, relegated to an appendix on extensions; in the + third edition, it moved up to be included in a front chapter along with the + \texttt{picture} environment and floats; now it dominates + Chapter 6 all on its own, the floats come in the following + Chapter 7, and \texttt{picturer} is banished to the later + Chapter 13. This is not to say that the picture features are no good, + but only that they are very specialized. We add + descriptions of additional drawing possibilities there too. + +\item It is stressed as much as possible that \LaTeX\ is a \emph{markup} + language, with separation of content and form. Typographical settings + should be placed in the preamble, while the body contains only logical + markup. This is in keeping with the modern ideas of XML, where form and + content are radically segregated. + +\item Throughout this edition, contributed packages are explained at that point + in the text where they are most relevant. The `fancyhdr' package + comes in the section on page styles, \texttt{natbib} where literature + citations are explained. This stresses that these `extensions' are part of + the \LaTeX\ system as a whole. However, to remind the user that they must + still be explicitly loaded, a marginal note is placed at the start of their + descriptions. + +\item PDF output is taken for granted throughout the book, in addition to the + classical DVI format. This means that the added possibilities of `pdf\TeX' + and `dvipdfm' are explained where they are relevant. A separate + Chapter 10 on PostScript and PDF is still necessary, and the + best interface to PDF output, the \texttt{hyperref package} by Sebastian + Rahtz, is explained in detail. PDF is also included in + Chapter 15 on presentation material. + + On the other hand, the other Web output formats, HTML and XML, are only + dealt with briefly in Appendix E, since these are large topics + treated in other books, most noticeably the \textsl{\LaTeX\ Web Companion}. + +\item This book is being distributed with the \TeX Live CD, with the kind + permission of Sebastian Rahtz who maintains it for the \TeX\ Users Group. + It contains a full \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ installation for Windows, Macintosh, + and Linux, plus many of the myriad extensions that exist. +\end{enumerate} + +We once again express our hope that this \textsl{Guide} will prove more than +useful to all those who wish to find their way through the intricate world of +\LaTeX. And with the addition of the \TeX Live CD, that world is brought even +closer to their doorsteps.\footnote{Information for installation details are +given in the self documentation for the \TeX Live CD.} +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap5/exer5-4.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap5/exer5-4.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b7c54109292 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap5/exer5-4.tex @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}} +\begin{document} +\section*{PREFACE TO THE \LaTeX-GUIDE} + +A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question: +Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999 +that a new release of this manual is justified? + +The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\ +world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the +second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge +between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had +been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third +edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was +still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its +familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\ +environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000 +the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear +months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old +version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual.% +\footnote{With the result, that all maintance for \LaTeX\ 2.09 has been stopped +with the occurance of \LaTeXe\ as well as any further developement.} +In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its +syntax and usage. + +But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its +peripherals have. The rise of programs like pdf\TeX and \texttt{dvipdfm} for +PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\ +directly, but by means of more modern \emph{packages} to extend the basic +features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such +that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the +`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include +user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable. +Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie +Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This +edition reflects this increase in breadth.\footnote{In between many hundreds +of supplements and extensions in form of packages have been developed for +\LaTeXe. Only the most important will be presented in this book.} + +The changes to the fourth edition are mainly those of emphasis. +\begin{enumerate} +\item The material has been reorganized into `Basics' and `Beyond the Basics' + (`advanced' sounds too intimidating) while the appendices contain + topics that really can be skipped by most everyday users. Exception: + Appendix H is an alphabetized command summary that many + people find extremely useful (including ourselves). + + This reorganizing is meant to stress certain aspects over others. For + example, the section on graphics inclusion and color was originally + treated as an exotic freak, relegated to an appendix on extensions; in the + third edition, it moved up to be included in a front chapter along with the + \texttt{picture} environment and floats; now it dominates + Chapter 6 all on its own, the floats come in the following + Chapter 7, and \texttt{picturer} is banished to the later + Chapter 13. This is not to say that the picture features are no good, + but only that they are very specialized. We add + descriptions of additional drawing possibilities there too. + +\item It is stressed as much as possible that \LaTeX\ is a \emph{markup} + language, with separation of content and form. Typographical settings + should be placed in the preamble, while the body contains only logical + markup. This is in keeping with the modern ideas of XML, where form and + content are radically segregated. + +\item Throughout this edition, contributed packages are explained at that point + in the text where they are most relevant. The `fancyhdr' package + comes in the section on page styles, \texttt{natbib} where literature + citations are explained. This stresses that these `extensions' are part of + the \LaTeX\ system as a whole. However, to remind the user that they must + still be explicitly loaded, a marginal note is placed at the start of their + descriptions. + +\item PDF output is taken for granted throughout the book, in addition to the + classical DVI format. This means that the added possibilities of `pdf\TeX' + and `dvipdfm' are explained where they are relevant. A separate + Chapter 10 on PostScript and PDF is still necessary, and the + best interface to PDF output, the \texttt{hyperref package} by Sebastian + Rahtz, is explained in detail. PDF is also included in + Chapter 15 on presentation material. + + On the other hand, the other Web output formats, HTML and XML, are only + dealt with briefly in Appendix E, since these are large topics + treated in other books, most noticeably the \textsl{\LaTeX\ Web Companion}. + +\item This book is being distributed with the \TeX Live CD, with the kind + permission of Sebastian Rahtz who maintains it for the \TeX\ Users Group. + It contains a full \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ installation for Windows, Macintosh, + and Linux, plus many of the myriad extensions that exist. +\end{enumerate} + +We once again express our hope that this \textsl{Guide} will prove more than +useful to all those who wish to find their way through the intricate world of +\LaTeX. And with the addition of the \TeX Live CD, that world is brought even +closer to their doorsteps.\footnote{Information for installation details are +given in the self documentation for the \TeX Live CD.} +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap6/exer6-1.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap6/exer6-1.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5845bc6c1cd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap6/exer6-1.tex @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} +\begin{tabbing} +Project: \=Total Requirements \= = \$900\,000.00 \+\\ + of which \> 2003\'= \$450\,000.00 \+\\ + 2004\' = \$350\,000.00 \\ 2005\' = \$100\,000.00\-\\[0.5ex] \pushtabs + 2003 approved: \=\$350\,000.00\quad\= Deficiency: \= \$100\,000.00\\ + 2004 \> \$300\,000.00 \>\>\$150\,000.00\\ + 2005 \> \$250\,000.00 \> Surplus:\>\$150\,000.00 \\[0.5ex] \poptabs + tentative \> 2004\' = \$1\=00\,000.00 for deficiency \= 2003 \+\\ + 2005\' = \$\>50\,000.00 \> 2004 \\ + + \$100\,000.00 \>\>excess for\'2003 in 2004\-\-\\[0.5ex] + Commitments \>\>2003\'= \$100\,000.00\+\+\\ + 2004\'= \$150\,000.00\` signed: H. Andr\a'e +\end{tabbing} +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap6/exer6-2.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap6/exer6-2.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..873e50fd087 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap6/exer6-2.tex @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} +\begin{tabular}{|r|l||rrr|r@{:}l|r@{:}l||c|}\hline + \multicolumn{10}{|c|}{\rule[-3mm]{0mm}{8mm}\bfseries 1st Regional Soccer + League --- Final Results 2002/03} \\ \hline + &\itshape Club &\itshape W &\itshape T &\itshape L + & \multicolumn{2}{c|}{\itshape Goals} + & \multicolumn{2}{c|}{\itshape Points} + & \itshape Remarks \\ \hline\hline + 1 & Amesville Rockets & 19 & 13 & 1 & 66&31 & 51&15 & League Champs \\ \hline + 2 & Borden Comets & 18 & 9 & 6 & 65&37 & 45&21 & Trophy Winners\\ \hline + 3 & Clarkson Chargers & 17 & 7 & 9 & 70&44 & 41&25 & Candidates\\ \cline{1-9} + 4 & Daysdon Bombers & 14 & 10 & 9 & 66&50 & 38&28 & for \\ \cline{1-9} + 5 & Edgartowns Devils & 16 & 6 & 11 & 63&53 & 38&28 & National \\ \cline{1-9} + 6 & Freeburg Fighters & 15 & 7 & 11 & 64&47 & 37&29 & League \\ \hline + 7 & Gadsby Tigers & 15 & 7 & 11 & 52&37 & 35&31 & \\ \cline{1-9} + 8 & Harrisville Hotshots& 12&11 & 10 & 62&58 & 35&31 & \\ \cline{1-9} + 9 & Idlleton Shovers & 14 & 9 & 11 & 49&51 & 35&31 & \\ \cline{1-9} +10 & Jamestown Horntets& 11 & 11 & 11 & 48&47 & 33&33 & \\ \cline{1-9} +11 & Kingston Cowboys & 13 & 5 & 14 & 54&45 & 32&34&Medium Teams\\ \cline{1-9} +12 & Lonsdale Stompers & 12 & 8 & 13 & 50&57 & 32&34 & \\ \cline{1-9} +13 & Marsdon Heroes & 9 & 12 & 11 & 50&42 & 31&35 & \\ \cline{1-9} +14 & Norburg Flames & 10 & 8 & 15 & 60&68 & 28&38 & \\ \cline{1-9} +15 & Ollison Champions & 8 & 9 & 16 & 42&49 & 25&41 & \\ \hline +16 & Petersville Lancers& 6 & 8 & 19 & 31&77 & 20&46 & Disbanding\\ \hline +17 & Quincy Giants & 7 & 5 & 21 & 40&89 & 19&47 & \\ \cline{1-9} +19 & Ralstone Regulars & 3 & 11 & 19 & 37&74 & 17&49 & + \raisebox{1.5ex}[0pt]{Denoted} \\ \hline +\end{tabular} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap6/exer6-3.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap6/exer6-3.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a22ed5afa0c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap6/exer6-3.tex @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} +\newcommand{\rb}[1]{\raisebox{1.5ex}[0mm]{#1}} +\begin{center}\small +\begin{tabular}{|l||c|l|c|l|c|l|} +\hline +& \multicolumn{2}{c|}{6.15--7.15 pm} & \multicolumn{2}{c|}{7.20--8.20 pm} +& \multicolumn{2}{c|}{8.30--9.30 pm} \\ \cline{2-7} +&& Teacher && Teacher && Teacher \\ \cline{3-3}\cline{5-5}\cline{7-7} +\rb{Day} & \rb{Subj.} & Room & \rb{Subj.} & Room & \rb{Subj.} & Room\\ + \hline\hline +&& Dr.~Smith && Ms.~Clark && Mr.~Mills\\ +\cline{3-3}\cline{5-5}\cline{7-7} +\rb{Mon.} & \rb{UNIX} & Comp. Ctr & \rb{Fortran} & Hall A + & \rb{Math.} & Hall A \\ \hline +&& Miss Baker && Ms.~Clark && Mr.~Mill\\ +\cline{3-3}\cline{5-5}\cline{7-7} +\rb{Tues.} & \rb{\LaTeX} & Conf.~Room & \rb{Fortran} & Conf~Room + & \rb{Math.} & Hall A \\ \hline +&& Dr.~Smith && Dr.~Jones && Dr.~Jones \\ +\cline{3-3}\cline{5-5}\cline{7-7} +\rb{Wed.} & \rb{UNIX} & Comp. Ctr & \rb{C} & Hall A + & \rb{ComSci.} & Hall A \\ \hline +&& Miss Baker && Ms. Clark & \multicolumn{2}{c|}{} \\ +\cline{3-3}\cline{5-5} +\rb{Fri.} & \rb{\LaTeX} & Conf.~Room & \rb{C++} & Conf.~Room +& \multicolumn{2}{c|}{\rb{canceled}}\\ \hline +\end{tabular}\end{center} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap6/exer6-4.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap6/exer6-4.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3ee319cc23c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap6/exer6-4.tex @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} +\begin{center}\small +\begin{tabular}{@{}p{35mm}p{60mm}l@{}} +Course and Date & Brief Description & Prerequisites\\ +\hline +Introduction to LSEDIT\newline +14.3. -- 16.3. & + Logging on --- Explanation to the VMS fils system --- Explanation and + intensive application of the VMS editor LSEDIT --- user modifications + & none \\ \hline +Introlduction to \LaTeX\newline +21.3. -- 25.3. & + Word processors and formatting programs --- text and commands --- + environments --- dokument and page styles --- displayed text --- + math equations --- simple user defined structures + & LSEDIT +\end{tabular}\end{center} +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap6/exer6-5.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap6/exer6-5.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..28296855c47 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap6/exer6-5.tex @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\setlength{\textwidth}{130mm} +\begin{document} +\begin{table}{\bfseries Primary Energy Consumption}\\[1ex] +\begin{tabular*}{130mm}% + {@{}ll@{\extracolsep{\fill}}r@{\hspace{1em}}@{\extracolsep{1em}}rr@{}} +% {@{}ll@{\extracolsep{\fill}}r@{\extracolsep{1em}}rr@{}} +% Try this column definition as alternative solution +\hline +\multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{Energy Source} & 1975 & 1980 & 1986\\ \hline +\multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{Total Consumption}&&& \\ +\multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{(in million tons of BCU)\footnote{BCU = + Bituminous Coal Unit (1 ton BCU corresponds to the heating + equivalent of 1 ton of bituminous coal = 8140 kwh)}} + & 347.7 & 390.2 & 385.0 \\ +of which & (percentages)\\ +& petroleum & 52.1 & 47.6 & 43.2 \\ +& bituminous coal & 19.1 & 19.8 & 20.0 \\ +& brown coal & 9.9 & 10.0 & 8.6 \\ +& natural gas & 14.2 & 16.5 & 15.1 \\ +& nuclear Energy & 2.0 & 3.7 & 10.1 \\ +& other\footnote{Wind, water, solar energy, and so forth} + & 2.7 & 2.3 & 3.0 +\end{tabular*} + +\emph{Source:} Energy Balance Study Group, Essen 1987. +\end{table} + +\noindent \textbf{Answers to the questions from exercise 4.15}: + +\begin{enumerate} +\item With \verb=@{}= at the beginning and end of the formatting + definition the additional space of half of the column gap size + in front and behind the table which occures by default, will + be suppressed. +\item With \verb=@{\extracolsep{\hfill}}= at the beginning of the formatting + definition additional space of equal width would be inserted + between all following columns so that the total tabular with + becomes exatly the ordered width of 118 mm. Try this modification + as special exersice. +\item \verb=@{\extracolsep{\hfill}}= is to put behind the + second column parameter and its countermanding + \verb=@{\hspace{1em}}@\extracolsep{1em}}= is to put behind the + third column parameter. With \verb=@{\extracolsep{1em}}= as + countermanding expression the gap between the third and fourth + column would be smaller than those for the following column. + Try this as alternative exercise. +\end{enumerate} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-1.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-1.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fa73e5bbde9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-1.tex @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} +The derivative of the indirect function f[g(x)] is +$\{f[g(x)]\}' = f'[g(x)]g'(x)$. For the second derivative of the product +of $f(x)$ and $g(x)$ one has +$[f(x)g(x)]'' = f''(x)g(x) + 2f'(x)g'(x) + f(x)g''(x)$. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-10.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-10.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..795eeb3c304 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-10.tex @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} +$\alpha\vec{x} = \vec{x}\alpha$,\hfill$\alpha\beta\vec{x} += \beta\alpha\vec{x}$,\hfill$(\alpha + \beta)\vec{x} = \alpha\vec{x} + +\beta\vec{x}$,\hfill $\alpha(\vec{x} + \vec{y}) += \alpha\vec{x} + \alpha\vec{y}$.\\ +\hspace*{1.5em}$\vec{x}\vec{y} = \vec{y}\vec{x}$\hfill +but\hfill$\vec{x}\times\vec{y} = +-\vec{y}\times\vec{x}$,\hfill\hfill$\vec{x}\vec{y} = 0$\hfill for\hfill% +$\vec{x}\perp\vec{y}$,\hfill\hfill$\vec{x}\times\vec{y} = 0$,\hfill +for\hfill$\vec{x}\parallel\vec{y}$. +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-11.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-11.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..afefe1e54a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-11.tex @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} +\begin{equation} +\lim_{x\to0}\frac{\sqrt{1+x} - 1}{x} = +\lim_{x\to0}\frac{(\sqrt{1+x} - 1)(\sqrt{1+x} + 1)}{x(\sqrt{1+x} + 1)} = +\lim_{x\to0}\frac{1}{\sqrt{1+x} + 1} = \frac{1}{2} +\end{equation} +\begin{equation} +\frac{\partial^2 U}{\partial x^2} + \frac{\partial^2 U}{\partial y^2} = 0\quad +\Longrightarrow\quad +U_M = \frac{1}{4\pi}\oint\limits_\Sigma\frac{1}{r}\frac{\partial U}{\partial n} +\,ds - \frac{1}{4\pi}\oint\limits_\Sigma\frac{\partial\frac{1}{r}}{\partial n} +U\,ds +\end{equation} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-12.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-12.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c8878796389 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-12.tex @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\setlength{\textwidth}{135mm} +\begin{document} +\setcounter{equation}{2} +\begin{equation} +S(z) = -\cos\left(\frac{\pi}{2} z^2\right) \sum_{n=0}^\infty + \frac{(-1)^n\pi^{2n+1}}{1\cdot3\cdots(4n+3)} z^{4n+3} + +\sin\left(\frac{\pi}{2} z^2\right) \sum_{n=0}^\infty + \frac{(-1)^n\pi^{2n}}{1\cdot3\cdots(4n+1)} z^{4n+1} +\end{equation} +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-13.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-13.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..20d18995199 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-13.tex @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} +\noindent\textbf{First solution example}:\\[1ex] +The solution for the system equation +\[ \renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.2} + F(x,y) = 0\quad\mbox{and}\quad + \left|\begin{array}{ccc} + F''_{xx} & F''_{xy} & F'_x\\ + F''_{yx} & F''_{yy} & F'_y\\ + F'_x & F'_y & 0 + \end{array}\right| = 0 +\] +yields the coordinates for the possible inflection points of $F(x,y) = 0$. + +\bigskip +\noindent\textbf{Second solution example}:\\[1ex] +The solution for the system equation +\[ \renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.2} + F(x,y) = 0\quad\mbox{and}\quad\begin{array}{|ccc|} + F''_{xx} & F''_{xy} & F'_x\\ + F''_{yx} & F''_{yy} & F'_y\\ + F'_x & F'_y & 0 + \end{array} = 0 +\] +yields the coordinates for the possible inflection points of $F(x,y) = 0$. +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-14.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-14.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f4154ad0179 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-14.tex @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} +\noindent\textbf{First solution example}:\\[1ex] +The shortest distance between two straight lines represented by the equations +\[ \frac{x-x_1}{l_1} = \frac{y-y_1}{m_1} = \frac{z-z_1}{n_1}\quad\mbox{und}% +\quad% + \frac{x-x_2}{l_2} = \frac{y-y_2}{m_2} = \frac{z-z_2}{n_2} \] +is given by the expression +\[ \frac{\pm\;\begin{array}{|ccc|} + x_1 - x_2 & y_1 - y_2 & z_1 - z_2 \\ + l_1 & m_1 & n_1 \\ + l_2 & m_2 & n_2 + \end{array}}{ + \sqrt{\left|\begin{array}{cc} l_1 & m_1 \\ l_2 & m_2 \end{array}\right|^2 + + \left|\begin{array}{cc} m_1 & n_1 \\ m_2 & n_2 \end{array}\right|^2 + + \left|\begin{array}{cc} n_1 & l_1 \\ n_2 & l_2 \end{array}\right|^2} + } \] +If the numerator is zero, the two lines meet somewhere. + +\bigskip +\noindent\textbf{Second solution example}:\\[1ex] +The shortest distance between two straight lines represented by the equations +\[ \frac{x-x_1}{l_1} = \frac{y-y_1}{m_1} = \frac{z-z_1}{n_1}\quad\mbox{und}% +\quad% + \frac{x-x_2}{l_2} = \frac{y-y_2}{m_2} = \frac{z-z_2}{n_2} \] +is given by the expression +\[ \frac{\pm\;\begin{array}{|ccc|} + x_1 - x_2 & y_1 - y_2 & z_1 - z_2 \\ + l_1 & m_1 & n_1 \\ + l_2 & m_2 & n_2 + \end{array}}{ + \sqrt{\begin{array}{|cc|} l_1 & m_1 \\ l_2 & m_2 \end{array}^2 + + \begin{array}{|cc|} m_1 & n_1 \\ m_2 & n_2 \end{array}^2 + + \begin{array}{|cc|} n_1 & l_1 \\ n_2 & l_2 \end{array}^2} + } \] +If the numerator is zero, the two lines meet somewhere. +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-15.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-15.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6383f732bab --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-15.tex @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} +\noindent +Laurent expansion using $c_n = \frac{1}{2\pi i} +\oint (\zeta-a)^{-n-1}f(\zeta)\,d\zeta$, for every function $f(z)$ the +following representation is valid ($n=0$, $\pm1$, $\pm2$, \ldots) +\[ f(x) = \sum_{n=-\infty}^{+\infty} c_n(z-a)^n + = \left\{\begin{array}{r} + c_0 + c_1(z-a) + c_2(z-a)^2 +\cdots+ c_n(z-a)^n+\cdots\\ + \mbox{}+c_{-1}(z-a)^{-1} + c_{-2}(z-a)^{-2}+\cdots\\ + \mbox{}+c_{-n}(z-a)^{-n}+\cdots \end{array}\right. \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-16.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-16.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e603633e6a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-16.tex @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} +\noindent +The total number of permutations of $n$ elements taken $m$ at a time +(symbol $V_n^m$) is +\vspace{-0.5ex} +\[ V_n^m = \prod_{i=0}^{m-1}(n-i) = + \underbrace{n(n-1)(n-2)\ldots(n-m+1)}_{\mbox{total of $m$ factors}} = + \frac{n!}{(n-m)!} \] +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-17.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-17.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7743bee0f28 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-17.tex @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} +\setcounter{equation}{5} +\begin{eqnarray} +\arcsin x & = & -\arcsin(-x) = \frac{\pi}{2} - \arccos x = + \left[\arccos\sqrt{1-x^2}\,\right]\nonumber\\ + & = & \arctan\frac{x}{\sqrt{1-x^2}} = + \left[\mbox{\rm arccot}\frac{\sqrt{1-x^2}}{x}\right] +\end{eqnarray} +\begin{eqnarray} +\lefteqn{f(x+h,y+k) = f(x,y) + \left\{\frac{\partial f(x,y)}{\partial x}h + + \frac{\partial f(x,y)}{\partial y}k\right\}}\nonumber\\ + &&\mbox{} + \frac{1}{2}\left\{\frac{\partial^2f(x,y)}{\partial x^2}h^2 + + 2\frac{\partial^2f(x,y)}{\partial x\partial y}kh + + \frac{\partial^2f(x,y)}{\partial y^2}k^2\right\}\\ + &&\mbox{} + \frac{1}{6}\{\cdots\} + \cdots + \frac{1}{n!}\{\cdots\} + R_n + \nonumber +\end{eqnarray} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-18.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-18.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7abf3d9221d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-18.tex @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} +\noindent +The inverse function of the polynomial expansion ~~$y = f(x) = ax+bx^2+cx^3 ++dx^4 + ex^5 + fx^6+\cdots$ $(a\ne0)$ begins with the elements +\setlength{\arraycolsep}{2pt} +\begin{eqnarray*} +x = \varphi(y) = \frac{1}{a}y &-& \frac{b}{a^3}y^2 + \frac{1}{a^5}(2b^2-ac)y^3\\ + &+&\frac{1}{a^7}(5abc - z^2d -fb^3)y^4\\ + &+&\frac{1}{a^9}(6a^2bd + 3a^2c^2+14b^4 - a^3e - 21ab^2c)y^5\\ + &+&\frac{1}{a^{11}}(7a^3be + 7a^3cd + 84ab^3c - a^4f -\\ + &&28a^2b^2d -28 a^2bc^2 - 43b^5)y^6 + \cdots +\end{eqnarray*} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-19.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-19.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fb9c620f598 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-19.tex @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +\documentclass[12pt]{article} +\newcommand{\D}{\displaystyle} +\begin{document} +\[ a_0 + \frac{1\hfill}{\D a_1 + + \frac{1\hfill}{\D a_2 + + \frac{1\hfill}{\D a_3 + + \frac{1\hfill}{a_4}}}} \] +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-2.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-2.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..56b238f25b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-2.tex @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} +The reduced cubic equation $y^3 + 3py +2q = 0$ has one real and two complex +solutions when $D = q^2 + p^3 > 0$. These are given by Cardan's formula as +\[ y_1 = u + v,\quad y_2 = -\frac{u+v}{2} + \frac{i}{2}\sqrt{3}(u - v),\quad + y_3 = -\frac{u+v}{2} - \frac{i}{2}\sqrt{3}(u-v) \] +where +\[ u = \sqrt[3]{-q + \sqrt{q^2+p^3}},\qquad v = \sqrt[3]{-q - \sqrt{q^2+p^3}} \] +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-20.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-20.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..515b958a9b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-20.tex @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +\documentclass{article} +%\setlength{\textwidth}{140mm} +\begin{document} +\[ \begin{array}{@{}r@{\;=\;}l@{\qquad}r@{\;=\;}l@{}} + \sin2\alpha & 2\sin\alpha\cos\alpha, & + \cos2\alpha & \cos^2\alpha - \sin^2\alpha\\ + \sin3\alpha & 3\sin\alpha-4\sin^3\alpha & + \cos3\alpha & 3\cos^3\alpha - 3\cos\alpha\\ + \sin4\alpha & 8\cos^3\alpha\sin\alpha - 4\cos\alpha\sin\alpha & + \cos4\alpha & 8\cos^4\alpha - 8\cos^2\alpha + 1 + \end{array} \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-21a.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-21a.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..91e95077b77 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-21a.tex @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} +\newcommand{\D}{\displaystyle} +\newcommand{\bm}{\boldmath} +\[ \begin{array}{@{}|c|c|c|@{}}\hline +\multicolumn{3}{@{}|c|@{}}{\rule[-0.125cm]{0mm}{0.5cm}% +\mbox{Equations for the tangential plane and surface normal}}\\ +\hline +\mbox{Equation}&&\\ +\mbox{for the} & \mbox{Tangential plane} & \mbox{Surface normal}\\ +\mbox{surface} & & \\ \hline +\rule{0mm}{0.583cm}F(x,y,z)=0 + & \begin{array}[t]{r@{\:+\:}l} + \D\frac{\partial F}{\partial x}(X-x) + & \D\frac{\partial F}{\partial y}(Y-y) \\[2ex] + & \D\frac{\partial F}{\partial z}(Z-z) = 0 + \end{array} + & \D\frac{X-x}{\D\frac{\partial F}{\partial x}} = + \frac{Y-y}{\D\frac{\partial F}{\partial y}} = + \frac{Z-z}{\D\frac{\partial F}{\partial z}}\\ +\rule[-0.42cm]{0mm}{1cm}z=f(x,y) + & Z-z = p(X-x) + q(Y-y) + & \D\frac{X-x}{p} = \frac{Y-y}{q} = \frac{Z-z}{-1}\\ +\begin{array}{c} x=x(u,v)\\y=y(u,v)\\z=z(u,v) \end{array} + & \begin{array}{|ccc|} + X-x & Y-y & Z-z\\[0.5ex] + \D\frac{\partial x}{\partial u} & + \D\frac{\partial y}{\partial u} & + \D\frac{\partial z}{\partial u} \\[2.0ex] + \D\frac{\partial x}{\partial v} & + \D\frac{\partial y}{\partial v} & + \D\frac{\partial z}{\partial v} + \end{array} = 0 + & \begin{array}{c@{=}c} + \D\frac{X-x}{\left|\begin{array}{c} + \frac{\partial y}{\partial u}\; + \frac{\partial z}{\partial u}\\[0.8ex] + \frac{\partial y}{\partial v}\;\frac{\partial z}{\partial v} + \end{array}\right|} & + \D \frac{Y-y}{\left|\begin{array}{c} + \frac{\partial z}{\partial u}\; + \frac{\partial x}{\partial u}\\[0.8ex] + \frac{\partial z}{\partial v}\;\frac{\partial x}{\partial v} + \end{array}\right|} \\ + & \rule{0mm}{4ex} + \D \frac{Z-z}{\left|\begin{array}{c} + \frac{\partial x}{\partial u}\; + \frac{\partial y}{\partial u}\\[0.8ex] + \frac{\partial x}{\partial v}\;\frac{\partial y}{\partial v} + \end{array}\right|} + \end{array} \\ +\rule[-0.42cm]{0mm}{1.17cm}\mbox{\boldmath$r=r$}(u,v) + & \begin{array}{r} + \mbox{\boldmath$(R-r)(r_1\times r_2) = \mbox{\unboldmath$0$}$}\\ + \mbox{or\qquad\boldmath$(R-r)N = \mbox{\unboldmath$0$}$} + \end{array} + & \begin{array}{r@{\;=\;}l} + \mbox{\boldmath$R$} & \mbox{\boldmath$r + + \mbox{\unboldmath$\lambda$}(r_1\times r_2$)}\\ + \mbox{or\quad\boldmath$R$} & + \mbox{\boldmath$r + \mbox{\unboldmath$\lambda$}N$} + \end{array}\\ \hline +\multicolumn{3}{@{}|c|@{}}{\parbox{11.3cm}{\vspace*{0.5ex}In this table + $x,\,y,\,z$ and + \mbox{\boldmath$r$} are the coordinates and the radius vector of a fixed + point $M$ on the curve; $X,\,Y,\,Z$, and \mbox{\boldmath$R$} are the + coordinates and radius vector of a point on the tangential plane or surface + normal with reference to $M$; furthermore, + $p = \frac{\partial z}{\partial x}$, $q = \frac{\partial z}{\partial y}$ + and $\mbox{\boldmath$r_1$} = \partial\mbox{\boldmath$r$}/\partial u$, + $\mbox{\boldmath$r_2$} = \partial\mbox{\boldmath$r$}/\partial v$.}} +\\[0.8ex] \hline +\end{array} \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-21b.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-21b.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..42a54e46336 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-21b.tex @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +%======================================================================== +% With an slightly increased \textwidth a better presentation for the +% whole math. table can be made together with an even simpler solution. +%======================================================================== +\documentclass{article} +\setlength{\textwidth}{135mm} +\begin{document} +\newcommand{\D}{\displaystyle} +\newcommand{\bm}{\boldmath} +\[ \begin{array}{@{}|c|c|c|@{}}\hline +\multicolumn{3}{@{}|c|@{}}{\rule[-0.125cm]{0mm}{0.5cm}% +\mbox{Equations for the tangential plane and surface normal}}\\ +\hline +\mbox{Equation}&&\\ +\mbox{for the} & \mbox{Tangential plane} & \mbox{Surface normal}\\ +\mbox{surface} & & \\ \hline +\rule{0mm}{0.583cm}F(x,y,z)=0 + & \begin{array}[t]{r@{\:+\:}l} + \D\frac{\partial F}{\partial x}(X-x) + & \D\frac{\partial F}{\partial y}(Y-y) \\[2ex] + & \D\frac{\partial F}{\partial z}(Z-z) = 0 + \end{array} + & \D\frac{X-x}{\D\frac{\partial F}{\partial x}} = + \frac{Y-y}{\D\frac{\partial F}{\partial y}} = + \frac{Z-z}{\D\frac{\partial F}{\partial z}}\\ +\rule[-0.42cm]{0mm}{1cm}z=f(x,y) + & Z-z = p(X-x) + q(Y-y) + & \D\frac{X-x}{p} = \frac{Y-y}{q} = \frac{Z-z}{-1}\\ +\begin{array}{c} x=x(u,v)\\y=y(u,v)\\z=z(u,v) \end{array} + & \begin{array}{|ccc|} + X-x & Y-y & Z-z\\[0.5ex] + \D\frac{\partial x}{\partial u} & + \D\frac{\partial y}{\partial u} & + \D\frac{\partial z}{\partial u} \\[2.0ex] + \D\frac{\partial x}{\partial v} & + \D\frac{\partial y}{\partial v} & + \D\frac{\partial z}{\partial v} + \end{array} = 0 + & \D\frac{X-x}{\left|\begin{array}{c} + \frac{\partial y}{\partial u}\; + \frac{\partial z}{\partial u}\\[0.8ex] + \frac{\partial y}{\partial v}\;\frac{\partial z}{\partial v} + \end{array}\right|} + \D \frac{Y-y}{\left|\begin{array}{c} + \frac{\partial z}{\partial u}\; + \frac{\partial x}{\partial u}\\[0.8ex] + \frac{\partial z}{\partial v}\;\frac{\partial x}{\partial v} + \end{array}\right|} + \D \frac{Z-z}{\left|\begin{array}{c} + \frac{\partial x}{\partial u}\; + \frac{\partial y}{\partial u}\\[0.8ex] + \frac{\partial x}{\partial v}\;\frac{\partial y}{\partial v} + \end{array}\right|} \\ +\rule[-0.42cm]{0mm}{1.17cm}\mbox{\boldmath$r=r$}(u,v) + & \begin{array}{r} + \mbox{\boldmath$(R-r)(r_1\times r_2) = \mbox{\unboldmath$0$}$}\\ + \mbox{or\qquad\boldmath$(R-r)N = \mbox{\unboldmath$0$}$} + \end{array} + & \begin{array}{r@{\;=\;}l} + \mbox{\boldmath$R$} & \mbox{\boldmath$r + + \mbox{\unboldmath$\lambda$}(r_1\times r_2$)}\\ + \mbox{or\quad\boldmath$R$} & + \mbox{\boldmath$r + \mbox{\unboldmath$\lambda$}N$} + \end{array}\\ \hline +\multicolumn{3}{@{}|c|@{}}{\parbox{12.5cm}{\vspace*{0.5ex}In this table + $x,\,y,\,z$ and + \mbox{\boldmath$r$} are the coordinates and the radius vector of a fixed + point $M$ on the curve; $X,\,Y,\,Z$, and \mbox{\boldmath$R$} are the + coordinates and radius vector of a point on the tangential plane or surface + normal with reference to $M$; furthermore, + $p = \frac{\partial z}{\partial x}$, $q = \frac{\partial z}{\partial y}$ + and $\mbox{\boldmath$r_1$} = \partial\mbox{\boldmath$r$}/\partial u$, + $\mbox{\boldmath$r_2$} = \partial\mbox{\boldmath$r$}/\partial v$.}} +\\[0.8ex] \hline +\end{array} \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-3.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-3.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4b15e9b0566 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-3.tex @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +\documentclass[fleqn]{article} +\begin{document} +\setlength{\mathindent}{2cm} +The reduced cubic equation $y^3 + 3py +2q = 0$ has one real and two complex +solutions when $D = q^2 + p^3 > 0$. These are given by Cardan's formula as +\begin{equation} y_1 = u + v \end{equation} +\begin{equation} y_2 = -\frac{u+v}{2} + \frac{i}{2}\sqrt{3}(u-v) \end{equation} +\begin{equation} y_3 = -\frac{u+v}{2} - \frac{i}{2}\sqrt{3}(u-v) \end{equation} +where +\[ u = \sqrt[3]{-q + \sqrt{q^2+p^3}},\qquad v = \sqrt[3]{-q - \sqrt{q^2+p^3}} \] +\end{document} + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-4.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-4.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..47e66f15dd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-4.tex @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage{german} +\begin{document} +Each of the measurements $x_1 < x_2 < \cdots < x_r$ occures +$p_1$-, $p_2$-$,\ldots,p_r$ times. The mean value and standard deviation +are then +\[ x = \frac{1}{n}\sum_{i=1}^r p_i x_i,\qquad s= \sqrt{\frac{1}{n}\sum_{i=1}^r + p_i(x_i - x)^2} \] +where $ n = p_1 + p_2 +\cdots+p_r $. +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-5.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-5.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1a2fc238383 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-5.tex @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} +Although this equation looks very complicated, it should not present +any great difficulties: +\[ \int\frac{\sqrt{(ax+b)^3}}{x}\,dx = \frac{2\sqrt{(ax+b)^3}}{3} + + 2b\sqrt{ax+b} + b^2\int\frac{dx}{x\sqrt{ax+b}} \] +The same applies to $\int^8_{-1}(dx/\sqrt[3]{x}) = \frac{3}{2}(8^{2/3} + + 1^{2/3}) = 15/2$ +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-6.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-6.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2d353a59383 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-6.tex @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} +The union of two sets $\mathcal{A}$ and $\mathcal{B}$ is the set of elements +that are in at least one of the two sets, and is designated as +$\mathcal{A\cup B}$. This operation is commutative +$\mathcal{A\cup B = B\cup A}$ and associative $\mathcal{(A\cup B)\cup C = +A\cup(B\cup C)}$. If $\mathcal{A\subseteq B}$, then +$\mathcal{A\cup B = B}$. It then follows that $\mathcal{A\cup A = A}$, +$\mathcal{A\cup\{\emptyset\} = A}$ and $\mathcal{J\cup A = J}$. + +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-7.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-7.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8ee134a9963 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-7.tex @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} +\noindent +Applying l'Hopital's rule, one has +\[ \lim_{x\to0}\frac{\ln\sin\pi x}{\ln\sin x} + = \lim_{x\to0}\frac{\pi\frac{\cos\pi x}{\sin\pi x}}{\frac{\cos x}{\sin x}} + = \lim_{x\to0}\frac{\pi\tan x}{\tan\pi x} + = \lim_{x\to0}\frac{\pi/\cos^2 x}{\pi/\cos^2 \pi x} + = \lim_{x\to0}\frac{\cos^2\pi x}{\cos^2 x} = 1 \] +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-8.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-8.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b163e13ded6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-8.tex @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\setlength{\textwidth}{135mm} +\begin{document} +\noindent +The gamma function $\Gamma(x)$ is defined as +\[ \Gamma(x)\equiv\lim_{n\to\infty}\prod_{\nu=0}^{n-1}\frac{n!n^{x-1}}{x+\nu} + = \lim_{n\to\infty}\frac{n!n^{x-1}}{x(x+1)(x+2)\cdots(x+n-1)} + \equiv\int_0^\infty e^{-t}t^{x-1}\,dt \] +The integral definition is valid only for $x>0$ (2nd Euler integral). +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-9.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-9.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3a104cd3ba0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-9.tex @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} +The reduced cubic equation $y^3 + 3py +2q = 0$ has one real and two complex +solutions when $D = q^2 + p^3 > 0$. These are given by Cardan's formula as +\begin{equation} y_1 = u + v \end{equation} +\begin{equation} y_2 = -\frac{u+v}{2} + \frac{i}{2}\sqrt{3}(u-v) \end{equation} +\begin{equation} y_3 = -\frac{u+v}{2} - \frac{i}{2}\sqrt{3}(u-v) \end{equation} +where +\[ u = \sqrt[3]{-q + \sqrt{q^2+p^3}},\qquad v = \sqrt[3]{-q - \sqrt{q^2+p^3}} \] +\end{document} + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap8/exer8-1.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap8/exer8-1.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..218de1ba564 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap8/exer8-1.tex @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage[dvips]{graphics} +\begin{document} +This is some sample text together with an include graphic given as an +\texttt{.eps}-File. The beginning text stands above the graphic that +follows now + +\includegraphics{demo} + +Below the graphic some additional follows as shown here. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap8/exer8-2.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap8/exer8-2.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cf45720ae5e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap8/exer8-2.tex @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage[dvips]{graphicx} +\begin{document} +This is some sample text together with an include graphic given as an +\texttt{.eps}-File. The beginning text stands above the graphic that +follows now + +\includegraphics[scale=2.0, angle=45, origin=c]{demo} + +Below the graphic some additional follows as shown here. +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap8/exer8-3.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap8/exer8-3.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ca2655f5691 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap8/exer8-3.tex @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{article} +\usepackage[dvipsnames]{color} +\usepackage{multicol} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{0pt} +\setlength{\textwidth}{16cm} +\setlength{\textheight}{22cm} +\setlength{\parindent}{0pt} +\setlength{\parskip}{0pt} + +\begin{document} +\renewcommand*{\DefineNamedColor}[4]{% + \textcolor[named]{#2}{\rule{7mm}{7mm}}\quad + \texttt{#2}\strut\\} + +\begin{center}\Large Named colors in \texttt{dvipsnam.def} +\end{center} +\begin{multicols}{3} +\input{dvipsnam.def} +\end{multicols} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/mpletter.cls b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/mpletter.cls new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b9bb9e0bc49 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/mpletter.cls @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +% MPLETTER.CLS as taken out of gtl-letters.tex 4th edition +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} +\ProvidesClass{mpletter} +\RequirePackage{ifthen} +\newboolean{@german} +\setboolean{@german}{false} +\DeclareOption{german}{\setboolean{@german}{true}} +\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{letter}} +\ProcessOptions +\LoadClass[a4paper]{letter} +\newcommand{\englishnames}{% + \newcommand{\yrefname}{\textsl{Your Ref.}} + \newcommand{\ymailname}{\textsl{Your letter from}} + \newcommand{\myrefname}{\textsl{Our Ref.}} + \newcommand{\subjectname}{\textsl{Subject}} + \newcommand{\telephonename}{Telephone} + \newcommand{\stationname}{Train Station} + \newcommand{\germanname}{GERMANY} + \newcommand{\telcode}{[49]-5556-401} + \newcommand{\postcode}{D--37191} +} + +\newcommand{\germannames}{% +%. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + \newcommand{\telcode}{(05556) 401} + \newcommand{\postcode}{37191} +} + +\ifthenelse{\boolean{@german}} + {\RequirePackage{german}\germannames}{\englishnames} +\newcommand{\@yref}{} \newcommand{\@ymail}{} +\newcommand{\@myref}{} \newcommand{\@subject}{} +\newcommand{\@internet}{} + +\newcommand{\yref}[1]{\renewcommand{\@yref}{\yrefname: #1}} +\newcommand{\ymail}[1]{\renewcommand{\@ymail}{\ymailname: #1}} +\newcommand{\myref}[1]{\renewcommand{\@myref}{\myrefname: #1}} +\newcommand{\subject}[1]{\renewcommand{\@subject} + {\subjectname: #1}} +\newcommand{\internet}[1]{\renewcommand{\@internet}{#1}} +\newcommand{\INTERNET}{@linmpi.mpg.de} +\setlength{\textheight}{215mm} \setlength{\textwidth}{160mm} +\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{0pt} \setlength{\evensidemargin}{0pt} +\setlength{\topmargin}{-20pt} \setlength{\headheight}{12pt} +\setlength{\headsep}{35pt} +\DeclareFixedFont{\xviisf}{OT1}{cmss}{m}{n}{17} +\DeclareFixedFont{\xsf}{OT1}{cmss}{m}{n}{10} +\DeclareFixedFont{\viiisf}{OT1}{cmss}{m}{n}{8} +\newlength{\leftfield} \setlength{\leftfield}{117mm} +\newlength{\rightfield} \setlength{\rightfield}{43mm} +\newsavebox{\FIRM} \newsavebox{\firmaddress} +\newsavebox{\firm} \newsavebox{\firmreturn} + +\sbox{\FIRM} + {\parbox[t]{\leftfield} + {\xviisf MAX--PLANCK--INSTITUT F\"UR AERONOMIE}} + +\sbox{\firm} + {\xsf MAX--PLANCK--INSTITUT F\"UR AERONOMIE} + +\sbox{\firmreturn} + {\viiisf\underline{MPI f\"ur Aeronomie, + \postcode{} Katlenburg--Lindau}} + +\sbox{\firmaddress} + {\parbox[t]{\rightfield}{\viiisf\baselineskip10pt + Max--Planck--Stra{\ss}e 2\\ + \postcode{} Katlenburg--Lindau\\\germanname}} +\newsavebox{\firmhead} \newsavebox{\firmfoot} + +\sbox{\firmhead} + {\parbox{\textwidth}{\usebox{\FIRM}\raisebox{6pt} + {\usebox{\firmaddress}}\\[3pt] \rule{\textwidth}{1pt}}} + +\sbox{\firmfoot} + {\parbox{\textwidth}{\rule{\textwidth}{0.6pt}\\[5pt] + \viiisf\setlength{\baselineskip}{12pt}% + \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}ll} + \underline{\telephonename} & \telcode-1\\ + \underline{Telefax} & \telcode-240\\ + \underline{Telex} & 9\,65\,527 aerli + \end{tabular}\hfill + \begin{tabular}[t]{l} + \underline{Bank}\\ + Kreis--Sparkasse Northeim\\ + 41\,104\,449 (BLZ 262\,500\,01) + \end{tabular}\hfill + \begin{tabular}[t]{l@{}} + \underline{\stationname}\\ + Northeim\\ + (Han.) + \end{tabular} }} +\renewcommand{\ps@firstpage} + {\setlength{\headheight}{41pt}\setlength{\headsep}{25pt}% + \renewcommand{\@oddhead}{\usebox{\firmhead}}% + \renewcommand{\@oddfoot}{\raisebox{-20pt}[0pt] + {\usebox{\firmfoot}}}% + \renewcommand{\@evenhead}{}\renewcommand{\@evenfoot}{}} +\renewcommand{\ps@headings} + {\setlength{\headheight}{41pt}% + \renewcommand{\@oddhead} + {\parbox{\textwidth}{\usebox{\firm}\\[5pt] + \slshape \headtoname{} \toname\hfill\@date\hfill + \pagename{} \thepage\\ + \rule[3pt]{\textwidth}{1pt}}} + \renewcommand{\@oddfoot}{} + \renewcommand{\@evenhead}{\@oddhead} + \renewcommand{\@evenfoot}{\@oddfoot}} +\providecommand{\@evenhead}{}\providecommand{\@oddhead}{} +\providecommand{\@evenfoot}{}\providecommand{\@oddfoot}{} +\pagestyle{headings} +\renewcommand{\opening}[1]{\thispagestyle{firstpage}% + \parbox[t]{\leftfield} + {\usebox{\firmreturn}\\ + \parbox[b][3.5cm][c]{\leftfield}{\toname\\\toaddress}}% + \parbox[t]{\rightfield} + {\fromname + \ifthenelse{\equal{\telephonenum}{}} + {}{\\ Tel.: \telcode-\telephonenum} + \ifthenelse{\equal{\@internet}{}} + {}{\\{\viiisf Email: \@internet\INTERNET}} + \\[5mm] \@date} + \par + \rule{\textwidth}{0.6pt} + \makebox[\leftfield][l] + {\ifthenelse{\equal{\@yref}{}} + {\@ymail}{\@yref\hfill\@ymail\hfill}} + \@myref\par + \ifthenelse{\equal{\@subject}{}} + {}{\@subject\par} + \vspace{2\parskip} #1 \par\nobreak} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/palette.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/palette.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..eebdb6b00d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/palette.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/palette.ps b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/palette.ps new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c198fcf3a28 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/palette.ps @@ -0,0 +1,493 @@ +%!PS-Adobe-2.0 +%%Creator: dvips(k) 5.90a Copyright 2002 Radical Eye Software +%%Title: palette.dvi +%%Pages: 1 +%%PageOrder: Ascend +%%BoundingBox: 0 0 596 842 +%%DocumentPaperSizes: a4 +%%EndComments +%DVIPSWebPage: (www.radicaleye.com) +%DVIPSCommandLine: dvips palette +%DVIPSParameters: dpi=600, compressed +%DVIPSSource: TeX output 2003.04.10:2237 +%%BeginProcSet: texc.pro +%! +/TeXDict 300 dict def TeXDict begin/N{def}def/B{bind def}N/S{exch}N/X{S +N}B/A{dup}B/TR{translate}N/isls false N/vsize 11 72 mul N/hsize 8.5 72 +mul N/landplus90{false}def/@rigin{isls{[0 landplus90{1 -1}{-1 1}ifelse 0 +0 0]concat}if 72 Resolution div 72 VResolution div neg scale isls{ +landplus90{VResolution 72 div vsize mul 0 exch}{Resolution -72 div hsize +mul 0}ifelse TR}if Resolution VResolution vsize -72 div 1 add mul TR[ +matrix currentmatrix{A A round sub abs 0.00001 lt{round}if}forall round +exch round exch]setmatrix}N/@landscape{/isls true N}B/@manualfeed{ +statusdict/manualfeed true put}B/@copies{/#copies X}B/FMat[1 0 0 -1 0 0] +N/FBB[0 0 0 0]N/nn 0 N/IEn 0 N/ctr 0 N/df-tail{/nn 8 dict N nn begin +/FontType 3 N/FontMatrix fntrx N/FontBBox FBB N string/base X array +/BitMaps X/BuildChar{CharBuilder}N/Encoding IEn N end A{/foo setfont}2 +array copy cvx N load 0 nn put/ctr 0 N[}B/sf 0 N/df{/sf 1 N/fntrx FMat N +df-tail}B/dfs{div/sf X/fntrx[sf 0 0 sf neg 0 0]N df-tail}B/E{pop nn A +definefont setfont}B/Cw{Cd A length 5 sub get}B/Ch{Cd A length 4 sub get +}B/Cx{128 Cd A length 3 sub get sub}B/Cy{Cd A length 2 sub get 127 sub} +B/Cdx{Cd A length 1 sub get}B/Ci{Cd A type/stringtype ne{ctr get/ctr ctr +1 add N}if}B/id 0 N/rw 0 N/rc 0 N/gp 0 N/cp 0 N/G 0 N/CharBuilder{save 3 +1 roll S A/base get 2 index get S/BitMaps get S get/Cd X pop/ctr 0 N Cdx +0 Cx Cy Ch sub Cx Cw add Cy setcachedevice Cw Ch true[1 0 0 -1 -.1 Cx +sub Cy .1 sub]/id Ci N/rw Cw 7 add 8 idiv string N/rc 0 N/gp 0 N/cp 0 N{ +rc 0 ne{rc 1 sub/rc X rw}{G}ifelse}imagemask restore}B/G{{id gp get/gp +gp 1 add N A 18 mod S 18 idiv pl S get exec}loop}B/adv{cp add/cp X}B +/chg{rw cp id gp 4 index getinterval putinterval A gp add/gp X adv}B/nd{ +/cp 0 N rw exit}B/lsh{rw cp 2 copy get A 0 eq{pop 1}{A 255 eq{pop 254}{ +A A add 255 and S 1 and or}ifelse}ifelse put 1 adv}B/rsh{rw cp 2 copy +get A 0 eq{pop 128}{A 255 eq{pop 127}{A 2 idiv S 128 and or}ifelse} +ifelse put 1 adv}B/clr{rw cp 2 index string putinterval adv}B/set{rw cp +fillstr 0 4 index getinterval putinterval adv}B/fillstr 18 string 0 1 17 +{2 copy 255 put pop}for N/pl[{adv 1 chg}{adv 1 chg nd}{1 add chg}{1 add +chg nd}{adv lsh}{adv lsh nd}{adv rsh}{adv rsh nd}{1 add adv}{/rc X nd}{ +1 add set}{1 add clr}{adv 2 chg}{adv 2 chg nd}{pop nd}]A{bind pop} +forall N/D{/cc X A type/stringtype ne{]}if nn/base get cc ctr put nn +/BitMaps get S ctr S sf 1 ne{A A length 1 sub A 2 index S get sf div put +}if put/ctr ctr 1 add N}B/I{cc 1 add D}B/bop{userdict/bop-hook known{ +bop-hook}if/SI save N @rigin 0 0 moveto/V matrix currentmatrix A 1 get A +mul exch 0 get A mul add .99 lt{/QV}{/RV}ifelse load def pop pop}N/eop{ +SI restore userdict/eop-hook known{eop-hook}if showpage}N/@start{ +userdict/start-hook known{start-hook}if pop/VResolution X/Resolution X +1000 div/DVImag X/IEn 256 array N 2 string 0 1 255{IEn S A 360 add 36 4 +index cvrs cvn put}for pop 65781.76 div/vsize X 65781.76 div/hsize X}N +/p{show}N/RMat[1 0 0 -1 0 0]N/BDot 260 string N/Rx 0 N/Ry 0 N/V{}B/RV/v{ +/Ry X/Rx X V}B statusdict begin/product where{pop false[(Display)(NeXT) +(LaserWriter 16/600)]{A length product length le{A length product exch 0 +exch getinterval eq{pop true exit}if}{pop}ifelse}forall}{false}ifelse +end{{gsave TR -.1 .1 TR 1 1 scale Rx Ry false RMat{BDot}imagemask +grestore}}{{gsave TR -.1 .1 TR Rx Ry scale 1 1 false RMat{BDot} +imagemask grestore}}ifelse B/QV{gsave newpath transform round exch round +exch itransform moveto Rx 0 rlineto 0 Ry neg rlineto Rx neg 0 rlineto +fill grestore}B/a{moveto}B/delta 0 N/tail{A/delta X 0 rmoveto}B/M{S p +delta add tail}B/b{S p tail}B/c{-4 M}B/d{-3 M}B/e{-2 M}B/f{-1 M}B/g{0 M} +B/h{1 M}B/i{2 M}B/j{3 M}B/k{4 M}B/w{0 rmoveto}B/l{p -4 w}B/m{p -3 w}B/n{ +p -2 w}B/o{p -1 w}B/q{p 1 w}B/r{p 2 w}B/s{p 3 w}B/t{p 4 w}B/x{0 S +rmoveto}B/y{3 2 roll p a}B/bos{/SS save N}B/eos{SS restore}B end + +%%EndProcSet +%%BeginProcSet: special.pro +%! +TeXDict begin/SDict 200 dict N SDict begin/@SpecialDefaults{/hs 612 N +/vs 792 N/ho 0 N/vo 0 N/hsc 1 N/vsc 1 N/ang 0 N/CLIP 0 N/rwiSeen false N +/rhiSeen false N/letter{}N/note{}N/a4{}N/legal{}N}B/@scaleunit 100 N +/@hscale{@scaleunit div/hsc X}B/@vscale{@scaleunit div/vsc X}B/@hsize{ +/hs X/CLIP 1 N}B/@vsize{/vs X/CLIP 1 N}B/@clip{/CLIP 2 N}B/@hoffset{/ho +X}B/@voffset{/vo X}B/@angle{/ang X}B/@rwi{10 div/rwi X/rwiSeen true N}B +/@rhi{10 div/rhi X/rhiSeen true N}B/@llx{/llx X}B/@lly{/lly X}B/@urx{ +/urx X}B/@ury{/ury X}B/magscale true def end/@MacSetUp{userdict/md known +{userdict/md get type/dicttype eq{userdict begin md length 10 add md +maxlength ge{/md md dup length 20 add dict copy def}if end md begin +/letter{}N/note{}N/legal{}N/od{txpose 1 0 mtx defaultmatrix dtransform S +atan/pa X newpath clippath mark{transform{itransform moveto}}{transform{ +itransform lineto}}{6 -2 roll transform 6 -2 roll transform 6 -2 roll +transform{itransform 6 2 roll itransform 6 2 roll itransform 6 2 roll +curveto}}{{closepath}}pathforall newpath counttomark array astore/gc xdf +pop ct 39 0 put 10 fz 0 fs 2 F/|______Courier fnt invertflag{PaintBlack} +if}N/txpose{pxs pys scale ppr aload pop por{noflips{pop S neg S TR pop 1 +-1 scale}if xflip yflip and{pop S neg S TR 180 rotate 1 -1 scale ppr 3 +get ppr 1 get neg sub neg ppr 2 get ppr 0 get neg sub neg TR}if xflip +yflip not and{pop S neg S TR pop 180 rotate ppr 3 get ppr 1 get neg sub +neg 0 TR}if yflip xflip not and{ppr 1 get neg ppr 0 get neg TR}if}{ +noflips{TR pop pop 270 rotate 1 -1 scale}if xflip yflip and{TR pop pop +90 rotate 1 -1 scale ppr 3 get ppr 1 get neg sub neg ppr 2 get ppr 0 get +neg sub neg TR}if xflip yflip not and{TR pop pop 90 rotate ppr 3 get ppr +1 get neg sub neg 0 TR}if yflip xflip not and{TR pop pop 270 rotate ppr +2 get ppr 0 get neg sub neg 0 S TR}if}ifelse scaleby96{ppr aload pop 4 +-1 roll add 2 div 3 1 roll add 2 div 2 copy TR .96 dup scale neg S neg S +TR}if}N/cp{pop pop showpage pm restore}N end}if}if}N/normalscale{ +Resolution 72 div VResolution 72 div neg scale magscale{DVImag dup scale +}if 0 setgray}N/psfts{S 65781.76 div N}N/startTexFig{/psf$SavedState +save N userdict maxlength dict begin/magscale true def normalscale +currentpoint TR/psf$ury psfts/psf$urx psfts/psf$lly psfts/psf$llx psfts +/psf$y psfts/psf$x psfts currentpoint/psf$cy X/psf$cx X/psf$sx psf$x +psf$urx psf$llx sub div N/psf$sy psf$y psf$ury psf$lly sub div N psf$sx +psf$sy scale psf$cx psf$sx div psf$llx sub psf$cy psf$sy div psf$ury sub +TR/showpage{}N/erasepage{}N/setpagedevice{pop}N/copypage{}N/p 3 def +@MacSetUp}N/doclip{psf$llx psf$lly psf$urx psf$ury currentpoint 6 2 roll +newpath 4 copy 4 2 roll moveto 6 -1 roll S lineto S lineto S lineto +closepath clip newpath moveto}N/endTexFig{end psf$SavedState restore}N +/@beginspecial{SDict begin/SpecialSave save N gsave normalscale +currentpoint TR @SpecialDefaults count/ocount X/dcount countdictstack N} +N/@setspecial{CLIP 1 eq{newpath 0 0 moveto hs 0 rlineto 0 vs rlineto hs +neg 0 rlineto closepath clip}if ho vo TR hsc vsc scale ang rotate +rwiSeen{rwi urx llx sub div rhiSeen{rhi ury lly sub div}{dup}ifelse +scale llx neg lly neg TR}{rhiSeen{rhi ury lly sub div dup scale llx neg +lly neg TR}if}ifelse CLIP 2 eq{newpath llx lly moveto urx lly lineto urx +ury lineto llx ury lineto closepath clip}if/showpage{}N/erasepage{}N +/setpagedevice{pop}N/copypage{}N newpath}N/@endspecial{count ocount sub{ +pop}repeat countdictstack dcount sub{end}repeat grestore SpecialSave +restore end}N/@defspecial{SDict begin}N/@fedspecial{end}B/li{lineto}B +/rl{rlineto}B/rc{rcurveto}B/np{/SaveX currentpoint/SaveY X N 1 +setlinecap newpath}N/st{stroke SaveX SaveY moveto}N/fil{fill SaveX SaveY +moveto}N/ellipse{/endangle X/startangle X/yrad X/xrad X/savematrix +matrix currentmatrix N TR xrad yrad scale 0 0 1 startangle endangle arc +savematrix setmatrix}N end + +%%EndProcSet +%%BeginProcSet: color.pro +%! +TeXDict begin/setcmykcolor where{pop}{/setcmykcolor{dup 10 eq{pop +setrgbcolor}{1 sub 4 1 roll 3{3 index add neg dup 0 lt{pop 0}if 3 1 roll +}repeat setrgbcolor pop}ifelse}B}ifelse/TeXcolorcmyk{setcmykcolor}def +/TeXcolorrgb{setrgbcolor}def/TeXcolorgrey{setgray}def/TeXcolorgray{ +setgray}def/TeXcolorhsb{sethsbcolor}def/currentcmykcolor where{pop}{ +/currentcmykcolor{currentrgbcolor 10}B}ifelse/DC{exch dup userdict exch +known{pop pop}{X}ifelse}B/GreenYellow{0.15 0 0.69 0 setcmykcolor}DC +/Yellow{0 0 1 0 setcmykcolor}DC/Goldenrod{0 0.10 0.84 0 setcmykcolor}DC +/Dandelion{0 0.29 0.84 0 setcmykcolor}DC/Apricot{0 0.32 0.52 0 +setcmykcolor}DC/Peach{0 0.50 0.70 0 setcmykcolor}DC/Melon{0 0.46 0.50 0 +setcmykcolor}DC/YellowOrange{0 0.42 1 0 setcmykcolor}DC/Orange{0 0.61 +0.87 0 setcmykcolor}DC/BurntOrange{0 0.51 1 0 setcmykcolor}DC +/Bittersweet{0 0.75 1 0.24 setcmykcolor}DC/RedOrange{0 0.77 0.87 0 +setcmykcolor}DC/Mahogany{0 0.85 0.87 0.35 setcmykcolor}DC/Maroon{0 0.87 +0.68 0.32 setcmykcolor}DC/BrickRed{0 0.89 0.94 0.28 setcmykcolor}DC/Red{ +0 1 1 0 setcmykcolor}DC/OrangeRed{0 1 0.50 0 setcmykcolor}DC/RubineRed{ +0 1 0.13 0 setcmykcolor}DC/WildStrawberry{0 0.96 0.39 0 setcmykcolor}DC +/Salmon{0 0.53 0.38 0 setcmykcolor}DC/CarnationPink{0 0.63 0 0 +setcmykcolor}DC/Magenta{0 1 0 0 setcmykcolor}DC/VioletRed{0 0.81 0 0 +setcmykcolor}DC/Rhodamine{0 0.82 0 0 setcmykcolor}DC/Mulberry{0.34 0.90 +0 0.02 setcmykcolor}DC/RedViolet{0.07 0.90 0 0.34 setcmykcolor}DC +/Fuchsia{0.47 0.91 0 0.08 setcmykcolor}DC/Lavender{0 0.48 0 0 +setcmykcolor}DC/Thistle{0.12 0.59 0 0 setcmykcolor}DC/Orchid{0.32 0.64 0 +0 setcmykcolor}DC/DarkOrchid{0.40 0.80 0.20 0 setcmykcolor}DC/Purple{ +0.45 0.86 0 0 setcmykcolor}DC/Plum{0.50 1 0 0 setcmykcolor}DC/Violet{ +0.79 0.88 0 0 setcmykcolor}DC/RoyalPurple{0.75 0.90 0 0 setcmykcolor}DC +/BlueViolet{0.86 0.91 0 0.04 setcmykcolor}DC/Periwinkle{0.57 0.55 0 0 +setcmykcolor}DC/CadetBlue{0.62 0.57 0.23 0 setcmykcolor}DC +/CornflowerBlue{0.65 0.13 0 0 setcmykcolor}DC/MidnightBlue{0.98 0.13 0 +0.43 setcmykcolor}DC/NavyBlue{0.94 0.54 0 0 setcmykcolor}DC/RoyalBlue{1 +0.50 0 0 setcmykcolor}DC/Blue{1 1 0 0 setcmykcolor}DC/Cerulean{0.94 0.11 +0 0 setcmykcolor}DC/Cyan{1 0 0 0 setcmykcolor}DC/ProcessBlue{0.96 0 0 0 +setcmykcolor}DC/SkyBlue{0.62 0 0.12 0 setcmykcolor}DC/Turquoise{0.85 0 +0.20 0 setcmykcolor}DC/TealBlue{0.86 0 0.34 0.02 setcmykcolor}DC +/Aquamarine{0.82 0 0.30 0 setcmykcolor}DC/BlueGreen{0.85 0 0.33 0 +setcmykcolor}DC/Emerald{1 0 0.50 0 setcmykcolor}DC/JungleGreen{0.99 0 +0.52 0 setcmykcolor}DC/SeaGreen{0.69 0 0.50 0 setcmykcolor}DC/Green{1 0 +1 0 setcmykcolor}DC/ForestGreen{0.91 0 0.88 0.12 setcmykcolor}DC +/PineGreen{0.92 0 0.59 0.25 setcmykcolor}DC/LimeGreen{0.50 0 1 0 +setcmykcolor}DC/YellowGreen{0.44 0 0.74 0 setcmykcolor}DC/SpringGreen{ +0.26 0 0.76 0 setcmykcolor}DC/OliveGreen{0.64 0 0.95 0.40 setcmykcolor} +DC/RawSienna{0 0.72 1 0.45 setcmykcolor}DC/Sepia{0 0.83 1 0.70 +setcmykcolor}DC/Brown{0 0.81 1 0.60 setcmykcolor}DC/Tan{0.14 0.42 0.56 0 +setcmykcolor}DC/Gray{0 0 0 0.50 setcmykcolor}DC/Black{0 0 0 1 +setcmykcolor}DC/White{0 0 0 0 setcmykcolor}DC end + +%%EndProcSet +TeXDict begin 39158280 55380996 1000 600 600 (palette.dvi) +@start +%DVIPSBitmapFont: Fa cmtt12 12 42 +/Fa 42 122 df<EC1F804A7E4A7EA34A7EA314F901017FA501037FA214F0A201077FA4EC +E07E010F137FA449486C7EA549486C7EA4017F80EC000FA291B5FCA290B67EA43A01FE00 +07F8491303A4000381491301A3000781491300D87FFF90380FFFE0B56C4813F06E5AA24A +7E6C496C13E02C3E7DBD33>65 D<007FB512F8B7FC16C082826C813A03F8000FFCED03FE +15016F7E82A2EE3F80A7EE7F00A25E4B5AA2ED07FCED1FF890B65A5E1680828216F89039 +F8000FFCED01FE6F7EEE7F80163F17C0161FA2EE0FE0A7161F17C0A2163FEE7F8016FF4B +1300150F007FB65AB75A5E16E05E6C4AC7FC2B3D7DBC33>I<91391FE00780DAFFFC13C0 +0103EBFF0F010F148F4914FF5B90387FF81F9038FFC00748497E4848487E497F485A167F +485A49143F121F5B003F151F5BA2127F90C8EA0F8093C7FCA25A5AAD7E7EA36DEC0F8000 +3FED1FC0A27F121F7F000F153F6D15806C7E167F6C6CECFF007F3A01FF8003FE6C6D485A +90397FF81FF86DB55A6D5C6D5C010391C7FC010013FCEC1FE02A3F7CBD33>I<003FB512 +F04814FCB7FC826C816C813A03F8007FF0ED1FF8ED07FC15036F7E8281EE7F80A2163F17 +C0161FA217E0160FA4EE07F0AD160F17E0A4161F17C0163FA21780167FEEFF00A24B5A15 +034B5AED1FF8ED7FF0003FB6FC4815C0B75A93C7FC6C14FC6C14F02C3D7EBC33>I<003F +B712E04816F0B8FCA27E7ED801FCC71207A8EE03E093C7FCA6151F4B7EA490B6FCA69038 +FC003FA46FC7FC92C8FCA817F8EE01FCA9003FB7FC5AB8FCA27E6C16F82E3D7EBC33>I< +003FB712E04816F0B8FCA27E7ED801FCC71207A8EE03E093C7FCA7151F4B7EA490B6FCA6 +9038FC003FA46FC7FC92C8FCB1383FFFF8487FB57EA26C5B6C5B2C3D7DBC33>I<91387F +803C903901FFF03E0107EBFC7E011F13FE49EBFFFE5B9038FFE07F48EB803FEC000FEA03 +FC00071407491303485A491301121F5B123F491300A2127F90C8FC167C93C7FCA25A5AA9 +92387FFFC092B512E0A37E6C6E13C0923800FE00A36D1301123FA27F121F6D1303120F7F +6C6C1307A26C6C130F6C6C131F9038FF803F6CEBE0FF6DB5FC7F6D13FE010713F80101EB +F07C9026007F80C7FC2B3F7CBD33>I<49B512F84914FC16FEA216FC6D14F890C7EA7F00 +B3B3A5123C127EB4FCA25D5D1401397F8007FC9038F01FF86CB5FC6C5C6C14C000035CC6 +49C7FCEB1FF0273E79BC33>74 D<387FFFF8B57E80A25C6C5BD801FCC9FCB3B3A3EE03E0 +EE07F0A9007FB7FCB8FCA46C16E02C3D7DBC33>76 D<D83FF8EC1FFC486CEC3FFE486CEC +7FFFA2007F16FE6C6CECFFFC000716E001EF14F7EC8001A39039E7C003E7A3ECE007A201 +E314C7A2ECF00FA201E11487ECF81FA201E01407A2ECFC3FA2EC7C3E157E147EEC3E7CA3 +EC1E78EC1FF8A2EC0FF0A3EC07E0EC03C091C7FCAED83FFCEC3FFC486CEC7FFEB591B5FC +A26C48EC7FFE6C48EC3FFC303D7FBC33>I<D87FFC90381FFFE0486C4913F07FA36C6D6C +13E00003913800FC0013F780A213F380A3EBF1F0A38013F0A280A2147C147EA2143E143F +A2801580A3140F15C0A2140715E0A2140315F0A21401A215F81400A3157CA3153C153EA2 +151E151F387FFF80B5EAC00FA315076C496C5A2C3D7DBC33>I<90381FFFF890B6FC0003 +15C0000F15F0A24815F83A3FFC003FFC01E013074913034848EB01FEA290C8FCA500FE15 +7FB3AC6C15FF6C15FEA46D1301A36C6CEB03FC01F0130F01FC133F6CB612F86C15F0A200 +0315C0C61500011F13F8283F7BBD33>I<003FB512FC48ECFF80B712E016F86C816C813A +01FC000FFF030313801500EE7FC0163FEE1FE0160FA217F01607A6160F17E0A2161FEE3F +C0167FEEFF801503030F130090B65A5E5E16E0168003FCC7FC01FCC9FCB3383FFFE0487F +B57EA26C5B6C5B2C3D7EBC33>I<007FB57EB612F815FE81826C812603F8007FED3FF0ED +0FF815076F7E1501A26F7EA74B5AA215034B5A150FED3FF0EDFFE090B65A5E93C7FC5D81 +82D9F8007F153F6F7E150F821507AA173E177FA416F8030313FF267FFFC014FEB538E001 +FF17FC81EE7FF86C49EB3FF0C9EA0FC0303E7EBC33>82 D<D907FE137890393FFFC07C90 +B5EAF0FC4814FC000714FF5AEBFC03391FF0007F4848133F0180131F007F140F90C71207 +4814035AA21501A46CEC00F86C15007F7F6C7E7FEA1FFE380FFFE06C13FF6C14F06C14FC +6C6C13FF011F1480010314C0D9003F13E0020313F09138003FF8ED0FFC1507ED03FE1501 +150016FFA2007C157F12FEA56C15FF16FE7FED01FC6D130301F0EB07F801FC130F9039FF +807FF091B512E016C000FC1580013FEBFE00D8F80F5BD8780013E0283F7BBD33>I<003F +B712F84816FCB8FCA43AFE000FE001A8007CED00F8C71500B3B3A40107B512C049804980 +A26D5C6D5C2E3D7EBC33>I<D87FFF903803FFF8B56C4813FCA46C496C13F8D807F09038 +003F806D147F00031600A36D5C00015DA46C6C495AA46D13036D5CA3EC8007013F5CA3EC +C00F011F5CA46D6C485AA46D6C485AA4010391C7FC6E5AA30101137EA2ECFCFEA201005B +A5EC7FF8A46E5AA26E5A6E5A2E3E7EBC33>86 D<D83FFCEC3FFC486CEC7FFEB591B5FCA2 +6C48EC7FFE6C48EC3FFCD80FC0EC03F0A76D1407000716E0A86C6CEC0FC0A2EC07E0EC0F +F0EC1FF8A3000116809039F83FFC1FEC3E7CA4EC7E7EA200001600A2EC7C3E01FC5CECFC +3FA3ECF81F017C143EA590397DF00FBEA3013D14BC90393FE007FCA5ECC003011F5C6D48 +6C5A303E7FBC33>I<D87FFF903803FFF8B56C4813FC6E5AA24A7E6C496C13F8D803FC90 +38007F005E00015D6D130112006D495A7F02805B013F130702C05B011F130F02E05BA201 +0F131F02F05B0107133F02F85B13034BC7FCEB01FC157E010013FE14FEEC7EFC147F6E5A +A26E5AA25D140FB349B5FC4980A46D91C7FC2E3D7EBC33>89 D<EB1FFC90B57E000314E0 +48804814FC48809038F007FFEBE0016E7F153F6C48806C48131FC87F150FA5EC0FFF49B5 +FC131F137F48B6FC0007140F4813C0381FFC00EA3FF0EA7FC05B48C7FC5AA56C141F7E6D +137FD83FE0497ED9F807EBFFF06CB712F87E6C14F36C14C1C69138003FF0D91FF090C7FC +2D2E7BAC33>97 D<EA3FFC487E12FFA2127F123F1200ABEC01FE91380FFFC04A13F0027F +7F91B512FE90B7FCECFE07DAF800138002E0EB7FC04AEB3FE04A131FEE0FF091C7FC1607 +4915F81603A217FC1601A9160317F8A26D140717F06E130F17E06E131FEE3FC06E137F91 +39F801FF80DAFE07130091B55A495C6E5BD97E3F13E0D93C0F138090260003FEC7FC2E3E +7FBC33>I<ECFFF0010713FE011FEBFF804914C04914E048B612F048EBC01F9038FE000F +485A485A4848EB07E049EB03C0484890C7FC5BA2127F90C9FCA25A5AA97E7EA27F003FEC +01F06DEB03F86C7E6D13076C6C14F06C6C130F01FFEB1FE06CEBE07F6C90B512C06C1580 +013F14006D13FC01075B010013C0252E79AC33>I<ED7FF84B7E5CA280157F1501ABEB01 +FF010713C1011F13F1017F13F990B6FC5A4813813907FE003FD80FF8131F49130F484813 +07491303123F491301127F90C7FCA25A5AA97E7E15037F123F6D1307A26C6C130F6D131F +6C6C133F6C6C137F2603FF81B512F091B612F8C602FD13FC6D13F96D01E113F8010F0180 +13F0D901FEC8FC2E3E7DBC33>I<ECFF80010713F0011F13FC497F90B6FC481580480180 +13C03A07FE003FE001F8EB0FF048481307484814F8491303003F15FC491301127F90C7FC +16FE15005A5AB7FCA516FC48C9FC7E7EA36C7E167C6C6C14FE7F6C7E6D13016C6CEB03FC +6CB4130F6C9038C03FF86C90B512F06D14E06D14C0010F1400010313FC9038007FE0272E +7BAC33>I<ED3FE0913801FFFC020713FE141F4A13FF5CECFFC015004948137E4A133C01 +0314005CA8003FB612F84815FCB7FCA36C15F8260003F8C7FCB3AD003FB612804815C0A4 +6C1580283E7DBD33>I<D901FEEB1FE0903A0FFFC0FFF0013F01F313F84990B512FC90B7 +FC5A48010313E12607FC00EB80F849017F1360484890383FC00049131FA2001F8149130F +A66D131F000F5DA26D133F6C6C495A6D13FF2603FF0390C7FCECFFFE485C5D5DD80FCF13 +C0D981FEC8FC0180C9FCA27FA26C7E7F90B512FC6CECFFC06C15F0000715FC4815FF4816 +809038E0000748489038007FC090C8EA1FE048150F007E150700FE16F0481503A56C1507 +007E16E0007F150F6C6CEC1FC001E0147FD81FF8903801FF80270FFF801F13006C90B55A +6C5DC615F0013F14C0010F91C7FC010013F02E447DAB33>I<EA3FFC487E12FFA2127F12 +3F1200AB4AB4FC020713C0021F13F0027F7F91B5FC90B67EED07FEECF801ECF0004A7F4A +7F5CA291C7FCA35BB3A43B3FFFF80FFFFC486D4813FEB56C4813FFA26C496C13FE6C496C +13FC303D7FBC33>I<14E0EB03F8A2497EA36D5AA2EB00E091C8FCAA383FFFF8487FA47E +EA0001B3AD007FB612C0B712E016F0A216E06C15C0243E78BD33>I<EA7FF8487EA4127F +1200AC4AB512C04A14E04A14F0A26E14E06E14C09139000FF0004B5A4B5A4B5A4BC7FC4A +5A4A5A4A5A4A5A4A5A4A5A4A5A4A7E01FD7F90B5FC81ECF3F8ECE3FC14C1EC80FEEC007F +5B496D7E6F7E82150F6F7E6F7E8215016F7E3B7FFFF80FFFF0B56C4813F817FCA217F86C +496C13F02E3D7EBC33>107 D<383FFFFC487FB5FCA27E7EC7FCB3B3AD003FB612F84815 +FCB712FEA26C15FC6C15F8273D7ABC33>I<02FC137E3B7FC3FF01FF80D8FFEF01877F90 +B500CF7F15DF92B57E6C010F13872607FE07130301FC01FE7F9039F803FC01A201F013F8 +A401E013F0B3A53C7FFE0FFF07FF80B548018F13C0A46C486C01071380322C80AB33>I< +4AB4FC263FFC0713C0267FFE1F13F000FF017F7F91B5FC6CB67E6CEC07FEC6EBF801ECF0 +004A7F4A7F5CA291C7FCA35BB3A43B3FFFF80FFFFC486D4813FEB56C4813FFA26C496C13 +FE6C496C13FC302C7FAB33>I<EB01FE90380FFFC0013F13F0497F90B57E488048EB03FF +2607FC0013804848EB7FC049133F4848EB1FE049130F4848EB07F0A2007F15F890C71203 +A300FEEC01FCAA6C14036C15F8A26D1307003F15F06D130FA26C6CEB1FE06D133F6C6CEB +7FC06C6CEBFF802603FF0313006CEBFFFE6C5C6D5B6D5B010F13C0D901FEC7FC262E7AAC +33>I<EC01FE3A3FFC0FFFC0486C4813F000FF017F7F91B512FE6CB7FC6CEBFE07C6D9F8 +00138002E0EB7FC04AEB3FE04A131FEE0FF091C7FC16074915F81603A217FC1601A91603 +17F8A26D140717F06E130F17E06E131FEE3FC06E137F9139F801FF80DAFE07130091B55A +495C6E5B6E13E0020F1380DA03FEC7FC91C9FCAF383FFFF8487FB57EA26C5B6C5B2E427F +AB33>I<02FF137C0107EBE0FE011F13F0017F13FC90B512FE4814FF4813C03907FE003F +4848131F01F0130F484813071503485A491301127F90C7FC15005A5AA97E7E15017F123F +6D130315076C7E6C6C130F6D131FD807FE137F3903FF81FF6CEBFFFE6C14FC6D13F86D13 +F0010F13C0903801FE0090C8FCAF92387FFFFC92B512FEA46F13FC2F427CAB33>I<ED03 +FE3B7FFF801FFF80B5D8C07F13E002C1B5FC02C314F014C76C9038CFFE0F39001FDFF091 +39FFC007E092388003C092C8FC5C5C5CA25CA25CA35CB2007FB512FEB7FCA46C5C2C2C7D +AB33>I<90381FFE0F90B5EA8F80000314FF120F5A5AEBF007387F800190C7FC00FE147F +5A153FA37E007FEC1F0001C090C7FCEA3FF8EBFFC06C13FF6C14E0000314F8C680011F13 +FF01001480020713C0EC007FED1FE0007C140F00FEEC07F01503A27EA27F15076D14E06D +130F6DEB3FC09038FE01FF90B61280160000FD5C00FC14F8D8F83F13E0D8780790C7FC24 +2E79AC33>I<EB03C0497E130FAA003FB612FC4881B7FCA36C5D26000FE0C8FCB3A3161F +EE3F80A5167F6E140001075C6E5A9138FE07FE6DB55A6D5C6D5C6E5B021F1380DA07FCC7 +FC29387EB633>I<D83FFCEB1FFE486C497E00FF5CA2007F80003F800000EC007FB3A75E +A25DA26D5B90387F800FDAE03F13FC6DB612FE17FF6D806D01FE13FE01039038F83FFC01 +0001C0C7FC302C7FAA33>I<3B3FFFC00FFFF0486D4813F8B56C4813FCA26C496C13F86C +496C13F0D801F8C7EA7E006D14FE00005DA26D1301017E5CA2017F13036D5CA2EC800701 +1F5CA2ECC00F010F5CA36D6C485AA3ECF03F010391C7FCA26E5A0101137EA2ECFCFE0100 +5BA214FF6E5AA36E5AA26E5A6E5A2E2B7EAA33>I<3B7FFF8007FFF8B56C4813FC6E5AA2 +4A7E6C496C13F8D80FC0C7EA0FC06D141F00071680A56D143F00031600A3EC0FC0EC1FE0 +A23A01F83FF07EA3EC7FF8147CA20000157C9039FCFCFCFCA3ECF87CA2017C5C017D137E +ECF03EA2017F133FA26D486C5AA3ECC00F90390F8007C02E2B7EAA33>I<3B7FFF801FFF +E0B56C4813F06E4813F8A24A6C13F06C496C13E0D803F8C7EAFC00000114015E7F000014 +036D5C137EA2017F495A7FA26E485A131FA26D6C485AA214E0010749C7FCA214F0130315 +7EEB01F8A2157C010013FC14FC5D147C147DEC3FF0A36E5AA36E5AA2141F5DA2143F92C8 +FCA3147EA214FE003F5B1301387F81F81383EB87F0139FEBFFE06C5B5C6C90C9FCEA0FFC +EA03F02D427DAA33>121 D E +%EndDVIPSBitmapFont +%DVIPSBitmapFont: Fb cmtt12 17.28 11 +/Fb 11 119 df<EA07E0EA1FF8EA3FFCEA7FFEA2B5FCA6EA7FFEA2EA3FFCEA1FF8EA07E0 +1010638F4A>46 D<903801FFFE011FEBFFE0017F14F848B612FE486F7E834816F0488283 +EC800391C77FEE3FFF160F707F6C48806C486E7F6C5ACA7FA3177FA50303B5FC92B6FC14 +0F91B7FC1307131F137F90B8FC0003EDE07F48ECE0004849C7FC4813F014804848C8FC48 +5A5B485A5BA25BA46D15FFA26D5C007F5D6D5CD83FFE141F6D6C017F13F86CD9E007B612 +FE91B9FC6C19807E6C16DF6C160F6CEDFC07013FDAF0011400010F91C7EA3FFE010101F0 +91C8FC414178BF4A>97 D<93381FFFF84C7F845EA382A282EE0007B0913801FF80021F13 +F0027F13FE49B61287010715C74915F74915FF5B5B90B5EA807F489038FE000F4801F813 +0302E07F48497F4849147F91C8123F4848151F5B003F160F5B1707485AA25BA212FFA25B +AA7FA2127F170F7FA26C6C151FA2173F6C7E6D157F000F16FF7F6C6D5B02E013076C6D5B +6C01FC133F6C01FF90B7128092B812C06D15F76D03E714E06D15C7010715876DDAFE0714 +C00100ECF803023FD9E0011480DA03FECAFC43597BD74A>100 D<ED7FF00203B5FC021F +14E0027F14F849B67E4915FF010F824982498249EBC01F9027FFFE00037F4801F801007F +48496E7E02C0143F48496E7E4890C8120F491507001F8349815B003F18804981A2127F49 +17C08312FF90B9FCA71980190001C0CBFC7F127FA37F123F7FA26C6C163F6DEE7F806C6C +EEFFC0A26C6D5C14E06C6D4A13806C01FC5C6C6D021F130090267FFFC05B6D9039F801FF +FE6D90B65A6D5E6D5E6D5E01005E023F92C7FC020F14FC020114E09126001FFEC8FC3A41 +79BF4A>I<4CB47E041F13F093B512FC030380030F805D4B15805D92B7FC4AEBFC074A13 +F0DCC00313004A13804C6C5A4A48EB007895C7FC5DAB003FB812F04883B97EA56C5F6C5F +C7D80FFCC9FCB3B3A8001FB712FE48824883A56C94C7FC6C5E39597BD84A>I<EC01F0EC +07FC4A7EA24A7EA56E5AA26E5AEC01F091CAFCAE001FB512FC4880815AA37EA27EC71203 +B3B3A8003FB812C04817E0A2B912F0A36C17E0A26C17C0345974D84A>105 +D<037FEC1FC0283FFC03FFE0EBFFF8267FFE0FD9F0037FD9FF3FD9F80F7FB5486D487F91 +B56C48807048806C93B6FCA26C028302E07FC649C6EC803F4A15004A6D486D7E4A5C4A5C +043F140F4A5CA34A5CA491C75BB3AD003FD9FC07B548B512C0486D48028314E04B1487B6 +03C714F0A36C01FE038714E06F14836C496C020114C04C3F81BE4A>109 +D<EE1FFC263FFFF090B57E48D9F80714E0DAFC1F14F8B5498092B67E14FD6C90B8FC856C +EDE01FD8000FDA00077F03FC7F4B7F4B7F4B815D4B147FA292C8FCA25CA45CB3AC003FB6 +90B612F848038115FCA2B700C315FEA36C038115FCA26C030015F8473F7FBE4A>I<EE0F +FC263FFFF090B57E48D9F80714E0DAFC1F14F8B54914FE92B7FC02FD826C90B87E856CDB +E01F7FD8000FEC000703FC01017F4B6D7F03E0143F4B6E7E4B140F8592C87E4A6F1380A3 +4A6F13C0A284A21AE0A2197FAA19FFA21AC0A26E5DA24E138080606F1600606F4A5A6F14 +3F6F4A5A6F4A5A6F130303FF010F5BDCC03F5B93B65A6102FD93C7FC02FC5D6F5C031F14 +F0030714C0030191C8FC9238003FF093CAFCB3A4003FB6FC4881A2B77EA36C5DA26C92CA +FC435F7FBE4A>112 D<913A1FFF800F800103B5EAF81F011F9138FF3FC0017F15FF48B8 +FC5A5A5A5A48EBE00049C7121FD87FF880491403D8FFC080A25B82A37FEF7F806C7E01F8 +92C7FC13FE383FFFC06C13FE6CEBFFF86CECFFE06C15FC6CEDFF806C6C15F0011F810103 +15FED9007F8002011580DA000F14C0DB003F13E01607040113F0D83F809138007FF8007F +163F486CED1FFC170F7F1707A27FA26D150FA27F6DED1FF86D157F02C0ECFFF06E130302 +FC013F13E091B712C0A2188001BF1600019F15FC010F15F0010315C0267E007F49C7FC00 +7C010713E0364176BF4A>115 D<003FB56C013FB51280486E4914C06F90B6FCB617E0A3 +6C19C04B7F6C4A6D148026003FC0C8387F80006E15FF011F94C7FCA26E5C010F5EA26E14 +0301075EA26E140701035EA26E140F01015EA26E141F6D5EA26F133F027F5DA26F137F02 +3F5DA26F13FF021F92C8FCA26F5A020F5CA2EDF80302075CA2EDFC0702035CA2EDFE0F02 +015CA2EDFF1F6E5CA216BF037F5BA216FF6F5BA36F90C9FCA26F5AED03F8433F7DBD4A> +118 D E +%EndDVIPSBitmapFont +%DVIPSBitmapFont: Fc cmr17 17.28 12 +/Fc 12 116 df<B500FC041FB512F0A280A226003FFF0400EBFE006D6DEE3FF8F20FE001 +1D7F745A011C7F6E6C705AA26E7E81141F6E7EA26E7E82806E7FA26E7F6F7EA26F7E8215 +1F6F7EA26F7E83816F7FA26F7F707EA2707E83161F707EA2707E8482707FA2707F84177F +717E84171F717EA2717E1980837113C0A27113E019F0187FF03FF819FC181FF00FFEA2F0 +07FF1A83847213C3A27213E31AF3197FF13FFB1AFF8585A285A28585A285133E1A7F017F +183FA22601FFC0171F000701F0170FB67E1A07A21A03546279E163>78 +D<EC3FF0903803FFFE010F6D7E90393FC03FE090397E0007F801F86D7ED801E06D7E4848 +6D7E48486E7E48C86C7E7F01F06E7E487E6D6E7EA3707EA36C5AEA03E0C9FCA6167FED7F +FF020FB5FC91387FF807903801FF80903807FC00EB1FF0EB7FC0495AD803FEC7FC485A12 +0F5B485A485AA2484817E0A312FF5BA2160FA3161F6D141B007F153B16736D913971FC01 +C06C6C14E1001FEC01C1D80FFC903A0780FE03806C6C903A0F00FF07002701FF807E6DB4 +FC27007FFFF86D5A011F01E0EB1FF8010190C7EA07E03B417ABF42>97 +D<4AB47E020F13F8023F13FE9139FF007F80D903FCEB07E0D907F0EB01F0D91FE0EB0078 +49488049488049C87E48485D4915FF00034B138048485CA2485AA2485AA2003F6F130049 +EC007C94C7FC127FA35B12FFAD127F7FA4123F7FA2001FEE01C07F000F16036D16801207 +6C6C15076D160000015E6C6C151E6D6C5C6D6C5C6D6C5CD90FF8495AD903FCEB07C0903A +00FF803F8091263FFFFEC7FC020F13F80201138032417CBF3A>99 +D<181EEF3FFEEE07FFA4EE000F1703A21701B3AAEDFF80020F13F8023F13FE9139FF803F +81903A03FC0007C14948EB01E1D91FE0EB00F94948147D4948143D49C8121F4848150F49 +1507120348481503491501120F121F5BA2123F5B127FA45B12FFAD127F7FA3123FA27F12 +1FA26C6C1503A26C6C150712036D150F6C6C151F0000163D137F6D6CECF9FF6D6CEB01F1 +D90FF0D903C113C06D6CD90F81EBFF80D901FFEB7F019039007FFFFC021F13E002010100 +91C7FC41657CE349>I<EC03FE91381FFFE091B512F8903901FE03FE903A07F0007F8049 +486D7ED93FC06D7E49C76C7E496E7E49140348488148481401000782491400000F828348 +5A1880123F49153FA2007F17C0A35BA212FF90B8FCA30180CAFCA9127F7FA3123FA27F12 +1FEF01C06C7E17036C6C1680A26C6C15070001EE0F006D150E6C6C151E6D6C5C6D6C5C6D +6C5CD907F0EB03E0D903FC495A902700FF803FC7FC91383FFFFC020F13F0020113803241 +7CBF3A>I<133C13FF487F487FA66C5B6C90C7FC133C90C8FCB3A2EB03C0EA07FF127FA4 +1201EA007FA2133FB3B3AC497E497EB612E0A41B5F7DDE23>105 +D<EB03C0EA07FFB5FCA41201EA007FA2133FB3B3B3B3AD497E497EB612F0A41C647DE323 +>108 D<D903C0D9FFC0EC07FED807FF010301F891381FFFC0B5010F01FE027F13F0923D +3F00FF8001F807FC0378903B3FC003C001FEDAC1E090261FE00FC77E0001D9C3C090260F +F01E6E7ED8007F49902607F81C6E7E02C7C75CD93FCE6E6C486E7E02CC166002DC16E002 +D85E02F8DA01FF6F7E4A5EA24A93C8FCA44A5DB3B3496C4A6C4B7E496C4A6D4A7EB6D8F0 +07B6D8803FB512FCA4663F7CBE6F>I<D903C0EB7FE0D807FF903803FFFCB5010F13FFDB +3F0013C00378EB1FE04B6D7E0001D9C1C06D7E27007FC3808002C7C71203D93FCE811701 +14DC14D802F86E7E5CA35CA35CB3B3496C4A7F496C4A7FB6D8F003B612C0A4423F7DBE49 +>I<EDFF80020F13F8023F13FE9139FF007F80D903FCEB1FE0D907F0EB07F0D90FC0EB01 +F8D93F80EB00FE49C8127F017E81496F7E48486F7E00038349150700078348486F7EA200 +1F83491501A2003F83A348486F7EA400FF1880AC007F1800A26D5DA2003F5FA36C6C4B5A +A36C6C4B5A00075FA26C6C4B5A6C6C4B5AA26C6C4B5A017F4BC7FC6D6C14FE6D6C495AD9 +0FF0EB07F8D903FCEB1FE0D900FFEB7F806EB5C8FC020F13F8020113C039417CBF42>I< +9039078003F8D807FFEB0FFFB5013F13C092387C0FE0913881F01F9238E03FF00001EB83 +8039007F8700148FEB3F8E029CEB1FE0EE0FC00298EB030002B890C7FCA214B014F0A25C +A55CB3B0497EEBFFF8B612FCA42C3F7CBE33>114 D<9139FFE00180010FEBFC03017FEB +FF073A01FF001FCFD803F8EB03EFD807E0EB01FF48487F4848147F48C8123F003E151F00 +7E150F127CA200FC1507A316037EA27E7F6C7E6D91C7FC13F8EA3FFE381FFFF06CEBFF80 +6C14F86C14FF6C15C06C6C14F0011F80010714FED9007F7F02031480DA003F13C0150303 +0013E0167F00E0ED1FF0160F17F86C15071603A36C1501A37EA26C16F016037E17E06D14 +076DEC0FC06D1580D8FDF0141FD8F8F8EC7F00013E14FC3AF01FC00FF80107B512E0D8E0 +01148027C0003FF8C7FC2D417DBF34>I E +%EndDVIPSBitmapFont +end +%%EndProlog +%%BeginSetup +%%Feature: *Resolution 600dpi +TeXDict begin +%%BeginPaperSize: a4 +a4 +%%EndPaperSize + end +%%EndSetup +%%Page: 1 1 +TeXDict begin 1 0 bop Black Black Black Black 959 573 +a Fc(Named)44 b(colors)g(in)g Fb(dvipsnam.def)p GreenYellow +0 878 166 166 v Black 263 878 a Fa(GreenYellow)p Yellow +0 1088 V Black 263 1088 a(Yellow)p Goldenrod 0 1298 V +Black 263 1298 a(Goldenrod)p Dandelion 0 1507 V Black +263 1507 a(Dandelion)p Apricot 0 1717 V Black 263 1717 +a(Apricot)p Peach 0 1927 V Black 263 1927 a(Peach)p Melon +0 2137 V Black 263 2137 a(Melon)p YellowOrange 0 2346 +V Black 263 2346 a(YellowOrange)p Orange 0 2556 V Black +263 2556 a(Orange)p BurntOrange 0 2766 V Black 263 2766 +a(BurntOrange)p Bittersweet 0 2976 V Black 263 2976 a(Bittersweet)p +RedOrange 0 3185 V Black 263 3185 a(RedOrange)p Mahogany +0 3395 V Black 263 3395 a(Mahogany)p Maroon 0 3605 V +Black 263 3605 a(Maroon)p BrickRed 0 3815 V Black 263 +3815 a(BrickRed)p Red 0 4025 V Black 263 4025 a(Red)p +OrangeRed 0 4234 V Black 263 4234 a(OrangeRed)p RubineRed +0 4444 V Black 263 4444 a(RubineRed)p WildStrawberry +0 4654 V Black 263 4654 a(WildStrawberry)p Salmon 0 4864 +V Black 263 4864 a(Salmon)p CarnationPink 0 5073 V Black +263 5073 a(CarnationPink)p Magenta 0 5283 V Black 263 +5283 a(Magenta)p VioletRed 0 5493 V Black 263 5493 a(VioletRed)p +Black Black Rhodamine 1288 878 V Black 1550 878 a(Rhodamine)p +Mulberry 1288 1088 V Black 1550 1088 a(Mulberry)p RedViolet +1288 1298 V Black 1550 1298 a(RedViolet)p Fuchsia 1288 +1507 V Black 1550 1507 a(Fuchsia)p Lavender 1288 1717 +V Black 1550 1717 a(Lavender)p Thistle 1288 1927 V Black +1550 1927 a(Thistle)p Orchid 1288 2137 V Black 1550 2137 +a(Orchid)p DarkOrchid 1288 2346 V Black 1550 2346 a(DarkOrchid)p +Purple 1288 2556 V Black 1550 2556 a(Purple)p Plum 1288 +2766 V Black 1550 2766 a(Plum)p Violet 1288 2976 V Black +1550 2976 a(Violet)p RoyalPurple 1288 3185 V Black 1550 +3185 a(RoyalPurple)p BlueViolet 1288 3395 V Black 1550 +3395 a(BlueViolet)p Periwinkle 1288 3605 V Black 1550 +3605 a(Periwinkle)p CadetBlue 1288 3815 V Black 1550 +3815 a(CadetBlue)p CornflowerBlue 1288 4025 V Black 1550 +4025 a(CornflowerBlue)p MidnightBlue 1288 4234 V Black +1550 4234 a(MidnightBlue)p NavyBlue 1288 4444 V Black +1550 4444 a(NavyBlue)p RoyalBlue 1288 4654 V Black 1550 +4654 a(RoyalBlue)p Blue 1288 4864 V Black 1550 4864 a(Blue)p +Cerulean 1288 5073 V Black 1550 5073 a(Cerulean)p Cyan +1288 5283 V Black 1550 5283 a(Cyan)p ProcessBlue 1288 +5493 V Black 1550 5493 a(ProcessBlue)p Black Black SkyBlue +2575 878 V Black 2838 878 a(SkyBlue)p Turquoise 2575 +1088 V Black 2838 1088 a(Turquoise)p TealBlue 2575 1298 +V Black 2838 1298 a(TealBlue)p Aquamarine 2575 1507 V +Black 2838 1507 a(Aquamarine)p BlueGreen 2575 1717 V +Black 2838 1717 a(BlueGreen)p Emerald 2575 1927 V Black +2838 1927 a(Emerald)p JungleGreen 2575 2137 V Black 2838 +2137 a(JungleGreen)p SeaGreen 2575 2346 V Black 2838 +2346 a(SeaGreen)p Green 2575 2556 V Black 2838 2556 a(Green)p +ForestGreen 2575 2766 V Black 2838 2766 a(ForestGreen)p +PineGreen 2575 2976 V Black 2838 2976 a(PineGreen)p LimeGreen +2575 3185 V Black 2838 3185 a(LimeGreen)p YellowGreen +2575 3395 V Black 2838 3395 a(YellowGreen)p SpringGreen +2575 3605 V Black 2838 3605 a(SpringGreen)p OliveGreen +2575 3815 V Black 2838 3815 a(OliveGreen)p RawSienna +2575 4025 V Black 2838 4025 a(RawSienna)p Sepia 2575 +4234 V Black 2838 4234 a(Sepia)p Brown 2575 4444 V Black +2838 4444 a(Brown)p Tan 2575 4654 V Black 2838 4654 a(Tan)p +Gray 2575 4864 V Black 2838 4864 a(Gray)p Black 2575 +5073 V Black 2838 5073 a(Black)p White 2575 5283 V Black +2838 5283 a(White)p Black Black eop end +%%Trailer + +userdict /end-hook known{end-hook}if +%%EOF diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/palette.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/palette.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7b992831230 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/palette.tex @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +% This is palette.tex +% Run and print to get a table of +% all the colors defined by dvipsnames +% If necessary, activate one of the drivers below + +\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{article} +\usepackage[% +% dvips, +% pdftex, +% dvipdfm, +dvipsnames]{color} +\usepackage{multicol} +\pagestyle{empty} +\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{0pt} +\setlength{\textwidth}{16cm} +\setlength{\textheight}{22cm} +\setlength{\parindent}{0pt} +\setlength{\parskip}{0pt} + +\begin{document} +\renewcommand*{\DefineNamedColor}[4]{% + \textcolor[named]{#2}{\rule{7mm}{7mm}}\quad + \texttt{#2}\strut\\} + +\begin{center}\Large Named colors in \texttt{dvipsnam.def} +\end{center} +\begin{multicols}{3} +\input{dvipsnam.def} +\end{multicols} +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/seminar.con b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/seminar.con new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8d3f0e1bce4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/seminar.con @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +% This is seminar.con +% To add rotation for dvips +% and sempdftx (with rotation) for pdfTeX + +\@ifundefined{pdfoutput}{% + \RequirePackage{semrot} + \renewcommand{\printlandscape}{\special{landscape}} +}{% + \RequirePackage{sempdftx} +} +\endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/sempdftx.sty b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/sempdftx.sty new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..278656d108b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/sempdftx.sty @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +% This is sempdftx.sty +% Patrick W Daly +% March 20, 2003 +% To add pdftex functionality to seminar +% Sets the pdf paper sizes as is done by hyperref, +% so hyperref need not be loaded + +\ProvidesPackage{sempdftx}[2003/03/20 v1.0 PWD] + +% \pdfoutput must exist and its value must not be 0 +\@ifundefined{pdfoutput}{\endinput}{% + \ifcase\pdfoutput \endinput \fi} +% +% Following borrowed from hpdftex.def +\AtBeginDocument{% + \setlength{\pdfhorigin}{1truein}% + \setlength{\pdfvorigin}{1truein}% + \ifportrait + \ifdim\paperwidth=\z@ + \else + \setlength{\pdfpagewidth}{\strip@pt\paperwidth truept}% + \fi + \ifdim\paperheight=\z@ + \else + \setlength{\pdfpageheight}{\strip@pt\paperheight truept}% + \fi + \else + \ifdim\paperheight=\z@ + \else + \setlength{\pdfpagewidth}{\strip@pt\paperheight truept}% + \fi + \ifdim\paperwidth=\z@ + \else + \setlength{\pdfpageheight}{\strip@pt\paperwidth truept}% + \fi + \fi +} +\newcommand*{\pdf@revpage}{% + \@tempdima=\pdfpagewidth + \pdfpagewidth=\pdfpageheight + \pdfpageheight=\@tempdima + \@tempdima=\paperwidth + \paperwidth=\paperheight + \paperheight=\@tempdima +} +\ifarticle \pdf@revpage \fi % This way, article works as for dvips +\renewcommand{\printlandscape}{} % Prevents warning that should be printed landscape + +% Would prefer to use \leftsliderotation, but that never works +% Here I just add \pdf@revpage to the slide* definition +\expandafter\let\expandafter\slide@str\csname slide*\endcsname +\@namedef{slide*}{\pdf@revpage\slide@str} + +\endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/CTAN.sites b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/CTAN.sites new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a38e1051b2b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/CTAN.sites @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +In order to reduce network load, it is recommended that you use the +Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (CTAN) host which is located in the +closest network proximity to your site. Alternatively, you may wish to +obtain a copy of the CTAN via CD-ROM (see help/CTAN.cdrom for details). + +Known mirrors of the CTAN reside on (alphabetically): + cis.utovrm.it (Italia) /TeX + ctan.math.mun.ca (Newfoundland, Canada) /tex-archive + ctan.unsw.edu.au (NSW, Australia) /tex-archive + dongpo.math.ncu.edu.tw (Taiwan) /tex-archive + ftp.belnet.be (Belgium) /packages/TeX + ftp.ccu.edu.tw (Taiwan) /pub/tex + ftp.cdrom.com (West coast, USA) /pub/tex/ctan + ftp.comp.hkbu.edu.hk (Hong Kong) /pub/TeX/CTAN + ftp.cs.rmit.edu.au (Australia) /tex-archive + ftp.cs.ruu.nl (The Netherlands) /pub/tex-archive + ftp.cstug.cz (The Czech Republic) /pub/tex/CTAN + ftp.duke.edu (North Carolina, USA) /tex-archive + ftp.funet.fi (Finland) /pub/TeX/CTAN + ftp.gwdg.de (Deutschland) /pub/dante + ftp.heanet.ie (Ireland) /pub/ctan/tex + ftp.jussieu.fr (France) /pub4/TeX/CTAN + ftp.kreonet.re.kr (Korea) /pub/CTAN + ftp.lab.kdd.co.jp (Japan) /CTAN + ftp.loria.fr (France) /pub/ctan + ftp.mpi-sb.mpg.de (Deutschland) /pub/tex/mirror/ftp.dante.de + ftp.nada.kth.se (Sweden) /pub/tex/ctan-mirror + ftp.net.uni-c.dk (Denmark) /mirror/ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive + ftp.ntua.gr (Greece) /mirror/ctan + ftp.oleane.net (France) /pub/mirrors/CTAN/ + ftp.rediris.es (Espa\~na) /mirror/tex-archive + ftp.rge.com (New York, USA) /pub/tex + ftp.riken.go.jp (Japan) /pub/tex-archive + ftp.tu-chemnitz.de (Deutschland) /pub/tex + ftp.u-aizu.ac.jp (Japan) /pub/tex/CTAN + ftp.uni-augsburg.de (Deutschland) /pub/tex/ctan + ftp.uni-bielefeld.de (Deutschland) /pub/tex + ftp.unina.it (Italia) /pub/TeX + ftp.uni-stuttgart.de (Deutschland) /tex-archive (/pub/tex) + ftp.univie.ac.at (\"Osterreich) /packages/tex + ftp.ut.ee (Estonia) /tex-archive + ftpserver.nus.sg (Singapore) /pub/zi/TeX + joshua.smcvt.edu (Vermont, USA) /pub/tex + src.doc.ic.ac.uk (England) /packages/tex/uk-tex + sunsite.auc.dk (Denmark) /pub/tex/ctan + sunsite.cnlab-switch.ch (Switzerland) /mirror/tex + sunsite.icm.edu.pl (Poland) /pub/CTAN + sunsite.unc.edu (North Carolina, USA) /pub/packages/TeX + tex.ihep.su (Russia) /pub/TeX/CTAN + wuarchive.wustl.edu (Missouri, USA) /packages/TeX + +Known partial mirrors of the CTAN reside on (alphabetically): + ftp.adfa.oz.au (Australia) /pub/tex/ctan + ftp.dcc.uchile.cl (Chile) /pub/Mirror/ctan + ftp.fcu.edu.tw (Taiwan) /pub2/tex + ftp.germany.eu.net (Deutschland) /pub/packages/TeX + ftp.gust.org.pl (Poland) /pub/TeX + ftp.jaist.ac.jp (Japan) /pub/TeX/tex-archive + ftp.uu.net (Virginia, USA) /pub/text-processing/TeX + sunsite.dsi.unimi.it (Italia) /pub/TeX + sunsite.snu.ac.kr (Korea) /shortcut/CTAN + +Please send updates to this list to <ctan@urz.uni-heidelberg.de>. + +The participating hosts in the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network are: + ftp.dante.de (Deutschland) + -- anonymous ftp /tex-archive (/pub/tex /pub/archive) + -- gopher on node gopher.dante.de + -- email via ftpmail@dante.de + -- World Wide Web access on http://www.dante.de/ + -- Administrator: <ftpmaint@dante.de> + + ftp.tex.ac.uk (England) + -- anonymous ftp /tex-archive (/pub/tex /pub/archive) + -- gopher on node gopher.tex.ac.uk + -- NFS mountable from nfs.tex.ac.uk:/public/ctan/tex-archive + -- World Wide Web access on http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive + -- Administrator: <ctan-uk@tex.ac.uk> + + ctan.tug.org (Massachusetts, USA) + -- anonymous ftp /tex-archive (/pub/archive) + -- World Wide Web access on http://ctan.tug.org/ctan/ + -- Administrator: <ftpmaint@mail.tug.org> diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/NTS-FAQ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/NTS-FAQ new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1dd051f1e83 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/NTS-FAQ @@ -0,0 +1,1015 @@ +Date: Tue, 31 Jan 1995 21:15:16 +0100 +Sender: NTS-L Distribution list <NTS-L@DHDURZ1.EARN> +From: "J%org Knappen, Mainz" <KNAPPEN@VKPMZD.KPH.UNI-MAINZ.DE> +Subject: Frequently asked questions of NTS-L, 5th edition +X-To: nts-l <nts-l@dhdurz1.bitnet> +To: Multiple recipients of list NTS-L <NTS-L@DHDURZ1.EARN> + + Frequently Asked Questions of NTS-L + +Fifth edition +Date: 31-JAN-1995 +Archive name: nts-l-faq +Currently maintained by: knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de (J%org Knappen) + +Remark about the format: + +This faq is divided into several sections and subsections. Each section +contains a subsection general with some ideas which have not yet been +discussed. I added a date to some subsections to allow you to retrieve +fuller discussions from the archives. The transactions of this group are +archived on + + ftp.th-darmstadt.de [130.83.55.75] *) + directory pub/tex/documentation/nts-l + +Each file in this directory is named yymm, where (guess :-) yy is the +year and mm is the month when the mail arrived. (I.e., all postings +of one month are bundled in one file.) +*) Avoid using the number above ... it is subject to changes. + +Related stuff which is very worth reading you can find on the CTAN archives +under tex/info/tex-implementors. In addition, I recommend reading the list +of TeX bugs (tex-archive/systems/knuth/errata/tex82.bug). + +-1. Contents + +0. About NTS +1. Proposed features of a New Typesetting system +1.1. Improvement of Quality +1.2. Internationality +1.3. New Look and Feel +1.4. Changing the ligaturing algorithm +1.5. Writing more than one dvi-file +1.6. Anchors +1.7. dump/restore mechanism +2. Proposed additions to TeX (concrete new primitives) +2.1. \lastmark etc. +2.2. \system +2.3. \skylineskiplimit, \skylinehorizontallimit +2.4. \directioncode +2.5. \textcode +2.6. \afterfi +2.7. \interactionmode +2.8. \mathspacing +2.9. \inputescapechar +2.10. \middle +2.11. \outputunit +2.12. \protected +2.13. \scantokens +2.14. \deferred +2.15. \everyeof +2.16. \readline +2.17. \evaluate +2.18. \ifevaluate +2.19. \everyeof +2.20. \fancyprompt +3. Metaremarks +3.1. TeX is not perfect +3.2. In which language shall NTS be written +3.3. The TeX language +3.4. The TeX engine +3.5. Extensions and Enhancements +4. Deviations +4.1. Automated Kerning +4.2. About Lout +5. Proposed changes to METAFONT +5.1. Writing to auxiliary files +6. Proposed changes to the tfm file format +6.1. Vertical kerning +6.2. Cross-font ligatures +7. Proposed changes to the dvi file format +7.1. Horizontal and Vertical Mirroring +7.2. Rotation of a glphy by 180 degrees +8. Additions to the TeX kit +8.1. dvicopy +8.2. dv2dp and dp2dv +8.3. gftotxt +8.4. qdtexvpl +8.5. fontinst +8.6. afmtotfm +8.7. dvipaste +8.8. METAPOST +8.9. Tie +8.10. dvi2dvi +9. Existing extensions to TeX +9.1. TeX-XeT +9.2. TeX--XeT +9.3. MLTeX +9.4. SiSiSi +9.5. Japanese TeX + +0. About NTS (Mar 93, see also Jul 92) + + At DANTE '93, held at the Technical University Chemnitz last week, Joachim + Lammarsch, President of Dante, announced that the NTS project which had been + started under the aegis of DANTE, was to be re-formed under a new + co-ordinator, Philip Taylor. The old core group, announced at the previous + annual DANTE meeting, was to be dissolved, and a new core group established. + Membership of the new core group will not be restricted to DANTE members, + but will instead be offered to various well-known names (and some + lesser-known!) in the international TeX community. + + see also: + F. Mittelbach: E-TeX Guidelines for future TeX, TUGboat v11n3 (1990) + P. Taylor: The future of TeX, EuroTeX'92 Prag (Proceedings); reprinted + in TUGboat v13n4, 433 (1992) + + As of September 1994, there are two activities going on, the ETeX group + is working on a extension of TeX and is going to produce a first ETeX soon. + The NTS group takes the path to reimplement TeX in common LISP to get + a deeper understanding of how the modules of TeX are cooperating which + eachother. + + Independently, the Omega project was launched to produce a typesetting system + which uses unicode as internal code and can handle arbitrarily encoded input + via filters. + + The beforementioned projects were presented at the 1994 TUG meeting at Santa + Barbara and at the EuroTeX'94 conference at Gdansk. For more information, + consult the respective proceedings. For the Omega project exists a mailing + list, omega@ens.fr. To subscribe, send an e-mail to LISTSERV@ens.fr. + + Omega is now announced to be presented at March 16, 1995 at CERN (Geneva). + +1. Proposed features of a New Typesetting system + +1.1. Improvement of Quality + +1.1.0 General: + Optimised page breaking, avoiding ``rivers'', letterspacing (see also 4.1), + Hyphenation (Haupt- und Nebentrennstellen), grid typesetting + +1.1.1 Skyline approach to line breaking (Mar 93) + +You can break paragraphs as usual with the current model, where all +lines are simple rectangular boxes. If there's no necessity to insert +\lineskip, then you don't have to look at the skyline. Only if two +lines are too near (e.g. distance<\lineskiplimit), you have to look +into the two rectangular boxes and to check if the boxes inside +overlap at one or more places. +For the worst case (i.e., you have to look at the skyline for all +pairs of lines) processing the skyline model consumes a lot of process +time, but this shouldn't hinder us to test this idea and look at the +results. + +Btw, the skyline model seems to be easy to implement in the current +TeX, because we need only some changes when the finally broken lines +of the paragraph are put on the vertical list. There are more changes +needed in the code, if the line break should be changed for the cases +where it is possible to avoid an overlap with other break points, but +IMHO it's nonetheless a relatively small change. + +Additionally you have to introduce some new parameters. I think of +something like: + \skylineskiplimit (b) + minimum vertical distance between two boxes + \skylinehorizontallimit (a) + minimum horizontal distance + + +line 1: ------------ + % % + % % ---------- + ------- <== (a) ==> % % + ~ % % + (b) % ------- + v % + ---------------------- +line 2: + +and other parameters, but the necessary parameter set, realization, +etc. for "skylines" are subject of discussion. + + +1.2. Internationality + +1.2.0 General: + Typesetting in arbitrary directions, unicode support (16bits), ISO10646 + support (32bits), ligatures pointing to other fonts, vertical kerning, + better accent handling (\topaccent and \botaccent) + + Remark: UTF-8 (UNICODE) can be handled with `TeX classic', LaTeX2e + support is provided by the CJK package written by Werner Lemberg. + +1.2.1 Supporting TeX--XeT primitives for right to left typesetting + TeX--XeT is an existing extension to TeX supporting right-to-left + typesetting an producing a usual dvi-file. TeX--XeT is written by + P. Breitenlohner and freely available. It is different from TeX-XeT + (one hyphen only). Allthough TeX will be frozen at version $\pi$, + this is not true for TeX--XeT. (see also 9.2) + +1.3. New Look and Feel + +1.3.0 General + Windows support, wysiwyg-like features + +1.3.1 Interaction with the operating system and other programmes + see 2.2. \system + +1.4. Changing the ligaturing algorithm + Replace the (IMHO over-)optimized ligature builder/kerning routines in + TeX by routines which separate between the building of ligatures and + the insertion of kerns between the characters/ligatures. + + This can be realized in a simple way by using two passes: in the + first pass the ligatures are built and in the second pass the + resulting ligatures and remaining single characters are used to + determine the necessary kerns. + + To ensure compatibility between e-TeX and TeX, it will be possible to + switch between the new and the current behaviour. + + Additionally a flag in the TFM file of each font can be used to + specify which behaviour is to be used for the font. This ensures that + "old" fonts with some tricky ligature/kerning programs depending on + the old behaviour can still be used with e-TeX. (I don't know if this + font dependent switching is really necessary. Comments, please!!) + + Example: + + A font contains the following ligatures and kerns: + + o " => ligature (o") (= \"{o}) + V o => kern(-smallkern) + V lig(o") => nothing + + Input: V o " + Output of current TeX: V kern(-smallkern) ligature(o") + Output with change: V ligature(o") + + Status: + + Bernd Raichle has written a simple, but running reimplementation of TeX's + ligature/kerning routine (in CommonLisp), which still waits to be + rewritten as a TeX.web change file. + The ligature builder/kerning routine is realized in one pass; kerns + are introduced in a delayed manner, i.e., after we are sure that + there's no possibility for a ligature. + Additionally there's a switch between the current TeX and the new + behaviour. (The TRIP test fails with the new behaviour.) + +PS: IMHO the ligature/kerning routines should be further changed to + remove the `shelf{}ful' anomaly (see TeXbook, exercise 5.1), i.e., + reinserting ligatures when words are hyphenated. + The change should allow ligatures for inputs like `f{}f' or + `f\relax f', which will simplify the macros in `german.sty', + Babel and changed macros for \", \', ... which are used to select + characters from DC fonts or other fonts with national characters. + +1.5. Writing more than one dvi-file (Nov 94) + I want to have TeX ready in the memory and avoid loading it anew and anew + for each run again which costs lots of startup time, if you have to load + every file via NFSS. + The idea I am toying with is to have something like + \level + which clones the current state of TeX and allows to start a new dvi-file. + Then you do anything you want (start even another \level) and at last you say + \exit + which performes like \end, except that it restores exactly the state before + the last cloning. + To communicate some information to the waiting lion, there may be one + exeption. You say + \exit{some_integer_number} + and this number can be read by using + \exitstatus. + Applications are many. If you have a format which usually requires several + runs, you can do all the runs within one job, and automatically decide, + whether a further run is necessary. Of course, you should device your format + to have a counter maxruns to avoid endless looping... + +1.6. Anchors (Nov 94) + Proposed by Jiri, an ``anchor point'' would be in some senses + be analogous to a mark, but rather than recording textual information it + would instead record the co-ordinates of itself, relative to the reference + point of the smallest surrounding box. Additional new primitives would + be required to return the co-ordinates of a specified anchor point. + +1.7. dump/restore mechanism + I'd suggest something much simpler, but also more general: Include \dump in + all versions of TeX. The initex/virtex distinction is simply not worth the + bother of retaining any more - the memory differences are trivial in modern + terms. \dump should ideally also be extended to allow dumping from inside of + a group. + Once you do this, it becomes possible to write programs to analyze format + files. Since the analysis programs would not be part of TeX proper, they can + be as elaborate as anyone might want to make them. Sorting would be no + problem, for example. + None of this would cost anything in TeX itself, and except for the ability + to \dump inside a group, if added, would not even have an effect on whether + the resulting E-TeX is properly "TeX", since it would be invisible to any + possible trip test. + +2. Proposed additions to TeX (concrete new primitives) + +2.0. General (Jun 92, Jul 92, Aug 93, Nov 94) + A rather long list of proposed primitives (more or less worked out) was + posted by Karl Berry on 10-Jun-1992. It contains suggestions like: + \elseif (selfexplaining), \format{foo} (allow the author to select a format), + \host{name} \host{os} \host{type} \getenv to extract host information + \TeXversion, \usertime, \everyeof, and others. + + It is currently not possible to get some information about the current + mode of TeX and make conditionals dependent on it and/or restore it after + some action (see 2.7. \interactionmode). More of this kind are a + conditional or primitive to signal, when TeX is in "expand only" mode + (\edef, \mark, \write, ...), when TeX is scanning numbers (here I'm + thinking---and hating---german.sty's active doublequote, which can also + be used as a marker for hexadecimal numbers), when TeX is peeking for + some special tokens (first column in an \halign), etc... + + A list of new primitives, enhancements and extensions has been prepared + on the NTS meeting at Lindau in October 1994. It was posted to this list in + November 1994 and provoked plenty of discussions and additional suggestions. + Under the discussed primitves were \bind, \contents<box#>, \futuredef, + \ifdefined, \ifcsname ... \endcsname, \unless, \OSname, \defaultextension. + +2.1. \lastmark etc. (Jun 92, Jul 92) + Currently you cannot remove a \write or \mark or + \insert or rule from any list at all. If we allow them to removed, how + will the commands appear to the user? If we have \lastmark like + \lastbox, then perhaps we need a mark data type so that we can say something + like \setmark0=\lastmark. It will probably be difficult + in the case of \insert's to think of a good command syntax. + + Perhaps \lastpenalty, \lastkern, \lastskip should + remove the penalty, kern, skip, ... so that they are consistent with + \lastbox. Then \unpenalty, \unkern, and \unskip would be unnecessary. + (Of course most macro packages would probably want to reimplement them, + as macros: \def\unpenalty{\count@\lastpenalty}, + \def\unkern{\dimen@\lastkern}, \def\unskip{\skip@\lastskip}.) + +2.2. \system (Mar 93) + +2.2.0 General + Oops, this got rather longish, but this topic has caused plenty of traffic. + I decided to quote directly the positions of both sides. The subpoints are + 1. Pro 2. Contra 3. Syntax + +2.2.1 Pro + First comes the proposal as formulated by Phil Taylor: + + There has been much discussion on how a \system primitive might interact + with different operating systems, each with different functionality and a + different syntax. My idea was to extend the concept of a `TeX + implementation', which at the moment implies the creation and application + of a change-file to the master TeX source, to include an implementation- + specific macro library. Thus each implementor, as well as creating and + applying a change file, would also be responsible for mapping a well-defined + set of macros, through the \system primitive, to the syntax and + functionality of the operating system for which he or she has assumed + responsibility. To cite a specific example: + + Assume that in e-Lib (a hypothetical macro library to accompany e-TeX), + a macro \sys$delete_file {<parameters>} is partially defined; then each + implementor would be responsible for mapping \sys$delete_file {<parameters}> + to his or her own implementation of \system. e-Lib would define the effect + and the result(s), \system would provide the interface, and the implementor + would be responsible for providing the mapping. + + The question has been asked: ``Why via \system and macros? Why not via + explicit primitives to carry out the various functions that are envisaged?'' + + To which I would suggest that the answer is ``Because `the various functions + which are envisaged' is both enormous (requiring many new primitives), and + yet not large enough (because no matter what functionality we posit, someone + will come up with an idea that has not been considered).'' By implementing + just one \system primitive, and an extensible e-Lib macro library, one can + create a robust and well-tested e-TeX whilst allowing new system interactions + to be added at the simplest points: through the implementation-independent + and implementation-specific components of e-Lib. + +2.2.2 Contra + And here's from the ``Minority Report'' (Tim Murphy and J"org Knappen) + + May I recall the immortal words of Ken Thompson, + "A program should do one thing, and do it well." (TM) + + I don't like the hackers to decide, making eTeX yet another programme from + which I can send e-mail and read news :-) Maybe people will tell me eTeX is + a fine operating system, but TeX version $\pi$ is the better typesetter :-) + + But there is another side of \system, I want to call it the monstrosity + side. Many people are thinking now, that TeX is a monster and difficult to + tame. \system will add to this monstrosity. It will create a new paradise + for hackers creating system hacks. And it will make people turn away from + eTeX and use other products, even if they are far less secure. (JK) + +2.2.3 Syntax + If a \system command is required, should it not have a similar syntax + and semantics to the a similar TeX command. I can't think of anything + else in TeX (prepares to be shown wrong) that expands in the mouth and + has side-effects. Should it not be like \read, \write etc. that is it + generates a whatsit that is obeyed at shipout, unless preceded by an + \immediate, in which case it is done immediately by the stomach. + There seem to be two obvious syntaxes, one like \write: + \system{foo} or \immediate\system{foo} + and one like \read: + \system{foo} to \baz or \immediate\system{foo} to \baz + The latter one would produce the exit code into \baz. Should this be + done with catcode 12 characters, or should it be done like \read, with + the current catcodes? + +2.3. \skylineskiplimit, \skylinehorizontallimit + see section 1.1.1 + +2.4. \directioncode (May 1993) + A \directioncode (with syntax analogous to \uccode, \lccode, sfcode) to be + assigned to each input character. The basic ones are + 0 -- transparent (space, full stop...) + 1 -- left-to-right (latin letters, digits...) + 2 -- right-to-left (hebrew letters, arab letters...), + a truly international NTS will also have codes for vertical typesetting + and some special cases. + + The question is how to use this idea consistently. One could extend the + notion of TeX's modes. Horizontal mode is in fact left-to-right mode, a + right-to-left mode is missing. To be complete, this mode will be equipped + with boxen and all the stuff TeX's left-to-right (aka horizontal) mode has. + + At the beginning of a paragraph NTS decides which mode to choose by the + \directioncode of the first input character. Sometimes the first character + will have the wrong code, in this case the insertion of an explicit + control sequence (like \lrbox{}) is necessary. If a character with another + directioncode occurs, NTS starts a \rlbox and finishes it as soon as a + character with the original \directioncode appears or at the end of the + paragraph. + + For the building of right-to-left tables a \rlalign is needed. + +2.5. \textcode (Sep 93, Nov 93) + Some of the character coding discussions in the Technical Working + Group on Multiple Language Coordination and some experiences I've made + with `german.sty' (specially the problems with an active doublequote + and hex integer constants!) lead to this _incomplete_ proposal/idea + for the following addition: + Introduce something like + \textcode (and \textchar & \textchardef) + which are the text (hmode) equivalent of TeX's \mathcode (and + \mathchar/\mathchardef) primitives. + + With an equivalent and appropriate implemented \textcode primitive + (with the choice to define a character as "pseudo-active"), it would + be possible to + * relate characters to different fonts + (using a generalized `fam' of \mathcode) + + * suppress expansion of active characters (it will only be + expanded, if it is read to form the hlist) + (using an equivalent \mathcode="8000 value) + [This point allows the use of e.g. a pseudo-active " + which expands to non-expandable tokens and it removes + the special construct \relax\ifmmode... for active + characters, too.] + +2.6. \afterfi (August 1993) + In the answer to an exercise of the ``Around the Bend'' series, Michael Downes + realised the non-existence of an \afterfi primitive (Note: He did not + demand it nor really miss it). Perhaps an \afterfi can + simplify some obscure mouth-only macros with nested conditionals??? + \afterfi should be expandable, because \if...\fi is expandable. + +2.7. \interactionmode (Nov 93, was: \currentinteractionmode) + Add a new count register \interactionmode, which reflects the user + interaction level with the following values: + <= 0 batch_mode + = 1 nonstop_mode + = 2 scroll_mode + >= 3 error_stop_mode + + The commands \batchmode...\errorstopmode, the "options" 'Q', 'R', 'S' + in the interactive error routine and all other TeX internal + interaction level changes (e.g. after an interruption) access this new + register. The level changes in the interactive error routine and the + old commands should always work, even if the symbol \interactionmode is + redefined (this means that the user can redefine \interactionmode, but the + commands \batchmode...\errorstopmode still work). + + Examples: + + \ifnum\interactionmode<1 \AskUser \else \UseDefault \fi + + {\interactionmode=0 % switch to \batchmode + \global\font\test=xyz10 % try to load font + }% % restore former interaction level + % ... now test if font has been loaded + % without error (i.e. != nullfont) + +2.8. \mathspacing (Nov 93) + Add a new count register array \mathspacing with 64 entries (we really + need only 64-8=56 entries, because some of them are never used, but to + simplify things 64 are used) with the following syntax: + + \mathspacing <num1>=<num2> % 0 <= <num1> <= 63 + + The spacing specified in number <num2> is inserted between the two + math atom types specified in number <num1>. The two numbers are coded + as + + <num1> = <left_atom_type> * 8 + <right_atom_type> + <num2> = ( (<display_spacing> * 256 + <text_spacing>) * 256 + + <script_spacing> ) * 256 + <scriptscript_spacing> + + This means that <num1> is easily expressed in octal and <num2> in + hexadecimal notation. + + <..._atom_type> is one of the following seven types: + + 0 ordinary 1 large operator + 2 binary operation 3 relation + 4 opening 5 closing + 6 punctuation 7 delimited subformula + + <..._spacing> can be specified separately for each of the four math + styles (display, text, script and scriptscript) with the following + values: + + 0 no space + 1 thin space (specified by \thinmuskip) + 2 medium space ( -- " -- \medmuskip) + 3 thick space ( -- " -- \thickmuskip) + + 4-255 reserved for other things + (e.g. other spacings and/or additional penalties, + like \relpenalty, \binoppenalty, ...) + + For more information see TeXbook, pp. 170f & Appendix G and TeX--The + Program, \S 764ff. + + Examples: (using TeX's standard spacing) + + Between an `ordinary' (= 0) and a `relation' (= 3) atom a thick + space (= 3) is inserted, but not in script or scriptscript style. + + \mathspacing '03 = "0033 + + Between a large operator (= 1) and an ordinary (= 0) atom a thin + space (= 1) is inserted: + + \mathspacing '10 = "1111 + + Necessary changes for the sketched proposal are very simple to + implement. + The syntax of \mathspacing is awful, but this is true for \mathcode, + \delimitercode, etc.etc., too. + +2.9. \inputescapechar (Nov 93, alternative names were proposed during + discussion) + Use two new internal count registers \inputescapechar and + \outputescapechar to specify the "escape" character to be used for + unprintable characters. + If \inputescapechar is not in [0..255], TeX's behaviour is used, + i.e., two equal characters with category 7 are used as a prefix for a + ~~x notated character, otherwise two characters with code + \inputescapechar are used for this prefix. + If \outputescapechar is not in [0..255], the character `~' is used + when an unprintable character has to be written. + + The default values of these two registers are + \inputescapechar = -1 + \outputescapechar = `~ + to be compatible with TeX's standard behaviour. + +2.10. \middle (Jan 94) + Generalize the syntax of \left<delimiter> <formula> \right<delimiter> + to allow one or more optional \middle delimiters, + \left<delimiter> <formula> \middle<delimiter> <formula> \right<delimiter>. + + The middle delimiter grows to the same height as the left and right ones. + Constructions of this kind are used throughout quantum mechanics (Dirac + notation), e.g. + $$ + \left\langle A \middle% \hat{O} \middle% B \right\rangle + $$ + By default, the \middle element is \mathrel, you can make it + \mathord by embracing it {\middle %}. + + +2.11. \outputunit (Dec 93) + \outputunit unit to be used when e-TeX shows some dimen or glue + value + Usage: \outputunit=<unit of measure> (s. TeXbook p. 270) + Rationale: + + Currently TeX forces the user to think in points when it outputs any + dimen or glue value (e.g. when issueing an overfull hbox warning). + But a program should adapt to the conventions of the user instead the + other way round. The addition of \outputunit whould make TeX much + more user-friendly, since only a few people are thinking in points. + +2.12. \protected (new prefix for macro definitions) (Nov 94) + Analogous to \long, \outer, etc., causes the associated macro to be + non-expanding in contexts where such behaviour is likely to be undesirable + (in particular in \writes and \edefs); an explicit \expandafter \empty + may be used to force expansion in these circumstances. + +2.13. \scantokens (Nov 94) + Allows an existing token-list to be re-input under a different catcode regime + from that under which it was created; as it uses all of TeX's present \input + mechanism, even %%ff notation will be interpreted as if \input. Causes an + `empty filename' to be input, resulting in `( )' appearing in the log file + if \tracingscantokens (q.v.) is strictly greater than zero. If the token + list represents more than one line of input, and if an error occurs, then + \inputlinenumber will reflect the logical input line from the token list + rather than the current input line number from the current file. + +2.14. \deferred (Nov 94) + At the moment, only \writes are deferred; there are cases when it would + be desirable for other things, too, to be expanded only during \shipout, + and \specials are one of these. (See also 2.2.3) + +2.15. \everyeof {<balanced text>} + Provides a hook whereby the contents of a token list register may be + inserted into TeX's reading orifice when end-of-file is encountered + during file reading. Would not be invoked of the file indicated + logical e-o-f through the medium of \endinput. Proposed by Phil + to allow clean processing of file-handling code which requires + a (sequence of characters yielding) \else or fi to be found in a + file, where no such sequence can be guaranteed. + +2.16. \readline <integer> to <cs> (Nov 94) + Allows a single line to be read from an input file as if each character + therein had catcode 12. Intended to be used for verbatim copying + operations, in conjunction with \scantokens, or to allow error-free parsing + of `foreign' (non-TeX) files. + +2.17. \evaluate {<arithmetic expression>} (Nov 94) + Intended for use on the r-h-s of \count, \dimen and \skip assignments, + it would allow the use of infix arithmetic operators such as +, -, * and /; + the type of the result would, in general, be the type of the simplest operand + forming a part of the expression, and the normal semantics of TeX would allow + this to be further coerced where necessary. Parenthesised sub-expressions + would be allowed. + + Additional operations were proposed: trigonometric functions, square + root, pythagorean addition (METAFONT's `++'), angle{<delta_x, delta_y>}. + +2.18. \ifevaluate{<boolean expression>}....\else....\fi (Nov 94) + The boolean expression should allow for the usual operators like + .not., .and., .or., .xor., =, >, <, <=, etc., if feasable it should also + allow the evaluation of arithmetic expressions. Some functions are needed + to get information old TeX \if's know now, I propose the name + \query<whatever> to these functions. + + At the moment I see need for the following \query<whatever> functions: + \queryeof returns `1' if eof, `0' else + \querymode returns `0' in the infamous `no mode' (do we need to + differentiate finer here? + `1' in vertical mode + `2' in restricted vertical mode + `3' in horizontal mode + `4' in restricted horizontal mode + `5' in math mode + `6' in restricted math mode + With \querymode \ifmmode, \ifhmode, \ifvmode, and \ifinner can be emulated. + \querydefined{\cs} `1' if defined, `0' else + \querycsname...\endcsname (ditto) + +2.19. \everyeof {<balanced text>} + Provides a hook whereby the contents of a token list register may be + inserted into TeX's reading orifice when end-of-file is encountered + during file reading. Would not be invoked of the file indicated + logical e-o-f through the medium of \endinput. Proposed by Phil + to allow clean processing of file-handling code which requires + a (sequence of characters yielding) \else or fi to be found in a + file, where no such sequence can be guaranteed. + +2.20. \fancyprompt + allow configuration of the TeX prompt (default `*'), e.g. + *\fancyprompt{eTeX>} + eTeX> + +3. Metaremarks + +3.0. General + Remarks about group efforts vs. one person creating software (Mar 93), + ALGOL 68 as a warning example + +3.1. TeX is not perfect (Jun 92, Jul 92) + The discussion has taken place in June and July 1992. Several details were + worked out, where TeX could be improved. Another point of criticism was + the programming language of TeX in general, several participants prefer a + procedural language over a macro language. + +3.2. In which language shall NTS be written (Mar 93) + In 1992, there was much discussion, in which language an NTS should be + implemented (candidates were LISP, C, and WEB). This has settled in March + 1993 (to PASCAL-WEB), because of the acceptance of the + idea that rather than wait for an ``all-singing, all dancing'' NTS, the + group should develop, in a stepwise manner, small but significant + enhancements to TeX. This implies that the enhancements are implemented as + change files in WEB. + +3.3. The TeX language (Oct/Nov 93) + The TeX language is a simple language in the sense, that it contains only + few concepts. It belongs to the Lisp family. In particular, it's a + list-based macro language with late binding. Actually, that's all one + needs to say to characterize it. + Its data constructs are simpler than in Common Lisp: `token list' is the + only first order type. Glue, boxes, numbers, etc., are engine + concepts; instances of them are described by token lists. + Its lexical analzsis is simpler than CL: One cannot program + it. One can only configure it. + Its control constructs are simpler than in CL: Only macros, no + functions. And the macros are only simple ones, one can't compute + in them. + +3.4. The TeX engine (Oct/Nov 93) + The TeX engine lies below the TeX language. Glue, boxes, numbers, etc. + belong to the TeX engine. The registers of the engine can be changed + by TeX's primitives. However, the latter seem to be quite unregular and + baroque. + +3.5. Extensions and Enhancements (Nov 94) + `Extensions' are basically new primitives which have no effect on the + semantics of existing TeX documents, except insofaras any document which + tests whether such a primitive is, in fact, undefined, will clearly obtain + opposite results under TeX and e-TeX; `enhancements' are more fundamental + changes to the TeX kernel which may affect the semantics of existing TeX + documents even if no new primitive is used or even tested. Such changes + may be, for example, differences in the construction of TeX's internal + lists, or perhaps different hyphenation or ligaturing behaviour. + +4. Deviations + +4.0. General + (empty) + +4.1. Automated Kerning (Oct 92) + Kindersley's "optical kerning": for the purposes of + kerning, each character is replaced by a circle centred on the centre of + gravity of that character; the radius of the circle is determined by the + fourth moment of the character (that is, the fourth root of the sum over + all black pixels of the fourth power of their distance from the centre). On + the UKTUG trip to Kindersley's studio, I tried to extract the reason why + the fourth, as opposed to third or fifth or whatever, moment is used; the + reason is apparently that it "looks right". + + We can construct elaborate schemes for kerning (Kindersley's fourth + moments, FontStudio's (convex?) envelopes, Calamus' eight widths, etc), but + the proof of the typographical pudding is in the eating of the resulting + words, so to speak. + +4.2 About Lout (June 1993) + In June 1993, the new system Basser Lout caused several questions and + suggestions on this list. The following is taken from a short review + of Lout by Bernd Raichle: + + `Lout' is a (yet another) document formatting system, released under + the terms of the GNU General Public License and available on some ftp + servers. + + IMHO it's more like a `troff' (with a better input language and some + newer concepts) than a `TeX'. + + A few citations from the documentation of lout: + + Lout is a high-level language for document formatting, designed and + implemented by the author. The implementation, known as Basser + Lout, is a fully operational production version written in C for the + Unix operating system, which translates Lout source code into + PostScript, a device-independent graphics rendering language + accepted by many high-resolution output devices, including most + laser printers. + [...] + When expert users can implement such applications quickly, + non-experts benefit. Although Lout itself provides only a small + kernel of carefully chosen primitives, + + Lout has 23 primitive operators... missing, for example, the simplest + arithmetical operators (there is only the operator "@Next" which + increases a number by one). + + packages written in Lout and distributed with Basser Lout provide an + unprecedented array of advanced features in a form accessible to + non-expert users. The features include rotation and scaling, fonts, + + These features are mostly based on the output language... Postscript + (if you are looking inside a Lout package, you find large portions of + embedded Postscript code). + + paragraph and page breaking, + + TeX does a better job for these two items, because Lout is missing + most of TeX's paragraph/page breaking parameters. (Note: Lout uses + TeX's hyphenation algorithm and the hyphenation patterns.) + + displays and lists, floating figures and tables, footnotes, chapters + and sections (automatically numbered), running page headers and + footers, odd-even page layouts, automatically generated tables of + contents, sorted indexes and reference lists, bibliographic and + other databases (including databases of formats for printing + references), equations, tables, diagrams, formatting of Pascal + programs, and automatically maintained cross references. + + TeX's math setting abilities are better. Lout uses a package named + `eq' derived from the `eqn' preprocessor used with `troff'. And there + are other packages named `tab' (for tabulars) and `fig' (drawing + figures). + + [...] + Lout is organized around four key concepts -- objects, definitions, + galleys, and cross references -- [...] + + The concept of `galleys' and the "expansion" of recursive defintions + are IMHO the only new concept in Lout: + + `galleys' are a way to describe a page, dividing it in certain regions + which can be filled from different sources (e.g. a footnote galley is + filled with footnote text, etc.). + + Recursive definitions are very simple, e.g. + def @Leaders { .. @Leaders } + defines the command (Lout calls it `object') to "expand" to a `..' and + if there is place for another "expansion" it is called again. + + For example + \hbox to 4in{Chapter 7 \dotfill 53} + is in Lout + 4i @Wide { Chapter 7 @Leaders 53 } + + With this recursive definitions, a whole document is defined as a + @PageList consisting of a @Page and a @PageList with an incremented + @PageNum. A @Page is defined as a set of `galleys' (header, text + body, footnotes, footer), which are also defined as a list of + text/footnotes/... and so on. + + Perhaps others can add more impressions, mine are based on the + documentation coming with the Lout package and some tests done in + 1-2 hours. + +5. Proposed changes to METAFONT + +5.O. General + Most of the General points in the discussion of TeX also apply to METAFONT. + +5.1. Writing to auxiliary files + METAFONT should be able to write to auxiliary files. Desparately needed + for packages which allow to draw figures in METAFONT and label them in TeX + (BoF session at EuroTeX '92, Prague). + + +6. Proposed changes to the tfm file format + +6.1. Vertical kerning (Jun 92) + This may sound exotic to you, but the AFM format can do + it. And I desperately need it for non-Latin alphabets (everytime I need + a character in a ligature raised or lowered, I have to reserve a position + in the font for it). + +6.2. Cross-font ligatures (Jun 92) + Ligatures pointing to other fonts!! Yes, imagine for example that your + 256 chars are full, you could still access characters by ligatures...but + they have to be in the same font. + +7. Proposed changes to the dvi file format + +7.0. General + A longer discussion about colour inclusion into the dvi-file occured in + Oct/Nov 93. The outcome was, that high-quality colour handling is a difficult + and device dependent task, better left to the printer driver. Colour can be + handled by the \special command which is sent directly to the driver. + + On comp.text.tex I saw a remark, that specials may occur on places in the + dvi-file, where TeX can't put them. Maybe eTeX should take care of this + point. + +7.1. Horizontal and Vertical Mirroring (Nov 94) + Allow a glyph to be mirrored in a vertical axis, placed centrally; + mirrored in a horizontal axis, placed at half the x(?)-height. + + It was noted, that the specification of the axes might cause problems. + It was also noted, that several drivers understand specials for the + requested action. + +7.2. Rotation of a glphy by 180 degrees (Nov 94) + This would greatly increase the power of vpl files (e.g. define schwa by + rotating e), and I hope that it would be possible for drivers to implement. + + It was noted, that this is fine, but rotation by 90 degrees cannot be + device independent, because there are printers with rectangular (non-square) + pixels. + +8. Additions to the TeX kit + +8.0. General + The TeX kit, meaning the bundle of programmes building up a complete TeX + installation, contains besides the major programmes TeX and METAFONT + additional programmes, traditionally divided into several groups: + + a) TeXware: dvitype, tftopl, pltotf, pooltype, pktype, patgen, vftovp, + vptovf, (outdated: pxtopk, pktopx) + b) MFware: mft, gftodvi, gftopk, gftype, (outdated: gftopxl) + c) webware: weave, tangle + + And, of course, drivers for the screens and printers. + + Other utility programmes more loosely associated with TeX are indexers + (makeindex, idxtex, glotex, ...) and bibliography tools (bibtex, + bibclean, ...). Makeindex and Bibtex are standard tools, because they + are described in the LaTeX manuals. + + Another group includes drawing programmes (TeXCAD, xfig, gnuplot, ...) to + create graphics to be imported to TeX documents and graphics converters + (ghostscript, xv, bmt2font, ...). + +8.1. dvicopy + Written in WEB by Peter Breitenlohner + Available from CTAN + Resolves all references to virtual fonts in a dvi file. Can be used to + create a dvi file without virtual fonts (e.g. for drivers which cannot + handle vf's). + +8.2. dv2dp and dp2dv + Written in C by Geoffrey Tobin + Available on request from the author + dv2dp makes a human readable file from a dvi file. The companion + programme dp2dv makes a dvi file frome a dvi property list file. + It allows you to change dvi files with a text editor. + +8.3. gftotxt + Written in C by Yannis Haralambous + Available ? + Extracts a certain kind of specials from the gf file into a text file. + Workaround for the famous non-ability of METAFONT to write auxiliary + files. + +8.4. qdtexvpl + Written by Eberhard Mattes + Available from the CTAN archives + Generates a virtual font from TeX macros. qd = quick and dirty. + +8.5. fontinst + Written in TeX by Alan Jeffrey + Available form CTAN + Makes virtual fonts from afm files (PostScript fonts). Used by the LaTeX + team to create virtual fonts and fd files for LaTeX2e. + +8.6. afmtotfm + Written in C by Thomas Rokicki + Available from CTAN (part of dvips distribution) + Makes tfm files from afm files. + +8.7. dvipaste + Part of LAMSTeX (Michael Spivak) + Allows to paste a dvi-file into another one. + +8.8. METAPOST + Written in Web by John Hobby + Now freely available from the CTAN + A tool to build graphics to be included in TeX documents, uses a METAFONT + style language. + +8.9. Tie + Written by Klaus Gunthermann + Available from CTAN + Allows to process multiple change files to a given Web source. A tool + of this kind is needed to build any eTeX distribution, since one has + tex.web, etex.ch, tex.ch-system, and etex.ch-system files to deal with. + +8.10. dvi2dvi + Available from CTAN + Postprocessor for dvi files, allowing e.g. 2-up or 4-up layout of full + pages. + +9. Existing extensions to TeX + +9.0 General + Here I include short description of existing extensions to TeX. This section + does not include commercial TeX implementations because of lack of solid + enough information on them. It also does not yet include ETeX, NTS, nor + Omega. + +9.1. TeX-XeT (Don Knuth and Pierre MacKay) + CTAN: tex-archive/systems/knuth + Adds new primitives \beginR, \endR, \beginL, and \endL for right to left + typesetting. Despite their names, the new primitives are insensitive to + TeX's grouping mechanism. Outputs a special file in dvi-ivd format, which + need be resolved by another programme or requires special drivers. + +9.2. TeX--XeT (Peter Breitenlohner) + Available from CTAN tex-archive/systems/knuth/tex--xet + Implements the same primitives as TeX-XeT, but outputs a normal dvi file. + Passes the trip test (as far as I know). + +9.3. MLTeX (Michael Ferguson) + Available from aldebaran.ee.mcgill.ca in pub/mltex + Adds a primitive \charsubdef, which allows the following: input of 8-bit + characters, participation of accented characters not present in the output + encoding in hyphenation, ligatures and kerning with accented letters. + Especially popular in francophone countries. + emTeX supports MLTeX via the /ml option. + +9.4. SiSiSi (Wilhelm Barth, Heinrich Nirschl, Heini Hofstaedter und Harald + Mueller) + Available from CTAN: tex-archive/systems/vms (sic!) + Implements another hyphenation algorithm (the name means SIchere + SInnentsprechende SIlbentrennung, which is translated `secure sensitive + hyphenation') specific to the german language (with Haupt- und + Nebentrennstellen). Fails the trip test, therefore not a legitimate TeX. + In use at TU Wien (Austria). + +9.5. Japanese TeX + [in preparation] + +The End. diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/README-Books b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/README-Books new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5a8c780047e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/README-Books @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +$Id: //depot/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/README-Books#1 $ $Date: 2004/10/28 $ $Author: karl $ + +Bibliography entries for the various published books here. +The files here contain examples only, not the full text of the books, +with the exception of "Making TeX Work" and "TeX for the Impatient". + +BiBTeX entries taken from ./texmf/bibtex/bib/beebe/texbook3.bib. + +The complete sources to the following books are available on the web +(under varying licensing conditions, precluding republishing except +where noted). + + The TeXbook, by Donald Knuth + http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/knuth/tex/texbook.tex + (source only) + + The Metafontbook, by Donald Knuth + http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/knuth/mf/mfbook.tex + (source only) + + TeX by Topic, A TeXnician's reference, by Victor Eijkhout + http://www.eijkhout.net/tbt/ + (pdf only) + + TeX for the Impatient, by Paul Abrahams, Kathryn Hargreaves, Karl Berry + ftp://tug.org/tex/impatient/ + (freely available under the GNU Free Documentation License) + + Making TeX Work, by Norman Walsh + http://makingtexwork.sourceforge.net/mtw/ + (freely available under the GNU Free Documentation License) + +For a list of tutorials, references, and other assorted items available +on the web, see http://tug.org/interest.html. + + + +@Book{Mittelbach:2004:LC, + author = "Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens and Johannes + Braams and David Carlisle and Chris Rowley", + title = "The {\LaTeX} Companion", + publisher = pub-AW, + address = pub-AW:adr, + edition = "Second", + pages = "????", + year = "2004", + ISBN = "0-201-36299-6", + LCCN = "Z253.4.L38 G66 2004", + bibdate = "Sat Apr 10 14:19:47 2004", + series = "Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, +} + +@Book{Kopka:2003:GLD, + author = "Helmut Kopka and Patrick W. Daly", + title = "A Guide to {\LaTeXe}: Document Preparation for + Beginners and Advanced Users", + publisher = pub-AW, + address = pub-AW:adr, + edition = "Fourth", + year = "2003", +} + +@Book{Kopka:1994:LBE, + author = "Helmut Kopka", + title = "{\LaTeX} Band 1: Einf{\"u}hrung", + publisher = pub-AWV, + address = pub-AWV:adr, + pages = "xix + 428", + year = "1994", + ISBN = "3-89319-664-1", + bibdate = "Tue Mar 1 14:25:32 MET 1994", + note = "Replaces the old series of two volumes.", + acknowledgement = ack-rz, +} + +@Book{Goossens:1997:LGC, + author = "Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahtz and Frank + Mittelbach", + title = "The {\LaTeX} Graphics Companion: Illustrating + Documents with {\TeX} and {PostScript}", + publisher = pub-AW, + address = pub-AW:adr, + pages = "xxi + 554", + year = "1997", + ISBN = "0-201-85469-4", + LCCN = "Z253.4.L38G663 1997", + bibdate = "Fri Jul 11 07:51:47 1997", + price = "US\$39.75", + series = "Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + keywords = "LaTeX (Computer file); Computerized typesetting.; + PostScript (Computer program language); Scientific + illustration -- Computer programs.; Mathematics + printing -- Computer programs.; Technical publishing -- + Computer programs.", +} + +@Book{Goossens:1999:LWC, + author = "Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahtz", + title = "The {\LaTeX} {Web} companion: integrating {\TeX}, + {HTML}, and {XML}", + publisher = pub-AW-LONGMAN, + address = pub-AW-LONGMAN:adr, + pages = "xxii + 522", + year = "1999", + ISBN = "0-201-43311-7", + LCCN = "QA76.76.H94G66 1999", + bibdate = "Thu Jun 03 09:32:08 1999", + note = "With Eitan M. Gurari and Ross Moore and Robert S. + Sutor.", + price = "US\$36.95", + series = "Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, +} + +@Book{Walsh:1994:MTW, + author = "Norman Walsh", + title = "Making {\TeX} Work", + publisher = pub-ORA, + address = pub-ORA:adr, + pages = "xxxvi + 483", + year = "1994", + ISBN = "1-56592-051-1", + bibdate = "Thu May 12 08:24:59 1994", + price = "US\$29.95", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, +} + +@Book{Graetzer:2000:ML, + author = "George Gr{\"a}tzer", + title = "Math into {\LaTeX}", + publisher = pub-BIRKHAUSER # " and " # pub-SV, + address = pub-BIRKHAUSER:adr # " and " # pub-SV:adr, + edition = "Third", + pages = "xxv + 584", + year = "2000", + ISBN = "0-8176-4131-9, 3-7643-4131-9", + LCCN = "Z253.4.L38 G745 2000", + bibdate = "Thu Aug 23 10:53:02 2001", + price = "US\$49.95", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + keywords = "AMS-LaTeX; AMS-LaTeX (Ficher d'ordinateur); + Mathematics printing -- Computer programs; Computerized + typesetting; Mathematiques -- Impression -- Logiciels; + Composition automatique (Industries graphiques)", +} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/TeX-index b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/TeX-index new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ffef9e88d34 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/TeX-index @@ -0,0 +1,11553 @@ +======================================================================= + @ASCII-file{ + filename = "TeX-index", + version = "1.06", + date = "22 December 1992", + time = "18:29:27 EST", + author = "David M. Jones", + address = "MIT Laboratory for Computer Science + Room NE43-316 + 545 Technology Square + Cambridge, MA 02139 + USA", + telephone = "(617) 253-5936", + FAX = "(617) 253-3480", + checksum = "10254 11553 46236 367136", + email = "dmjones@theory.lcs.mit.edu (Internet)", + codetable = "ISO/ASCII", + keywords = "TeX, LaTeX, AMS-TeX, AMS-LaTeX, etc., macros", + supported = "yes", + docstring = "This is a catalogue of TeX macros. The most recent + version is always available from theory.lcs.mit.edu in + the directory pub/tex/tex-styles-and-macros.txt. + + Copies can also be obtained from the following + locations: + + ftp.tex.ac.uk:pub/archive/help/tex-styles-and-macros.txt + ftp.th-darmstadt.de: + pub/tex/documentation/tex-styles-and-macros.txt[.Z] + ftp.uni-stuttgart.de:/soft/tex/documentation/TeX-index + ftp.SHSU.edu:[fileserv.tex-index]tex.index + ymir.claremont.edu:[anonymous.tex.documentation]tex-index.txt + + ftp.cs.ruu.nl:pub/TEX/DOC/TeX-index.Z + ftp.math.utah.edu:pub/tex/tex-index + ftp.diku.dk:pub/TeX/misc/TeX-Index.Z + + The Catalogue is also available on SPAN at node 39003 in + 39003::$1$dia1:[tex]0000tex-index + + The checksum field above contains a CRC-16 checksum as + the first value, followed by the equivalent of the + standard UNIX wc (word count) utility output of lines, + words, and characters. This is produced by Robert + Solovay's checksum utility.", + } +======================================================================== + A CATALOGUE OF TEX MACROS + +INTRODUCTION + +This is a catalogue of TeX macros. Its scope includes all macros that +are available via anonymous ftp or mail-server or some similar +mechanism. Commercial packages will be included only if a full +Catalogue entry is supplied to me by the vendor. + +In this, its first incarnation, the Catalogue is heavily slanted towards +the ymir and SHSU archives, in the sense that most of the entries have +been drawn from the packages at those sites. Although I have included a +significant amount of material from the Stuttgart archive, I've fallen +far short of exhausting its wealth of macros, and the excellent Aston +archive is hardly represented at all. I hope to remedy both of these +shortcomings in the near future. + +In addition to the archives just mentioned, a number of smaller, more +specialized archives are also represented. For example, e-math.ams.com +is the home of all the official AMS macro packages, including AMS-TeX, +AMS-LaTeX and the AMSFonts package. Similarly, dhdspri6.bitnet is the +home of all official Springer-Verlag macros. + +Since the Catalogue is devoted to macros, fonts and special-purpose +programs are mentioned only when they are necessary to explain the +purpose of a set of macros. For a list of fonts, I recommend Liam R. E. +Quin's list of metafonts [1]. For a list of TeX implementations and +other programs, see Bobby Bodenheimer's frequently-asked questions list +[2] and Guoying Chen's supplement [3]. + +Each entry is divided into a number of fields, with the following +functions: + +Name: The name of the macro package, usually the same as the name of the + file containing it. + +Description: A short (usually 1-3 line) description of what the package + does. + +Keywords: A list of keywords to facilitate searching for special-purpose + macros, as well as to help describe the macros. A glossary of + keywords can be found at the end of the file. + +Archives: A list of archives where the package can be found. Whenever + known, the primary distribution site is marked with an asterisk. + This list is not meant to be comprehensive. Instead, priority is + given to the ymir, Aston, SHSU, Stuttgart and Utrecht archives. + When the archive is well-known and has a significant collection of + macros, I refer to it by an abbreviated name and give complete + information about the archive in the "List of TeX Archives" at the + end of the Catalogue. In many cases, however, an ftp site serves as + the home of only one package, in which case I include the full name + of the archive in the "Archives" field and don't include a full + listing for it below. + +Author: The name and address (preferably electronic) of the author of + the package. All email addresses, including JANET addresses, have + been normalized to little-endian order. + +Bugs to: The address where bug reports should be sent, if this is + different from the address(es) listed in the Author field. + Currently (version 1.06 of the TeX Macro Index), this is only used + for files in the standard LaTeX distribution. These files are being + maintained by Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch\"opf, but all bug + reports should be sent to latex-help@cs.stanford.edu. + +Latest Version: The date and/or version number of the latest release of + the package. + +Supported: Whether or not the package is supported, that is, whether the + author wants to receive bug reports and/or comments on the package. + Note that in most cases the author of a "supported" package does not + promise to fix bugs or answer questions about the package. The only + promise is that the author won't get mad if you send a bug report. + In addition, it means that the author would like to hear about any + improvements or additions to the macros. In fact, some authors only + want to hear about improvements: they will accept bug fixes but will + not necessarily answer bug reports. + +See also: A list of other packages with similar features. + +Note: Any additional information which seems pertinent. + +Needless to say, the Catalogue is bound to contain numerous small errors +and omissions and, most likely, not a few large ones. I've tried to +indicate some of the larger gaps that I am aware of, and I'll be working +to close these gaps as time permits. However, I would appreciate +hearing about any errors or omissions in the information below. I would +especially appreciate it if authors of macros would send me full entries +for their packages. I'll continue creating entries on my own, but the +task will be greatly simplified if I receive ready-made entries, rather +than having to retrieve the files and process them by myself. I'll +attempt to answer all mail sent to me, but please keep in mind that it +might take me some time to do so. + +Whenever possible, I asked the authors these packages to verify the +information listed. I'm grateful to those who responded. In a few +cases I didn't have time to follow up on the information that authors +supplied me, but, again, I'll do this as soon as time permits. + +I'd like to thank the following people for reading a preliminary version +of the Catalogue and commenting on it: + +Ravinder Bhumbla +David Carlisle +Steve Fisk +Graham O'Neil +Eric Schenk +Dave Steiner +Dominik Wujastyk + +They provided me with numerous helpful comments and suggestions. +Unfortunately, lack of time once again prevented me from implementing +all of their ideas for this first release of the Catalogue, but I will +be working on them for future versions of the Catalogue. + +My thanks also goes out to George Greenwade and Nelson Beebe for helping +me get connected to the community of TeX archivers and for answering +numerous questions. + +Finally, I extend my special thanks to Barbara Beeton for her constant +support and encouragement. Without her always gentle nudges, this +project would probably have become moribund on a number of occasions. + +David. + +REFERENCES + +[1] Complete list of all metafont-format fonts in the world. Liam R. +E. Quin <lee@sq.sq.com>. Posted bi-monthly to comp.text.tex and +comp.fonts. + +[2] TeX, LaTeX, etc.: Frequently Asked Questions with Answers [Monthly]. +Bobby Bodenheimer. Posted monthly to comp.text.tex. Also available on +most of the major TeX archives. + +[3] Supplement to the Frequently Asked Questions. Guoying Chen. Posted +monthly to comp.text.tex. Also available by anonymous ftp from +cs.nyu.edu (128.122.140.24) in the pub/tex/tex.supplement. + +=========================================================================== +The Catalogue is divided into a rough hierarchy based on macro package. +I hope to refine the division in the future, but for now here is the +list of headings: + +%%Section 1: AMS-TEX +%%Section 1.1: Standard Distribution +%%Section 1.2: Other AMS-TeX Files +%%Section 1.2.1: AMS-TeX document styles +%%Section 1.2.2: Other AMS-TeX files +%%Section 2: AMS-LATEX +%%Section 3: EPLAIN +%%Section 4: FOILTEX +%%Section 4.1: Standard Distribution +%%Section 4.2: Other FoilTeX Files +%%Section 5: INRSTEX +%%Section 6: LATEX +%%Section 6.1: Standard Distribution +%%Section 6.1.1: Document styles +%%Section 6.1.2: Document-style options +%%Section 6.1.3: Other +%%Section 6.2: The Mainz LaTeX Files +%%Section 6.2.1: The New Font Selection Scheme +%%Section 6.2.2: Other Mainz files +%%Section 6.2.3: Mainz-compatible macros +%%Section 6.4: The BABEL project +%%Section 6.5: REVTeX +%%Section 6.6: LaTeX Document Styles +%%Section 6.7: LaTeX Document-style Options +%%Section 6.8: Other +%%Section 7: LAMS-TEX +%%Section 8: PLAIN TEX +%%Section 8.1: The New Font Selection Scheme for plain TeX +%%Section 8.2: Newsletter Macros +%%Section 8.3: ScriptTeX +%%Section 9: SLITEX +%%Section 9.1: Standard Distribution +%%Section 9.2: Other SliTeX Files +%%Section 10: PHYSE +%%Section 11: PHYZZX +%%Section 12: TEXT1 +%%Section 13: TEXSIS +%%Section 14: YTEX +%%Section 15: GENERIC MACROS +%%Section 15.1: Midnight Macros +%%Section 15.2: PicTeX +%%Section 16: HEBREW TEX +%%Section 17: HYPHENATION PATTERNS +%%Section 18: BIBTEX STYLES +%%Section 19: OTHER + +LIST OF TEX ARCHIVES + +GLOSSARY OF KEYWORDS + +APPENDIX: CONVERTING THE CATALOGUE TO A MORE STANDARD DATABASE FORMAT + +COMING ATTRACTIONS +*************************************************************************** + +%%Section 1: AMS-TEX + +%%Section 1.1: Standard Distribution + +Name: amstex.tex +Description: AMS-TeX is the American Mathematical Society's macros for + simplifying the typesetting of complex mathematical material. + AMS-TeX is meant to be used with plain TeX. For corresponding + support for LaTeX, see AMS-LaTeX. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, math +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1, 5 Apr 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart +Note: The AMS-TeX distribution includes a readme file, a user's guide + (amsguide.tex) and installation notes (amstinst.tex). +See also: AMS-LaTeX + +Name: amsppt.sty (.doc) +Description: AMS-TeX article preprint document style. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, journal, article, publisher style +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1a, 22 Jan 1992 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart +See also: amsppt1.tex + +Name: amsppt1.tex +Description: AMS-TeX conversion file to provide compatibility between + amsppt.sty version 1 and amsppt.sty version 2. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsppt +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1b, 2 Aug 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart +See also: amsppt.sty + +Name: amssym.tex +Description: Defines names for all the math symbols in the AMS symbol + fonts (msam and msbm). If not used with AMS-TeX, amssym.tex must be + used with amssym.def (q.v.). +Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsfonts, mathfonts +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1, 31 May 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart +See also: amssym.def, msam.sty, msbm.sty, amssymbols.sty, amssymbl.sty, + amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty + + +%%Section 1.2: Other AMS-TeX Files + +%%Section 1.2.1: AMS-TeX document styles + +Name: amamult.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag AMS-TeX macros for typesetting + multi-author mathematics books. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, book, + multi-author, mathematics +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Jun 1991 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, amamult.doc, an + example file, amamult.dem, and a readme file. +See also: lmamult.sty, mathmult.cmm, mathsing.cmm, mathsing.sty + +Name: amstexsiam.sty +Description: Unofficial AMS-TeX document style for producing papers for + SIAM journals. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, SIAM, journal, article +Author: Bradley J. Lucier <lucier@cs.purdue.edu> and Douglas N. Arnold + <dna@emmy.umd.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.1, 31 Jan 1990 +Archives: research.att.com [192.20.225.2]* (in netlib/typesetting/amstex) +Note: The amstexsiam package includes a documentation file (siamdoc.tex) + and a sample file (sample.tex). This package does not work with + version 2.0 of AMS-TeX. +See also: siam.sty + +Name: imappt.sty +Description: AMS-TeX document style used by the Institute of Mathematics + and its Applications for typesetting its preprints. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, article, publisher style +Author: Bradley J. Lucier <lucier@cs.purdue.edu> and Douglas N. Arnold + <dna@emmy.umd.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.2 +Archives: research.att.com [192.20.225.2]* +Note: The imappt package includes a documentation file (imapptdoc.tex) + and a sample file (sample.tex). This package does not work with + version 2.0 of AMS-TeX??? + +Name: jfpppt.sty +Description: AMS-TeX 2.1 document style which extends amsppt.sty to + mimic the style of The Journal of Functional Programming (JFP). +Keywords: AMS-TeX, journal, article, publisher style, amsppt +Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1, 22 Mar 1992 +Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc] + +Name: jnsams.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag AMS-TeX macros for typesetting + articles for the Journal of Nonlinear Science. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + journal +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 16 July 1990 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, jnsa.doc, an example + file, jnsa.dem, and a readme file. +See also: jns.sty, jns.cmm + +Name: lncs.sty +Description: AMS-TeX 2.1 document style for submissions to + Springer-Verlag's Lecture Notes in Computer Science series. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, Springer-Verlag, LNCS, article, publisher style, + camera-ready +Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1.25, 25 Jan 1992 [beta] +Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc] + +Name: osudeG.sty +Description: Macros for formatting proceedings volumes of the Ohio + State University Math Research Institute series. Unlimited + distribution with few provisos. Provides editorial facilities + (for proofing), good pagebreaks near headings, quality typography + with Adobe Type1 fonts, sophisticated mathsurround. For Plain TeX + and AMS-TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX +Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr> with numerous + contributions by Walter.D. Neumann. +Supported: yes +First Version: 1990 +Latest Version: July 1992 +Note: Includes user guide and several auxiliary files. +Archives: shape.mps.ohio-state.edu* [128.146.7.200], matups.matups.fr* + [192.54.146.4] + + +%%Section 1.2.2: Other AMS-TeX files + +Name: pptfixes.tex +Description: Bug fixes for the AMS-TeX 2.1 amsppt style. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsppt +Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> +Supported: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> +Latest Version: v1.23, 22 Jan 1992 +Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*] + +Name: review.sty +Description: A set of macros for TeXing Mathematical Reviews text files. +Keywords: AMS-TeX +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: xfixed.tex +Description: Fixed/verbatim format for AMS-TeX. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, verbatim +Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1.25 28 Jan 1992 [beta] +Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*] + +Name: xppt.sty +Description: Extensions to the AMS-TeX document style amsppt.sty. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsppt +Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 1992 +Archives: aston +Note: Obsolete: Superseded by xppt.tex (q.v.) + +Name: xppt.tex +Description: Extensions to the AMS-TeX 2.1 amsppt style and compatible + styles: supports automatic table of contents, cross references, + BibTeX bibliographies, and automatic numbering of sections, theorems + and captions. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsppt +Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1.25 28 Jan 1992 +Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*] + + +%%Section 2: AMS-LATEX + +Name: AMS-LaTeX +Description: AMS-LaTeX is a synthesis of the LaTeX macro package and the + AMS-TeX macro package which combines the document structure of LaTeX + with the sophisticated math typesetting capabilities of AMS-TeX. It + is implemented as a set of document styles and style options for + LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-TeX, AMS-LaTeX, NFSS +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu +Note: The AMS-LaTeX distribution includes a user's guide (amslatex.tex), + and two sets of test files (testbook.tex and testart.tex). +See also: AMS-TeX + +Name: amsart.sty +Description: AMS-LaTeX document style for papers submitted to AMS + journals. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, article, journal, NFSS, publisher style +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1b, 31 Jul 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu + +Name: amsbook.sty +Description: AMS-LaTeX document style for books submitted to the AMS. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, book, NFSS, publisher style +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1b, 2 Aug 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu + +Name: amsbsy.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing bold math + symbols, either by using the appropriate bold math font or by + simulating them with a "poor man's bold" macro. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, bold symbol, math symbol, pmb, NFSS +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu +Note: amsbsy.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty + +Name: amscd.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that adapts the commutative + diagram macros of AMS-TeX for use in LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, commutative diagrams +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu +Note: amscd.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty + +Name: amsfonts.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides access to the + AMS math fonts (msam, msbm and eufm), but doesn't actually define + control sequences for all the individual characters (see + amssymb.sty). +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, amsfonts, msam, msbm, eufm, blackboard bold, + NFSS +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1a, 3 Sep 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu +Note: amsfonts.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty +See also: amssymb.sty + +Name: amssymb.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines names for all the + symbols in the AMS math fonts (msam and msbm). +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, math symbol, amsfonts, msam, msbm, NFSS +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu +Note: amssymb.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty +See also: amsfonts.sty + +Name: amstex.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which adapts most of the + mathematical macros of AMS-TeX for use with LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, AMS-TeX, math, NFSS +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu + +Name: amstext.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the AMS-LaTeX + \text command, which makes it easy to incorporate fragments of text + inside a displayed equation or a sub or superscript. Font sizes are + automatically scaled in sub/superscripts. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu +Note: amstext.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty + +Name: ctagsplt.sty +Description: AMS-LaTeX document-style option that allows the position of + equation numbers for the [AMS-TeX] `split' environment to be changed + from top left (or bottom right if the `righttag' option is in use) + to vertically centered on the total height of the split equation. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, equation number +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu + +Name: intlim.sty +Description: AMS-LaTeX option which changes the placement of `limits' on + integrals from `on the right side' to `above and below'. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, integral, limits +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu + +Name: nonamelm.sty +Description: AMS-LaTeX document-style option which switches sub and + superscripts for `operator names' from `above and below' to the + right side in a displayed equation. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, operatorname +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu + +Name: nosumlim.sty +Description: AMS-LaTeX document-style option which changes the placement + of limits for sums and other cumulative operators from above and + below to on the side. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, summation, sum, limits +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu + +Name: righttag.sty +Description: AMS-LaTeX document-style option which changes the placement + of equation numbers from the left margin to the right margin. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, equation number +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu + + +%%Section 3: EPLAIN + +Name: eplain.tex +Description: Macros to expand and extend the plain TeX macros by adding + support for bibliographies, tables of contents, enumerated lists, + verbatim input of files, numbered equations, tables, two-column + output, footnotes and commutative diagrams. +Keywords: plain TeX, bibliography, BibTeX, lists, verbatim, TOC, xrefs, + autonumbering, table, multi-column, footnotes, two-column +Author: Karl Berry et al. <karl@cs.umb.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1, 25 March 1992 +Archives: umb* [pub/tex/eplain], ymir, stuttgart, utrecht, shsu +Note: eplain comes with extensive documentation and example files. +See also: btxmac.tex + +Name: arrow.tex +Description: Macros for arrow theoretic diagrams. +Keywords: plain TeX, eplain +Author: Steven T. Smith <smith@hrl.harvard.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.0, 20 Jan 1992 +Archives: umb* + +Name: Card.tex +Description: Macros for creating greeting cards in TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, eplain, card, dvips, rotate +Author: William McKeehan <mckeehan@utkux1.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0 +Archives: mathsun17.math.utk.edu:/pub/tex/card.tex* [128.169.200.117] +Note: Requires eplain.tex (q.v.), rotate.tex (q.v.) and dvips. + + +%%Section 4: FOILTEX + +Name: FoilTeX +Description: FoilTeX is a LaTeX-like macro package (and misc. other + files) for making transparencies (foils, slides, etc.). It is + fundamentally similar to SliTeX but has some major structural + differences. +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips, slides +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0.1, 25 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +Note: Package includes a readme file (README.flt), a user's manual + (foildoc.tex (q.v.)), and sample file (sampfoil.tex (q.v.)). +See also: colordvi.tex, blackdvi.tex + +%%Section 4.1: Standard Distribution + +Name: fltplain.tex +Description: Primary file for building the FoilTeX format fltplain.fmt. +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips, fmt, slides +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0.1, 25 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX + +Name: fltfonts.tex +Description: Font selection for building the FoilTeX format + fltplain.fmt. +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips, fonts. OFSS +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX + +Name: foils.sty +Description: Main document style for use with the FoilTeX format + fltplain.fmt. +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0.1, 25 Aug 92 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX, foil17.sty, foil20.sty, foil25.sty, foil30.sty + +Name: foil17.sty +Description: 17 point document-style option for use with foils.sty + (q.v.). +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX, foils.sty, foil20.sty, foil25.sty, foil30.sty + +Name: foil20.sty +Description: 20 point document-style option for use with foils.sty + (q.v.). +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX, foils.sty, foil17.sty, foil25.sty, foil30.sty + +Name: foil25.sty +Description: 25 point document-style option for use with foils.sty + (q.v.). +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX, foils.sty, foil17.sty, foil20.sty, foil30.sty + +Name: foil30.sty +Description: 30 point document-style option for use with foils.sty + (q.v.). +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX, foils.sty, foil17.sty, foil20.sty, foil25.sty + +Name: foildoc.tex +Description: Documentation for FoilTeX in LaTeX form. +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX + +Name: foilfont.tex +Description: Simple file to test font availability for using FoilTeX. +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX + +Name: sampfoil.tex +Description: Large sample file for FoilTeX. +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX, foil*.sty, colordvi.[tex,sty] (in this section) + +%%Section 4.2: Other FoilTeX Files + +Name: PSFonts.sty +Description: Document style option for using PostScript fonts in FoilTeX + and LaTeX under the Old Font Selection Scheme with dvips. +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips, PostScript, OFSS +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX +Note: These are revisions of the files by the same names as included + with Rokicki's dvips program. The are completely compatible with + Rokicki's versions in LaTeX with the old font selection scheme. Use + these version if you get FoilTeX and only if your LaTeX uses the + OFSS. Not compatible with NFSS in LaTeX. The files in this part of + the package include psfonts.sty, avantgarde.sty, bookman.sty, + chancery.sty, helvetica.sty, ncs.sty, palatino.sty, times.sty. + +Name: amssymbl.sty +Description: For using AMS-TeX fonts msam, msbm and eufm in FoilTeX or + LaTeX with the Old Font Selection Scheme. +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, AMS-TeX, msam, msbm, eufm, OFSS +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX, amssym.def, amssym.tex, msam.sty, msbm.sty, + amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty +Note: Use this file if you get FoilTeX and only if your LaTeX uses the + OFSS. Not compatible with NFSS in LaTeX (also not necessary since + LaTeX-NFSS can use other files for the same purpose). + + +%%Section 5: INRSTEX + +Name: inrstex.tex +Description: INRSTeX is a complete document preparation package, + including graphics for document preparation. It was designed from + the beginning for use in a bilingual (French/English) environment. +Keywords: plain TeX, inrstex, EPSF, graphics, French +Author: Michael Ferguson <mike@inrs-telecom.uquebec.ca>, (514) 765-7834 +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Aug 1991 +Archives: aldebaran.insl.mcgill.ca* [132.206.94.5], shsu + /pub/inrstex/pc directory for the pc and + /pub/inrstex/unix for the unix version. + + +%%Section 6: LATEX + +%%Section 6.1: Standard Distribution + +%%Section 6.1.1: Document styles + +Name: article.sty (.doc) +Description: Standard LaTeX document style for typesetting articles. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and R. + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +Note: The original version was written by Leslie Lamport. +See also: art10.sty, art11.sty, art12.sty, artikel1.sty, artikel2.sty, + artikel3.sty + +Name: book.sty (.doc) +Description: Standard LaTeX document style for typesetting books. +Keywords: LaTeX, book +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 92 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +See also: bk10.sty, bk11.sty, bk12.sty, boek.sty + +Name: letter.sty (.doc) +Description: Standard LaTeX document style for typesetting letters. +Keywords: LaTeX, letter +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 25 Mar 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +See also: brief.sty + +Name: report.sty (.doc) +Description: Standard LaTeX document style for typesetting reports. +Keywords: LaTeX, report +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +See also: rep10.sty, rep11.sty, rep12.sty, rapport1.sty, rapport3.sty + + +%%Section 6.1.2: Document-style options + +Name: art10.sty (.doc) +Description: 10 point document-style option for standard LaTeX article + style. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +See also: article.sty, art11.sty, art12.sty + +Name: art11.sty (.doc) +Description: 11 point document-style option for standard LaTeX article + style. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +See also: article.sty, art10.sty, art12.sty + +Name: art12.sty (.doc) +Description: 12 point document-style option for standard LaTeX article + style. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +See also: article.sty, art10.sty, art11.sty + +Name: bezier.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX picture environment macro for plotting quadratic + Bezier curves. +Keywords: LaTeX, graphics, Bezier +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 17 Dec 85 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: bk10.sty (.doc) +Description: 10 point style option for standard LaTeX book style. +Keywords: LaTeX, book +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +See also: book.sty, bk11.sty, bk12.sty + +Name: bk11.sty (.doc) +Description: 11 point style option for standard LaTeX book style. +Keywords: LaTeX, book +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +See also: book.sty, bk10.sty, bk12.sty + +Name: bk12.sty (.doc) +Description: 12 point style option for standard LaTeX book style. +Keywords: LaTeX, book +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +See also: book.sty, bk10.sty, bk11.sty + +Name: fleqn.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option for making displayed math + environments flush left. +Keywords: LaTeX, math, flushleft +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 4 Nov 1991 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: ifthen.sty (.doc) +Description: Defines an \ifthenelse macro for LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 16 Jun 1991 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: leqno.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option to cause displayed equation + labels appear on the left. +Keywords: LaTeX, math +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 29 Sep 1991 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: makeidx.sty (.doc) +Description: Defines \see and \printindex commands for producing an + index with LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, index +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 21 Oct 1991 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: openbib.sty (.doc) +Description: Produces the "open" bibliography style, in which each block + of a bibliography entry starts on a new line, and succeeding lines + in a block are indented by \bibindent. +Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: proc.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option to be used with article.sty to + produce camera-ready conference proceedings. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 26 Feb 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: rep10.sty (.doc) +Description: 10 point style option for standard LaTeX report style. +Keywords: LaTeX, report +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +See also: report.sty, rep11.sty, rep12.sty + +Name: rep11.sty (.doc) +Description: 11 point style option for standard LaTeX report style. +Keywords: LaTeX, report +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +See also: report.sty, rep10.sty, rep12.sty + +Name: rep12.sty (.doc) +Description: 12 point style option for standard LaTeX report style. +Keywords: LaTeX, report +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +See also: report.sty, rep10.sty, rep11.sty + +Name: showidx.sty (.doc) +Description: Prints \index entries in outer margin. For use with book or + report style. +Keywords: LaTeX, index +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 16 Jun 1991 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: titlepag.sty (.doc) +Description: Causes the \maketitle command and the abstract environment + each to produce a separate page. For use with the article document + style only. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, titlepage +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 16 Jun 1991 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: twocolum.sty (.doc) +Description: Produces two-column pages in LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, multi-column, two-column +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 27 Jan 1985 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + + +%%Section 6.1.3: Other + +Name: addendum.tex +Description: Errata and additions to the LaTeX manual. Includes all + errors and omissions reported by 31 October 1991. +Keywords: LaTeX, manual +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 31 Oct 1990 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: idx.tex +Description: A LaTeX input file for printing .IDX files. +Keywords: LaTeX, index +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 22 Jan 1985 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: lablst.tex +Description: A LaTeX input file for printing label definitions. +Keywords: LaTeX, xrefs +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 24 Nov 1984 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: latex.tex +Description: The main body of LaTeX macros. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.09, 25 Mar 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: lfonts.tex +Description: The Old Font Selection Scheme for LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 25 Nov 1991 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: lplain.tex +Description: A modified version of plain.tex for use with LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 25 Mar 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: tryfonts.tex +Description: A LaTeX input file for trying out fonts in various sizes. +Keywords: LaTeX, fonts +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 11 Nov 1986 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + + +%%Section 6.2: The Mainz LaTeX Files + +%%Section 6.2.1: The New Font Selection Scheme + +Name: New Font Selection Scheme (NFSS) +Description: The NFSS is an improved font selection scheme for LaTeX and + plain TeX (see plainfsl.tex). It implements a scheme that allows + changing the family, series, shape and size of the fonts + independently. It also vastly simplifies the task of adding support + for a new font. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, NFSS, font +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.3f, 7 Sep 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, aston, utrecht, shsu +Note: The basic macros for the NFSS are found in the files lfonts.new, + basefont.tex, fontdef.max, fontdef.ori, preload.med, preload.min and + preload.ori. Documentation and installation notes are provided in + the files readme.mz, readme.mz3, nfss.bug, nfss.tex, nfssinst.tex + and nfssprob.tex. The New Font Selection Scheme and the LaTeX + interface were described in a pair of TUGboat articles: "A new font + selection scheme for TeX macro packages---the basic macros" by Frank + Mittelbach and Rainer Sch\"opf, TUGboat 10(2): 222--238, July 1989, + and "Reprint: The new font family selection---User interface to + standard LaTeX" by Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch{\"{o}}pf, TUGboat + 11(2): 297--305, June 1990. + +Name: concrete.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX style for for accessing the Concrete Roman fonts used + in "Concrete Mathematics" by Ronald Graham, Donald E. Knuth and Oren + Patashnik. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0h, 20 Jun 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, shsu + +Name: dclfont.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for using the DC fonts under + the New Font Selection Scheme. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, EC/DC +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.4b, 20 Aug 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, aston + +Name: euscript.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option for using the Euler script + fonts (eusm and eusb). +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, amsfonts +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0g, 20 Jun 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, shsu + +Name: excale.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option that implements scaling of the + math extension font `cmex' under the New Font Selection Scheme. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, math, cmex +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0c, 20 Jun 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, shsu + +Name: lfonts.new +Description: The basic macros for the New Font Selection Scheme for + LaTeX. This is a replacement for lfonts.tex. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.3f, 7 Sep 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu + +Name: margid.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with the New Font + Selection Scheme. It defines all <math alphabet identifiers> (such + as \bf, \rm, etc.) to take one argument. E.g., $\rm text$ would + produce a roman "t" and math italics "ext", while $\rm{text}$ would + produce an all-roman "text". +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, math +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0c, 19 Aug 1991 +Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu +See also: nomargid.sty + +Name: newlfont.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to implement the new font + selection conventions of the New Font Selection Scheme. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.4b, 20 Aug 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu +See also: lfonts.new, oldlfont.sty + +Name: nomargid.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines all <math + alphabet identifiers> (such as \bf, \rm, etc.) to switch fonts + rather than taking an argument. This provides compability with the + old LaTeX syntax, rather than the default syntax of the New Font + Selection Scheme (see margid.sty). +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, math +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0c, 19 Aug 1991 +Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu +See also: margid.sty + +Name: oldlfont.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to implement the old font + selection conventions of the New Font Selection Scheme. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.3f, 7 Sep 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu +See also: lfonts.new, oldlfont.sty + +Name: scripts.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style that implements \ssp and \ssb macros + for typesetting simple superscripts and subscripts in text mode. + Requires the NFSS. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, superscript, subscript +Author: Wayne G. Sullivan <wsulivan@irlearn.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.02, 14 Aug 1991 +Archives: stuttgart, aston, shsu, ymir, utrecht + +Name: syntonly.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the \syntaxonly + macro for suppressing all output and providing quick syntax checking + of a document. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, syntax checking +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0e, 5 Apr 1990 +Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu + +Name: tracefnt.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines a \tracingfonts + macro to trace font usage with the New Font Selection Scheme. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0r, 27 Aug 1990 +Archives: stuttgart, ymir, aston, shsu + + +%%Section 6.2.2: Other Mainz files + +Name: array.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option which reimplements the array + and tabular environments. +Keywords: LaTeX, array +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1b, 06 July 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston +Note: Version 2.1 includes most of the now defunct newarray.sty. + +Name: doc.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option for mixing documentation with + code in LaTeX style files. +Keywords: LaTeX, documentation +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.7k, 24 Aug 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu +See also: docstrip.tex, newdoc.sty + +Name: ftnright.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option to position footnotes at the + bottom of the right-hand column in a multiple-column document. For + use with multicol.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, output, footnotes +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0d, 19 Jun 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu +See also: multicol.sty + +Name: multicol.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting in multiple + columns, including the ability to change the number of columns in + the middle of a page. +Keywords: LaTeX, multi-column, output +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.4m, 4 Sep 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu + +Name: newdoc.sty (.doc) +Description: Updates or test modifications to the LaTeX document-style + option doc.sty. This is currently identical to doc.doc. +Keywords: LaTeX, documentation +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 24 Aug 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu +See also: doc.sty + +Name: thb.sty (.doc) +Description: "Break" document-style option for use with theorem.sty. + Causes the theorem header to be followed by a line break. +Keywords: LaTeX, theorem +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1b, 28 Nov 1989 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu +See also: theorem.sty + +Name: thc.sty (.doc) +Description: "Change" document-style option for use with theorem.sty. + Causes the header number to appear before the header text, i.e., "3 + Theorem" instead of "Theorem 3." +Keywords: LaTeX, theorem +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1b, 28 Nov 1989 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu +See also: theorem.sty + +Name: thcb.sty (.doc) +Description: "Change-break" document-style option for use with + theorem.sty. This is a combination of the "break" (thb.sty) and + "change" (thc.sty) options (q.v.) +Keywords: LaTeX, theorem +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1b, 28 Nov 1989 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu +See also: theorem.sty + +Name: theorem.sty (.doc) +Description: A reimplementation of the LaTeX \newtheorem command to + provide greater flexibility in specifying the format of theorem-like + environments. +Keywords: LaTeX, theorem, math +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1c, 22 Jun 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu +Note: Also distributed with AMS-LaTeX. +See also: thb.sty, thc.sty, thcb.sty, thm.sty, thmb.sty, thp.sty + +Name: thm.sty (.doc) +Description: "Margin" document-style option for use with theorem.sty. + Causes the number to be set in the left margin. +Keywords: LaTeX, theorem +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1b, 28 Nov 1989 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu +See also: theorem.sty + +Name: thmb.sty (.doc) +Description: "Margin-break" document-style option for use with + theorem.sty. Combination of the "margin" (thm.sty) and "break" + (thb.sty) theorem styles. +Keywords: LaTeX, theorem +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1c, 17 Feb 1990 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu +See also: theorem.sty + +Name: thp.sty (.doc) +Description: "Plain" document-style option for use with theorem.sty. + This emulates the original LaTeX theorem environments. +Keywords: LaTeX, theorem +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1b, 28 Nov 1989 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu +See also: theorem.sty + +Name: verbatim.sty +Description: A reimplementation of the LaTeX verbatim and verbatim* + environments. Also defines a robust comment environment for + ignoring large sections of a document. +Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim, comment +Author: Rainer Sch\"opf <schoepf@sc.zib-berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.4i, 20 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, aston, ymir, shsu + + +%%Section 6.2.3: Mainz-compatible macros + +Name: psnfss +Description: LaTeX support for using PostScript fonts under the New Font + Selection Scheme. The font names used are those widely promulgated + by Karl Berry and found in dvips; the package depends upon virtual + fonts to map between the default Computer Modern layout and the + standard PostScript layout. Optional support is provided for + scaling the PostScript fonts so that their x-heights match the + x-heights of the corresponding CM fonts. Support is provided for + building new formats based on PostScript fonts, but you can also use + most of the style files without building a new format file, as long + as you are using the New Font Selection Scheme. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, PostScript, dvips, virtual fonts +Author: Sebastian Rahtz <spqr@minster.york.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.2, 12 April 1992 +Note: Style files are provided for using the following PostScript fonts + as the main text font: AvantGarde, Baskerville, Bembo, Bookman, + Garamond, Helvetica, lucida, NewCenturySchoolbook, Optima, Palatino, + Times-Roman. Style files are also provided for loading the Zapf + Chancery and Zapf Dingbat fonts, as well as for using the Lucida + math fonts in place of the Computer Modern math fonts. A + documentation file, psnfss.tex, is included. There are also + numerous supporting files. +Archives: aston*, stuttgart + + +%%Section 6.4: The BABEL project + +Name: Babel +Description: Babel is a multilingual style-option for adapting the + standard LaTeX document styles for use with non-English languages. + It consists of a collection of common macros and a series of + language-specific document-style options. The standard distribution + includes the following common files and documentation: babel.doc + (the documentation for the whole system), babel.bug (a list of bug + reports and fixes) babel.com, babel.readme (which contains + installation notes), babel.hyphen, babel.switch, babel22.switch, + babel32.switch, hyphen.doc, language.dat, latexhax.com, + latexhax.doc. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0c, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht +Note: A description of the Babel system was published in TUGboat + 12(2):291--301, June 1991. + +Name: catalan.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Catalan. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Catalan +Author: Gon\c{c}al Badenes <goncal@cnm.uab.es>, <goncal@ssws1.cnm.es> +Supported: Yes? +Latest Version: v1.0, Nov 1991 +Archives: goya.uu.es* [138.4.2.2]:info/src/TeX/babel + +Name: croatian.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Croatian. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Croatian +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: cyrillic.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option for use in conjunction with + russian.sty to provide support for typesetting in Russian. This is + meant for use with the cmcyr fonts. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Russian, Cyrillic, cmcyr, NFSS +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> and Werenfried Spit + <Spit@vm.ci.uv.es>, <Spit@ific.uv.es> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 27 May 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: czech.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in the Czech language. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Czech +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: danish.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Danish. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Danish +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0a, 2 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: dutch.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Dutch. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Dutch +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.2b, 16 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: english.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in American or British English. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, English +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0c, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: esperanto.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Esperanto. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Esperanto +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: finnish.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Finnish. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Finnish +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: francais.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in French. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, French +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v4.2d, 20 Sep 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: germanb.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in German and the Austrian dialect of German. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, German, Austrian +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.2c, 26 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht +Note: germanb.sty is based on Hubert Partl's german.sty. + +Name: italian.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Italian. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0e, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht +Note: The original version of this file was written by Maurizio Codogno, + <urcm@ur785.cselt.stet.it>. + +Name: magyar.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Hungarian. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Hungarian +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: norsk.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Norwegian. Support is also provided for the new + spelling variant `nynorsk' of Norwegian. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Norwegian +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0b, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: portuges.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Portuguese, including the Brasilian dialect. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Portuguese +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: romanian.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Romanian. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Romanian +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: russian.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Russian. Meant to be used with cyrillic.sty (q.v.) + and the cmcyr fonts. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Russian, Cyrillic +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.1b, 22 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: slovene.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Slovenian. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Slovenian +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: spanish.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Spanish. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Spanish +Author: Julio Sanchez <jsanchez@gmv.es> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0a, 26 Nov 1991 +Archives: goya.uu.es* [138.4.2.2]:info/src/TeX/babel, tex-nl, stuttgart, + aston, utrecht + +Name: swedish.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Swedish. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Swedish +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0b, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + + +%%Section 6.5: REVTeX + +Name: revtex.sty +Description: REVTeX is the official LaTeX macro package for preparing + manuscripts for producing manuscripts for the American Physical + Society's Physical Review A, B, C and D, as well as Physical Review + Letters. (Many AIP journals also accept REVTEX manuscripts.) +Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, Physical Review, physics, journal, publisher + style +Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 27 Oct 1992 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston +Note: The REVTeX package includes a README file, a users manual + (apguide.tex) and three sample files (smplea.tex, smpleb.tex and + smplec.tex). +See also: aps.sty, aps10.sty, aps12.sty, eqsecnum.sty, preprint.sty + +Name: aps.sty +Description: The American Physical Society document style for use with + REVTeX to produce papers for Physical Review. +Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, Physical Review, physics, journal, publisher + style +Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 28 Oct 1992 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston + +Name: aps10.sty +Description: The 10 point document-style option for use with aps.sty to + produce galley output for papers submitted to Physical Review. +Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, Physical Review, physics, journal, publisher + style +Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 2 Oct 1992 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston + +Name: aps12.sty +Description: The 12 point document-style option for use with aps.sty to + produce galley output for papers submitted to Physical Review. +Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, Physical Review, physics, journal, publisher + style +Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 2 Oct 1992 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston + +Name: osa.sty +Description: REVTeX Document-style option for typeseting papers for + Optical Society of America (OSA) journals. +Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, OSA, physics, journal, publisher style +Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston + +Name: osa10.sty +Description: The 10 point document-style option for use with osa.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style +Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston + +Name: osa12.sty +Description: The 12 point document-style option for use with osa.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style +Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston + +Name: osabib.sty +Description: REVTeX bibliography style to produce bibliographies in the + format required by Optical Society of America journals. +Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style +Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston + +Name: prabib.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style +Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 14 Sep 1992 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston + +Name: prbbib.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style +Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 29 Sep 1992 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston + +Name: prsty.bst +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style +Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston + +Name: version2.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style +Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 17 Sep 1992 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston + +%%Section 6.6: LaTeX Document Styles + +Name: aaai.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for preparing papers for the + Proceedings of AAAI-88. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready +Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 5 Apr 1988 +Archives: ymir +Note: The AAAI package includes a documentation file, aaai-doc.tex. The + most recent version of this file can be obtained by sending mail to + macros@aaai.org with subject "macros request". + +Name: abstr_collect.sty +Description: LaTeX document style that allows multiple articles to be + collected together in one document. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 15 Aug 1991 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +Note: abstr_collect.tex + +Name: accarticle.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for the proceedings of the IEEE + American Control Conference. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal +Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 6 Feb 1992 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart + +Name: acm.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for ACM conference proceedings papers. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, ACM, camera-ready +Author: Jerry Leichter <leichter@cs.rutgers.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 23 Apr 89 +Archives: +See also: acmconf.sty, acmproc.sty, acm.bst + +Name: acmconf.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for producing two-column camera-ready + papers for ACM conferences, according to ACM specifications. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, ACM, camera-ready, two-column +Author: Ken Traub +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 16 Mar 1988 +Archives: +See also: acm.sty, acmproc.sty + +Name: acsarticle.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for preparing manuscripts in + accordance with the formatting instructions of the journal Advances + in Control Systems. +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 22 May 1991 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: acs.bst + +%% Name: aimemo.sty + +Name: artikel1.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document style for producing an article compatible + with Dutch typesetting conventions, design 1. Compatible with + article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, Dutch, NTG +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.18, 3 Dec 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, ymir +Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty, + ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.). +See also: artikel2.sty, artikel3.sty, boek.sty, brief.sty, rapport1.sty, + rapport3.sty + +Name: artikel2.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for producing an article compatible + with Dutch typesetting conventions, design 2. Compatible with + article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, Dutch, NTG +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.14, 21 Dec 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, ymir +Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty, + ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.). +See also: artikel1.sty, artikel3.sty, boek.sty, brief.sty, rapport1.sty, + rapport3.sty + +Name: artikel3.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for producing an article compatible + with Dutch typesetting conventions, design 3 (has non-zero parskip + and zero parindent). Compatible with article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, Dutch, NTG +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.18, 3 Dec 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, ymir +Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty, + ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.). +See also: artikel1.sty, artikel2.sty, boek.sty, brief.sty, rapport1.sty, + rapport3.sty + +Name: asaetr.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for Am. Soc. of Agricultural Engineers +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article +Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 12 Feb 1992 +Archives: shsu* +Note: part of asaetr package (for TRANSACTIONS OF ASAE) +See also: asaesub.sty, asaetr.tex, asaetr.bst, cmcscsl10.mf + +Name: automatica.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for Automatica, the Journal of the + International Federation of Automatic Control (IFAC). To be used + with ifac9.sty (q.v.). +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, publisher style +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 24 Jun 1992 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183] +Note: Comes with a sample file, automatica.tex. + +Name: boek.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for producing a book compatible with + Dutch typesetting conventions. Compatible with book.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, book, Dutch, NTG +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.03, 19 Feb 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, ymir +Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty, + ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.). +See also: artikel1.sty, artikel2.sty, artikel3.sty, brief.sty, + rapport1.sty, rapport3.sty + +Name: bookform.sty +Description: MIL-STD-490 bookform document style for LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, book, milstd +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986 +Archives: ymir +See also: bf10.sty, bf11.sty, bf12.sty, extradefs.tex, milstd.sty +Note: extradefs.sty is required. Comes with a sample file, + bookform.tex. + +Name: brief.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for Dutch letters. +Keywords: LaTeX, letter, Dutch, NTG +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.06, 24 Mar 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, ymir +Note: Includes sample file (brief.tex) and documentation (briefdoc.tex), + both in Dutch. +See also: artikel1.sty, artikel2.sty, artikel3.sty, rapport1.sty, + rapport3.sty, bellmac.tex, label.tex, labels.tex, letter.mac, + letter.tex, lettermac.tex, letter.sty, make-env.tex, merge.sty + +Name: cea.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for Computers and Electronics in + Agriculture Submissions. +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article +Author: James Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v0.1, 13 Mar 1992 +Archives: shsu +Note: This is a hack and not official by Elsevier Sci Pub. This + requires doublespace.sty and endfloat.sty from ftp.shsu.edu. +See also: cea.bst, doublespace.sty, endfloat.sty + +Name: deproc.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for formatting DECUS proceedings + articles. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, DECUS, camera-ready, two-column +Author: Barbara N. Beeton <bnb@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 24 Apr 86 +Archives: ymir +Note: documentation in deprocldc.tex + +Name: elsevier.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for producing camera-ready articles + according to instructions of the ELSEVIER SCIENCE PUBLISHERS B.V. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, EUROSIM proceedings, camera ready, publisher + style +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0-, 29 Jun 1992 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183] + +Name: fac.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for submissions to the Springer-Verlag + journal Formal Aspects of Computing. +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, publisher style +Author: Christiane Notarmarco and Rod Mulvey +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.00, 27 Sep 1991 +Archives: shsu, stuttgart +Note: Includes documentation, facguide.sty. + +Name: farticle.sty +Description: French version of article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, french, article +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 15 May 1988 +Archives: ymir +Note: Obsolete. Use Babel system or most recent version of latex.tex + instead. + +Name: ifacarticle.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting papers for the + Proceedings of the International Federation of Automatic Control + (IFAC) published by Pergamon press. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher style +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.2, 2 Dec 1991 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +Note: The IFAC package includes two sample files, ifacsample.tex and + sample.bib. +See also: ifac.bst, ifac9.sty, ifac10.sty, ifac12.sty + +Name: ijcarticle.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for producing articles according to + the formatting instructions of the International Journal of Control. +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article +Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 6 Jun 91 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ijc10.sty, ijc.bst + +Name: iso.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting ISO standards. +Keywords: LaTeX, ISO, standards documents +Author: Nicholas North <ndn@seg.npl.co.uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.6, 2 May 1991 +Archives: ymir +Note: Includes documentation file iso-doc.sty. +See also: iso9.sty, iso10.sty + +Name: jns.sty +Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document-style for producing + camera-ready copy for the Journal of Nonlinear Science. +Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, journal +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 16 Jul 1990 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, jnsl.doc, and an + example file, jnsl.dem. +See also: jnsams.cmm + +Name: laa.sty +Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document style for producing + articles for the journal Astronomy and Astrophysics. +Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, Springer-Verlag, journal, physics, + multi-column, two-column +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 25 Feb 1991 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, laa.doc, and an + example file, laa.dem, and a readme file. The package also includes + a copy of laa.the, the thesaurus list for Astronomy and + Astrophysics. There is also a variant, laamt.sty, of the macros for + typesetting with the Monotype Times fonts. + +Name: laletter.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document style used at the Los Alamos National + Laboratory to format letters according to the rules established in + the LANL "Office Procedures Manual." Features include support for + form letters, choice of Computer Modern or PostScript fonts, choice + of Roman or typewriter typefaces, support for multiple addresses on + a single letter, and support for a salutation, a subject line, a + reference line, a complimentary close, a signature line, an + enclosures list, an attachments list, a copy list, or a distribution + list. +Keywords: LaTeX, letter, PostScript, formletter +Author: Steve Sydoriak <sxs@lanl.gov> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 18 Sep 1989 +Archives: stuttgart +Note: Package includes a README file (laletter.README), a users' manual + (laletter.ref), and a sample file (lettest.tex). These macros were + described in "LaTeX Memos and Letters," TUGboat 10(4):715--726, + December 1989 (1989 Conference Proceedings). +See also: memo.sty + +Name: llncs.sty +Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document style for producing + camera-ready copy for the Lecture Notes in Computer Science series. +Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, LNCS, + multi-author, book +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, llncs.doc, an + example file, llncs.dem, and a readme file. + +Name: lmamult.sty +Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document style for + typesetting multi-author mathematics books. +Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + multi-author, book, mathematics +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 29 Dec 89 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, lmamult.doc, and an + example file, lmamult.dem, and a readme file. +See also: amamult.cmm, mathmult.cmm, mathsing.cmm, mathsing.sty + +Name: ltugboat.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for preparation of TUGboat, the + Communications of the TeX Users Group. +Keywords: LaTeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, two-column +Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.14, 8 Mar 1992 +Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu +See also: tugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty, tugboat.cmn +Note: requires article.sty, tugboat.cmn + +Name: ltugproc.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for the Proceedings issues of TUGboat, + the Communications of the TeX Users Group. +Keywords: LaTeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, proceedings, two-column +Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.04, 8 Mar 1992 +Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu +See also: tugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugboat.sty, tugboat.cmn +Note: ltugboat.sty, article.sty, tugboat.cmn required. + +Name: manual.sty +Description: A LaTeX document style based on book.sty, which supports + page numbering by chapter, LaTeXing only selected pages, and always + produces right-handed odd-numbered pages (chapters start on + right-hand pages). +Keywords: LaTeX, book, manual +Author: M. Edward Nieland <ted@nieland.dayton.oh.us> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 4 Apr 1988 +Archives: ymir + +Name: memo.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document style used at the Los Alamos National + Laboratory to format memos according to the rules established in the + LANL "Office Procedures Manual." Features include choice of + Computer Modern or PostScript fonts, choice of Roman or typewriter + typefaces, support for "THRU" or "THRULESS" headers, and support for + a subject line, a reference line, a signature line, an approval + line, an enclosures list, an attachments list, a copy list, or a + distribution list. +Keywords: LaTeX, memo, PostScript +Author: Steve Sydoriak <sxs@lanl.gov> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 28 Mar 1990 +Archives: stuttgart +Note: Package includes a README file (memo.README), a user's manual + (memo.ref), and a sample file (memotest.tex). These macros were + described in "LaTeX Memos and Letters," TUGboat 10(4):715--726, + December 1989 (1989 Conference Proceedings). +See also: laletter.sty + +Name: memo.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for memos. +Keywords: LaTeX, memo +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 30 May 1985 +Archives: ymir +See also: extradefs.tex, memo10.sty, memo11.sty, memo12.sty +Note: extradefs.tex required + +Name: MEParticle.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for proceedings of Mechanical + Engineering Publications Limited. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, conference, article +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 26 Mar 92 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183] + +Name: milstd.sty +Description: MIL-STD-490 document style for LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, milstd +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986 +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: bookform.sty, extradefs.tex +Note: extradefs.tex required + +Name: mit-press-book.sty +Description: LaTeX MIT Press book document style. +Keywords: LaTeX, book, MIT Press, publisher style +Author: <eb@oz> (Ed Barton <eb@oz.ai.mit.edu>???) +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 23 Oct 86 +Archives: ymir + +Name: mtnsarticle.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for papers in the proceedings of + Mathematical Theory of Network and Systems. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, proceedings +Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1 Apr 1991 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +Note: mtnssample.bib, mtnssample.tex + +Name: nar.sty +Description: Modified article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: Tom Schneider +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.01, 13 Aug 1990 +Archives: ymir + +Name: paper.sty +Description: Double-spaced LaTeX document style suitable for producing + college papers. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 28 Nov 89 +Archives: ymir* +Note: Requires doublespace.sty and smaller.sty. + +Name: rapport1.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for producing a report compatible with + Dutch typesetting conventions, design 1. Compatible with + report.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, report, Dutch, NTG +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.14, 19 March 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, ymir +Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty, + ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.). +See also: voorwerk.sty + +Name: rapport3.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document style for producing a report compatible with + Dutch typesetting conventions, design 3 (has non-zero parskip and + zero parindent). Compatible with report.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, report, Dutch, NTG +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.16, 7 Jan 1992 +Archives: tex-nl*, ymir +Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty, + ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.). +See also: voorwerk.sty + +Name: res.sty +Description: Resume document style for LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, resume +Author: Michael DeCorte <mrd@sun.soe.clarkson.edu, mrd@clutx.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 26 Sep 89 +Archives: ymir + +Name: siam.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for producing articles for SIAM + journals. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style +Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 5 Nov 1991 +Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in + netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all), ymir +See also: amstexsiam.sty, siam10.sty, siam11.sty, siam12.sty, siam.bst, + fixup.sty, numinsec.sty + +Name: spie.sty +Description: Enhanced version of Rick Zaccone's document style for + producing camera-ready copy for SPIE proceedings. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, SPIE, camera-ready +Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 11 Jan 1992 +Archives: aston* + +Name: svlncs.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for conference proceedings printed in + Springer-Verlag's Lecture Notes in Computer Science. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, Springer-Verlag, LNCS, publisher style +Author: Marc Shapiro <shapiro@sor.inria.fr> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 23 Mar 1989 +Note: Obsolete: See llncs.sty. + +Name: USCthesis.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style for typesetting Theses or + Dissertations in accordance with the University of Southern + California Regulations for Format and Presentation of Theses and + Dissertations. It provides some alternative ``bells and whistles'' + such as support for multi-volume documents. +Keywords: LaTeX, thesis, dissertation +Author: Steven Douglas Cochran <sdc+@cs.cmu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.2, 29 Jun 1992 +Archives: shsu* +Note: Requires Stephen Page's `doublespace' style option (or equivalent) + in addition to the standard LaTeX `report' style. +See also: techreport.sty + +Name: ucthesis.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for University of California theses. +Keywords: LaTeX, thesis +Author: Rusty C. Wright +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 20 Jun 1988 +Archives: ymir, shsu +Note: Comes with a readme file, ucthesis.doc. + +Name: unixman.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for producing UNIX manual pages. +Keywords: LaTeX, manpage +Author: Paul Barton-Davis <pauld@cs.washington.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.4, November 9th 1991 +Archives: ymir +See also: manpage.sty + +Name: utdiss.sty +Description: LaTeX/AMS-LaTeX document style for typeseting + dissertation for the University of Texas at Austin. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, thesis, dissertation +Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1, Mar 1992 +Archives: ftp.cc.utexas.edu [192.12.26.23]:pub/young/ +Note: Comes with a documentation file (utdiss.doc) and a sample file + (sampdiss.tex). + +Name: uw-thesis.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for University of Washington theses. +Keywords: LaTeX, thesis +Author: Jim Fox +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.5, 30 May 1990 +Archives: ymir + +Name: xarticle.sty +Description: Modified version of article.sty for use with art7.sty, + art8.sty, and art9.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 16 Mar 88 +Archives: ymir +See also: art7.sty, art8.sty, art9.sty + + +%%Section 6.7: LaTeX Document-style Options + +Name: 9pt.sty +Description: 9 point document-style option for LaTeX article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: Patrick van der Smagt +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 17 Apr 90 +Archives: ymir + +Name: 10pt.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing papers at 10pt. + Its use is optional. But since 11pt works as a style option, it is + is useful that 10pt works too. +Keywords: LaTeX, fonts +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 29 May 1992 +Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]* + +Name: a4.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option to modify the page layout used + by the standard LaTeX document styles to conform to the European A4 + standard. +Keywords: LaTeX, A4, page layout +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> and N.A.F.M. + Poppelier <N.Poppelier@elsevier.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.2a, 30 Nov 90 +Archives: tex-nl*, ymir, shsu +Note: Documented with doc.sty. +See also: a5.sty, a5comb.sty + +Name: a4wide.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to increase line width of + standard LaTeX document styles. (Obsolete: use a4.sty (q.v.) + instead.) +Keywords: LaTeX, A4, page layout +Author: Jean-Francois Lamy <lamy@sobeco.com>, <lamy@sobeco.ca> +Supported: no +Latest Version: Jul 1986 +Archives: ymir, shsu + +Name: a5.sty +Description: Sets page layout to A5 size, with equal spaces to left, + middle and right and top:side:bottom space = 2:3:4. +Keywords: LaTeX, A5, page layout +Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: May 1992 +Archives: Aston* +Supported: yes +See also: a4.sty, a5comb.sty + +Name: a5comb.sty +Description: Sets page layout to A5 size, with equal spaces to left and + right, and twice the amount of centre space (for comb-bound + documents) and top:side:bottom space = 2:2:4. +Keywords: LaTeX, A5, page layout +Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: May 1992 +Archives: Aston* +Supported: yes +See also: a4.sty, a5.sty + +Name: acmproc.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to be used with article.sty to + produce ACM conference proceedings papers. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, ACM +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: acm.sty, acmconf.sty + +Name: acronym.sty +Description: Defines macros for defining and using acronyms, including + use of footnote and parenthesised initial usage. +Keywords: LaTeX, acronym, footnotes +Author: John Kewley <jk@fiveg.icl.co.uk>, <jk@cs.man.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 19 Jun 1992 +Archives: ymir + +Name: add-wes.sty +Description: A "book" style conforming (just!) to the Addison-Wesley + house style. +Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, book, camera-ready +Author: Paul Barton-Davis <pauld@cs.washington.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.05, 29 Jun 1989 +Archives: shsu + +Name: algorithm.sty +Description: Defines a theorem-like environment for typesetting + algorithms. +Keywords: LaTeX, algorithm, theorm +Author: Jose Alberto Fernandez <alberto@cs.umd.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: ??? +Archives: shsu + +Name: answers.sty +Description: Defines \newrtheorem, and commands \Solution and \Hint + which cause all text up to first line starting \end{Exercise} to be + output to \jobname.sol. +Keywords: LaTeX, solutions +Author: M. J. Piff <MPiff@pa.shef.ac.uk>, <MPiff@ibm.shef.ac.uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: shsu + +Name: agugrl.sty +Description: LaTeX document style option to be used with article.sty to + typeset papers for the American Geophysical Union Geophysical + Research Letters. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal +Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 20 Jul 87 +Note: Comes with a sample file, agugrl-sample.tex. +Archives: ymir* + +Name: agujgr.sty +Description: LaTeX document style option to be used with article.sty to + typeset papers for the American Geophysical Union Journal of + Geophysical Research. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal +Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 9 Jul 87 +Note: Comes with a sample file, agujgr-sample.tex. +Archives: ymir* + +Name: aip.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing papers for + American Institute of Physics journals. For use with article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 13 Apr 1990 +Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]* + +Name: alleqno.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to make all displayed equations + numbered by default. +Keywords: LaTeX, math, autonumbering +Author: Jonathan Thornburg <thornburg@mtsg.ubc.ca> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 25 Sep 1988 +Archives: ymir, shsu + +Name: alltt.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style which defines the `alltt' environment, + which is like the `verbatim' environment except that `\', `\{', and + `\}' have their usual meanings. +Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim +Author: Leslie Lamport +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 17 Dec 1987 +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: astyped.sty + +Name: alltt2.sty +Description: Modification of the alltt style to indent alltt + environments by \allttindent parameter +Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim +Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> +Supported: no +Latest Version: May 1992 +Note: Based on the original alltt.sty (q.v.) by Leslie Lamport. +Archives: Aston* +See also: alltt.sty + +Name: amssymbols.sty +Description: Document-style option which makes the AMS symbol fonts + (msam and msbm) available to LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, amsfonts, mathfonts +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 29 May 1992 +Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]* +See also: amssym.def, amssym.tex, msam.sty, msbm.sty, + amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty + +Name: apalike.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option to be used in conjunction with + apalike.bst to produce an APA-like bibliography. +Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, BibTeX +Author: Susan King and Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 13 Oct 87 +Archives: labrea*, ymir +See also: apalike.bst, apalike.tex + +Name: apeqnum.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for numbering equations A1, A2, + A3, etc., within appendices. For use with article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, math, autonumbering +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 8 Nov 1990 +Archives: ymir* + +Name: apl.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting APL symbols + with standard LaTeX fonts. +Keywords: LaTeX, APL +Author: Andreas Geyer-Schulz <andreas@awiwuw11.bitnet> and Josef Matulka + <matulka@awiwuw11.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.3, 11 Mar 1991 +Archives: watserv1.waterloo.edu* [129.97.129.140], ymir, + ftp.wu-wien.ac.at [137.208.3.5] +Note: These macros, as well as a preprocessor to convert from APL to + LaTeX, are described in "A LaTeX Document Style Option for + Typesetting APL," TUGboat 11(4):644-651, November 1990. + +Name: apsabstract.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for abstracts submitted to + American Physical Society conferences. For use with article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, proceedings +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 24 Jun 1992 +Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]* +Note: requires an additional file giving APS meeting name, location, etc. + +Name: art7.sty +Description: 7 point document style option for use with xarticle.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, font +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 22 Dec 87 +Archives: ymir +See also: art8.sty, art9.sty + +Name: art8.sty +Description: 8 point document style option for use with xarticle.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, font +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 22 Sep 90 +Archives: ymir +See also: art7.sty, art9.sty + +Name: art9.sty +Description: 9 point document style option for use with xarticle.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, font +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 22 Sep 90 +Archives: ymir +See also: art7.sty, art8.sty + +Name: asaesub.sty +Description: style option for asaetr.sty (q.v.) to meet submission + requirements. +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article +Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 12 Feb 1992 +Archives: shsu +Note: part of asaetr package (for TRANSACTIONS OF ASAE) +See also: asaetr.sty, asaetr.tex, asaetr.bst, cmcscsl10.mf + +Name: askinclude.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that prompts the user for a + list of files to be \include'd. +Keywords: LaTeX, include +Author: Pablo A. Straub <straub@ing.puc.cl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 13 Dec 1991 +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: astyped.sty +Description: Defines the `astyped' environment, which is like the + `verbatim' environment except most of the special characters have + their usual meanings. +Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.3, 30 Jun 1988 +Archives: shsu +See also: alltt.sty + +Name: balanced.sty +Description: Defines a two-column environment that can be used anywhere + in a one-column document. The twocolumns environment may extend for + an unlimited number of pages, and start and finish mid-page. +Keywords: LaTeX, multi-column, output +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: shsu +See also: multicol.sty + +Name: bbold.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for using Alan Jeffrey's bbold + (blackboard bold) fonts. +Keywords: LaTeX, mathfonts, blackboard bold, NFSS +Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1b, 10 Sep 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu +Note: Alan Jeffrey's bbold fonts are different from the blackbord bold + provided by AMSTeX or AMSLaTeX. They contain a complete blackbord + bold alphabet with lowers, greek, and digitals in a sans serif-type + style. + +Name: bf10.sty +Description: 10 point LaTeX document-style option for bookform.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, bookform +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 25 Feb 1986 +Archives: ymir +Note: This is the default point size. +See also: bookform.sty, bf11.sty, bf12.sty + +Name: bf11.sty +Description: 11 point LaTeX document-style option for bookform.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, bookform +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 25 Feb 1986 +Archives: ymir +See also: bookform.sty, bf10.sty, bf12.sty + +Name: bf12.sty +Description: 12 point LaTeX document-style option for bookform.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, bookform +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 25 Feb 1986 +Archives: ymir +See also: bookform.sty, bf10.sty, bf11.sty + +Name: biblist.sty +Description: LaTeX style option for typesetting large bibliography + listings. Outputs also annotations and ISBN fields. +Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, BibTeX +Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.2, 13 Jan 1992 +Archives: darmstadt*, stuttgart + +Name: bibperinclude.sty +Description: Allows multiple \bibliography tags in one document. +Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 25 Jun 1991 +Note: This style option is obsolete -- use chapterbib.sty instead. It + should be deleted on all archives. +See also: chapterbib.sty + +Name: bibunits.sty +Description: BIBUNITS is a style to generate separate bibliographies for + different units (parts) of the text (currently only one of chapters, + sections or bibunit-environments). +Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Jose Alberto Fernandez <alberto@cs.umd.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 7 Sep 91 +Archives: shsu + +Name: bigtabular.sty +Description: LaTeX environment for typesetting large tables that can be + split across multiple pages. +Keywords: LaTeX, tables, tabular, array, multi-page +Author: Denys Duchier <duchier-denys@cs.yale.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Jul 1990 +Archives: shsu, stuttgart +See also: longtable.sty, supertab.sty + +Name: biihead.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for defining an underlined + heading style for the LaTeX report style. +Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle, report +Author: Ted Shapin +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 17 Dec 1986 +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: fancyheadings.sty, headerfooter.sty + +Name: birk.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with article.sty to + produce Birkhaeuser conference proceedings papers. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, Birkhaeuser, camera-ready +Author: Bengt Martensson <bengt@mathematik.uni-Bremen.de> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 10 June 1989 +Archives: stuttgart* +Note: Requires remark.sty (q.v.). Package includes a sample file, + birksample.tex, which requires the sample bibliography + birksample.bib. + +Name: birkhaus.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with article.sty to + format papers for Birk\"auser Verlag conference/workshop + proceedings. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, conference, proceedings, publisher style +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 11 Feb 1992 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183] +Note: Comes with a sample article (birkhaus.tex) and bibliography + (birkhaus.bib). + +Name: blackdvi.sty +Description: See entry for blackdvi.tex. + +Name: bnf.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for typesetting BNF +Keywords: LaTeX, BNF +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: shsu +See also: bnf.sty, bnf.tex, ebnf.sty + +Name: boxedminipage.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the boxedminipage + environment -- just like minipage, but with a box around it. +Keywords: LaTeX, minipage, framebox +Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>, mods by Jerry Leichter + <leichter@cs.rutgers.edu> +Latest Version: May 1992 +Supported: yes +Archives: Aston* +See also: boxit.sty + +Name: boxit.sty +Description: Defines an environment that draws lines arounds its + contents (which can include verbatim text). +Keywords: LaTeX, framebox +Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1992 +Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], shsu +See also: boxedminipage.sty + +%% Name: brandeis-letter.sty + +Name: breakcites.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to allow citations to be broken + across lines. +Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 14 Mar 1989 +Archives: ymir* + +Name: bruggink.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide for independent + formatting of table and figure (and other float) captions. +Keywords: LaTeX, caption, floats +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +Note: Virtually identical to zaccone.sty (q.v.). Comes with a sample + file, bruggink.tex. + +Name: bsf.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for providing access to bold + sans serif fonts in LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, font, OFSS +Author: Jerry Leichter <leichter@cs.rutgers.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 2 Dec 91 +Archives: ymir +See also: bsl.sty, isf.sty + +Name: bsl.sty +Description: Provide access to the boldface slanted type style for LaTeX + under the Old Font Selection Scheme. +Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS, font +Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 5 Apr 1990 +Archives: shsu* +See also: bsf.sty, isf.sty + +Name: calendar.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting a calendar. +Keywords: LaTeX, calendar +Author: J"urgen Stuber and W. J. Metzger <u632111@hnykun11.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 29 Nov 1991 +Archives: shsu +See also: calendar.tex, yearcal.tex + +Name: captcont.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to permit the use of captions + in continuations of floats -- defines a \captcont macro that is like + \caption except it doesn't update the counter or add an entry to the + list of figures or tables. +Keywords: LaTeX, floats, caption +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, shsu + +Name: card.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for printing text formatted for + cardfile cards. +Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, card +Author: R. Potu\v{c}ek jr. <potucek@winx06.informatik.uni-wuerzburg.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.04, 6 Mar 1992 +Archives: stuttgart* + +Name: catmac.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for drawing commutative diagrams. +Keywords: LaTeX, commutative diagrams +Author: Michael Barr <barr@triples.math.mcgill.ca> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 12 Nov 1989 +Archives: ymir +Note: OBSOLETE: superseded by diagram.tex (q.v.) + +Name: cd.sty +Description: Commutative diagram macros modified from AmSTeX for use as + LaTeX style option. +Keywords: LaTeX, commutative diagrams +Author: Darrel Hankerson <hank@auducvax.bitnet> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 3 Mar 89 +Archives: ymir +Note: OBSOLETE: Use amscd.sty, xypic.sty, diagram.tex or diagrams.tex + instead. + +Name: changebars.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing changebars. +Keywords: LaTeX, changebars, dvi2ln3, dvitops, dvips, dvidrv +Author: Michael Fine and Neil Winton <nwinton@axion.bt.co.uk> and + Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 16 Nov 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, aston, ymir +Note: Documented with doc.sty. Comes with a bug list, changbar.bug. + +Name: chappg.sty +Description: Define \thepage to output chapter-page (such as 1-3, 5-2, + etc.) and have each chapter's page number begin on 1. +Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle, pagenumbering +Author: Max Hailperin <max@nic.gac.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: shsu + +Name: chapterbib.sty +Description: Document-style option for allowing multiple bibliographies + in a LaTeX document. +Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, BibTeX +Author: Niel Kempson <rmcs-tex@cdvc.cranfield.ac.uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.0, 23 Nov 1988 +Archives: ymir + +Name: chemtex.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting chemistry + equations. +Keywords: LaTeX, chemistry +Author: Roswitha Haas +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +Note: Documentation in chemdoc.tex. + +Name: chess.sty +Description: (La)TeX document-style option for writing about chess + games. +Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, chess +Author: Piet Tutelaers <rcpt@urc.tue.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.2, Feb 1992 +Archives: utrecht*, tue +Note: These macros are described in "A Font and a Style for Typesetting + Chess using LaTeX or TeX," TUGboat 13(1):85--89, April 1992. + +Name: chicago.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with the Chicago BibTeX + styles chicago.bst and chicagoa.bst. +Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Glenn Paulley <gnpaulle@bluebox.uwaterloo.ca> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v4, 31 August 1992 +Archives: shsu*, utah +See also: chicago.bst, chicagoa.bst + +Name: chomsky.sty +Description: LaTeX document style-option for typesetting parse trees. +Keywords: LaTeX, parse trees, tree +Author: Michael Barr <barr@triples.math.mcgill.ca> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 22 May 1989 +Archives: ymir + +Name: cite.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for compressing lists of three + or more consecutive numbers into one number range. E.g., + [4,5,6,7,9,8,Einstein,6] becomes [4-7,9,8,Einstein,6]. +Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography +Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, Oct 1992 +Archives: shsu*, ymir +See also: citesort.sty, drftcite.sty, overcite.sty, rangecite.sty + +Name: citesort.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for sorting and compressing + lists of three or more consecutive numbers into one number range. + E.g., [4,5,6,7,9,8,6] becomes [4-9]. +Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography +Author: Ian Green <img@eng.cam.ac.uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1, 10 Dec 1991 +Archives: ymir +See also: cite.sty + +Name: code.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing verbatim displays + of program code using verbatim.sty (q.v.). +Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim +Author: George Ferguson <ferguson@cs.rochester.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 3 Jul 1991 +Archives: stuttgart +Note: Includes a sample file, foo.tex. +See also: verbatim.sty + +Name: colordvi.sty +Description: See entry for colordvi.tex. + +Name: colors.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which adds greyscale and color + support for PostScript devices. +Keywords: LaTeX, PostScript, color +Author: Fred Knight <knight@ll.mit.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 15 Apr 92 +Archives: shsu +Note: The style file is distributed with a file rgb.txt, which defines + the RGB values for various colors. + +Name: cprog.sty +Description: LaTeX document style option which allows C programs to be + typeset directly by TeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, verbatim +Author: \'Eamonn McManus <emcmanus@gr.osf.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.4, 12 Sep 1990 +Archives: ymir, shsu + +Name: cropmark.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which prints crop marks (corner + rules) at the four corners of the page.) +Keywords: LaTeX, cropmark, output +Author: Dominik Wujastyk <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk> +Supported: no +Latest Version: v1, 11 Jan 1990 +Archives: ymir, shsu +Note: This is considered obsolete by the author, who suggests + pageframe.sty or quire.tex instead. +See also: pageframe.sty, cropmark.tex, quire.tex + +Name: crossword.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for drawing crossword puzzles. +Keywords: LaTeX, crosswords +Author: B Hamilton Kelly <rm001a@cdvc.cranfield.ac.uk> (Marked "To the + attention of B Hamilton Kelly.") +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +Note: documentation in crosswords.readme and examples in + crosswords_0.tex and crosswords_1.tex. + +Name: currency.sty +Description: Useful hacks to include currency symbols other than the + standard \$ and \pounds of LaTeX (currently includes only Japanese + Yen and British Pounds Sterling). +Keywords: LaTeX, currency +Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 17 Apr 1991 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart + +Name: custombib.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to make it easier to customize + the section head that is inserted before the bibliography. +Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, sectioning +Author: Pablo A. Straub <straub@ing.puc.cl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 10 Nov 1991 +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: cyrillic.sty +Description: Document-style option which makes the Washington Cyrillic + fonts (wncyr10 etc) available to LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, cyrillic, AMS +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 29 May 1992 +Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]* +See also: cyracc.def +Note: requires cyracc.def. Transliteration scheme is described by + Barbara Beeton in cyrmemo.tex (which also needs cyrmemo.def). + +Name: dates.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide support for the + production of dates. Can be easily tailored to output dates in a + variety of formats, including the day of the week, and is intended + to be simple to use in conjunction with non-English languages. +Keywords: LaTeX, date, dow +Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.01--0 +Archives: aston* +See also: dow.tex, dayofweek.tex + +Name: dcolumn.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX style option for producing tabular entries aligned on + a decimal point. +Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, array, decimal +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: 1.01, 12 June 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Requires array.sty. Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. +See also: decalign.sty, dectab.sty + +Name: decalign.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for aligning columns in a table + on decimal point (or other character). +Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, array, decimal +Author: Stephen Meatheringham +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1 Oct 1987 +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: dcolumn.sty, dectab.sty + +Name: dectab.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for decimail alignment of + numbers in a table. +Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, array, decimal +Author: Charles Franklin <c38871cf@wuvmd.wustl.edu>, + <C38871CF@WUVMD.Bitnet> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 27 Apr 1991 +Archives: shsu, stuttgart +See Also: decalign.sty, dcolumn.sty + +Name: delarray.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX style option extending array.sty. + Defines implicit \left and \right delimiters. For example: + \begin{array}({cc}) ... \end{array} + is equivalent to: + \left(\begin{array}{cc} ... \end{array}\right) +Keywords: LaTeX, array, delimiters +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: Version 1.00, 06 July 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Requires array.sty. Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. + This feature was previously provided by the now defunct newarray.sty +See also: tabularx.sty, dcolumn.sty + +Name: diagram.tex +Description: LaTeX macros for drawing commutative diagrams. +Keywords: LaTeX, commutative diagrams +Author: Michael Barr <barr@triples.math.mcgill.ca> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 26 Mar 1992 +Archives: triples.math.mcgill.ca* [132.206.150.30], shsu +Note: Includes documentation file, diagdoc.tex. +See also: xypic.tex + +Name: diagramf.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for including diagrams created + in Metafont. +Keywords: LaTeX, metafont +Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk> +Supported: by Jeremy Gibbons <jeremy@cs.aukuni.ac.nz> +Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992 +Archives: +Note: Package comes with documentation (diagramf.tex) and requires + diagramf.mf to work. + +Name: doublespace.sty +Description: LaTeX doucment-style option for producing a double-spaced + document. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, doublespace +Author: Stephen Page <sdpage@andersen.co.uk> and Jean-Francois Lamy + <lamy@sobeco.com>, <lamy@sobeco.ca> and Don Hosek + <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 28 Jun 1990 +Archives: ymir*, shsu + +Name: dpccyr.sty +Description: LaTeX style option to make the AMS/University of Washington + Cyrillic fonts available under the NFSS. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, cyrillic, AMSFonts +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: 1.00, 09 December 1991 +Archives: shsu*, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. + +Name: draft.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which implements an enhanced + draft mode, which marks \label, \cite, \ref, \index and \glossary + commands where they occur in the text. +Keywords: LaTeX, draft, xrefs +Author: Joe Baker <jeb@risc.com>, <jbaker@ee.ucla.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, stuttgart (under draft1.sty) +See also: drafthead.sty + +Name: drafthead.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which puts "DRAFT" with date + and time at top of each page. +Keywords: LaTeX, draft +Author: Stephen Page <sdpage@andersen.co.uk> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 23 Jun 1986 +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: draft.sty + +Name: drftcite.sty +Description: Modifies \cite to print the bibliography tags instead of + numbers. +Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography +Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1991 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart +See also: cite.sty, citesort.sty, overcite.sty, rangecite.sty + +Name: drop.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for dropping and enlarging the first letter(s) + of a paragraph. +Keywords: LaTeX, dropcaps +Author: David G. Cantor <dgc@math.ucla.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 17 Feb 1988 +Archives: ymir, shsu + +Name: ebnf.sty +Description: Simple LaTeX macros for typesetting EBNF grammars. +Keywords: LaTeX, BNF +Author: Damian Cugley <damian.cugley@prg.oxford.ac.uk> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 11 Jul 90 +Archives: ymir +See also: bnf.sty, bnf.tex + +Name: eclbip.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for drawing bipartite graphs with epic.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, graphics +Author: Hideki Isozaki +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 24 Nov 1990 +Archives: ymir +See also: epic.sty, eepic.sty +Note: Sample file eclbipsample.tex + +Name: ecltree.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for drawing tree graphs with epic.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, graphics +Author: Hideki Isozaki +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 12 Nov 1990 +Archives: ymir +See also: epic.sty, eepic.sty +Note: Sample file eclbiptree.tex + +Name: eepic.sty +Description: Enhancements to the epic.sty macros through the use of tpic + \special's. +Keywords: LaTeX, graphics, picture, tpic, dvips +Author: Conrad Kwok <kwok@iris.ucdavis.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.1b, 7 Feb 1988 +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: eepicemu.sty, epic.sty +Note: Comes with documentation, eepic.tex. + +Name: eepicemu.sty +Description: LaTeX macros to emulate the eepic macros using only the + epic macros. +Keywords: LaTeX, graphics, picture +Author: Conrad Kwok <kwok@iris.ucdavis.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.1a, 1 Feb 1988 +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: eepic.sty, epic.sty + +Name: endfloat.sty +Description: LaTeX style to put figures and tables at end of article. +Keywords: LaTeX, style-option, float, figure, table +Author: James Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu> +Latest Version: v2.0, 02 Jun 1992 +Archives: shsu* +See also: comment.sty, endnotes.sty + +Name: endnote.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for producing endnotes instead of footnotes. +Keywords: LaTeX, endnotes +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: shsu, stuttgart +See also: endnotes.sty + +Name: endnotes.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which implements a series of + endnote macros, parallel to the normal footnote macros except that + the text goes to the end of the document rather than the bottom of + the page. +Keywords: LaTeX, endnotes +Author: John Lavagnino <lav@binah.cc.brandeis.edu>, <lav@brandeis.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 24 Sept 1991 +Archives: shsu, ymir +See also: endnote.sty + +Name: enumerate.sty +Description: LaTeX style option giving the enumerate environment an + optional argument controlling the printing of the counter. +Keywords: LaTeX, enumerate +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: Version 2.01, 26 June 1992 +Archives: shsu*, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. + +Name: enumspec.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to allow for a leading + character on labels in the enumerate environment. +Keywords: LaTeX, enumerate +Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 13 Jan 1988 +Archives: shsu* + +Name: env.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting envelopes with + bar codes. +Keywords: LaTeX, envelope, barcode +Author: Dimitri Vulis <dlv@dm.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1991 +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: zip.tex +Note: These macros were described in detail in "TeX and Envelopes," + TUGboat 12(2):279--284, June 1991. + +Name: envelope.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to print addresses onto a + business envelope fed through the manual paper feed on an Apple + LaserWriter II NT. +Keywords: LaTeX, envelope +Author: Heather Sherman +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 10 Mar 1989 +Archives: ymir +Note: Includes sample file env-sample.tex. + +Name: epac.sty +Description: Official LaTeX document-style option for the European + Particle Accelerator Conference. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings +Author: Christine Petit-Jean-Genaz <christin@cernvm.cern.ch> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 23 Oct 1991 +Archives: ymir, aston + +Name: epic.sty +Description: Enhancements to the LaTeX picture environment. +Keywords: LaTeX, picture, graphics +Author: Sunil Podar <podar@sbcs.csnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.2, 1 Jun 1986 +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: eepic.sty +Note: Package includes documentation (picman.tex). + +Name: epsf.sty +Description: Same file as epsf.tex (q.v.). + +Name: eqnarray.sty +Description: Redefines the LaTeX eqnarray environment to (a) reduce the + amount of space around the second column and (b) allow \@eqnsel to + work as documented in latex.tex. +Keywords: LaTeX, eqnarray, math +Author: David M. Jones <dmjones@theory.lcs.mit.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 06 May 1992 +Archives: theory.lcs.mit.edu* + +Name: equationarray.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which combines the capabilities + of the eqnarray and array environments. In particular, it allows + equation arrays with more than 3 columns. +Keywords: LaTeX, math, array, eqnarray +Author: Tony Li <tli@cisco.com> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 15 Jun 1988 +Archives: ymir +See also: AMS-LaTeX, hackarray.sty + +Name: equations.sty +Description: A collection of macros to aid in constructing displayed + equations in LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, math +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 26 Jul 1990 +Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*, shsu +See also: AMS-LaTeX +Note: Includes subeqn.sty (q.v.) + +Name: eslides.sty +Description: Macros for converting a paper written with article.sty into + slides. +Keywords: LaTeX, slides +Author: Georg Denk <denk@mathematik.tu-muenchen.de>, + <Georg.Denk@Mathematik.TU-Muenchen.dbp.de (X.400)> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 5 Feb 1990 +Archives: ymir, shsu, stuttgart +Note: TUGboat, vol. 11, No. 2 (1990), pp. 280-283. The package includes + a documentation file eslides.tex and sample file + eslides-example.tex. +See also: lslide.sty, seminar.sty + +Name: espo.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting in Esperanto. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: esperant.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting Esperanto. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, language, Esperanto +Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1.a, 10 Dec 1991 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +Note: This file is different from esperanto.sty (q.v.) by J. Braams. + esperant.sty does not support the babel system. + +%% Name: etcetera.tex + +Name: exam.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting examinations. + Includes support for multiple choice, true-false, fill-in-the-blank + and essay questions. +Keywords: LaTeX, examination +Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 21 Jul 1989 +Archives: shsu* + +Name: example.sty +Description: LaTeX style option to print TeX examples both verbatim and + typeset. +Keywords: LaTeX, TeX examples, TeX tutorials +Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 20 May 1991 +Archives: darmstadt*, stuttgart + +Name: exercise.sty (.doc) +Description: This style option implements a LaTeX style option for + typesetting exercises. The exercise environment is modelled along + the lines of the exercise macros in The TeXbook, i.e., the answer + can be given right after the exercise. Answers are collected in a + file that can be included afterwards. The appearance of exercises + and answers may be customized. Rainer Sch\"opf's verbatim style is + a prerequisite for this style option. +Keywords: LaTeX, exercise +Author: Anselm Lingnau <lingnau@math.uni-frankfurt.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0d, 2 Jul 1992 +Archives: euler.math.uni-frankfurt.de* [141.2.90.2], stuttgart +Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty (q.v.). Package + includes a driver file for the documentation (exercise.tex), a driver + file for the docstrip (q.v.) program, an example file (extest.tex) + and a README file. + +Name: exercise.sty (.tex) +Description: LaTeX document-style option to adapt the \exercise and + \answer macros from page 422 of the TeXbook for use with LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, exercise +Author: Alan R. Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 23 Nov 1988 +Archives: ymir, shsu, stuttgart (as exercise.mac) + +Name: extradefs.tex +Description: A collection of macros which are required by the bookform, + memo and milstd document styles. +Keywords: LaTeX, milstd +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: bookform.sty, memo.sty, milstd.sty + +Name: fancybox.sty +Description: Tips and tricks for LR-boxes, plus shadow, oval, and double + boxes. Also contains macros that allow material to be typeset + verbatim inside of boxes. +Keywords: LaTeX, box, LR-box, framebox, shadowbox, ovalbox, rotate, + verbatim, framebox +Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.91, 25 Nov 1992 +Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu, utrecht, + stuttgart, aston +Note: Comes with an excellent documentation and tutorial file, + fancybox.doc, which may be appended to the end of fancybox.sty on + some archives. + +Name: fancyheadings.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which allows easy customization + of page headers and footers. +Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle +Author: Piet van Oostrum <piet@cs.ruu.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, Mar 1989 +Archives: utrecht*, ymir, shsu +See also: biihead.sty, headerfooter.sty +Note: Contains documentation in fancyheadings.doc. + +Name: finder.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to automatically search an + address file for a specified letter recipient. +Keywords: LaTeX, letter, addresses +Author: Steffen Steinh\"auser <steffen_steinhaeuser@mz.maus.de>, + <steinhaeuser@ddagsi5.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1, 1992 +Archives: stuttgart* +Note: Package includes a documentation file (finder.txt, in German), a + sample file (finder.tex) and a sample address file (adressen.tex). + Support and any help is available, just send an email (address see above). + More german information in an article in c't 3/92. + +Name: fixup.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that modifies various LaTeX + macros. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: John Hobby <hobby@research.att.com> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 25 Jan 1988 +Archives: ymir + +Name: floatnohead.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to cause pages containing only + floats to be typeset without page headers or footers. +Keywords: LaTeX, output, floats +Author: Sebastian Rahtz <spqr@minster.york.ac.uk> and Don Hosek + <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* + +Name: float.sty (.doc) +Description: This style option improves the interface for defining + floating objects such as figures and tables in LaTeX. It adds the + notion of a `float style' that governs appearance of floats. New + kinds of floats may be defined using a \newfloat command analogous + to \newtheorem. +Keywords: LaTeX, float +Author: Anselm Lingnau <lingnau@math.uni-frankfurt.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0c, 25 Feb 1992 +Archives: stuttgart, shsu +Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty (q.v.). Package + includes a driver file for the documentation (float.tex), a driver + file for the docstrip (q.v.) program, an example file (fltest.tex) + and a README file. + +Name: flowchart.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which might be useful for + drawing flow charts. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: David Chase <dchase@eng.sun.com> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 24 Oct 1988 +Archives: ymir + +Name: fnpara.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to typeset footnotes in run-on + paragraphs. +Keywords: LaTeX, footnotes, output +Author: Chris Rowley <ca_rowley@vax.acs.open.ac.uk> and Dominik Wujastyk + <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 3 Oct 1988 +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: fnpara.tex + +Name: font-nostalgia.sty +Description: For New Font Selection Scheme users -- provides commands + with the pre-NFSS meanings of \rm, \bf, etc. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, fonts +Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: May 1992 +Archives: Aston* + +Name: footnpag.sty +Description: LaTeX style option to enumerate footnotes anew on each + page. +Keywords: LaTeX, footnote numbering +Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 2.1 (07 Nov 1991) +Archives: darmstadt*, stuttgart + +Name: format.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for printing floating point + numbers in a fixed format. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 29 May 1992 +Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]* + +Name: frontiers.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for the proceedings of the + Frontiers'88 symposium. For use with article.sty and proc.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready +Author: Max Hailperin <max@nic.gac.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 27 Sep 1988 +Archives: ymir +See also: article.sty, proc.sty + +Name: ftn.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to make footnotes available in + any environment, except inside floats. +Keywords: LaTeX, footnotes +Author: Kresten Krab Thorup <krab@iesd.auc.dk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 2 Jan 92 +Archives: shsu, stuttgart + +Name: fullpage.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to increase the textheight and + textwidth. +Keywords: LaTeX, page layout +Author: Hubert Partl, TU Wien +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2, 15 Dec 1988 +Archives: ymir, shsu + +Name: geophysics.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for the journal Geophysics, a + publication of the Society of Exploration Geophysicists. For use + with article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style +Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 16 Jan 87 +Archives: ymir* +See also: article.sty +Note: requires article.sty + +Name: german.sty (.tex) +Description: LaTeX document-style option and plain TeX input file for + writing german texts. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, german +Author: Hubert Partl and Bernd Raichle et al. + <raichle@azu.Informatik.Uni-Stuttgart.DE> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.4a, 12 Apr 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, listserv@dhdurz1 +Note: The macro file can be used with LaTeX and plain TeX. + +Name: go.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to create diagrams for Go board + positions (Go is a board game from the Orient). Requires special Go + font. +Keywords: LaTeX, game of Go, fonts +Author: Hanna Ko{\l}odzieska, MacroSoft Ltd., ul. Chro\'scickiego 49, + 02-414 Warsaw, Poland. (no E-mail) +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Nov 1991 +Archives: tue, milton.u.washington.edu:public/go/latex.tar.Z +Note: The package contains the macros, documentation, and mf (MetaFont) + sources for the Go fonts. The TUE site also contains pre-generated + fonts in go.gf.tar.Z, go.pk.tar.Z, go.tfm.tar.Z. See go.README for + more information. + +Name: greekctr.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines a numbering macro + \greek, analogous to \alpha, for printing the values of counters out + as greek letters. +Keywords: LaTeX, counter +Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 15 Jun 1990 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: hackalloc.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which redefines the allocation + primitive so that all allocations (\newdimen, \newcount, etc.) + become block local. +Keywords: LaTeX, allocation +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: hackarray.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the hackarray + environment, which is a mixture of the equation and array + environments. In particular, it allows equation arrays with more + than 3 columns. +Keywords: LaTeX, math, array, eqnarray +Author: Brian Wylie <bjnw@castle.ed.ac.uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: AMS-LaTeX, equationarray.sty + +Name: hangcaption.sty +Description: Defines a variant of the caption command to produce + captions with hanging indentation. +Keywords: LaTeX, float, caption +Author: David M. Jones <dmjones@theory.lcs.mit.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: v2.00, 27 August 1992 +Archives: shsu, stuttgart +Note: The original author of this file is unknown. David Jones fixed a + typo in the file and Rainer Schoepf made some enhancements to the + code. + +Name: harvard.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides support for the + Harvard family of bibliography styles. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Peter Williams <peterw@archsci.arch.su.oz.au> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 0.99a +Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu +Note: This is part of the Harvard family of bibliography styles. The + family is described in "The Harvard Family of Bibliography Styles," + distributed with the package in the file harvard.tex. +See also: agsm.bst, dcu.bst, kluwer.bst, nederlands.bst + +Name: headerfooter.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to simplify the definition of + three-part page headers and footers. +Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle +Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 13 Apr 89 +Archives: ymir*, shsu +See also: biihead.sty, fancyheadings.sty + +Name: here.sty +Description: LaTeX style option giving floats a [H] option, meaning `do + not float'. +Keywords: LaTeX, figure, table, floats +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: 1.01, 12 June 1992 +Archives: shsu*, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. + +Name: hex.sty +Description: Defines a numbering macro \hex for representing counters in + hexadecimal notation. +Keywords: LaTeX, counter +Author: Eric Domenjoud <domen@euler.crin.fr> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 7 Oct 91 +Archives: shsu + +Name: hhline.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX style option defining an alternative to \hline + for producing horizontal lines in tables. +Keywords: LaTeX, array, tabular, hline +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: Version 2.01, 26 June 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. + +Name: icassp.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing camera-ready copy + for the ICASSP'89 conference. For use with article.sty and + proc.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready +Author: John Vlontzos +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 13 Dec 1988 +Archives: ymir +Note: Based on frontiers.sty. +See also: article.sty, proc.sty + +Name: ieee9.sty +Description: 9 point document-style option for with ieeetran.sty (q.v.) +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 9 Feb 1988 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ieeetran.sty, ieee10.sty, ieee11.sty, ieee12.sty + +Name: ieee10.sty +Description: 10 point document-style option for with ieeetran.sty (q.v.) +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 9 Feb 1988 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ieeetran.sty, ieee9.sty, ieee11.sty, ieee12.sty + +Name: ieee11.sty +Description: 11 point document-style option for with ieeetran.sty (q.v.) +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 15 Jul 1989 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ieeetran.sty, ieee9.sty, ieee10.sty, ieee12.sty + +Name: ieee12.sty +Description: 12 point document-style option for with ieeetran.sty (q.v.) +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 9 Feb 1988 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ieeetran.sty, ieee9.sty, ieee10.sty, ieee11.sty + +Name: ieeconf.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing camera-ready copy + for IEE conference proceedings +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, IEE, camera-ready +Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.00--0, 20 Aug 1991 +Archives: aston* + +Name: ieeeconf.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing camera-ready copy + for IEEE conference proceedings; can also be used for the + International Conference on Pattern Recognition (or the 11th one, + anyway). Based on the template written by Matthew Ward of Worcester + Polytechnic Institute which is distributed by the IEEE. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, IEEE, ICPR, camera-ready +Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.00--0, 17 Apr 1992 +Archives: aston* + +Name: ieeetr.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which implements the guidelines + for submissions to Information for IEEE Transactions and Journal + Authors as of September 1989. For use with article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, IEEE +Author: Terry Bohning <bohning@acc.fau.edu>, <71036.1066@compuserve.com> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 9 Apr 1991 +Archives: ymir +See also: article.sty, ieeetr.bst + +Name: ieeetran.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for preparing articles for IEEE + journals. +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 7 Feb 92 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ieee.bst, ieee9.sty, ieee10.sty, ieee11.sty, ieee12.sty + +Name: ifac10.sty +Description: 10 point document-style option for with ifacarticle.sty + (q.v.) +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher style +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 8 Aug 1991 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ifacarticle.sty + +Name: ifac12.sty +Description: 12 point document-style option for with ifacarticle.sty + (q.v.) +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher style +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 11 Jun 1992 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ifacarticle.sty + +Name: ifac9.sty +Description: 9 point document-style option for with ifacarticle.sty + (q.v.) +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher style +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 8 Aug 1991 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ifacarticle.sty + +Name: ijc10.sty +Description: 10 point document-style option for with ijcarticle.sty + (q.v.). +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article +Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ijcarticle.sty + +Name: ijcai89.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style the proceedings of IJCAI'89. For use + with article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready +Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 22 Feb 1989 +Archives: ymir +Note: Should be used in conjunction with the "named" bibliography style. + The most recent version of this file can be obtained by sending mail + to macros@aaai.org with subject "macros request". +See also: named.bst + +Name: indentfirst.sty +Description: LaTeX style option to indent the first paragraph of a section. +Keywords: LaTeX, indentation, section +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: 1.01, 26 June 1992 +Archives: shsu*, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. + +Name: inputfile.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for keeping track of the + current \input file. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: R. Tucci, Ciba-Geigy AG Basle +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Feb 1991 +Archives: ymir + +Name: insertplot.sty +Description: Macro for use with the ArborText DVIPS PostScript driver to + insert PostScript files or graphics output from the DI-3000/PICSURE + PostScript driver. +Keywords: LaTeX, ArborText dvips +Author: C. E. Higgs <higgs@cageir5a.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 15 Jul 1988 +Archives: ymir +Note: insertplot.readme + +Name: isf.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for providing access to italic + san serif fonts in LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS, font +Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 25 August 1989 +Archives: shsu +See also: bsf.sty, bsl.sty + +Name: iso9.sty +Description: Nine point LaTeX document-style option for use with + iso.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, ISO, standards documents +Author: Nicolas North <ndn@seg.npl.co.uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.6, 2 May 1991 +Archives: aston, ymir +See also: iso.sty, iso10.sty + +Name: iso10.sty +Description: Ten point LaTeX document-style option for use with iso.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, ISO, standards documents +Author: Nicolas North <ndn@seg.npl.co.uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.6, 2 May 1991 +Archives: aston, ymir +See also: iso.sty, iso9.sty + +Name: ist21.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides a title + appropriate for BSI IST/21 documents and general memos. +Keywords: LaTeX, standards documents +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 20 May 1987 +Archives: ymir + +Name: italic.sty +Description: See entry for italic.tex. + +Description: LaTeX document-style option for the Journal of Business + Strategies. For use with article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, publisher style +Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 3 Jul 1988 +Archives: shsu*, ymir + +Name: jeep.sty +Description: A collection of customizations and modifications to the + article and report styles. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: G. W. Stewart <stewart@cs.umd.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 3 Feb 1989 +Archives: ymir, shsu +Note: Modifications are described in jeep.tex. + +Name: jmb.sty +Description: Identical to apalike.sty. +See also: apalike.sty + +Name: labels.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which redefines the \label + command so that it prints label names in the margin (except when + used in a \caption, when the name appears in the text). +Keywords: LaTeX, xrefs, labels +Author: Norman Gray <N.O.Gray@open.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 17 July 1992 +Archives: shsu, aston + +Name: labels.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for printing mailing labels in + various configurations. Can also be used with the letter style. +Keywords: LaTeX, letter +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 4 May 1990 +Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]* + +Name: lablst.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for printing label definitions + at the end of a document. +Keywords: LaTeX, xrefs +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jun 1990 +Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]* +Note: Based on Leslie Lamport's lablst.tex. +See also: lablst.tex + +Name: landscape.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to change the textwidth and + textheight to landscape values. +Keywords: LaTeX, page layout, landscape +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 5 Feb 1988 +Archives: ymir + +Name: listoftheorem.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for generating a list of + theorems similar to the list of figures or list of tables. +Keywords: LaTeX, TOC +Author: Art Mulder <art@cs.ualberta.ca> +Supported: no +Latest Version: Jul 1990 +Archives: stuttgart, utrecht + +Name: loggates.sty +Description: (La)TeX macros for typesetting digital circuit diagrams. +Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, logical gates, symbols +Author: Nico Verwer <nico@cs.ruu.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 8 Apr 1992 +Note: Requires the font loggates.mf. +Archives: utrecht* + +Name: longtable.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX style option defining a multi-page version of + tabular. +Keywords: LaTeX, array, tabular, page +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: Version 3.04, 12 Oct 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. +See Also: supertab.sty, bigtabular.sty + +Name: losymbol.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for creating list of symbols, + analagous to the usual list of tables or list of figures. +Keywords: LaTeX, symbols, toc +Author: Gerry van Dooren <elecgd@urc.tue.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Aug 1992 +Archives: shsu + +Name: lscape.sty +Description: LaTeX style defining a landscape option, which rotates the + pages in its scope through 90 degrees. The page head and foot are + NOT affected. +Keywords: LaTeX, landscape, rotation +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: 2.00, 18 November 1992 +Archives: shsu*, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Requires Rokicki's rotate.sty, and his dvips driver. + Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. +See also: side.sty, portland.sty, landscape.sty + +Name: lslide.sty +Description: LaTeX/AMS-LaTeX document-style option for typesetting + slides. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, slides +Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.0.1, Apr 1992 +Archives: shsu +Note: Comes with a sample/documentation file, lslide.tex. + +Name: ltgtsim.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the commands to + combine the symbols "<", "~" and ">", "~". +Keywords: LaTeX, symbol +Author: Bill Thompson <thompson@stars.gsfc.nasa.gov> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 29 Jul 91 +Archives: shsu + +Name: ltugbot.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to implement a rudimentary + pseudo-TUGboat format. +Keywords: LaTeX, journal +Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 1 Mar 89 +Archives: +See also: tugboat.sty, ltugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty, + tugboat.cmn +Note: Obsolete, see ltugboat.sty + +Name: makerobust.sty +Description: LaTeX style option defining \makerobust. This command + allows you to make commands robust, so they to not need \protect. +Keywords: LaTeX, fragile, robust +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: Version 1.00, 19 May 1991 +Archives: shsu*, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. + +Name: man10.sty +Description: 10 point document-style option for manual.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, book, manual +Author: M. Edward Nieland <ted@nieland.dayton.oh.us> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 11 Aug 87 +Archives: ymir +Note: This is the default. +See also: manual.sty, man11.sty, man12.sty + +Name: man11.sty +Description: 11 point document-style option for manual.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, book, manual +Author: M. Edward Nieland <ted@nieland.dayton.oh.us> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 11 Aug 87 +Archives: ymir +See also: manual.sty, man10.sty, man12.sty + +Name: man12.sty +Description: 12 point document-style option for manual.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, book, manual +Author: M. Edward Nieland <ted@nieland.dayton.oh.us> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 11 Aug 87 +Archives: ymir +See also: manual.sty, man10.sty, man11.sty + +Name: manpage.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing UNIX manual + pages. +Keywords: LaTeX, manpage +Author: Rong Chen <rchen@cs.uiuc.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.03, 11 Jun 1992 +Archives: shsu*, ymir +Note: Includes a sample file appended to the end of the style file. +See also: unixman.sty + +Name: marginote.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for using marginal notes + numbered like footnotes. +Keywords: LaTeX, margin notes +Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 12 Sep 1989 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart + +Name: marnote.sty +Description: Macros to print a short note vertically in left or right + margin on all pages. +Keywords: LaTeX, dvips +Author: James Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v0.1, 3 Jan 92 +Archives: shsu, stuttgart +Note: Requires psfig (q.v.) and dvips + +Name: mathsing.sty +Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document-style option for + typesetting single-author mathematics books. +Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + single-author, book, mathematics +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 3 Dec 1991 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, mathsing.doc, and an + example file, mathsing.dem, and a readme file. +See also: amamult.cmm, lmamult.sty, mathmult.cmm, mathsing.cmm + +Name: mathtext.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the macro \text + for inserting fragments of text in math mode. +Keywords: LaTeX, math +Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1989 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart + +Name: memo10.sty +Description: 10 point document-style option for memo.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, memo +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 30 May 1985 +Archives: ymir +Note: Requires extradefs.tex. +See also: extradefs.tex, memo.sty, memo10.sty, memo11.sty, memo12.sty + +Name: memo11.sty +Description: 11 point document-style option for memo.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, memo +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 30 May 1985 +Archives: ymir +Note: Requires extradefs.tex +See also: extradefs.tex, memo.sty, memo10.sty, memo12.sty + +Name: memo12.sty +Description: 12 point document-style option for memo.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, memo +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 30 May 1985 +Archives: ymir +Note: Requires extradefs.tex. +See also: extradefs.tex, memo.sty, memo10.sty, memo11.sty + +Name: merge.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing form letters. +Keywords: LaTeX, letter +Author: Graeme McKinstry <graeme%otago.ac.nz@relay.cs.net> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.0, 4 Feb 1990 +Archives: ymir +See also: address.tex, bellmac.tex, letter.mac, letter.tex, + lettermac.tex, letter.sty + +Name: mf.sty +Description: Document style option to define Metafont logo in all sizes. +Keywords: LaTeX, METAFONT, NFSS +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 24 Jun 1990 +Archives: ymir* + +%% Name: mfr.sty +%% Description: +%% Keywords: +%% Author: +%% Latest Version: +%% Archives: + +Name: misc.sty +Description: LaTeX style file which contains definitions of the + following macros: \pmb (poor man's bold), \timeofday, \verbfile (for + verbatim listings of files) and \listing (same as \verbfile, but + with automatic line numbers). +Keywords: LaTeX, pmb, verbatim +Author: Sunil Podar <podar@sbcs.csnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 14 Jul 1986 +Archives: ymir + +Name: mitpress.sty +Description: Rudimentary LaTeX document-style option for the MIT Press + format. +Keywords: LaTeX, book, publisher style +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: mitthesis.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for MIT theses. For use with + report.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, report, thesis +Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 12 Sep 89 +Archives: ymir*, shsu + +Name: module.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for modularizing definitions, + i.e., for allowing for conditional definition of definitions within + a macro file. +Keywords: LaTeX, macro, modularity +Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992 +Archives: +See also: styledef.tex + +Name: morefloats.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to increase the number of + floats from 18 to 36. +Keywords: LaTeX, floats +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 27 Jul 1990 +Archives: ymir*, shsu + +Name: ms10.sty +Description: 10 point document-style option for milstd.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, milstd +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986 +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: milstd.sty, ms11.sty, ms12.sty + +Name: ms11.sty +Description: 11 point document-style option for milstd.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, milstd +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986 +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: milstd.sty, ms10.sty, ms12.sty + +Name: ms12.sty +Description: 12 point document-style option for milstd.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, milstd +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986 +Note: This is the default. +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: milstd.sty, ms11.sty, ms11.sty + +Name: msam.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for accessing the AMS A symbol + font (msam). +Keywords: LaTeX, amsfonts, mathfonts +Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992 +Archives: +See also: msbm.sty, amssym.def, amssym.tex, amssymbols.sty, + amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty + +Name: msbm.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for accessing the AMS B symbol + font (msbm). +Keywords: LaTeX, amsfonts, mathfonts +Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992 +Archives: +See also: msam.sty, amssym.def, amssym.tex, amssymbols.sty, + amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty + +Name: mtns12.sty +Description: 12 point document-style option for use with + mtnsarticle.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, proceedings +Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 6 May 1991 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart + +Name: multibox.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide multiple boxes in + pictures, similar to the \multiput command. +Keywords: LaTeX, picture +Author: Brian Hamilton Kelly, Royal Military College of Science, + Shrivenham, SWINDON, SN6 8LA, United Kingdom +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 13 Oct 1988 +Archives: ymir + +Name: multicolpar.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting paragraphs in + multiple columns, which corresponding paragraphs in the two columns + aligned. This format is useful for translated articles, in which + there is the original language in the first column and the + translated version in the second. +Keywords: LaTeX, multi-column +Author: Mauro Orlandini <orlandini@heasrc.gsfc.nasa.gov> and Max + Hailperin <max@nic.gac.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: shsu + +Name: multirow.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the \multirow + command for making tabular entries that span multiple rows. +Keywords: LaTeX, table +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Note: This doesn't seem to be self-contained. +Archives: ymir + +Name: named.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which implements citations for + the ``named'' bibliography style. +Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX +Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +Note: The most recent version of this file can be obtained by sending + mail to macros@aaai.org with subject "macros request". +See also: named.bst + +Name: natsci.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which formats citations for the + NATSCI bibliography style. +Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX +Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 28 feb 91 +Archives: ymir* +See also: natsci.bst + +Name: newarray.sty +Description: Prints an informative message, and then generates an error. + All the features of previous releases of this style are now in + array.sty or delarray.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, array, tabular, newcolumn, delimiters +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 06 July 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston +See also: array.sty delarray.sty +Note: Obsolete: Use array.sty. + +Name: newequation.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defined the \newequation + command, which is analogous to the standard \newtheorem command. +Keywords: LaTeX, equation, math +Author: Richard Clayton <clayton@thumper.bellcore.com> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 12 Jan 91 +Archives: shsu + +Name: nextslide.sty +Description: Adds \newslide command to SliTeX, allowing some other + environments to span multiple slides. +Keywords: SliTeX, page control +Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: May 1992 +Archives: Aston* + +Name: nf.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing papers for + Nuclear Fusion (and other IAEA journals?). For use with + article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 25 Jun 1992 +Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]* + +Name: nfsslint.sty +Description: For New Font Selection Scheme users -- warns of possible + font problems in pre-NFSS files. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, fonts +Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: May 1992 +Archives: Aston* + +Name: nofm.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to produce page headers with + page numbers of the form "n of m." +Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle +Author: Max Hailperin <max@nic.gac.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 27 Sep 1988 +Archives: ymir, shsu + +Name: nosecnum.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to suppress section numbers, + but still put the section titles in page headings. +Keywords: LaTeX, sectioning, pagestyle +Author: Michael Lemke <michael@crown.as.utexas.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 6 Dec 1991 +Archives: shsu + +Name: nosecnumbers.sty +Description: Suppresses section numbers in \sections, \subsections, + etc., (but still writes entries for a table of contents). +Keywords: LaTeX, section numbers +Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: May 1992 +Archives: Aston* + +Name: npsfont.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for defining new PostScript fonts with NFSS. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, PostScript fonts +Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 20 Nov 1991 +Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu + +Name: ntg10.sty (.doc) +Description: 10 point document-style option for the artikel1, artikel2, + artikel3, boek.sty, rapport1 and rapport3 document styles. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, report, Dutch, NTG +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.16, 2 Jan 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, ymir +Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. +See also: ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty + +Name: ntg11.sty (.doc) +Description: 11 point document-style option for the artikel1, artikel2, + artikel3, boek.sty, rapport1 and rapport3 document styles. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, report, Dutch, NTG +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.16, 2 Jan 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, ymir +Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. +See also: ntg10.sty, ntg12.sty + +Name: ntg12.sty (.doc) +Description: 12 point document-style option for the artikel1, artikel2, + artikel3, boek.sty, rapport1 and rapport3 document styles. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, report, Dutch, NTG +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.17, 24 Apr 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, ymir +Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. +See also: ntg10.sty, ntg11.sty + +Name: numdef.sty +Description: LaTeX style option (also works with plain) to allow + `arrays' of macros \xx1 \xx2 etc. +Keywords: LaTeX, numbers, \newcommand, \def +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Supported: no +Latest Version: (only one version) +Archives: aston*, shsu +Note: I am not sure that this was a good idea, it works though. + +Name: numinsec.sty +Description: Document-style option for use with siam.sty (q.v.) to cause + equations, figures and tables to be numbered within sections. +Keywords: LaTeX, SIAM, journal +Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all) + +Name: oncew.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to modify the \cite command to + only warn you once of each undefined citation. +Keywords: LaTeX, citation +Author: Nico Verwer <nico@cs.ruu.nl> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 29 Jun 1990 +Note: OBSOLETE: superseded by xrefwarn.sty (q.v.) + +Name: outline.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option based on the enumerate + environment that defines a six-level list environment for + typesetting outlines (The sections are numbered in the following + styles: I., A., 1., a., (1), (a) ). +Keywords: LaTeX, outline, list +Author: Peter Halvorson <peter@fission.gatech.edu>, + <ne201ph@prism.gatech.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 10 Jan 1991 +Archives: stuttgart, shsu +Note: Comes with a sample file, outline.tex. + +Name: outlineitems.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which alters to numbering of + items in the enumerate environment to follow the conventional + "outlining" numbering: i.e., \Roman for first level, \Alph for + second level, \arabic for third level and \alph for fourth level. +Keywords: LaTeX, lists +Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 9 Jan 1991 +Archives: shsu*, ymir, stuttgart + +Name: overcite.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for compressing lists of three + or more consecutive numbers into one number range and displaying + them as a superscripted citation. E.g., "foo [1,2,3]." becomes + "foo.^{1-3}". +Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography +Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1991 +Archives: shsu*, utrecht +See also: citesort.sty, drftcite.sty, rangecite.sty + +Name: oz.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting Z and Object-Z + specifications. +Keywords: LaTeX, Z, Object-Z +Author: Formal Methods Group (fmg@cs.uq.oz.au) +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 10 Apr 91 +Archives: ymir, ftp.cs.uq.oz.au* [130.102.192.20] (coming soon) +Note: Includes documentation file oz.tex. + +Name: pagefoots.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to number footnotes within a + page. +Keywords: LaTeX, footnotes +Author: Brian T. Schellenberger <bts@unx.sas.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 01 Jan 1989 +Archives: ymir, shsu* + +Name: pageframe.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for drawing a frame around the + text area of a page, or for just putting cropmarks in the corners. + Also puts a timestamp, job ID, page number and sequence number + outside the text area on each page. +Keywords: LaTeX, cropmark, book, output +Author: Cameron Smith <cameron@symcom.math.uiuc.edu>, (513) 429-2707 +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Nov 1991 +Archives: shsu*, aston, stuttgart +See also: cropmark.tex, quire.tex +Note: The package comes with documentation, pgframedoc.tex, and a test + file, pgframetest.tex. It's vitally important to read the + documentation before trying to use the style file, as it answers + many questions about the package. Also, on some archives this + package is called "pgframe" rather than "pageframe". + +Name: pap11.sty +Description: 11 point document-style option for paper.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 22 Feb 90 +Archives: ymir* +See also: pap12.sty + +Name: pap12.sty +Description: 12 point document-style option for paper.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 22 Feb 90 +Archives: ymir* +See also: pap11.sty + +Name: parskip.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to produce zero \parindent and + non-zero \parskip for any document style and size. +Keywords: LaTeX, page style +Author: Hubert Partl, TU Wien +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 19 Jan 1989 +Archives: ymir + +Name: path.sty +Description: TeX macro which defines the \path macro, which is similar + to LaTeX's \verb (i.e. it typesets its parameter in verbatim mode + (and therefore in \tt)) but also allows its parameter to be broken + at specifiable discretionary breakpoints (typically punctuation + characters), without introducing hyphens which might otherwise be + ambiguous. +Keywords: TeX, LaTeX, filename, e-mail pathname, discretionary, verbatim +Author: Philip Taylor <P.Taylor@Vax.Rhbnc.Ac.Uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.03, 18th December 1991 +Archives: ??? no idea where Nelson put it !!! + +Name: path.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the \pathname + macro, which is similar to \verb, except it allows its argument to + be broken at punctuation characters. +Keywords: LaTeX, filename, path name, discretionary +Author: Philip Taylor <P.Taylor@Vax.Rhbnc.Ac.Uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v3.02, 23 Oct 1991 +Archives: ymir + +Name: portland.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to facilitate switching between + portrait and landscape printing. +Keywords: LaTeX, landscape, portrait +Author: Hubert Partl, TU Wien +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 16 Dec 1988 +Archives: ymir + +Name: program.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting algorithms. +Keywords: LaTeX, algorithm +Author: Martin Ward +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1991 +Archives: ymir, shsu +Note: Includes demonstration file, program-demo.tex. + +Name: proof.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting proof trees. +Keywords: LaTeX, prooftree, tree +Author: Makoto Tatsuta <tatsuta@riec.tohoku.ac.jp> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 13 Oct, 1990 +Archives: ymir, shsu +Note: Comes with a sample file, proofeg.tex. + +Name: psfig.sty +Description: See entry for psfig.tex. + +Name: pspicture.sty +Description: LaTeX style option re-implementing, and extending, LaTeX + picture mode commands, using PostScript \specials. +Keywords: LaTeX, PostScript, picture +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: 2.01, 16 June 1992 +Archives: shsu*, aston +Supported: yes +Note: The \special's are set up for Rokicki's dvips. A docstrip option + for dvi2ps \special's is also provided. The distribution also + includes texpicture.sty and pspicture.ps. Documentation requires + Mittelbach's doc.sty. +See also: epic, eepic, xypic + +Name: quote.sty +Description: See entry for quote.tex. + +Name: raggedtab.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to cause all parboxes to be + typeset ragged-right. +Keywords: LaTeX, parbox +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: rail.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for creating syntax diagrams + (sometimes known as railroad diagrams). +Keywords: LaTeX, BNF, railroad +Author: L.W.J. Rooijakkers <lwj@cs.kun.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0 #1, 12 Feb 1991 +Archives: ftp.cs.kun.nl* [131.174.33.1], ymir, aston +Note: The complete Rail package consists of a C program, a LaTeX style + file, a LaTeX documentation file, a UNIX manual page and some + examples. The program is required for processing the diagrams; the + style file alone is useless. +See also: bnf.tex, bnf.sty, ebnf.sty + +Name: rangecite.sty (runcite.sty) +Description: LaTeX document-style option for compressing lists of three + or more consecutive numbers into one number range. +Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography +Author: Nachum Dershowitz <nachum@cs.uiuc.edu> and Edward M. Reingold + <reingold@cs.uiuc.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 12 Apr 1990 +Archives: emr.cs.uiuc.edu:/pub/tex* [128.174.246.26], ymir +See also: cite.sty, citesort.sty, drftcite.sty, overcite.sty + +Name: RCS.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to incorporate RCS keyword + strings such that their value can be used, e.g. for printing in a + page footer. +Keywords: LaTeX, RCS keyword strings +Author: Tom Verhoeff <wstomv@win.tue.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1 Jul 1992 +Archives: tue +See also: rcs.sty (longer code, but does special date processing) +Note: source is fully documented + +Name: rcs.sty +Description: Interface to the RCS Revision Control System for LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, RCS +Author: Piet van Oostrum <piet@cs.ruu.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 1992 +Archives: utrecht*, stuttgart, rcs.sty + +Name: refman.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing technical + reference manuals, users' guides and articles with a design similar + to the PostScript Reference Manual. For use with article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, manual +Author: Hubert Partl, TU Wien +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.1, 4 Oct 1989 +Archives: ymir + +Name: remark.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides a \newremark + command, parallel to the \newtheorem command, but for remark-like + environments instead of theorem-like environments. +Keywords: LaTeX, theorem +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +Note: Possibly obsolete. See theorem.sty. + +Name: resume.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for formatting resumes. +Keywords: LaTeX, resume +Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 8 Mar 89 +Archives: ymir*, shsu +Note: Comes with sample file, resume-sample.tex. + +Name: romanneg.sty +Description: Causes the page numbers in the DVI file (as defined by + \count0) to be negative when roman pagenumbering is in effect. +Keywords: LaTeX, output, pagenumbers +Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: May 1992 +Archives: Aston* +Supported: yes + +Name: rotate.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for rotating and flipping TeX + boxes. +Keywords: LaTeX, dvips +Author: Tomas Rokicki <rokicki@neon.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 4 Nov 1990 +Archives: labrea*, ymir +Note: rotate.sty is part of the dvips distribution. +See also: rotate.tex + +Name: rotating.sty +Description: A set of macros for rotating all sorts of boxes in LaTeX, + and allowing the right amount of space. Also supports rotated + floats. +Keywords: LaTeX, rotation +Author: Sebastian Rahtz <spqr@minster.york.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1.6 (4 June 92) +Note: Documented with Mittelbach's doc.sty (q.v.) system in a full + manual, which was published in TUGboat 13(2):156--180, July 1992. +Archives: Aston + +Name: sans.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option changing the r\^oles of sans + serif and roman. NFSS only. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, sans serif +Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: (no number) 1992 +Archives: stuttgart* (look under latex-style-supported/nfss-addons) + +Name: sc21.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing cover pages + appropriate for ISO/TC97/SC21 documents. +Keywords: LaTeX, titlepage, ISO, standards documents +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 20 May 1987 +Archives: ymir, utrecht (newer?) +See also: sc21-wg1.sty + +Name: sc21-wg1.sty +Description: A variant of sc21.sty (q.v.) + +Name: sched.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for drawing a schedule. Based + on schedule.sty (q.v.), but uses PiCTeX instead of PostScript for + shading boxes. +Keywords: LaTeX, PiCTeX +Author: Jim Hefferon <hefferon@smcvax.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 12 Aug 1992 +Archives: shsu + +Name: schedule.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for drawing a schedule. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: Frank Pfenning <fp@cs.cmu.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu + +Name: schulzrinne.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which redefines + \cleardoublepage to provide a completely blank page between chapters + of a book. +Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: screen.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing a document + suitable for previewing with SCREENVIEW. +Keywords: LaTeX, SCREENVIEW +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: script.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for using Ralph Smith's rsfs + script fonts. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, mathfonts, script, Lagrangian symbol, Hamiltonian +Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1.0a 11 Sep 1992 +Archives: stuttgart* (look under latex-style-supported/nfss-addons) + +Name: seceqn.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for article.sty to cause + equations to be numbered within sections. +Keywords: LaTeX, sectioning, equation +Author: Jerry Leichter <leichter@cs.rutgers.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 13 Apr 89 +Archives: shsu + +Name: secret.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting classified + reports by preceding all paragraphs with "(U)", "(C)" or "(S)". +Keywords: LaTeX, classified +Author: Denys Duchier <duchier-denys@cs.yale.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 24 Nov 89 +Archives: ymir + +Name: seminar.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for slides and notes. +Keywords: LaTeX, slides +Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.92, 8 May 1992 +Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], shsu + +Name: setspace.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides commands and + environments for doing double and one-and-a-half spacing based on + the point size. +Keywords: LaTeX, linespacing +Author: Erica M. S. Harris and George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@SHSU.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.0, 11 Aug 1992 +Archives: shsu* + +Name: set_sp.sty +Description: modification of Erica Harris's setspace.sty (q.v.) to work + with the New Font Selection Scheme. +Keywords: LaTeX, linespacing +Author: Geoffrey Tobin <ecsgrt@luxor.latrobe.edu.au> +Supported: yes, by email to author's address, for the present +Latest Version: v0.1, Thu 23 Jan 1992 +Archives: none as of Thu 21 May 1992 + +Name: sfwmac.sty +Description: LaTeX support for writing UNIX-style documentation, mostly + by providing a set of standard abbreviations. +Keywords: LaTeX, UNIX +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, utrecht + +Name: shading.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for putting text on a shaded + background. Requires a PostScript printer and dvi-file converter. +Keywords: LaTeX, PostScript, dvips +Author: Art Mulder <art@cs.ualberta.ca>, <Leo@vaxc.cc.monash.edu.au> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.3, 29 Sep 1992 +Archives: shsu +Note: Art Mulder is not the author of this file, just the most recent + modifier. Based on shadebox.tex. + +Name: shadow.sty +Description: Defines a LaTeX macro \shabox which has the same meaning as + \fbox, except that a "shadow" is added to the bottom and right sides + of the box. +Keywords: LaTeX, framebox +Author: Mauro Orlandini <orlandini@heasrc.gsfc.nasa.gov> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 10 May 1991 +Archives: shsu*, ymir + +Name: showkeys.sty +Description: LaTeX style option modifying \label, \bibitem, \cite, \ref + and \pageref, to print their `key' arguments. The printing of these + keys does not alter the formatting of the rest of the document. + (Well not by very much!) +Keywords: LaTeX, label, ref, citation, keys +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: 1.01, 25 August 1992 +Archives: shsu*, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. +See also: showlabels.sty + +Name: showlabels.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which modifies the \label to + show the labels inline and modifies the \ref and \pageref to print + undefined labels rather than just "??". +Keywords: LaTeX, citation +Author: Gil Neiger <gil@cc.gatech.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu + +Name: siam10.sty +Description: 10 point document-style option for use with siam.sty + (q.v.). +Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style +Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 5 Feb 1988 +Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in + netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all), ymir + +Name: siam11.sty +Description: 11 point document-style option for use with siam.sty + (q.v.). +Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style +Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 5 Feb 1988 +Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in + netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all), ymir + +Name: siam12.sty +Description: 12 point document-style option for use with siam.sty + (q.v.). +Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style +Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 5 Feb 1988 +Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in + netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all), ymir + +Name: side.sty +Description: Defines environments sidetable and sidefigure for including + landscape ("sideways") tables and figures in LaTeX documents. +Keywords: LaTeX, floats, dvips +Author: F. K. Knight <knight@ll.mit.edu> and M. F. Ryba +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 3 Dec 91 +Archives: shsu +Note: Requires rotate.tex (q.v.). + +Name: SLaTeX (with slatex.sty) +Description: The TeX file slatex.sty allows automatic multiple-font + typesetting of Scheme or Lisp code in both LaTeX and plain TeX. + Relies on the non-TeX program SLaTeX, which is makefile-portable to + any Scheme and Common Lisp. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, SLaTeX, Scheme, Common Lisp +Author: Dorai Sitaram <dorai@titan.rice.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Version 1.99, Dec. 1991 +Archives: titan.rice.edu* (public/slatex-1.99.tar.Z) + +Name: slem.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style to modify \em so that it uses \sl + rather than \it. +Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS, emphasis +Author: Richard Furuta <furuta@mimsy.umd.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 22 Oct 1986 +Archives: ymir + +Name: smaller.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style to provide relative sizing macros for + the Old Font Selection Scheme, i.e., \smaller will reduce the + current font size by one step and \larger will increase it. +Keywords: LaTeX, font, OFSS +Author: Bernie Cosell <cosell@wilma.bbn.com> and Don Hosek + <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1 May 1990 +Archives: ymir*, shsu + +Name: smalltalk.sty +Description: Useful for typesetting small fragments of the Smalltalk + programming language +Keywords: LaTeX, Smalltalk programming language +Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: May 1992 +Supported: yes +Archives: Aston* + +Name: sober.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to reduce the amount of space + after section headers and in list environments and reduce the size + of section headers. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: Nico Poppelier <n.poppelier@elsevier.nl> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: spacecites.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to insert spaces between + entries in a multiple citation key, i.e., [Furu86, Furu87] instead + of [Furu86,Furu87]. +Keywords: LaTeX, citation +Author: Richard Furuta <furuta@mimsy.umd.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 22 Oct 1986 +Archives: ymir, utrecht + +Name: spacing.sty +Description: Single- and double-spacing macros for LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, doublespace +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +Note: Probably obsolete. Use doublespace.sty instead. + +Name: sprite.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for creating low-resolution bitmap characters + in TeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, graphics +Author: Martin Costabel +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Oct 1987 +Archives: ymir, shsu + +Name: sshdbk10.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which modifies the ten-point + book style (bk10.sty) to use sans serif headings. +Keywords: LaTeX, book, font +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: shsu, shsu + +Name: stbrief.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option based on letter.sty. + Configuration is done interactively during the TeX run. Just + answer the questions and a personnal configuration file is edited + or changed. +Keywords: LaTeX, letter, interactive configuration +Author: Steffen Steinh\"auser <steffen_steinhaeuser@mz.maus.de>, + <steinhaeuser@ddagsi5.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.4, 21 Mar 1991 +Archives: stuttgart* +Note: defuser.sty is the file which is automatically included. It + does the interactive configuration. stbrief.tex is an example for + a letter. Just TeX it and jou'll see! An version with english + texts will follow soon. Any help is available via email (see above + for address). More german information in an article in c't 7/92. + +Name: stmaryrd.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for using the St Mary's Road + symbol font (stmary) created by Jeremy Gibbons and Alan Jeffrey. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, OFSS, mathfonts +Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992 +Archives: +Note: Requires module.sty and the St Mary's Road fonts METAFONT sources. + Comes with documentation, stmaryrd.tex. + +Name: subeqn.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for numbering a series of + equations as 4a, 4b, 4c, etc. +Keywords: LaTeX, math, equation number, subnumbering +Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 13 Feb 90 +Archives: ymir*, utrecht, shsu +See also: equations.sty + +Name: subeqnarray.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the subeqnarray, + which is just like the eqnarray environment except that the lines + are numbered as 1a, 1b, 1c, etc. +Keywords: LaTeX, math, equation number, subnumbering +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 15 Nov 1988 +Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu + +Name: subfigure.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for providing support for the + inclusion of small `sub' figures. It simplifies the positioning, + captioning and labeling of them within a single figure environment. +Keywords: LaTeX, floats +Author: Steven Douglas Cochran <sdc+@cs.cmu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.5, 06 August 1992 +Archives: shsu*, ymir, utrecht + +Name: supertab.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the supertabular + environment, which is like tabular except that large tables are + automatically split across pages. The table head and tail are + repeated on each page. +Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, tables, multi-page +Author: Theo Jurriens <taj@hgrrug5.bitnet> and Johannes Braams + <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.6h, 3 Jul 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, utrecht, stuttgart, shsu +See also: longtable.sty, bigtabular.sty + +Name: suthesis.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for the Stanford University + Ph.D. thesis style. +Keywords: LaTeX, thesis +Author: Joseph Pallas +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 13 Sep 88 +Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu + +Name: svma.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for Springer-Verlag + multiple-author books. +Keywords: LaTeX, book, Springer-Verlag, publisher style +Author: Ed Sznyter, Computer Science Department, + Stanford University, Stanford, CA 94305--2140 +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 01 Nov 87 +Archives: ymir, utrecht +Note: Includes documentation file svma-doc.sty. Probably obsolete: use + lmamult.sty (q.v.) instead. +See also: svsa.sty, lmamult.sty + +Name: svsa.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for Springer-Verlag + single-author books. +Keywords: LaTeX, book, Springer-Verlag, publisher style +Author: Ed Sznyter, Computer Science Department, + Stanford University, Stanford, CA 94305--2140 +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 01 Nov 87 +Archives: ymir, utrecht +Note: Probably obsolete: use mathsing.sty (q.v.) instead. +See also: svma.sty, mathsing.sty + +Name: tables.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for creating tables. +Keywords: LaTeX, tables +Author: Ray F. Cowan and Bob Taylor +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 20 Mar 1987 +Archives: ymir +Note: tables.tex??? + +Name: tabls.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to keep text from touching text + or hlines above or below. +Keywords: LaTeX, tables +Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.1, 1992 +Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu* + +Name: tabverb.sty +Description: LaTeX environment similar to the LaTeX verbatim + environment, but it expands tab characters and interprets CTL-L's as + \newpage's. +Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim +Author: Michael Fine +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 29 Sep 1987 +Archives: ymir, shsu + +Name: tabularx.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX style option defining the tabularx environment. This + is like tabular*, except that the widths of certain `p' columns are + modified to achieve the desired total width, rather than the width + of the inter-column space. +Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, tabularx +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: 1.04, 02 September 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Requires array.sty. Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. + +Name: tape.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for making cassette labels. +Keywords: LaTeX, cassette +Author: Sunil Podar <podar@sbcs.csnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 20 Jun 1986 +Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu +Note: Includes documentation and examples: tape-doc.tex, tape.readme and + tape.example. +See also: cassette.tex + +Name: techreport.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to the USCthesis style for + converting a thesis or dissertation into a technical report. +Keywords: LaTeX, technical report +Author: Steven Douglas Cochran <sdc+@cs.cmu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.6, 23 Mar 1991 +Archives: shsu* +Note: Requires Tomas Rokicki's `rotate' style option (or equivalent) if + the spine-art option is used. +See also: USCthesis.sty + +Name: texnames.sty +Description: Style file which defines macros for names of various TeX + and METAFONT programs. +Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, LaTeX, logos +Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.06, 27 Jan 1992 +Note: Distributed as part of the eplain.tex package. +Archives: utah*, umb, utrecht, stuttgart, aston, ymir, shsu +See also: tex.logos + +Name: tgrind.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for typesetting tgrind output, based on + tgrindmac.tex. +Keywords: LaTeX, tgrind +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu +See also: tgrindmac.tex + +Name: theapa.sty +Description: LaTeX/AMS-LaTeX document-style option for use with the + theapa BibTeX bibliography style (theapa.bst). +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography, APA +Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.5.1 May 1992 +Archives: shsu, ftp.cc.utexas.edu [192.12.26.23]:pub/young/ +See also: theapa.tex, theapa.bst + +Name: threecolumn.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for setting documents in three + columns. +Keywords: LaTeX, output, multi-column +Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1 Oct 1989 +Archives: shsu*, ymir, stuttgart, aston +See also: multicol.sty + +Name: threepart.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for creating three-part headers + and footers. +Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle +Author: Lance Berc <mcvax!unizh!olsen!lance@seismo.css.gov> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Jan 1987 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart + +Name: timeline.sty +Description: Macros for drawing time lines in either LaTeX or plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, timeline +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, stuttgart, shsu + +Name: trademarks.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines macros for + various common trademarks. +Keywords: LaTeX, trademark, logos +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart + +Name: trees.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for drawing binary or ternary trees. +Keywords: LaTeX, tree, graphics +Author: Peter Vanroose <peter@dit.lth.se> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 18 Apr 1990 +Archives: ymir, aston +Note: Comes with documentation file trees.readme. + +Name: twoup.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to print documents two-up with + the help of dvidvi. +Keywords: LaTeX, dvidvi +Author: Gary Levin <gary@sun.mcs.clarkson.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart + +Name: uct10.sty +Description: 10 point document-style option for use with ucthesis.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, report, thesis +Author: Rusty C. Wright +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 20 Jun 1988 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: uct11.sty, uct12.sty, ucthesis.sty + +Name: uct11.sty +Description: 11 point document-style option for use with ucthesis.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, report, thesis +Author: Rusty C. Wright +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 20 Jun 1988 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: uct10.sty, uct12.sty, ucthesis.sty + +Name: uct12.sty +Description: 12 point document-style option for use with ucthesis.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, report, thesis +Author: Rusty C. Wright +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 20 Jun 1988 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: uct10.sty, uct11.sty, ucthesis.sty + +Name: ukdate.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide support for UK-style + dates. Also provides macros to calculate the day of week and the + phase of the moon. +Keywords: LaTeX, date, calendar, pom, dow +Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 26 Oct 1988 +Note: Obsolete: Use dates.sty instead. + +Name: ulem.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which redefines \em to + underline text rather than set it in italics. This underlining + allows line breaks, and works with plain TeX also (using \uline{}). +Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, underlining, emphasis +Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet> +Supported: Yes +Latest Version: 1992 +Archives: shsu*, ymir, stuttgart + +Name: usenix.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to be used with article.sty to + produce papers in the format of the Usenix conference proceedings. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings +Author: Dave Steiner <steiner@topaz.rutgers.edu>, + <..!rutgers!topaz.rutgers.edu!steiner> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v0.9, 1 Jun 1989 +Archives: ymir, stuttgart +Note: The official Usenix proceedings are typeset by converting all + papers to troff, so this style can't be used to submit camera-ready + copy. + +Name: userps.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to define various useful +\pagestyles. (Only contains one so far.) +Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle +Author: +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +Note: Unsupported. + +Name: varfbox.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines a variant of the + standard \fbox command which allows the user to specify the size of + the \fboxrule on the fly. +Keywords: LaTeX, box +Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 8 Aug 1989 +Archives: shsu* + +Name: vdm.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for typesetting VDM specifications. +Keywords: LaTeX, VDM specification language +Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 3.0, May 1992 +Archives: Aston*, SPAN, stuttgart +Note: Comes with documentation: vdm.tex + +Name: version.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for defining environments whose contents will + be optionally ignored when you run LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, comment +Author: Stephen Bellantoni +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1990 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart + +Name: vita.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for creating a vita similar to that + suggested by the Handbook for Scholars. +Keywords: LaTeX, vita, resume +Author: KC Border <kcb@hss.caltech.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Sep 1990 +Archives: ymir, stuttgart, shsu + +Name: voorbeeldom.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines an enumerate-like + environment for typesetting Linguistic examples. +Keywords: LaTeX, lists +Author: Werenfried Spit <Spit@vm.ci.uv.es>, <Spit@ific.uv.es> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 08 Jan 1990 +Archives: utrecht*, ymir + +Name: voorwerk.sty +Description: Dutch version of titlepage.sty for use with rapport1.sty + and rapport3.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, titlepage, report, Dutch, NTG +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 15 Apr 1990 +Archives: tex-nl*, ymir, aston, +Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. + +Name: vrbinput.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with verbatim.sty + (q.v.) to allow the verbatim input of files. +Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim, input +Author: Bernd Raichle <raichle@azu.Informatik.Uni-Stuttgart.DE> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0b, 30 Jun 1991 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart* +Note: vrbinput.sty (.doc) is part of the verbatim distribution. +See also: verbatim.sty + +Name: warn.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to get LaTeX warnings to mention + the line number. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: Kresten Krab Thorup <krab@iesd.auc.dk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, stuttgart + +Name: workshop.sty +Description: LaTeX document style to be used for formatting articles for + the workshops on discrete event systems in Prague, August 1992, and + on robust control in Ascona, April 1992. +Keywords: LaTeX, conference, article +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 11 Feb 1992 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183] +Note: Obsolete. Use birkhaus.sty instead. + +Name: wrapfig.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the environment + "wrapfigure" to manually place a figure at the side of the page and + wrap text around it. +Keywords: LaTeX, floats, +Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1991 +Archives: shsu* + +Name: wright.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which extends \newcommand and + \renewcommand to support commands with optional arguments. +Keywords: LaTeX, newcommand, optarg +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, stuttgart +Note: Includes example file wright.tex. + +Name: xrefwarn.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to modify the \cite command to + only warn you once of each undefined citation. +Keywords: LaTeX, x-ref warnings, citation +Author: Nico Verwer <nico@cs.ruu.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.2, 24 Feb 1992 +Archives: utrecht* + +Name: xspace.sty +Description: LaTeX style option defining \xspace, a macro to put at the + end of abbreviations. It makes a space unless the following + character is a punctuation character, or {}. +Keywords: LaTeX, spaces +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: 1.01, 26 June 1992 +Archives: shsu*, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. + +Name: young.sty +Description: LaTeX document style option which defines an environment + {Young} to draw Young tableaux (group theory). +Keywords: LaTeX, Young tableaux +Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 7 Feb 1992 +Note: Based on using young.tex by Paul E. S. Wormer <U644301@HNYKUN11> +Archives: shsu* + +Name: zaccone.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide independent + formatting of table and figure (and other float) captions. +Keywords: LaTeX, caption, float +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: +Note: Virtually identical to bruggink.sty (q.v.) + +Name: zero.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to start numbering at zero, + where appropriate. Also allows specification of initial counter + values other than one or zero (useful for counters that count + "within" other counters). +Keywords: LaTeX, counter, "numbering within" +Author: Tom Verhoeff <wstomv@win.tue.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 19 Jun 1991 +Archives: tue, shsu +Note: documentation and test file included in package named zero.tar.Z + + +%%Section 6.8: Other + +Name: asaetr.tex +Description: LaTeX documentation for asaetr package +Keywords: documentation, LaTeX, publisher style +Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 12 Feb 1992 +Archives: shsu +Note: part of asaetr package (for TRANSACTIONS OF ASAE) +See also: asaetr.sty, asaetr.bst, asaesub.sty, cmcscsl10.mf + +Name: calprog.tex +Description: See yearcal.tex + +Name: docstrip.tex +Description: LaTeX program to convert .doc files written with doc.sty + into stripped-down .sty files. +Keywords: LaTeX, documentation +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.11 test, 10 Dec 1990 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: doc.sty, newdoc.sty + +Name: lcustom.tex +Description: A miscellaneous collection of LaTeX customizations, + including support for the verbatim input of a file. +Keywords: LaTeX, vrbinput +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart + +Name: pphlp.tex +Description: This file is part of the PPHLP package, which allows both + printed manuals and VMS help library modules to be prepared from a + single file. +Keywords: LaTeX, VMS, documentation +Author: Norman Gray <N.O.Gray@open.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 19 July 1992 +Archives: aston, shsu + +Name: preload.tex +Description: A .tex file for making latex formats with certain style + options preloaded. Speeds things up on a slow PC! +Keywords: LaTeX, PC, speed, initex +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Supported: no +Latest Version: (only one version) +Archives: aston* +Note: May not work with recent releases of LaTeX. + +Name: pslplain.tex +Description: PSLaTeX is a variant of LaTeX that uses PostScript fonts + where possible (including math mode). The assumed encoding of text + fonts is not that of the Computer Modern fonts, but the Adobe + Standard Encoding, enabling any PostScript font using this encoding + to be used as a text font. The latest version incorporates the New + Font Selection Scheme. +Keywords: LaTeX, PostScript fonts +Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> +Archives: Aston*, SPAN, stuttgart +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 3.0, Jun 1992 +Note: comes with documentation (pslatex.tex) and many supporting files. + +Name: xcomment.sty +Description: LaTeX style option for printing only selected environments. +Keywords: LaTeX, comment +Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 5 Jun 1992 +Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu + +Name: xxxcustom.tex +Description: Miscellaneous customizations to LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.00, 17 Jun 1985 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart + +Name: yearcal.tex +Description: LaTeX program for printing a year calendar. +Keywords: LaTeX, calendar +Author: Michael Barr <barr@triples.math.mcgill.ca> +Supported: yes +Latsion: 25 Jun 1992 +Archives: shsu +See also: calendar.sty, calendar.tex +Note: An earlier version of this program was called calprog.tex. + + +%%Section 7: LAMS-TEX + +%% These entries need to be fleshed out more. + +Name: lamstex.tex +Description: LamS-TeX is a macro package which provides AMS-TeX with + some of the document-structuring commands of packages such as LaTeX. + Support is also provided for tables, commutative diagrams, + cross-references, bibliographies (including the use of BibTeX), + indices, etc. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, LamS-TeX, commutative diagrams, xrefs, BibTeX +Author: Michael Spivak, The TeXplorators Corporation; 3701 W. Alabama, + Suite 450-273. Houston, TX 77027 (U.S.A.) +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.01, 1991 +Archives: ymir, stuttgart +Note: LamS-TeX comes with installation instructions (inst.tex and + insttbls.tex) and a brief sample file (samp.tex), which also + contains a short description of the package. A user's manual + ("LamS-TeX, The Synthesis") is sold separately by the TeXplorators + Corporation. A Wizards's Manual, documenting the code, is also + available and a Style File Designer's Manual is planned. LamS-TeX + comes with two programs (dvipaste and index) and five new fonts + (lams1.mf, ..., lams5.mf). LamS-TeX is almost compatible with plain + TeX and AMS-TeX and compatibility modes are supplied (see + acompat.tex and pcompat.tex). LamS-TeX is organized in modules, + which can be swapped in and out as needed to make more efficient use + of limited memory. (Those files with "(.tox)" next to their names + are modules.) + +Name: acompat.tex +Description: LamS-TeX file which allows an old AMS-TeX file to be run + through LamS-TeX. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, LamS-TeX +Author: Michael Spivak, The TeXplorators Corporation; 3701 W. Alabama, + Suite 450-273. Houston, TX 77027 (U.S.A.) +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 +Archives: + +Name: alignat.tex (.tox) +Description: LamS-TeX module which defines the alignedat, alignat, + xalignat and xxalignat math environments for equation arrays. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, math +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: amstexl.tex +Description: LamS-TeX file which provides the basic AMS-TeX macros. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, LamS-TeX +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 +Archives: + +Name: anynum.tex (.tox) +Description: LamS-TeX module which defines \newcounter and \usecounter. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, counter +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: bib.tex (.tox) +Description: LamS-TeX module which provides support for a bibliography. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, bibliography +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: bibtex.tex +Description: LamS-TeX file which provides support for BibTeX. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, BibTeX, bibliography +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 +Archives: + +Name: book.st +Description: LamS-TeX document style for producing a generic book. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, book +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 +Archives: +Note: Also book.stb, book.stf and book.stt for providing extra macros. + +Name: cardord.tex (.tox) +Description: LamS-TeX module for printing the value of constants and + counters as cardinal and ordinal numbers. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, counter +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: cd.tex (.tox) +Description: LamS-TeX module which provides extra support for + commutative diagrams? +Keywords: LamS-TeX, commutative diagrams +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: dblacc.tex (.tox) +Description: LamS-TeX module which provides support for the \accented + command for putting multiple accents on a character. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, accent +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: dvipaste.tex +Description: LamS-TeX macros for using the program dvipaste, which + provides a way to paste in tables that may otherwise be too big to + include in your document using traditional means. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, table +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1989 +Archives: +Note: Documentation in dvipaste.doc. Sample files join.tex, boxes1.tex + and boxes2.tex. + +Name: islands.tex (.tox) +Description: LamS-TeX module which provides supports for floating + insertions. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, float +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: lamslogo.tex +Description: LamS-TeX file which defines the LamS-TeX logo, \LamSTeX. +Keywords: LamS-TeX +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: lamstbl.tex +Description: Subset of the LamS-TeX macros that are most useful for + producing tables with dvipaste? +Keywords: LamS-TeX +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 +Archives: + +Name: lamstex.stb +Description: LamS-TeX macros used when producing an index. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, index +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 +Archives: + +Name: lamstex.stf +Description: LamS-TeX macros used when producing a table of contents. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, TOC +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 +Archives: + +Name: lamstex.stt +Description: LamS-TeX macros used when producing tables. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, tables +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: letter.st +Description: LamS-TeX letter document style. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, letter +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: +Note: A sample letter, letter.tex, is provided. + +Name: lists.tex (.tox) +Description: LamS-TeX module for providing support for itemized lists. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, lists +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: literal.tex (.tox) +Description: LamS-TeX module which provides support for typesetting + pieces of TeX code verbatim +Keywords: LamS-TeX, verbatim +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: lithl.tex +Description: LamS-TeX macros for doing something magic. +Keywords: LamS-TeX +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 +Archives: + +Name: paper.st +Description: LamS-TeX document style for producing a generic paper. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, article +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 +Archives: +Note: Also paper.stt, which has something to do with tables. + +Name: pcompat.tex +Description: LamS-TeX which allows LamS-TeX to format a plain TeX file. +Keywords: plain TeX, LamS-TeX +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 +Archives: + +Name: places.tex (.tox) +Description: LamS-TeX module which provides extra support for floating + insertions. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, float +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: ptmatrix.tex +Description: LamS-TeX macros for typesetting partitioned matrices. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, math, matrices +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 +Archives: + +Name: varref.tex (.tox) +Description: LamS-TeX module which provides support for cross + references? +Keywords: LamS-TeX, xrefs +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + + +%%Section 8: PLAIN TEX + +Name: 10point.tex +Description: Defines a \tenpoint macro for plain TeX, similar to the one + mentioned in the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, font +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* +See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10pointss.tex, + 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex, + plain-cm.tex + +Name: 10pointss.tex +Description: Defines a \tenpointss macro to switch to the ten point + sans-serif font. +Keywords: plain TeX, font +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* +See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, 11point.tex, + 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex, plain-cm.tex + +Name: 11point.tex +Description: Defines an \elevenpoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to + the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, font +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* +See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, + 10pointss.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex, + plain-cm.tex + +Name: 12point.tex +Description: Defines a \twelvepoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to + the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, font +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* +See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, + 10pointss.tex, 11point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex, + plain-cm.tex + +Name: 14point.tex +Description: Defines a \fourteenpoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to + the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, font +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* +See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, + 10pointss.tex, 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex, + plain-cm.tex + +Name: 17point.tex +Description: Defines a \seventeenpoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to + the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, font +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* +See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, + 10pointss.tex, 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 20point.tex, + plain-cm.tex + +Name: 20point.tex +Description: Defines a \twentypoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to + the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, font +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> and J. Leon +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* +See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, + 10pointss.tex, 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, + plain-cm.tex + +Name: 2columns.mac +Description: The two column output format from Chapter 23 of the + TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, output, multi-column, two-column, TeXbook +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: 2side.tex +Description: A two-sided format for plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, output +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: 7point.tex +Description: Defines a \sevenpoint macro for plain TeX, similar to the + one mentioned in the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, font +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* +See also: 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, 10pointss.tex, + 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex, + plain-cm.tex + +Name: 8point.tex +Description: Defines an \eightpoint macro for plain TeX, similar to the + one mentioned in the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, font +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* +See also: 7point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, 10pointss.tex, + 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex, + plain-cm.tex + +Name: 9point.tex +Description: Defines a \ninepoint macro for plain TeX, similar to the + one mentioned in the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, font +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* +See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 10point.tex, 10pointss.tex, + 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex, + plain-cm.tex + +Name: aa.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + articles for the journal Astronomy and Astrophysics. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, Springer-Verlag, journal, + multi-column, two-column +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.0, 25 Feb 1991 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file (aa.doc), three + example files (aa.dem) two of them are files with the macros for the + head ready to "fill in" the text (aa.big, and aa.tex), and a readme + file. The package also includes a copy of laa.the, the thesaurus + list for Astronomy and Astrophysics. There is also a variant, + aa.mtm, of the macros for typsetting with the Monotype Times fonts. + +Name: address.tex +Description: Generates form letters and mailing labels from an address + list. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, formletter, mailing labels +Author: Michael Wester <wester@spectre.unm.edu> and Jackie Damrau + <damrau@bitbucket.ssc.gov> +Supported: Yes +Latest Version: 25 May 1992 +Archives: shsu* +Note: Package includes several auxiliary files, including a README file. + This package is described in the paper "Form Letters with 3-Across + Labels Capability," TUGboat 12(4):510-516, December 1991. This + paper is also included in the address package. +See also: bellmac.tex, label.tex, labels.tex, letter.mac, letter.tex, + lettermac.tex, letter.sty, make-env.tex, merge.sty + +Name: amssym.def +Description: Makes the AMS symbol fonts (msam and msbm) available to + plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, amsfonts, mathfonts, AMS +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1, 5 Apr 1991 +Archives: e-math* +See also: amssym.tex, msam.sty, msbm.sty, amssymbols.sty, amsfonts.sty, + amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty + +Name: apalike.tex +Description: Macros to make apalike.bst work with plain TeX and + btxmac.tex. +Keywords: plain TeX, BibTeX, bibliography, APA +Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.99b, 29 Feb 1992 +Archives: labrea* +See also: btxmac.tex, apalike.sty, apalike.bst + +Name: automagic.tex +Description: Defines some fairly simple macros for automatically + numbering section headings in plain TeX. Also has rudimentary + support for a table of contents. +Keywords: plain TeX, sectioning, autonumbering, TOC +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: autotoc.tex, toc.mac, toc.tex + +Name: autotoc.tex +Description: Automatic Table of contents generation for plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, TOC +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: automagic.tex, toc.mac, toc.tex + +Name: badges.tex +Description: plain TeX program for making name tags. +Author: Piet Tutelaers <rcpt@urc.tue.nl>, <rcpt@heithe5.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +Note: Package includes badges.ps, badges.readme and addresses.tex. + +Name: bellmac.tex +Description: Form letter package for plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, formletter +Author: Edwin V. Bell, II <bell@ukanvax.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.1, 9 Oct 1986 +Archives: ymir +See also: address.tex, letter.mac, letter.tex, lettermac.tex, + letter.sty, merge.sty + +Name: bibplain.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for using BibTeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Anthony J. Ferro <ferro@asucps.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: btxmac.tex +Note: Probably obsolete. Use btxmac.tex instead. + +Name: blanks.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting questions with blanks left + for the answers. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX +Author: Hal R. Varian +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 19 Aug 1987 +Archives: ymir +Note: Includes an example file, blanks-sample.tex. + +Name: bnf.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for formatting BNF grammars. +Keywords: plain TeX, BNF +Author: Erik Quanstrom +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 10 Nov 1990 +Archives: ymir +Note: Includes an example file, bnfexample.tex. +See also: ebnf.sty, bnf.sty + +Name: borders.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for putting a black border around page. +Keywords: plain TeX, output +Author: James A. Brister +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 28 Jan 1991 +Archives: ymir + +Name: boxit.tex +Description: plain TeX macro to put boxes around text, similar to the + LaTeX \fbox command. +Keywords: plain TeX, framebox +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +Note: This is similar to, but inferior to, the \boxit macro presented in + Exercise 21.3 of the TeXbook. +See also: frame.tex + +Name: btable.sty +Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting character tables of finite + groups. +Keywords: plain TeX, table +Author: Bob Howlett <howlett_r@maths.su.oz.au> and Andrew Mathas + <andrew@math.uic.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 6 Jul 90 +Archives: ymir + +Name: btxmac.tex +Description: Defines macros that make BibTeX work with plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Karl Berry and Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.99j, 14 Mar 1992 +Archives: labrea*, ymir + +Name: Caesar-CM +Description: Macros to provide (nearly) perfect hyphenation at slight + cost on TeX systems lacking good virtual font support. These + macros allow one to supplement ordinary Computer Modern fonts with + some extended Computer Modern prose fonts containing some or all + the accented characters in the 1989 Cork norm for TeX-encoding of + latin alphabets. For example, the distribution includes three + basic prose fonts of the "TM" series due to + Brouard-Sullivan-Taupin. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, accents, Computer Modern, Cork norm, + virtual fonts, em, Macintosh +Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Sept 1992 +Note: Caesar-CM is recommended for TeX systems lacking good virtual + font support. Originally designed for OzTeX and Textures, it + provides special comforts for these two. For Textures, there is + support for all Adobe type1 fonts, covering roughly the same ISO + Latin1 accented characters as the TM fonts. +Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr* + [130.84.128.100], stuttgart + +Name: calendar.tex +Description: Interactive plain TeX program for formatting a monthly + calendar. +Keywords: plain TeX, calendar +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: calendar.sty, yearcal.tex + +Name: capparmode.tex +Description: plain TeX macros to typeset every paragraph with a drop + capital. +Keywords: plain TeX, dropcaps +Author: David J. Braunegg +Supported: no +Latest Version: 1986 +Archives: labrea*, ymir + +Name: cassette.tex +Description: plain TeX macros to typeset labels for standard Phillips + audio cassette boxes. +Keywords: plain TeX, cassette label +Author: David Strip <drstrip@isrc.sandia.gov> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1991 +Archives: ymir +Note: Uses, but does not require, two special fonts, dolby and cdlogo. +See also: tape.sty + +%% Name: cell1.tex +%% Name: cell2.tex +%% Name: cell3.tex +%% Name: cell4.tex +%% Name: cellular.doc +%% Name: cellular.tex + +Name: chbars.tex +Description: Macros for producing changebars without \special's (with + plain TeX). +Keywords: plain TeX, changebars, output +Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 9 Oct 1989 +Note: This is, in fact, a talk at EuroTeX '89 in Karlsruhe. (That's the + EuroTeX where no proceedings appeared.) The talk attempted to push + TeX to its limits and to show these limits. The author neither uses + nors support this macro by himself; but if he receives repairs, he + will incorporate them into a new version. +Archives: darmstadt*, stuttgart, ymir, aston + +Name: cnoweb.tex +Description: A plain TeX macro package for pretty-printing C code + without using CWEB. +Keywords: plain TeX, WEB, C +Author: Jim Fox +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.2, 30 Oct 1989 +Archives: ymir, shsu +Note: Includes a sample file, pf.c, and a readme file, cnoweb.readme. + +Name: comment.sty +Description: Macros for commenting out sections of documents in plain + TeX or LaTeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, comment +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.0, 19 Jun 1992 +Archives: stuttgart, shsu +See also: comment.tex, verbatim.sty + +Name: comment.tex +Description: Defines macros for commenting out sections of text in plain + TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, comment +Author: J. C. Alexander +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: May 1986 +Archives: ymir, aston +See also: comment.sty, verbatim.sty + +Name: cpjour2.cmm +Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + camera-ready copy for various two-column journals. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + journal, multi-column, two-column +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 24 Oct 1991 +Archives: +Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the PJour2 and PJour2g packages. + +Name: CPMoMu01 +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for preparing + camera-ready monographs or contributions to multi-author books. +Keywords: plain TeX, book, single-author, multi-author, proceedings, + camera-ready +Author: NTP Dept., Springer-Verlag Heidelberg <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest version: 1.0 +Archives: dhdspri6* + +Name: cyracc.def +Description: Definitions of accents and special characters required for + use of the Cyrillic fonts arranged according to the AMS scheme. +Keywords: generic, amsfonts, Cyrillic, AMS +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1, 31 May 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: declare.tex +Description: Provides a method of locally allocating registers without + interference with previously allocated registers. +Keywords: plain TeX, allocation, register +Author: J. E. Pittman +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1 Jun 1990 +Archives: ymir + +Name: dmhgener.tex +Description: Provides plain TeX with rudimentary support for sectioning + commands, automatic numbering of chapters, equations, figures and + tables, and bibliography entries and cross-referencing. +Keywords: plain TeX, sectioning, autonumbering, xrefs, bibliography +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: doublecol.tex +Description: Generic double column output for plain TeX, modified from + Donald Knuth's routine in Appendix E of the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, output, multi-column, two-column, TeXbook +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: edmac.tex (.doc) +Description: EDMAC is a set of plain TeX macros for formatting critical + editions of texts in the traditional way, similar to the Oxford + Classical Texts, Teubner and Arden Shakespeare. Support is provided + for marginal line numbering and multiple series of footnotes and + endnotes keyed to line numbers. +Keywords: plain TeX, footnotes, line numbering +Author: John Lavagnino <lav@binah.cc.brandeis.edu>, + <lav@brandeis.bitnet> and Dominik Wujastyk <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.22 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart, utrecht +Note: The documentation requires doc.sty and newdoc.sty to format, as + well as egg.sty, which is distributed with the package. + +Name: epsf.tex +Description: TeX macros to include an Encapsulated PostScript graphic. +Keywords: plain TeX, dvips, epsf, PostScript +Author: Tomas Rokicki <rokicki@neon.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 18 Jul 1990 +Archives: labrea*, ymir +Note: epsf.tex is part of the dvips distribution. +See also: epsf.sty, psfig.tex, psfig.sty + +Name: figplace.tex +Description: Macros which implement an alternate floating insertion + routine for plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, output, floats +Author: Joost Zalmstra <jjaz%nat.vu.nl@hearn.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 25 Oct 1988 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart + +Name: FloatNotes.tex +Description: TeX macros allowing \midinsert's to be treated by the + user much like displays. In particular, it becomes possible to + use a midinsert without a special label or title, in spite of + occasional "floating" to a following page. The trick is to use a + "floatnote". +Keywords: plain TeX, \midinsert, newinserts.tex +Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: alpha; Sept 1992 +Note: Documentation is internal. Derives from W. Neumann's + newinserts.tex correction/revision of \midinsert. Hence it is only + valid with formats based on Plain TeX +Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr* + [130.84.128.100], stuttgart + +Name: fnote.tex +Description: Defines a plain TeX macro \fnote for automatically + numbering footnotes. Also redefines \vfootnote to reset + \baselineskip to restore single spacing within double-spaced text. +Keywords: plain TeX, footnotes, autonumbering +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: fnpara.tex +Description: Redefines plain TeX's footnote macros so that all footnotes + on a page are combined into a single paragraph, a la pages 398--400 + of the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, footnotes, TeXbook +Author: Dominik Wujastyk <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 15 Sep 1988 +Archives: ymir (but munged) +See also: fnpara.sty + +Name: fontbl.tex +Description: plain TeX program for displaying font tables. +Keywords: plain TeX, fontchart +Author: Roger L. Beeman and Pierre A. Mackay <mackay@cs.washington.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: +See also: testfont.tex + +Name: fontchart.tex +Description: plain TeX program for displaying magnified font tables. + Shows bounding boxes and baselines of characters. +Keywords: plain TeX, fontchart +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: +See also: testfont.tex, fontbl.tex + +Name: fortran.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for including verbatim program listings. + Based on Dirty Trick #3 of Appendix D of the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim, TeXbook, vrbinput +Author: B. H. Toby +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Aug 1986 +Archives: ymir +See also: list.tex, llist.tex, vrbinput.sty, verbatim.sty, verbtim2.tex, + misc.sty, lcustom.tex + +Name: frame.tex +Description: Defines a macro for putting a frame around an \hbox; also + defines a macro for producing an empty box of arbitrary dimensions. +Keywords: plain TeX, framebox +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: boxit.sty + +Name: gkpmac.tex +Description: plain TeX macros used to typeset "Concrete Mathematics" by + Ronald Graham, Donald E. Knuth and Oren Patashnik. +Keywords: plain TeX, book +Author: Ronald Graham and Donald E. Knuth and Oren Patashnik +Maintainer: Donald E. Knuth; Computer Science Department; Stanford + University; Stanford, CA 94305 <op@cs.stanford.edu (Care of Oren + Patashnik)> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: concrete.sty + +Name: headlinerule.tex +Description: Redefines plain TeX's \makeheadline macro to include an + \hrule spanning the width of the page. +Keywords: plain TeX, header +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: HyAcc-CM +Description: Macros allowing decent hyphenation for languages using + accented characters when typesetting fonts with Computer Modern + encoding. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, accents, Computer Modern +Authors: Daniel Flipo <flipo@citil.citilille.fr>, Laurent Siebenmann + <lcs@matups.matups.fr> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: May 1992 +Note: Recommended for small TeX systems, and for European language + typescripts circulated in the US or wherever CM fonts predominate +Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr* + [130.84.128.100], stuttgart + +Name: index.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for use with the MakeIndex program to make + an index for a document. The macros work with MakeIndex in its + default mode, so no extra MakeIndex "style" file is needed (even + though that default mode is actually for LaTeX). For draft + documents a switch will turn on "galley marks" for indexed words or + phrases (a ruled box is drawn around the item). Includes macros for + both creating the raw index file and printing the processed index. + Instructions are provided for setting up more than one index. +Keywords: plain TeX, index, MakeIndex +Author: Eric Myers <myers@landau.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.15, 19 Jun 1992 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] +See also: TeXsis +Note: index.tex is also included in TeXsis (q.v.) + +Name: jns.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + articles for the Journal of Nonlinear Science. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + journal +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 16 July 1990 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, jns.doc, an example + file, jns.dem, and a readme file. There is also a file, jns.amm, for + typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM) fonts. +See also: jns.sty, jnsams.cmm + +Name: label.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for creating mailing labels. +Keywords: plain TeX, mailing labels +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: address.tex, labels.tex, make-env.tex + +Name: labeldefs.tex +Description: Simple threecolumn output for a plain TeX newsletter, based + on the example on page 257 of the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, output, multi-column, newsletter +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: LabelFig.tex +Description: Semi-interactive macros for attaching TeX labels to + imported graphics from outside sources such as Postscript. +Keywords: TeX, graphics, PostScript +Authors: Raymond Seroul <seroul@math.u-strasbg.fr>, Laurent Siebenmann + <lcs@matups.matups.fr> +Supported: yes +First Version: July 1991 +Latest Version: July 1992 +Note: The interactivity derives from a canonical grid visible on the + preview or preprint. As one can attach anything to anything, + LabelFig.tex gives a simple paste-up environment. Documentation + is internal. +Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr + [130.84.128.100], stuttgart + +Name: labelmac3.tex +Description: Plain TeX macros for creating mail labels for use with + Avery 5160 laser printer labels. +Keywords: plain TeX, mailing labels +Author: R. Bharat Rao <bharat@herodotus.cs.uiuc.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 11 Oct 1991 +Archives: shsu + +Name: lecmono.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + monographs in the Lecture Notes in Physics series. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + single-author, book, LNP, physics +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Nov 1990 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, lecmono.doc, two + example files, lecmono1.dem and lecmono2.dem, and a readme file. + There is also a file, lecmono.amm, for typsetting with the (obsolete) + Almost Modern (AM) fonts. + +Name: lecproc.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + proceedings in the Lecture Notes in Physics series. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + LNP, proceedings, physics, multi-author, book +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.0 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, lecproc.doc, two + example files, lecproc.dem and lecproc.dem, and a readme file. + +Name: letter.mac +Description: A stripped-down version of letter format from Appendix E of + the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, letter +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: address.tex, bellmac.tex, letter.tex, lettermac.tex, + letter.sty, merge.sty + +Name: letter.tex +Description: Donald Knuth's letter format, an expanded version of the + letter format in Appendix E of the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, letter, TeXbook +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: labrea*, ymir +See also: address.tex, bellmac.tex, brief.sty, letter.mac, + lettermac.tex, letter.sty, merge.sty + +Name: lettermac.tex +Description: Simple macros for writing letters. +Keywords: plain TeX, letter +Author: J. Daniel Smith +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 23 May 90 +Archives: ymir +See also: address.tex, bellmac.tex, brief.sty, letter.mac, letter.tex, + letter.sty, make-env.tex, merge.sty + +Name: LeXTeX.tex +Description: A macro package for use with plain.tex for producing legal + documents (including pleadings). +Keywords: plain TeX, LeXTeX +Author: Roger C-H. Horne <rhorne@cix.compulink.co.uk>, 7 New Square, + Lincoln's Inn, London WC2A 3QS, UK +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.005, Feb 1992 +Archives: None as yet. + +Name: list.tex +Description: Makes a verbatim listing of one or more files. Typical + usage: tex list *.c \\end +Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim, vrbinput +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: labrea*, ymir +See also: fortran.tex, llist.tex, vrbinput.sty, verbtim2.tex + +Name: listing.mac +Description: Macros for the LISTEX system by DCB. +Keywords: plain TeX +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: llist.tex +Description: Makes a two-up verbatim listing of one or more files. + Typical usage: tex llist *.c \\end +Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim, dvips, vrbinput +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: labrea*, ymir +See also: fortran.tex, list.tex, vrbinput.sty, verbtim2.tex + +%% Name: longtocline.tex + +Name: lwebmac.tex +Description: macros for the LWEB system by DCB +Keywords: +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: make-env.tex +Description: Print an address on an envelope according to strict USPS + standards. +Keywords: plain TeX, mailing labels, barcode +Author: J. Daniel Smith +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 12 Jan 1990 +Archives: ymir +Note: Includes a sample file, test.adr. Requires zip.tex and + lettermac.tex. +See also: address.tex, label.tex, labels.tex + +Name: mamath.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + camera-ready articles for manuscripta mathematica. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + journal, mathematics +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Jun 1990 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, mamath.doc, an + example file, mamath.dem, and a readme file. There is also a file, + mamath.amm, for typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM) + fonts. + +Name: manmac.tex +Description: Macros used to typeset The TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, TeXbook, book +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: labrea*, shsu + +Name: mathmult.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + multi-author mathematics books. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + multi-author, book, mathematics +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Mar 1991 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, mathmult.doc, an + example file, mathmult.dem, and a readme file. There is also a + file, mathmult.amm, for typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern + (AM) fonts. +See also: amamult.cmm, lmamult.sty, mathsing.cmm, mathsing.sty + +Name: mathsing.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + single-author mathematics books. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + single-author, book, mathematics +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, Oct 1990 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, mathsing.doc, an + example file, mathsing.dem, and a readme file. There is also a + file, mathsing.amm, for typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern + (AM) fonts. +See also: amamult.cmm, lmamult.sty, mathmult.cmm, mathsing.sty + +Name: memo.tex +Description: Generate a memo banner. +Keywords: plain TeX, memo +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: mftmac.tex +Description: Special macros for use with MFT output. +Keywords: plain TeX, METAFONT, MFT +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Archives: labrea* + +Name: mhack.tex +Description: plain TeX code for producing margin notes. +Keywords: plain TeX, margin notes +Author: Norman Walsh <walsh@cs.umass.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Sep 1991 +Archives: shsu + +Name: model.tex +Description: Rudimentary document style for ACM proceedings +Keywords: plain TeX, ACM, proceedings +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: mrecog.tex +Description: Mathmode control-sequence recognition for TeX/LaTeX. + Allows math formulas to be typed as, for example, "$cos(pi log + phi)\,d phi$" rather than "$\cos(\pi \log \phi)\,d \phi$". +Keywords: plain TeX, math +Author: Robert H. Wentworth <rhw@hoh-1.att.com> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v0.1 (beta), 26 Jun 1990 +Archives: ymir + +Name: mssymb.tex +Description: Defines names for all the math symbols in the old AMS fonts + (msxm and msym). Obsolete. Use amssym.tex instead. +Keywords: plain TeX, amsfonts, mathfonts, AMS +Author: +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: +Archives: +Note: Obsolete. +See also: amssym.def, amssym.tex, amssymbols.sty, amsfonts.sty, + amssymb.sty, msam.sty, msbm.sty, amssymbl.sty + +Name: multihead.tex +Description: Multiple line header for plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, header +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* + +Name: multip.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + multiple-author physics books in the so-called "Ergebnisse" format. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + multi-author, book, physics +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Mar 1989 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, multip.doc, and an + example file, multip.dem. There is also a file, multip.amm, for + typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM) fonts. + +Name: multpghb.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + multiple-author physics books in the so-called "GHB" format. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + multi-author, book, physics +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 12 Dec 1988 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, multip.doc, and an + example file, multip.dem. There is also a file, multpghb.amm, for + typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM) fonts. + +Name: newinsert.tex +Description: Bug fixes to plain TeX macros \midinsert and \topinsert. +Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, inserts, figures +Author: Walter Neumann <neumann@mps.ohio-state.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 2 Apr 1990 +Archives: shape.mps.ohio-state.edu:ftp/pub/osutex/OSUDEG/tools* + [128.146.7.200], ymir + +Name: nofill.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for preserving line breaks and spaces in + lines of text. +Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, nofill +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: null.tex +Description: Empty TeX file. Useful when TeX prompts you for a file + name and you don't want to provide a real file. + +Name: outline.sty +Description: Reads structured files generated by PC-OUTLINE and formats + them in plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, outline +Author: Hal R. Varian +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Sep 1987 +Archives: ymir, shsu + +Name: paragraphs.tex +Description: Demonstrates various combinations of \everypar, \hangafter, + \hangindent, \indent, \lastbox, \noindent and \parindent. +Keywords: plain TeX, paragraph +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: phoncard.tex +Description: Formats a list of phone numbers into 9x9 blocks. +Keywords: plain TeX, phonelist +Author: Daniel R. Greening <dgreen@cs.ucla.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.03, 2 Jun 1992 +Archives: ymir +Note: Author will incorporate bug fixes if supplied, but will not fix + bugs himself. + +Name: PJour2g +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for articles in + Springer-Verlag Heidelberg journals with two-column layout. Variant + of PJour2 (g=general). +Keywords: plain TeX, article, two-column +Author: NTP Dept., Springer-Verlag Heidelberg <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest version: 1.0 +Archives: dhdspri6* +See also: PJour2 + +Name: picmac.tex +Description: Macros for drawing simple pictures in plain TeX. This is a + subset of LaTeX's picture environment, with added support for + quadratic splines. +Keywords: plain TeX, graphics +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: labrea*, ymir + +Name: pjour1.zip +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + various 1-column journals. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, Springer-Verlag, PostScript, + journal, mathematics, physics, chemistry, computer science +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file (pjour1.doc), a + reference card (pjour1.ref), the macro file (pjour1.mac), a readme + file, and an installation routine for MS-DOS. For each journal there + are three example files (*.dem); two of them are files with the + macros for the head ready to "fill in" the text (*.big, and *.tex), + and a file (*.ini) with the journal specifics. To be used as TeX + format file, which saves interpretation time at the average run. +See also: pjour2 + +Name: pjour2.zip +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + various 2-column journals. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, Springer-Verlag, PostScript, + journal, mathematics, physics, chemistry, computer science, OR, + shock waves, geodesy +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file (pjour2.doc), a + reference card (pjour2.ref), the macro file (pjour2.mac), a readme + file and an installation routine for MS-DOS. For each journal there + are three example files (*.dem); two of them are files with the + macros for the head ready to "fill in" the text (*.big, and *.tex), + and a file (*.ini) with the journal specifics. To be used as TeX + format file, which saves interpretation time at the average run. +See also: pjour1 + +Name: plain.tex +Description: plain TeX format as described in The TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, fmt, TeXbook +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v3.141 +Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, utrecht, aston, shsu + +Name: plncs.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for producing + camera-ready copy for the Lecture Notes in Computer Science series. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + LNCS, multi-author, book +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, plncs.doc, and an + example file, plncs.dem. + +Name: plotting.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for plotting x-y graphs. +Keywords: plain TeX, graphics +Author: Laurence G. Yaffe <lgy@newton.phys.washington.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1987 +Archives: ymir* + +Name: reference.tex +Description: Provides rudimentary support for a list of references with + labels and crossreferences. +Keywords: plain TeX, xrefs, bibliography +Author: B. A. Leland (XHEMIA:BAL) +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.1, 6/27/86 +Archives: ymir +See also: btxmac.tex + +Name: resume.tex +Description: Resume document style for plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, resume +Author: <parker@oz> (Lynne Parker <parker@rice-chex.mit.edu>??) +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Jan 1986 +Archives: ymir + +Name: resumemac.tex +Description: Resume macro file for plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, resume +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* +Note: Includes sample file, sample_resume.tex. + +%% Name: rightfig.mac + +Name: rotate.tex +Description: Macros for rotating and flipping a TeX box. +Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, dvips +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 4 Nov 1990 +Author: Tomas Rokicki <rokicki@neon.stanford.edu> +Archives: labrea*, ymir +Note: rotate.tex is part of the dvips distribution. +See also: rotate.sty + +Name: scmac.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting scripts. +Keywords: plain TeX, scripts, drama +Author: Na Choon Piaw +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.02, 1989 +Archives: ymir +Note: Also called scmac202.tex. + +Name: scorecard.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for printing a baseball scorecard for one + team, as well as summary statistics boxes (Pitcher's stats, Offense, + Defense, and Pitching miscellanea, a Notes section, and a line + score). +Keywords: plain TeX, baseball +Author: Matthew Wall <matt@cs.brandeis.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.1, 28 Apr 1989 +Archives: ymir + +Name: setstrut.tex +Description: Automatic strut computation. +Keywords: plain TeX, strut +Author: Stephan v. Bechtolsheim +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1987 +Archives: ymir + +Name: singlep.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + single-author physics books. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + single-author, book, physics +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: May 1989 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, singlep.doc, and two + example files, singlep1.dem and singlep2.dem. There is also a file, + singlep.am, for typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM) + fonts. + +Name: split.tex +Description: Defines macros which takes two pieces of text and boxes + them side by side. +Keywords: plain TeX, box +Author: Eric Skinner <ers2f@uottawa.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: stables.tex +Description: Macros for producing tables with plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, table +Author: Robert Nilsson <ranhelp@venus.tamu.edu>, + <ranhelp@tamvenus1.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.0 +Archives: ymir, utrecht +See also: stables_doc.tex +Note: Includes documentation, stables_doc.tex. + +Name: sterne.cmm +Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + the "Handbuch f\"ur Sternfreunde". +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 22 Nov 1988 +Archives: +Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the CPMoMu01 package + +Name: sw.cmm +Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + camera-ready copy for the journal Shock Waves. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + journal, multi-column, two-column +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: v0.9, 4 Dec 1990 +Archives: +Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the PJour2 package + +%% Name: tabledoc.tex +%% Description: Documentation for tables.tex +%% Keywords: plain TeX, tables, documentation +%% Author: Ray F. Cowan +%% Latest Version: 22 Feb 85 +%% Archives: ymir +%% Note: Note tables.tex on ymir? + +Name: tables.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting tables. +Keywords: plain TeX, table +Author: Michael Ferguson <mike@inrs-telecom.uquebec.ca> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1986 +Archives: ymir + +Name: tbemacros.tex +Description: Some new commands defined in the book "TeX by Example," + (copyright (c) 1992, Academic Press). +Keywords: plain TeX +Author: Arvind Borde +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.0, 10 Jul 1991 +Archives: shsu, stuttgart, aston +Note: There is also a file of examples, called tbesamples.tex. + +Name: tech-erg.cmm +Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + articles for Technik using the "Ergebnisse" format. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 18 Nov 1988 +Archives: +Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the CPMoMu01 package. + +Name: tech-ghb.cmm +Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + articles for Technik using the "Grosshandbuch" format. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 18 Nov 1988 +Archives: +Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the CPMoMu01 package. + +Name: tech-std.cmm +Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + articles for Technik using the "Stodola" format. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 18 Nov 1988 +Archives: +Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the CPMoMu01 package. + +Name: testfont.tex +Description: TeX program for displaying font tables. +Keywords: plain TeX, fontchart +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: +See also: fontchart.tex, fontbl.tex + +Name: theapa.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for use with the theapa BibTeX + bibliography style (theapa.bst). +Keywords: plain TeX, BibTeX, bibliography, APA +Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0 Apr 1992 +Archives: shsu, ftp.cc.utexas.edu [192.12.26.23]:pub/young/ +See also: theapa.sty, theapa.bst +Note: theapa.tex is not compatible with btxmac.tex. A compatible + version may be available upon request. + +Name: toc.mac +Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting a Table of Contents. +Keywords: plain TeX, TOC +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Author: +Archives: ymir +See also: autotoc.tex, toc.tex + +Name: toc.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for automatically generating a Table of + Contents. +Keywords: plain TeX, autoTOC +Author: Dan Zirin +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1987 +Archives: ymir +See also: autotoc.tex, toc.mac + +Name: treedef.tex +Description: A macro to make aligned (horizontal) trees in TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, tree +Author: David Eppstein +Supported: no +Latest Version: Feb 1986 +Archives: ymir +Note: Described in TUGboat, vol. 6 (1985), no. 1, pp. 31--35. + +Name: tgrindmac.tex +Description: Macros for TeX "tgrind" (a TeX equivalent of UNIX 4bsd + "vgrind"). +Keywords: plain TeX, tgrind +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.4, 30 Mar 1985 +Author: Van Jacobson <van@lbl-rtsg.arpa> +Archives: +See also: tgrind.sty + +Name: tugboat.cmn +Description: Macros which are common to both the plain and LaTeX style + files for TUGboat. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, common macros +Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.10, 8 Mar 1992 +Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu +See also: tugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugboat.sty, ltugproc.sty +Note: Previously named tugboat.com, but renamed to avoid conflicts + with an MS-DOS naming convention. Please delete any files named + tugboat.com. + +Name: tugbot.sab +Description: Supplementary definitions for abbreviations and logos that + appear in TUGboat. +Keywords: plain TeX, TUGboat +Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 1 Mar 1989 +Archives: ymir +See also: tugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugboat.sty, ltugproc.sty, + tugboat.cmn +Note: Obsolete; content incorporated into tugboat.cmn + +Name: tugboat.sty +Description: plain TeX macros for preparing an article for TUGboat, the + Communications of the TeX Users Group. +Keywords: plain TeX, TeX Users Group, TUGboat, +Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.11, 8 Mar 1992 +Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu +Note: Requires tugboat.cmn +See also: ltugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty, tugboat.cmn + +Name: tugbot.sty +Description: TeX macros for preparing a document in TUGboat format. +Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, TUGboat +Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 8 Jul 87 +Archives: +See also: tugboat.sty, ltugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty, + tugboat.cmn +Note: Obsolete; superseded by tugboat.sty + +Name: tugbot.tex +Description: Model "top-level" file for TUGboat article +Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, TUGboat +Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 18 Aug 85 +Archives: ymir +See also: tugboat.sty, ltugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty, + tugboat.cmn +Note: Obsolete + +Name: tugproc.sty +Description: plain TeX macros for the Proceedings issues of TUGboat, the + Communications of the TeX Users Group. +Keywords: plain TeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, proceedings +Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.09, 8 Mar 1992 +Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu +See also: tugboat.sty, ltugboat.sty, ltugproc.sty, tugboat.cmn +Note: Requires tugboat.sty and tugboat.cmn. + +Name: unouter.tex +Description: Removes the concept of \outer from plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, outer +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Nov 1988 +Author: \'Eamonn McManus <emcmanus@gr.osf.org> +Archives: ymir + +Name: varindent.tex +Description: Macros for making the indentation of each paragraph match + the length of the preceding line. +Keywords: plain TeX, paragraph +Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet> +Supported: no +Latest Version: no versions +Archives: ymir + +Name: verbatim.mac +Description: Support for verbatim listing of TeX source code. Lifted + from tugbot.sty and ultimately derived from manmac.tex. +Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: verbtim2.tex +Description: Produce verbatim listings of various sorts. +Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim, vrbinput +Author: Tim Morgan <morgan@uci-icsa> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: fortran.tex, list.tex, llist.tex, vrbinput.sty, verbatim.sty, + misc.sty, lcustom.tex + +Name: web9pt.tex +Description: ??? +Keywords: +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: webmac.tex +Description: standard macros for formatting WEB listings. +Keywords: plain TeX, WEB, tangle, weave +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: WEBMAC4.0 +Archives: labrea* + +Name: webmacss.tex +Description: Modifies standard webmac macros to print Pascal text in + sans-serif type. +Keywords: plain TeX, WEB, tangle, weave +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Aug 1987 +Author: +Archives: ymir +See also: webmac.tex + +Name: weirdtitle.tex +Description: A weird title macro. +Keywords: plain TeX, weird +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Author: +Archives: ymir + +Name: xrcs.tex +Description: Tex interface to the RCS Revision Control System. +Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, RCS +Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.25, 28 Jan 1992 [beta] +Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*] + + +%%Section 8.1: The New Font Selection Scheme for plain TeX + +%% Name: driver.tex +%% Name: plainfsl.doc +%% Name: plainfsl.tex +%% Name: readme.plf +%% Name: scripts.doc +%% Name: xxxlfont.doc + + +%%Section 8.2: Newsletter Macros + +Name: newsletr.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting a newsletter. Includes + support for multiple columns. +Keywords: plain TeX, newsletter, multi-column +Author: Hunter Goatley <goathunter@wkuvx1.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v01-014, 3 Jun 1989 +Archives: shsu* + +Name: italic.tex +Description: Defines macros for typeset text in italics and + automatically insert italic corrections when necessary +Keywords: LaTeX, font +Author: Hunter Goatley <goathunter@wkuvx1.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 21 Aug 1991 +Archives: shsu +Note: Also available as a LaTeX document-style option, italic.sty. + +Name: quote.tex +Description: TeX macros to make " expand into either `` or '' depending + on context. +Keywords: plain TeX, quote marks +Author: Hunter Goatley <goathunter@wkuvx1.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Aug 1991 +Archives: shsu* +Note: Also available as a LaTeX document-style option, quote.sty. + + +%%Section 8.3: ScriptTeX + +Name: ScriptTeX +Description: ScriptTeX is a plain TeX-based macro package for + typesetting screenplays and scripts. +Keywords: plain TeX, ScriptTeX, script, screenplay +Author: Adrian McCarthy <adrian@lexcel.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.03, 24 October 1991 +Archives: ymir* +Note: ScriptTeX comes with a user's manual, stdoc.tex, and a + demonstration file, stdemo.tex. + +Name: screenplay.tex +Description: ScriptTeX format for producing a screenplay. +Keywords: plain TeX, ScriptTeX, script, screenplay +Author: Adrian McCarthy <adrian@lexcel.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.03, 24 Oct 1991 +Archives: ymir* + +Name: stageplay.tex +Description: ScriptTeX format for producing a stageplay. +Keywords: plain TeX, ScriptTeX, script, stageplay +Author: Adrian McCarthy <adrian@lexcel.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.03, 24 Oct 1991 +Archives: ymir* + + +%%Section 9: SLITEX + +%%Section 9.1: Standard Distribution + +Name: slitex.tex +Description: SliTeX is a version of LaTeX for making black-and-white or + color slides. It is part of the standard LaTeX distribution. +Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX, slides +Author: Leslie Lamport +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.09, 25 Mar 1992 +Archives: +Note: SliTeX is documented in Appendix A of the LaTeX manual. + +Name: sfonts.tex +Description: The Old Font Selection Scheme for SliTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS +Author: Leslie Lamport +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 25 Nov 1991 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: slides.sty +Description: The standard document-style option for producing slides + with SliTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX, slides +Author: Leslie Lamport +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 17 Jan 1986 +Archives: + +Name: splain.tex +Description: A modified version of plain.tex for use with SliTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX +Author: Leslie Lamport +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 25 Mar 92 +Archives: + + +%%Section 9.2: Other SliTeX Files + +Name: xxxslides.sty +Description: Miscellaneous modifications of slides.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX, slides +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.04, 28 Aug 1986 +Archives: ymir, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + + +%%Section 10: PHYSE + +Name: physe.tex +Description: PHYS-TeX is a macro package for writing physics papers. + Support is included for automatic numbering of chapters, sections, + ..., appendices, pages, footnotes, equations, figures, references + and tables. Also provides supports for tables of contents and lists + of figures, tables and references. +Keywords: PHYS-TeX, physics, autonumbering +Author: P. Breitenlohner and A. Kabelschacht; Max-Planck-Institute f\"ur + Physik and Astrophysik; Werner-Heisenberg-Institute f\"ur Physik; + P.O. Box 40 12 12; Munich, Germany +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.0, March 1986 +Archives: ymir +Note: A user's manual, physe.doc, is included. +See also: physupdt.tex + +Name: physupdt.tex +Description: Modifications and updates to PHYS-TeX version 1.0. +Keywords: PHYS-TeX, physics +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 6 Apr 1988 +Archives: ymir + + +%%Section 11: PHYZZX + +Name: phyzzx.tex +Description: PHYZZX is a macro package designed to make typing papers + for Physical Review or Nuclear Physics as simple as possible. + Support is given for cross-references, automatic numbering of + sections and equations, footnotes, itemized lists, and numbered + references, tables and figures. +Keywords: PHYZZX, physics +Author: Vadim Kaplunovsky and M. Weinstein; Stanford Linear Accelerator + Center; Stanford University; Stanford, CA 94309 +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Apr 1988 +Archives: ymir +Note: phyzdoc.tex is a user's manual; myphyx.tex is an example of how to + modify the default PHYZZX format. The font definitions for PHYZZX + are contained in the file phyzzx.fonts. phyzzx.local is an example + of site-dependent macros. +See also: revtex.sty + + +%%Section 12: TEXT1 + +Name: text1.tex +Description: TEXT1 is a macro package designed to provide many of the + functions found in LaTeX (multiple columns, tables of contents, + indexing, chapters, lists, boxes, margin notes, screening, etc.) + while simultaneously maintaining full compatibility with plain TeX + and making it easy to modify formats. +Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, index +Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, + <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v4.07, 2 Aug 1992 +Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir +Note: A user's manual for TEXT1 can be ordered from the following + address: TEXT1 Distribution; Computing Service Center; Washington + State University; Pullman, WA 99164-1220; USA. The TEXT1 macros are + split across many files. Only the main files are listed in this + Index. In addition to the macro files, the TEXT1 packages comes + with an index processor, texix, written in WEB, with change files + for CMS, VMS and the Macintosh operating system. + +Name: txt1v407.tex +Description: The main TEXT1 macros. +Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1 +Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, + <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v4.07, 2 Aug 1992 +Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir + +Name: fixcol.tex +Description: TEXT1 macros for two and three-column formats in the fixed + mode. +Keywords: TEXT1, plain TeX, multi-column +Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, + <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 29 Jan 1986 +Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir + +Name: flexcol.tex +Description: TEXT1 macros for two and three-column formats in the + flexible mode. +Keywords: TEXT1, plain TeX, multi-column +Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, + <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1 Jul 1989 +Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir + +Name: letter.texinput +Description: Sample letter format for TEXT1. +Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, letter +Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, + <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1 Apr 1987 +Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir +Note: Includes a model input file, letter.texmodel. + +Name: memo.texinput +Description: Sample memo format for TEXT1. +Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, memo +Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, + <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 15 Aug 1986 +Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir +Note: Includes a model input file, memo.texmodel. + +Name: mergetxt.texinput +Description: Sample merge letter format for TEXT1. +Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, letter, formletter +Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, + <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 20 Apr 1990 +Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir +Note: Includes demonstration files, mergelet.texmodel, + mergelst.texmodel, mergetxt.texmodel. + +Name: paper.texinput +Description: Sample student paper format for TEXT1. +Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, paper +Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, + <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 16 Nov 1986 +Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir +Note: Includes a model input file, paper.texmodel. + +Name: resume.texinput +Description: Sample resume format for TEXT1. +Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, resume +Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, + <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 10 Jun 1988 +Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir +Note: Includes a model input file, resume.texmodel. + +Name: thesis.texinput +Description: TEXT1 format for Washington State University graduate + school theses. +Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, thesis +Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, + <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 15 Jun 1987 +Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir +Note: Includes a model input file, thesis.texmodel. + + +%%Section 13: TEXSIS + +Name: texsis.tex +Description: \TeX sis is a collection of \TeX\ macros for typesetting + physics documents such as papers and preprints, conference + proceedings, books, theses, referee reports, letters, and memos. + \TeX sis macros provide automatic numbering of equations, automatic + numbering and formatting of references, double column formatting, + macros for making tables and figures, with or without captions, + including tables with horizontal and vertical rules. \TeX sis + supports a wide variety of type sizes and a number of specialized + document formats, and it even includes macros for making form + letters for job applications or letters of recommendation. +Keywords: TeXsis, physics, fmt +Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.15, 3 Aug 1992 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] +Note: Includes a user's manual (Manual.tex), a UNIX man page (texsis.1), + installation notes (INSTALL and Install.tex), a README file, a GNU + emacs mode (texsis.el) and an example paper (Example.tex). For + support for an index, see index.tex. + +Name: AIP.txs +Description: American Institute of Physics style file for TeXsis. +Keywords: TeXsis, physics, AIP +Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.14, 9 Jul 1991 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] + +Name: CVformat.txs +Description: TeXsis style file for Curriculum Vitae. +Keywords: TeXsis, resume +Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.15, 7 Nov 1985 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] + +Name: Elsevier.txs +Description: TeXsis style file for North Holland publications. +Keywords: TeXsis, proceedings +Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.14, 9 Jul 1991 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] + +Name: IEEE.txs +Description: IEEE proceedings style file for TeXsis +Keywords: TeXsis, IEEE +Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.14, 9 Jul 1991 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] + +Name: mtexsis.tex +Description: The core set of TeXsis macros in a form designed to be used + by casual users to print out new physics papers without having to + install all of TeXsis. (Do you want to specifically mention the + bulletin boards?) +Keywords: TeXsis, physics +Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.15, 3 Aug 1992 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] + +Name: nuclproc.txs +Description: TeXsis style file for Nuclear Physics proceedings +Keywords: TeXsis, physics, proceedings +Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.15, 30 Jun 1992 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] + +Name: PhysRev.txs +Description: TeXsis style file for Physical Reviews. +Keywords: TeXsis, physics, journal, Physical Review +Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.15, 30 Jun 1992 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] +See also: revtex.sty + +Name: ruled.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting tables with horizontal and + vertical rules. +Keywords: plain TeX, tables +Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.15, 17 Jun 1992 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] +Note: Includes documentation, ruleddoc.tex. These macros are + incorporated into TeXsis (q.v.), but may be used independently of + that package. On the other hand, some of the documentation still + requires TeXsis. + +Name: Tablebody.txs +Description: TeXsis macros for making simple ruled tables. Obsolete: + Use ruled.tex instead. +Keywords: TeXsis, tables +Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: v2.15, 20 Nov 1991 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] +Note: These macros are included for backward compatability and will + eventually be phased out. + +Name: thesis.txs +Description: TeXsis style file for theses. Includes two variants, + \Yalethesis for Yale Graduate School theses and \UTthesis for + University of Texas theses. +Keywords: TeXsis, thesis +Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.15, 19 Jun 1992 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] + +Name: WorldSci.txs +Description: World Scientific proceedings style file for TeXsis +Keywords: TeXsis, proceedings +Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.14, 9 Jul 1991 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] + + +%%Section 14: YTEX + +Name: YTeX +Description: YTeX is a TeX macro package which provides support for some + of the document structuring and page layout commands of packages + such as LaTeX but in a purportedly more flexible (but less + well-specified) manner. +Keywords: yTeX, fmt +Author: Daniel C. Brotsky <bug-ytex@ai.mit.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.0, 1986 +Archives: ymir +Note: The main macros are split among the files ybase.mac, yfonts.mac, + yuser.mac. A user's manual, yusage.tex, is provided. + +Name: plain-cm.tex +Description: Extends the plain TeX format to include support for font + sizes 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18. +Keywords: plain TeX, font +Author: Daniel C. Brotsky <bug-ytex@ai.mit.edu> and BKPH and RAY +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 17 Jul 86 +Archives: ymir +See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10pointss.tex, + 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex + +Name: ytex.ieee +Description: YTeX macros to generate IEEE style papers. +Keywords: YTeX, IEEE, article +Author: Michael A. Gennert <michaelg@wpi-cs.wpi.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + + +%%Section 15: GENERIC MACROS + +Name: 2up.tex/2up.sty +Description: (Generic) TeX macros for printing a document two-up. +Keywords: output, two-up +Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 28 Oct 1992 +Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu, utrecht, + stuttgart, aston + +Name: anti.tex +Description: A TeX macro for typesetting a superscripted antiparticle. +Keywords: TeX, generic, physics, antiparticle +Author: Rich Holmes <rich@suhep.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1/88 +Archives: ymir + +Name: apldef.tex +Description: This file defines the 2-letter control sequences for using + the font cmapl10 to typeset APL program code +Keywords: TeX, generic, font, APL +Author: Aarno Hohti <hohti@finfun.bitnet> and Okko Kanerva +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Nov 1987 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +Note: cmapl10 was described in TUGboat 8(3), November 1987. + +Name: blackdvi.tex +Description: Style files for disabling the color macros defined in + colordvi.tex (q.v.) to allow easy black/white printing. +Keywords: FoilTeX, dvips, color +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX, colordvi.tex +Note: This file is a duplicate (or should be) of the file with the same + name distributed with Rokicki's dvips driver. They are included + here with his permission. Parts of FoilTeX have been built with + colordvi.tex and blackdvi.tex in mind so it is fully compatible with + that driver for multicolor one-pass printing. New versions from + Rokicki should always take precedence over those distributed with + FoilTeX. + +Name: BoxedArt.tex +Description: TeX macros for use on Macintoshes with TeXtures or OzTeX, + assisted by a preprocessor called ArtDealer. Aims to speed the + process of including PICT and PostScript graphics in TeX + documents. +Keywords: TeX, Macintosh, PostScript, EPSF +Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Sep 1992 +Note: There is a documentation file, BoxedArt.doc. +Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr + [130.84.128.100], stuttgart, shsu + +Name: BoxedEPS.tex +Description: Highly portable macros for including EPSF files in a TeX + document in a device-driver-independent way. +Keywords: TeX, PostScript, EPSF, PostScript +Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Sep 1992 +Note: This is subset of the larger, but less portable, system + BoxedArt.tex. There is a documentation file, BoxedEPS.doc. +Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr + [130.84.128.100], stuttgart, shsu + +Name: colordvi.tex +Description: Style file for putting color in FoilTeX, LaTeX, or any + other TeX documents. It use device independent (but driver + dependent) \special keywords and syntax. Fully compatible with + Rokicki's dvips driver and TeXView on the NeXT. Blackdvi.tex (q.v.) + can be is used to no-op all the color macros defined in + colordvi.[tex,sty] for easy black/white printing. The color names + are generally derived from the Crayola crayon box of 64 colors. +Keywords: FoilTeX, dvips, color +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX, blackdvi.tex +Note: This file is a duplicate (or should be) of the file with the same + name distributed with Rokicki's dvips driver. They are included + here with his permission. Parts of FoilTeX have been built with + colordvi.tex and blackdvi.tex in mind so it is fully compatible with + that driver for multicolor one-pass printing. New versions from + Rokicki should always take precedence over those distributed with + FoilTeX. + +Name: compare.tex +Description: A TeX macro to compare two strings. +Keywords: TeX, generic, string comparison +Author: \'Eamonn McManus <emcmanus@gr.osf.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: cropmark.tex +Description: TeX macros which redefine \shipout to place cropmarks on + the page. +Keywords: cropmark +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 17 Mar 1992 +Archives: shsu +See also: pageframe.sty, quire.tex + +Name: dayofweek.tex +Description: TeX macro for calculating the day of week and the phase of + the moon. +Keywords: TeX, generic, calendar, dow, pom +Author: Martin Minow <minow%bolt.dec@decwrl.dec.com> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: dates.sty, dow.tex + +Name: daytime.sty +Description: TeX macros for printing the time of day. +Keywords: TeX, generic, time +Author: Mauro Orlandini <orlandini@heasrc.gsfc.nasa.gov> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: shsu* +See also: misc.sty + +%% Name: defstring.tex + +Name: diagrams.tex +Description: TeX macros for drawing rectangular category-theory diagrams +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, category-theory +Author: Paul Taylor <pt@doc.ic.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 17 Dec 1990 +Archives: + +Name: dow.tex +Description: TeX macro to calculate the day of the week. +Keywords: LaTeX, calendar, dow, date +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, aston +See also: dates.sty, dayofweek.tex + +Name: emtrees.tex +Description: TeX macros to typeset trees using \special commands + implemented by emTeX. +Keywords: TeX, emTeX, tree +Author: Harald Boegeholz <hwb@texnix.stgt.sub.org> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 14 Jan 91 +Archives: ymir + +Name: endnote.tex +Description: TeX macros for producing endnotes. +Keywords: generic, endnotes +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, aston + +Name: epigram.tex +Description: TeX macro for typesetting epigrams. +Keywords: generic, epigram +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* + +Name: fakebold.tex +Description: The poor man's bold macro from Appendix D of the TeXbook. +Keywords: generic, TeXbook, pmb +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: hep.tex +Description: TeX macros for typesetting Dirac's bracket notation and + "normal ordered" products. +Keywords: generic, physics +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: inscrutable.tex +Description: An inscrutable TeX program dedicated to the perl hackers. +Keywords: TeX, perl +Author: Andrew Marc Greene <amgreene@athena.mit.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 7 Feb 91 +Archives: ymir + +Name: ipamacs.tex +Description: TeX macros for typesetting using the Washington State + University International Phonetic Alphabet fonts (wsuipa). +Keywords: TeX, IPA, font +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, stuttgart + +Name: laps.tex +Description: TeX macros for vertical "laps" similar to \llap and \rlap. +Keywords: generic +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: latin1.tex +Description: Interpret the full ISO Latin1 (8859-1) input character set + for TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, font +Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: v1.3, 8 Aug 1991 +Note: Obsolete: Superseded by xlatin1.tex (q.v.) + +%% Name: maybeload.tex + +Name: multido.tex/multido.sty +Description: A loop macro with fixed-point addition. Useful for pictures. +Keywords: generic, loop, fixed-point, picture, graphics, programming +Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.3, 06 Nov 1992 +Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu, utrecht, + stuttgart, aston +Note: Comes with a documentation file, multido.doc, which may be + appended to the end of multido.tex on some archives. + +Name: prooftree.tex +Description: Build proof tree for Natural Deduction, Sequent Calculus, + etc., with shortening of proof rules! (preliminary) +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 17 Aug 1990 +Author: Paul Taylor <pt@doc.ic.ac.uk> +Archives: + +Name: psfig.tex +Description: TeX macros for including Encapsulated PostScript graphics + in a TeX document. +Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, LaTeX, epsf, PostScript, dvips, dvi2ps +Author: Trevor J. Darrell <trevor@media.mit.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.9, 17 Oct 1991 +Archives: whitechapel.media.mit.edu* [18.85.0.125], shsu, aston +Note: Also available as a LaTeX style file, psfig.sty. + +Name: pstricks.tex +Description: PostScript (color, graphics, etc.) macros for (Generic) + TeX. +Keywords: PostScript, color, graphics, trees, rotation +Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.92, 2 Oct 1992 +Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu + +Name: quotation.tex +Description: Defines a simple macro for typesetting short quotations + with an attribution. +Keywords: generic, quotation +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +%% Name: redefine.tex + +Name: selectpage.tex +Description: prints out selected pages of a TeX document. +Keywords: generic, output +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 2 Jul 1987 +Archives: ymir + +Name: shadebox.tex +Description: Macros for printing text on top of shaded boxes on + PostScript devices. +Keywords: generic, PostScript, dvips +Author: <Leo@vaxc.cc.monash.edu.au> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 16 Jan 1992 +Archives: shsu + +Name: tex.logos +Description: Definitions of the TeXMaG, LaTeX, AmSTeX, SliTeX and PicTeX + logos. +Keywords: generic, logos +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: texnames.sty + +Name: time.tex (.sty) +Description: Defines a macro, \now, which produces the current time in + the format hh:mm A.M./P.M. +Keywords: generic, time +Author: Sunando Sen <sens@nyuacf.bitnet>, <sens@acfcluster.nyu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 6 Jan 1992 +Archives: shsu + +Name: TreeTeX.tex +Description: TeX macros for drawing binary and unary-binary trees, using + a modification of an algorithm of Reingold and Tilford. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, binary trees +Author: Anne Brueggemann-Klein <brueggemann@informatik.uni-freiburg.de> + and Derick Wood. +Supported: Yes (bug fixes only) +Latest Version: 2.3 +Archives: fidji.informatik.uni-freiburg.de* [132.230.30.80] +Note: The package contains a readme file, a file classes.tex, which + includes a small library of classes of trees, and a file l_pic.tex, + which includes the subset of the LaTeX macros that are required by + the TreeTeX package if used with TeX. Documentation is available + from the authors in printed form, free of charge. Write to Dr. Anne + Brueggemann-Klein; Institut fuer Informatik; Universitaet Freiburg; + Rheinstr. 10--12; 7800 Freiburg; Germany, or send e-mail to + brueggemann@informatik.uni-freiburg.de. + +Name: underl.tex +Description: Macro for underlining text. +Keywords: TeX, underlining, emphasis +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: xunderl.tex + +Name: undertilde.tex +Description: Macro for putting a tilde under a character. +Keywords: generic, accent +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: weekday.sty +Description: TeX macros for calculating the day of the week from a given + date. +Keywords: generic, calendar +Author: Dimitri Vulis <dlv@dm.com> and George D. Greenwade + <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 21 Feb 1991 +Archives: shsu* + +Name: wiggly.tex +Description: TeX macro for drawing variable length wiggly lines + horizontally under its argument in the same way as \underbar. +Keywords: generic, accent +Author: John S. Garavelli +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 4 Dec 1987 +Archives: ymir + +Name: xlatin1.tex +Description: Interpret the full ISO Latin1 (8859-1) input character set + for TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, font +Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1.25 1992/01/28 +Archives: ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*] + +Name: xunderl.tex +Description: Improved version of the macro in underl.tex. +Keywords: TeX, underlining, emphasis +Author: Dirk Grunwald <grunwald@cs.colorado.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1991 +Archives: ymir +See also: underl.tex + +Name: xypic.tex +Description: Macros for typesetting diagrams. +Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, LaTeX, XY-pic, diagrams, graphics, + commutative diagrams. +Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.6, 24 Jun 1992 +Note: Comes with extensive documentation (xypicman.doc) which requires + AMS-TeX version 2.1 to format. (The manual is also distributed + preformatted.) XY-pic also requires several special fonts + (xyatip10.mf, xybtip10.mf, xyline10.mf, xymisc10.mf, xyqc10.mf) + which are distributed with the package. Numerous other files are + also included. +Archives: aston, stuttgart, utrecht, shsu, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* + [/pub/TeX/misc/xypic*] + +Name: zip.tex +Description: Macros for making a barcode for a ZIP code. +Keywords: TeX, zip, barcode +Author: J. Daniel Smith +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 24 May 1990 +Archives: ymir +See also: env.sty + + +%%Section 15.1: Midnight Macros + +Name: border.tex +Description: Macros to typeset borders around pieces of text. Part of + the Midnight macros package. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, midnight, borders, frames +Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Oct 1991 +Note: Documentation is provided in the file border.doc. +Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir, + stuttgart, aston + +Name: dolines.tex +Description: Macros to help in defining macros whose arguments are + separated by newlines and by empty lines. Part of the Midnight + macros package. +Keywords: plain TeX, midnight, newlines, lines, line breaks +Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 15 Apr 1991 +Note: Documentation is provided in the file dolines.doc. +Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir, + stuttgart, aston + +Name: gloss.tex +Description: Macros for vertically aligning words in consecutive + sentences. Part of the Midnight macros package. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, midnight, glossing, linguistics +Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 26 Nov 1990 +Note: Documentation is provided in the file gloss.doc. +Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir, + stuttgart, aston + +Name: labels.tex +Description: Macros to print address labels and bulk letters. Part of + the Midnight macros package. +Keywords: plain TeX, midnight, envelope, mailing labels +Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 24 Oct 1991 +Note: Documentation is provided in the file labels.doc. +Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir, + stuttgart, aston +See also: address.tex, label.tex, make-env.tex + +Name: loop.tex +Description: A simple looping construct (meta-macros). Part of the + Midnight macros package. +Keywords: plain TeX, midnight, loop +Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 26 Jun 1991 +Note: Documentation is provided in the file loop.doc. +Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir, + stuttgart, aston + +Name: quire.tex +Description: Macros for making booklets, printing double pages, and + printing outlines and crop marks. Part of the Midnight macros + package. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, midnight, book, cropmark, output +Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 19 Jan 1991 +Note: Documentation is provided in the file quire.doc. +Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir, + stuttgart, aston +See also: pageframe.sty, cropmark.tex + +Name: styledef.tex +Description: Macros to selectively input parts of a file. Part of the + Midnight macros package. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, midnight, modularity +Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 16 Apr 1991 +Note: Documentation is provided in the file styledef.doc. +Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir, + stuttgart, aston +See also: module.sty + + +%%Section 15.2: PicTeX + +Name: pictex.tex +Description: PicTeX is a macro package for drawing pictures under plain + TeX or LaTeX. A manual is available from the TeX Users Group. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, PicTeX, graphics +Author: Michael Wichura +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Sep 1987 +Note: The PicTeX distribution includes the following files: + latexpicobjs.tex, piclatex.sty, postpictex.tex, prepictex.tex. +Archives: ymir + +Name: texpictex.tex +Description: Macros to modify PicTeX to draw lines by using tpic + specials. (This removes the restriction on the slopes and lengths + of lines.) +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, PicTeX, graphics, tpic, dvips +Author: Dirk Grunwald <grunwald@cs.colorado.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: tree.sty +Description: Macros for drawing binary trees with PiCTeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, PicTeX, graphics, binary trees +Author: Edward M. Reingold <reingold@cs.uiuc.edu> and Nachum Dershowitz + <nachum@cs.uiuc.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 2 Apr 1992 +Archives: emr.cs.uiuc.edu:/pub/tex* [128.174.246.26] + + +%%Section 16: HEBREW TEX + +Name: TeX-Xet +Description: A modification of TeX with support for typesetting in + languages which read from right to left. +Keywords: Hebrew +Author: Donald E. Knuth and Pierre A. Mackay <mackay@cs.washington.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v3.0 +Archives: huji + +Name: heb_macros.tex +Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for typesetting Hebrew with the Old + Code (7 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts. +Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew +Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.3 +Archives: huji* + +Name: heb_macros_newcode.tex +Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for typesetting Hebrew with the New + Code (8 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts. +Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew +Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.3 +Archives: huji* + +Name: heb_macros_pccode.tex +Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for typesetting Hebrew with the PC + system of Hebrew Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts. +Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew +Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1 +Archives: huji* + +Name: hebcal.sty +Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for computing the Hebrew date from the + Gregorian date with the Old Code (7 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, + OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts. +Keywords: TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew, calendar +Author: Michail Rozman <misha@iop.tartu.ew.su> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 10 Mar 1992 +Archives: huji* +See also: hebcal_newcode.sty + +Name: hebcal_newcode.sty +Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for computing the Hebrew date from the + Gregorian date with the New Code (8 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, + OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts. +Keywords: TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew, calendar +Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 10 Mar 1992 +Archives: huji* +See also: hebcal.sty + +Name: hebrew.sty +Description: LaTeX style file for typesetting Hebrew with the Old Code + (7 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts. +Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, Hebrew, OFSS +Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il> and Sergio Fogel and Yael + Dubinsky and Yaniv Bargury +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.2 +Archives: huji* + +Name: hebrew_newcode.sty +Description: LaTeX style file for typesetting Hebrew with the New Code + (8 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts. +Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, Hebrew, OFSS +Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il> and Sergio Fogel and Yael + Dubinsky and Yaniv Bargury +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.2 +Archives: huji* + + +%%Section 17: HYPHENATION PATTERNS + +%% This section is particularly unsatisfactory. It needs much +%% more work. -- dmj + +Name: czhyphen.tex +Description: Hyphenation patterns for Czech. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Czech +Author: +Supported: +Latest Version: 8 Nov 1991 +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: eshyph.tex +Description: Hyphenation patterns for Spanish. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Spanish +Author: Armando Jinich, Maria Garza and Max Diaz <max@east.aurora.com> +Supported: +Latest Version: 1990 +Archives: stuttgart, ymir +Note: Originally called silaba.tex. + +Name: f8hyph.tex +Description: Hyphenation patterns for French for use with 8 bit fonts? +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation +Author: +Supported: +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: fhyph.tex +Description: Hyphenation patterns for French for use with 7 bit fonts? +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, French +Author: +Supported: +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: fr8hyph.dc +Description: Hyphenation patterns for French for use with the EC/DC + encoding. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, French, EC/DC +Author: Jacques D'esarm'enien and Michael Ferguson + <mike@inrs-telecom.uquebec.ca> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.0, 10 Jul 1991 +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: ghyphen.max +Description: Hyphenation patterns for German. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, German +Author: Norbert Schwarz <Norbert.Schwarz@ruba.rz.ruhr-uni-bochum.dbp.de + (X.400)> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 10 Nov 1988 +Archives: stuttgart +Note: ghyphen.max comes with a list of words that are hyphenated + incorrectly by these patterns. +See also: ghyphen.min + +Name: ghyphen.min +Description: Abbreviated hyphenation patterns for German for use with + PC's (presumably this is for use with TeX implementations with + little room for hyphenation patterns). +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, German +Author: Norbert Schwarz <Norbert.Schwarz@ruba.rz.ruhr-uni-bochum.dbp.de + (X.400)> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 10 Nov 1988 +Archives: stuttgart +Note: ghyphen.min comes with a list of words that are hyphenated + incorrectly by these patterns. The list is distributed in two + forms: The first (liste.min) marks all the hyphenation points of the + words, including incorrect hyphenation points, correct hyphenation + points not found by the patterns and correct hyphenation points + found the the patterns. The second (fehler.min) is a list in a form + suitable to be used as input to the \hyphenation command to provide + suitable hyphenation exceptions. +See also: ghyphen.max + +Name: ghyphen3.tex +Description: Hyphenation patterns for German with umlauts. This is an + experimental version for testing the integration of umlauts and + `es-zett', but without `c-k'. Integration of 'es-zett' does n o t + mean hyphenation into s-s, but words containing 'es-zett' may be + hyphenated at different positions. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation +Author: Norbert Schwarz <Norbert.Schwarz@ruba.rz.ruhr-uni-bochum.dbp.de + (X.400)> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 13 Feb 1992 +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: hyphen.polish +Description: Hyphenation patterns for Polish. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Polish +Author: Hanna Ko{\l}odziejska +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: hyphen.tex (or ushyph1.tex) +Description: The standard hyphenation patterns for American English. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: labrea*, stuttgart +See also: ushyph2.tex + +Name: ihyphen.tex +Description: Hyphenation patterns for Icelandic. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Icelandic +Author: Jorgen Pind <jorgen@lexis.hi.is> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 30 Jun 1987 +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: ithyphen.tex +Description: Hyphenation patterns for Italian +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation +Author: G. Patergnani +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 4 Mar 1988 +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: nehyph1.tex +Description: Hyphenation patterns for Dutch. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Dutch +Author: <celex@hnympi52.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1989 +Note: This seems to be a subset of nehyph2.tex. +Archives: stuttgart +See also: nehyph2.tex, nehyph3.tex + +Name: nehyph2.tex +Description: Hyphenation patterns for Dutch +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Dutch +Author: <celex@hnympi52.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1989 +Archives: stuttgart +See also: nehyph1.tex, nehyph3.tex + +Name: nehyph3.tex +Description: A very short hyphenation file for Dutch. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Dutch +Author: Peter Vanroose <peter@dit.lth.se> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart +See also: nehyph1.tex, nehyph2.tex + +Name: portug.hyphen +Description: Hyphenation patterns for Portuguese. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Portuguese +Author: Pedro J. de Rezende <derezende@northeastern.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 13 Feb 1987 +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: rgrhyph.tex +Description: Hyphenation patterns for the modern Greek language, using + the reduced Greek fonts of Yannis Harambolous. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Greek +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.1, 2 Mar 1990 +Archives: ymir + +Name: rhyphen.tex +Description: Hyphenation patterns for Russian. These are designed to + work with the University of Washington Cyrillic fonts (wncyr) with + all ligatures disabled. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Russian, amsfonts +Author: Dimitri Vulis <dlv@dm.com> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Note: These hyphenation patterns are described in "Notes on Russian + TeX," TUGboat 10(3):332--336, November 1989. +Archives: ymir + +Name: shyphen1.2.sh +Description: Bourne shell script to generate hyphenation patterns for + Spanish for use with 7- and 8-bit fonts. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Spanish, EC/DC +Author: Julio Sanchez <jsanchez@gmv.es> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 25 Sep 1991 +Archives: goya.uu.es* [138.4.2.2]:info/src/TeX/spanish +Note: This is a Bourne shell script that generates members of my + hyphenation pattern family. No standard members are provided, though + it is planned. + +Name: tkhypha.tex +Description: Mechanically-generated hyphenation patterns for Turkish. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Turkish +Author: Pierre A. Mackay <mackay@cs.washington.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1987 +Note: These hyphenation patterns were described in "Turkish Hyphenations + for TeX," TUGboat 9(1):12--14, April 1988. The program which + generated the patterns, turk_hyf.c, is also available. +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: ukhyphen.tex +Description: Hyphenation patterns for UK English. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, UK English +Author: Dominik Wujastyk <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk> and Graham Toal +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 17 Apr 1992 +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: ushyph2.tex +Description: Additional hyphenation patterns for American English, to be + used with hyphen.tex. Based on the Hyphenation Exception Log + published in TUGboat 10(3): 337-341, November 1989. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, English +Author: G. D. C. Kuiken <wbahkui@hdetud1.tudelft.nl> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1 Mar 1990 +Archives: stuttgart + + +%%Section 18: BIBTEX STYLES + +Name: abbrv.bst +Description: Standard BibTeX bibliography style for producing + bibliographies that are sorted alphabetically by author and labeled + with numbers. Author names, month names and journal names are + abbreviated. The entries are sorted more or less as suggested by + van Leunen in "A Handbook for Scholars." +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988 +Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht +Note: This is one of the standard BibTeX styles described in the LaTeX + manual. + +Name: abstract.bst +Description: This is a modified version of alpha.bst (q.v.) with + added support for the "abstract," "comment" and "keyword" fields. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: David Kotz +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: utah + +Name: acm.bst +Description: BibTeX style for producing ACM Transactions bibliographies. + A lot like abbrv.bst of the "plain" family (sorted alphabetically by + author and labeled with numbers, with author names, month names and + journal names abbreviated), but names come out "Last, initials", and + in \sc, and some dates are parenthesized. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, ACM +Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 24 Jan 1988 +Archives: labrea* + +Name: acs.bst +Description: BibTeX style for the journal Advances in Control Systems. + This is a modified version of unsrt.bst (q.v.). +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, journal +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: acsarticle.sty + +Name: agsm.bst +Description: BibTeX style based on J. Pitson's "Style Manual for authors + editors and printers of Australian government publications." It + supports citations of the form "Williams (1992)" and "(Williams + 1992)", depending on whether the citation is used as a noun or as a + parenthetical note. Bibliography entries are sorted by authors + name. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Peter Williams <peterw@archsci.arch.su.oz.au> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 0.99a +Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu +Note: This is part of the Harvard family of bibliography styles. The + family is described in "The Harvard Family of Bibliography Styles," + distributed with the package in the file harvard.tex. +See also: dcu.bst, kluwer.bst, nederlands.bst, harvard.sty + +Name: alpha.bst +Description: Standard BibTeX bibliography style for producing + bibliographies that are sorted alphabetically by author with entry + labels like "Knu66" formed from the author's name and the year of + publication. The entries are sorted more or less as suggested by + van Leunen in "A Handbook for Scholars." +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988 +Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht +Note: This is one of the standard BibTeX styles described in the LaTeX + manual. + +Name: amsalpha.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style similar to alpha.bst except that + it includes a "language" field to indicate the original language of + a reference. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, AMS-LaTeX, AMS, publisher style +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991 +Archives: e-math* + +Name: amsplain.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style similar to plain.bst except that + it includes a "language" field to indicate the original language of + a reference. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, AMS-LaTeX, AMS, publisher style +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 1 Jul 1991 +Archives: e-math* + +Name: annotate.bst +Description: Modified version of alpha.bst (q.v.) with added support + for an "annotate" field. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: +Supported: +Latest Version: +Archives: utah + +Name: annotation.bst +Description: Modified version of plain.bst (q.v.) with added support + for an "annote" field. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: +Supported: +Latest Version: +Archives: utah + +Name: apa.bst +Description: This is a modification of apalike.sty (q.v.) which + incorporates features of Sake J. Hogeveen's astron.bst (q.v.). + The modifications implement a "\cite*" command, which generates + references in short form. For example, "Rogers \cite*{...}" would + produce "Rogers (1992)". +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Alan R. Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: v1.1, 27 Jun 1992 +Archives: utah +Note: Requires astron.sty (q.v.). + +Name: apalike.bst +Description: BibTeX style for producing citations of the form "(Jones, + 1986)" and without labels in the bibliography. Author (and editor) + names appear as last name, comma, initials. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, APA +Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.99a, 24 Jan 1988 +Archives: labrea* + +Name: asaetr.bst +Description: BibTeX style Am. Soc. of Agricultural Engineers +Keywords: BibTeX, LaTeX, style +Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 12 Feb 1992 +Archives: shsu +Note: part of asaetr package (for TRANSACTIONS OF ASAE) +See also: asaetr.sty, asaetr.tex, asaesub.sty, cmcscsl10.mf + +Name: btxbst.doc +Description: The master file from which the standard BibTeX bibliography + styles (plain, unsrt, alpha and abbrv) are generated. Contains + extensive documentation of the code. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988 +Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht +See also: plain.bst, unsrt.bst. alpha.bst, abbrv.bst + +Name: cea.bst +Description: BibTeX style for Computers and Electronics in Agriculture +Keywords: BibTeX, LaTeX, style +Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v0.1, 13 Mar 1992 +Archives: shsu* +See also: cea.sty +Note: This is a hack and not official by Elsevier Sci Pub. + +Name: chicago.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style that follows the `B' reference + style of the 13th Edition of the Chicago Manual of Style. Citations + formats include: "(author-last-name year)"; "(author-last-name and + author-last-name year)"; "(author-last-name et al. year)"; + "(author-last-name)"; "author-last-name"; "author-last-name (year)"; + "(author-last-name and author-last-name)"; "(author-last-name et + al.)"; "(year)" or "(year,year)"; "year" or "year,year". The + reference list is sorted alphabetically by author. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, Chicago Manual of Style +Author: Glenn Paulley <gnpaulle@bluebox.uwaterloo.ca> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v4, 28 August 1992 +Archives: shsu*, utah +See also: chicagoa.bst, chicago.sty +Note: This style must be used with chicago.sty. + +Name: chicagoa.bst +Description: A BibTeX bibliography style that follows the `B' reference + style of the 13th Edition of the Chicago Manual of Style, like + chicago.bst, but also supports annotated bibliographies through the + BibTeX field `annotation'. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, Chicago Manual of Style +Author: Glenn Paulley <gnpaulle@bluebox.uwaterloo.ca> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v4, 28 August 1992 +Archives: shsu*, utah +Note: This style must be used with chicago.sty. + +Name: dcu.bst +Description: BibTeX style based on the conventions used by the Design + Computing Unit, Department of Architectural and Design Science, + University of Sydney. It supports citations of the form "Williams + (1992)" and "(Williams 1992)", depending on whether the citation is + used as a noun or as a parenthetical note. Bibliography entries are + sorted by authors name. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Peter Williams <peterw@archsci.arch.su.oz.au> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 0.99a +Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu +Note: This is part of the Harvard family of bibliography styles. The + family is described in "The Harvard Family of Bibliography Styles," + distributed with the package in the file harvard.tex. +See also: agsm.bst, kluwer.bst, nederlands.bst, harvard.sty + +Name: ieee.bst +Description: Modified version of unsrt.bib (q.v.) for producing articles + according to the IEEE's instructions. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, IEEE +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 6 Feb 92 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ieeetran.sty + +Name: ieeetr.bst +Description: BibTeX style for producing IEEE Transactions + bibliographies. Numeric labels, order-of-reference, IEEE + abbreviations, quotes around article titles, commas separate all + fields except after book titles and before "notes". Otherwise, much + like the "plain" family, from which this is adapted. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, IEEE +Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 29 Jan 1988 +Archives: labrea* + +Name: ifac.bst +Description: BibTeX style for references according to the instructions + of the International Federation of Automatic Control. +Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher + style +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.3, 24 Jun 1992 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ifacarticle.sty + +Name: ijc.bst +Description: Modified version of unsrt.bst (q.v.) for producing articles + for the International Journal of Control. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, journal +Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 5 Jun 1991 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ijcarticle.sty + +Name: kluwer.bst +Description: BibTeX style based on the requirements of Kluwer Academic + Publishers. It supports citations of the form "Williams (1992)" and + "(Williams 1992)", depending on whether the citation is used as a + noun or as a parenthetical note. Bibliography entries are sorted by + authors name. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Peter Williams <peterw@archsci.arch.su.oz.au> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 0.99a +Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu +Note: This is part of the Harvard family of bibliography styles. The + family is described in "The Harvard Family of Bibliography Styles," + distributed with the package in the file harvard.tex. +See also: agsm.bst, dcu.bst, nederlands.bst, harvard.sty + +Name: named.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style which produces citations of the + form "[author, year]" or "[year]" and provides access to the year + and author information in separate macros. Must be used in + conjunction with named.sty. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1988 +Archives: ymir +Note: The most recent version of this file can be obtained by sending + mail to macros@aaai.org with subject "macros request". +See also: named.sty + +Name: natsci.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style which produces citations of the + form "(Gildea, 1987)", as required by the Natural Sciences + bibliography format. +Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX 0.98 +Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 08 Jan 87 +Archives: clarkson +See also: natsci.sty +Note: This will not work with BibTeX 0.99a or later. + +Name: nederlands.bst +Description: BibTeX style based on the requirements of the department of + dutch of the University of Nijmegen, being more or less the standard + practice among (dutch) historians and linguists. It supports + citations of the form "Jansen (1992)" and "(Jansen 1992)" depending + on whether the citation is used as a noun or as a parenthetical + note. Bibliography entries are sorted by authors name following + Dutch (and german) rules (regarding the `von' part of the name). +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Werenfried Spit <Spit@vm.ci.uv.es>, <Spit@ific.uv.es> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.2, 22 Apr 1992 +Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu +Note: remarks regarding the layout are welcome. The main aim of the + style is to treat names regarding to dutch (and german) rules. + Variations of style could be provided. This is part of the Harvard + family of bibliography styles, which is described in "The Harvard + Family of Bibliography Styles," distributed with the package in the + file harvard.tex. +See also: agsm.bst, dcu.bst, kluwer.bst, harvard.sty + +%% Name: paren.bst (mentioned in cup.sty) + +Name: plain.bst +Description: Standard BibTeX bibliography style for producing + bibliographies that are sorted alphabetically by author and labeled + with numbers. The entries are sorted more or less as suggested by + van Leunen in "A Handbook for Scholars." +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988 +Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht +Note: This is one of the standard BibTeX styles described in the LaTeX + manual. + +Name: siam.bst +Description: BibTeX style for producing SIAM bibliographies. Numeric + labels, alphabetic order, Mathematical Reviews abbreviations, names + in \sc, titles in italics, book titles mixed upper-lower and article + titles lowercase, commas separate all fields except before "notes". + An author's name that is identical to the author's name of the + preceding entry is replaced by a rule. Otherwise, much like the + "plain" family, from which this is adapted. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, SIAM +Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 29 Jan 1988 +Archives: labrea* + +Name: theapa.bst +Description: BibTeX style file for producing citations with a very + flexible format. In particular, it can be used for citations of the + form "(Jones, 1986)" or "Jones (1986)". It supports most features + of the APA style. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, APA +Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.5.1, May 1992 +Archives: shsu, ftp.cc.utexas.edu [192.12.26.23]:pub/young/ +Note: Requires theapa.tex (for plain TeX) or theapa.sty (for + LaTeX/AMS-LaTeX). + +Name: unsrt.bst +Description: Standard BibTeX bibliography style for producing + bibliographies that are labeled with numbers and with entries that + appear in the order of their first citation. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988 +Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht +Note: This is one of the standard BibTeX styles described in the LaTeX + manual. + +Name: xppt.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style for use with the AMS-TeX amsppt + document style. xppt.bst emulates the standard bibliography styles + using the amsppt reference commands. +Keywords: BibTeX, AMS-TeX, bibliography, amsppt +Author: Hans Dybkjaer <dybkjaer@ruc.dk> and Kristoffer H. Rose + <kris@diku.dk> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: v1.22, 17 Jan 1991 +Archives: +Note: Obsolote: Superseded by xppt.tex (q.v.) + + +%%Section 19: OTHER + +Name: deprocldc.tex +Description: instructions for using deproc.sty to format DECUS proceedings + articles. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, DECUS, authors' guide +Author: Barbara N. Beeton <bnb@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 24 Apr 86 +Archives: ymir + +Name: guidepro.tex (proceedings guidelines) +Description: plain TeX instructions for TUG Proceedings. This file is the + source for the article Guidelines for Proceedings of the 1992 Annual + Meeting of the TeX Users Group. +Keywords: plain TeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, TUG proceedings, authors' guide +Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.05, 8 Mar 1992 +Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu + +Name: LinoTeX +Description: Selective typesetting mechanism for OzTeX and Textures on + Macintosh micros. Useful when random pieces of a long TeX + typescript require repeated testing, for example troublesome + formulas, and graphics being integrated or labelled. +Keywords: TeX, Macintosh, selection, region, interactivity, +Author: Laurent Siebenmann<lcs@matups.matups.fr> +Supported: yes +First Version: 1991 +Latest Version: June 1992 +Note: Uses both Macintosh system macros and TeX macros. A similar + mechanism has been available in some or all emacs TeX modes. +Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], stuttgart + +Name: tubguide.tex (tugboat author guidelines) +Description: TUGboat Authors' Guide. This file is an updated version of + the file that produced the original Authors' Guide in TUGboat 10, no. + 3, November 1989. +Keywords: plain TeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, authors' guide +Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.02, 9 Mar 1992 +Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu + +Name: elm.tex (essential latex mathematics) +Description: An addition to essential latex, describing mathematics. +Keywords: LaTeX, math, essential, primer +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Supported: no +Latest Version: (only one version) +Archives: aston* +Note: Does not describe mathematics under the NFSS. Uses the obsolete + ms[xy]m fonts. If I ever rewrite this for the NFSS, I will support + it again. Requires amssymbols.sty. +See also: essential.tex, symbols.tex + +Name: symbols.tex +Description: A listing of all the standard LaTeX math symbols and the + AMS symbols. +Keywords: LaTeX, symbols, AMSFonts +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: 2.00, 12 June 1992 +Archives: shsu*, aston +Supported: yes +Note: If used with the NFSS, requires AMSFONTS2.1, and amssymb.sty. If + used without the NFSS, does not show the AMS Fonts. + +*************************************************************************** + LIST OF TEX ARCHIVES + +Much of the following information was quoted with permission from the +May 1992 version of the `Supplement to the Frequently Asked Questions,' +currently maintained by Guoying Chen <chenguo@spunky.cs.nyu.edu>. +Wherever possible, I have had the information verified by the +maintainers of the archives. + +Unless otherwise indicated, all of these archives are accessible via +anonymous ftp. As a general rule, you can obtain information about the +mail servers by sending a message containing only the word "help" to the +address listed. Exceptions are noted below. + +In the "Archives" fields above, I refer to the archives by abbreviated +names. In most cases, the mapping between abbreviation and archive is +obvious. Whenever it is not, I have included the abbreviation in +parentheses after the full archive name. + +On most archives, the TeX-related files are located in an obvious place, +namely in a subdirectory "TeX" of the directory that ftp deposits you +in. However, in a few cases the macros are located in a less obvious +place and in such cases I've tried to provide some guidance for the +user. + +dhdspri6.bitnet (Mail server only) + Springer-Verlag + Mail server: svserv@dhdspri6.bitnet + + Main archive for all official Springer-Verlag macros and other + information. All packages are in ZIP archives and will be mailed + UUencoded. + +e-math.ams.com [130.44.1.100] + The American Mathematical Society + Contact: tech-support@math.ams.org + System type: UNIX + + Home of AMS-TeX, AMS-LaTeX and the AMSFonts packages. + + Since e-math is not a general-purpose TeX archive, it doesn't allow + submissions. + + TeX-related files are found in the directory ams. + +ftp.cs.ruu.nl [131.211.80.17] (utrecht) + Abbreviation: utrecht + Department of Computer Science, Utrecht University, the Netherlands + Time Zone: +0100 GMT + Contact: Piet van Oostrum <piet@cs.ruu.nl> + Suggested hours: Weekends and evenings (2000 to 0900 UTC) + System type: UNIX + Mail server: mail-server@cs.ruu.nl or uunet!mcsun!hp4nl!ruuinf!mail-server + To receive the help file, send the following message: + + begin + path your_complete_email_address + send HELP + end + + TeX-related files are found in the directory pub/TEX. + + Note: This archive was formerly called archive.cs.ruu.nl. + +ftp.cs.umb.edu [192.12.26.23] + Computer Science Department; University of Massachusetts at Boston + System type: UNIX + + Latest versions of Karl Berry's modes.mf, Eplain macros, and font + naming scheme, Lucida-for-TeX (without the actual fonts, of course) and + web2c, the base of UNIX TeX, as well as the Sauter parameterizations of + the CM, lasy, Cyrillic, etc., fonts. + + TeX-related files are found in the directory pub/tex. + +ftp.math.utah.edu [128.110.198.2] + Timezone: -0700 (Mountain Standard Time) + Center for Scientific Computing, Department of Mathematics, + University of Utah, Salt Lake City, UT 84112, USA + Contact: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu> + Mail server: tuglib@math.utah.edu + System type: UNIX (SunOS 4.1.1) + + TeX User Group archives, awk, benchmarks (floating-point, integer, + window system), elefunt (elementary function test package), IBM PC, + IBM RS/6000, Macintosh, Stardent, VAX VMS (only a few utilities). + The pub directory contains ls-lr file showing entire archive + contents, plus 00*.cmd and 00*.lst files giving recent changes in + directory listing and ftp command form. Each directory contains an + index file summarizing its contents. pub/misc directory contains + sources for several archive utilities. Indexed by archie servers. + + TeX-related files are found in pub/tex. BibTeX styles are found + in pub/tex/bibtex. + +ftp.th-darmstadt.de [130.83.55.75] + Technical University Darmstadt, Computing Center + System type: UNIX (AIX) + Time Zone: CET/CDT, ie, +0100 GMT, +0200GMT during summer + Contact: + concerning TeX: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de> + general stuff: ftpadmin@ftp.th-darmstadt.de + + About 100MB of TeX material, uses mirror software extensively. + + TeX-related fles are found in pub/tex. + LaTeX styles are placed in pub/tex/latex, plain macros in pub/tex/plain. + +ftp.win.tue.nl [131.155.70.100] + Department of Mathematics and Computing Science + Eindhoven University of Technology + The Netherlands + System Type: UNIX + Time Zone: MET ( = GMT+1 = +0100 GMT ) + Mail server: No (not yet, at least) + Contact: <ftp@win.tue.nl> + + TeX-related files are found in pub/tex. + +ftp.uni-stuttgart.de [129.69.1.12] + Computing Centre of the University of Stuttgart (RUS), Germany + Time Zone: +0100 GMT, +0200GMT during summer + Contact: Barbara Burr <infoadm@ftp.uni-stuttgart.de> + Rainer Sch\"opf <texinfo1@ftp.uni-stuttgart.de> + Mail server: mail-server@ftp.uni-stuttgart.de + System type: UNIX + + More than 400MB of TeX files. Works together with TeX.ac.uk. + + This archive is the primary source for emTeX, publicTeX, publicMF + and all styles by Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch\"opf (multicol, + verbatim, theorem, NFSS, ftnright, array). + + TeX-related files are found in soft/tex. + +goya.uu.es [138.4.2.2] + Spain + Mail server: info@goya.uu.es + + This is not a general TeX archive, but it is the home to a few files + for typesetting in Spanish. Those files can be found in + info/src/text/TeX/babel and info/src/text/TeX/spanish. + +hearn.bitnet (Mail server only) + Abbreviation: tex-nl + Mail server: listserv@hearn.bitnet + Contact: Johannes L. Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> + + Home of the TEX-NL archives and the Babel system. Contains material of + particular use to Dutch-speaking users, as well as material of more + general interest. + + People who are on the bitnet/earn RSCS network can retrieve files by + interactive commands, like SEND LISTSERV@HEARN GET TEX-NL FILELIST + +june.cs.washington.edu [128.95.1.4] + The University of Washington + Contact: elisabet@max.acs.washington.edu + System type: UNIX + + TeX-related files are in the directory tex. + +labrea.stanford.edu [36.8.0.47] + Stanford University, California, USA + Time zone: -0700 GMT + Suggested hours: Weekends and evenings. + System type: UNIX + Mirrored by: yallara.cs.rmit.oz.au [131.170.24.42] + + Home of the archives of the Stanford TeX Project, e.g. tex.web. + + TeX-related files are in the directory tex. + +midway.uchicago.edu [128.135.12.73] + Time Zone: -0500 GMT + Contact: Walter Carlip <oztex@midway.uchicago.edu> + + Home of various Macintosh TeX goodies (in macintosh/tex). + Requests for any TeX-related things for the Mac can be sent + to oztex@midway.uchicago.edu and Walter will see if he + can find it. (How's *that* for dedication!) + + OzTeX and related files are found in pub/OzTeX. + +ftp.shsu.edu [192.92.115.8] + Sam Houston State University + Contact: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> + Mail server: fileserv@shsu.edu + System type: VMS + + Contains the usual TeX goodies. + + SHSU has a flat file system, so files are fairly easy to find. + Miscellaneous individual LaTeX style files can be found in the + directory STY; other packages can be found in top-level directories + with obvious names (such as AMSLATEX, ASAETR, ARRAY, etc.) + + If you would like to deposit a file in Sam Houston State University's + TeX-related archives, please ftp to pip.SHSU.edu (192.92.115.10) and + login as anonymous. Then: + + 1) cd TeX-archive (the incoming archive directory) + + 2) mkdir Your_own_directory_name (if necessary; whatever directory + name you choose should be appropriate for the file[s] you are + depositing) + + 3) cd Your_own_directory_name (if appropriate) + + 4) [m]put Your_files + + Please follow this by sending a mail message to: + + <FILESERV-Mgr@SHSU.edu> + + with a Subject: line of ARCHIVE SUBMISSION. Please briefly state + what the files are and where you have placed them. Efforts will be + made to move them as quickly as possible to Sam Houston State + University's main ftp access host, ftp.SHSU.edu (192.92.115.8). + + Due to space constraints, files in the TeX-archive directory tree are + not stable and may be removed at any time. If you have any questions + about this, please contact <FILESERV-Mgr>. + +noa.huji.ac.il [132.64.254.10] + The Computation Center of the Hebrew University of Jerusalem + Contact: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il> + System type: UNIX + + This is an archive containing Hebrew supplements to TeX, as well as + the TeX-XeT program, which is TeX including reversing commands for + right to left as well as left to right text. In addition to + TeX-XeT, it also contains the Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa and + DeadSea fonts. + + TeX-related files are found in the directory tex. + +TeX.ac.uk [134.151.40.18] + Abbrevation: Aston + Aston University, Birmingham, UK + Time Zone: 0000 GMT + Contact: Archive-Group@TeX.ac.uk + Mail server: texserver@TeX.ac.uk + System type: VMS + + Home of the UKTeX newsletter, and a repository for all sorts of + things. Aggressively tracks down packages for downloading. Claims + to be the biggest TeX archive in the world. In addition to ftp and + mail-server access, other services include + + - telnet access to browse directories + + - JANET access (UK only) + Host: uk.ac.tex (JANET DTE 000020120091) + Username: public Password: public + Log in interactively to browse the directories + + - supply of TeX for Unix, VMS, MS-DOS and Mac on tape or disk as + appropriate. Details can be found at the end of every issue of the + UKTeX Digest, which is archived in [tex-archive.digests.uktex]. In + an emergency, you can write to + Peter Abbott + Computing Service, Aston University, + Aston Triangle, Birmingham B4 7ET + p.abbott@aston.ac.uk + + The UK TeX Archive's chief characteristics are + + - `exploded' filestore. This is not a set of compressed tar achives, + but directories containing (where possible) ASCII individual files + only (for ease of transfer in somewhat cranky UK network). Binary + files are ASCII encoded. + + - support for VMS, Mac, DOS and Unix; we try to have up to date + working copies of TeX, etc., for the major OSes. + + TeX-related files are found in the directory DISK$TEX:[TEX-ARCHIVE]. + + To submit files to the Aston archive, send mail to + archive-contributions@tex.ac.uk with details of what you want to add. + JANET users can transfer material direct to [contributions], but should + also send mail to indicate they have done so. + +theory.lcs.mit.edu [18.52.0.92] + Theory of Computation Group; MIT Laboratory for Computer Science + Cambridge, Massachusetts + Contact: William Ang <ang@theory.lcs.mit.edu> + Mail server: archive-server@theory.lcs.mit.edu + System Type: UNIX (SunOS 4.1.1) + + Home of the TeX Macro Catalogue, which can be found in + pub/tex/tex-styles-and-macros.txt, along with a smattering of other + TeX-related files. + +vm.urz.uni-heidelberg.de (Mail server only) + Heidelberg + Mail server: listserv@vm.urz.uni-heidelberg.de + +wsmr-simtel20.army.mil [192.88.110.20] + White Sands Missile Range, New Mexico, USA + Time Zone: -0600 GMT + Contact: w8sdz@wsmr-simtel20.army.mil (Keith Petersen) + Suggested hours: Weekends and evenings + Mirrored by: wuarchive.wustl.edu [128.252.135.4] + + An archive of MS-DOS and other stuff. TeX-related things + can be found in the directory pd1:<msdos.tex>. + +ymir.claremont.edu [134.173.4.23] + The Claremont Colleges, California, USA + Time zone: -0700 GMT + Contact: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> + Mail server: mailserv@ymir.claremont.edu + System type: VMS + + The second-largest TeX archive in the world. Aggressively tracks + down packages for downloading. + + Most TeX macros files are found in subdirectories of + LOCAL:[ANONYMOUS.TEX.INPUTS], though the Babel system is in + LOCAL:[ANONYMOU.TEX.BABEL] and MusicTeX is in + LOCAL:[ANONYMOUS.TEX.MUSIC]. BibTeX files are in + LOCAL:[ANONYMOUS.TEX.BIBTEX]. + + To submit a file to the ymir archive, ftp to fenris.claremont.edu + (134.173.4.146) and place the file in the directory pub/submission; + then send a note to tex-group@hmcvax.claremont.edu to alert the + archive staff of the new file. If you don't have access to ftp, send + a note to tex-group with the sizes and number of files and they will + work out how to receive it. + +*************************************************************************** + GLOSSARY OF KEYWORDS + +Actually, this is more of a list of keywords right now. I've tried to +clarify obscure keywords, while relying on many keywords to be +self-explanatory. For example, any keyword which is the name of a +language indicates that the macros provide support of some sort for +typesetting in that language. Similarly, a keyword which is a name of a +major TeX package means that the macros are meant for use with that +package. + +A4 -- implements a page layout based on the standard A4 page size + +A5 -- implements a page layout based on the standard A5 page size + +accent -- macros for putting special accents on characters + +ACM -- macros for typesetting papers for ACM proceedings + +acronym -- macros for manipulating acronyms + +AIP -- implements a layout based on the American Institute of Physics + journals + +algorithm -- useful for typesetting algorithms + +allocation -- macros which modify or extend TeX's allocation mechanism + (i.e., things like \newdimen, \newskip, etc.) + +AMS -- macros which are either supported by the American Mathematical + Society, or which provide support for the AMS fonts. + +AMS-LaTeX + +AMS-TeX + +amsfonts -- macros which provide support for the AMSFonts package, which + includes the msam and msbm symbol fonts. + +amsppt -- modifications or extensions to the AMS-TeX amsppt preprint + document style. + +antiparticle -- macros for typesetting anti-particles in particle physics. + +APA -- macros for producing citations of the form "(Jones, 1986)" and + without labels in the bibliography. [what does APA stand for, + anyway? -- dmj] + +APL -- useful for typesetting code written in the programming language + APL + +ArborText dvips -- requires ArborText's implementation of dvips + +array -- modifies or extends the LaTeX "array" environment + +article -- implements a document style useful for typesetting documents + such as journal articles. When applied to a LaTeX document-style + option, it means that the option is primarily meant to be used with + article.sty + +Austrian + +authors' guide -- guidelines or documentation for authors + +autonumbering -- support for the automatic numbering of such document + structures as sections, theorems, lists, etc. + +autoTOC -- support for the automatic compilation of a Table of Contents. + +Babel -- Part of Johannes Braams' Babel system for foreign language + support in LaTeX and plain TeX. + +barcode -- typesets the zipcode barcodes used by the US Postal Service. + +baseball + +Bezier -- implements Bezier curves (cubic or quadratic splines) + +bibliography -- macros for producing a bibliography + +BibTeX -- macros for use with Oren Patashnik's BibTeX bibliograpy + database program + +BibTeX 0.98 -- requires an obsolete version of BibTeX + +binary trees + +blackboard bold + +BNF -- macros for typesetting Backhaus-Naur formalisms + +bold symbol -- macros for accessing bold versions of math symbols + +book -- implements a document style, or otherwise provides support, for + typesetting book-like documents. When applied to a LaTeX + document-style option, it means that the option is primarily meant + to be used with book.sty + +bookform + +borders -- macros for putting frames around boxes + +box -- macros for manipulating boxes + +C -- for typesetting code written in the C programming language + +calendar -- provides various calendar functions for TeX + +camera-ready + +caption + +card + +cassette + +cassette label + +Catalan + +category-theory + +changebars + +chemistry + +chess + +citation -- macros which modify or extend LaTeX's \cite command, or + which provide an analogous function + +classified -- macros for typesetting documents with "classified" ratings + +cmcyr + +color -- support for color graphics or other special effects + +comment -- implements a comment environment for TeX + +Common Lisp -- support for typesetting Common Lisp code + +common macros -- macros common to two or more document styles + +commutative diagrams -- graphics support for producing commutative + diagrams + +counter + +Croatian + +cropmark + +crosswords + +currency + +Cyrillic + +Czech + +Danish + +date + +decimal + +DECUS + +delimiters + +diagrams + +discretionary + +dissertation + +documentation + +doublespace + +dow -- macros for calculating the day of week + +draft + +drama + +dropcaps -- typesets the first letter of a paragraph enlarged + +Dutch + +dvi2ln3 + +dvi2ps + +dvidrv + +dvidvi + +dvips + +dvitops + +e-mail pathname + +EC/DC + +emphasis + +emTeX -- for use with emTeX, a TeX implementation for PC's + +endnotes + +English + +enumerate + +envelope + +epigram + +eplain + +EPSF + +epsf + +eqnarray -- modifications of LaTeX's eqnarray environment + +equation + +equation number + +Esperanto + +essential + +eufm + +examination + +figure + +figures + +filename + +Finnish + +float + +floats + +flushleft + +fmt -- indicates that the package is meant to serve as the basis for a + new format (.fmt) file. + +font + +fontchart -- prints out a font table similar to those found in Appendix F + of the TeX Book + +fonts + +footnote numbering + +footnotes + +formletter + +framebox -- macros for drawing rules around boxes, similar to LaTeX's + \framebox command or the \boxit macro in Exercise 21.3 of the + TeXbook + +frames -- macros for putting frames around boxes + +French + +generic -- macros which should work with practically any TeX macro + package + +German + +german + +glossing -- macros for vertically aligning words in consecutive sentences + +graphics + +Greek + +header -- macros for modifying the page header + +Hebrew + +hline + +Hungarian + +hyphenation -- hyphenation patterns + +Icelandic + +ICPR -- document style for the International Conference on Pattern + Recognition proceedings + +IEE + +IEEE -- document style for proceedings published by the Institute of + Electrical and Electronics Engineers + +indent -- modifies the indentation of paragraphs + +index -- for producing indexes. + +initex + +input + +inrstex + +inserts -- modifies TeX's mechanism for floating insertions + +integral + +IPA + +ISO + +journal -- style file for typesetting journal articles + +LamS-TeX + +landscape + +language + +LaTeX + +letter + +LeXTeX + +limits -- modifies the behavior of subscripts or superscripts of math + operators + +line breaks + +line numbering + +lines + +linespacing + +linguistics + +lists + +LNCS -- macros for typesetting articles for Springer-Verlag's Lecture + Notes in Computer Science + +LNP -- macros for typesetting articles for Springer-Verlag's Lecture + Notes in Physics + +logical gates + +logos + +loop -- implements looping constructs for TeX + +macro + +mailing labels + +MakeIndex -- requires Pehong Chen's makeindex program + +manpage -- for typesetting UNIX-style manual pages + +manual -- for typesetting manuals + +margin notes + +math + +math symbol + +mathematics + +mathfonts + +matrices + +memo + +METAFONT + +metafont + +MFT + +midnight -- for use with Marcel van der Goot's Midnight macros + +milstd + +minipage + +MIT Press -- document style for producing books compliant (more or less) + with MIT Press's requirements + +modularity + +msam -- macros for using the AMS symbol font A (part of the AMSFonts + package) + +msbm -- macros for using the AMS symbol font B (part of the AMSFonts + package) + +multi-column + +multi-page + +newcolumn + +newcommand + +newlines + +newsletter + +NFSS -- requires Mittelbach and Sch\"opf's New Font Selection Scheme + +nofill + +Norwegian + +NTG + +numbers + +Object-Z -- for typesetting Object-Z specifications + +OFSS -- requires the Old Font Selection Scheme (i.e., LaTeX's original + font selection scheme) + +operatorname + +optarg + +outer -- modifies TeX`s \outer primitive + +outline + +output + +page control + +page layout + +page style + +pagenumbers + +pagestyle + +paper + +paragraph + +parbox + +parse trees + +path name + +PC + +perl + +phonelist + +PHYS-TeX + +Physical Review + +physics + +PHYZZX + +PicTeX + +picture + +plain TeX + +pmb -- "poor man's bold," that is, a method of producing low-quality + bold symbols when there is no real bold version of a symbol, as + described in Appendix D of the TeXbook + +Polish + +pom -- macros for calculating the period of the moon + +portrait + +Portuguese + +PostScript + +PostScript fonts + +primer + +proceedings -- for typesetting articles for proceedins of various + conferences + +prooftree + +publisher style -- macros which are either supplied by a publisher, or + else have been written to implement some publisher's requirements + +quotation + +quote marks + +railroad -- macros for typesetting so-called "railroad" diagrams for + describing the syntax of, for example, programming languages + +RCS -- interface to the UNIX Revision Control System + +register + +report + +resume + +REVTeX + +Romanian + +rotate + +rotation + +Russian + +Scheme -- for typesetting bits of Scheme code + +screenplay + +SCREENVIEW + +script + +scripts + +ScriptTeX + +section + +section numbers + +sectioning + +SIAM -- macros designed for publications of the Society for Industrial + and Applied Mathematics + +SLaTeX + +slides + +SliTeX + +Slovenian + +Smalltalk programming language + +solutions + +Spanish + +speed + +SPIE + +Springer-Verlag -- macros either supplied by the Springer-Verlag + publishing company or else written to satisfy their requirements + +stageplay + +standards documents + +string comparison + +strut + +style + +style-option + +subnumbering + +sum + +summation + +Swedish + +symbol + +symbols + +syntax checking + +table + +tables + +tabular + +tangle + +TeX + +TeX examples + +TeX tutorials + +TeX Users Group + +TeX-XeT + +TeXbook + +TeXsis + +TEXT1 + +tgrind + +theorem + +theorm + +thesis + +time + +timeline + +titlepage + +TOC + +toc + +tpic + +trademark + +tree + +trees + +TUG proceedings + +TUGboat + +Turkish + +two-column + +two-up + +UK English + +underlining + +UNIX + +VDM specification language + +verbatim + +virtual fonts + +vita + +vrbinput -- macros for inputting files and typesetting them verbatim + +weave + +WEB + +weird + +x-ref warnings + +xrefs + +XY-pic + +Young tableaux + +YTeX + +yTeX + +Z + +zip -- macros for typesetting zipcodes in barcode format + +*************************************************************************** + APPENDIX: CONVERTING THE CATALOGUE TO A MORE STANDARD DATABASE FORMAT + +Steve Fisk <fisk@polar.bowdoin.edu> pointed out that many database +programs would choke on the format of the Catalogue because + + (1) there are a different number of fields in a record + (e.g. "Note:" is not always there) + (2) fields can span several lines + (e.g. "Description") + (3) the Catalogue contains lines that are not records + (e.g. the section and subsection headings) + +Here's a UNIX-specific solution to this problem: an awk script that +reformats the Catalogue and removes all superflous lines. + +To convert the Catalogue to the format described above, do the following: + +1) Put the following in a file called "script". + +------------------------------cut here------------------------------ +BEGIN { FS = ":"; \ + counter = 0; \ + x["Name"] = "Name: "; \ + x["Description"] = "Description: "; \ + x["Keywords"] = "Keywords: "; \ + x["Archives"] = "Archives: "; \ + x["Author"] = "Author: "; \ + x["Latest Version"] = "Latest Version: "; \ + x["Supported"] = "Supported: "; \ + x["See also"] = "See also: "; \ + x["Note"] = "Note: " } + + +/^%/ {} + +/^[a-zA-Z]+/ && counter == 1 {$field = $1; x[$field] = $0} + +/^[ ]+/ && counter == 1 { x[$field] = x[$field] substr($0,4) } + +NF == 0 && counter == 1 && x["Name"] != "Name: " \ + { printf "%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n\n", \ + x["Name"], x["Description"], x["Keywords"], x["Archives"], \ + x["Author"], x["Latest Version"], x["Supported"], x["See also"], \ + x["Note"] ; \ + x["Name"] = "Name: "; \ + x["Description"] = "Description: "; \ + x["Keywords"] = "Keywords: "; \ + x["Archives"] = "Archives: "; \ + x["Author"] = "Author: "; \ + x["Latest Version"] = "Latest Version: "; \ + x["Supported"] = "Supported: "; \ + x["See also"] = "See also: "; \ + x["Note"] = "Note: "} + +/^\*\*\*\*\*\*\*/ { if (counter == 1) {counter = 0} else {counter = 1} } +------------------------------cut here------------------------------ + +2) Execute the command + + awk -f script tex-styles-and-macros.txt > newindex + +If all goes well, newindex should be in the required form. (Note that +this uses the old awk; it should be easy to modify it to use the newer +versions of awk if necessary.) + +*************************************************************************** + COMING ATTRACTIONS + +%% This section contains incomplete entries. In most cases, the entry +%% is incomplete only because I haven't had time to complete it. In a +%% few cases, the entry is incomplete because I haven't had time to +%% track down the authors for verification of the information. + +Name: autotab.sty +Description: LaTeX documentstyle for creating tables automatically by + reading data from a separate input file, which contains one entry + per line. +Keywords: LaTeX, tabular +Author: Gabriele Kruljac <kruljac@ds0mpi11.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.0, 5 Oct 1989 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: Comes with a documentation and example file, autotab.tex. + +Name: bnf.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for pretty-printing context-free grammars + using the notation from "Elements of the Theory of Computation" by + Harry R. Lewis and Christos H. Papadimitriou. +Keywords: LaTeX, BNF +Author: Hugh Osborne <hugh@cs.kun.nl> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.1a, 30 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: Packages comes with a readme file (bnf.README), a list of known + bugs (bnf.bugs), and a manual (bnf.tex). +See also: ebnf.sty, bnf.tex + +Name: chemstruct.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for drawing chemistry structural formulas. +Keywords: plain TeX, chemistry +Author: Michael Ramek +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.0, Nov 1987 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: Package comes with a manual, chemdoc.tex, which includes several + example figures, each in a separate file. + +Name: crc.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing papers for the + 1991 International Workshop on Robust Control. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 16 Apr 1991 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: This is based on birk.sty (q.v.). + +Name: floatfig.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to allow figures to "float" in + paragraphs, i.e., to allow figures that only take up a fraction of + the width of a page to be surrounded by flowing text. These macros + are based on the plain TeX macros described by Thomas J. Reid in + "Floating Figures at the Right," TUGboat 8(3):315, November 1987. +Keywords: LaTeX, float, figures +Author: Thomas Kneser, Gesellschaft f\"ur wissenschaftliche + Datenverarbeitung mbH G\"ottingen, FRG +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v0.4, 08 May 1991 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: Packages includes a user's manual (floatfig.tex) and a sample file + (example.tex). + +Name: abbrevfr.tex +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: readme, README, README.initex + +Name: dumyhyph.tex +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: english.sty +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: flisting.sty +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: french.bug +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: french.sty +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: french.tst +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: frenchfr.doc +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: frenchla.tex +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: frenchlb.tex +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: frenchlm.tex +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: frenchlr.tex +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: frenchlu.tex +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: frencht.tex +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: hyconfig.tex +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: hymltex2.tex +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: hymltex3.tex +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: initex.bug +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: language.dat +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: german3.sty +Description: An experimental plain TeX/LaTeX style file for typesetting + German using TeX version 3 (or later) and the DC text fonts. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, german, DC, TeX3 +Author: Rainer Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.de> and Bernd Raichle +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0c, 8 Apr 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, aston +See also: german.sty, germanb.sty + +Name: letter.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting letters in German. +Keywords: LaTeX, german, letter +Author: Dietmar Heinrich +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 04 May 1988 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: Includes a documentation file, letter.tex. + +Name: megatape.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting cassette tape labels. + Modification of tape.sty (q.v.). +Keywords: LaTeX, cassette +Author: Martin Nickel +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 16 Oct 1991 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: Comes with a demonstration file, megademo.tex. +See also: tape.sty + +Name: prelim.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to mark manuscripts as drafts + by putting a line stating that it's a draft, along with the date and + time of formatting, on every page. (Note: the default marker text + is "ENTWURF", but can be changed by redefining a single macro.) +Keywords: LaTeX, draft +Author: Robert Tolksdorf +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 31 Jul 1990 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: Comes with a documentation file, prelim.tex, in German. +See also: draft.sty, drafthead.sty + +Name: changebar.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for including changebars in a + device-independent way. +Keywords: LaTeX, changebar, output +Author: David B. Johnson <dbj@titan.rice.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1990 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: chapref.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to produce separate reference + sections for each chapter in a document. +Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Peter J. Knaggs, School of Computing and Mathematics, Teesside + Polytechnic, Middlesbrogh, Cleveland, England. +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +See also: chapterbib.sty + +Name: db.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to generate listings, send out + letters, etc., using a database. +Keywords: LaTeX, formletter +Author: George Panagopoulos <georgios@umiacs.umd.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1, 20 Nov 1991 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: The file db.sty contains documentation and a sample file. + +Name: hndout.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing Plymouth + Polytechnic Computer Service handouts. For use with the 11pt + article style. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: Jon Warbrick +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Jan 1988 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: laioobr.sty +Description: LaTeX letter document style for ???. Has support for + Dutch, British English, American English and German letters. For + use with the Babel system? +Keywords: LaTeX, letter +Author: Werenfried Spit +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 6 Nov 1990 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: lcaption.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for formatting of long captions + with hanging indentation. +Keywords: LaTeX, caption, float +Author: Kresten Krab Thorup <Krab@iesd.auc.dk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 06 Jan 1991 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +See also: hangcaption.sty + +Name: loval.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines a command for + putting boxes with rounded corners around text, similar to the \fbox + command. +Keywords: LaTeX, box +Author: Elmar Schal\"uck <elmar@uni-paderborn.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, Feb 1991 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: Comes with a documentation and demonstration file, lovaltest.tex. + +Name: nnfootnote.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines an alternate + footnote command for unnumbered footnotes. +Keywords: LaTeX, footnote +Author: T Mark Ellison +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 26 Jun 1991 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: pspic.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that redefines the standard + LaTeX Picture commands to produce PostScript specials rather than + using the LaTeX picture fonts. This is meant for use with Tomas + Rokicki's dvips +Keywords: LaTeX, picture, PostScript, dvips +Author: Kresten Krab Thorup <krab@iesd.auc.dk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1b, 12 Apr 1991 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: rmthm.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for customizing theorem-like + environments by making it easy to change the font style in which + theorems are typeset, specify an end-of-theorem marker, and suppress + the numbering of some environments. +Keywords: LaTeX, theorem +Author: Nico Verwer <nico@cs.ruu.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 June 1991 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +See also: theorem.sty + +Name: sines.tex +Description: TeX macros to calculate the sines of angles between -90 and + 90 degrees by using the first three terms of the Taylor expansion of + sin(x). +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, sine, math +Author: Jim Walker +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: tabto.tex +Description: TeX macro for tabbing to a position relative to the left + margin in a paragraph. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX +Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: trigonometry.tex +Description: TeX macros for calculating the sine of angles between -pi/2 + and pi/2. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, +Author: Philip Taylor +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: Originally published in TeXhax Digest, September 1989. + +Name: verbatimfiles.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for inputting entire files in + verbatim mode. Also allows automatic numbering of the lines of the + inputted file. +Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim, verbinput +Author: Chris Rowley <ca_rowley@uk.ac.open.acs.vax.> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: a4letter.sty +Description: LaTeX German letter style for use with A4 paper. +Keywords: LaTeX, letter, A4 +Author: D. Heinrich +Supported: no +Latest Version: 14 Apr 1988 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: annotation.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines an "annotation" + environment, for text that can be either printed or ignored. +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: Tom Hofmann <wtho@cgch.uucp> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 30 Nov 1989 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: cites.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that provides superscript + reference numbers in citations and bibliographies, collapses + consecutive reference numbers into a range of numbers without first + sorting the numbers (e.g., 1,3,4,5,6,8,9 is printed as 1,3--6,8,9) + and gives extra control over the appearance of citations and + bibliography labels. This is based on Charles Karney's aip.sty + (q.v.). Possibly only for use with darticle.sty? +Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, citation +Author: G. Kruljac <kruljac@ds0mpi11.bitnet> +Supported: no +Latest Version: v1.1, 6 May 1989 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: deflist.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines a list environment + that takes a single argument, the longest label in the list, and + adjusts the leftmargin accordingly. +Keywords: LaTeX, list +Author: +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: diagram.tex +Description: LaTeX macros for typesetting commutative diagrams. +Keywords: LaTeX, commutative diagrams +Author: Francis Borceux <fborceux@buclln11.bitnet> +Supported: no +Latest Version: v2.2 +Archives: stuttgart +Note: Package comes with a user's manual, diagramdoc.tex. + +Name: expdlist.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines a variant of the + description environment that allows easy customization. +Keywords: LaTeX, list, description +Author: Rainer Huelse and Wolfgang Kaspar <urz86@dmswwu1a.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.0a, 20 Sep 1990 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: This style is written with Frank Mittelbach's doc.sty (q.v.). + +Name: frenchponct.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that adjusts the space before + the "double" punctuation marks (!, ?, ; and :) to follow French + typographical rules (but only if space has already been left before + them). +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, French +Author: Y. Roy +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: frenchquote.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines facsimiles of the + French double quote marks +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, French +Author: +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: garticle.sty +Description: Variant of article.sty for typesetting in German. + Obsolete. See german.sty or germanb.sty instead. +Keywords: LaTeX, German, article +Author: +Supported: no +Latest Version: 8 Jun 1987 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: Comes with an 11 point style, gart11.sty. + +Name: joe.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for the Journal of Economics. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal +Author: +Supported: no +Latest Version: 2 Feb 1990 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: sfarticle.sty +Description: Modification of article.sty to support a sans-serif font + style and also to replace hardwired strings (like the name of the + bibliography, etc.) by control sequences. Probably obsolete. See + the BABEL system instead. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, font +Author: B. Simon and H. Partl +Supported: no +Latest Version: 29 Sep 88 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: sfart10.sty +Description: 10 point document-style option for use with sfarticle.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: B. Simon and H. Partl +Supported: no +Latest Version: 29 Sep 88 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: sfart11.sty +Description: 11 point document-style option for use with sfarticle.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: B. Simon and H. Partl +Supported: no +Latest Version: 29 Sep 88 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: sfart12.sty +Description: 12 point document-style option for use with sfarticle.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: B. Simon and H. Partl +Supported: no +Latest Version: 29 Sep 88 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: unilogo.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines a command for + generating the University of Stuttgart logo at arbitrary sizes from + 15mm to 75mm in diameter. +Keywords: LaTeX, picture +Author: Gert Willmann +Supported: no +Latest Version: 25 Nov 1988 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + + COLORTEX + +Name: colorrgb.tex +Description: +Keywords: ColorTeX +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: guide.tex, gut91.tex, gut91gb.tex + +Name: euro.sty +Description: +Keywords: +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: + +Name: mancolor.sty +Description: +Keywords: +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: + +Name: rapport.sty +Description: +Keywords: +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: + +Name: dirkslides.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: dirkslides-sample.tex + +Name: dinbrief.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for German letters? +Keywords: LaTeX, letter, german +Author: Wolfgang Schwarz <blacky@ds0ita51> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 11 May 1992 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: Comes with a documentation file, dinbrief.doc. + +Name: ipebrief.sty +Description: Letter style for the University of Stuttgart? +Keywords: LaTeX, letter +Author: W. Schwarz +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.2, 12 Feb 1990 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: ipebrief_beispiel.tex, ipebrief_doc.tex, unilogo + +Name: ruspaper.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: B. Burr +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: rustitel.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: uni.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: usus.readme + +Name: us10.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: us11.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: us12.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: stickers.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: Mark Overmars +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: stickerdoc.tex + +Name: ailetter.tex +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: bridge.tex +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: dblitem.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: Norman J. Richert <richert@cl.uh.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: invertedparagraphs.tex +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: logo-denk.tex +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: regel.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: T. Birnthaler +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 30 Nov 1989 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: rnl-slides.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.2, 25 Jan 1990 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: sentences.tex +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: shsulet.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart, aston + +Name: sqmac.tex +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: Michael Barr +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: sqsample.tex + +Name: sqrt.tex +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: strukto.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: T. Birnthaler +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.0, 11 Nov 1989 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: tl-sample.tex +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: timing.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: Ludwig May/Jens Leilich +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: read.me, timing.tex + +Name: tksbrief.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: Torsten-Karl Strempel +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 31 Dec 1990 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: tksbrief.tex +See also: privat.sty + +Name: privat.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: Torsten-Karl Strempel +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1 Jul 1991 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: dina4.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: disstyle.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: Gabriele Kruljac +Supported: no +Latest Version: v1.2 15 Jun 1989 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: nl.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: rahmen.tex +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: tabbingbox.tex +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: tables-doc.tex + +Name: topnum.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: unfinished.tex +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: texinfo.tex +Description: +Keywords: +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: semitic.sty +Description: +Keywords: +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + + jTeX + + muTeX + + MusicTeX + +cmcscsl10.mf + +*Additional BibTeX styles + +The following BibTeX styles are all available from ftp.math.utah.edu in the +directory ~ftp/pub/tex/bibtex. + +Name: aaai-named.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: utah + +Name: apalike2.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Eric Ho <eho@word> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 12 Jan 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: astron.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Sake J. Hogeveen <l42@nikhefh.nikhef.nl> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: authordate1-4.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with the BibTeX + bibliography styles authordate1, authordate2, authordate3 and + authordate4. +Keywords: LaTeX BibTeX, bibliography +Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Feb 1990 +Archives: utah +See also: authordate1.bst, authordate2.bst, authordate3.bst, + authordate4.bst + +Name: authordate1.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Mar 1990 +Archives: utah +See also: authordate1-4.sty, authordate2.bst, authordate3.bst, + authordate4.bst + +Name: authordate2.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Mar 1990 +Archives: utah +See also: authordate1-4.sty, authordate1.bst, authordate3.bst, + authordate4.bst + +Name: authordate3.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Mar 1990 +Archives: utah +See also: authordate1-4.sty, authordate1.bst, authordate2.bst, + authordate4.bst + +Name: authordate4.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Mar 1990 +Archives: utah +See also: authordate1-4.sty, authordate1.bst, authordate2.bst, + authordate3.bst + +Name: bbs.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more + or less in the format of Behavioral and Brain Sciences. It was + adapted from apalike.bst, incorporating features of Sake J. + Hogeveen's `astron.bst'. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: v1.1, 15 Feb 1991 +Archives: utah +Note: Requires astron.sty. + +Name: cbe.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more + or less in the Council of Biology Editors format, which is used by + Evolution, American Naturalist, and lots of other journals. It was + adapted from apalike.bst, incorporating features of Sake J. + Hogeveen's `astron.bst'. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: v1.1, 1990 +Archives: utah +Note: Requires astron.sty. + +Name: cell.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Thomas Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.23, 29 Jun 1992 +Archives: utah, ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/cell.bst + +Name: cell.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/cell.sty + +Name: humanbio.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more + or less in the format of the journal Human Biology. It was adapted + from apalike.bst, incorporating features of Sake J. Hogeveen's + `astron.bst'. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: v1.1, 1990 +Archives: utah +Note: Requires astron.sty. + +Name: humannat.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more + or less in the format of the journals Human Nature and American + Anthropologist. It was adapted from apalike.bst, incorporating + features of Sake J. Hogeveen's `astron.bst'. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: v1.03, 29 Jun 1992 +Archives: utah +Note: Requires astron.sty. + +Name: is-abbrv.bst +Description: Modification of the abbrv BibTeX bibliography style + (abbrv.bst) that has support for ISBN and ISSN fields and for a + PERIODICAL bibliography type. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.02, 12 Sep 1991 +Archives: utah* +See also: is-alpha.bst, is-plain.bst, is-unsrt.bst + +Name: is-alpha.bst +Description: Modification of the alpha BibTeX bibliography style + (alpha.bst) that has support for ISBN and ISSN fields and for a + PERIODICAL bibliography type. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.02, 12 Sep 1991 +Archives: utah* +See also: is-abbrv.bst, is-plain.bst, is-unsrt.bst + +Name: is-plain.bst +Description: Modification of the plain BibTeX bibliography style + (plain.bst) that has support for ISBN and ISSN fields and for a + PERIODICAL bibliography type. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.02, 12 Sep 1991 +Archives: utah* +See also: is-abbrv.bst, is-alpha.bst, is-unsrt.bst + +Name: is-unsrt.bst +Description: Modification of the unsrt BibTeX bibliography style + (unsrt.bst) that has support for ISBN and ISSN fields and for a + PERIODICAL bibliography type. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.02, 12 Sep 1991 +Archives: utah* +See also: is-abbrv.bst, is-alpha.bst, is-plain.bst + +Name: jbact.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Thomas Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: utah +Note: Requires jbact.sty. + +Name: jbact.sty +Description: LaTeX +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: utah +See also: jbact.bst + +Name: jmb.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style for the Journal of Molecular + Biology and Journal of Theoretical Biology. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Tom Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.21, 29 Jun 1992 +Archives: utah, ncifcrf.gov:pub/delila/jmb.bst.Z +Note: jmb.sty + +Name: jtb.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more + or less in the format of the Journal of Theoretical Biology. It was + adapted from Sake J. Hogeveen's `astron.bst'. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: v1.1, 1990 +Archives: utah +Note: Requires astron.bst. + +Name: namunsrt.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: utah + +Name: nar.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style for the journal Nucleic Acid + Research. It was adapted from the standard unsrt.bst style file. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Tom Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.04, 10 Sep 1991 +Archives: utah +Note: nar.sty + +Name: nature.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Tom Schneider? (Ask Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>) +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.05, 29 Jun 1992 +Archives: utah, ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/nature.sty + +Name: nature.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: utah, ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/nature.sty + +Name: newapa.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Stephen N. Spencer <spencer@heinlein.cgrg.ohio.state.edu>, + <spencer@cgrg.ohio.state.edu>, <71160.3141@compuserve.com> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: utah, stuttgart, aston + +Name: newapa.sty +Description: +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Stephen N. Spencer <spencer@heinlein.cgrg.ohio.state.edu> and + Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>?? +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: utah, stuttgart, aston + +Name: phaip.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: phapalik.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: phcpc.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: phiaea.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: phjcp.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: phnf.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: phnflet.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: phpf.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: phppcf.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: phreport.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: phrmp.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: plainyr.bst +Description: Modification of the plain BibTeX bibliography style + (plain.bst) that sorts items by year, author and title, in that + order. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Michael P. Perrone <mpp@cs.brown.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 26 Jun 1992 +Archives: utah + +Name: science.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Thomas D. Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.09, 30 Aug 1992 +Archives: ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/science.bst + +Name: science.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for the journal Science? +Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Thomas D. Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.03, 24 Aug 1992 +Archives: ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/science.sty + +Name: control.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Thomas D. Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.09, 30 Aug 1992 +Archives: ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/control.bst + +=========================================================================== + +% Keep these lines at the end of the file! +% Local Variables: +% fill-column: 72 +% End: diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/ascii.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/ascii.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c2f95e7da33 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/ascii.tex @@ -0,0 +1,189 @@ +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% %% +%% A S C I I wall chart %% +%% %% +%% by Victor Eijkhout %% +%% eijkhout@cs.utk.edu %% +%% %% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% +%% Choose your favourite format: +% +\nopagenumbers %% 2 lines +\vsize=28cm %% for PLAIN TeX +%\documentstyle{article} %% 4 lines for LaTeX +%\begin{document} %% not that it matters anything, +%\pagestyle{empty} %% rest of the document +%\setlength{\textheight}{28cm} %% is 'pure' TeX. +%%%%%% and don't forget the \bye / \end{document} at the end!! %%%%%%% +%% fonts +\font\bitfont=cmr7 \fontdimen3\bitfont=3mm +\font\codefont=cmr5 +\font\namefont=cmss10 scaled 1200 +\font\titlefont=cmss10 scaled 1440 +\font\commentfont=cmss10 +%% counts and dimens +\newdimen\thinlinewidth \thinlinewidth=.25mm +\newdimen\fatlinewidth \fatlinewidth=.5mm +\newdimen\rowheight \rowheight=1cm +\newdimen\colwidth \colwidth=1.6cm +\newdimen\Colwidth \Colwidth=2\colwidth + \advance\Colwidth by \thinlinewidth +\newdimen\topwhite \topwhite=2pt +\newdimen\botwhite \botwhite=3pt +\newdimen\leftwhite \leftwhite=2pt +\newdimen\rightwhite \rightwhite=2pt +\newcount\rowcount \rowcount=-1 %% note! +\newcount\colcount \colcount=0 +\newcount\thenumber +%% tidbits +\def\\{$\backslash$} +\def\thinline{\vrule width \thinlinewidth} +\def\fatline{\vrule width \fatlinewidth} +\tolerance=10000 +\vbadness=10000 +%% code conversion +\def\calcnumber{{\multiply\colcount by 16 + \advance\colcount by \rowcount + \global\thenumber=\colcount}} +\def\deccode{\number\thenumber} +\def\octcode{{\ifnum\thenumber>63 + \advance\thenumber by -64 + \count0=\thenumber \divide\count0 by 8 + 1\number\count0 + \else \count0=\thenumber \divide\count0 by 8 + \ifnum\count0>0 \number\count0 \fi\fi + \multiply\count0 by 8 + \advance\thenumber by -\count0 + \number\thenumber}} +\def\hexdigit#1{\ifcase#1 0\or 1\or 2\or 3\or 4\or 5\or 6\or 7\or + 8\or 9\or A\or B\or C\or D\or E\or F\or + \edef\tmp{\message{illegal hex digit + \number#1}}\tmp + \fi} +\def\hexcode{{\count0=\thenumber \divide\count0 by 16 + \ifnum\count0>0 \hexdigit{\count0}\fi + \multiply\count0 by 16 + \advance\thenumber by -\count0 \count0=\thenumber + \hexdigit{\count0}}} +%% the heading +\def\threebit#1#2#3{\vbox to 1.2\rowheight{\bitfont + \vskip\topwhite + \hbox to \colwidth{\hskip\leftwhite#1\hfil} + \vfil + \hbox to \colwidth{\hfil#2\hfil} + \vfil + \hbox to \colwidth{\hfil#3\hskip\rightwhite} + \vskip\botwhite}} +\def\comment#1{\vbox to \colwidth{\hrule height 0mm depth .25mm + \vfil + \hbox to \Colwidth{\commentfont\hfil#1\hfil} + \vfil}} +\def\dcomment#1#2{\vbox to \colwidth{\hrule height 0mm depth .25mm + \vfil + \hbox to \Colwidth{\commentfont\hfil#1\hfil} + \vskip \botwhite + \hbox to \Colwidth{\commentfont\hfil#2\hfil} + \vfil}} +\def\bithead{\vbox to \colwidth{\hsize=1.5\colwidth + \vskip\topwhite + \hbox to \hsize{\commentfont\hfil BITS\hfil} + \vfil + \hbox to \hsize{\bitfont\ b4 b3 b2 b1 } + \vskip\botwhite}} +%% routines for single chars +\def\fourbit#1\fb{\vbox to \rowheight{ + \vfil + \hbox to 1.5\colwidth{\bitfont #1\ } + \vfil}% + \global\advance\rowcount by 1 + \global\colcount=0} +\def\asc#1\ii{\calcnumber + \vbox to \rowheight{\offinterlineskip + \vskip\topwhite + \hbox to \colwidth{\codefont + \hskip\leftwhite + \deccode\hfil} + \vfil + \hbox to \colwidth{\vrule width 0cm + height 10pt depth 2pt + \namefont + \hfil#1\hfil} + \vfil + \hbox to \colwidth{\codefont + \hskip\leftwhite + \hexcode\hfil\octcode + \hskip\rightwhite} + \vskip\botwhite}% + \global\advance\colcount by 1} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% and now the table itself %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\vbox{ +\halign{\fourbit#\fb&\fatline\asc#\ii&\thinline\asc#\ii& + \fatline\asc#\ii&\thinline\asc#\ii& + \fatline\asc#\ii&\thinline\asc#\ii& + \fatline\asc#\ii&\thinline\asc#\ii\fatline\cr + \omit&\multispan8 \hskip\thinlinewidth + \titlefont ASCII CONTROL CODE CHART\hfil\cr + \noalign{\vskip3mm \hrule} + \omit\hfil\threebit{b7}{b6}{b5} + &\omit\fatline\threebit000&\omit\thinline\threebit001% + &\omit\fatline\threebit010&\omit\thinline\threebit011% + &\omit\fatline\threebit100&\omit\thinline\threebit101% + &\omit\fatline\threebit110&\omit\thinline\threebit111% + \fatline\cr + \noalign{\vskip-.5mm} %brute force + \omit\bithead + &\omit\fatline\comment{CONTROL}\span\omit + &\omit\fatline\dcomment{SYMBOLS}{NUMBERS}\span\omit + &\omit\fatline\comment{UPPER CASE}\span\omit + &\omit\fatline\comment{LOWER CASE}\span\omit\hfil\fatline\cr + \noalign{\hrule} + {} 0 0 0 0&NUL&DLE&SP &0 &@ &P &` &p \cr\noalign{\hrule} + {} 0 0 0 1&SOH&DC1&! &1 &A &Q &a &q \cr\noalign{\hrule} + {} 0 0 1 0&STX&DC2&" &2 &B &R &b &r \cr\noalign{\hrule} + {} 0 0 1 1&ETX&DC3&\# &3 &C &S &c &s \cr\noalign{\hrule} + {} 0 1 0 0&EOT&DC4&\$ &4 &D &T &d &t \cr\noalign{\hrule} + {} 0 1 0 1&ENQ&NAK&\% &5 &E &U &e &u \cr\noalign{\hrule} + {} 0 1 1 0&ACK&SYN&\& &6 &F &V &f &v \cr\noalign{\hrule} + {} 0 1 1 1&BEL&ETB&' &7 &G &W &g &w \cr\noalign{\hrule} + {} 1 0 0 0&BS &CAN&( &8 &H &X &h &x \cr\noalign{\hrule} + {} 1 0 0 1&HT &EM &) &9 &I &Y &i &y \cr\noalign{\hrule} + {} 1 0 1 0&LF &SUB&* &: &J &Z &j &z \cr\noalign{\hrule} + {} 1 0 1 1&VT &ESC&+ &; &K &[ &k &$\{$\cr \noalign{\hrule} + {} 1 1 0 0&FF &FS &, &$<$&L &\\ &l &$|$ \cr \noalign{\hrule} + {} 1 1 0 1&CR &GS &$-$ &= &M &] &m &$\}$\cr \noalign{\hrule} + {} 1 1 1 0&SO &RS &. &$>$&N &\char94 &n &\char126\cr + \noalign{\hrule} + {} 1 1 1 1&SI &US &/ &? &O &\_$\!$\_&o &DEL\cr\noalign{\hrule} + \noalign{\vskip2mm} + \omit&\omit\namefont \hfil LEGEND:\hfil \span\omit + &\multispan4\hskip\fatlinewidth + \vtop{\vskip-10pt\hbox{\vrule + \vbox to \rowheight{ + \offinterlineskip + \hrule\vskip \topwhite + \hbox to \colwidth{\codefont\hskip\leftwhite + dec\hfil} + \vfil + \hbox to \colwidth{\namefont\hfil CHAR\hfil} + \vfil + \hbox to \colwidth{\codefont\hskip\leftwhite + hex\hfil oct + \hskip\rightwhite} + \vskip\botwhite + \hrule }% + \vrule}} + \hfil + &\multispan2\bitfont \hskip\fatlinewidth + \vtop{\vskip-8pt\baselineskip=8.5pt + \hbox{Victor Eijkhout} + \rlap{Dept. of Comp. Sci.} + \rlap{University of Tennessee} + \rlap{Knoxville TN 37996, USA} + }\hfil\cr + } +} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% and that's it folks! %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +\bye %% PLAIN TeX +%\end{document} %% LaTeX diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/companion.ctan b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/companion.ctan new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8fd26a4b136 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/companion.ctan @@ -0,0 +1,298 @@ +This file is maintained by Robin Fairbairns (rf@cl.cam.ac.uk); please +mail any suggestions or details of problems, etc. + +a4 + macros/latex/contrib/supported/a4/ +a4dutch + macros/latex209/contrib/misc/a4dutch.sty +a4wide + macros/latex/contrib/other/misc/a4wide.sty +a5 + macros/latex209/contrib/misc/a5.sty +a5comb + macros/latex209/contrib/misc/a5comb.sty +afterpage + ==> macros/latex/packages/tools/ +alltt + ==> macros/latex/base/ +amsbsy + macros/latex/packages/amslatex/inputs/amsbsy.sty +amscd + macros/latex/packages/amslatex/inputs/amscd.sty +amsfonts + fonts/amsfonts/latex/amsfonts.sty +amssymb + fonts/amsfonts/latex/amssymb.sty +amstex superseded by + macros/latex/packages/amslatex/inputs/amsmath.sty +amstext + macros/latex/packages/amslatex/inputs/amstext.sty +apalike + biblio/bibtex/contrib/apalike.sty + biblio/bibtex/contrib/apalike.bst +array + ==> macros/latex/packages/tools/ +authordate1-4 + biblio/bibtex/contrib/authordate1-4.sty +avant + fonts/metrics/adobe/avantgar/sty/avantgar.sty +babel + macros/latex/packages/babel/ +bar + macros/latex209/contrib/bar.sty +basker + fonts/metrics/monotype/baskervi/sty/baskervi.sty +bembo + fonts/metrics/adobe/bembo/sty/bembo.sty +beton + ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/beton/ +bezier +* ==> macros/latex/base/ +biblist + macros/latex209/contrib/biblist/ +bibmods + macros/latex209/contrib/misc/bibmods.sty +bibunits + macros/latex209/contrib/misc/bibunits.sty +bookman + fonts/metrics/adobe/bookman/sty/bookman.sty + fonts/metrics/monotype/bookman/sty/bookman.sty +boxedminipage + macros/latex209/contrib/misc/boxedminipage.sty +calc + ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/calc/ +changebar + macros/latex/contrib/supported/changbar/ +chapterbib + macros/latex/contrib/supported/cite/chapterbib.sty +chicago + biblio/bibtex/contrib/chicago.bst + biblio/bibtex/contrib/chicago.sty + biblio/bibtex/contrib/chicagoa.bst +cite + macros/latex/contrib/supported/cite/ +citesort + ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/cite/ +color + ==> macros/latex/packages/graphics +colordvi + dviware/dvips/dvips/colordvi.sty + dviware/dvips/dvips/colordvi.tex +concrete superseded by + ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/beton +curves + macros/latex/contrib/supported/curves/curves.sty +curvesls + ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/curves/curvesls.sty +dcolumn + ==> macros/latex/packages/tools +delarray + ==> macros/latex/packages/tools +doc +* ==> macros/latex/base +doublespace + [use setspace instead] +draftcopy + macros/latex/contrib/suppported/draftcopy/ +eclbip + ==> macros/latex209/contrib/eclbip +ecltree + ==> macros/latex209/contrib/eclbip +eepic + ==> macros/latex/contrib/other/eepic +eepicemu + ==> macros/latex/contrib/other/eepic +endfloat + macros/latex/contrib/supported/endfloat/ +endnotes + macros/latex209/contrib/misc/endnotes.sty +enumerate + ==> macros/latex/packages/tools +epic + ==> macros/latex/contrib/other/epic/ +epsfig + ==> macros/latex/packages/graphics +eufrak + ==> macros/latex/packages/mfnfss +euler + macros/latex/contrib/supported/euler/ +euscript + fonts/amsfonts/latex/euscript.sty +exscale + ==> macros/latex/base +fancybox + ==> macros/latex/contrib/other/seminar/inputs/fancybox.sty +fancyheadings + macros/latex/contrib/other/fancyheadings/ +flafter + ==> macros/latex/base +float + macros/latex/contrib/supported/float +floatfig + macros/latex209/contrib/floatfig/ +fnpara + macros/latex/contrib/other/misc/fnpara.sty +footnpag + macros/latex/contrib/supported/footnpag/ +french + language/french/inputs/french.sty +ftnright + ==> macros/latex/packages/tools +garamond + fonts/metrics/monotype/garamond/sty/garamond.sty +german + ==> languages/german/german.dtx +graphics + ==> macros/latex/packages/graphics +hackalloc + ==> macros/latex/contrib/other/localloc +hangcaption + macros/latex209/contrib/misc/hangcaption.sty +harvard + ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/harvard +helvet + fonts/metrics/adobe/helvetic/sty/helvetic.sty +here + (obsolete; incorporated in float.sty) +hhline + ==> macros/latex/packages/tools +ifthen + ==> macros/latex/base +indentfirst + ==> macros/latex/packages/tools +index + macros/latex209/contrib/misc/index.doc +isolatin1 + (use inputenc instead) +jmb + biblio/bibtex/contrib/jmb.sty + biblio/bibtex/contrib/jmb.bst +latexsym + ==> macros/latex/base +layout + ==> macros/latex/packages/tools/ +letterspace + macros/latex209/contrib/misc/letterspace.sty +longtable + ==> macros/latex/packages/tools +lscape + macros/latex/contrib/misc/lscape.sty +lucid + ==> macros/latex/packages/psnfss/ +lucidbr + ==> macros/latex/packages/psnfss/ +lucmath + ==> macros/latex/packages/psnfss/ +makeidx + ==> macros/latex/base +minitoc + ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/minitoc/ +minitocoff + ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/minitoc/ +moreverb + ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/moreverb/ +mtimes + ==> macros/latex/packages/psnfss/ +multibox + macros/latex209/contrib/misc/multibox.sty +multicol + ==> macros/latex/packages/tools +multind + macros/latex209/contrib/misc/multind.sty +multirow + macros/latex209/contrib/misc/multirow.sty +named + biblio/bibtex/contrib/named.bst + biblio/bibtex/contrib/named.sty +nar + biblio/bibtex/contrib/nar.bst + biblio/bibtex/contrib/nar.sty +natbib + macros/latex/contrib/supported/natbib/ +nature + biblio/bibtex/contrib/nature.bst + biblio/bibtex/contrib/nature.sty +newapa + biblio/bibtex/contrib/newapa.bst + biblio/bibtex/contrib/newapa.sty +newcent + fonts/metrics/adobe/newcentu/sty/newcentu.sty +newlfont + ==> macros/latex/base/ +oldgerm + ==> macros/latex/packages/mfnfss +oldlfont + ==> macros/latex/base +openbib + ==> macros/latex/base +overcite + macros/latex/contrib/supported/cite/ +palatino + fonts/metrics/adobe/palatino/sty/palatino.sty +pandora + ==> macros/latex/packages/mfnfss +picinpar + macros/latex209/contrib/picinpar/ +pifont + ==> macros/latex/packages/psnfss +portland + macros/latex209/contrib/misc/portland.sty +program + macros/latex/contrib/supported/program/ +psboxit + macros/latex209/contrib/misc/psboxit.sty +pstimesm + macros/latex209/contrib/misc/pstimesm.sty +rotate + dviware/dvips/dvips/rotate.sty + dviware/dvips/dvips/rotate.tex +rotating + ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/rotating +seminar + ==> macros/latex/contrib/other/seminar +setspace [new] + macros/latex/contrib/supported/setspace/setspace.sty +shadow + macros/latex209/contrib/misc/shadow.sty +shapepar + macros/latex/contrib/other/misc/shapepar.sty +showidx + ==> macros/latex/base +showtags + macros/latex209/contrib/misc/showtags.sty +subfigure + macros/latex/contrib/suported/subfigure/ +supertab + ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/supertabular +syntonly + ==> macros/latex/base +t1enc + ==> macros/latex/base +tabularx + ==> macros/latex/packages/tools +theorem + ==> macros/latex/packages/tools +threeparttable + macros/latex/contrib/other/misc/threeparttable.sty +times + fonts/metrics/adobe/times/sty/times.sty +tracefnt + ==> macros/latex/base +trees + macros/latex/contrib/supported/treesvr +ulem + macros/latex/contrib/other/misc/ulem.sty +varioref + ==> macros/latex/packages/tools +verbatim + ==> macros/latex/packages/tools +version + macros/latex209/contrib/misc/version.sty +vpage superseded by + macros/latex/contrib/other/misc/vmargin.sty 1994/09/20 +wrapfig + macros/latex/contrib/other/misc/wrapfig.sty +xr + ==> macros/latex/packages/tools +xspace + ==> macros/latex/packages/tools diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/csname.txt b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/csname.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2016f64bd50 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/csname.txt @@ -0,0 +1,1892 @@ + CSNAME.TXT + +This file contains all unique control sequences used by TeX and the +pricipal macro packages in use at AMS: + Plain: primitives; plain.tex + AMS-TeX: amstex.tex, amsppt.sty + LaTeX: (not yet installed) + + +\ *primitive (control space) +\! plain.tex +\" plain.tex +\# plain.tex +\$ plain.tex +\% plain.tex +\& plain.tex +\' plain.tex +\( plain.tex +\) plain.tex +\* plain.tex +\+ plain.tex +\, plain.tex +\- *primitive (discretionary hyphen) +\. plain.tex +\/ *primitive (italic correction) +\/ plain.tex +\: plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex) +\; plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex) +\< plain.tex +\= plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex) +\> plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex) +\? plain.tex +\*@@at(csname) amstex.tex (* will be replaced by some string) +\*@at(csname) amstex.tex (* will be replaced by some string) +\*@box(csname) amstex.tex (* will be replaced by some string) +\*@true(csname) amsppt.sty (* will be replaced by some string) +\*box@(csname) amsppt.sty (* will be replaced by some string) +\*Zat(csname) amstex.tex (* will be replaced by some string) +\*ZZat(csname) amstex.tex (* will be replaced by some string) +\@ amstex.tex +\@cclv plain.tex +\@cclvi plain.tex +\@crfalse plain.tex +\@crtrue plain.tex +\@foot plain.tex +\@if plain.tex +\@ins plain.tex +\@lign plain.tex +\@m plain.tex +\@M plain.tex +\@midfalse plain.tex +\@midtrue plain.tex +\@MM plain.tex +\@ne plain.tex +\@nother plain.tex +\@penup plain.tex +\@sf plain.tex +\@vereq plain.tex +\aa plain.tex +\AA plain.tex +\above *primitive +\abovedisplayshortskip *primitive +\abovedisplayskip *primitive +\abovewithdelims *primitive +\abstract amsppt.sty +\abstract@ amsppt.sty +\abstract@true amsppt.sty +\accent *primitive +\accentdimen@ amstex.tex +\accentedsymbol amstex.tex +\accentfam@ amstex.tex +\accentmu@ amstex.tex +\active plain.tex +\acute plain.tex +\Acute amstex.tex +\acuteaccent amstex.tex +\address amsppt.sty +\addresscount@ amsppt.sty +\address* amsppt.sty (expands to *i, *ii, etc.) +\addressnum@ amsppt.sty +\adjdemerits *primitive +\adjustfootnotemark amsppt.sty +\advance *primitive +\advancepageno plain.tex +\ae plain.tex +\AE plain.tex +\affil amsppt.sty +\affil@true amsppt.sty +\affilbox@ amsppt.sty +\after amstex.tex +\afterassignment *primitive +\afterbook@false amsppt.sty +\afterbook@true amsppt.sty +\aftergroup *primitive +\aleph plain.tex +\align amstex.tex +\align@ amstex.tex +\alignat amstex.tex +\alignat@ amstex.tex +\aligned amstex.tex +\aligned@ amstex.tex +\alignedat amstex.tex +\alloc@ plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex) +\alloc@true amstex.tex +\allocationnumber plain.tex +\alloclist@ amstex.tex +\allowbreak plain.tex +\allowdisplaybreak@ amstex.tex +\allowlinebreak amstex.tex +\allowmathbreak amstex.tex +\alpha plain.tex +\amalg plain.tex +\ampersand@ amstex.tex +\amspptloaded@AmS amsppt.sty +\AmSTeX amstex.tex +\amstexloaded@ amstex.tex +\and amstex.tex +\and@ amstex.tex +\angle plain.tex +\ans@ amstex.tex +\Ans@ amstex.tex +\appendit@ amstex.tex +\approx plain.tex +\arccos plain.tex +\arcsin plain.tex +\arctan plain.tex +\arg plain.tex +\arrowvert plain.tex +\Arrowvert plain.tex +\ast plain.tex +\asymp plain.tex +\at@ amstex.tex +\atcount@ amstex.tex +\atdef@ amstex.tex +\athelp@ amstex.tex +\athelpZ(csname) amstex.tex +\atop *primitive +\atopwithdelims *primitive +\attag@ amstex.tex +\atZ(csname) amstex.tex +\atZZ(csname) amstex.tex +\atZZZ(csname) amstex.tex +\atZZZZ(csname) amstex.tex +\author amsppt.sty +\author@true amsppt.sty +\authorbox@ amsppt.sty +\b plain.tex +\B amstex.tex +\backslash plain.tex +\badans@false amstex.tex +\badans@true amstex.tex +\bar plain.tex +\Bar amstex.tex +\baselineskip *primitive +\batchmode *primitive +\Bbb amstex.tex +\Bbb@ amstex.tex +\Bbb@@ amstex.tex +\begingroup *primitive +\beginsection *primitive +\belowdisplayshortskip *primitive +\belowdisplayskip *primitive +\beta plain.tex +\bf plain.tex +\bffam plain.tex +\bffam@ amstex.tex +\bgroup plain.tex +\big plain.tex +\Big plain.tex +\bigaw@ amstex.tex +\bigbreak plain.tex +\bigcap plain.tex +\bigcap@ amstex.tex +\bigcirc plain.tex +\bigcup plain.tex +\bigcup@ amstex.tex +\bigg plain.tex +\Bigg plain.tex +\biggl plain.tex +\Biggl plain.tex +\biggm plain.tex +\Biggm plain.tex +\biggr plain.tex +\Biggr plain.tex +\bigl plain.tex +\Bigl plain.tex +\bigm plain.tex +\Bigm plain.tex +\bigodot plain.tex +\bigodot@ amstex.tex +\bigoplus plain.tex +\bigoplus@ amstex.tex +\bigotimes plain.tex +\bigotimes@ amstex.tex +\bigpagebreak amstex.tex +\bigr plain.tex +\Bigr plain.tex +\bigskip plain.tex +\bigskipamount plain.tex +\bigsqcup plain.tex +\bigsqcup@ amstex.tex +\bigtriangledown plain.tex +\bigtriangleup plain.tex +\biguplus plain.tex +\biguplus@ amstex.tex +\bigvee plain.tex +\bigvee@ amstex.tex +\bigvspace amstex.tex +\bigwedge plain.tex +\bigwedge@ amstex.tex +\binom amstex.tex +\binoppenalty *primitive +\binrel@ amstex.tex +\binrel@@ amstex.tex +\black@ amstex.tex +\BlackBoxes amstex.tex +\bmatrix amstex.tex +\bmod plain.tex +\body plain.tex +\bold amstex.tex +\bold@ amstex.tex +\bold@@ amstex.tex +\boldDelta amstex.tex +\boldGamma amstex.tex +\boldLambda amstex.tex +\boldOmega amstex.tex +\boldPhi amstex.tex +\boldPi amstex.tex +\boldPsi amstex.tex +\boldSigma amstex.tex +\boldTheta amstex.tex +\boldUpsilon amstex.tex +\boldXi amstex.tex +\book amsppt.sty +\book@false amsppt.sty +\book@true amsppt.sty +\bookbox@ amsppt.sty +\bookinfo amsppt.sty +\bookinfo@false amsppt.sty +\bookinfobox@ amsppt.sty +\bordermatrix plain.tex +\bot plain.tex +\bot@false amstex.tex +\bot@true amstex.tex +\botaligned amstex.tex +\botfolded@false amstex.tex +\botfolded@true amstex.tex +\botfoldedtext amstex.tex +\botmark *primitive +\botshave amstex.tex +\botsmash amstex.tex +\bowtie plain.tex +\box *primitive +\box255 *primitive (page contents) +\boxed amstex.tex +\boxmaxdepth *primitive +\brace plain.tex +\braceld plain.tex +\bracelu plain.tex +\bracerd plain.tex +\braceru plain.tex +\bracevert plain.tex +\brack plain.tex +\break plain.tex +\breve plain.tex +\Breve amstex.tex +\brokenpenalty *primitive +\buffer amstex.tex +\buffer@ amstex.tex +\buildrel plain.tex +\bullet plain.tex +\bunch amstex.tex +\bunchtag amstex.tex +\by amsppt.sty +\by@false amsppt.sty +\by@true amsppt.sty +\bybox@ amsppt.sty +\bye plain.tex +\bysame amsppt.sty +\bysame@false amsppt.sty +\bysame@true amsppt.sty +\bysamebox@ amsppt.sty +\c amstex.tex (center, in \matrix) +\c plain.tex +\c@ncel plain.tex +\cal plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex) +\Cal amstex.tex +\Cal@ amstex.tex +\Cal@@ amstex.tex +\cap plain.tex +\caption amstex.tex +\captionwidth amstex.tex +\captionwidth@ amstex.tex +\cases plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex) +\catcode *primitive +\CD amstex.tex +\CD@true amstex.tex +\cdot plain.tex +\cdotp plain.tex +\cdots plain.tex +\CenteredTagsOnSplits amstex.tex +\centering plain.tex +\centering@ amstex.tex +\centerline plain.tex +\cfrac amstex.tex +\cfraccount@ amstex.tex +\ch@ck plain.tex +\ChangeBuffer amstex.tex +\char *primitive +\chardef *primitive +\check plain.tex +\Check amstex.tex +\chi plain.tex +\choose plain.tex +\circ plain.tex +\cite amsppt.sty +\classnum@ amstex.tex +\cleaders *primitive +\cleartabs plain.tex +\closein *primitive +\closeout *primitive +\clubpenalty *primitive +\clubsuit plain.tex +\colon plain.tex +\columns plain.tex +\comment amstex.tex +\comment@ amstex.tex +\comment@@ amstex.tex +\comment@@@ amstex.tex +\cong plain.tex +\coprod plain.tex +\coprod@ amstex.tex +\copy plain.tex +\copyright plain.tex +\cos plain.tex +\cosh plain.tex +\cot plain.tex +\coth plain.tex +\count *primitive +\count@ plain.tex +\count0 plain.tex (page number, \pageno) +\countdef *primitive +\countxviii@ amstex.tex +\cr *primitive +\CR@ amstex.tex +\crcr *primitive +\csc plain.tex +\csname *primitive +\ctagsplit@false amstex.tex +\ctagsplit@true amstex.tex +\cup plain.tex +\d plain.tex +\D amstex.tex +\dag plain.tex +\dagger plain.tex +\dashv plain.tex +\date amsppt.sty +\date@ amsppt.sty +\date@true amsppt.sty +\day *primitive +\dbinom amstex.tex +\ddag plain.tex +\ddagger plain.tex +\ddddot amstex.tex +\dddot amstex.tex +\ddot plain.tex +\Ddot amstex.tex +\ddots plain.tex +\deadcycles *primitive +\def *primitive (use discouraged by amstex.tex; see \define) +\defahelp@ amstex.tex +\defaulthelp@ amstex.tex +\defaulthyphenchar *primitive +\defaultskewchar *primitive +\defbhelp@ amstex.tex +\define amstex.tex +\define@ amstex.tex +\define@@ amstex.tex +\deg plain.tex +\delcode *primitive +\delimiter *primitive +\delimiterfactor *primitive +\delimitershortfall *primitive +\delta plain.tex +\Delta plain.tex +\demo amsppt.sty +\demo@ amsppt.sty +\demonp % amsppt.sty +\det plain.tex +\dfrac amstex.tex +\diamond plain.tex +\diamondsuit plain.tex +\dim plain.tex +\dimen *primitive +\dimen@ plain.tex +\dimen@i plain.tex +\dimen@ii plain.tex +\dimendef *primitive +\dimentomu@ amstex.tex +\disabletabs amstex.tex +\DisableTabs amstex.tex +\discretionary *primitive +\displ@y plain.tex +\displ@y@ amstex.tex +\displaybreak amstex.tex +\displaybreak@ amstex.tex +\displayindent *primitive +\displaylimits *primitive +\displaylines plain.tex +\displaystyle *primitive +\displaywidowpenalty *primitive +\displaywidth *primitive +\displaywidth@ amstex.tex +\div plain.tex +\divide *primitive +\dlsl@ amstex.tex +\dmatherr@ amstex.tex +\do plain.tex +\doat@ amstex.tex +\document amstex.tex % amsppt.sty +\documentstyle amstex.tex +\dodummy@ amstex.tex +\dospecials plain.tex +\dosupereject plain.tex +\dot plain.tex +\Dot amstex.tex +\doteq plain.tex +\dotfill plain.tex +\dots plain.tex +\DOTS@ amstex.tex +\DOTS@@ amstex.tex +\DOTS@false amstex.tex +\DOTS@true amstex.tex +\dotsb amstex.tex +\DOTSB amstex.tex +\dotsb@ amstex.tex +\dotsc amstex.tex +\DOTSCASE@ amstex.tex +\dotsi amstex.tex +\DOTSI amstex.tex +\dotsm amstex.tex +\dotso@ amstex.tex +\dotsspace@ amstex.tex +\DOTSX amstex.tex +\doublehyphendemerits *primitive +\downarrow plain.tex +\Downarrow plain.tex +\downbracefill plain.tex +\dp *primitive +\drsr@ amstex.tex +\dsize amstex.tex +\dt@pfalse plain.tex +\dt@ptrue plain.tex +\dummyft@ amstex.tex +\dump *primitive +\eat@ amstex.tex +\edef *primitive +\egroup plain.tex +\eightbf amsppt.sty +\eightbig@ amsppt.sty +\eighti amsppt.sty +\eightit amsppt.sty +\eightpoint amsppt.sty +\eightrm amsppt.sty +\eightsl amsppt.sty +\eightsy amsppt.sty +\eject plain.tex +\ell plain.tex +\else *primitive +\empty plain.tex +\emptyset plain.tex +\enabletabs amstex.tex +\EnableTabs amstex.tex +\enabletabs@ amstex.tex +\end *primitive +\endalign amstex.tex +\endalignat amstex.tex +\endaligned amstex.tex +\endalignedat amstex.tex +\endauthor amsppt.sty +\endbmatrix amstex.tex +\endbotaligned amstex.tex +\endcases amstex.tex +\endCD amstex.tex +\endcfrac amstex.tex +\endcomment amstex.tex +\endcsname *primitive +\enddemo amsppt.sty +\enddocument amstex.tex +\endgather amstex.tex +\endgathered amstex.tex +\endgraf plain.tex +\endgroup *primitive +\endheading amsppt.sty +\endinput *primitive +\endinsert plain.tex +\endline plain.tex +\endlinechar *primitive +\endmatrix amstex.tex +\endmultline amstex.tex +\endpmatrix amstex.tex +\endproclaim amsppt.sty +\endref amsppt.sty +\endref@ amsppt.sty +\endroster amsppt.sty +\endSb amstex.tex +\endsmallmatrix amstex.tex +\endSp amstex.tex +\endsplit amstex.tex +\endtitle amsppt.sty +\endtopaligned amstex.tex +\endtopmatter amsppt.sty +\endvmatrix amstex.tex +\endVmatrix amstex.tex +\endxalignat amstex.tex +\endxxalignat amstex.tex +\enskip plain.tex +\enspace plain.tex +\epsilon plain.tex +\eqalign plain.tex +\eqalignno plain.tex +\eqno *primitive +\equiv plain.tex +\err@ amstex.tex +\Err@ amstex.tex +\errhelp *primitive +\errmessage *primitive +\errorstopmode *primitive +\errZ(csname) amstex.tex +\escapechar *primitive +\eta plain.tex +\everycr *primitive +\everydisplay *primitive +\everyhbox *primitive +\everyjob *primitive +\everymath *primitive +\everypar *primitive +\everypartoks@ amsppt.sty +\everyvbox *primitive +\ex@ amstex.tex +\exhyphenpenalty *primitive +\exists plain.tex +\exp plain.tex +\expandafter *primitive +\extra@ amstex.tex +\extra@false amstex.tex +\extra@true amstex.tex +\extrap@ amstex.tex +\f@@t plain.tex +\f@t plain.tex +\fam *primitive +\familycount@ amstex.tex +\fi *primitive +\filbreak *primitive +\filhss@ amsppt.sty +\finalhyphendemerits *primitive +\finalinfo amsppt.sty +\finalinfo@false amsppt.sty +\finalinfobox@ amsppt.sty +\findlimits@ amstex.tex +\finph@nt plain.tex +\finsm@sh plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex) +\firstitem@false amsppt.sty +\firstitem@true amsppt.sty +\firstmark *primitive +\firstref@false amsppt.sty +\firstref@true amsppt.sty +\fivebf plain.tex +\fivei plain.tex +\fivemsx amstex.tex (depends on font availability) +\fivemsy amstex.tex (depends on font availability) +\fiverm plain.tex +\fivesy plain.tex +\flat plain.tex +\floatingpenalty *primitive +\flushpar amstex.tex +\fmtname plain.tex +\Fmtname amstex.tex +\fmtversion plain.tex +\Fmtversion amstex.tex +\fo@t plain.tex +\foldedtext amstex.tex +\foldedtext@ amstex.tex +\foldedwidth amstex.tex +\folio plain.tex +\font *primitive +\font@ amsppt.sty +\fontdimen *primitive +\fontlist@ amstex.tex +\fontname *primitive +\footins plain.tex +\footline plain.tex +\footmarkcount@ amstex.tex +\footmarkcount@@ amstex.tex +\footmarkform@ amsppt.sty +\footnote plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex) +\footnote (redefined in amsppt.sty) +\footnotemark amsppt.sty +\footnoterule plain.tex (redefined in amsppt.sty) +\footnotetext amsppt.sty +\footstrut plain.tex +\for amstex.tex +\forall plain.tex +\format amstex.tex +\format@ amstex.tex +\frac amstex.tex +\fracwithdelims amstex.tex +\frenchspacing plain.tex +\frown plain.tex +\futurelet *primitive +\futureletnextat@ amstex.tex +\futureletnextatZ(csname) amstex.tex +\G@ amstex.tex +\galign@ amstex.tex +\galleys amstex.tex +\galleys@true amstex.tex +\gamma plain.tex +\Gamma plain.tex +\garbage@ amstex.tex +\gather amstex.tex +\gathered amstex.tex +\gcd plain.tex +\gdef *primitive +\gdef@ amstex.tex +\gdisplaywidth@ amstex.tex +\ge plain.tex +\geq plain.tex +\getmathch@ amstex.tex +\getpoints@ amstex.tex +\gets plain.tex +\gg plain.tex +\glineht@ amstex.tex +\global *primitive +\globaldefs *primitive +\gloop@ amstex.tex +\gmaxwidth@ amstex.tex +\gmeasure@ amstex.tex +\goodbreak plain.tex +\grave plain.tex +\Grave amstex.tex +\graveaccent amstex.tex +\gwidth@ amstex.tex +\H plain.tex +\h@false plain.tex +\h@true plain.tex +\halign *primitive +\hang plain.tex +\hangafter *primitive +\hangindent *primitive +\hashtoks@ amstex.tex +\haswidth amstex.tex +\hat plain.tex +\Hat amstex.tex +\hataccent amstex.tex +\hbadness *primitive +\hbar plain.tex +\hbox *primitive +\hcorrection amstex.tex +\hdots amstex.tex +\hdotsfor amstex.tex +\heading amsppt.sty +\headingbox@ amsppt.sty +\headline plain.tex +\heartsuit plain.tex +\hexnumber@ amstex.tex +\hfil *primitive +\hfill *primitive +\hfilneg *primitive +\hfuzz *primitive +\hgl@ plain.tex +\hglue plain.tex +\hideskip plain.tex +\hidewidth plain.tex +\hoffset *primitive +\hom plain.tex +\hookleftarrow plain.tex +\hookrightarrow plain.tex +\hphantom plain.tex +\hrule *primitive +\hrulefill plain.tex +\hsize *primitive +\hskip *primitive +\hss *primitive +\ht *primitive +\hyphenation *primitive +\hyphenchar *primitive +\hyphenpenalty *primitive +\i plain.tex +\ialign plain.tex +\ic@ amstex.tex +\idotsint amstex.tex +\if *primitive +\if@ plain.tex +\if@cr plain.tex +\if@mid plain.tex +\ifabstract@ amsppt.sty +\ifaffil@ amsppt.sty +\ifafterbook@ amsppt.sty +\ifalloc@ amstex.tex +\ifauthor@ amsppt.sty +\ifbadans@ amstex.tex +\ifbook@ amsppt.sty +\ifbookinfo@ amsppt.sty +\ifbot@ amstex.tex +\ifbotfolded@ amstex.tex +\ifby@ amsppt.sty +\ifbysame@ amsppt.sty +\ifcase *primitive +\ifcat *primitive +\ifCD@ amstex.tex +\ifctagsplit@ amstex.tex +\ifdate@ amsppt.sty +\ifdim *primitive +\ifDOTS@ amstex.tex +\ifdt@p plain.tex +\ifeof *primitive +\ifextra@ amstex.tex +\iff plain.tex +\iffalse *primitive +\iffinalinfo@ amsppt.sty +\iffirstitem@ amsppt.sty +\iffirstref@ amsppt.sty +\ifgalleys@ amstex.tex +\ifh@ plain.tex +\ifhbox *primitive +\ifhmode *primitive +\ifin@ amstex.tex +\ifinalign@ amstex.tex +\ifinany@ amstex.tex +\ifinbook@ amsppt.sty +\ifingather@ amstex.tex +\ifinner *primitive +\ifissue@ amsppt.sty +\ifjour@ amsppt.sty +\ifkey@ amsppt.sty +\ifkeybin@ amstex.tex +\iflastref@ amsppt.sty +\iflimits@ amstex.tex +\iflimtoken@ amstex.tex +\iflogo@ amsppt.sty +\ifmacro@ amstex.tex +\ifmanyby@ amsppt.sty +\ifmath@ amstex.tex +\ifmathbin@ amstex.tex +\ifmathch@ amstex.tex +\ifmathrel@ amstex.tex +\ifmathtags@ amstex.tex +\ifmeasuring@ amstex.tex +\ifmid@ amstex.tex +\ifmmode *primitive +\ifnextRunin@ amsppt.sty +\ifno@ amsppt.sty +\ifnofrills@ amsppt.sty +\ifnojourinfo@ amsppt.sty +\ifnot@ amstex.tex +\ifnum *primitive +\ifodd *primitive +\ifonecr@ amstex.tex +\ifp@ge plain.tex +\ifpage@ amsppt.sty +\ifpages@ amsppt.sty +\ifpaper@ amsppt.sty +\ifpaperinfo@ amsppt.sty +\ifprevbook@ amsppt.sty +\ifprevinbook@ amsppt.sty +\ifprevjour@ amsppt.sty +\ifproclaim@ amsppt.sty +\ifpubl@ amsppt.sty +\ifpubladdr@ amsppt.sty +\ifr@ggedbottom plain.tex +\ifrightdelim@ amstex.tex +\ifsyntax@ amstex.tex +\iftagin@ amstex.tex +\iftagsleft@ amstex.tex +\ifthanks@ amsppt.sty +\iftoappear@ amsppt.sty +\iftop@ amstex.tex +\iftopfolded@ amstex.tex +\iftrue *primitive +\ifus@ plain.tex +\ifv@ plain.tex +\ifvbox *primitive +\ifvmode *primitive +\ifvoid *primitive +\ifvol@ amsppt.sty +\ifx *primitive +\ifxat@ amstex.tex +\ifyr@ amsppt.sty +\ifzerocr@ amstex.tex +\ignorespaces *primitive +\iiiint amstex.tex +\iiint amstex.tex +\iint amstex.tex +\ilimits@ amstex.tex +\Im plain.tex +\imath plain.tex +\immediate *primitive +\impliedby amstex.tex +\implies amstex.tex +\in plain.tex +\in@ amstex.tex +\in@@ amstex.tex +\in@false amstex.tex +\in@true amstex.tex +\inaccessible not a defined \cs; occurs only in error messages +\inalign@true amstex.tex +\inany@true amstex.tex +\inbook amsppt.sty +\inbook@false amsppt.sty +\inbook@true amsppt.sty +\indent *primitive +\inf plain.tex +\infty plain.tex +\ingather@true amstex.tex +\injlim amstex.tex +\innerendproclaim@ amsppt.sty +\innerhdotsfor amstex.tex +\innerproclaim@ amsppt.sty +\input *primitive +\ins@ amstex.tex +\insc@unt plain.tex +\insert *primitive +\insertpenalties *primitive +\insplit@ amstex.tex +\int plain.tex +\intdots@ amstex.tex +\interdisplaylinepenalty plain.tex +\interfootnotelinepenalty plain.tex +\interlinepenalty *primitive +\intertext amstex.tex +\intertext@ amstex.tex +\intic@ amstex.tex +\intii amstex.tex +\intiii amstex.tex +\intiv amstex.tex +\intkern@ amstex.tex +\intno@ amstex.tex +\intop plain.tex +\ints@ amstex.tex +\ints@@ amstex.tex +\ints@@@ amstex.tex +\Invalid@ amstex.tex +\iota plain.tex +\issue amsppt.sty +\issue@false amsppt.sty +\issuebox@ amsppt.sty +\it plain.tex +\italic amstex.tex +\italic@ amstex.tex +\italic@@ amstex.tex +\item plain.tex +\item@ amsppt.sty +\itemitem plain.tex +\iterate plain.tex +\itfam plain.tex +\j plain.tex +\jmath plain.tex +\jobname *primitive +\joinrel plain.tex +\jot plain.tex +\jour amsppt.sty +\jour@false amsppt.sty +\jour@true amsppt.sty +\jourbox@ amsppt.sty +\kappa plain.tex +\ker plain.tex +\kern *primitive +\key amsppt.sty +\key@false amsppt.sty +\keybin@ amstex.tex +\keybin@false amstex.tex +\keybin@true amstex.tex +\keybox@ amsppt.sty +\keywords amsppt.sty +\keywords@ amsppt.sty +\l amstex.tex (left, in \matrix) +\l plain.tex +\L plain.tex +\lalign@ amstex.tex +\lambda plain.tex +\Lambda plain.tex +\land plain.tex +\langle plain.tex +\lastbox *primitive +\lastkern *primitive +\lastpenalty *primitive +\lastref@false amsppt.sty +\lastref@true amsppt.sty +\lastskip *primitive +\lbrace plain.tex +\lbrace@ amstex.tex +\lbrack plain.tex +\lccode *primitive +\lceil plain.tex +\lcfrac amstex.tex +\ldelim@ amstex.tex +\ldotp plain.tex +\ldots plain.tex +\le plain.tex +\leaders *primitive +\leavevmode plain.tex +\left *primitive +\leftarrow plain.tex +\Leftarrow plain.tex +\leftarrowfill plain.tex +\leftharpoondown plain.tex +\leftharpoonup plain.tex +\leftline plain.tex +\leftrightarrow plain.tex +\Leftrightarrow plain.tex +\leftroot amstex.tex +\leftroot@ amstex.tex +\leftskip *primitive +\leftskip@ amsppt.sty +\lendmultline@ amstex.tex +\lendsplit@ amstex.tex +\leq plain.tex +\leqalignno plain.tex +\leqno *primitive +\less amstex.tex +\let *primitive +\Let@ amstex.tex +\lfloor plain.tex +\lg plain.tex +\lgather@ amstex.tex +\lgroup plain.tex +\lhook plain.tex +\lim plain.tex +\liminf plain.tex +\limits *primitive +\limits@false amstex.tex +\limits@true amstex.tex +\LimitsOnInts amstex.tex +\LimitsOnNames amstex.tex +\LimitsOnSums amstex.tex +\limsup plain.tex +\limtoken@false amstex.tex +\limtoken@true amstex.tex +\line plain.tex +\linebreak amstex.tex +\lineht@ amstex.tex +\linepenalty *primitive +\lineskip *primitive +\lineskiplimit *primitive +\ll plain.tex +\llap plain.tex +\llap@ amstex.tex +\lmmeasure@ amstex.tex +\lmoustache plain.tex +\lmultline@ amstex.tex +\lmultline@@ amstex.tex +\lmultline@@@ amstex.tex +\ln plain.tex +\lnot plain.tex +\log plain.tex +\logo@false amsppt.sty +\logo@true amsppt.sty +\long *primitive +\longleftarrow plain.tex +\Longleftarrow plain.tex +\longleftrightarrow plain.tex +\Longleftrightarrow plain.tex +\longmapsto plain.tex +\Longrightarrow plain.tex +\longrightarrow plain.tex +\loop plain.tex +\looseness *primitive +\lor plain.tex +\lower *primitive +\lowercase *primitive +\lq plain.tex +\ltwidth@ amstex.tex +\lwidth@ amstex.tex +\m@g plain.tex +\m@ketabbox plain.tex +\m@ne plain.tex +\m@th plain.tex +\macro@ amstex.tex +\macro@@ amstex.tex +\macro@false amstex.tex +\macro@true amstex.tex +\mag *primitive +\magnification plain.tex +\magstep plain.tex +\magstephalf plain.tex +\makeacc@ amstex.tex +\Makeacc@ amstex.tex +\makefootline plain.tex +\makefootnote@ amsppt.sty +\makeheadline plain.tex +\makeph@nt plain.tex +\makesm@sh plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex) +\maketag@ amstex.tex +\Maketag@ amstex.tex +\manyby amsppt.sty +\manyby@false amsppt.sty +\manyby@true amsppt.sty +\mapsto plain.tex +\mapstochar plain.tex +\mark *primitive +\math@ amstex.tex +\math@false amstex.tex +\math@true amstex.tex +\mathaccent *primitive +\mathaccent@ amstex.tex +\mathbin *primitive +\mathbin@ amstex.tex +\mathbin@false amstex.tex +\mathbin@true amstex.tex +\mathbreak amstex.tex +\mathch@ amstex.tex +\mathch@false amstex.tex +\mathch@true amstex.tex +\mathchar *primitive +\mathchardef *primitive +\mathchoice *primitive +\mathclose *primitive +\mathcode *primitive +\mathhexbox plain.tex +\mathinner *primitive +\mathmodeerr@ amstex.tex +\mathop *primitive +\mathopen *primitive +\mathord *primitive +\mathpalette plain.tex +\mathph@nt plain.tex +\mathpunct *primitive +\mathrel *primitive +\mathrel@ amstex.tex +\mathrel@false amstex.tex +\mathrel@true amstex.tex +\mathsm@sh plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex) +\mathstrut plain.tex +\Mathstrut@ amstex.tex +\Mathstrut@noalign amstex.tex +\mathsurround *primitive +\mathtags@false amstex.tex +\mathtags@true amstex.tex +\matrix plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex) +\max plain.tex +\maxbysamerule@ amsppt.sty +\maxdeadcycles *primitive +\maxdepth *primitive +\maxdimen plain.tex +\maxlwidth@ amstex.tex +\maxrwidth@ amstex.tex +\mdots@ amstex.tex +\mdots@@ amstex.tex +\meaning *primitive +\meaning@ amstex.tex +\meaning@@ amstex.tex +\measure@ amstex.tex +\measuring@false amstex.tex +\measuring@true amstex.tex +\medbreak plain.tex +\medmuskip *primitive +\medpagebreak amstex.tex +\medskip plain.tex +\medskipamount plain.tex +\medspace amstex.tex +\message *primitive +\mid plain.tex (symbol) +\mid@false amstex.tex +\mid@true amstex.tex +\midinsert plain.tex +\midspace amstex.tex +\min plain.tex +\minaw@ amstex.tex +\minCDarrowwidth amstex.tex +\minCDaw@ amstex.tex +\mit plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex) +\mkern *primitive +\mlineht@ amstex.tex +\mltagbox@ amstex.tex +\mlwidth@ amstex.tex +\mod amstex.tex +\models plain.tex +\month *primitive +\moreref amsppt.sty +\moveleft *primitive +\moveright *primitive +\mp plain.tex +\mrwidth@ amstex.tex +\mscount plain.tex +\mskip *primitive +\msx@ amstex.tex +\msxfam amstex.tex +\msy@ amstex.tex +\msyfam amstex.tex +\mtagbox@ amstex.tex +\mu plain.tex +\MultC@ltrue multcol.out +\multilimits@ amstex.tex +\multint@ amstex.tex +\multintlimits@ amstex.tex +\multiply *primitive +\multispan plain.tex +\multispan@ amstex.tex +\multline amstex.tex +\multline@ amstex.tex +\multlinegap amstex.tex +\MultlineGap amstex.tex +\multlinegap@ amstex.tex +\multlinetaggap@ amstex.tex +\muskip *primitive +\muskipdef *primitive +\mwidth@ amstex.tex +\n@space plain.tex +\nabla plain.tex +\narrower plain.tex +\natural plain.tex +\ne plain.tex +\nearrow plain.tex +\neg plain.tex +\negintic@ amstex.tex +\negmedspace amstex.tex +\negthickspace amstex.tex +\negthinspace plain.tex +\neq plain.tex +\newbox plain.tex +\newbox@ amstex.tex +\newcodes@ amstex.tex +\newcount plain.tex +\newdimen plain.tex +\newfam plain.tex +\newhelp plain.tex +\newif plain.tex +\newinsert plain.tex +\newline amstex.tex +\newlinechar *primitive +\newmuskip plain.tex +\newread plain.tex +\newskip plain.tex +\newtoks plain.tex +\newtoks@ amstex.tex +\newwrite plain.tex +\next plain.tex +\next@ amstex.tex +\nextii@ amstex.tex +\nextiii@ amstex.tex +\nextiv@ amstex.tex +\nextix@ amstex.tex +\nextRunin@ amsppt.sty +\nextRunin@false amsppt.sty +\nextv@ amstex.tex +\nextvi@ amstex.tex +\nextvii@ amstex.tex +\nextviii@ amstex.tex +\ni plain.tex +\ninebf amsppt.sty +\ninei amsppt.sty +\nineit amsppt.sty +\ninerm amsppt.sty +\ninesl amsppt.sty +\ninesy amsppt.sty +\nlimits@ amstex.tex +\no amsppt.sty +\no@false amsppt.sty +\noaccents@ amstex.tex +\noalign *primitive +\NoBlackBoxes amstex.tex +\nobox@ amsppt.sty +\nobreak plain.tex +\noexpand *primitive +\nofrills amsppt.sty +\nofrills@ amsppt.sty +\nofrills@false amsppt.sty +\nofrills@true amsppt.sty +\noguidelines amsppt.sty +\noindent *primitive +\nointerlineskip plain.tex +\nojourinfo@false amsppt.sty +\nojourinfo@true amsppt.sty +\nolimits *primitive +\NoLimitsOnInts amstex.tex +\NoLimitsOnNames amstex.tex +\NoLimitsOnSums amstex.tex +\nolinebreak amstex.tex +\nologo amsppt.sty +\nomathbreak amstex.tex +\nomultlinegap amstex.tex +\nondmatherr@ amstex.tex +\nonfrenchspacing plain.tex +\nonmatherr@ amstex.tex +\nonscript *primitive +\nonstopmode *primitive +\nonvmodeerr@ amstex.tex +\nopagebreak amstex.tex +\nopagenumbers plain.tex +\nopages@ amstex.tex +\normalbaselines plain.tex +\normalbaselineskip plain.tex +\normalbottom plain.tex +\normallineskip plain.tex +\normallineskiplimit plain.tex +\not plain.tex +\not@ amstex.tex +\not@false amstex.tex +\not@true amstex.tex +\notin plain.tex +\nu plain.tex +\null plain.tex +\nulldelimiterspace *primitive +\number *primitive +\nwarrow plain.tex +\o plain.tex +\O plain.tex +\oalign plain.tex +\obeylines plain.tex +\obeyspaces plain.tex +\odot plain.tex +\oe plain.tex +\OE plain.tex +\of plain.tex +\offinterlineskip plain.tex +\oint plain.tex +\ointop plain.tex +\oldcodes@ amstex.tex +\oldnos amstex.tex +\oldstyle plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex) +\omega plain.tex +\Omega plain.tex +\ominus plain.tex +\omit *primitive +\onecr@false amstex.tex +\onecr@true amstex.tex +\onlydmatherr@ amstex.tex +\ooalign plain.tex +\openin *primitive +\openout *primitive +\openup plain.tex +\operatorname amstex.tex +\operatornamewithlimits amstex.tex +\oplus plain.tex +\or *primitive +\oslash plain.tex +\otimes plain.tex +\outer *primitive +\output *primitive +\output@ amsppt.sty +\outputpenalty *primitive +\outsplit@ amstex.tex +\over *primitive +\overarrow amstex.tex +\overbrace plain.tex +\overfullrule *primitive +\overleftarrow plain.tex +\overleftarrow@ amstex.tex +\overleftrightarrow amstex.tex +\overleftrightarrow@ amstex.tex +\overline *primitive +\overline@ amstex.tex +\overlong amsppt.sty +\overlong@ amsppt.sty +\overrightarrow plain.tex +\overrightarrow@ amstex.tex +\overset amstex.tex +\oversetbrace amstex.tex +\overwithdelims *primitive +\owns plain.tex +\P plain.tex +\p@ plain.tex +\P@ amstex.tex +\p@gefalse plain.tex +\p@getrue plain.tex +\p@renwd plain.tex +\page amsppt.sty +\page@false amsppt.sty +\page@true amsppt.sty +\pagebody plain.tex +\pagebreak amstex.tex +\pagecontents plain.tex +\pagedepth *primitive +\pagefilllstretch *primitive +\pagefillstretch *primitive +\pagefilstretch *primitive +\pagegoal *primitive +\pageheight amstex.tex +\pageinsert plain.tex +\pageno plain.tex +\pages amsppt.sty +\pages@false amsppt.sty +\pagesbox@ amsppt.sty +\pageshrink *primitive +\pagestretch *primitive +\pagetotal *primitive +\pagewidth amstex.tex +\paper amsppt.sty +\paper@false amsppt.sty +\paperbox@ amsppt.sty +\paperinfo amsppt.sty +\paperinfo@false amsppt.sty +\paperinfobox@ amsppt.sty +\par *primitive +\par@ amsppt.sty +\parallel plain.tex +\parfillskip *primitive +\parindent *primitive +\parshape *primitive +\parskip *primitive +\partial plain.tex +\patterns *primitive +\pausing *primitive +\penalty *primitive +\penalty@ amsppt.sty +\perp plain.tex +\ph@nt plain.tex +\phantom plain.tex +\phi plain.tex +\Phi plain.tex +\pi plain.tex +\Pi plain.tex +\plaincdots@ amstex.tex +\plainfootnote amstex.tex (undefined) +\plainitem@ amsppt.sty +\plainldots@ amstex.tex +\plainoutput plain.tex +\plainproclaim amstex.tex +\plainroot@ amstex.tex +\pm plain.tex +\pmatrix plain.tex +\pmb amstex.tex +\pmb@ amstex.tex +\pmb@@ amstex.tex +\pmbraise@ amstex.tex +\pmod plain.tex +\pod amstex.tex +\pointcount@ amstex.tex +\pointsize@ amsppt.sty +\postdisplaypenalty *primitive +\ppunbox@ amsppt.sty +\Pr plain.tex +\pr@@@s plain.tex +\pr@@@t plain.tex +\pr@m@s plain.tex +\preabstract amsppt.sty +\preaffil amsppt.sty +\preamble@ amstex.tex +\Preamble@ amstex.tex +\preamble@@ amstex.tex +\preauthor amsppt.sty +\prec plain.tex +\preceq plain.tex +\predate amsppt.sty +\predefine amstex.tex +\predisplaypenalty *primitive +\predisplaysize *primitive +\preloaded plain.tex +\preloaded@ amstex.tex +\prepaper amsppt.sty +\prepunct@ amsppt.sty +\pretend amstex.tex +\pretitle amsppt.sty +\pretolerance *primitive +\prevdepth *primitive +\prevgraf *primitive +\previnbook@false amsppt.sty +\previnbook@true amsppt.sty +\prevjour@false amsppt.sty +\prevjour@true amsppt.sty +\prim@s plain.tex +\prime plain.tex +\prime@ amstex.tex +\printoptions amstex.tex +\proclaim plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex) +\proclaim (redefined in amsppt.sty) +\proclaim@ amsppt.sty +\proclaim@false amsppt.sty +\proclaim@true amsppt.sty +\prod plain.tex +\prod@ amstex.tex +\projlim amstex.tex +\propto plain.tex +\psi plain.tex +\Psi plain.tex +\publ amsppt.sty +\publ@false amsppt.sty +\publaddr amsppt.sty +\publaddr@false amsppt.sty +\publaddrbox@ amsppt.sty +\publbox@ amsppt.sty +\qed amsppt.sty +\qopname@ amstex.tex +\qopnamewl@ amstex.tex +\qquad plain.tex +\quad plain.tex +\r amstex.tex +\r@@t plain.tex (modified by amstex.tex) +\r@ggedbottomfalse plain.tex +\r@ggedbottomtrue plain.tex +\radical *primitive +\raggedbottom plain.tex +\raggedright plain.tex +\raise *primitive +\ralign@ amstex.tex +\rangle plain.tex +\rbrace plain.tex +\rbrace@ amstex.tex +\rbrack plain.tex +\rceil plain.tex +\rcfrac amstex.tex +\rdelim@ amstex.tex +\Re plain.tex +\read *primitive +\redefine amstex.tex +\ref amsppt.sty +\ref@ amsppt.sty +\refdef@ amsppt.sty +\Refs amsppt.sty +\refskip@ amstex.tex +\relax *primitive +\relaxnext@ amstex.tex +\relbar plain.tex +\Relbar plain.tex +\relpenalty *primitive +\removelastskip plain.tex +\rendmultline@ amstex.tex +\rendsplit@ amstex.tex +\repeat plain.tex +\ResetBuffer amstex.tex +\retry@AmSfalse amstex.tex +\retry@AmStrue amstex.tex +\rfloor plain.tex +\rgather@ amstex.tex +\rgroup plain.tex +\rho plain.tex +\rhook plain.tex +\right *primitive +\rightappend@ amstex.tex +\rightarrow plain.tex +\Rightarrow plain.tex +\rightarrowfill plain.tex +\rightdelim@ amstex.tex +\rightdelim@false amstex.tex +\rightdelim@true amstex.tex +\rightharpoondown plain.tex +\rightharpoonup plain.tex +\rightleftharpoons plain.tex +\rightline plain.tex +\rightskip *primitive +\rlap plain.tex +\rlap@ amstex.tex +\rlh@ plain.tex +\rm plain.tex +\rmfam amstex.tex +\rmmeasure@ amstex.tex +\rmoustache plain.tex +\rmultline@ amstex.tex +\rmultline@@ amstex.tex +\rmultline@@@ amstex.tex +\rom@ amstex.tex +\rom@@ amstex.tex +\roman amstex.tex +\roman@ amstex.tex +\roman@@ amstex.tex +\romannumeral *primitive +\root plain.tex +\rootbox plain.tex +\roster amsppt.sty +\rostercount@ amsppt.sty +\rosterhangafter@ amsppt.sty +\rosteritem@ amsppt.sty +\rq plain.tex +\rtwidth@ amstex.tex +\runinitem amsppt.sty +\Runinitem amsppt.sty +\runinitem@ amsppt.sty +\rwidth@ amstex.tex +\S plain.tex +\S@ amstex.tex +\s@tcols plain.tex +\s@tt@b plain.tex +\savealignat@ amstex.tex +\saveskip@ amstex.tex +\sb plain.tex +\Sb amstex.tex +\scriptfont *primitive +\scriptscriptfont *primitive +\scriptscriptstyle *primitive +\scriptspace *primitive +\scriptstyle *primitive +\scrollmode *primitive +\searrow plain.tex +\sec plain.tex +\setbox *primitive +\setminus plain.tex +\setpunct@ amsppt.sty +\sett@b plain.tex +\settabs plain.tex +\sevenbf plain.tex +\seveni plain.tex +\sevenmsx amstex.tex (depends on font availability) +\sevenmsy amstex.tex (depends on font availability) +\sevenrm plain.tex +\sevensy plain.tex +\sfcode *primitive +\sharp plain.tex +\shave amstex.tex +\shipout *primitive +\shoveleft amstex.tex +\shoveright amstex.tex +\show *primitive +\showallocations amstex.tex +\showbox *primitive +\showboxbreadth *primitive +\showboxdepth *primitive +\showhyphens plain.tex +\showlists *primitive +\showthe *primitive +\sideset amstex.tex +\sigma plain.tex +\Sigma plain.tex +\sim plain.tex +\simeq plain.tex +\sin plain.tex +\sinh plain.tex +\sixbf amsppt.sty +\sixi amsppt.sty +\sixrm amsppt.sty +\sixsy amsppt.sty +\sixt@@n plain.tex +\skew plain.tex +\skewchar *primitive +\skewcharcount@ amstex.tex +\skip *primitive +\skip@ plain.tex +\skipdef *primitive +\sl plain.tex +\slanted amstex.tex +\slanted@ amstex.tex +\slanted@@ amstex.tex +\slash plain.tex +\sldl@ amstex.tex +\slfam plain.tex +\slimits@ amstex.tex +\smallbreak plain.tex +\smallcaptionwidth@ amstex.tex +\smallint plain.tex +\smallmatrix amstex.tex +\smallpagebreak amstex.tex +\smallskip plain.tex +\smallskipamount plain.tex +\smash plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex) +\smash@ amstex.tex +\smc amstex.tex % amsppt.sty +\smile plain.tex +\snug amstex.tex +\sp plain.tex +\Sp amstex.tex +\sp@n plain.tex +\space plain.tex +\space@ amstex.tex +\spacefactor *primitive +\spacehdots amstex.tex +\spaceinnerdots amstex.tex +\spaces@ amstex.tex +\spaces@@ amstex.tex +\spaceskip *primitive +\spacute amstex.tex +\spadesuit plain.tex +\span *primitive +\spbar amstex.tex +\spbreve amstex.tex +\spcheck amstex.tex +\spddddot amstex.tex +\spdddot amstex.tex +\spddot amstex.tex +\spdot amstex.tex +\special *primitive +\spgrave amstex.tex +\sphat amstex.tex +\split amstex.tex +\split@ amstex.tex +\splitbotmark *primitive +\splitfirstmark *primitive +\splitmaxdepth *primitive +\splittopskip *primitive +\spreadlines amstex.tex +\spreadmatrixlines amstex.tex +\spreadmlines@ amstex.tex +\sptilde amstex.tex +\spvec amstex.tex +\sqcap plain.tex +\sqcup plain.tex +\sqrt plain.tex +\sqsupseteq plain.tex +\srdr@ amstex.tex +\ss plain.tex +\ssize amstex.tex +\sssize amstex.tex +\star plain.tex +\string *primitive +\string@ amstex.tex +\strip@ amstex.tex +\strut plain.tex +\strut@ amstex.tex +\strutbox plain.tex +\strutbox@ amstex.tex +\styname amsppt.sty +\styversion amsppt.sty +\subheading amsppt.sty +\subheading@ amsppt.sty +\subjclass amsppt.sty +\subjclass@ amsppt.sty +\subset plain.tex +\subseteq plain.tex +\succ plain.tex +\succeq plain.tex +\sum plain.tex +\sum@ amstex.tex +\sup plain.tex +\supereject plain.tex +\supset plain.tex +\supseteq plain.tex +\surd plain.tex +\swarrow plain.tex +\syntax amstex.tex +\syntax@true amstex.tex +\t plain.tex +\t@bb@x plain.tex +\t@bbox plain.tex +\tabalign plain.tex +\tabs plain.tex +\tabsdone plain.tex +\tabskip *primitive +\tabsyet plain.tex +\tag amstex.tex +\tagform@ amstex.tex +\tagin@ amstex.tex +\tagin@false amstex.tex +\tagin@true amstex.tex +\TagsAsMath amstex.tex +\TagsAsText amstex.tex +\tagsleft@false amstex.tex +\tagsleft@true amstex.tex +\TagsOnLeft amstex.tex +\TagsOnRight amstex.tex +\tan plain.tex +\tanh plain.tex +\tau plain.tex +\tbinom amstex.tex +\tdots@ amstex.tex +\tenbf plain.tex +\tenbig@ amsppt.sty +\tenex plain.tex +\teni plain.tex +\tenit plain.tex +\tenmsx amstex.tex (depends on font availability) +\tenmsy amstex.tex (depends on font availability) +\tenpoint amsppt.sty +\tenrm plain.tex +\tensl plain.tex +\tensmc amsppt.sty +\tensy plain.tex +\tentt plain.tex +\TeX plain.tex +\text amstex.tex +\text@ amstex.tex +\text@@ amstex.tex +\textdef@ amstex.tex +\textdef@@ amstex.tex +\textfont *primitive +\textfont@ amstex.tex +\textfonti amstex.tex +\textfontii amstex.tex +\textindent plain.tex +\textstyle *primitive +\tfrac amstex.tex +\thanks amsppt.sty +\thanks@ amsppt.sty +\thanks@true amsppt.sty +\the *primitive +\theabstract@ amsppt.sty +\thecaption@ amstex.tex +\thedots@ amstex.tex +\thefam@ amstex.tex +\thefootnotemark amsppt.sty +\thekeywords@ amsppt.sty +\therosteritem amsppt.sty +\theskewchar@ amstex.tex +\thespace@ amstex.tex +\thesubjclass@ amsppt.sty +\theta plain.tex +\Theta plain.tex +\thetag amstex.tex +\thickfrac amstex.tex +\thickfracwithdelims amstex.tex +\thickmuskip *primitive +\thickness amstex.tex +\thickspace amstex.tex +\thinmuskip *primitive +\thinspace plain.tex +\thr@@ plain.tex +\tie amstex.tex +\tilde plain.tex +\Tilde amstex.tex +\tildeaccent amstex.tex +\time *primitive +\times plain.tex +\title amsppt.sty +\titlebox@ amsppt.sty +\to plain.tex +\toappear amsppt.sty +\toappear@false amsppt.sty +\toappear@true amsppt.sty +\toks *primitive +\toks@ plain.tex +\toks@@ amstex.tex +\toksdef *primitive +\tolerance *primitive +\top plain.tex +\top@false amstex.tex +\top@true amstex.tex +\topaligned amstex.tex +\topfolded@false amstex.tex +\topfolded@true amstex.tex +\topfoldedtext amstex.tex +\topins plain.tex +\topinsert plain.tex +\topmark *primitive +\topmatter amsppt.sty +\TopOrBottomTagsOnSplits amstex.tex +\topshave amstex.tex +\topskip *primitive +\topsmash amstex.tex +\topspace amstex.tex +\totwidth@ amstex.tex +\tracingall plain.tex +\tracingcommands *primitive +\tracinglostchars *primitive +\tracingmacros *primitive +\tracingonline *primitive +\tracingoutput *primitive +\tracingpages *primitive +\tracingparagraphs *primitive +\tracingrestores *primitive +\tracingstats *primitive +\triangle plain.tex +\triangleleft plain.tex +\triangleright plain.tex +\tsize amstex.tex +\tt plain.tex +\ttfam plain.tex +\ttraggedright plain.tex +\tw@ plain.tex +\u plain.tex +\uccode *primitive +\uchyph *primitive +\unbracefonts@ amstex.tex +\undefined plain.tex +\undefined@ amstex.tex +\underarrow amstex.tex +\underbar plain.tex +\underbrace plain.tex +\underleftarrow amstex.tex +\underleftarrow@ amstex.tex +\underleftrightarrow amstex.tex +\underleftrightarrow@ amstex.tex +\underline *primitive +\underline@ amstex.tex +\underrightarrow amstex.tex +\underrightarrow@ amstex.tex +\underscore amstex.tex +\underset amstex.tex +\undersetbrace amstex.tex +\unhbox *primitive +\unhcopy *primitive +\unkern *primitive +\unpenalty *primitive +\unskip *primitive +\unvbox *primitive +\unvcopy *primitive +\uparrow plain.tex +\Uparrow plain.tex +\upbracefill plain.tex +\updownarrow plain.tex +\Updownarrow plain.tex +\uplus plain.tex +\uppercase *primitive +\uproot amstex.tex +\uproot@ amstex.tex +\upsilon plain.tex +\Upsilon plain.tex +\us@false plain.tex +\us@true plain.tex +\usualspace amsppt.sty +\usualspace@ amsppt.sty +\v plain.tex +\v@false plain.tex +\v@true plain.tex +\vadjust *primitive +\valign *primitive +\varDelta amstex.tex +\varepsilon plain.tex +\varGamma amstex.tex +\varinjlim amstex.tex +\varLambda amstex.tex +\varliminf amstex.tex +\varlimsup amstex.tex +\varOmega amstex.tex +\varphi plain.tex +\varPhi amstex.tex +\varpi plain.tex +\varPi amstex.tex +\varprojlim amstex.tex +\varPsi amstex.tex +\varrho plain.tex +\varsigma plain.tex +\varSigma amstex.tex +\vartheta plain.tex +\varTheta amstex.tex +\varUpsilon amstex.tex +\varXi amstex.tex +\vbadness *primitive +\vbox *primitive +\vcenter *primitive +\vcorrection amstex.tex +\vdash plain.tex +\vdots plain.tex +\vec plain.tex +\Vec amstex.tex +\vee plain.tex +\Vert plain.tex +\vert plain.tex +\vfil *primitive +\vfill *primitive +\vfilneg *primitive +\vfootnote plain.tex +\vfuzz *primitive +\vgl@ plain.tex +\vglue plain.tex +\vmatrix amstex.tex +\Vmatrix amstex.tex +\vmodeerr@ amstex.tex +\vnonvmode@ amstex.tex +\voffset *primitive +\voidb@x plain.tex +\vol amsppt.sty +\vol@false amsppt.sty +\volbox@ amsppt.sty +\vphantom plain.tex +\vrule *primitive +\vsize *primitive +\vskip *primitive +\vspace amstex.tex +\vspace@ amstex.tex +\vsplit *primitive +\vss *primitive +\vtop *primitive +\W@ amstex.tex +\wd *primitive +\wedge plain.tex +\widehat plain.tex +\widetilde plain.tex +\widowpenalty *primitive +\wlog plain.tex +\wp plain.tex +\wr plain.tex +\write *primitive +\xalignat amstex.tex +\xalignat@ amstex.tex +\xat@false amstex.tex +\xat@true amstex.tex +\xdef *primitive +\xi plain.tex +\Xi plain.tex +\xleaders *primitive +\xspaceskip *primitive +\xxalignat amstex.tex +\xxalignat@ amstex.tex +\xxattag@ amstex.tex +\year *primitive +\yr amsppt.sty +\yr@false amsppt.sty +\yrbox@ amsppt.sty +\z@ plain.tex +\z@skip plain.tex +\zerocr@false amstex.tex +\zerocr@true amstex.tex +\zeta plain.tex +\[ plain.tex +\] plain.tex +\^ plain.tex +\^^I plain.tex +\^^J amstex.tex +\^^M plain.tex +\_ plain.tex +\` plain.tex +\{ plain.tex +\| plain.tex +\} plain.tex +\~ plain.tex diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/patgen2.tutorial b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/patgen2.tutorial new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5194083aa2c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/patgen2.tutorial @@ -0,0 +1,331 @@ +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% % +% A SMALL TUTORIAL ON THE MULTILINGUAL FEATURES OF PATGEN2 % +% % +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\documentstyle{article} +\title{A small tutorial on the multilingual features of PatGen2} +\author{Yannis Haralambous} +\date{} +\begin{document} +\maketitle + +\def\XeT{X\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emT} + +I will very briefly discuss and illustrate by an example the features +of PatGen2\footnote{the extension to PatGen by Peter Breitenlohner, +author of many beautiful and extremely useful \TeX ware, such as +\TeX--\XeT, {\tt DVIcopy} etc.}, related to the {\em translation} +file. + +\section{Syntax of the translation file} +\subsection{What is the problem} +The problem is that in our (non-English, non-Latin, +non-Indonesian\footnote{As far as I know, English, Latin and +Indonesian are the only languages without diacritics or special +characters...}) languages, we have more characters than just the~26 +letters of the Latin alphabet. Not to mention that alphabetical orders +can be quite different (remember: in Spanish, cucaracha comes before +chacal), and that there can be many ways to express these additional +characters: for example the French \oe{} (like in << Histoire de l'\oe +il >> by Georges Bataille) can be given to \TeX\ as an 8-bit +character, or as \verb*=\oe =, or as \verb=\oe{}=, or as \verb=^^f7= +(since we are {\em all} now working with DC fonts) and so forth. + +Now let's make (or enhance the) hyphenation patterns for our language(s). +Fred Liang has not provided PatGen with the extensibility feature: before +PatGen2, if your language had less than~26 letters you could hack patterns by +substituting letters, if it had more\ldots then the odds were against you. + +So the problem is to express additional characters in the patterns, in some +understandable way (and if possible to get the results in the appropriate +alphabetical order). + +\subsection{The solution} +PatGen2 allows you to include more characters than the~26 letters of +the alphabet. You can specify arbitrary many {\em input forms} for +each of them (these forms will be identified internally), and you can +specify the alphabetical order of your language. The latter feature is +only interesting when you want to study the patterns file to correct +bugs, it doesn't affect the result. + +These informations are transmitted to PatGen2 by means of a {\em +translation} file (usually with the extension \verb=.tra=). The syntax +of this file is not very user-friendly, but if you deal with PatGen +you are supposed to be a hacker anyway, and hackers just {\bf love} +weird-but-efficient-syntaxes [the proof: we all like +\TeX!\footnote{\ldots just joking}]. + +On the first line you specify the \verb=\lefthyphenmin= and +\verb=\righthyphenmin= values. The seven first positions of this line +are used as follows: two positions for \verb=\lefthyphenmin=, two +positions for \verb=\righthyphenmin=, and one position for substitute +symbols of each of \verb=.=, \verb=-=, \verb=*= in the output file. +This can be useful if you are going to use the dot the asterisk or the +hyphen to describe your additional characters (for example one may use +the dot to specify the dot accent on a letter). + +The next lines concern letters of the alphabet of our language. The +first position of each line is the delimiter of our fields. You know +from languages like C or {\tt awk} that it is very useful to define +our own delimiter (instead of the blank space) if for any reason we +want to {\em include} a blank space into our fields. This will be the +case in the example: one usually leaves a blank space after a \TeX\ +macro without argument. + +Otherwise just leave the first position blank. Next comes the +standard representation of our character (preferably lowercase). This +is how the character will appear in the patterns and in the hyphenated +output file. + +Follows again a delimiter, and all the {\em equivalent} +representations of your character: its uppercase form, and as many +other input forms we wish, always followed by a delimiter. + +The order of lines specifies the alphabetical order of your characters. + +When PatGen sees two consecutive delimiters, +it stops reading; so we can include +comments after that. + +\section{An example} +To illustrate this I have taken some +Greek words (people who know $X\acute\alpha% +\rho\rho\upsilon$ $K\lambda\acute\upsilon\nu\nu$ +and his album $\Pi\alpha\tau% +\acute\alpha\tau\epsilon\varsigma$ will recognize some of these +words\ldots) and included an $\alpha$ with accent, and a variant +representation of $\pi$, in form of a macro \verb*=\varpi =. Also I +followed the Greek alphabetical order in the translation file. + +Here is my list of words: + +\begin{verbatim} +A-NU-PO-TA-QTOS +A-KA-TA-M'A-QH-TOS +A-EI-MNH-STOS +MA-NA +TOUR-KO-GU-FTIS-SA +NU-QO-KO-PTHS +LI-ME-NO-FU-LA-KAS +MPRE-LOK +A-GA-\varpi A-EI +PEI-RAI-'AS +\end{verbatim} + +(file {\tt greek.dic}); and here is my translation file ({\tt greek.tra}): + +\begin{verbatim} + 1 1 + a A + 'a 'A + b B + g G + d D + e E + z Z + h H + j J + i I + k K + l L + m M + n N + o O +#p#P#\varpi ## + r R + s S + t T + u U + f F + q Q + y Y + w W +\end{verbatim} + +(yes, yes, that's not a joke; Greek really uses values~1 +and~1 for minimal right +and left hyphenations!). As you see, I have chosen \verb=#= as delimiter +in the case of $\pi$, because \verb=\varpi= is supposed to be followed +by a blank space. And then I wrote two delimiters (\verb=##=) to show PatGen2 +that I finished talking about $\pi$. + +Here is what I got on my console: + +\begin{verbatim} +PatGen -t greek.tra -o greek.out greek.dic +This is PatGen, C Version 2.1 / Macintosh Version 2.0 +Copyright (c) 1991-93 by Wilfried Ricken. All rights reserved. +left_hyphen_min = 1, right_hyphen_min = 1, 24 letters +0 patterns read in +pattern trie has 266 nodes, trie_max = 290, 0 outputs +hyph_start: 1 +hyph_finish: 2 +pat_start: 2 +pat_finish: 4 +good weight: 1 +bad weight: 1 +threshold: 1 +processing dictionary with pat_len = 2, pat_dot = 1 + +0 good, 0 bad, 31 missed +0.00 %, 0.00 %, 100.00 % +69 patterns, 325 nodes in count trie, triec_max = 440 +25 good and 42 bad patterns added (more to come) +finding 29 good and 0 bad hyphens, efficiency = 1.16 +pattern trie has 333 nodes, trie_max = 349, 2 outputs +processing dictionary with pat_len = 2, pat_dot = 0 + +29 good, 0 bad, 2 missed +93.55 %, 0.00 %, 6.45 % +45 patterns, 301 nodes in count trie, triec_max = 378 +2 good and 43 bad patterns added +finding 2 good and 0 bad hyphens, efficiency = 1.00 +pattern trie has 339 nodes, trie_max = 386, 6 outputs +processing dictionary with pat_len = 2, pat_dot = 2 + +31 good, 0 bad, 0 missed +100.00 %, 0.00 %, 0.00 % +47 patterns, 303 nodes in count trie, triec_max = 369 +0 good and 47 bad patterns added +finding 0 good and 0 bad hyphens +pattern trie has 344 nodes, trie_max = 386, 13 outputs +51 nodes and 11 outputs deleted +total of 27 patterns at hyph_level 1 + +pat_start: 2 +pat_finish: 4 +good weight: 1 +bad weight: 1 +threshold: 1 +processing dictionary with pat_len = 2, pat_dot = 1 + +31 good, 0 bad, 0 missed +100.00 %, 0.00 %, 0.00 % +27 patterns, 283 nodes in count trie, triec_max = 315 +0 good and 27 bad patterns added +finding 0 good and 0 bad hyphens +pattern trie has 295 nodes, trie_max = 386, 4 outputs +processing dictionary with pat_len = 2, pat_dot = 0 + +31 good, 0 bad, 0 missed +100.00 %, 0.00 %, 0.00 % +27 patterns, 283 nodes in count trie, triec_max = 303 +0 good and 27 bad patterns added +finding 0 good and 0 bad hyphens +pattern trie has 320 nodes, trie_max = 386, 6 outputs +processing dictionary with pat_len = 2, pat_dot = 2 + +31 good, 0 bad, 0 missed +100.00 %, 0.00 %, 0.00 % +24 patterns, 280 nodes in count trie, triec_max = 286 +0 good and 24 bad patterns added +finding 0 good and 0 bad hyphens +pattern trie has 328 nodes, trie_max = 386, 9 outputs +35 nodes and 7 outputs deleted +total of 0 patterns at hyph_level 2 +hyphenate word list? y +writing PatTmp.2 + +31 good, 0 bad, 0 missed +100.00 %, 0.00 %, 0.00 % +Time elapsed: 0:37:70 minutes. +\end{verbatim} + +and here are the results: first of all the patterns +(file {\tt greek.out}) + +\begin{verbatim} +a1g +a1e +a1k +a1m +a1n +a1p +a1t +a1q +'a1q +e1l +e1n +h1t +i1'a +i1m +i1r +1ko +o1g +o1p +o1t +o1f +r1k +s1s +1st +u1l +u1p +u1f +u1q +\end{verbatim} + +As you see, {\tt o1t} comes before {\tt o1f}: (smile) simply +because we are talking about $o1\tau$ and $o1\phi$. So the +alphabetical order is well respected. Also you see that PatGen2 +has read the word \verb*=A-GA-\varpi A-EI= exactly as if it +were \verb*=A-GA-PA-EI= and has made out of it the pattern +{\tt a1p} (if you look in the input words there is no other +reason for this pattern to exist). + +And here is our result (file {\tt PatTmp.2}): + +\begin{verbatim} +a*nu*po*ta*qtos +a*ka*ta*m'a*qh*tos +a*ei*mnh*stos +ma*na +tour*ko*gu*ftis*sa +nu*qo*ko*pths +li*me*no*fu*la*kas +mpre*lok +a*ga*pa*ei +pei*rai*'as +\end{verbatim} + +(Of course, it is correct; you think I would have shown it if it +weren't correct?) As you see there is no \verb*=\varpi = anymore: +PatGen2 has really replaced it by \verb=p=, and so +\verb*=A-GA-\varpi A-EI= has become \verb=a*ga*pa*ei=. + +\section{Where do I find more information?} +I voluntarily didn't discussed the various parameters used for +pattern generation. For these there is very good litterature: +\begin{itemize} +\item the \TeX book, by the Grand Wizard of \TeX\ arcana, +appendix H; +\item \LaTeX\ Erweiterungsm\"oglichkeiten, by Helmut Kopka, +Addison-Wesley, Pages 482--489; +\item Swedish Hyphenation for \TeX, by Jan Michael Rynning, +[sorry, I don't know where this paper is published]; +\item Word Hy-phen-a-tion by Com-put-er, Stanford University +Report {\tt STAN-CS-83-977}; +\item forthcoming paper by Dominik Wujastyk, on British +hyphenation; +\item Hyphenation Patterns for Ancient Greek and Latin, +TUGboat~13 (4), pages 457--469. +\item and many others\ldots +\end{itemize} + +Where to get PatGen2? probably everywhere, but certainly in +Stuttgart ({\tt IP 129.69.1.12}), +\verb=soft/tex/systems/pc/utilities/patgen.zip= (take a look also at +\verb=soft/tex/systems/knuth/texware/patgen.version2.1/patgen.README=). + +\section{Go forth, etc etc} +OK, once again {\sc Go Forth} and make masterpieces of hyphenation +patterns\ldots +{\bf but} please get in touch with the TWGMLC (Technical Working +Group on Multiple Language Coordination) first, since people there +are working on many languages: maybe they have already done what +you need and are still testing it; or maybe they haven't and in +that case you could help us a lot. + + +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/unixtex.ftp b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/unixtex.ftp new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..614bf08950b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/unixtex.ftp @@ -0,0 +1,234 @@ +[unixtex.ftp: 11 November 1995] + +The master version of this file is on ftp.cs.umb.edu [158.121.104.33] +in pub/tex/unixtex.ftp. Mail kb@cs.umb.edu with comments or questions. + +========================================================================= + Consider joining the TeX Users Group (TUG): + support the maintenance and development of the programs you retrieve. + Send membership request to: tug@tug.org. +========================================================================= + + GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS + +... for Unix sites wanting to install (plain) TeX, LaTeX (2e), BibTeX, +Metafont, and DVI processors for any of the X window system, +PostScript, and/or the PCL language in the HP LaserJet. + +The files mentioned below are available from any of the following: + + Host Internet address TeX root dir + ---- ---------------- ------------ + ftp.shsu.edu 192.92.115.10 /tex-archive + ftp.tex.ac.uk 134.151.44.19 /tex-archive + ftp.dante.de 128.69.1.12 /tex-archive + + For additional ftp sites, get /README.mirrors from one of the above or + finger ctan@ftp.shsu.edu. + + These instructions use non-generic features of FTP supported by the + hosts above. For details, get: + /README.archive-features + /README.site-commands + +The /tex-archive/help and /tex-archive/documentation directories on +these hosts have much additional documentation on all aspects of TeX. If +you don't know (for example) what Metafont is, or the relationship of +LaTeX to TeX, look there. + + +Retrieving a basic set of input files and fonts: +----------------------------------------------- + +ftp> cd /tex-archive/systems/web2c +ftp> bi [set binary mode] +ftp> get lib.tar.gz [unpacks into texmf; 2.8MB->11.5MB] + + This file contains a minimal collection of fonts (TFM files only, + and only for Computer Modern, DC, LaTeX, Pandora, and the free + PostScript fonts), base (La)TeX macros, MF macros, and BibTeX files + -- enough to get started. The AMS fonts and macros are included. + The LaTeX release may be out of date; for the latest, and for + additional LaTeX packages; investigate /tex-archive/macros/latex. + + lib.tar.gz unpacks into a directory named `texmf', which you will + want in your equivalent of /usr/local/lib -- whatever you will + define as your $(datadir) in the Makefiles. + + The organization of the archive was debated at great length. We hope + it will be useful. If you don't like our organization, feel free to + move the files around as you see fit, not forgetting to redefine the + search paths and installation directories. The Makefiles, + kpathsea/HIER, kpathsea/paths.h.in, and web2c/README (``Directory + hierarchies'') have more information. The organization will + change to conform to the standard TeX directory structure + promulgated by the TUG Working Group when the TDS is released. + + You must decide on your directory structure *before* doing the + compilations, since you must specify default search paths, and + since by default the web2c Makefile tries to create the basic .fmt + and .base files, which require the .{tex,mf,tfm} input files. + + +Retrieving web2c (that is, TeX, Metafont, and friends): +------------------------------------------------------ + +Still in /tex-archive/systems/web2c: + +ftp> get web.tar.gz [Knuth's WEB sources for TeX, MF, & family: + unpacks into ./web2c-<version>; 1.2MB->4MB] +ftp> get web2c.tar.gz [WEB-to-C source: also unpacks into ./web2c-<version> + .75MB->2.7K] + + You must retrieve and unpack *both* web.tar.gz and web2c.tar.gz. + + The web2c distribution uses an older version of the path-searching + library than the drivers below. For an interim patch, get the + latest ftp.cs.umb.edu:pub/tex/web2c.kpathsea-2.*.help file, and + read it. (I'm working on the next release of web2c as hard as I + can, really.) The two versions can coexist; by using the web2c + distribution as it stands, you merely lose the features added to + kpathsea over the last year or so. + + +Retrieving device drivers: +------------------------- + + For an X window system previewer (xdvik): +ftp> cd /tex-archive/dviware/xdvik +ftp> get xdvik.tar.gz [unpacks into ./xdvik-<version>; .5MB->1.8MB] + + For a DVI-to-PostScript translator (dvipsk): +ftp> cd /tex-archive/dviware/dvipsk +ftp> get dvipsk.tar.gz [unpacks into ./dvipsk-<version>; .7MB->2.7MB] + + For a DVI-to-PCL (HP LaserJet) translator (dviljk): +ftp> cd /tex-archive/dviware/dviljk +ftp> get dviljk.tar.gz [unpacks into ./dviljk-<version>; .6MB->3MB] + +ftp> quit [end ftp session] + + +Compilation and installation: +---------------------------- + +Each of these packages -- web2c, xdvik, dvipsk, dviljk -- contains its +own installation instructions. It is possible to build all the programs +in a single make (see the web2c.kpathsea-*.help file), but it is simpler +to make them separately. + +Compile web2c first (i.e.,, the material in both web.tar.gz and +web2c.tar.gz, unpacked, possibly patched for the most recent kpathsea -- +see above, under `retrieving web2c'). For an overview, + + ./web2c-<version>/README + ./web2c-<version>/kpathsea/INSTALL + ./web2c-<version>/web2c/README + ./web2c-<version>/web2c/INSTALL + +The INSTALL files are your guides to installation. +At the simplest, you do configure && make && make install at the top level. + +Remember to set up your texmf directory hierarchy before embarking on +your compilation (see `For a basic set of input files and fonts' above). + +After installation, if basic input files such as plain.tex aren't being +found, or if the file searching is very slow, read kpathsea/INSTALL from +one of the *k driver distributions. (This is much more recent than +kpathsea/INSTALL from web2c.) + +All installation processes require careful attention to detail, and +knowledge of your system. Festina lente -- make haste slowly -- and you +improve your chances of success. + +ftp.cs.umb.edu:pub/tex/*.help describe some common problems with the +current version of web2c. Here's some more: + +-- Contrary to what the web2c installation instructions imply, you must use + configure --prefix=/your/tex/root +instead of editing the prefix in the Makefile(s). (Editing does work in +some cases, but not all.) + +-- configure does not always guess the type of yytext properly; the +symptom will be compiler errors involving yytext. Replace the line +`DECLARE_YYTEXT' in web2c-6.1/web2c/web2c.h with the right thing. See +web2c.yytext.help. + +-- If the compiler complains about something involving foil_x_wchar_t, try + make CFLAGS="-g -DNO_FOIL_X_WCHAR_T" (for web2c); or + make CFLAGS="-g -DFOIL_X_WCHAR_T" (for everything else). + +-- I messed up and declared alloca in web2c/web2c/web2c.h. Just delete +the declaration. ftp.cs.umb.edu:pub/tex/web2c.alloca.help does this. + +-- make clean removes *.pool in web2c/tex and web2c/mf. Use make +distclean or make mostlyclean instead. Or edit tex/Makefile and +mf/Makefile to remove *.pool at distclean instead of clean. +ftp.cs.umb.edu:pub/tex/web2c.pool.help does this. (You must apply this +patch before web2c.kpathsea-2.6.help.) + + +Distribution on tape and CD/ROM: +------------------------------- + +For TeX on a single tape (4mm DAT or QIC-24), ordering information is +available from unixtex@u.washington.edu. A distribution fee +of US$210.00 is requested to cover administrative costs. + +The Free Software Foundation distributes the minimal TeX system +described here on CD/ROM. Write gnu@prep.ai.mit.edu or finger +fsf@prep.ai.mit.edu for info. + +The 4allTeX CD-ROM comes from the NTG, the Dutch-speaking TeX user +group. Email ntg@nic.surfnet.nl, or see http://ei0.ei.ele.tue.nl/ntg/. + +The Prime Time TeXcetera CD-ROM is a copy of CTAN; email ptf@ctcl.com or +see http://www.ptf.com/ptf/. + +Walnut Creek has a TeX CD. Email info@cdrom.com or see +http://www.cdrom.com:/titles/tex.html. + +Other organizations may provide TeX on a CD/ROM, but I do not know the +details to include them here. (Please inform me if you do.) + + +Precompiled Unix TeX executables: +-------------------------- + +I recommend the teTeX distribution for precompiled binaries or if you +want to retrieve a ready-made system instead of building your own. It's +available from CTAN hosts in systems/unix/tetex. + +If you get these binaries, you do not need to get web.tar.gz, +web2c.tar.gz, or the other source distributions. + + +If you do not have GNU's gunzip utility, you will need to retrieve and +install gzip. + +ftp> cd /tex-archive/tools/info-zip +ftp> get gzip-1.2.4.tar + +gzip does a better job of compression than standard Unix compress, and +it is (as far as is known) patent-free. It is illegal to use Unix +compress in the USA, because it infringes a software patent. Write to +the League for Programming Freedom <lpf@uunet.uu.net> for information +about fighting the new software monopolies. + + +Acknowledgements: +---------------- + +The three main sites listed above are part of the Comprehensive TeX Archive +Network (CTAN) -- the result of cooperative work among members of TUG, +DANTE [German-speaking TeX Users Group], and UKTUG [U.K. TeX Users Group], +under the leadership of George Greenwade, Chair for TUG's Technical +Working Group on TeX Archive Guidelines <ctan@shsu.edu>. + +Special thanks to George Greenwade for establishing the CTAN site at +Sam Houston State University (US); to Rainer Schoepf, Barbara Burr, +and members of DANTE for the CTAN site in Heidelberg (Germany); and to +Sebastian Rahtz for the CTAN site in Cambridge (UK). + +unixtex.ftp was conceived and created by a wonderful person (not the +current maintainer!) who wishes to remain electronically anonymous. diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/usergrps.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/usergrps.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..48006bbadc1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/usergrps.html @@ -0,0 +1,354 @@ +<html><head> +<!-- $Id: usergroups.html,v 1.121 2003/08/25 10:17:19 kaja Exp $ --> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" Content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1"> +<title>All TeX User Groups</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="/tugstyle.css"> +</head><body> + +<h2>All TeX User Groups</h2> + +<p>The TeX Users Group itself (contact info below) serves as the local +user group (LUG) of TeX users in North America and any other area not +appearing in the following list. TUG is always interested in fostering +the formation of local TeX users groups; please contact the <a +href="mailto:board@tug.org">TUG board</a> for assistance: forwarding +information about others who might be interested, publicity, and of +course moral support. + +<p><b>Please send additions or corrections by email to +<a href="mailto:webmaster@tug.org"><tt>webmaster@tug.org</tt></a>.</b> + +<p>See also the <a href="http://www.servalys.nl/lug/">Electronic LUG +database</a> for more information, and the TeX calendar +(<a href="http://texcalendar.dante.de/month.php">month view</a>, +<a href="http://texcalendar.dante.de/year.php">year view</a>) for user +group activities. + +<hr> + +<dl> +<dt><a href="http://www.univ-orleans.fr/EXT/ASTEX/astex/doc/en/web/html/astex000.htm"> + <b>AsTEX </b></a> (French-speaking)<br> + <dd>Michel Lavaud, President<br> + Association pour la diffusion de logiciels scientifiques liés TeX<br> + Association AsTEX<br> + BP 6532<br> + 45066 ORLEANS cedex 2<br> + FRANCE<br> + Tel: 33 2 38 64 09 94<br> + Email: <A href="mailto:astex-admin@univ-orleans.fr"><tt>astex-admin@univ-orleans.fr</tt></A><br> + Mailing list: <a href="mailto:astex@univ-orleans.fr"><tt>astex@univ-orleans.fr</tt></a> +<p></dd> + + +<dt><a href="http://www.cervantex.org/"> + <b>CervanTeX</b></a> (Spanish-speaking).<br> + <DD>Javier Bezos, President: <br> + Grupo de Usuarios de TeX Hispanohablantes<br> + Email: <a href="secretario@cervantex.org"> + secretario@cervantex.org</a><br> + Mailing list: + <a href="mailto:sptex@ls.cica.es">sptex@ls.cica.es</a>.<p></dd> + +<dt><a href="http://www.rons.net.cn/"> + <B> Chinese TeX Users Group</B></a><br> + <DD>Hong Feng, Chairman<br> + RON's Datacom Co., Ltd. <br> + Suite 3-3, 200 WuZhong Street,<br> + Wuhan, Hubei Province<br> + 430040 China P.R.<br> + Phone/Fax: +86 27 83222108<br> + Email: <a href="mailto:info@mail.rons.net.cn"> + <tt> info@mail.rons.net.cn</tt> </a><p></dd> + +<dt><a href="http://www.cstug.cz/"> + <b>CsTUG</b></a> (Czech and Slovak Republics) <br> + <dd>Petr Sojka, President<br> + Ceskoslovenské sdruzení uzivatelu TeXu <br> + CsTUG, c/o FI MU <br> + Botanická 68a <br> + CZ-602 00 Brno <br> + CZECH REPUBLIC <br> + Tel: +420-5-41212352<br> + FAX: +420-5-41212568<br> + Email: <a href="mailto:cstug@cstug.cz"><tt>cstug@cstug.cz</tt></a><br> + FTP: <tt><a href="ftp://ftp.cstug.cz/pub/tex">ftp://ftp.cstug.cz/pub/tex</a></tt><p> </dd> + + + +<dt><a href="http://www.cemi.rssi.ru/cyrtug/"> + <b>CyrTUG</b></a> (Russia) + <dd>Eugenii V. Pankratiev, President<br> + CyrTUG, c/o Mir Publishers<br> + 2 Pervyi Rizhskii Pereulok<br> + Moscow, 129820, Russia<br> + Phone: (095) 286 0622<br> + Fax: (095) 288 9522<br> + Email: <a href="mailto:cyrtug@cemi.rssi.ru">cyrtug@cemi.rssi.ru</a> + or <a href="cyrtug@mir.msk.su">cyrtug@mir.msk.su</a> + <p></dd> + +<dt><a href="http://www.dante.de"> + <b>DANTE</b></a> (German-speaking) + <dd>Volker Schaa, President <br> + Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V. <br> + Postfach 101840 <br> + D-69008 Heidelberg, Germany <br> + Tel: +49 6221 29766 <br> + FAX: +49 6221 167906 <br> + Email: <a href="mailto:dante@dante.de"> + <tt>dante@dante.de</tt></a><p></dd> + + +<dt><a href="http://www.tug.dk/"> + <b>DK-TUG</b></a> (Danish TeX Users Group) + <dd>Kaja Christiansen, President<br> + DK-TUG, Department of Mathematical Sciences<br> + University of Aarhus, Ny Munkegade, Bldg 530<br> + DK-8000 Århus C., Denmark<br> + Email: <a href="mailto:bestyrelse@tug.dk"> + <tt>bestyrelse@tug.dk</tt></a><br> + Mailing list: + <a href="mailto:dk-tug@tug.dk"><tt>dk-tug@tug.dk</tt></a><p></dd> + +<dt><b>Estonian User Group</b> + <dd>Astrophysical Observatory, Toravere <br> + Enn Saar, Tartu <br> + EE 2444 Estonia <br> + Email: <a href="mailto: saar@aai.ee"> + <tt>saar@aai.ee</tt></a><p></dd> + + +<dt><a href="http://obelix.ee.duth.gr/eft"> +<img src="greek-img.jpg" alt="Greek TeX Friends" + align="left" hspace="5">The Greek TeX Friends Group</a> + <dd>Apostolos Syropoulos, President <br> + 366, 28th October Str.<br> + GR-671 00 Xanthi<br> + GREECE<br> + Telephone: Tel.:+30 541 28704<br> + Email: <a href="mailto:apostolo@obelix.ee.duth.gr"> + <tt>apostolo@obelix.ee.duth.gr</tt></a><p></dd> + + +<dt><a href="http://hilbert.mat.uc.pt/~GUTpt"> +<b>GUTpt</b></a> (Portugal) + <dd>Pedro Quaresma de Almeida, President <br> + Grupo de Utilizadores de TeX<br> + Email: <a href="mailto:GUTpt@hilbert.mat.uc.pt"> + <tt>GUTpt@hilbert.mat.uc.pt</tt></a><p></dd> + + +<dt><a href="http://www.guit.sssup.it"> +<b>GuIT</b></a> (Italy) + <dd>Gruppo Utilizzatori Italiani TeX<br> + For information, contact <br> + Maurizio Himmelmann <br> + Email: <a href="mailto:guit@sssup.it"> + <tt>guit@sssup.it</tt></a><p></dd> + +<dt><a href="http://www.gust.org.pl/"> +<b>GUST</b></a> (Poland) + <dd>Andrzej Borzyszkowski, President<br> + Polska Grupa Uzytkowników Systemu TeX <br> + Uczelniane Centrum Informatyczne<br> + Uniwersytet Mikolaja Kopernika<br> + ul. Gagarina 7<br> + 87 - 100 Torun, Poland <br> + Email: <a href="mailto:prezes@gust.org.pl"> + <tt>prezes@gust.org.pl</tt></a><br> + <a href="mailto:sekretariat@gust.org.pl"> + sekretariat@gust.org.pl</a><br> + Mailing list: <a href="mailto:gust-l@man.torun.pl"> + gust-l@man.torun.pl</a><p></dd> + + +<dt><a href="http://www.gutenberg.eu.org"> +<b>GUTenberg</b> </a> (French-speaking) + <dd>Maurice Laugier, President <br> + Group francophone des Utilisateurs de TeX <br> + Association GUTenberg <br> + c/o Irisa, Campus universitaire de Beaulieu<br> + F-35042 Rennes cedex, France<br> + Tel: +33 1 30 87 06 25<br> + FAX: +33 1 30 87 06 25<br> + Email: <a href="mailto:secretariat@gutenberg.eu.org"> + <tt>secretariat@gutenberg.eu.org</tt></a><p></dd> + + +<dt><b>ITALIC</b> (Irish) + <dd>No formal user group yet.<br> + Public mailing list: + <a href="mailto:ITALIC-L@listserv.heanet.ie"> + <tt>ITALIC-L@listserv.heanet.ie</tt> </a><br> + (send subscription requests + to <a href="mailto:LISTSERV@listserv.heanet.ie"> + <tt>LISTSERV@listserv.heanet.ie</tt></a>).<br> + Peter Flynn<br> + Computer Centre<br> + University College<br> + Cork, Ireland<br> + Email: <a href="mailto:pflynn@www.ucc.ie"> + <tt>pflynn@www.ucc.ie</tt></a><p></dd> + +<dt><a href="http://www.ktug.or.kr" target="_top"> +<b>KTUG</b></a> (Korean TeX Users Group)<br> + +<dd><a href="mailto:director@ktug.or.kr">Kim Kangsu, Director</a><br> +Email: <a href="mailto:info@mail.ktug.or.kr"> +<tt>info@mail.ktug.or.kr</tt></a><p></dd> + +<dt><a href="http://www.vtex.lt/tex/"> + <b>Lietovos TeX'o Vartotojø Grupë</b></a> + (Lithuanian TeX Users Group) + <dd>Vytas Statulevicius, Chair<br> + Akademijos 4<br> + LT-2600 Vilnius, Lithuania<br> + Tel: +370 2 359 609<br> + FAX: +370 2 359 804<br> + Email: <a href="mailto:vytass@ktl.mii.lt"> + <tt>vytass@ktl.mii.lt</tt></a><p></dd> + + +<dt><a href="http://www.math.klte.hu/~matex/"> + <b>Magyar TeX Egyesület</b></a> (Hungarian TeX Users Group) + <dd>Antal Járai, President<br> + <dd>Contact address:<br> + <dd>Gyöngyi Bujdosó<br> + <dd>University of Debrecen<br> + <dd>H-4010 Debrecen, P.O.B. 12<br> + <dd>Hungary<br> +Email: <a href="mailto:matex@math.klte.hu"><tt>matex@math.klte.hu</tt></a> +<p></dd> + +<dt> <a href="http://www.ifi.uio.no/~dag/ntug/"> + <b>Nordic TeX Group</b></a> (Scandinavian Countries) + <dd>Dag Langmyhr, Chair <br> + Department of Informatics<br> + PO Box 1080 Blindern<br> + University of Oslo<br> + N-0316 Oslo, Norway<br> + Tel: +47 22 85 24 50<br> + FAX: +47 22 85 24 01<br> + Email: <a href="mailto:dag@ifi.uio.no"> + <tt>dag@ifi.uio.no</tt></a><p></dd> + + +<dt><a href="http://www.ntg.nl/"> +<b>NTG</b> </a> (Dutch-speaking) + <dd>Hans Hagen, Chair <br> + Nederlandstalige TeX Gebruikersgroep <br> + Utrechtsestraatweg 64<br> + NL-3445 AV Woerden<br> + The Netherlands, <br> + Email: <a href="mailto:ntg@ntg.nl"> + <tt>ntg@ntg.nl</tt></a><p></dd> + + +<dt> <a href="http://vlado.fmf.uni-lj.si/texceh/texceh.htm"> +<b>TeXCeH</b> </a> (Slovenian TeX User Group) + <dd>Vladimir Batagelj<br> + Jadranska 19<br> + SI-61111 Ljubljana, Slovenia<br> + Email: <a href="mailto:Tex.Ceh@fmf.uni-lj.si"> + <tt>Tex.Ceh@fmf.uni-lj.si</tt></a><p></dd> + +<dt><a href="http://linuxopensource.com.mx/tex/"> + <b>TeX México</b></a> (Mexican TeX User Group) + <dd> Cuauhtémoc Pacheco Díaz (TeX Mexico coordinator)<br> + Rayon No. 523, Centro CP 58000<br> + Morelia, Michoacán, Mexico<br> + Tel: +52 443 312-8724 / Fax: +52 443 317-3945<br> + Email: <a href="mailto:tex@linuxopensource.com.mx"> + tex@linuxopensource.com.mx</a><br> + URL: <a href="http://linuxopensource.com.mx/tex/" target="_top">http://linuxopensource.com.mx/tex/</a><p> +</dd> + +<dt> <a href="http://www-lsi.upc.es/~valiente/tug-catalan.html"> + <b>Tirant lo TeX</b> </a> (Catalan TeX Users Group) + <dd> Gabriel Valiente Feruglio<br> + Technical University of Catalonia<br> + Department of Software<br> + Mòdul C6, Campus Nord<br> + Jordi Girona Salgado, 1-3<br> + E-08034 Barcelona, Catalonia<br> + Email: <a href="mailto:valiente@lsi.upc.es"> + <tt>valiente@lsi.upc.es</tt></a><br> + discussion list: + <a href="mailto:catala-tex@aliga.cesca.es"> + <tt>catala-tex@aliga.cesca.es</tt> </a><br> + (send subscription requests + to <a href="mailto:listserv@cesca.es"> + <tt>listserv@cesca.es</tt></a>).<p></dd> + +<dt> <a href="http://tug.org/"> + <b>TUG</b></a> (International TeX users group, LUG for TeX users not + covered by some other group) + <dd>Mimi Jett, President <br> + TeX Users Group <br> + 1466 NW Naito Parkway, Suite 3141<br> + Portland, OR 97209, U.S.A.<br> + Tel: +1-503-223-9994<br> + FAX: +1-503-223-3960<br> + Email: <a href="mailto:office@tug.org"> + <tt>office@tug.org</tt></a><p></dd> + +<dt><a href="http://www.tug.org.in/index.html" target="_top"> + <b>TUGIndia</b></a> (Indian TeX Users Group) +<dd> Prof. (Dr.) K. S. S. Nambooripad, Chairman<br> + Floor III, SJP Buildings<br> + Cotton Hills, Trivandrum 695014, India<br> + Tel: +91 471 33 7501<br> + Fax. +91 471 33 3186<br> + Email: <a href="mailto:tugindia@tug.org.in"> + <tt>tugindia@tug.org.in</tt></a><p></dd> + +<DT><B>TUG-Philippines</B> (Philippines TeX Users Group) +<dd>Dr. Felix P. Muga II, President<br> + Mathematics Department<br> + Ateneo de Manila University<br> + Loyola Heights, Quezon City<br> + Tel: (63-2) 426 6001 local 2515<br> + Fax: (63-2) 426 6008<br> + + Email: <a href="mailto:fpmuga@admu.edu.ph"><tt>fpmuga@admu.edu.ph</tt></a><br> + <a href="mailto:fpmuga@philonline.com"><tt>fpmuga@philonline.com</tt></a><br> +<p></dd> + +<dt><A HREF="http://uk.tug.org"> + <b>UK TUG</b></a> (United Kingdom) +<dd>R.W.D. Nickalls, Chairman<br> + For information:<br> + Simon Dales<br> + c/o 196 Eccles Old Road,<br> + Salford<br> + Manchester<br> + M6 8AL UK<br> + Email: <a href="mailto:uktug-enquiries@tex.ac.uk"> + <tt>uktug-enquiries@tex.ac.uk</tt></a><p> +</dd> + +<dt><a href="http://w3.to/viettug" target="_top"> + <b>ViêtTUG</b></a> (Vietnamese TeX Users Group) +<dd>Nguyên-Ðai Quý<br> + + LTAS-University of Liège<br> + Rue des Chevreuils, 1, Bât B52, Local 522B<br> + B4000, Liège, Belgium<br> + Tel: +32-4-366.9098 Fax: +32-4-366.9311<br> + + Email: <a href="mailto:viettug@eGroups.com"> + <tt>viettug@eGroups.com</tt></a><br> +</dd> + +</dl> + +<hr><small>$Date: 2003/08/25 10:17:19 $;</small> +<!-- $Id: footer.html,v 1.7 2003/01/30 16:19:38 karl Exp $ (generic footer) --> +<small> +<a href="mailto:webmaster@tug.org">contact webmaster</a>; +<a href="/contact.html">contact TUG</a>; +<a href="/index.html">TUG home page</a>. +</small> +</body></html> + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/virtual-fonts.knuth b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/virtual-fonts.knuth new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1bc3a2bc405 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/virtual-fonts.knuth @@ -0,0 +1,633 @@ +Date: 08 Jan 90 1727 PST +From: Don Knuth <DEK@SAIL.Stanford.EDU> +Subject: Virtual fonts: More fun for Grand Wizards +Keywords: fonts + +Many writers to TeXhax during the past year or so have been struggling with +interfaces between differing font conventions. For example, there's been a +brisk correspondence about mixing oldstyle digits with a caps-and-small-caps +alphabet. Other people despair of working with fonts supplied by manufacturers +like Autologic, Compugraphic, Monotype, etc.; still others are afraid to leave +the limited accent capabilities of Computer Modern for fonts containing letters +that are individually accented as they should be, because such fonts are not +readily available in a form that existing TeX software understands. + +There is a much better way to solve such problems than the remedies +that have been proposed in TeXhax. This better way was first realized +by David Fuchs in 1983, when he installed it in our DVI-to-APS +software at Stanford (which he also developed for commercial +distribution by ArborText). We used it, for example, to typeset my +article on Literate Programming for The Computer Journal, using native +Autologic fonts to match the typography of that journal. + +I was expecting David's strategy to become widely known and adopted. +But alas --- and this has really been the only significant +disappointment I've had with respect to the way TeX has been +propagating around the world --- nobody else's DVI-to-X drivers have +incorporated anything resembling David's ideas, and TeXhax +contributors have spilled gallons of electronic ink searching for +answers in the wrong direction. + +The right direction is obvious once you've seen it (although it wasn't +obvious in 1983): All we need is a good way to specify a mapping from +TeX's notion of a font character to a device's capabilities for +printing. Such a mapping was called a "virtual font" by the AMS +speakers at the TUG meetings this past August. At that meeting I spoke +briefly about the issue and voiced my hope that all DVI drivers be +upgraded within a year to add a virtual font capability. Dave Rodgers +of ArborText announced that his company would make their WEB routines +for virtual font design freely available, and I promised to edit them +into a form that would match the other programs in the standard +TeXware distribution. + +The preparation of TeX Version 3 and MF Version 2 has taken me much longer +than expected, but at last I've been able to look closely at the concept of +virtual fonts. (The need for such fonts is indeed much greater now than it +was before, because TeX's new multilingual capabilities are significantly +more powerful only when suitable fonts are available. Virtual fonts can +easily be created to meet these needs.) + +After looking closely at David Fuchs's original design, I decided to design +a completely new file format that would carry his ideas further, making the +virtual font mechanism completely device-independent; David's original code +was very APS-specific. Furthermore I decided to extend his notions so that +arbitrary DVI commands (including rules and even specials) could be +part of a virtual font. The new file format I've just designed is called +VF; it's easy for DVI drivers to read VF files, because VF format is similar +to the PK and DVI formats they already deal with. + +The result is two new system routines called VFtoVP and VPtoVF. These +routines are extensions of the old ones called TFtoPL and PLtoTF; +there's a property-list language called VPL that extends the ordinary +PL format so that virtual fonts can be created easily. + +In addition to implementing these routines, I've also tested the ideas by +verifying that virtual fonts could be incorporated into Tom Rokicki's dvips +system without difficulty. I wrote a C program (available from Tom) that +converts Adobe AFM files into virtual fonts for TeX; these virtual fonts +include almost all the characteristics of Computer Modern text fonts +(lacking only the uppercase Greek and the dotless j) and they include all +the additional Adobe characters as well. These virtual fonts even include +all the "composite characters" listed in the AFM file, from `Aacute' to +`zcaron'; such characters are available as ligatures. For example, to get +`Aacute' you type first `acute' (which is character 19 = ~S in Computer Modern +font layout, it could also be character 194 = Meta-B if you're using an +8-bit keyboard with the new TeX) followed by `A'. Using such fonts, it's +now easier for me to typeset European language texts in Times-Roman and +Helvetica and Palatino than in Computer Modern! [But with less than an hour's +work I could make a virtual font for Computer Modern that would do the same +things; I just haven't gotten around to it yet.] + +[A nice ligature scheme for dozens of European languages was just published +by Haralambous in the November TUGboat. He uses only ASCII characters, getting +Aacute with the combination <A. I could readily add his scheme to mine, by +adding a few lines to my VPL files. Indeed, multiple conventions can be +supported simultaneously (although I don't recommend that really).] + +Virtual fonts make it easy to go from DVI files to the font layouts of +any manufacturer or font supplier. They also (I'm sorry to say) make +"track kerning" easy, for people who have to resort to that oft-abused +feature of lead-free type. + +Furthermore, virtual fonts solve the problem of proofreading with screen +fonts or with lowres laserprinter fonts, because you can have several +virtual fonts sharing a common TFM file. Suppose, for example, that you +want to typeset camera copy on an APS machine using Univers as the +ultimate font, but you want to do proofreading with a screen previewer and +with a laserprinter. Suppose further that you don't have Univers for your +laserprinter; the closest you have is Helvetica. And suppose that you +haven't even got Helvetica for your screen, but you do have cmss10. Here's +what you can do: First make a virtual property list (VPL) file +univers-aps.vpl that describes the high-quality font of your ultimate +output. Then edit that file into univers-laser.vpl, which has identical +font metric info but maps the characters into Helvetica; similarly, make +univers-screen.vpl, which maps them into cmss10. Now run VPtoVF on each of +the three VPL files. This will produce three identical TFM files +univers.tfm, one of which you should put on the directory read by TeX. +You'll also get three distinct VF files called univers.vf, which you +should put on three different directories --- one directory for your +DVI-to-APS software, another for your DVI-to-laserwriter software, and the +third for the DVI-to-screen previewer. Voil~~Ra. + +So virtual fonts are evidently quite virtuous. But what exactly are +virtual fonts, detail-wise? Appended to this message are excerpts from +VFtoVP.WEB and VPtoVF.WEB, which give a complete definition of the +VF and VPL file formats. + +I fully expect that all people who have implemented DVI drivers will +immediately see the great potential of virtual fonts, and that they will +be unable to resist installing a VF capability into their own software +during the first few months of 1990. (The idea is this: For each font +specified in a DVI file, the software looks first in a special table to +see if the font is device-resident (in which case the TFM file is loaded, +to get the character widths); failing that, it looks for a suitable GF or +PK file; failing that, it looks for a VF file, which may in turn lead to +other actual or virtual files. The latter files should not be loaded +immediately, but only on demand, because the process is recursive. +Incidentally, if no resident or GF or PK or VF file is found, a TFM file +should be loaded as a last resort, so that the characters can be left +blank with appropriate widths.) + +%--- an excerpt from VFtoVP.web ----------------------------------------------- + +@* Virtual fonts. The idea behind \.{VF} files is that a general +interface mechanism is needed to switch between the myriad font +layouts provided by different suppliers of typesetting equipment. +Without such a mechanism, people must go to great lengths writing +inscrutable macros whenever they want to use typesetting conventions +based on one font layout in connection with actual fonts that have +another layout. This puts an extra burden on the typesetting system, +interfering with the other things it needs to do (like kerning, +hyphenation, and ligature formation). + +These difficulties go away when we have a ``virtual font,'' +i.e., a font that exists in a logical sense but not a physical sense. +A typesetting system like \TeX\ can do its job without knowing where the +actual characters come from; a device driver can then do its job by +letting a \.{VF} file tell what actual characters correspond to the +characters \TeX\ imagined were present. The actual characters +can be shifted and/or magnified and/or combined with other characters +from many different fonts. A virtual font can even make use of characters +from virtual fonts, including itself. + +Virtual fonts also allow convenient character substitutions for proofreading +purposes, when fonts designed for one output device are unavailable on another. + +@ A \.{VF} file is organized as a stream of 8-bit bytes, using conventions +borrowed from \.{DVI} and \.{PK} files. Thus, a device driver that knows +about \.{DVI} and \.{PK} format will already +contain most of the mechanisms necessary to process \.{VF} files. +We shall assume that \.{DVI} format is understood; the conventions in the +\.{DVI} documentation (see, for example, {\sl \TeX: The Program}, part 31) +are adopted here to define \.{VF} format. + +A preamble +appears at the beginning, followed by a sequence of character definitions, +followed by a postamble. More precisely, the first byte of every \.{VF} file +must be the first byte of the following ``preamble command'': + +\yskip\hang|pre| 247 |i[1]| |k[1]| |x[k]| |cs[4]| |ds[4]|. +Here |i| is the identification byte of \.{VF}, currently 202. The string +|x| is merely a comment, usually indicating the source of the \.{VF} file. +Parameters |cs| and |ds| are respectively the check sum and the design size +of the virtual font; they should match the first two words in the header of +the \.{TFM} file, as described below. + +\yskip +After the |pre| command, the preamble continues with font definitions; +every font needed to specify ``actual'' characters in later +\\{set\_char} commands is defined here. The font definitions are +exactly the same in \.{VF} files as they are in \.{DVI} files, except +that the scaled size |s| is relative and the design size |d| is absolute: + +\yskip\hang|fnt_def1| 243 |k[1]| |c[4]| |s[4]| |d[4]| |a[1]| |l[1]| |n[a+l]|. +Define font |k|, where |0<=k<256|. + +\yskip\hang|@!fnt_def2| 244 |k[2]| |c[4]| |s[4]| |d[4]| |a[1]| |l[1]| |n[a+l]|. +Define font |k|, where |0<=k<65536|. + +\yskip\hang|@!fnt_def3| 245 |k[3]| |c[4]| |s[4]| |d[4]| |a[1]| |l[1]| |n[a+l]|. +Define font |k|, where |0<=k<@t$2~{24}$@>|. + +\yskip\hang|@!fnt_def4| 246 |k[4]| |c[4]| |s[4]| |d[4]| |a[1]| |l[1]| |n[a+l]|. +Define font |k|, where |@t$-2~{31}$@><=k<@t$2~{31}$@>|. + +\yskip\noindent +These font numbers |k| are ``local''; they have no relation to font numbers +defined in the \.{DVI} file that uses this virtual font. The dimension%|s|, +which represents the scaled size of the local font being defined, +is a |fix_word| relative to the design size of the virtual font. +Thus if the local font is to be used at the same size +as the design size of the virtual font itself, |s| will be the +integer value $2~{20}$. The value of |s| must be positive and less than +$2~{24}$ (thus less than 16 when considered as a |fix_word|). +The dimension%|d| is a |fix_word| in units of printer's points; hence it +is identical to the design size found in the corresponding \.{TFM} file. + +@d id_byte=202 + +@<Glob...@>= +@!vf_file:packed file of 0..255; + +@ The preamble is followed by zero or more character packets, where each +character packet begins with a byte that is $<243$. Character packets have +two formats, one long and one short: + +\yskip\hang|long_char| 242 |pl[4]| |cc[4]| |tfm[4]| |dvi[pl]|. This long form +specifies a virtual character in the general case. + +\yskip\hang|short_char0..short_char241| +|pl[1]| |cc[1]| |tfm[3]| |dvi[pl]|. This short form specifies a +virtual character in the common case +when |0<=pl<242| and |0<=cc<256| and $0\le|tfm|<2~{24}$. + + +\yskip\noindent +Here |pl| denotes the packet length following the |tfm| value; |cc| is +the character code; and |tfm| is the character width copied from the +\.{TFM} file for this virtual font. There should be at most one character +packet having any given |cc| code. + +The |dvi| bytes are a sequence of complete \.{DVI} commands, properly +nested with respect to |push| and |pop|. All \.{DVI} operations are +permitted except |bop|, |eop|, and commands with opcodes |>=243|. +Font selection commands (|fnt_num0| through |fnt4|) must refer to fonts +defined in the preamble. + +Dimensions that appear in the \.{DVI} instructions are analogous to +|fix_word| quantities; i.e., they are integer multiples of $2~{-20}$ times +the design size of the virtual font. For example, if the virtual font +has design size $10\,$pt, the \.{DVI} command to move down $5\,$pt +would be a \\{down} instruction with parameter $2~{19}$. The virtual font +itself might be used at a different size, say $12\,$pt; then that +\\{down} instruction would move down $6\,$pt instead. Each dimension +must be less than $2~{24}$ in absolute value. + +Device drivers processing \.{VF} files treat the sequences of |dvi| bytes +as subroutines or macros, implicitly enclosing them with |push| and |pop|. +Each subroutine begins with |w=x=y=z=0|, and with current font%|f| the +number of the first-defined in the preamble (undefined if there's no +such font). After the |dvi| commands have been +performed, the |h| and%|v| position registers of \.{DVI} format are restored +to their former values, and then |h| is increased by the \.{TFM} width +(properly scaled)---just as if a simple character had been typeset. + +@d long_char=242 {\.{VF} command for general character packet} +@d set_char_0=0 {\.{DVI} command to typeset character 0 and move right} +@d set1=128 {typeset a character and move right} +@d set_rule=132 {typeset a rule and move right} +@d put1=133 {typeset a character} +@d put_rule=137 {typeset a rule} +@d nop=138 {no operation} +@d push=141 {save the current positions} +@d pop=142 {restore previous positions} +@d right1=143 {move right} +@d w0=147 {move right by |w|} +@d w1=148 {move right and set |w|} +@d x0=152 {move right by |x|} +@d x1=153 {move right and set |x|} +@d down1=157 {move down} +@d y0=161 {move down by |y|} +@d y1=162 {move down and set |y|} +@d z0=166 {move down by |z|} +@d z1=167 {move down and set |z|} +@d fnt_num_0=171 {set current font to 0} +@d fnt1=235 {set current font} +@d xxx1=239 {extension to \.{DVI} primitives} +@d xxx4=242 {potentially long extension to \.{DVI} primitives} +@d fnt_def1=243 {define the meaning of a font number} +@d pre=247 {preamble} +@d post=248 {postamble beginning} +@d improper_DVI_for_VF==139,140,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,252, + 253,254,255 + +@ The character packets are followed by a trivial postamble, consisting of +one or more bytes all equal to |post| (248). The total number of bytes +in the file should be a multiple of%4. + +%------------- and here's an extract from VPtoVF.web -------------------------- + +@* Property list description of font metric data. +The idea behind \.{VPL} files is that precise details about fonts, i.e., the +facts that are needed by typesetting routines like \TeX, sometimes have to +be supplied by hand. The nested property-list format provides a reasonably +convenient way to do this. + +A good deal of computation is necessary to parse and process a +\.{VPL} file, so it would be inappropriate for \TeX\ itself to do this +every time it loads a font. \TeX\ deals only with the compact descriptions +of font metric data that appear in \.{TFM} files. Such data is so compact, +however, it is almost impossible for anybody but a computer to read it. + +Device drivers also need a compact way to describe mappings from \TeX's idea +of a font to the actual characters a device can produce. They can do this +conveniently when given a packed sequence of bytes called a \.{VF} file. + +The purpose of \.{VPtoVF} is to convert from a human-oriented file of text +to computer-oriented files of binary numbers. There's a companion program, +\.{VFtoVP}, which goes the other way. + +@<Glob...@>= +@!vpl_file:text; + +@ @<Set init...@>= +reset(vpl_file); + +@ A \.{VPL} file is like a \.{PL} file with a few extra features, so we +can begin to define it by reviewing the definition of \.{PL} files. The +material in the next few sections is copied from the program \.{PLtoTF}. + +A \.{PL} file is a list of entries of the form +$$\.{(PROPERTYNAME VALUE)}$$ +where the property name is one of a finite set of names understood by +this program, and the value may itself in turn be a property list. +The idea is best understood by looking at an example, so let's consider +a fragment of the \.{PL} file for a hypothetical font. +$$\vbox{\halign{\.{#}\hfil\cr +(FAMILY NOVA)\cr +(FACE F MIE)\cr +(CODINGSCHEME ASCII)\cr +(DESIGNSIZE D 10)\cr +(DESIGNUNITS D 18)\cr +(COMMENT A COMMENT IS IGNORED)\cr +(COMMENT (EXCEPT THIS ONE ISN'T))\cr +(COMMENT (ACTUALLY IT IS, EVEN THOUGH\cr +\qquad\qquad IT SAYS IT ISN'T))\cr +(FONTDIMEN\cr +\qquad (SLANT R -.25)\cr +\qquad (SPACE D 6)\cr +\qquad (SHRINK D 2)\cr +\qquad (STRETCH D 3)\cr +\qquad (XHEIGHT R 10.55)\cr +\qquad (QUAD D 18)\cr +\qquad )\cr +(LIGTABLE\cr +\qquad (LABEL C f)\cr +\qquad (LIG C f O 200)\cr +\qquad (SKIP D 1)\cr +\qquad (LABEL O 200)\cr +\qquad (LIG C i O 201)\cr +\qquad (KRN O 51 R 1.5)\cr +\qquad (/LIG C ? C f)\cr +\qquad (STOP)\cr +\qquad )\cr +(CHARACTER C f\cr +\qquad (CHARWD D 6)\cr +\qquad (CHARHT R 13.5)\cr +\qquad (CHARIC R 1.5)\cr +\qquad )\cr}}$$ +This example says that the font whose metric information is being described +belongs to the hypothetical +\.{NOVA} family; its face code is medium italic extended; +and the characters appear in ASCII code positions. The design size is 10 +points, and all other sizes in this \.{PL} file are given in units such that +18 units +equals the design size. The font is slanted with a slope of $-.25$ (hence the +letters actually slant backward---perhaps that is why the family name is +\.{NOVA}). The normal space between words is 6 units (i.e., one third of +the 18-unit design size), with glue that shrinks by 2 units or stretches by 3. +The letters for which accents don't need to be raised or lowered are 10.55 +units high, and one em equals 18 units. + +The example ligature table is a bit trickier. It specifies that the +letter \.f followed by another \.f is changed to code @'200, while +code @'200 followed by \.i is changed to @'201; presumably codes @'200 +and @'201 represent the ligatures `ff' and `ffi'. Moreover, in both cases +\.f and @'200, if the following character is the code @'51 (which is a +right parenthesis), an additional 1.5 units of space should be inserted +before the @'51. (The `\.{SKIP}~\.D~\.1' skips over one \.{LIG} or +\.{KRN} command, which in this case is the second \.{LIG}; in this way +two different ligature/kern programs can come together.) +Finally, if either \.f or @'200 is followed by a question mark, +the question mark is replaced by \.f and the ligature program is +started over. (Thus, the character pair `\.{f?}' would actually become +the ligature `ff', and `\.{ff?}' or `\.{f?f}' would become `fff'. To +avoid this restart procedure, the \.{/LIG} command could be replaced +by \.{/LIG>}; then `\.{f?} would become `f\kern0ptf' and `\.{f?f}' +would become `f\kern0ptff'.) + +Character \.f itself is 6 units wide and 13.5 units tall, in this example. +Its depth is zero (since \.{CHARDP} is not given), and its italic correction +is 1.5 units. + +@ The example above illustrates most of the features found in \.{PL} files. +Note that some property names, like \.{FAMILY} or \.{COMMENT}, take a +string as their value; this string continues until the first unmatched +right parenthesis. But most property names, like \.{DESIGNSIZE} and \.{SLANT} +and \.{LABEL}, take a number as their value. This number can be expressed in +a variety of ways, indicated by a prefixed code; \.D stands for decimal, +\.H for hexadecimal, \.O for octal, \.R for real, \.C for character, and +\.F for ``face.'' Other property names, like \.{LIG}, take two numbers as +their value. And still other names, like \.{FONTDIMEN} and \.{LIGTABLE} and +\.{CHARACTER}, have more complicated values that involve property lists. + +A property name is supposed to be used only in an appropriate property +list. For example, \.{CHARWD} shouldn't occur on the outer level or +within \.{FONTDIMEN}. + +The individual property-and-value pairs in a property list can appear in +any order. For instance, `\.{SHRINK}' precedes `\.{STRETCH}' in the above +example, although the \.{TFM} file always puts the stretch parameter first. +One could even give the information about characters like `\.f' before +specifying the number of units in the design size, or before specifying the +ligature and kerning table. However, the \.{LIGTABLE} itself is an exception +to this rule; the individual elements of the \.{LIGTABLE} property list +can be reordered only to a certain extent without changing the meaning +of that table. + +If property-and-value pairs are omitted, a default value is used. For example, +we have already noted that the default for \.{CHARDP} is zero. The default +for {\sl every\/} numeric value is, in fact, zero, unless otherwise stated +below. + +If the same property name is used more than once, \.{VPtoVF} will not notice +the discrepancy; it simply uses the final value given. Once again, however, the +\.{LIGTABLE} is an exception to this rule; \.{VPtoVF} will complain if there +is more than one label for some character. And of course many of the +entries in the \.{LIGTABLE} property list have the same property name. + +@ A \.{VPL} file also includes information about how to create each character, +by typesetting characters from other fonts and/or by drawing lines, etc. +Such information is the value of the `\.{MAP}' property, which can be +illustrated as follows: +$$\vbox{\halign{\.{#}\hfil\cr +(MAPFONT D 0 (FONTNAME Times-Roman))\cr +(MAPFONT D 1 (FONTNAME Symbol))\cr +(MAPFONT D 2 (FONTNAME cmr10)(FONTAT D 20))\cr +(CHARACTER O 0 (MAP (SELECTFONT D 1)(SETCHAR C G)))\cr +(CHARACTER O 76 (MAP (SETCHAR O 277)))\cr +(CHARACTER D 197 (MAP\cr +\qquad(PUSH)(SETCHAR C A)(POP)\cr +\qquad(MOVEUP R 0.937)(MOVERIGHT R 1.5)(SETCHAR O 312)))\cr +(CHARACTER O 200 (MAP (MOVEDOWN R 2.1)(SETRULE R 1 R 8)))\cr +(CHARACTER O 201 (MAP\cr +\qquad (SPECIAL ps: /SaveGray currentgray def .5 setgray)\cr +\qquad (SELECTFONT D 2)(SETCHAR C A)\cr +\qquad (SPECIAL SaveGray setgray)))\cr +}}$$ +(These specifications appear in addition to the conventional \.{PL} +information. The \.{MAP} attribute can be mixed in with other attributes +like \.{CHARWD} or it can be given separately.) + +In this example, the virtual font is composed of characters that can be +fabricated from three actual fonts, `\.{Times-Roman}', +`\.{Symbol}', and `\.{cmr10} \.{at} \.{20\\u}' (where \.{\\u} +is the unit size in this \.{VPL} file). Character |@'0| is typeset as +a `G' from the symbol font. Character |@'76| is typeset as character |@'277| +from the ordinary Times font. (If no other font is selected, font +number~0 is the default. If no \.{MAP} attribute is given, the default map +is a character of the same number in the default font.) + +Character 197 (decimal) is more interesting: First an A is typeset (in the +default font Times), and this is enclosed by \.{PUSH} and \.{POP} so that +the original position is restored. Then the accent character |@'312| is +typeset, after moving up .937 units and right 1.5 units. + +To typeset character |@'200| in this virtual font, we move down 2.1 units, +then typeset a rule that is 1 unit high and 8 units wide. + +Finally, to typeset character |@'201|, we do something that requires a +special ability to interpret PostScript commands; this example +sets the PostScript ``color'' to 50\char`\%\ gray and typesets an `A' +from \.{cmr10} in that color. + +In general, the \.{MAP} attribute of a virtual character can be any sequence +of typesetting commands that might appear in a page of a \.{DVI} file. +A single character might map into an entire page. + +@ But instead of relying on a hypothetical example, let's consider a complete +grammar for \.{VPL} files, beginning with the (unchanged) grammatical rules +for \.{PL} files. At the outer level, the following property names +are valid in any \.{PL} file: + +\yskip\hang\.{CHECKSUM} (four-byte value). The value, which should be a +nonnegative integer less than $2^{32}$, is used to identify a particular +version of a font; it should match the check sum value stored with the font +itself. An explicit check sum of zero is used to bypass +check sum testing. If no checksum is specified in the \.{VPL} file, +\.{VPtoVF} will compute the checksum that \MF\ would compute from the +same data. + + +\yskip\hang\.{DESIGNSIZE} (numeric value, default is 10). The value, which +should be a real number in the range |1.0<=x<2048|, represents the default +amount by which all quantities will be scaled if the font is not loaded +with an `\.{at}' specification. For example, if one says +`\.{\\font\\A=cmr10 at 15pt}' in \TeX\ language, the design size in the \.{TFM} +file is ignored and effectively replaced by 15 points; but if one simply +says `\.{\\font\\A=cmr10}' the stated design size is used. This quantity is +always in units of printer's points. + +\yskip\hang\.{DESIGNUNITS} (numeric value, default is 1). The value +should be a positive real number; it says how many units equals the design +size (or the eventual `\.{at}' size, if the font is being scaled). For +example, suppose you have a font that has been digitized with 600 pixels per +em, and the design size is one em; then you could say `\.{(DESIGNUNITS R 600)}' +if you wanted to give all of your measurements in units of pixels. + +\yskip\hang\.{CODINGSCHEME} (string value, default is `\.{UNSPECIFIED}'). +The string should not contain parentheses, and its length must be less than 40. +It identifies the correspondence between the numeric codes and font characters. +(\TeX\ ignores this information, but other software programs make use of it.) + +\yskip\hang\.{FAMILY} (string value, default is `\.{UNSPECIFIED}'). +The string should not contain parentheses, and its length must be less than 20. +It identifies the name of the family to which this font belongs, e.g., +`\.{HELVETICA}'. (\TeX\ ignores this information; but it is needed, for +example, when converting \.{DVI} files to \.{PRESS} files for Xerox +equipment.) + +\yskip\hang\.{FACE} (one-byte value). This number, which must lie +between 0 and 255 inclusive, is a subsidiary ident\-ifi\-ca\-tion of +the font within its family. For example, bold italic condensed fonts +might have the same family name as light roman extended fonts, +differing only in their face byte. (\TeX\ ignores this information; +but it is needed, for example, when converting \.{DVI} files to +\.{PRESS} files for Xerox equipment.) + +\yskip\hang\.{SEVENBITSAFEFLAG} (string value, default is +`\.{FALSE}'). The value should start with either `\.T' (true) or `\.F' +(false). If true, character codes less than 128 cannot lead to codes +of 128 or more via ligatures or charlists or extensible characters. +(\TeX82 ignores this flag, but older versions of \TeX\ would only +accept \.{TFM} files that were seven-bit safe.) \.{VPtoVF} computes +the correct value of this flag and gives an error message only if a +claimed ``true'' value is incorrect. + +\yskip\hang\.{HEADER} (a one-byte value followed by a four-byte value). +The one-byte value should be between 18 and a maximum limit that can be +raised or lowered depending on the compile-time setting of |max_header_bytes|. +The four-byte value goes into the header word whose index is the one-byte +value; for example, to set |header[18]:=1|, one may write +`\.{(HEADER D 18 O 1)}'. This notation is used for header information that +is presently unnamed. (\TeX\ ignores it.) + +\yskip\hang\.{FONTDIMEN} (property list value). See below for the names +allowed in this property list. + +\yskip\hang\.{LIGTABLE} (property list value). See below for the rules +about this special kind of property list. + +\yskip\hang\.{BOUNDARYCHAR} (one-byte value). If this character appears in +a \.{LIGTABLE} command, it matches ``end of word'' as well as itself. +If no boundary character is given and no \.{LABEL} \.{BOUNDARYCHAR} occurs +within \.{LIGTABLE}, word boundaries will not affect ligatures or kerning. + +\yskip\hang\.{CHARACTER}. The value is a one-byte integer followed by +a property list. The integer represents the number of a character that is +present in the font; the property list of a character is defined below. +The default is an empty property list. + +@ Numeric property list values can be given in various forms identified by +a prefixed letter. + +\yskip\hang\.C denotes an ASCII character, which should be a standard visible +character that is not a parenthesis. The numeric value will therefore be +between @'41 and @'176 but not @'50 or @'51. + +\yskip\hang\.D denotes an unsigned decimal integer, which must be +less than $2^{32}$, i.e., at most `\.{D 4294967295}'. + +\yskip\hang\.F denotes a three-letter Xerox face code; the admissible codes +are \.{MRR}, \.{MIR}, \.{BRR}, \.{BIR}, \.{LRR}, \.{LIR}, \.{MRC}, \.{MIC}, +\.{BRC}, \.{BIC}, \.{LRC}, \.{LIC}, \.{MRE}, \.{MIE}, \.{BRE}, \.{BIE}, +\.{LRE}, and \.{LIE}, denoting the integers 0 to 17, respectively. + +\yskip\hang\.O denotes an unsigned octal integer, which must be less than +$2^{32}$, i.e., at most `\.{O 37777777777}'. + +\yskip\hang\.H denotes an unsigned hexadecimal integer, which must be less than +$2^{32}$, i.e., at most `\.{H FFFFFFFF}'. + +\yskip\hang\.R denotes a real number in decimal notation, optionally preceded +by a `\.+' or `\.-' sign, and optionally including a decimal point. The +absolute value must be less than 2048. + +@ The property names allowed in a \.{FONTDIMEN} property list correspond to +various \TeX\ parameters, each of which has a (real) numeric value. All +of the parameters except \.{SLANT} are in design units. The admissible +names are \.{SLANT}, \.{SPACE}, \.{STRETCH}, \.{SHRINK}, \.{XHEIGHT}, +\.{QUAD}, \.{EXTRASPACE}, \.{NUM1}, \.{NUM2}, \.{NUM3}, \.{DENOM1}, +\.{DENOM2}, \.{SUP1}, \.{SUP2}, \.{SUP3}, \.{SUB1}, \.{SUB2}, \.{SUPDROP}, +\.{SUBDROP}, \.{DELIM1}, \.{DELIM2}, and \.{AXISHEIGHT}, for parameters +1~to~22. The alternate names \.{DEFAULTRULETHICKNESS}, +\.{BIGOPSPACING1}, \.{BIGOPSPACING2}, \.{BIGOPSPACING3}, +\.{BIGOPSPACING4}, and \.{BIGOPSPACING5}, may also be used for parameters +8 to 13. + +The notation `\.{PARAMETER} $n$' provides another way to specify the +$n$th parameter; for example, `\.{(PARAMETER} \.{D 1 R -.25)}' is another way +to specify that the \.{SLANT} is $-0.25$. The value of $n$ must be positive +and less than |max_param_words|. + +@ The elements of a \.{CHARACTER} property list can be of six different types. + +\yskip\hang\.{CHARWD} (real value) denotes the character's width in +design units. + +\yskip\hang\.{CHARHT} (real value) denotes the character's height in +design units. + +\yskip\hang\.{CHARDP} (real value) denotes the character's depth in +design units. + +\yskip\hang\.{CHARIC} (real value) denotes the character's italic correction in +design units. + +\yskip\hang\.{NEXTLARGER} (one-byte value), specifies the character that +follows the present one in a ``charlist.'' The value must be the number of a +character in the font, and there must be no infinite cycles of supposedly +larger and larger characters. + +\yskip\hang\.{VARCHAR} (property list value), specifies an extensible +character. This option and \.{NEXTLARGER} are mutually exclusive; +i.e., they cannot both be used within the same \.{CHARACTER} list. + +\yskip\noindent +The elements of a \.{VARCHAR} property list are either \.{TOP}, \.{MID}, +\.{BOT} or \.{REP}; the values are integers, which must be zero or the number +or a character in the font. A zero value for \.{TOP}, \.{MID}, or \.{BOT} means +that the corresponding piece of the extensible character is absent. A nonzero +value, or a \.{REP} value of zero, denotes the character code used to make +up the top, middle, bottom, or replicated piece of an extensible character. + |